2021 Kia Telluride Owner's Manual
Year:
2021
Make:
Kia
Model:
Telluride
Rating:
Table of Contents
FOREWORD
3
FOREWORD
3
FOREWORD
3
Dear Customer,
3
Dear Customer,
3
Dear Customer,
3
Thank you for selecting your new Kia vehicle.
3
As a global car manufacturer focused on building high-quality vehicles with exceptional value, Kia Motors is dedicated to providing you with a customer service experience that exceeds your expectations.
3
If technical assistance is needed on your vehicle, authorized Kia
3
dealerships can provide you with
3
This Owner's Manual will acquaint you with the operation of features and equipment that are either standard or optional on this vehicle, along with the maintenance needs of this vehicle. Therefore, you may find some descriptions and illustrations not...
3
All information contained in this Owner's Manual was accurate at the time of publication. However, as Kia continues to make improvements to its products, the company reserves the right to make changes to this manual or any of its vehicles at any time...
3
Please drive safely, and enjoy your Kia vehicle!
3
© 2020 KIA MOTORS AMERICA, Inc.
3
© 2020 KIA MOTORS AMERICA, Inc.
3
All rights reserved. May not be reproduced or translated in whole or in part without the written consent of Kia Motors America, Inc.
3
Printed in U.S.A.
3
How to use this manual
5
We want to help you get the greatest possible driving pleasure from your vehicle. Your Owner's Manual can assist you in many ways.
5
We strongly recommend that you read the entire manual. In order to minimize the chance of death or injury, you must read the WARNING and CAUTION sections in the manual.
5
We strongly recommend that you read the entire manual. In order to minimize the chance of death or injury, you must read the WARNING and CAUTION sections in the manual.
5
Illustrations complement the words in this manual to best explain how to enjoy your vehicle. By reading your manual, you learn about features, important safety information, and driving tips under various road conditions.
5
The general layout of the manual is provided in the Table of Contents. Use the index when looking for a specific area or
5
subject. The index
5
Chapters: This manual has nine chapters plus an index. Each chapter begins with a brief list of contents so you can tell at a glance if that chapter has the information you want.
5
You will find various WARNINGs, CAUTIONs, and NOTICEs in this manual. These were prepared to enhance your personal safety. You should carefully read and follow ALL procedures and recommendations provided in these WARNINGs, CAUTIONs and NOTICEs.
5
A WARNING indicates a situation in which harm, serious bodily injury or death could result if the warning is ignored.
5
A WARNING indicates a situation in which harm, serious bodily injury or death could result if the warning is ignored.
5
A CAUTION indicates a situation in which damage to your vehicle could result if the caution is ignored.
5
A CAUTION indicates a situation in which damage to your vehicle could result if the caution is ignored.
5
A NOTICE indicates interesting or helpful information is being provided.
5
A NOTICE indicates interesting or helpful information is being provided.
5
Introduction
7
Introduction
7
Introduction
7
Your vehicle at a glance
7
Safety features of your vehicle
7
Features of your vehicle
7
Driving your vehicle
7
What to do in an emergency
7
Maintenance
7
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
7
Abbreviation
7
Index
7
Introduction
9
Introduction
9
Fuel requirements 1-2
9
Introduction
10
Introduction
10
Introduction
10
Fuel requirements
10
Fuel requirements
10
M)/2) of 87 (Research Octane Number 91) or higher. (Do not use methanol blend- ed fuels.)
10
M)/2) of 87 (Research Octane Number 91) or higher. (Do not use methanol blend- ed fuels.)
10
Your new vehicle is designed to obtain maximum performance with UNLEADED FUEL, as well as mini- mize exhaust emissions and spark plug fouling.
10
Never add any fuel system cleaning agents to the fuel tank other than what has been specified. (Consult an authorized Kia dealer for details.)
10
• Tighten the cap until it clicks one time, otherwise the Check Engine
10
• Tighten the cap until it clicks one time, otherwise the Check Engine
10
• Tighten the cap until it clicks one time, otherwise the Check Engine
10
<GRAPHIC>
10
Refueling
10
Refueling
10
• Do not \top off\ after the nozzle automatically shuts off. Attempts to force more fuel into the tank can cause fuel overflow onto you and the ground causing a risk of fire.
10
• Do not \top off\ after the nozzle automatically shuts off. Attempts to force more fuel into the tank can cause fuel overflow onto you and the ground causing a risk of fire.
10
• Do not \top off\ after the nozzle automatically shuts off. Attempts to force more fuel into the tank can cause fuel overflow onto you and the ground causing a risk of fire.
10
• Always check that the fuel cap is installed securely to prevent fuel spillage, especially in the event of an accident.
10
• Always check that the fuel cap is installed securely to prevent fuel spillage, especially in the event of an accident.
10
Gasoline containing alcohol and methanol
10
Gasoline containing alcohol and methanol
10
Gasohol, a mixture of gasoline and ethanol (also known as grain alcohol), and gasoline or gasohol containing methanol (also known as wood alcohol) are being marketed along with or instead of leaded or unleaded gasoline.
10
Pursuant to Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) regulations, ethanol may be used in your vehicle.
10
Do not use gasohol containing more than 15% ethanol, and do not use gasoline or gasohol containing any methanol. Ethanol provides less energy than gasoline and it attracts water, and it is thus likely to reduce your fuel efficiency and could lower yo...
10
Methanol may cause drivability problems and damage to the fuel system, engine control system and emission control system.
10
Discontinue using gasohol of any kind if drivability problems occur.
10
Vehicle damage or drivability problems may not be covered by the manufacturer's warranty if they result from the use of:
10
1. Gasoline or gasohol containing methanol.
10
1. Gasoline or gasohol containing methanol.
10
1. Gasoline or gasohol containing methanol.
10
2. Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol.
10
2. Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol.
10
3. Gasohol containing more than 15% ethanol.
10
3. Gasohol containing more than 15% ethanol.
10
\E85\ fuel is an alternative fuel comprised of 85% ethanol and 15% gasoline, and is manufactured exclusively for use in Flexible Fuel Vehicles. \E85\ is not compatible with your vehicle. Use of \E85\ may result in poor engine performance and damage t...
11
Your New Vehicle Limited Warranty does not cover damage to the fuel system or any performance problems caused by the use of \E85\ fuel.
11
Your New Vehicle Limited Warranty does not cover damage to the fuel system or any performance problems caused by the use of \E85\ fuel.
11
Never use any fuel containing methanol. Discontinue use of any methanol containing product which may inhibit proper drivability.
11
Never use any fuel containing methanol. Discontinue use of any methanol containing product which may inhibit proper drivability.
11
Other fuels
11
Other fuels
11
Using fuels that contain Silicone (Si), MMT (Manganese, Mn), Ferrocene (Fe), and Other metalic additives, may cause vehicle and engine damage or cause misfiring, poor acceleration, engine stalling, catalyst melting, clogging, abnormal corrosion, life...
11
Also, the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) may illuminate.
11
Damage to the fuel system or performance problem caused by the use of these fuels may not be covered by your New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
11
Damage to the fuel system or performance problem caused by the use of these fuels may not be covered by your New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
11
Gasoline containing MMT
11
Gasoline containing MMT
11
Some gasoline contains harmful manganese- based fuel additives Such as MMT (Methylcyclopentadieny l Manganese Tricarbonyl). Kia does not recommend the use of gasoline containing MMT. This type of fuel can reduce vehicle performance and affect your em...
11
Do not use methanol
11
Do not use methanol
11
Fuels containing methanol (wood alcohol) should not be used in your vehicle. This type of fuel can reduce vehicle performance and damage components of the fuel system, engine control system and emission control system.
11
Fuel Additives
11
Fuel Additives
11
Kia recommends that you use good quality gasolines treated with detergent additives such as TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline, which help prevent deposit formation in the engine. These gasolines will help the engine run cleaner and enhance performance of t...
11
For more information on TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline, please go to the website (
12
www.toptiergas.com
12
If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive should be added to the fuel tank at every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or every engine oil change is recommended. Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with in...
12
Operation in foreign countries
12
Operation in foreign countries
12
If you are going to drive your vehicle in another country, be sure to:
12
• Observe all regulations regarding registration and insurance.
12
• Observe all regulations regarding registration and insurance.
12
• Observe all regulations regarding registration and insurance.
12
• Determine that acceptable fuel is available.
12
• Determine that acceptable fuel is available.
12
Vehicle modifications
12
Vehicle modifications
12
This vehicle should not be modified.
12
This vehicle should not be modified.
12
Modification of your vehicle could affect its performance, safety or durability and may even violate governmental safety and emissions regulations. In addition, damage or performance problems resulting from any modification may not be covered under w...
12
• If you use unauthorized electronic devices, it may cause the vehicle to operate abnormally, wire dam- age, battery discharge and fire.
12
• If you use unauthorized electronic devices, it may cause the vehicle to operate abnormally, wire dam- age, battery discharge and fire.
12
• If you use unauthorized electronic devices, it may cause the vehicle to operate abnormally, wire dam- age, battery discharge and fire.
12
For your safety, do not use unauthorized electronic devices.
12
Vehicle break-in process
13
Vehicle break-in process
13
No special break-in period is needed. By following a few simple precautions for the first 600 miles (1,000 km) you may add to the performance, economy and life of your vehicle.
13
No special break-in period is needed. By following a few simple precautions for the first 600 miles (1,000 km) you may add to the performance, economy and life of your vehicle.
13
• Do not race the engine.
13
• Do not race the engine.
13
• Do not race the engine.
13
• While driving, keep your engine speed (rpm, or revolutions per minute) between 2,000 rpm and 4,000 rpm.
13
• While driving, keep your engine speed (rpm, or revolutions per minute) between 2,000 rpm and 4,000 rpm.
13
• Do not maintain a single speed for long periods of time, either fast or slow. Varying engine speed is needed to properly break-in the engine.
13
• Do not maintain a single speed for long periods of time, either fast or slow. Varying engine speed is needed to properly break-in the engine.
13
• Avoid hard stops, except in emergencies, to allow the brakes to seat properly.
13
• Avoid hard stops, except in emergencies, to allow the brakes to seat properly.
13
• Don't tow a trailer during the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km) of operation.
13
• Don't tow a trailer during the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km) of operation.
13
Risk of burns when parking or stopping vehicle
13
Risk of burns when parking or stopping vehicle
13
• Do not park or stop the vehicle near flammable items such as leaves, paper, oil, and tire. Such items placed near the exhaust system can become a fire hazard.
13
• Do not park or stop the vehicle near flammable items such as leaves, paper, oil, and tire. Such items placed near the exhaust system can become a fire hazard.
13
• Do not park or stop the vehicle near flammable items such as leaves, paper, oil, and tire. Such items placed near the exhaust system can become a fire hazard.
13
• Do not park or stop the vehicle near flammable items such as leaves, paper, oil, and tire. Such items placed near the exhaust system can become a fire hazard.
13
• When an engine idles at a high rpm with the rear side of the vehicle in close proximity of the wall, heat of the exhaust gas can cause discoloration or fire. Keep enough space between the rear part of the vehicle and the wall.
13
• When an engine idles at a high rpm with the rear side of the vehicle in close proximity of the wall, heat of the exhaust gas can cause discoloration or fire. Keep enough space between the rear part of the vehicle and the wall.
13
• Be sure not to touch the exhaust/ catalytic systems while the engine is running or right after the engine is turned off. There is a risk of burns since the systems are extremely hot.
13
• Be sure not to touch the exhaust/ catalytic systems while the engine is running or right after the engine is turned off. There is a risk of burns since the systems are extremely hot.
13
Vehicle data collection and Event Data Recorders
14
Vehicle data collection and Event Data Recorders
14
This vehicle is equipped with an Event Data Recorder (EDR). The main purpose of an EDR is to record, in certain crash or near crash-like situations, such as an air bag deployment or hitting a road obstacle, data that will assist in understanding how ...
14
This vehicle is equipped with an Event Data Recorder (EDR). The main purpose of an EDR is to record, in certain crash or near crash-like situations, such as an air bag deployment or hitting a road obstacle, data that will assist in understanding how ...
14
• How various systems in your vehicle were operating;
14
• How various systems in your vehicle were operating;
14
• How various systems in your vehicle were operating;
14
• Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled/ fastened;
14
• Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled/ fastened;
14
• How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator and/or brake pedal; and,
14
• How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator and/or brake pedal; and,
14
• How fast the vehicle was traveling.
14
• How fast the vehicle was traveling.
14
These data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash situation occurs; no data are recorded by the EDR under normal drivin...
14
To read data recorded by an EDR, special equipment is required, and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to the vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such as law enforcement, that have the special equipment, can read the information...
14
Your vehicle at a glance
15
Your vehicle at a glance
15
Exterior overview 2-2
15
Your vehicle at a glance
16
Your vehicle at a glance
16
Your vehicle at a glance
16
Exterior overview
16
Exterior overview
16
Front view
16
Front view
16
Front view
16
<GRAPHIC>
16
The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
16
1. Hood
16
1. Hood
16
1. Hood
16
4-40
16
2. Head lamp (Features of your vehicle)
16
2. Head lamp (Features of your vehicle)
16
4-110
16
Head lamp (Maintenance)
16
7-64
16
3. Front fog lamp (Features of your vehicle)
16
3. Front fog lamp (Features of your vehicle)
16
4-113
16
Front fog lamp (Maintenance)
16
7-66
16
4. Wheel and tire (Maintenance)
16
4. Wheel and tire (Maintenance)
16
7-33
16
Wheel and tire (Specification)
16
8-8
16
5. Outside rearview mirror
16
5. Outside rearview mirror
16
4-60
16
6. Dual Sunroof
16
6. Dual Sunroof
16
4-46
16
7. Front windshield wiper blades (Features of your vehicle)
16
7. Front windshield wiper blades (Features of your vehicle)
16
4-119
16
Front windshield wiper blades (Maintenance)
17
7-28
17
8. Windows
17
8. Windows
17
4-36
17
9. Front ultrasonic sensors
17
9. Front ultrasonic sensors
17
4-104
17
Rear view
18
Rear view
18
<GRAPHIC>
18
The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
18
1. Door locks
18
1. Door locks
18
1. Door locks
18
4-15
18
2. Fuel filler door
18
2. Fuel filler door
18
4-42
18
3. Rear combination lamp (Maintenance)
18
3. Rear combination lamp (Maintenance)
18
7-67
18
7-67
18
4. High Mounted Stop Lamp (Maintenance)
18
4. High Mounted Stop Lamp (Maintenance)
18
7-67
18
5. Rear window wiper blade
18
5. Rear window wiper blade
18
4-120
18
7-29
18
6. Liftgate
18
6. Liftgate
18
4-23
18
4-26
18
7. Antenna
18
7. Antenna
18
4-172
18
8. Liftgate open switch
18
8. Liftgate open switch
18
4-23
18
4-27
18
9. Rear view camera
18
9. Rear view camera
18
4-98
18
10. Rear ultrasonic sensors
18
10. Rear ultrasonic sensors
18
4-101
18
4-104
18
Interior overview
19
Interior overview
19
<GRAPHIC>
19
<GRAPHIC>
19
<GRAPHIC>
19
The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
19
1. Inside door handle
19
1. Inside door handle
19
1. Inside door handle
19
4-16
19
2. Driver position memory button
19
2. Driver position memory button
19
3-12
19
3. Outside rearview mirror folding
19
3. Outside rearview mirror folding
19
4-61
19
4. Outside rearview mirror selection
19
4. Outside rearview mirror selection
19
4-61
19
5. Outside rearview mirror control
19
5. Outside rearview mirror control
19
4-61
19
6. Central Door lock/unlock switch
19
6. Central Door lock/unlock switch
19
4-17
19
7. Power window switch
19
7. Power window switch
19
4-37
19
8. Power window lock switch
19
8. Power window lock switch
19
4-39
19
Electronic Child Safety Lock switch
19
4-19
19
9. Instrument panel illumination control switch
19
9. Instrument panel illumination control switch
19
4-64
19
10. Blind-Spot Safety button
19
10. Blind-Spot Safety button
19
5-87
19
11. Lane Safety button
19
11. Lane Safety button
19
5-79
19
12. ESC Off button
19
12. ESC Off button
19
5-38
19
13. Liftgate open/close button
20
13. Liftgate open/close button
20
4-27
20
4-28
20
14. Steering wheel
20
14. Steering wheel
20
4-51
20
15. Tilt and telescopic steering control lever
20
15. Tilt and telescopic steering control lever
20
4-53
20
16. Brake pedal
20
16. Brake pedal
20
5-26
20
17. Hood release lever
20
17. Hood release lever
20
4-40
20
18. Inner fuse panel
20
18. Inner fuse panel
20
7-49
20
19. Seat
20
19. Seat
20
3-5
20
Instrument panel overview
21
Instrument panel overview
21
<GRAPHIC>
21
<GRAPHIC>
21
<GRAPHIC>
21
The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
21
1. Driver's front air bag
21
1. Driver's front air bag
21
1. Driver's front air bag
21
3-65
21
2. Horn
21
2. Horn
21
4-54
21
3. Instrument cluster
21
3. Instrument cluster
21
4-64
21
4. Wiper and washer control lever
21
4. Wiper and washer control lever
21
4-117
21
5. ENGINE START/STOP button
21
5. ENGINE START/STOP button
21
5-9
21
6. Driving Assist button
21
6. Driving Assist button
21
5-105
21
7. Hazard warning flasher
21
7. Hazard warning flasher
21
6-2
21
8. Climate control system
21
8. Climate control system
21
4-130
21
4-139
21
9. Shift lever
21
9. Shift lever
21
5-13
21
10. Front seat warmer switch
21
10. Front seat warmer switch
21
4-158
21
11. Front seat air ventilation switch
21
11. Front seat air ventilation switch
21
4-160
21
12. Power outlet
21
12. Power outlet
21
4-161
21
13. USB port
21
13. USB port
21
4-172
21
14. USB charger
22
14. USB charger
22
4-162
22
15. AWD mode dial
22
15. AWD mode dial
22
5-19
22
Drive mode dial
22
5-49
22
5-53
22
16. AUTO HOLD button
22
16. AUTO HOLD button
22
5-34
22
17. EPB switch
22
17. EPB switch
22
5-29
22
18. Parking Safety button
22
18. Parking Safety button
22
4-105
22
19. Parking/View button
22
19. Parking/View button
22
4-100
22
20. ISG system Off button
22
20. ISG system Off button
22
5-45
22
21. AC inverter
22
21. AC inverter
22
4-164
22
22. Center console storage box
22
22. Center console storage box
22
4-155
22
23. Cup holder
22
23. Cup holder
22
4-157
22
24. Glove box
22
24. Glove box
22
4-155
22
25. Passenger's front air bag
22
25. Passenger's front air bag
22
3-65
22
26. Lighting control lever
22
26. Lighting control lever
22
4-110
22
Engine compartment
23
Engine compartment
23
Gasoline Engine (Lambda II 3.8L - GDI))
23
Gasoline Engine (Lambda II 3.8L - GDI))
23
Gasoline Engine (Lambda II 3.8L - GDI))
23
<GRAPHIC>
23
The actual engine cover in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
23
1. Engine coolant reservoir
23
1. Engine coolant reservoir
23
1. Engine coolant reservoir
23
7-19
23
2. Engine oil filler cap
23
2. Engine oil filler cap
23
7-17
23
3. Brake fluid reservoir
23
3. Brake fluid reservoir
23
7-21
23
4. Air cleaner
23
4. Air cleaner
23
7-24
23
5. Fuse box
23
5. Fuse box
23
7-50
23
6. Negative battery terminal
23
6. Negative battery terminal
23
6-6
23
7-30
23
7. Positive battery terminal
23
7. Positive battery terminal
23
6-6
23
7-30
23
8. Engine oil dipstick
23
8. Engine oil dipstick
23
7-17
23
9. Radiator cap
23
9. Radiator cap
23
6-7
23
7-19
23
10. Windshield washer fluid reservoir
23
10. Windshield washer fluid reservoir
23
7-23
23
Safety features of your vehicle
25
Safety features of your vehicle
25
Important safety precautions 3-3
25
Safety features of your vehicle
27
Safety features of your vehicle
27
Safety features of your vehicle
27
For the safety of the driver and vehicle passengers, you should become familiar with the vehicle's safety features.
27
Important safety precautions
27
Important safety precautions
27
You will find many safety precautions and recommendations throughout this section, and throughout this manual.
27
The safety precautions in this section are among the most important.
27
The safety precautions in this section are among the most important.
27
Always wear your seat belt
27
Always wear your seat belt
27
A seat belt is your best protection in all types of accidents. Air bags are designed to supplement seat belts, not replace them. So even though your vehicle is equipped with air bags, ALWAYS make sure you and your passengers wear your seat belts, and...
27
Restrain all children
27
Restrain all children
27
All children under age 13 should ride in your vehicle properly restrained in a rear seat, not the front seat. Infants and small children should be restrained in an appropriate child restraint. Larger children should use a booster seat with the lap/sh...
27
Air bag hazards
27
Air bag hazards
27
While air bags can save lives, they can also cause serious or fatal injuries to occupants who sit too close to them, or who are not properly restrained. Infants, young children, and shorter adults are at the greatest risk of being injured by an infla...
27
Driver distraction
27
Driver distraction
27
Driver distraction presents a serious and potentially deadly danger, especially for inexperienced drivers. Safety should be the first concern when behind the wheel and drivers need to be aware of the wide array of potential distractions, such as drow...
27
Drivers can become distracted when they take their eyes and attention off the road or their hands off the wheel to focus on activities other than driving. To reduce your risk of distraction or getting into an accident:
27
• ALWAYS set up your mobile devices (i.e., MP3 players, phones, navigation units, etc.) when your vehicle is parked or safely stopped.
27
• ALWAYS set up your mobile devices (i.e., MP3 players, phones, navigation units, etc.) when your vehicle is parked or safely stopped.
27
• ALWAYS set up your mobile devices (i.e., MP3 players, phones, navigation units, etc.) when your vehicle is parked or safely stopped.
27
• ONLY use your mobile device when allowed by laws and when conditions permit safe use. NEVER text or email while driving. Most states have laws prohibiting drivers from texting. Some states and cities also prohibit drivers from using handheld phones.
28
• ONLY use your mobile device when allowed by laws and when conditions permit safe use. NEVER text or email while driving. Most states have laws prohibiting drivers from texting. Some states and cities also prohibit drivers from using handheld phones.
28
• NEVER let the use of a mobile device distract you from driving. You have a responsibility to your passengers and others on the road to always drive safely, with your hands on the wheel as well as your eyes and attention on the road.
28
• NEVER let the use of a mobile device distract you from driving. You have a responsibility to your passengers and others on the road to always drive safely, with your hands on the wheel as well as your eyes and attention on the road.
28
Control your speed
28
Control your speed
28
Excessive speed is a major factor in crash injuries and deaths. Generally, the higher the speed, the greater the risk, but serious injuries can also occur at lower speeds. Never drive faster than is safe for current conditions, regardless of the maxi...
28
Keep your vehicle in safe condition
28
Keep your vehicle in safe condition
28
Having a tire blowout or a mechanical failure can be extremely hazardous. To reduce the possibility of such problems, check your tire pressures and condition frequently, and perform all regularly scheduled maintenance.
28
Seat
29
Seat
29
8 Seats
29
8 Seats
29
8 Seats
29
<GRAPHIC>
29
Front seat
29
1. Forward and backward
29
1. Forward and backward
29
1. Forward and backward
29
2. Seatback angle
29
2. Seatback angle
29
3. Seat cushion height*
29
3. Seat cushion height*
29
4. Lumbar support (Driver's seat)*
29
4. Lumbar support (Driver's seat)*
29
5. Cushion extension (Driver's seat)*
29
5. Cushion extension (Driver's seat)*
29
6. Driver position memory system*
29
6. Driver position memory system*
29
7. Headrest
29
7. Headrest
29
2nd row seat
29
8. Forward and backward
29
8. Forward and backward
29
8. Forward and backward
29
9. Walk-in switch
29
9. Walk-in switch
29
10. Seatback angle
29
10. Seatback angle
29
11. Headrest
29
11. Headrest
29
12. Walk-in strap for emergency
29
12. Walk-in strap for emergency
29
3rd row seat
29
13. Seatback angle strap
29
13. Seatback angle strap
29
13. Seatback angle strap
29
14. 2nd row seat remote folding button
29
14. 2nd row seat remote folding button
29
15. Headrest
29
15. Headrest
29
*: if equipped
29
7 Seats
30
7 Seats
30
<GRAPHIC>
30
Front seat
30
1. Forward and backward
30
1. Forward and backward
30
1. Forward and backward
30
2. Seatback angle
30
2. Seatback angle
30
3. Seat cushion height*
30
3. Seat cushion height*
30
4. Lumbar support (Driver's seat)*
30
4. Lumbar support (Driver's seat)*
30
5. Cushion extension (Driver's seat)*
30
5. Cushion extension (Driver's seat)*
30
6. Driver position memory system*
30
6. Driver position memory system*
30
7. Headrest
30
7. Headrest
30
2nd row seat
30
8. Forward and backward
30
8. Forward and backward
30
8. Forward and backward
30
9. Walk-in switch
30
9. Walk-in switch
30
10. Seatback angle
30
10. Seatback angle
30
11. Headrest
30
11. Headrest
30
12. Walk-in strap for emergency
30
12. Walk-in strap for emergency
30
3rd row seat
30
13. Seatback angle strap
30
13. Seatback angle strap
30
13. Seatback angle strap
30
14. 2nd row seat remote folding button
30
14. 2nd row seat remote folding button
30
15. Headrest
30
15. Headrest
30
: if equipped
30
Loose objects
30
Loose objects
30
Do not place anything in the driver's footwell or under the front seats. Loose objects in the driver's foot area could interfere with the operation of the foot pedals.
30
Uprighting seat
31
Uprighting seat
31
Do not press the release lever on a manual seatback without holding and controlling the seatback. The seatback will spring upright possibly impacting you or other passengers.
31
Driver responsibility for passengers
31
Driver responsibility for passengers
31
<GRAPHIC>
31
<GRAPHIC>
31
The driver must advise the passengers to keep the seatback in an upright position whenever the vehicle is in motion. If a seat is reclined during an accident, the restraint system's ability to restrain will be greatly reduced.
31
Seat cushion
31
Seat cushion
31
Occupants should never sit on aftermarket seat cushions or sitting cushions. The passenger Occupant Detection System may not operate properly, or passenger's hips may slide under the lap portion of the seat belt during an accident or a sudden stop.
31
Driver's seat
31
Driver's seat
31
• Never attempt to adjust the seat while the vehicle is moving. This could result in loss of control of your vehicle.
31
• Never attempt to adjust the seat while the vehicle is moving. This could result in loss of control of your vehicle.
31
• Never attempt to adjust the seat while the vehicle is moving. This could result in loss of control of your vehicle.
31
• Do not allow anything to interfere with the normal position of the seatback. Storing items against the seatback could result in serious or fatal injury in a sudden stop or collision.
31
• Do not allow anything to interfere with the normal position of the seatback. Storing items against the seatback could result in serious or fatal injury in a sudden stop or collision.
31
• Sit as far back as possible from the steering wheel while still maintaining comfortable control of the your vehicle. A distance of at least 10 in (25 cm) from your chest to the steering wheel is recommended. Failure to do so can result in air bag...
31
• Sit as far back as possible from the steering wheel while still maintaining comfortable control of the your vehicle. A distance of at least 10 in (25 cm) from your chest to the steering wheel is recommended. Failure to do so can result in air bag...
31
Rear seatbacks
31
Rear seatbacks
31
Always lock the rear seatback before driving. Failure to do so could result in passengers or objects being thrown forward injuring vehicle occupants.
31
Unexpected Seat Movement
32
Unexpected Seat Movement
32
After adjusting a manual seat, always check that it is locked by shifting your weight to the front and back. Sudden or unexpected movement of the driver's seat could cause you to lose control of the vehicle.
32
Seat adjustment
32
Seat adjustment
32
• Do not adjust the seat while wearing seat belts. Moving the seat forward will cause strong pressure on the abdomen.
32
• Do not adjust the seat while wearing seat belts. Moving the seat forward will cause strong pressure on the abdomen.
32
• Do not adjust the seat while wearing seat belts. Moving the seat forward will cause strong pressure on the abdomen.
32
• Do not place your hand near the seat bottom or seat track while adjusting the seat. Your hand could get caught in the seat mechanism.
32
• Do not place your hand near the seat bottom or seat track while adjusting the seat. Your hand could get caught in the seat mechanism.
32
Luggage and Cargo
32
Luggage and Cargo
32
Do not stack pile or stack luggage or cargo higher than the seatback in the cargo area. In an accident the cargo could strike and injure a passenger. If objects are large, heavy or must be piled, they must be secured in the cargo area.
32
Cargo Area
32
Cargo Area
32
Do not allow passengers to ride in the cargo area under any circumstance. The cargo area is solely for the purpose of transporting luggage or cargo.
32
Small Objects
32
Small Objects
32
Use extreme caution when picking up small objects trapped under the seats or between the seat and the center console. Your hands might be cut or injured by the sharp edges of the seats mechanism.
32
Feature of Seat Leather
32
Feature of Seat Leather
32
Leather is made from the outer skin of an animal, which goes through a special process to be available for use. Since it is a natural substance, each part differs in thickness or density.
32
• Wrinkles may appear as a natural result of stretching and shrinking depending on the temperature and humidity.
32
• Wrinkles may appear as a natural result of stretching and shrinking depending on the temperature and humidity.
32
• Wrinkles may appear as a natural result of stretching and shrinking depending on the temperature and humidity.
32
• Wrinkles may appear as a natural result of stretching and shrinking depending on the temperature and humidity.
32
• The seat cover is made of stretchable material to improve comfort of passengers.
32
• The seat cover is made of stretchable material to improve comfort of passengers.
32
• The parts contacting the body are curved and the side supporting area is high which provides driving comfort and stability.
33
• The parts contacting the body are curved and the side supporting area is high which provides driving comfort and stability.
33
• Belts with metallic accessories, zippers or keys inside the back pocket may damage the seat fabric.
33
• Belts with metallic accessories, zippers or keys inside the back pocket may damage the seat fabric.
33
• Belts with metallic accessories, zippers or keys inside the back pocket may damage the seat fabric.
33
• Belts with metallic accessories, zippers or keys inside the back pocket may damage the seat fabric.
33
• Make sure not to wet the seat. It may change the nature of natural leather.
33
• Make sure not to wet the seat. It may change the nature of natural leather.
33
• Jeans or clothes which contain bleach may contaminate the surface of the seat covering fabric.
33
• Jeans or clothes which contain bleach may contaminate the surface of the seat covering fabric.
33
Wrinkles or abrasions may appear naturally from usage. It is not a fault of product. Wrinkles or abrasions are not covered by warranty.
33
Wrinkles or abrasions may appear naturally from usage. It is not a fault of product. Wrinkles or abrasions are not covered by warranty.
33
Front seat adjustment for manual seat
33
Front seat adjustment for manual seat
33
The front seat can be adjusted by using the control levers located on the outside of the seat cushion.
33
<GRAPHIC>
33
<GRAPHIC>
33
<GRAPHIC>
33
Moving forward and backward
33
Adjust the seat before driving, and make sure the seat is locked securely by trying to move forward and backward without using the lever. If the seat moves, it is not locked properly.
33
Adjust the seat before driving, and make sure the seat is locked securely by trying to move forward and backward without using the lever. If the seat moves, it is not locked properly.
33
Adjust the seat before driving, and make sure the seat is locked securely by trying to move forward and backward without using the lever. If the seat moves, it is not locked properly.
33
To move the seat forward or backward:
33
1. Pull the seat slide adjustment lever up and hold it.
33
1. Pull the seat slide adjustment lever up and hold it.
33
1. Pull the seat slide adjustment lever up and hold it.
33
2. Slide the seat to the position you desire.
33
2. Slide the seat to the position you desire.
33
3. Release the lever and make sure the seat is locked in place.
33
3. Release the lever and make sure the seat is locked in place.
33
Reclining seatback
34
<GRAPHIC>
34
<GRAPHIC>
34
<GRAPHIC>
34
<GRAPHIC>
34
To recline the seatback:
34
1. Lean forward slightly and lift up the seatback recline lever.
34
1. Lean forward slightly and lift up the seatback recline lever.
34
1. Lean forward slightly and lift up the seatback recline lever.
34
2. Carefully lean back on the seat and adjust the seatback of the seat to the position you desire.
34
2. Carefully lean back on the seat and adjust the seatback of the seat to the position you desire.
34
3. Release the lever and make sure the seatback is locked in place. (The lever MUST return to its original position for the seatback to lock.)
34
3. Release the lever and make sure the seatback is locked in place. (The lever MUST return to its original position for the seatback to lock.)
34
Reclining seatback
34
Reclining seatback
34
Reclining seatback
34
Sitting in a reclined position when the vehicle is in motion can be dangerous. Even when buckled up, the protections of your restraint system (seat belts and/or air bags) is greatly reduced by reclining your seatback.
34
Seat belts must be snug against your hips and chest to work properly. When the seatback is reclined, the shoulder belt cannot do its job because it will not be snug against your chest. Instead, it will be in front of you. During an accident, you coul...
34
The more the seatback is reclined, the greater chance the passenger's hips will slide under the lap belt or the passenger's neck will strike the shoulder belt.
34
Changing seat cushion height
34
<GRAPHIC>
34
<GRAPHIC>
34
<GRAPHIC>
34
<GRAPHIC>
34
To change the height of the seat cushion, push the lever upwards or downwards.
34
• To lower the seat cushion, push down the lever several times.
34
• To lower the seat cushion, push down the lever several times.
34
• To lower the seat cushion, push down the lever several times.
34
• To raise the seat cushion, pull up the lever several times.
34
• To raise the seat cushion, pull up the lever several times.
34
Front seat adjustment for power seat
34
Front seat adjustment for power seat
34
The front seat can be adjusted by using the control switches located on the outside of the seat cushion.
34
Before driving, adjust the seat to the proper position so you can easily control the steering wheel, pedals and switches on the instrument panel.
35
Before driving, adjust the seat to the proper position so you can easily control the steering wheel, pedals and switches on the instrument panel.
35
Power seating adjustments
35
Power seating adjustments
35
• The power seating controls function by electronic motor. Excessive operation may cause damage to the electrical equipment.
35
• The power seating controls function by electronic motor. Excessive operation may cause damage to the electrical equipment.
35
• The power seating controls function by electronic motor. Excessive operation may cause damage to the electrical equipment.
35
• Do not operate two or more power seat control switches at the same time. Doing so may damage the power seat motor or electrical components.
35
• Do not operate two or more power seat control switches at the same time. Doing so may damage the power seat motor or electrical components.
35
Moving forward and backward
35
<GRAPHIC>
35
<GRAPHIC>
35
<GRAPHIC>
35
<GRAPHIC>
35
To move the seat forward or backward:
35
1. Push the control switch forward or backward to move the seat to the desired position.
35
1. Push the control switch forward or backward to move the seat to the desired position.
35
1. Push the control switch forward or backward to move the seat to the desired position.
35
2. Release the switch once the seat reaches the desired position.
35
2. Release the switch once the seat reaches the desired position.
35
Reclining seatback
35
<GRAPHIC>
35
<GRAPHIC>
35
<GRAPHIC>
35
<GRAPHIC>
35
To recline the seatback:
35
1. Push the control switch forward or backward to move the seatback to the desired angle
35
1. Push the control switch forward or backward to move the seatback to the desired angle
35
1. Push the control switch forward or backward to move the seatback to the desired angle
35
2. Release the switch once the seat reaches the desired position.
35
2. Release the switch once the seat reaches the desired position.
35
Changing seat cushion tilt and height
35
<GRAPHIC>
35
<GRAPHIC>
35
<GRAPHIC>
35
<GRAPHIC>
35
To change the height of the seat:
35
1. Pull the front portion (1) of the control switch up to raise or press down to lower the front part of the seat cushion.
35
1. Pull the front portion (1) of the control switch up to raise or press down to lower the front part of the seat cushion.
35
1. Pull the front portion (1) of the control switch up to raise or press down to lower the front part of the seat cushion.
35
2. Pull the rear portion (2) of the control switch up to raise or press down to lower the seat cushion.
36
2. Pull the rear portion (2) of the control switch up to raise or press down to lower the seat cushion.
36
3. Release the switch once the seat reaches the desired position.
36
3. Release the switch once the seat reaches the desired position.
36
Adjusting lumbar support for driver's seat
36
<GRAPHIC>
36
<GRAPHIC>
36
<GRAPHIC>
36
<GRAPHIC>
36
The lumbar support can be adjusted by pressing the lumbar support switch on the side of the seat.
36
1. Press the front portion of the switch to increase support, or the rear portion of the switch, to decrease support.
36
1. Press the front portion of the switch to increase support, or the rear portion of the switch, to decrease support.
36
1. Press the front portion of the switch to increase support, or the rear portion of the switch, to decrease support.
36
2. Release the switch once it reaches the desired position.
36
2. Release the switch once it reaches the desired position.
36
Adjusting cushion extension for driver's seat
36
<GRAPHIC>
36
<GRAPHIC>
36
<GRAPHIC>
36
<GRAPHIC>
36
1. Press the front portion of the switch to raise the cushion extension, or the rear portion of the switch to lower it.
36
1. Press the front portion of the switch to raise the cushion extension, or the rear portion of the switch to lower it.
36
1. Press the front portion of the switch to raise the cushion extension, or the rear portion of the switch to lower it.
36
2. Release the switch once the cushion extension reaches the desired position.
36
2. Release the switch once the cushion extension reaches the desired position.
36
Driver position memory system for power seat
36
Driver position memory system for power seat
36
A driver position memory system is provided to store and recall the driver seat and outside rearview mirror position with a simple button operation.
36
<GRAPHIC>
36
<GRAPHIC>
36
<GRAPHIC>
36
By saving the desired position into the system memory, different drivers can reposition the driver seat based upon their driving preference. If the battery is disconnected, the desired seat position memory will need to be re-saved.
37
Driver position memory system
37
Driver position memory system
37
Never attempt to operate the driver position memory system while the vehicle is moving.
37
This could result in loss of control, and an accident causing death or serious injury.
37
The driver position memory system requires a large amount of electric power.
37
The driver position memory system requires a large amount of electric power.
37
Refrain from using the system when the engine is stopped to prevent battery discharge.
37
Storing driver's seat positions
37
1. Place the Engine Strat/Stop button is ON while the vehicle stop.
37
1. Place the Engine Strat/Stop button is ON while the vehicle stop.
37
1. Place the Engine Strat/Stop button is ON while the vehicle stop.
37
1. Place the Engine Strat/Stop button is ON while the vehicle stop.
37
2. Adjust the driver's seat and outside rearview mirror comfortable for the driver.
37
2. Adjust the driver's seat and outside rearview mirror comfortable for the driver.
37
3. Press SET button on the control panel. The system will beep once.
37
3. Press SET button on the control panel. The system will beep once.
37
4. Press one of the memory buttons (1 or 2) within 4 seconds after pressing the SET button. The system will beep twice when memory has been successfully stored.
37
4. Press one of the memory buttons (1 or 2) within 4 seconds after pressing the SET button. The system will beep twice when memory has been successfully stored.
37
When recalling an adjustment memory button while sitting in the vehicle, you can be surprised by the setting chosen if the memory has been adjusted by someone else. If that occurs, immediately push the seat position control switch in the direction of...
37
When recalling an adjustment memory button while sitting in the vehicle, you can be surprised by the setting chosen if the memory has been adjusted by someone else. If that occurs, immediately push the seat position control switch in the direction of...
37
Recalling positions from memory
37
Operate the following steps while the vehicle is stopped:
37
Operate the following steps while the vehicle is stopped:
37
Operate the following steps while the vehicle is stopped:
37
• To recall a position already stored in the memory, press the desired memory button (1 or 2). The system will beep once, then the driver's seat will automatically adjust to the stored position.
37
• To recall a position already stored in the memory, press the desired memory button (1 or 2). The system will beep once, then the driver's seat will automatically adjust to the stored position.
37
• To recall a position already stored in the memory, press the desired memory button (1 or 2). The system will beep once, then the driver's seat will automatically adjust to the stored position.
37
If you adjust the control switch for the driver's seat while the system is recalling the stored position, the seat will stop and then move in the direction that the control switch is moved.
37
If you adjust the control switch for the driver's seat while the system is recalling the stored position, the seat will stop and then move in the direction that the control switch is moved.
37
Setting the easy access function
37
The driver position memory system will move the driver's seat automatically as follows:
37
The driver can turn off or set the driver's seat settings in the user settings mode in the instrument cluster.
37
The driver can turn off or set the driver's seat settings in the user settings mode in the instrument cluster.
37
The driver can turn off or set the driver's seat settings in the user settings mode in the instrument cluster.
37
1. Press the MODE button (
38
1. Press the MODE button (
38
1. Press the MODE button (
38
<GRAPHIC>
38
2. Select 'Convenience → Seat Easy Access → OFF/Normal/Extend' and 'Convenience → Seat upward/ downward' with the MOVE switch (
38
2. Select 'Convenience → Seat Easy Access → OFF/Normal/Extend' and 'Convenience → Seat upward/ downward' with the MOVE switch (
38
<GRAPHIC>
38
<GRAPHIC>
38
• It will move the driver's seat rearward when the ENGINE START/ STOP button is changed to the OFF position.
38
• It will move the driver's seat rearward when the ENGINE START/ STOP button is changed to the OFF position.
38
• It will move the driver's seat rearward when the ENGINE START/ STOP button is changed to the OFF position.
38
• It will move the driver's seat rearward when the ENGINE START/ STOP button is changed to the OFF position.
38
• It will move the driver's seat forward when the ENGINE START/ STOP button is changed to the ACC or START position and front driver's door is opened.
38
• It will move the driver's seat forward when the ENGINE START/ STOP button is changed to the ACC or START position and front driver's door is opened.
38
• It will move the driver's seat forward and upward when the ENGINE START/STOP button is in ON. It will move the driver's seat backward and downward when the ENGINE START/STOP button is in OFF.
38
• It will move the driver's seat forward and upward when the ENGINE START/STOP button is in ON. It will move the driver's seat backward and downward when the ENGINE START/STOP button is in OFF.
38
You can activate or deactivate this feature. Refer to
38
\User Settings mode\ on page 4-71
38
Upward/downward movement of the seat may not work when passengers get on/off the vehicle in order to prevent foot injuries in certain places.
38
Upward/downward movement of the seat may not work when passengers get on/off the vehicle in order to prevent foot injuries in certain places.
38
Resetting the driver position memory system
38
If the driver position memory system reset fails to work, initialize the system as follows.
38
If the driver position memory system reset fails to work, initialize the system as follows.
38
If the driver position memory system reset fails to work, initialize the system as follows.
38
How to initialize:
38
How to initialize:
38
How to initialize:
38
1. Stop the car and open the driver's door with the ENGINE START/ STOP button in ON and the automatic shift lever in P (parking) position.
38
1. Stop the car and open the driver's door with the ENGINE START/ STOP button in ON and the automatic shift lever in P (parking) position.
38
2. Pull the driver's seat forward as far as possible and have the seatback upright as much as possible using driver's seat forward/backward adjustment and seatback angle (recline) movement switches.
38
2. Pull the driver's seat forward as far as possible and have the seatback upright as much as possible using driver's seat forward/backward adjustment and seatback angle (recline) movement switches.
38
3. Push SET button and seat forward movement switch button for 2 seconds simultaneously.
38
3. Push SET button and seat forward movement switch button for 2 seconds simultaneously.
38
Initialization in the process:
38
Initialization in the process:
38
1. Initialization begins as the alarm sounds.
38
1. Initialization begins as the alarm sounds.
38
1. Initialization begins as the alarm sounds.
38
2. The seat and seatback will automatically move backwards. The alarm sound will continue while the system is in operation.
38
2. The seat and seatback will automatically move backwards. The alarm sound will continue while the system is in operation.
38
3. Initialization will be all set after the seat and seatback move to the center with alarm sound being raised.
38
3. Initialization will be all set after the seat and seatback move to the center with alarm sound being raised.
38
However, the initialization process will come to a stop and the alarm sound will stop as well.
39
• When pushing driving position memory system button
39
• When pushing driving position memory system button
39
• When pushing driving position memory system button
39
• When pushing driver's seat height adjustment switch
39
• When pushing driver's seat height adjustment switch
39
• When the driving speed exceeds 2 mph (3 km/h)
39
• When the driving speed exceeds 2 mph (3 km/h)
39
• When the driver's door is closed
39
• When the driver's door is closed
39
• When the operation of the driver's seat and alarm sound stop during the initialization process, start the process again.
39
• When the operation of the driver's seat and alarm sound stop during the initialization process, start the process again.
39
• When the operation of the driver's seat and alarm sound stop during the initialization process, start the process again.
39
• When the operation of the driver's seat and alarm sound stop during the initialization process, start the process again.
39
• Make sure that there are no obstacles around the driver's seat before starting initialization.
39
• Make sure that there are no obstacles around the driver's seat before starting initialization.
39
• When the initialization is finished, adjust the seat to a position comfortable for the driver and save it to the driver position memory system.
39
• When the initialization is finished, adjust the seat to a position comfortable for the driver and save it to the driver position memory system.
39
Headrest for front seat
39
Headrest for front seat
39
The driver's and front passenger's seats are equipped with a headrest for the occupant's safety and comfort.
39
<GRAPHIC>
39
<GRAPHIC>
39
<GRAPHIC>
39
The headrest not only provides comfort for the driver and front passenger, but also helps protect the head and neck in the event of a rear collision.
39
For maximum effectiveness in case of an accident, the headrest should be adjusted so the middle of the headrest is as high as the center of gravity of an occupant's head. Generally, the center of gravity of most people's head is similar with the heig...
39
Also, adjust the headrest as close to your head as possible. For this reason, the use of a cushion that holds the body away from the seatback is not recommended.
39
Headrest removal/adjustment
39
Headrest removal/adjustment
39
• Do not operate the vehicle with the headrests removed. Headrests can provide critical neck and head support in a crash.
39
• Do not operate the vehicle with the headrests removed. Headrests can provide critical neck and head support in a crash.
39
• Do not operate the vehicle with the headrests removed. Headrests can provide critical neck and head support in a crash.
39
• Do not adjust the headrest height while the vehicle is in motion. Driver may lose control of the vehicle.
40
• Do not adjust the headrest height while the vehicle is in motion. Driver may lose control of the vehicle.
40
Excessive pulling or pushing may damage the headrest.
40
Excessive pulling or pushing may damage the headrest.
40
Adjusting the height up and down
40
<GRAPHIC>
40
<GRAPHIC>
40
<GRAPHIC>
40
<GRAPHIC>
40
To raise the headrest:
40
1. Pull it up to the desired position (1).
40
1. Pull it up to the desired position (1).
40
1. Pull it up to the desired position (1).
40
2. To lower the headrest, push and hold the release button (2) on the headrest support.
40
2. To lower the headrest, push and hold the release button (2) on the headrest support.
40
3. Lower the headrest to the desired position (3).
40
3. Lower the headrest to the desired position (3).
40
If you recline the seatback towards the front with the headrest and seat cushion raised, the headrest may come in contact with the sun visor or other parts of the vehicle.
40
If you recline the seatback towards the front with the headrest and seat cushion raised, the headrest may come in contact with the sun visor or other parts of the vehicle.
40
If you recline the seatback towards the front with the headrest and seat cushion raised, the headrest may come in contact with the sun visor or other parts of the vehicle.
40
<GRAPHIC>
40
<GRAPHIC>
40
Removing headrest
40
Type A
40
Type A
40
Type A
40
Type A
40
<GRAPHIC>
40
Type B
40
Type B
40
<GRAPHIC>
40
To remove the headrest:
40
1. Recline the seatback (2) with the recline lever or switch (1).
41
1. Recline the seatback (2) with the recline lever or switch (1).
41
1. Recline the seatback (2) with the recline lever or switch (1).
41
2. Raise headrest as far as it can go.
41
2. Raise headrest as far as it can go.
41
3. Press the headrest release button (3) while pulling the headrest up (4).
41
3. Press the headrest release button (3) while pulling the headrest up (4).
41
Removing headrest
41
Removing headrest
41
Removing headrest
41
NEVER allow anyone to ride in a seat with the headrest removed or reversed. Headrests can provide critical neck and head support in a crash.
41
Reinstalling headrest
41
Type A
41
Type A
41
Type A
41
Type A
41
<GRAPHIC>
41
Type B
41
Type B
41
<GRAPHIC>
41
To reinstall the headrest:
41
1. Put the headrest poles (2) into the holes while pressing the release button (1).
41
1. Put the headrest poles (2) into the holes while pressing the release button (1).
41
1. Put the headrest poles (2) into the holes while pressing the release button (1).
41
2. Recline the seatback (4) with the recline lever or switch (3).
41
2. Recline the seatback (4) with the recline lever or switch (3).
41
3. Adjust the headrest to the appropriate height.
41
3. Adjust the headrest to the appropriate height.
41
Headrest Reinstallation
41
Headrest Reinstallation
41
Headrest Reinstallation
41
To reduce the risk of injury to the head or neck, always make sure the headrest is locked into position and adjusted properly after reinstalling.
41
Seatback pocket (if equipped)
41
Seatback pocket (if equipped)
41
The seatback pocket is provided on the back of the front passenger's and driver's seatbacks.
41
<GRAPHIC>
42
<GRAPHIC>
42
<GRAPHIC>
42
Seatback pockets
42
Seatback pockets
42
Do not put heavy or sharp objects in the seatback pockets. In an accident they could come loose from the pocket and injure vehicle occupants.
42
Seatback hook
42
Seatback hook
42
1st row
42
1st row
42
1st row
42
<GRAPHIC>
42
3rd row
42
3rd row
42
<GRAPHIC>
42
Use it when hanging light shoppingbags.
42
Hanging heavy clothing
42
Hanging heavy clothing
42
Do not hang heavy clothes, since they may damage the hook.
42
Headrest for rear seat
42
Headrest for rear seat
42
The rear seat is equipped with headrests in all the seating positions for the occupant's safety and comfort.
42
<GRAPHIC>
42
<GRAPHIC>
42
<GRAPHIC>
42
<GRAPHIC>
42
The headrest not only provides comfort for passengers, but also helps protect the head and neck in the event of a collision.
43
To maximize the effectiveness in case of accidents, the headrest should be adjusted so the middle of the headrest is as high as the center of gravity of an occupant's head. Generally, the center of gravity of most people's heads is similar with the h...
43
Also, adjust the headrest as close to your head as possible. For this reason, the use of a cushion that holds the body away from the seatback is not recommended.
43
Adjusting the height up and down (2nd row seat and 3rd row center seat)
43
2nd row
43
2nd row
43
2nd row
43
2nd row
43
<GRAPHIC>
43
3rd row center
43
3rd row center
43
<GRAPHIC>
43
• To raise the headrest, pull it up to the desired position (1).
43
• To raise the headrest, pull it up to the desired position (1).
43
• To raise the headrest, pull it up to the desired position (1).
43
• To lower the headrest, push and hold the release button (2) on the headrest support and lower the headrest to the desired position (3).
43
• To lower the headrest, push and hold the release button (2) on the headrest support and lower the headrest to the desired position (3).
43
Removing/reinstalling headrest (2nd row seat and 3rd row center seat)
43
2nd row
43
2nd row
43
2nd row
43
2nd row
43
<GRAPHIC>
43
3rd row center
44
3rd row center
44
<GRAPHIC>
44
• To remove the headrest, raise it as far as it can go then press the release button (1) While pulling the headrest upward (2).
44
• To remove the headrest, raise it as far as it can go then press the release button (1) While pulling the headrest upward (2).
44
• To remove the headrest, raise it as far as it can go then press the release button (1) While pulling the headrest upward (2).
44
• To reinstall the headrest, put the headrest poles (3) into the holes while pressing the release button (1).
44
• To reinstall the headrest, put the headrest poles (3) into the holes while pressing the release button (1).
44
• Then adjust it to the appropriate height and ensure that it locks in position.
44
• Then adjust it to the appropriate height and ensure that it locks in position.
44
Folding 3rd row headrest (except for center)
44
<GRAPHIC>
44
<GRAPHIC>
44
<GRAPHIC>
44
<GRAPHIC>
44
<GRAPHIC>
44
<GRAPHIC>
44
The headrest will fold down automatically when folding the seatback.
44
To fold the headrest manually:
44
To fold the headrest manually:
44
To fold the headrest manually:
44
• Pull the strap.
44
• Pull the strap.
44
To fold the headrest manually:
44
To fold the headrest manually:
44
• Raise the headrest manually.
44
• Raise the headrest manually.
44
Always be sure the headrest has locked into position after you return the seatback.
44
Always be sure the headrest has locked into position after you return the seatback.
44
Close the liftgate carefully when the third-row seats are occupied. If you close the liftgate too aggressively while the seat is occupied, you may hit the passenger in the head and cause injuries.
44
Close the liftgate carefully when the third-row seats are occupied. If you close the liftgate too aggressively while the seat is occupied, you may hit the passenger in the head and cause injuries.
44
<GRAPHIC>
45
<GRAPHIC>
45
Armrest
45
Armrest
45
For 7 seats
45
The 2nd row seats have the armrest located on the side of seatback.
45
The 2nd row seats have the armrest located on the side of seatback.
45
The 2nd row seats have the armrest located on the side of seatback.
45
• To use the armrest, swing down the armrest to the lowest position.
45
• To use the armrest, swing down the armrest to the lowest position.
45
• To use the armrest, swing down the armrest to the lowest position.
45
Then, adjust the armrest to the desired position while raising it.
45
Then, adjust the armrest to the desired position while raising it.
45
When adjusting the position, the operating sound will be heard. This indicates normal operation, not malfunction.
45
<GRAPHIC>
45
<GRAPHIC>
45
For 8 seats
45
• To use the armrest, pull it forward from the seatback.
45
• To use the armrest, pull it forward from the seatback.
45
• To use the armrest, pull it forward from the seatback.
45
• To use the armrest, pull it forward from the seatback.
45
<GRAPHIC>
45
<GRAPHIC>
45
<GRAPHIC>
45
Folding the rear seat
45
Folding the rear seat
45
The rear seatbacks may be folded to facilitate carrying long items or to increase the luggage capacity of the vehicle.
45
Folded Seatback
45
Folded Seatback
45
Folded Seatback
45
Folded Seatback
45
The purpose of the fold-down rear seatbacks is to allow you to carry longer objects that could not otherwise be accommodated.
45
• Never allow a passenger to sit on top of the folded down seatback while the car is moving. This is not a proper seating position since no seat belts are available for use. This could result in serious injury or death in case of an accident or sud...
45
• Never allow a passenger to sit on top of the folded down seatback while the car is moving. This is not a proper seating position since no seat belts are available for use. This could result in serious injury or death in case of an accident or sud...
45
• Never allow a passenger to sit on top of the folded down seatback while the car is moving. This is not a proper seating position since no seat belts are available for use. This could result in serious injury or death in case of an accident or sud...
45
When folding the seatback, be sure to hold the seatback or headrest with your hands.
46
When folding the seatback, be sure to hold the seatback or headrest with your hands.
46
When folding or unfolding a rear seat, make sure to lower the seat's headrest as much as possible and put the seatback of the seat in front of the rear seat in the upright position.
46
When folding or unfolding a rear seat, make sure to lower the seat's headrest as much as possible and put the seatback of the seat in front of the rear seat in the upright position.
46
If there is any interference when folding or unfolding the seat, the interfered area of the seat may be damaged.
46
Folding down the rear seatback
46
1. Set the front seatback to the upright position and if necessary, slide the front seat forward.
46
1. Set the front seatback to the upright position and if necessary, slide the front seat forward.
46
1. Set the front seatback to the upright position and if necessary, slide the front seat forward.
46
1. Set the front seatback to the upright position and if necessary, slide the front seat forward.
46
2. Lower the rear headrests to the lowest position.
46
2. Lower the rear headrests to the lowest position.
46
Objects
46
Objects
46
Objects
46
Objects carried on the folded down seatback should not extend higher than the top of the front seatbacks. This could allow cargo to slide forward and cause injury or damage during sudden stops.
46
When the seats in the 2nd-row are folded to use the area as a cargo compartment, be sure to turn off the seat heater.
46
When the seats in the 2nd-row are folded to use the area as a cargo compartment, be sure to turn off the seat heater.
46
3. When folding the seatback, insert the rear seat belt buckle in the pocket between the rear seatback and cushion. Make sure both seat belts do not interfere with stowed luggage and cargo. Then, the seat belt webbing should be placed in the webbing ...
46
3. When folding the seatback, insert the rear seat belt buckle in the pocket between the rear seatback and cushion. Make sure both seat belts do not interfere with stowed luggage and cargo. Then, the seat belt webbing should be placed in the webbing ...
46
4. Pull on the seatback folding lever (for 2nd row) or strap (for 3rd row), then fold the seat toward the front of the vehicle. When you return the seatback to its upright position, always be sure it has locked into position by pushing on the top of ...
46
4. Pull on the seatback folding lever (for 2nd row) or strap (for 3rd row), then fold the seat toward the front of the vehicle. When you return the seatback to its upright position, always be sure it has locked into position by pushing on the top of ...
46
2nd row seat
47
2nd row seat
47
2nd row seat
47
<GRAPHIC>
47
3rd row seat
47
3rd row seat
47
<GRAPHIC>
47
5. To use the rear seat, lift and pull the seatback backward by pulling on the folding lever (for 2nd row) or strap (for 3rd row). Pull the seatback firmly until it clicks into place. Make sure the seatback is locked in place.
47
5. To use the rear seat, lift and pull the seatback backward by pulling on the folding lever (for 2nd row) or strap (for 3rd row). Pull the seatback firmly until it clicks into place. Make sure the seatback is locked in place.
47
6. Return the rear seat belt to the proper position.
47
6. Return the rear seat belt to the proper position.
47
Unfolding the rear seat
47
2nd row seat
47
2nd row seat
47
2nd row seat
47
2nd row seat
47
<GRAPHIC>
47
3rd row seat
47
3rd row seat
47
<GRAPHIC>
47
1. To use the rear seat, lift and pull the seatback backward. Pull the seatback firmly until it clicks into place. Make sure the seatback is locked in place. When you return the seatback to its upright position, always be sure it has locked into posi...
47
1. To use the rear seat, lift and pull the seatback backward. Pull the seatback firmly until it clicks into place. Make sure the seatback is locked in place. When you return the seatback to its upright position, always be sure it has locked into posi...
47
1. To use the rear seat, lift and pull the seatback backward. Pull the seatback firmly until it clicks into place. Make sure the seatback is locked in place. When you return the seatback to its upright position, always be sure it has locked into posi...
47
If you cannot see the red line at the bottom of folding lever, it means the seatback is locked completely.
47
If you cannot see the red line at the bottom of folding lever, it means the seatback is locked completely.
47
2. Return the rear seat belt to the proper position.
48
2. Return the rear seat belt to the proper position.
48
3. When the seatback is completely installed, check the seatback folding lever again.
48
3. When the seatback is completely installed, check the seatback folding lever again.
48
Folding 2nd row seat
48
<GRAPHIC>
48
<GRAPHIC>
48
<GRAPHIC>
48
<GRAPHIC>
48
This feature allows you to fold seats in the 2nd row while the liftgate is open.
48
1. Press the folding switch of the seatback located on the left and right sides of the liftgate.
48
1. Press the folding switch of the seatback located on the left and right sides of the liftgate.
48
1. Press the folding switch of the seatback located on the left and right sides of the liftgate.
48
• L: Folding the left seat in the 2nd-row
48
• L: Folding the left seat in the 2nd-row
48
• L: Folding the left seat in the 2nd-row
48
• L: Folding the left seat in the 2nd-row
48
• R: Folding the right seat in the 2nd-row
48
• R: Folding the right seat in the 2nd-row
48
You can use additional space by folding the seatback forward.
48
2. If the seatback is not fully folded, try folding againto make it completely folded.
48
2. If the seatback is not fully folded, try folding againto make it completely folded.
48
Rear seat folding
48
Rear seat folding
48
Rear seat folding
48
Do not fold the rear seats (2nd & 3rd row seats), if passengers, pets or luggage are in the rear seats.
48
It may cause injury or damage to passengers, pets, luggage.
48
<GRAPHIC>
48
<GRAPHIC>
48
<GRAPHIC>
48
<GRAPHIC>
48
Never attempt to adjust using the 2nd row seat walk-in switch or strap while the vehicle is moving or seat is occupied as the seat may suddenly move and cause the passenger on the seat to be injured.
48
Never attempt to adjust using the 2nd row seat walk-in switch or strap while the vehicle is moving or seat is occupied as the seat may suddenly move and cause the passenger on the seat to be injured.
48
7 seat
49
7 seat
49
<GRAPHIC>
49
8 seat
49
8 seat
49
<GRAPHIC>
49
• If the folding switch (1 or 2) in the 2nd row (in the upper part of the 2nd row seatback or the outer part of the seat) does not work, pull the strap (3) on the bottom left of the seat in the 2nd row. It works just like the folding switch and you...
49
• If the folding switch (1 or 2) in the 2nd row (in the upper part of the 2nd row seatback or the outer part of the seat) does not work, pull the strap (3) on the bottom left of the seat in the 2nd row. It works just like the folding switch and you...
49
• If the folding switch (1 or 2) in the 2nd row (in the upper part of the 2nd row seatback or the outer part of the seat) does not work, pull the strap (3) on the bottom left of the seat in the 2nd row. It works just like the folding switch and you...
49
Do not pull the strap (3) when the 2nd-row seat(s) is/are occupied.
49
Do not pull the strap (3) when the 2nd-row seat(s) is/are occupied.
49
Sudden movement of the seat(s) may result in injury. Use the strap only when the folding switch in the 2nd row (in the upper part of the second-row seatback or the outer part of the seat) does not work.
49
• This strap (3) is for 3rd row passengers to exit the vehicle even if when the vehicle's battery power is in run-out emergency condition in an accident.
49
• This strap (3) is for 3rd row passengers to exit the vehicle even if when the vehicle's battery power is in run-out emergency condition in an accident.
49
Uprighting seat
49
Uprighting seat
49
When you return the seatback to its upright position, hold the seatback and return it slowly. If the seatback is returned without holding it, the back of the seat could spring forward, resulting in injury caused by being struck by the seatback.
49
Rear seatback
49
Rear seatback
49
To ensure maximum protection in the event of an accident or sudden stop, when returning the rear seat to the upright position:
49
• Be careful not to damage the seat belt webbing or buckle.
49
• Be careful not to damage the seat belt webbing or buckle.
49
• Be careful not to damage the seat belt webbing or buckle.
49
• Do not allow the seat belt webbing or buckle to become pinched or caught in the rear seat.
49
• Do not allow the seat belt webbing or buckle to become pinched or caught in the rear seat.
49
• Ensure the seatback is completely locked into its upright position by pushing on the top of the seatback.
49
• Ensure the seatback is completely locked into its upright position by pushing on the top of the seatback.
49
Failure to adhere to any of these instructions could result in serious injury or death in the event of a crash.
50
Damaging rear seat belt buckles
50
Damaging rear seat belt buckles
50
When you fold the rear seatback, insert the buckle between the rear seatback and cushion. Doing so can prevent the buckle from being damaged by the rear seatback.
50
Rear seat belts
50
Rear seat belts
50
When returning the rear seatbacks to the upright position, remember to return the rear shoulder belts to their proper position.
50
Unless the driver's position is properly set according to the driver's physical figure, do not fold the rear seat. It may increase bodily injuries in a sudden stop or collision.
50
Unless the driver's position is properly set according to the driver's physical figure, do not fold the rear seat. It may increase bodily injuries in a sudden stop or collision.
50
Be careful when loading cargo through the rear passenger seats to prevent damage to the vehicle interior.
50
Be careful when loading cargo through the rear passenger seats to prevent damage to the vehicle interior.
50
Cargo
50
Cargo
50
Cargo should always be secured to prevent it from being thrown about the vehicle in a collision and causing injury to the vehicle occupants. Do not place objects in the rear seats, since they cannot be properly secured and may hit the front seat occu...
50
Cargo loading
50
Make sure the engine is off, the transmission is in P (Park) and the parking brake is securely applied whenever loading or unloading cargo. Failure to take these steps may allow the vehicle to move if the shift lever is inadvertently moved to another...
50
Seat belts
51
Seat belts
51
Seat belts are designed to bear upon the bony structure of the body, and should be worn low across the front of the pelvis, chest and shoulders.
51
Seat belt restraint system
51
Seat belt restraint system
51
For maximum restraint system protection, the seat belts must always be used whenever the vehicle is moving.
51
• A properly positioned shoulder belt should be positioned midway over your shoulder across your collarbone.
51
• A properly positioned shoulder belt should be positioned midway over your shoulder across your collarbone.
51
• A properly positioned shoulder belt should be positioned midway over your shoulder across your collarbone.
51
• A properly positioned shoulder belt should be positioned midway over your shoulder across your collarbone.
51
• Never allow children to ride in the front passenger seat. See
51
• Never allow children to ride in the front passenger seat. See
51
\Child Restraint System (CRS)\ on page 3-42
51
Twisted seat belt
51
Twisted seat belt
51
Make sure your seat belt is not twisted when worn. A twisted seat belt may not properly protect you in an accident and could even cut into your body.
51
Shoulder Belt
51
Shoulder Belt
51
• Never wear the shoulder belt under your arm or behind your back. An improperly positioned shoulder belt cannot protect the occupant in a crash.
51
• Never wear the shoulder belt under your arm or behind your back. An improperly positioned shoulder belt cannot protect the occupant in a crash.
51
• Never wear the shoulder belt under your arm or behind your back. An improperly positioned shoulder belt cannot protect the occupant in a crash.
51
• Always wear both the shoulder portion and lap portion of the lap/ shoulder belt.
51
• Always wear both the shoulder portion and lap portion of the lap/ shoulder belt.
51
Damaged seat belt
51
Damaged seat belt
51
Any damage in webbing or hardware may lead to serious injury or death in a crash. For your safety, replace the entire seat belt assembly when any part of the webbing or hardware is damaged.
51
Seat belts are designed to bear upon the bony structure of the body, and should be worn low across the front of the pelvis, chest and shoulders, as applicable; wearing the lap section of the belt across the abdominal area must be avoided.
51
Seat belts should be adjusted as firmly as possible, consistent with comfort, to provide the protection for which they have been designed.
51
A slack belt will greatly reduce the protection afforded to the wearer.
51
Care should be taken to avoid contamination of the webbing with polishes, oils and chemicals, and particularly battery acid. Cleaning may safely be carried out using mild soap and water. The belt should be replaced if webbing becomes frayed, contamin...
51
• No modifications or additions should be made by the user which would either prevent the seat belt adjusting devices from operating to remove slack, or prevent the seat belt assembly from being adjusted to remove slack.
52
• No modifications or additions should be made by the user which would either prevent the seat belt adjusting devices from operating to remove slack, or prevent the seat belt assembly from being adjusted to remove slack.
52
• No modifications or additions should be made by the user which would either prevent the seat belt adjusting devices from operating to remove slack, or prevent the seat belt assembly from being adjusted to remove slack.
52
• When you fasten the seat belt, be careful not to latch the seat belt in buckles of other seats. It is very dangerous and you may not be protected by the seat belt properly.
52
• When you fasten the seat belt, be careful not to latch the seat belt in buckles of other seats. It is very dangerous and you may not be protected by the seat belt properly.
52
• Do not unfasten the seat belt and do not fasten and unfasten the seat belt repeatedly while driving. This could result in loss of control, and an accident causing death, serious injury, or property damage.
52
• Do not unfasten the seat belt and do not fasten and unfasten the seat belt repeatedly while driving. This could result in loss of control, and an accident causing death, serious injury, or property damage.
52
• When fastening the seat belt, make sure that the seat belt does not pass over objects that are hard or can break easily.
52
• When fastening the seat belt, make sure that the seat belt does not pass over objects that are hard or can break easily.
52
Seat belt buckle
52
Seat belt buckle
52
Do not allow foreign material (gum, crumbs, coins, liquids, etc.) to obstruct the seat belt buckle. This may prevent the seat belt from fastening securely.
52
Driver's seat belt warning
52
Driver's seat belt warning
52
As a reminder to the driver, the driver's seat belt warning lights will illuminate for approximately 6 seconds each time you turn the ENGINE START/STOP button ON regardless of belt fastening. If the seatbelt is not fastened, the warning chime will so...
52
<GRAPHIC>
52
<GRAPHIC>
52
<GRAPHIC>
52
If you start to drive without the seat belt fastened or you unfasten the seat belt when you drive over 5 mph (9 km/h) and less than 12 mph (20 km/h), the corresponding warning light will illuminate. The warning light will turn off when the vehicle sp...
52
If you start to drive without the seat belt fastened or you unfasten the seat belt when you drive 12 mph (20 km/h) and faster, the warning light will blink and warning chime will sound for approximately 100 seconds. When the seat belt is unfastened d...
52
Front passenger's seat belt warning
53
Front passenger's seat belt warning
53
<GRAPHIC>
53
<GRAPHIC>
53
<GRAPHIC>
53
As a reminder to the front passenger, the front passenger's seat belt warning lights will illuminate for approximately 6 seconds each time you turn the ENGINE START/STOP button ON regardless of belt fastening. If you start to drive without the passen...
53
If you start to drive without the passenger seat belt fastened or you unfasten the seat belt when you drive 12 mph (20 km/h) and faster, the warning light will blink and warning chime will sound for approximately 100 seconds. When the passenger seat ...
53
• Even if the front passenger seat is not occupied, the seat belt warning light will illuminate for 6 seconds.
53
• Even if the front passenger seat is not occupied, the seat belt warning light will illuminate for 6 seconds.
53
• Even if the front passenger seat is not occupied, the seat belt warning light will illuminate for 6 seconds.
53
• Even if the front passenger seat is not occupied, the seat belt warning light will illuminate for 6 seconds.
53
• The front passenger's seat belt warning may operate when luggage is placed on the front passenger seat.
53
• The front passenger's seat belt warning may operate when luggage is placed on the front passenger seat.
53
Seat belt - Driver's 3-point system with emergency locking retractor
53
Seat belt - Driver's 3-point system with emergency locking retractor
53
The following explains how to fasten and adjust the driver's seat belt.
53
Fastening the your seat belt:
54
<GRAPHIC>
54
<GRAPHIC>
54
<GRAPHIC>
54
<GRAPHIC>
54
• Pull it out of the retractor and insert the metal tab (1) into the buckle (2).
54
• Pull it out of the retractor and insert the metal tab (1) into the buckle (2).
54
• Pull it out of the retractor and insert the metal tab (1) into the buckle (2).
54
There will be an audible \click\ when the tab locks into the buckle.
54
There will be an audible \click\ when the tab locks into the buckle.
54
<GRAPHIC>
54
<GRAPHIC>
54
<GRAPHIC>
54
You should place the lap belt portion as low as possible and snugly across your hips. If the lap belt is located too high on your waist, it may increase the chance of injury in the event of a collision.
54
You should place the lap belt portion as low as possible and snugly across your hips. If the lap belt is located too high on your waist, it may increase the chance of injury in the event of a collision.
54
The arm closest to the seat belt buckle should be over the belt while the other arm should be under the belt as shown in the illustration. Never wear the seat belt under the arm closest to the door.
54
The seat belt automatically adjusts to the proper length only after the lap belt portion is adjusted manually so that it fits snugly around your hips. If you lean forward in a slow, easy motion, the belt will extend and let you move around. If there ...
54
If you are not able to pull out the seat belt from the retractor, firmly pull the belt out and release it. Then you will be able to pull the belt out smoothly.
54
If you are not able to pull out the seat belt from the retractor, firmly pull the belt out and release it. Then you will be able to pull the belt out smoothly.
54
Adjusting the height of shoulder belt
54
You can adjust the height of the shoulder belt anchor to one of the 4 positions for maximum comfort and safety.
54
<GRAPHIC>
55
<GRAPHIC>
55
<GRAPHIC>
55
<GRAPHIC>
55
The height of the adjusting seat belt should not be too close to your neck. The shoulder portion should be adjusted so that it lies across your chest and midway over your shoulder near the door and not your neck.
55
To adjust the height of the seat belt anchor, lower or raise the height adjuster into an appropriate position.
55
• To raise the height adjuster, pull it up (1).
55
• To raise the height adjuster, pull it up (1).
55
• To raise the height adjuster, pull it up (1).
55
• To lower it, push it down (3) while pressing the height adjuster button (2).
55
• To lower it, push it down (3) while pressing the height adjuster button (2).
55
Release the button to lock the anchor into position. Try sliding the height adjuster to make sure that it has locked into position.
55
Release the button to lock the anchor into position. Try sliding the height adjuster to make sure that it has locked into position.
55
Improperly positioned seat belts can cause serious injuries in an accident.
55
Shoulder belt positioning
55
Shoulder belt positioning
55
Verify the shoulder belt anchor is locked into position at the appropriate height. Never position the shoulder belt across your neck or face. Improperly positioned seat belts can cause serious injuries in an accident.
55
Seat belt replacement
55
Seat belt replacement
55
Replace your seat belts after being in an accident. Failure to replace seat belts after an accident could leave you with damaged seat belts that will not provide protection in the event of another collision.
55
Seat belts - Front passenger and rear seat 3-point system with combination locking retractor
55
Seat belts - Front passenger and rear seat 3-point system with combination locking retractor
55
The following explains how to fasten the passenger's and rear seat belt.
55
Fastening your seat belt:
55
Combination retractor type seat belts are installed in the rear seat positions to help accommodate the installation of Child Restraint System. Although a combination retractor is also installed in the front passenger seat position, it is strongly rec...
55
Combination retractor type seat belts are installed in the rear seat positions to help accommodate the installation of Child Restraint System. Although a combination retractor is also installed in the front passenger seat position, it is strongly rec...
55
Combination retractor type seat belts are installed in the rear seat positions to help accommodate the installation of Child Restraint System. Although a combination retractor is also installed in the front passenger seat position, it is strongly rec...
55
This type of seat belt combines the features of both an emergency locking retractor seat belt and an automatic locking retractor seat belt.
56
• Pull it out of the retractor and insert the metal tab into the buckle. There will be an audible \click\ when the tab locks into the buckle. When not securing a child restraint, the seat belt operates in the same way as the driver's seat belt (eme...
56
• Pull it out of the retractor and insert the metal tab into the buckle. There will be an audible \click\ when the tab locks into the buckle. When not securing a child restraint, the seat belt operates in the same way as the driver's seat belt (eme...
56
• Pull it out of the retractor and insert the metal tab into the buckle. There will be an audible \click\ when the tab locks into the buckle. When not securing a child restraint, the seat belt operates in the same way as the driver's seat belt (eme...
56
It automatically adjusts to the proper length only after the lap belt portion of the seat belt is adjusted manually so that it fits snugly around your hips.
56
It automatically adjusts to the proper length only after the lap belt portion of the seat belt is adjusted manually so that it fits snugly around your hips.
56
When the seat belt is fully extended from the retractor to allow the installation of a Child Restraint System, the seat belt operation changes to allow the belt to retract, but not to extend (automatic locking retractor type). Refer to
56
\Securing a child restraint with a lap/shoulder belt\ on page 3-50
56
Although the combination retractor provides the same level of protection for seated passengers in either emergency or automatic locking modes, have the seated passengers use the emergency locking feature for improved convenience. The automatic lockin...
56
Although the combination retractor provides the same level of protection for seated passengers in either emergency or automatic locking modes, have the seated passengers use the emergency locking feature for improved convenience. The automatic lockin...
56
Do NOT fold down the left portion of the rear seatback when the rear center seat belt is buckled. ALWAYS UNBUCKLE the rear center seat belt before folding down the left portion of the rear seatback. If the rear center seat belt is buckled when the le...
56
Do NOT fold down the left portion of the rear seatback when the rear center seat belt is buckled. ALWAYS UNBUCKLE the rear center seat belt before folding down the left portion of the rear seatback. If the rear center seat belt is buckled when the le...
56
The seat belt should be locked into the buckle on each seat cushion to be properly fastened.
56
2nd row seat
57
2nd row seat
57
<GRAPHIC>
57
3rd row seat
57
3rd row seat
57
<GRAPHIC>
57
1. Rear right seat belt fastening buckle
57
1. Rear right seat belt fastening buckle
57
1. Rear right seat belt fastening buckle
57
2. Rear center seat belt fastening buckle
57
2. Rear center seat belt fastening buckle
57
3. Rear left seat belt fastening buckle
57
3. Rear left seat belt fastening buckle
57
Prior to fastening the rear seat belts, ensure the latch matches the seat belt buckle. Forcefully fastening the left or right seat belt to the center buckle can result in an improper fastening scenario that will not protect you in an accident.
57
Prior to fastening the rear seat belts, ensure the latch matches the seat belt buckle. Forcefully fastening the left or right seat belt to the center buckle can result in an improper fastening scenario that will not protect you in an accident.
57
When using the rear center seat belt, the buckle with the \CENTER\ mark must be used.
57
2nd row seat
57
2nd row seat
57
<GRAPHIC>
57
3rd row seat
57
3rd row seat
57
<GRAPHIC>
57
Stowing the rear seat belt
57
The rear seat belt buckles can be stowed in the pocket between the rear seatback and cushion when not in use.
57
2nd row seat
58
2nd row seat
58
2nd row seat
58
2nd row seat
58
<GRAPHIC>
58
3rd row seat
58
3rd row seat
58
<GRAPHIC>
58
1. Route the seat belt webbing through the rear seat belt guides. It will help keep the belts from being trapped behind or under the seats.
58
1. Route the seat belt webbing through the rear seat belt guides. It will help keep the belts from being trapped behind or under the seats.
58
1. Route the seat belt webbing through the rear seat belt guides. It will help keep the belts from being trapped behind or under the seats.
58
2nd row seat
58
2nd row seat
58
2nd row seat
58
<GRAPHIC>
58
3rd row seat
58
3rd row seat
58
<GRAPHIC>
58
2. After inserting the seat belt, tighten the belt webbing by pulling it up.
58
2. After inserting the seat belt, tighten the belt webbing by pulling it up.
58
When pulling out to wear the seat belt, the tongue should be slowly pulled out of the seat belt guide so that the seat belt guide does not come off the trim.
58
When pulling out to wear the seat belt, the tongue should be slowly pulled out of the seat belt guide so that the seat belt guide does not come off the trim.
58
When pulling out to wear the seat belt, the tongue should be slowly pulled out of the seat belt guide so that the seat belt guide does not come off the trim.
58
3rd center seat belt
58
3rd center seat belt
58
<GRAPHIC>
59
<GRAPHIC>
59
Do not separate the mini tongue (1) and mini buckle (2) even if there is not an occupant.
59
If it is separated, It may hit the rear seat occupants in a collision or sudden stops.
59
Releasing the seat belt:
59
<GRAPHIC>
59
<GRAPHIC>
59
<GRAPHIC>
59
<GRAPHIC>
59
• The seat belt is released by pressing the release button (1) on the locking buckle.
59
• The seat belt is released by pressing the release button (1) on the locking buckle.
59
• The seat belt is released by pressing the release button (1) on the locking buckle.
59
When it is released, the belt should automatically draw back into the retractor.
59
When it is released, the belt should automatically draw back into the retractor.
59
If this does not happen, check the belt to make sure it is not twisted, then try again.
59
Rear center seat belt (3rd row)
59
Rear center seat belt (3rd row)
59
To fasten your seatbelt:
59
To fasten your seatbelt:
59
To fasten your seatbelt:
59
To fasten your seatbelt:
59
1. Extract the tongue plate (A) from the hole on the belt assembly cover.
59
1. Extract the tongue plate (A) from the hole on the belt assembly cover.
59
<GRAPHIC>
59
<GRAPHIC>
59
<GRAPHIC>
59
2. Insert the tongue plate (A) into the buckle (A') until an audible \click\ is heard, indicating the latch is locked. Make sure the belt is not twisted.
59
2. Insert the tongue plate (A) into the buckle (A') until an audible \click\ is heard, indicating the latch is locked. Make sure the belt is not twisted.
59
<GRAPHIC>
59
<GRAPHIC>
59
<GRAPHIC>
59
3. Pull out the tongue plate (B) from the pocket. Pull the tongue plate (B) and insert it into the buckle (B') until an audible \click\ is heard, indicating the latch is locked. Make sure the belt is not twisted.
59
3. Pull out the tongue plate (B) from the pocket. Pull the tongue plate (B) and insert it into the buckle (B') until an audible \click\ is heard, indicating the latch is locked. Make sure the belt is not twisted.
59
<GRAPHIC>
60
<GRAPHIC>
60
<GRAPHIC>
60
When using the rear center seat belt, the buckle with the \CENTER\ mark must be used.
60
If you are not able to pull out the safety belt from the retractor, firmly pull the belt out and release it. After release, you will be able to pull the belt out smoothly.
60
If you are not able to pull out the safety belt from the retractor, firmly pull the belt out and release it. After release, you will be able to pull the belt out smoothly.
60
To release your seatbelt:
60
To release your seatbelt:
60
1. Press the release button on the buckle (B') and remove the tongue plate (B).
60
1. Press the release button on the buckle (B') and remove the tongue plate (B).
60
<GRAPHIC>
60
<GRAPHIC>
60
<GRAPHIC>
60
2. To retract the rear center seatbelt, insert the tongue plate into the web release hole (A' ). Pull up on the seat belt web and allow the web- bing to retract automatically. Insert the tongue plate (A) into the hole on the belt assembly cover.
60
2. To retract the rear center seatbelt, insert the tongue plate into the web release hole (A' ). Pull up on the seat belt web and allow the web- bing to retract automatically. Insert the tongue plate (A) into the hole on the belt assembly cover.
60
<GRAPHIC>
60
<GRAPHIC>
60
<GRAPHIC>
60
Pre-tensioner seat belt
61
Pre-tensioner seat belt
61
<GRAPHIC>
61
<GRAPHIC>
61
<GRAPHIC>
61
Your vehicle is equipped with pre- tensioner seat belts at the front outboard seating positions.
61
The purpose of the pre-tensioner is to make sure that the seat belts fit tightly against the occupant's body in certain collisions.
61
The pre-tensioner seat belts may be activated in a collision when the collision is severe enough.
61
When the vehicle stops suddenly, or if the occupant tries to lean forward too quickly, the seat belt retractor will lock into position. In certain frontal collisions, the pre-tensioner will activate and pull the seat belt into tighter contact against...
61
If the system senses excessive tension on the driver or passenger's seat belt when the pre-tensioner activates, the load limiter inside the pre-tensioner will release some of the pressure on the affected seat belt.
61
For your safety, be sure that the belt webbing is not loose or twisted and always sit properly on your seat.
61
For your safety, be sure that the belt webbing is not loose or twisted and always sit properly on your seat.
61
The pre-tensioner may activate not only in a frontal collision but also in a side collision, if the vehicle is equipped with a side or curtain air bag.
61
The pre-tensioner may activate not only in a frontal collision but also in a side collision, if the vehicle is equipped with a side or curtain air bag.
61
<GRAPHIC>
61
<GRAPHIC>
61
The seat belt pre-tensioner system consists mainly of the following components. Their locations are shown in the illustration:
61
1. Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) air bag warning light
61
1. Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) air bag warning light
61
1. Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) air bag warning light
61
2. Retractor pre-tensioner assembly
61
2. Retractor pre-tensioner assembly
61
3. SRS Control Module
61
3. SRS Control Module
61
For optimal usage pre-tensioner seat belt:
62
For optimal usage pre-tensioner seat belt:
62
1. The seatbelt must be working correctly and adjusted to the proper position. Please read and follow all of the important information and precautions about your vehicle's occupant safety features – including seat belts and air bags – that are pr...
62
1. The seatbelt must be working correctly and adjusted to the proper position. Please read and follow all of the important information and precautions about your vehicle's occupant safety features – including seat belts and air bags – that are pr...
62
1. The seatbelt must be working correctly and adjusted to the proper position. Please read and follow all of the important information and precautions about your vehicle's occupant safety features – including seat belts and air bags – that are pr...
62
2. Be sure you and your passengers always wear seat belts properly.
62
2. Be sure you and your passengers always wear seat belts properly.
62
• When the pre-tensioner seat belts are activated, a loud noise may be heard and fine dust, which may appear to be smoke, may be visible in the passenger compartment. These are normal operating conditions and are not hazardous.
62
• When the pre-tensioner seat belts are activated, a loud noise may be heard and fine dust, which may appear to be smoke, may be visible in the passenger compartment. These are normal operating conditions and are not hazardous.
62
• When the pre-tensioner seat belts are activated, a loud noise may be heard and fine dust, which may appear to be smoke, may be visible in the passenger compartment. These are normal operating conditions and are not hazardous.
62
• When the pre-tensioner seat belts are activated, a loud noise may be heard and fine dust, which may appear to be smoke, may be visible in the passenger compartment. These are normal operating conditions and are not hazardous.
62
• Although it is harmless, the fine dust may cause skin irritation and should not be breathed for prolonged periods. Wash all exposed skin areas thoroughly after an accident in which the pre-tensioner seat belts were activated.
62
• Although it is harmless, the fine dust may cause skin irritation and should not be breathed for prolonged periods. Wash all exposed skin areas thoroughly after an accident in which the pre-tensioner seat belts were activated.
62
• Because the sensor that activates the SRS air bag is connected with the pre-tensioner seat belt, the SRS air bag warning light on the instrument panel will illuminate for approximately 6 seconds after the ENGINE START/STOP button has been turned ...
62
• Because the sensor that activates the SRS air bag is connected with the pre-tensioner seat belt, the SRS air bag warning light on the instrument panel will illuminate for approximately 6 seconds after the ENGINE START/STOP button has been turned ...
62
If the pre-tensioner seat belt is not working properly, the SRS air bag warning light will illuminate even if there is no malfunction of the SRS air bag. If the SRS air bag warning light does not illuminate when the ENGINE START/STOP button is turned...
62
If the pre-tensioner seat belt is not working properly, the SRS air bag warning light will illuminate even if there is no malfunction of the SRS air bag. If the SRS air bag warning light does not illuminate when the ENGINE START/STOP button is turned...
62
• Pre-tensioners seat belts systems are designed to operate only one time. After activation, pre-tensioner seat belts must be replaced. All seat belts, of any type, should always be replaced after they have been worn during a collision.
62
• Pre-tensioners seat belts systems are designed to operate only one time. After activation, pre-tensioner seat belts must be replaced. All seat belts, of any type, should always be replaced after they have been worn during a collision.
62
• Pre-tensioners seat belts systems are designed to operate only one time. After activation, pre-tensioner seat belts must be replaced. All seat belts, of any type, should always be replaced after they have been worn during a collision.
62
• Pre-tensioners seat belts systems are designed to operate only one time. After activation, pre-tensioner seat belts must be replaced. All seat belts, of any type, should always be replaced after they have been worn during a collision.
62
• The pre-tensioner seat belt assembly mechanisms become hot during activation. Do not touch the pre-tensioner seat belt assemblies for several minutes after they have been activated.
62
• The pre-tensioner seat belt assembly mechanisms become hot during activation. Do not touch the pre-tensioner seat belt assemblies for several minutes after they have been activated.
62
• Do not attempt to inspect or replace the pre-tensioner seat belts yourself. Have the system inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
63
• Do not attempt to inspect or replace the pre-tensioner seat belts yourself. Have the system inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
63
• Do not attempt to service or repair the pre-tensioner seat belt system in any manner.
63
• Do not attempt to service or repair the pre-tensioner seat belt system in any manner.
63
• Improper handling of the pre-tensioner seat belt assemblies, and failure to heed the warnings not to strike, modify, inspect, replace, service or repair the pre-tensioner seat belt assemblies may lead to improper operation or inadvertent activati...
63
• Improper handling of the pre-tensioner seat belt assemblies, and failure to heed the warnings not to strike, modify, inspect, replace, service or repair the pre-tensioner seat belt assemblies may lead to improper operation or inadvertent activati...
63
• Always wear the seat belts when driving or riding in a motor vehicle.
63
• Always wear the seat belts when driving or riding in a motor vehicle.
63
• If the vehicle or pre-tensioner seat belt must be discarded, contact a professional workshop. Kia recommends to visit an authorized Kia dealer.
63
• If the vehicle or pre-tensioner seat belt must be discarded, contact a professional workshop. Kia recommends to visit an authorized Kia dealer.
63
• Body work on the front area of the vehicle may damage the pre- tensioner seat belt system. Therefore, have the system serviced by an authorized Kia dealer.
63
• Body work on the front area of the vehicle may damage the pre- tensioner seat belt system. Therefore, have the system serviced by an authorized Kia dealer.
63
Seat belt precautions
63
Seat belt precautions
63
Take the following precautions when using seat belts.
63
Infant or small child
63
Infant or small child
63
Infant or small child
63
All 50 states have child restraint laws. You should be aware of the specific requirements in your state. Child and/or infant seats must be properly placed and installed in the rear seat. For more information about the use of these restraints, refer to
63
\Child Restraint System (CRS)\ on page 3-42
63
Small children are best protected from injury in an accident when properly restrained in the rear seat by a Child Restraint System that meets the requirements of the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards (FMVSS). Before buying any Child Restraint Sy...
63
Small children are best protected from injury in an accident when properly restrained in the rear seat by a Child Restraint System that meets the requirements of the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards (FMVSS). Before buying any Child Restraint Sy...
63
\Child Restraint System (CRS)\ on page 3-42
63
Larger children
63
Larger children
63
Children who are too large for Child Restraint System should always occupy the rear seat and use the available lap/shoulder belts. The lap portion should be fastened and snug on the hips as low as possible. Check periodically to insure that the belt ...
63
If the shoulder belt portion slightly touches the child's neck or face, try placing the child closer to the center of the vehicle. If the shoulder belt still touches their face or neck they need to be returned to a Child Restraint System.
64
Small children
64
Small children
64
Do not allow small children to ride in the vehicle without an appropriate Child Restraint System. If the shoulder belt comes in contact with your child's neck or face your child is too small to ride in the vehicle. In a crash the seat belt will infli...
64
Restraint of pregnant women
64
Restraint of pregnant women
64
Pregnant women should wear lap/ shoulder belt assemblies whenever possible according to specific recommendations by their doctors. The lap portion of the belt should be worn AS SECURELY AND LOW AS POSSIBLE.
64
Pregnant women
64
Pregnant women
64
Pregnant women must never place the lap portion of the seat belt above or on the abdomen where the fetus is located. The force of the seat belt during a collision will crush the fetus.
64
Injured person
64
Injured person
64
A seat belt should be used when an injured person is being transported. When this is necessary, you should consult a physician for recommendations.
64
One person per belt
64
One person per belt
64
Two people (including children) should never attempt to use a single seat belt. This could increase the severity of injuries in case of an accident.
64
Do not lie down
65
Do not lie down
65
To reduce the chance of injuries in the event of an accident and to achieve maximum effectiveness of the restraint system, all passengers should be sitting up and the front and rear seats should be in an upright position when the vehicle is moving. A...
65
Care of seat belts
65
Care of seat belts
65
Seat belt systems should never be disassembled or modified. In addition, care should be taken to assure that seat belts and belt hardware are not damaged by seat hinges, doors or other abuse.
65
Pinched seat belt
65
Pinched seat belt
65
Pinched seat belt
65
Make sure that the webbing and/or buckle does not get caught or pinched in the rear seat when returning the rear seatback to its upright position. A caught or pinched webbing/buckle may become damaged and could fail during a collision or sudden stop.
65
Seatbelts can become hot in a vehicle that has been closed up in sunny weather. They could burn infants and children.
65
Seatbelts can become hot in a vehicle that has been closed up in sunny weather. They could burn infants and children.
65
Periodic inspection
65
Periodic inspection
65
All seat belts should be inspected periodically for wear or damage of any kind. Any damaged parts should be replaced as soon as possible.
65
Keep belts clean and dry
65
Keep belts clean and dry
65
Seat belts should be kept clean and dry. If belts become dirty, they can be cleaned by using a mild soap solution and warm water. Bleach, dye, strong detergents or abrasives should not be used because they may damage and weaken the fabric.
65
When to replace seat belts
65
When to replace seat belts
65
The entire in-use seat belt assembly or assemblies should be replaced if the vehicle has been involved in an accident. This should be done even if no damage is visible. Additional questions concerning seat belt operation should be directed to an auth...
65
Child Restraint System (CRS)
66
Child Restraint System (CRS)
66
Infants and younger children must be restrained in an appropriate rear-facing or forward-facing Child Restraint System (CRS) that has first been properly secured to the rear seat of the vehicle.
66
Children always in the rear
66
Children always in the rear
66
Children under age 13 must always ride in the rear seats and must always be properly restrained to minimize the risk of injury in an accident, sudden stop or sudden maneuver.
66
Restraint Location
66
Restraint Location
66
Restraint Location
66
Never install a child or infant seat on the front passenger's seat. A child riding in the front passenger seat can be forcefully struck by an inflating airbag and seriously injured.
66
Hot Child Restraint
66
Hot Child Restraint
66
A Child Restraint System can become very hot if it is left in a closed vehicle on a sunny day. Be sure to check the seat cover, buckles and latches before placing a child in the restraint system.
66
According to accident statistics, children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seats than in the front seat. Even with air bags, children can be seriously injured or killed. Children too large for a child restraint must use the seat belts ...
66
All 50 states have child restraint laws which require children to travel in approved child restraint devices. The laws governing the age or height/weight restrictions at which seat belts can be used instead of child restraints differs among states, s...
66
The CRS must be properly placed and installed in the rear seat. You must use a commercially available CRS that meets the requirements of the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards (FMVSS).
66
A CRS is generally designed to be secured in a vehicle seat by lap belt portion of a lap/shoulder belt, or by a LATCH system in the rear seats of the vehicle.
66
Child Restraint System (CRS)
66
Child Restraint System (CRS)
66
Infants and younger children must be restrained in an appropriate rear-facing or forward-facing CRS that has first been properly secured to the rear seat of the vehicle. Read and comply with the instructions for installation and use provided by the m...
66
Child Restraint Installation
67
Child Restraint Installation
67
An improperly secured child restraint can increase the risk of serious injury or death in an accident. Always take the following precautions when using a Child Restraint System:
67
• Always follow the Child Restraint System manufacturer's instructions for installation and use.
67
• Always follow the Child Restraint System manufacturer's instructions for installation and use.
67
• Always follow the Child Restraint System manufacturer's instructions for installation and use.
67
• Always properly restrain your child in the child restraint.
67
• Always properly restrain your child in the child restraint.
67
• If the vehicle head restraint prevents proper installation of a child seat (as described in the Child Restraint System manual), the head restraint of the respective seating position shall be readjusted or entirely removed.
67
• If the vehicle head restraint prevents proper installation of a child seat (as described in the Child Restraint System manual), the head restraint of the respective seating position shall be readjusted or entirely removed.
67
• Do not use an infant carrier or a child safety seat that \hooks\ over a seatback as it may not provide adequate protection in an accident.
67
• Do not use an infant carrier or a child safety seat that \hooks\ over a seatback as it may not provide adequate protection in an accident.
67
• Be especially careful when installing a child restraint on the center seating position in the second row as it is narrow- er than the outboard positions. A wide child restraint installed on the center seat may cover the safety belt buckles for th...
67
• Be especially careful when installing a child restraint on the center seating position in the second row as it is narrow- er than the outboard positions. A wide child restraint installed on the center seat may cover the safety belt buckles for th...
67
• A child restraint in the center seating position may also con- tact or push up against the safety belt buckles, which can damage the buckles and make them unusable or unsafe. Always check that the child restraint does not contact any of the safet...
67
• A child restraint in the center seating position may also con- tact or push up against the safety belt buckles, which can damage the buckles and make them unusable or unsafe. Always check that the child restraint does not contact any of the safet...
67
After an accident, have a Kia dealer check the Child Restraint System, seat belts, tether anchors and lower anchors.
67
After an accident, have a Kia dealer check the Child Restraint System, seat belts, tether anchors and lower anchors.
67
Selecting a CRS
67
Selecting a CRS
67
When selecting a CRS for your child, always:
67
When selecting a CRS for your child, always:
67
• Make sure the CRS has a label certifying that it meets applicable Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards (FMVSS 213).
67
• Make sure the CRS has a label certifying that it meets applicable Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards (FMVSS 213).
67
• Make sure the CRS has a label certifying that it meets applicable Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards (FMVSS 213).
67
• Select a child restraint based on your child's height and weight. The required label or the instructions for use typically provide this information.
67
• Select a child restraint based on your child's height and weight. The required label or the instructions for use typically provide this information.
67
• Select a child restraint that fits the vehicle seating position where it will be used.
68
• Select a child restraint that fits the vehicle seating position where it will be used.
68
• Read and comply with the warnings and instructions for installation and use provided with the CRS.
68
• Read and comply with the warnings and instructions for installation and use provided with the CRS.
68
Holding Children
68
Holding Children
68
Never hold a child in your arms or lap when riding in a vehicle. The violent forces created during a crash will tear the child from your arms and throw the child against the car's interior. Always use a Child Restraint System which is appropriate for...
68
Unattended Children
68
Unattended Children
68
Never leave children unattended in a vehicle. The car can heat up very quickly, resulting in injuries to the child in the vehicle.
68
Seat Belt Use
68
Seat Belt Use
68
Do not use one seat belt for two occupants at the same time. This will eliminate any safety benefit provided by the seat belt to the occupants.
68
CRS types
68
CRS types
68
There are three main types of the CRS: rear-facing seats, forward- facing seats, and booster seats. They are classified according to the child's age, height and weight.
68
Rear-facing child seats
68
Rear-facing child seats
68
<GRAPHIC>
68
<GRAPHIC>
68
A rear-facing child seat provides restraint with the seating surface against the back of the child. The harness system holds the child in place, and in an accident, acts to keep the child positioned in the seat and reduces the stress to the neck and ...
68
All children under age one must always ride in a rear-facing infant child restraint.
68
Convertible and 3-in-1 child seats typically have higher height and weight limits for the rear-facing position, allowing you to keep your child rear-facing for a longer period of time.
68
Continue to use a rear-facing child seat for as long as your child will fit within the height and weight limits allowed by the child seat manufacturer. It's the best way to keep them safe. Once your child has outgrown the rear-facing child restraint,...
68
Forward-facing child restraints
69
Forward-facing child restraints
69
<GRAPHIC>
69
<GRAPHIC>
69
A forward-facing child seat provides restraint for the child's body with a harness. Keep children in a forward- facing child seat with a harness until they reach the top height or weight limit allowed by your child restraint's manufacturer.
69
Once your child outgrows the forward- facing child restraint, your child is ready for a booster seat.
69
Booster seats
69
Booster seats
69
A booster seat is a restraint designed to improve the fit of the vehicle's seat belt system. A booster seat positions the seat belt so that it fits properly over the lap of your child.
69
Keep your child in a booster seat until they are big enough to sit in the seat without a booster and still have the seat belt fit properly. For a seat belt to fit properly, the lap belt must lie snugly across the upper thighs, not the stomach. The sh...
69
Installing a CRS
69
Installing a CRS
69
After selecting a proper child seat for your child, check to make sure it fits properly in your vehicle.
69
Follow the instructions provided by the manufacturer when installing the child seat. Note these general steps when installing the seat to your vehicle:
69
Follow the instructions provided by the manufacturer when installing the child seat. Note these general steps when installing the seat to your vehicle:
69
• Properly secure the child restraint to the vehicle. All child restraints must be secured to the vehicle with the lap part of a lap/shoulder belt or with the LATCH system.
69
• Properly secure the child restraint to the vehicle. All child restraints must be secured to the vehicle with the lap part of a lap/shoulder belt or with the LATCH system.
69
• Properly secure the child restraint to the vehicle. All child restraints must be secured to the vehicle with the lap part of a lap/shoulder belt or with the LATCH system.
69
• Properly secure the child restraint to the vehicle.
69
• Make sure the child restraint is firmly secured. After installing a child restraint to the vehicle, push and pull the seat forward and from side-to-side to verify that it is securely attached to the seat. A child restraint secured with a seat belt s
69
• Make sure the child restraint is firmly secured. After installing a child restraint to the vehicle, push and pull the seat forward and from side-to-side to verify that it is securely attached to the seat. A child restraint secured with a seat belt s
69
• Make sure the child restraint is firmly secured.
69
• Secure the child in the child restraint. Make sure the child is properly strapped in the child restraint according to the manufacturer instructions.
70
• Secure the child in the child restraint. Make sure the child is properly strapped in the child restraint according to the manufacturer instructions.
70
• Secure the child in the child restraint.
70
Lower Anchors and Tether for CHildren (LATCH) system
70
Lower Anchors and Tether for CHildren (LATCH) system
70
The LATCH system holds a child restraint during driving and in an accident. This system is designed to make installation of the child restraint easier and reduce the possibility of improperly installing your child restraint. The LATCH system uses anc...
70
Lower anchors are metal bars built into the vehicle. There are two lower anchors for each LATCH seating position that will accommodate a child restraint with lower attachments.
70
To use the LATCH system in your vehicle, you must have a child restraint with LATCH attachments.
70
The child seat manufacturer will provide you with instructions on how to use the child seat with its attachments for the LATCH lower anchors.
70
<GRAPHIC>
70
<GRAPHIC>
70
LATCH anchors have been provided in the left and right outboard of 2nd row and the left outboard of 3rd row seating positions. Their locations are shown in the illustration.
70
For 8-seater vehicles, LATCH is not provided for the middle seat in the 2nd row.
70
For 7- or 8-seater vehicles, LATCH is not provided for the right seat in the 3rd row.
70
LATCH Lower Anchors
70
LATCH Lower Anchors
70
Never attempt to attach a LATCH equipped seat in the center seating position. LATCH lower anchors are only to be used in the left and right outboard of 2nd row and the left outboard of 3rd row seating positions. You may damage the anchors or the anch...
70
The lower anchor position indicator symbols are located on the left and right 2nd row rear seatbacks to identify the position of the lower anchors in your vehicle (see arrows in illustration).
71
7 seats 2nd row
71
7 seats 2nd row
71
<GRAPHIC>
71
8 seats 2nd row
71
8 seats 2nd row
71
<GRAPHIC>
71
3rd row seat
71
3rd row seat
71
<GRAPHIC>
71
1. Lower Anchor position indicator
71
1. Lower Anchor position indicator
71
1. Lower Anchor position indicator
71
2. Lower Anchor
71
2. Lower Anchor
71
The LATCH anchors are located between the seatback and the seat cushion of the left and right outboard of 2nd row and the left outboard of 3rd row seating positions.
71
Two LATCH anchors are also applied to the left of the 3rd row seats.
71
Securing a child restraint with the LATCH anchors system
71
To install a LATCH-compatible child restraint in either of the rear outboard seating positions:
71
To install a LATCH-compatible child restraint in either of the rear outboard seating positions:
71
To install a LATCH-compatible child restraint in either of the rear outboard seating positions:
71
1. Move the seat belt buckle away from the lower anchors. Otherwise, the webbing or buckle can be damaged by the latch anchor, which can make them become unusable or unsafe. (Especially 3rd row left outboard seating positions)
71
1. Move the seat belt buckle away from the lower anchors. Otherwise, the webbing or buckle can be damaged by the latch anchor, which can make them become unusable or unsafe. (Especially 3rd row left outboard seating positions)
71
1. Move the seat belt buckle away from the lower anchors. Otherwise, the webbing or buckle can be damaged by the latch anchor, which can make them become unusable or unsafe. (Especially 3rd row left outboard seating positions)
71
2. Move any other objects away from the anchors that could prevent a secure connection between the child restraint and the lower anchors.
71
2. Move any other objects away from the anchors that could prevent a secure connection between the child restraint and the lower anchors.
71
3. Place the child restraint on the vehicle seat, then attach the seat to the lower anchors according to the instructions provided by the child restraint manufacturer.
72
3. Place the child restraint on the vehicle seat, then attach the seat to the lower anchors according to the instructions provided by the child restraint manufacturer.
72
4. Follow the child restraint instructions for properly adjusting and tightening the lower attachments on the child restraint to the lower anchors.
72
4. Follow the child restraint instructions for properly adjusting and tightening the lower attachments on the child restraint to the lower anchors.
72
Take the following precautions when using the LATCH system:
72
Take the following precautions when using the LATCH system:
72
Take the following precautions when using the LATCH system:
72
• Read and follow all installation instructions provided with your Child Restraint System.
72
• Read and follow all installation instructions provided with your Child Restraint System.
72
• Read and follow all installation instructions provided with your Child Restraint System.
72
• To prevent the child from reaching and taking hold of the unused seat belts, buckle all unused rear seat belts before the child is placed into the vehicle. Lock each unused seatbelt following the instructions in the \automatic locking mode\ subse...
72
• To prevent the child from reaching and taking hold of the unused seat belts, buckle all unused rear seat belts before the child is placed into the vehicle. Lock each unused seatbelt following the instructions in the \automatic locking mode\ subse...
72
• NEVER attach more than one child restraint to a single anchor. This could cause the anchor or attachment to come loose or break.
72
• NEVER attach more than one child restraint to a single anchor. This could cause the anchor or attachment to come loose or break.
72
• Always have the LATCH system inspected by your authorized Kia dealer after an accident. An accident can damage the LATCH system and may not properly secure the child restraint.
72
• Always have the LATCH system inspected by your authorized Kia dealer after an accident. An accident can damage the LATCH system and may not properly secure the child restraint.
72
The recommended maximum weight for the LATCH system is 65 lbs. (30 kg). When selecting a proper child restraint, consider that the maximum total weight of the child plus the child restraint should be less than 65 lbs. (30 kg).
72
The recommended maximum weight for the LATCH system is 65 lbs. (30 kg). When selecting a proper child restraint, consider that the maximum total weight of the child plus the child restraint should be less than 65 lbs. (30 kg).
72
As a guide, the MAX child restraint weight should be determined by the following calculation:
72
Child Restraint Weight = 65 - (child's total weight in lbs.)
72
Securing a child restraint seat with \Tether Anchor\ system
72
7 seats
72
7 seats
72
7 seats
72
7 seats
72
<GRAPHIC>
72
8 seats
73
8 seats
73
<GRAPHIC>
73
3rd row seat
73
3rd row seat
73
<GRAPHIC>
73
First secure the child restraint with the LATCH lower anchors or the seat belt. If the child restraint manufacturer recommends that the top tether strap be attached, attach and tighten the top tether strap to the top tether strap anchor.
73
Child restraint hook holders are located on the shelf behind the rear seats.
73
Take the following precautions when installing the tether strap:
73
Take the following precautions when installing the tether strap:
73
• Read and follow all installation instructions provided with your Child Restraint System.
73
• Read and follow all installation instructions provided with your Child Restraint System.
73
• Read and follow all installation instructions provided with your Child Restraint System.
73
• NEVER attach more than one child restraint to a single tether anchor. This could cause the anchor or attachment to come loose or break.
73
• NEVER attach more than one child restraint to a single tether anchor. This could cause the anchor or attachment to come loose or break.
73
• Do not attach the tether strap to anything other than the correct tether anchor. It may not work properly if attached to something else.
73
• Do not attach the tether strap to anything other than the correct tether anchor. It may not work properly if attached to something else.
73
• Do not use the tether anchors for adult seat belts or harnesses, or for attaching other items or equipment to the vehicle.
73
• Do not use the tether anchors for adult seat belts or harnesses, or for attaching other items or equipment to the vehicle.
73
• Always fasten the seat belts behind the child restraint seat when they are not used to secure the child seat. Failure to do so may result in child strangulation.
73
• Always fasten the seat belts behind the child restraint seat when they are not used to secure the child seat. Failure to do so may result in child strangulation.
73
To install the tether anchor:
73
<GRAPHIC>
73
<GRAPHIC>
73
1. Route the child restraint tether strap over the child restraint seatback. Route the tether strap under the head restraint and between the head restraint posts, or route the tether strap over the top of the vehicle seatback. Make sure the strap is ...
73
1. Route the child restraint tether strap over the child restraint seatback. Route the tether strap under the head restraint and between the head restraint posts, or route the tether strap over the top of the vehicle seatback. Make sure the strap is ...
73
1. Route the child restraint tether strap over the child restraint seatback. Route the tether strap under the head restraint and between the head restraint posts, or route the tether strap over the top of the vehicle seatback. Make sure the strap is ...
73
2. Connect the tether strap hook to the tether anchor, then tighten the tether strap according to the child seat manufacturer's instructions to firmly secure the child restraint to the seat.
74
2. Connect the tether strap hook to the tether anchor, then tighten the tether strap according to the child seat manufacturer's instructions to firmly secure the child restraint to the seat.
74
3. Check that the child restraint is securely attached to the seat by pushing and pulling the seat forward and from side-to-side.
74
3. Check that the child restraint is securely attached to the seat by pushing and pulling the seat forward and from side-to-side.
74
Securing a child restraint with a lap/shoulder belt
74
When not using the LATCH system, all child restraints must be secured to a vehicle rear seat with the lap part of a lap/shoulder belt.
74
When not using the LATCH system, all child restraints must be secured to a vehicle rear seat with the lap part of a lap/shoulder belt.
74
When not using the LATCH system, all child restraints must be secured to a vehicle rear seat with the lap part of a lap/shoulder belt.
74
Automatic locking mode
74
Automatic locking mode
74
<GRAPHIC>
74
<GRAPHIC>
74
All passenger seat belts move freely under normal conditions and only lock under extreme or emergency conditions (emergency locking mode). So, in order to secure a child restraint, you must manually pull the seat belt all the way out to shift the ret...
74
The \automatic locking\ mode will help prevent the normal movement of the child in the vehicle from causing the seat belt to loosen and compromise the CRS.
74
To install a CRS on the rear seats, do the following:
74
1. Place the CRS on a rear seat and route the lap/shoulder belt around or through the child restraint, following the restraint manufacturer's instructions.
74
1. Place the CRS on a rear seat and route the lap/shoulder belt around or through the child restraint, following the restraint manufacturer's instructions.
74
1. Place the CRS on a rear seat and route the lap/shoulder belt around or through the child restraint, following the restraint manufacturer's instructions.
74
Be sure the seat belt webbing is not twisted.
74
Be sure the seat belt webbing is not twisted.
74
2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch into the buckle. Listen for the distinct \click\ sound.
74
2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch into the buckle. Listen for the distinct \click\ sound.
74
Position the release button so that it is easy to access in case of an emergency.
74
Position the release button so that it is easy to access in case of an emergency.
74
<GRAPHIC>
74
<GRAPHIC>
74
3. Pull the shoulder portion of the seat belt all the way out. When the shoulder portion of the seat belt is fully extended, it will shift the retractor to the \automatic locking\ (child restraint) mode.
74
3. Pull the shoulder portion of the seat belt all the way out. When the shoulder portion of the seat belt is fully extended, it will shift the retractor to the \automatic locking\ (child restraint) mode.
74
<GRAPHIC>
75
<GRAPHIC>
75
<GRAPHIC>
75
4. Slowly allow the shoulder portion of the seat belt to retract and listen for an audible \clicking\ or \ratcheting\ sound. This indicates that the retractor is in the \automatic locking\ mode. If no distinct sound is heard, repeat steps
75
4. Slowly allow the shoulder portion of the seat belt to retract and listen for an audible \clicking\ or \ratcheting\ sound. This indicates that the retractor is in the \automatic locking\ mode. If no distinct sound is heard, repeat steps
75
3
75
4
75
<GRAPHIC>
75
<GRAPHIC>
75
<GRAPHIC>
75
5. Remove as much slack from the belt as possible by pushing down on the CRS while feeding the shoulder belt back into the retractor.
75
5. Remove as much slack from the belt as possible by pushing down on the CRS while feeding the shoulder belt back into the retractor.
75
6. Push and pull on the CRS to confirm that the seat belt is holding it firmly in place. If it is not, release the seat belt and repeat steps
75
6. Push and pull on the CRS to confirm that the seat belt is holding it firmly in place. If it is not, release the seat belt and repeat steps
75
2
75
6
75
7. Double check that the retractor is in the \automatic locking\ mode by attempting to pull more of the seat belt out of the retractor. If you cannot, the retractor is in the \automatic locking\ mode.
75
7. Double check that the retractor is in the \automatic locking\ mode by attempting to pull more of the seat belt out of the retractor. If you cannot, the retractor is in the \automatic locking\ mode.
75
If your CRS manufacturer instructs or recommends you to use a tether anchor with the lap/shoulder belt, refer to
75
If your CRS manufacturer instructs or recommends you to use a tether anchor with the lap/shoulder belt, refer to
75
\Securing a child restraint with the LATCH anchors system\ on page 3-47
75
When the seat belt is allowed to retract to its fully stowed position, the retractor will automatically switch from the \automatic locking\ mode to the emergency lock mode for normal adult usage.
75
When the seat belt is allowed to retract to its fully stowed position, the retractor will automatically switch from the \automatic locking\ mode to the emergency lock mode for normal adult usage.
75
Auto lock mode
75
Auto lock mode
75
Set the retractor to Automatic Lock mode when installing any Child Restraint System. If the retractor is not in the automatic locking mode, the child restraint can move when your vehicle turns or stops suddenly. A child can be seriously injured or ki...
75
To remove the child restraint, press the release button on the buckle and then pull the lap/shoulder belt out of the restraint and allow the seat belt to retract fully.
76
Air bag - advanced Supplemental Restraint System
77
Air bag - advanced Supplemental Restraint System
77
<GRAPHIC>
77
<GRAPHIC>
77
<GRAPHIC>
77
The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
77
1. Driver's front air bag
77
1. Driver's front air bag
77
1. Driver's front air bag
77
2. Passenger's front air bag
77
2. Passenger's front air bag
77
3. Side air bag
77
3. Side air bag
77
4. Curtain air bag
77
4. Curtain air bag
77
5. Driver's knee air bag
77
5. Driver's knee air bag
77
Even in vehicles with air bags, you and your passengers must always wear the safety belts provided in order to minimize the risk and severity of injury in the event of a collision or rollover.
77
How does the air bag system operate?
77
How does the air bag system operate?
77
• Air bags are activated (able to inflate if necessary) only when the ENGINE START/STOP button has been turned to the ON position.
77
• Air bags are activated (able to inflate if necessary) only when the ENGINE START/STOP button has been turned to the ON position.
77
• Air bags are activated (able to inflate if necessary) only when the ENGINE START/STOP button has been turned to the ON position.
77
• Air bags are activated (able to inflate if necessary) only when the ENGINE START/STOP button has been turned to the ON position.
77
• The appropriate air bags inflate instantly in the event of a serious frontal collision or side collision in order to help protect the occupants from serious physical injury.
77
• The appropriate air bags inflate instantly in the event of a serious frontal collision or side collision in order to help protect the occupants from serious physical injury.
77
• There is no single speed at which the air bags will inflate. Generally, air bags are designed to inflate based upon the severity of a collision and its direction, etc. Several factors determine whether the sensors produce an electronic deployment...
78
• There is no single speed at which the air bags will inflate. Generally, air bags are designed to inflate based upon the severity of a collision and its direction, etc. Several factors determine whether the sensors produce an electronic deployment...
78
• Air bags will not deploy in every crash or collision situations. Air bag deployment depends on a number of factors including vehicle speed, angles of impact, and, the density and stiffness of the vehicles or objects which your vehicle hits in the...
78
• Air bags will not deploy in every crash or collision situations. Air bag deployment depends on a number of factors including vehicle speed, angles of impact, and, the density and stiffness of the vehicles or objects which your vehicle hits in the...
78
• The front air bags will completely inflate and deflate in an instant. It is virtually impossible for you to see the air bags inflate during an accident. It is much more likely that you will simply see the deflated air bags hanging out of their st...
78
• The front air bags will completely inflate and deflate in an instant. It is virtually impossible for you to see the air bags inflate during an accident. It is much more likely that you will simply see the deflated air bags hanging out of their st...
78
• In addition to inflating in serious side collisions, side and/or curtain air bags will inflate if the sensing system detects a rollover.
78
• In addition to inflating in serious side collisions, side and/or curtain air bags will inflate if the sensing system detects a rollover.
78
• When a rollover is detected, side and/or curtain airbags will remain inflated longer. This helps provide protection from ejection, especially when used in conjunction with the seat belts.
78
• When a rollover is detected, side and/or curtain airbags will remain inflated longer. This helps provide protection from ejection, especially when used in conjunction with the seat belts.
78
• In order to help provide protection, the air bags must inflate rapidly. The airbag inflates extremely fast between the occupant and the vehicle structures before the occupant impacts the vehicle structures. This speed of inflation reduces the ris...
78
• In order to help provide protection, the air bags must inflate rapidly. The airbag inflates extremely fast between the occupant and the vehicle structures before the occupant impacts the vehicle structures. This speed of inflation reduces the ris...
78
• There are even circumstances under which contact with the steering wheel or passenger air bag can cause fatal injuries, especially if the occupant is positioned excessively close to the steering wheel or passenger air bag.
78
• There are even circumstances under which contact with the steering wheel or passenger air bag can cause fatal injuries, especially if the occupant is positioned excessively close to the steering wheel or passenger air bag.
78
• There are even circumstances under which contact with the steering wheel or passenger air bag can cause fatal injuries, especially if the occupant is positioned excessively close to the steering wheel or passenger air bag.
78
Airbag inflation
78
Airbag inflation
78
Sit as far back as possible from the steering wheel while still maintaining comfortable control of the vehicle. A distance of at least 10 in (25 cm) from your chest to the steering wheel is recommended. Failure to do so can result in airbag inflation...
78
Noise and smoke
79
Noise and smoke
79
When inflated, the air bags make a loud noise and leave smoke and powder in the air inside the vehicle. This is normal and is a result of the ignition of the air bag inflator. After the air bag inflates, you may feel substantial discomfort in breathi...
79
Open your doors and/or windows as soon as possible after impact in order to reduce discomfort and prevent prolonged exposure to the smoke and powder.
79
Though smoke and powder are nontoxic, it may cause irritation to the skin (eyes, nose and throat, etc). If this is the case, wash and rinse with cold water immediately and consult a doctor if the symptom persists.
79
Hot components
79
Hot components
79
Do not touch the air bag storage area's internal components immediately after airbag inflation. The air bag related parts in the steering wheel, instrument panel and the roof rails above the front and rear doors are very hot. Hot components can resul...
79
Do not install or place any accessories near air bag deployment areas, such as the instrument panel, windows, pillars, and roof rails.
79
Do not install or place any accessories near air bag deployment areas, such as the instrument panel, windows, pillars, and roof rails.
79
Do not install a child restraint on the front passenger's seat
79
Do not install a child restraint on the front passenger's seat
79
Never place a rear-facing child restraint in the front passenger's seat.
79
<GRAPHIC>
79
<GRAPHIC>
79
<GRAPHIC>
79
If the air bag deploys, it would impact the rear-facing child restraint, causing serious or fatal injury.
79
In addition, do not place front-facing child restraints in the front passenger's seat. If the front passenger air bag inflates, it could cause serious or fatal injuries to the child.
79
Air bag deployment
80
Air bag deployment
80
When children are seated in the rear outboard seats of a vehicle equipped with side and/or curtain air bags, install the Child Restraint System as far away from the door side as possible. Inflation of the side and/or curtain air bags could impact the...
80
Air bag warning light
80
Air bag warning light
80
The purpose of air bag warning light in your instrument panel is to alert you of a potential problem with your air bag system, which could include your side and/or curtain air bags used for rollover protection.
80
<GRAPHIC>
80
<GRAPHIC>
80
<GRAPHIC>
80
If the air bag warning light is illuminated for more than 6 seconds after the ENGINE START/STOP button has been turned to the ON position, or of it illuminates during vehicle operation, an SRS component may not be functioning properly and you should ...
80
If any of the following conditions occur, this indicates a malfunction in the air bag system. Have an authorized Kia dealer inspect the air bag system as soon as possible.
80
• The light does not turn on briefly when you turn the ENGINE START/STOP button to the ON position.
80
• The light does not turn on briefly when you turn the ENGINE START/STOP button to the ON position.
80
• The light does not turn on briefly when you turn the ENGINE START/STOP button to the ON position.
80
• The light stays on after illuminating for approximately 6 seconds.
80
• The light stays on after illuminating for approximately 6 seconds.
80
• The light comes on while the vehicle is in motion.
80
• The light comes on while the vehicle is in motion.
80
• The light blinks when the ENGINE START/STOP button to the ON position.
80
• The light blinks when the ENGINE START/STOP button to the ON position.
80
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) components and functions
80
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) components and functions
80
<GRAPHIC>
80
<GRAPHIC>
80
<GRAPHIC>
80
The actual position of SRS components may differ from the illustration.
80
The SRS consists of the following components:
80
1. Driver's front air bag module
80
1. Driver's front air bag module
80
1. Driver's front air bag module
80
2. Passenger's front air bag module
80
2. Passenger's front air bag module
80
3. Side air bag modules
80
3. Side air bag modules
80
4. Curtain air bag modules
80
4. Curtain air bag modules
80
5. Retractor pre-tensioner assemblies
81
5. Retractor pre-tensioner assemblies
81
6. Air bag warning light
81
6. Air bag warning light
81
7. SRS Control Module (SRSCM) / rollover sensor
81
7. SRS Control Module (SRSCM) / rollover sensor
81
8. Front impact sensors
81
8. Front impact sensors
81
9. Side impact sensors
81
9. Side impact sensors
81
10. Side pressure sensors
81
10. Side pressure sensors
81
11. Occupant Detection System
81
11. Occupant Detection System
81
12. Driver's knee air bag module
81
12. Driver's knee air bag module
81
*: if equipped
81
Driver's front air bag (1)
81
Driver's front air bag (1)
81
<GRAPHIC>
81
The front air bag modules are located both in the center of the steering wheel and in the front passenger's panel above the glove box. When the SRSCM detects a sufficiently severe impact to the front of the vehicle, it will automatically deploy the f...
81
Driver's front air bag (2)
81
Driver's front air bag (2)
81
<GRAPHIC>
81
Upon deployment, tear seams molded directly into the pad covers will separate under pressure from the expansion of the air bags. Further opening of the covers then allows full inflation of the air bags.
81
Driver's front air bag (3)
81
Driver's front air bag (3)
81
<GRAPHIC>
81
A fully inflated airbag (with a properly fastened seat belt) slows the forward motion of the driver or passenger, reducing the risk of head and chest injury.
81
After complete inflation, the air bag immediately starts deflating, enabling the driver to maintain forward visibility and the ability to steer or operate other controls.
81
Passenger's front air bag
82
Passenger's front air bag
82
<GRAPHIC>
82
Air bag obstructions
82
Air bag obstructions
82
Do not install or place any accessories on the steering wheel, instrument panel, or on the front passenger's panel above the glove box in a vehicle. Such objects may become dangerous projectiles if the air bag deploys.
82
Flying objects
82
Flying objects
82
Do not place any objects (an umbrella, bag, etc.) between the front door and the front seat. Such objects may become dangerous projectiles if the side airbag inflates.
82
• If an air bag deploys, there may be a loud noise followed by a fine dust released in the vehicle. These conditions are normal and are not hazardous - the air bags are packed in this fine powder. The dust generated during air bag deployment may ca...
82
• If an air bag deploys, there may be a loud noise followed by a fine dust released in the vehicle. These conditions are normal and are not hazardous - the air bags are packed in this fine powder. The dust generated during air bag deployment may ca...
82
• If an air bag deploys, there may be a loud noise followed by a fine dust released in the vehicle. These conditions are normal and are not hazardous - the air bags are packed in this fine powder. The dust generated during air bag deployment may ca...
82
• The SRS can function only when the ENGINE START/STOP button is in the ON position. The SRS is not working properly if any of the following situations occur:
82
• The SRS can function only when the ENGINE START/STOP button is in the ON position. The SRS is not working properly if any of the following situations occur:
82
- the SRS airbag warning light does not illuminate
82
- the SRS airbag warning light does not illuminate
82
- the SRS airbag warning light does not illuminate
82
- the SRS airbag warning light remains on continuously after illuminating for about 6 seconds when the ENGINE START/STOP button is turned to the ON position or after the vehicle is in ready mode
82
- the SRS airbag warning light remains on continuously after illuminating for about 6 seconds when the ENGINE START/STOP button is turned to the ON position or after the vehicle is in ready mode
82
- the SRS airbag warning light comes on while driving
82
- the SRS airbag warning light comes on while driving
82
If this occurs, have your vehicle immediately inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
82
Before you replace a fuse or disconnect a battery terminal, change the ENGINE START/STOP button to the OFF position. Never remove or replace the air bag related fuse(s) when the ENGINE START/STOP button is ON position. Failure to heed this warning wi...
82
Before you replace a fuse or disconnect a battery terminal, change the ENGINE START/STOP button to the OFF position. Never remove or replace the air bag related fuse(s) when the ENGINE START/STOP button is ON position. Failure to heed this warning wi...
82
Occupant Detection System (ODS)
83
Occupant Detection System (ODS)
83
Your vehicle is equipped with an Occupant Detection System (ODS) in the front passenger's seat.
83
<GRAPHIC>
83
<GRAPHIC>
83
<GRAPHIC>
83
The ODS is designed to detect the presence of a properly-seated front passenger and determine if the passenger's front air bag should be enabled (may inflate) or not. Only the front passenger front air bag is controlled by the ODS.
83
Do not put anything in front of the passenger air bag \
83
<GRAPHIC>
83
Main components of the ODS
83
Main components of the ODS
83
• A detection device is located within the front passenger seat cushion.
83
• A detection device is located within the front passenger seat cushion.
83
• A detection device is located within the front passenger seat cushion.
83
• An electronic system which determines whether the passenger air bag systems should be activated or deactivated.
83
• An electronic system which determines whether the passenger air bag systems should be activated or deactivated.
83
• An indicator light located on the instrument panel which illuminates the words PASSENGER AIR BAG \
83
• An indicator light located on the instrument panel which illuminates the words PASSENGER AIR BAG \
83
<GRAPHIC>
83
• The instrument panel air bag warning light is interconnected with the ODS.
83
• The instrument panel air bag warning light is interconnected with the ODS.
83
If the front passenger seat is occupied by a person that the system determines to be of appropriate size, and he/she sits properly (sitting upright with the seatback in an upright position, centered on the seat cushion with their seat belt on, legs c...
83
<GRAPHIC>
83
You will find the PASSENGER AIR BAG \
83
<GRAPHIC>
83
Always be sure that you and all vehicle occupants are seated and restrained properly (sitting upright with the seat in an upright position, centered on the seat cushion, with the person's legs comfortably extended, feet on the floor, and wearing the ...
83
The ODS may not function properly if the passenger takes actions which can defeat the detection system. These include:
84
1. Failing to sit in an upright position.
84
1. Failing to sit in an upright position.
84
1. Failing to sit in an upright position.
84
2. Leaning against the door or center console.
84
2. Leaning against the door or center console.
84
3. Sitting towards the sides or the front of the seat.
84
3. Sitting towards the sides or the front of the seat.
84
4. Putting legs on the dashboard or resting them on other locations which reduce the passenger weight on the front seat.
84
4. Putting legs on the dashboard or resting them on other locations which reduce the passenger weight on the front seat.
84
5. Improperly wearing the safety belt.
84
5. Improperly wearing the safety belt.
84
6. Reclining the seatback.
84
6. Reclining the seatback.
84
Conditions and operation of the front passenger ODS
84
Conditions and operation of the front passenger ODS
84
<TABLE>
84
<TABLE>
84
<TABLE HEADING>
84
<TABLE ROW>
84
Condition detected by the occupant classification system
84
Condition detected by the occupant classification system
84
Indicator/Warning light
84
Indicator/Warning light
84
Devices
84
Devices
84
<TABLE ROW>
84
\PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF\ indicator light
84
\PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF\ indicator light
84
SRS warning light
84
SRS warning light
84
Front passenger air bag
84
Front passenger air bag
84
<TABLE BODY>
84
<TABLE ROW>
84
1. Adult
84
1. Adult
84
The system judges a person of adult size as an adult. When a smaller adult sits in the front passenger seat, the system may recognize him/her as a child depending on his/her physique and posture.
84
The system judges a person of adult size as an adult. When a smaller adult sits in the front passenger seat, the system may recognize him/her as a child depending on his/her physique and posture.
84
Off
84
Off
84
Off
84
Off
84
Activated
84
Activated
84
<TABLE ROW>
84
2. Child Restraint System (CRS) with child under 12 months old
84
2. Child Restraint System (CRS) with child under 12 months old
84
Do not allow children to ride in the front passenger seat. When a larger child who has outgrown a CRS sits in the front passenger seat, the system may recognize him/her as an adult depending upon his/her physique or sitting position.
84
Do not allow children to ride in the front passenger seat. When a larger child who has outgrown a CRS sits in the front passenger seat, the system may recognize him/her as an adult depending upon his/her physique or sitting position.
84
Never install a CRS on the front passenger seat.
84
Never install a CRS on the front passenger seat.
84
The PASSENGER AIR BAG \\ indicator may turn on or off when a child above 12 months to 12 years old (with or without a CRS) sits in the front passenger seat. This is a normal condition.
84
The PASSENGER AIR BAG \
84
<GRAPHIC>
84
On
84
On
84
Off
84
Off
84
Deactivated
84
Deactivated
84
<TABLE ROW>
84
3. Unoccupied
84
3. Unoccupied
84
On
84
On
84
Off
84
Off
84
Deactivated
84
Deactivated
84
<TABLE ROW>
84
4. Malfunction in the system
84
4. Malfunction in the system
84
Off
84
Off
84
On
84
On
84
Activated
84
Activated
84
• Do not install a child restraint seat in the passenger seat when the seat is heavily soaked with any type of liquid.
85
• Do not install a child restraint seat in the passenger seat when the seat is heavily soaked with any type of liquid.
85
• Do not install a child restraint seat in the passenger seat when the seat is heavily soaked with any type of liquid.
85
• Do not install a child restraint seat in the passenger seat when the seat is heavily soaked with any type of liquid.
85
• Do not alter or remodel the Occupant Detection System (ODS). This may damage the system and prevent its proper function in a collision.
85
• Do not alter or remodel the Occupant Detection System (ODS). This may damage the system and prevent its proper function in a collision.
85
• Do not use car seat cushions that cover up the surface of the seat and aftermarket manufactured passenger seat heaters.
85
• Do not use car seat cushions that cover up the surface of the seat and aftermarket manufactured passenger seat heaters.
85
• Do not use car seat cushions that cover up the surface of the seat and aftermarket manufactured passenger seat heaters.
85
• Do not use car seat cushions that cover up the surface of the seat and aftermarket manufactured passenger seat heaters.
85
• After conducting car interior cleaning using steam or detergent, the seat should be dried properly. Afterward, check for normal operation of the PASSENGER AIR BAG \OFF\ and air bag warning lights.
85
• After conducting car interior cleaning using steam or detergent, the seat should be dried properly. Afterward, check for normal operation of the PASSENGER AIR BAG \OFF\ and air bag warning lights.
85
• Any service related to the passenger seat and the ODS must be done at an authorized Kia dealership.
85
• Any service related to the passenger seat and the ODS must be done at an authorized Kia dealership.
85
• After the passenger seat has been removed or installed for repair purposes, check for normal operation of the PASSENGER AIR BAG \
85
• After the passenger seat has been removed or installed for repair purposes, check for normal operation of the PASSENGER AIR BAG \
85
<GRAPHIC>
85
When the PASSENGER AIR BAG \
85
When the PASSENGER AIR BAG \
85
<GRAPHIC>
85
Do not modify or replace the front passenger seat. Don't place anything on or attach anything such as a blanket, front seat cover or aftermarket seat heater to the front passenger seat. This can adversely affect the Occupant Detection System.
85
Do not modify or replace the front passenger seat. Don't place anything on or attach anything such as a blanket, front seat cover or aftermarket seat heater to the front passenger seat. This can adversely affect the Occupant Detection System.
85
Occupant Detection System
85
Occupant Detection System
85
Riding in an improper position adversely affects the Occupant Detection System and may result in the deactivation of the front passenger airbag. It is important for the driver to instruct the passenger as to the proper seating instructions as contain...
85
• Do not place a heavy load in the front passenger seatback pocket or on the front passenger seat.
85
• Do not place a heavy load in the front passenger seatback pocket or on the front passenger seat.
85
• Do not place a heavy load in the front passenger seatback pocket or on the front passenger seat.
85
<GRAPHIC>
86
<GRAPHIC>
86
• Do not place feet on the front passenger seatback.
86
• Do not place feet on the front passenger seatback.
86
<GRAPHIC>
86
<GRAPHIC>
86
• Never sit with hips shifted towards the front of the seat.
86
• Never sit with hips shifted towards the front of the seat.
86
<GRAPHIC>
86
<GRAPHIC>
86
• Never excessively recline the front passenger seatback.
86
• Never excessively recline the front passenger seatback.
86
<GRAPHIC>
86
<GRAPHIC>
86
• Never place feet on the dashboard.
86
• Never place feet on the dashboard.
86
<GRAPHIC>
86
<GRAPHIC>
86
• Never lean on the door or center console.
86
• Never lean on the door or center console.
86
• Never sit on one side of the front passenger seat.
86
• Never sit on one side of the front passenger seat.
86
<GRAPHIC>
86
<GRAPHIC>
86
• Do not use car seat accessories such as thick blankets and cushions which cover up the car seat surface.
87
• Do not use car seat accessories such as thick blankets and cushions which cover up the car seat surface.
87
• Do not sit on the passenger seat wearing heavily padded clothes such as ski wear and hip protector.
87
• Do not sit on the passenger seat wearing heavily padded clothes such as ski wear and hip protector.
87
<GRAPHIC>
87
<GRAPHIC>
87
• Do not place electronic devices such as laptops, DVD player, or conductive materials such as water bottles on the passenger seat.
87
• Do not place electronic devices such as laptops, DVD player, or conductive materials such as water bottles on the passenger seat.
87
• Do not use electronic devices such as laptops and satellite radios which use inverter chargers.
87
• Do not use electronic devices such as laptops and satellite radios which use inverter chargers.
87
<GRAPHIC>
87
<GRAPHIC>
87
• Wet passenger seat
87
• Wet passenger seat
87
Do not spill liquid in the passenger seat. Spilled liquid on the passenger seat may cause the air bag warning light to illuminate or malfunction. If any liquid is spilled, make sure the seat has been completely dried before driving the vehicle.
87
<GRAPHIC>
87
<GRAPHIC>
87
Proper position
87
Proper position
87
<GRAPHIC>
87
When an adult is seated in the front passenger seat, if the PASSENGER AIR BAG \
87
<GRAPHIC>
87
If the PASSENGER AIR BAG \
88
<GRAPHIC>
88
PASSENGER AIR BAG \
88
PASSENGER AIR BAG \
88
<GRAPHIC>
88
Do not allow an adult passenger to ride in the front seat when the PASSENGER AIR BAG \
88
<GRAPHIC>
88
<GRAPHIC>
88
The PASSENGER AIR BAG \
88
The PASSENGER AIR BAG \
88
<GRAPHIC>
88
• Even though your vehicle is equipped with the Occupant Detection System, never install a Child Restraint System in the front passenger's seat. A deploying air bag can forcefully strike a child resulting in serious injuries or death.
88
• Even though your vehicle is equipped with the Occupant Detection System, never install a Child Restraint System in the front passenger's seat. A deploying air bag can forcefully strike a child resulting in serious injuries or death.
88
• Even though your vehicle is equipped with the Occupant Detection System, never install a Child Restraint System in the front passenger's seat. A deploying air bag can forcefully strike a child resulting in serious injuries or death.
88
Any child age 12 and under should ride in the rear seat. Children too large for child restraints should use the available lap/shoulder belts. No matter what type of crash, children of all ages are safer when restrained in the rear seat.
88
If the ODS is not working properly, the Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) air bag warning light on the instrument panel will illuminate because the passenger's front air bag is connected with the ODS. If there is a malfunction of the ODS the PASSEN...
88
<GRAPHIC>
88
Driver's and passenger's front air bag
89
Driver's and passenger's front air bag
89
Your vehicle is equipped with an advanced supplemental restraint (air bag) system and lap/shoulder belts at both the driver and passenger seating position.
89
Driver's front air bag
89
Driver's front air bag
89
Driver's front air bag
89
<GRAPHIC>
89
Driver's knee air bag
89
Driver's knee air bag
89
<GRAPHIC>
89
Passenger's front air bag
89
Passenger's front air bag
89
<GRAPHIC>
89
The indication of the system's presence are the letters \AIR BAG\ located on the air bag pad cover on the steering wheel and the passenger's side front panel pad above the glove box.
89
The Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) consists of air bags installed under the pad covers in the center of the steering wheel and the passenger's side front panel above the glove box.
89
The purpose of the SRS is to provide the vehicle's driver and/or the front passenger with additional protection than that offered by the seat belt system alone in case of a frontal impact of sufficient severity. The SRS uses sensors to gather informa...
89
The seat belt buckle sensor determines if the front passenger's seat belt is fastened.
90
These sensors provide the ability to control the SRS deployment based on whether or not the seat belts are fastened, and how severe the impact is.
90
The advanced SRS offers the ability to control the air bag inflation with two levels. A first stage level is provided for moderate-severity impacts. A second stage level is provided for more severe impacts.
90
According to the impact severity and seat belt usage, the SRS Control Module (SRSCM) controls the air bag inflation. Failure to properly wear seat belts can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident.
90
Additionally, your vehicle is equipped with an Occupant Detection System (ODS) in the front passenger's seat. The ODS detects the presence of a passenger in the front passenger's seat and will turn off the front passenger's air bag under certain cond...
90
\Occupant Detection System (ODS)\ on page 3- 59
90
Modification to the seat structure can cause the air bag to deploy at a different level than should be provided.
90
Modification to the seat structure can cause the air bag to deploy at a different level than should be provided.
90
Manufacturers are required by government regulations to provide a contact point concerning modifications to the vehicle for persons with disabilities, which modifications may affect the vehicle's advanced air bag system. That contact is Kia's toll- f...
90
Replacement/modifications
90
Replacement/modifications
90
The front passenger seat, dashboard or door should not be replaced except by an authorized Kia dealer using original Kia parts designed for this vehicle and model. Any other such replacement or modification could adversely affect the operation of the...
90
Advanced air bags are combined with pre-tensioner seat belts to help provide enhanced occupant protection in frontal crashes. Front air bags are not intended to deploy in collisions in which sufficient protection can be provided by the seat belt.
91
Air bags can only be used once – have an authorized Kia dealer replace the air bag immediately after deployment.
91
Air bags can only be used once – have an authorized Kia dealer replace the air bag immediately after deployment.
91
Front air bags are not intended to deploy in side-impact, rear-impact or rollover crashes. However, when frontal deployment threshold is satisfied at side-impact, front air bags may deploy. In addition, front air bags will not deploy in frontal crash...
91
SRS Wiring
91
SRS Wiring
91
Do not tamper with or disconnect SRS wiring or other components of the SRS system. Doing so could result in injury, due to accidental deployment of the air bags or by rendering the SRS inoperative.
91
No attaching objects
91
No attaching objects
91
No objects (such as crash pad cover, cellular phone holder, cup holder, perfume or stickers) should be placed over or near the air bag modules on the steering wheel, instrument panel, windshield glass, and the front passenger's panel above the glove ...
91
Do not place any objects over the air bag or between the air bag and yourself.
91
Additionally, never place or insert any object into any small opening near side airbag labels attached to the vehicle seats.
91
When the air bag deploys, the object may affect the deployment and result in unexpected accident or bodily harm.
91
Side air bag
91
Side air bag
91
Your vehicle is equipped with a side air bag in each front seat.
91
<GRAPHIC>
92
<GRAPHIC>
92
<GRAPHIC>
92
<GRAPHIC>
92
<GRAPHIC>
92
The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
92
The purpose of the air bag is to provide the vehicle's driver and/or the front passenger with additional protection than that offered by the seat belt alone.
92
• The side air bags are designed to deploy during certain side-impact collisions, depending on the crash severity of impact.
92
• The side air bags are designed to deploy during certain side-impact collisions, depending on the crash severity of impact.
92
• The side air bags are designed to deploy during certain side-impact collisions, depending on the crash severity of impact.
92
• The side air bags may deploy on the side of the impact or on both sides.
92
• The side air bags may deploy on the side of the impact or on both sides.
92
• The side and/or curtain air bags on both sides of the vehicle will deploy if a rollover or possible rollover is detected.
92
• The side and/or curtain air bags on both sides of the vehicle will deploy if a rollover or possible rollover is detected.
92
• The side air bags are not designed to deploy in all side impact or rollover situations.
92
• The side air bags are not designed to deploy in all side impact or rollover situations.
92
Unexpected deployment
92
Unexpected deployment
92
Avoid impact to the side impact airbag sensor when the ENGINE START/STOP button is ON to prevent unexpected deployment of the side air bag.
92
• The side air bag is supplemental to the driver's and the passenger's seat belt systems and is not a substitute for them. Therefore your seat belts must be worn at all times while the vehicle is in operation.
92
• The side air bag is supplemental to the driver's and the passenger's seat belt systems and is not a substitute for them. Therefore your seat belts must be worn at all times while the vehicle is in operation.
92
• For best protection from the side air bag system and to avoid being injured by the deploying side air bag, both front seat occupants should sit in an upright position with the seat belt properly fastened. The driver's hands should be placed on th...
92
• For best protection from the side air bag system and to avoid being injured by the deploying side air bag, both front seat occupants should sit in an upright position with the seat belt properly fastened. The driver's hands should be placed on th...
92
Deployment
92
Deployment
92
Do not install any accessories including seat covers, on the side or near the side air bag as this may affect the deployment of the side air bags.
92
• If seat or seat cover is damaged, have the vehicle checked and repaired by an authorized Kia dealer. Inform the dealer that your vehicle is equipped with side air bags and an Occupant Detection System (ODS).
93
• If seat or seat cover is damaged, have the vehicle checked and repaired by an authorized Kia dealer. Inform the dealer that your vehicle is equipped with side air bags and an Occupant Detection System (ODS).
93
Flying objects
93
Flying objects
93
Do not place any objects (an umbrella, bag, etc.) between the front door and the front seat. Such objects may become dangerous projectiles if the side airbag inflates.
93
No attaching objects
93
No attaching objects
93
• Do not place any objects over the air bag or between the air bag and yourself. Also, do not attach any objects around the area the air bag inflates such as the door, side door glass, front and rear pillar.
93
• Do not place any objects over the air bag or between the air bag and yourself. Also, do not attach any objects around the area the air bag inflates such as the door, side door glass, front and rear pillar.
93
• Do not place any objects over the air bag or between the air bag and yourself. Also, do not attach any objects around the area the air bag inflates such as the door, side door glass, front and rear pillar.
93
• Do not put any objects between the side airbag label and seat cushion. It could cause harm if the vehicle is in a crash severe enough to cause the air bags to deploy.
93
• Do not put any objects between the side airbag label and seat cushion. It could cause harm if the vehicle is in a crash severe enough to cause the air bags to deploy.
93
• Never place or insert any object into any small opening near side airbag labels attached to the vehicle seats. When the air bag deploys, the object may affect the deployment and result in unexpected accident or bodily harm.
93
• Never place or insert any object into any small opening near side airbag labels attached to the vehicle seats. When the air bag deploys, the object may affect the deployment and result in unexpected accident or bodily harm.
93
• Do not install any accessories on the side or near the side air bags.
93
• Do not install any accessories on the side or near the side air bags.
93
Curtain air bag
93
Curtain air bag
93
Curtain air bags are located along both sides of the roof rails above the front and rear doors.
93
<GRAPHIC>
93
<GRAPHIC>
93
<GRAPHIC>
93
<GRAPHIC>
93
<GRAPHIC>
93
The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
93
They are designed to help protect occupants in certain side impacts and to help prevent them from ejecting out of the vehicle as a result of a rollover, especially when the seatbelts are also in use.
94
• The curtain air bags are designed to deploy during certain side impact collisions, depending on the severity of impact. However, when side deployment threshold is satisfied at front-impact, side air bags may deploy.
94
• The curtain air bags are designed to deploy during certain side impact collisions, depending on the severity of impact. However, when side deployment threshold is satisfied at front-impact, side air bags may deploy.
94
• The curtain air bags are designed to deploy during certain side impact collisions, depending on the severity of impact. However, when side deployment threshold is satisfied at front-impact, side air bags may deploy.
94
• The curtain air bags may deploy on the side of the impact or on both sides.
94
• The curtain air bags may deploy on the side of the impact or on both sides.
94
• Also, the curtain air bags on both sides of the vehicle will deploy in certain rollover situations.
94
• Also, the curtain air bags on both sides of the vehicle will deploy in certain rollover situations.
94
• The curtain air bags are not designed to deploy in all side impact or rollover situations.
94
• The curtain air bags are not designed to deploy in all side impact or rollover situations.
94
Do not allow the passengers to lean their heads or bodies against the doors, put their arms on the doors, stretch their arms out of the window or place objects between the doors and passengers when they are seated on seats equipped with side impact a...
94
Never try to open or repair any components of the side and curtain air bag system. This should only be done by an authorized Kia dealer.
94
Never try to open or repair any components of the side and curtain air bag system. This should only be done by an authorized Kia dealer.
94
No attaching objects
94
No attaching objects
94
• Do not place any objects over the air bag. Also, do not attach any objects around the area the air bag inflates such as the door, side door glass, front and rear pillar, roof side rail.
94
• Do not place any objects over the air bag. Also, do not attach any objects around the area the air bag inflates such as the door, side door glass, front and rear pillar, roof side rail.
94
• Do not place any objects over the air bag. Also, do not attach any objects around the area the air bag inflates such as the door, side door glass, front and rear pillar, roof side rail.
94
• Do not hang hard, breakable, or heavy objects on the coat hooks for safety reasons.
94
• Do not hang hard, breakable, or heavy objects on the coat hooks for safety reasons.
94
Air bag collision sensors
94
Air bag collision sensors
94
The air bag collision sensors are located in the following positions
94
<GRAPHIC>
95
<GRAPHIC>
95
<GRAPHIC>
95
<TABLE>
95
<TABLE>
95
<TABLE BODY>
95
<TABLE ROW>
95
<GRAPHIC>
95
<GRAPHIC>
95
<GRAPHIC>
95
<GRAPHIC>
95
<GRAPHIC>
95
<GRAPHIC>
95
<GRAPHIC>
95
<GRAPHIC>
95
<GRAPHIC>
95
<GRAPHIC>
95
The actual shape and position of sensors may differ from the illustration.
95
1. Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) control module / rollover sensor
95
1. Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) control module / rollover sensor
95
1. Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) control module / rollover sensor
95
2. Front impact sensor
95
2. Front impact sensor
95
3. Side pressure sensor
95
3. Side pressure sensor
95
4. Side impact sensor
95
4. Side impact sensor
95
5. Side impact sensor
95
5. Side impact sensor
95
Air bag sensors
95
Air bag sensors
95
• Do not hit or allow any objects to impact the locations where air bags or sensors are installed.
95
• Do not hit or allow any objects to impact the locations where air bags or sensors are installed.
95
• Do not hit or allow any objects to impact the locations where air bags or sensors are installed.
95
This may cause unexpected air bag deployment, which could result in serious personal injury or death.
95
• If the installation location or angle of the sensors is altered in any way, the air bags may deploy when they should not or they may not deploy when they should.
96
• If the installation location or angle of the sensors is altered in any way, the air bags may deploy when they should not or they may not deploy when they should.
96
Therefore, do not try to perform maintenance on or around the air bag sensors. Have the vehicle checked and repaired by an authorized Kia dealer.
96
• Do not arbitrarily touch the front impact sensor. When the angle of the sensor is changed, the air bag system may malfunction.
96
• Do not arbitrarily touch the front impact sensor. When the angle of the sensor is changed, the air bag system may malfunction.
96
Problems may arise if the sensor installation angles are changed due to the deformation of the front bumper, front end module, body or front doors where side collision sensors are installed. Have the vehicle checked and repaired by an authorized Kia ...
96
Installing bumper guards (or side step or running board) or replacing a bumper (or front door module) with non-genuine parts may adversely affect your vehicle's collision and air bag deployment performance.
96
Why didn't my air bag go off in a collision? (Inflation and non-inflation conditions of the air bag)
96
Why didn't my air bag go off in a collision? (Inflation and non-inflation conditions of the air bag)
96
There are many types of accidents in which the air bag would not be expected to provide additional protection.
96
These include rear impacts, second or third collisions in multiple impact accidents, as well as low speed impacts.
96
These include rear impacts, second or third collisions in multiple impact accidents, as well as low speed impacts.
96
Air bag inflation conditions
96
Air bag inflation conditions
96
air bags:inflation conditionsFront air bags
96
air bags:inflation conditionsFront air bags
96
air bags:inflation conditions
96
<GRAPHIC>
96
<GRAPHIC>
96
Front air bags are designed to inflate in a frontal collision depending on several factors, including the severity of impact of the front collision.
96
Side and/or curtain air bags
97
Side and/or curtain air bags
97
<GRAPHIC>
97
<GRAPHIC>
97
<GRAPHIC>
97
<GRAPHIC>
97
The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
97
Side and/or curtain air bags are designed to inflate when an impact is detected by side collision sensors depending on several factors, including the severity of impact resulting from a side impact collision.
97
Also, the side and curtain air bags are designed to inflate when a rollover is detected by a rollover sensor.
97
Although the front air bags (driver's and front passenger's air bags) are primarily designed to inflate in frontal collisions, they may inflate in other types of collisions if the front impact sensors detect a sufficient frontal force in another type...
97
Similarly, although side and curtain air bags are designed to inflate in certain side impact collisions, they may inflate in other types of collisions where a side force is detected by the sensors. For instance, side air bag and/or curtain air bags m...
97
Even if side and/or curtain air bags do not provide impact protection in a rollover, they will deploy to prevent ejection of occupants, especially those who are restrained with seat belts.
97
If the vehicle chassis is impacted by bumps or objects on unimproved roads, the air bags may deploy. Drive carefully on unimproved roads or on surfaces not designed for vehicle traffic to prevent unintended air bag deployment.
97
Air bag non-inflation conditions
97
Air bag non-inflation conditions
97
air bags:non-inflation conditions• Air bags may not deploy in certain low-speed collisions where the air bag would not add any benefit beyond the protection already offered by the seat belts.
97
air bags:non-inflation conditions• Air bags may not deploy in certain low-speed collisions where the air bag would not add any benefit beyond the protection already offered by the seat belts.
97
air bags:non-inflation conditions• Air bags may not deploy in certain low-speed collisions where the air bag would not add any benefit beyond the protection already offered by the seat belts.
97
air bags:non-inflation conditions
97
<GRAPHIC>
98
<GRAPHIC>
98
• Air bags are not designed to inflate in rear collisions, because occupants are moved backward by the force of the impact. In this case, inflated air bags would not be able to provide any additional benefit.
98
• Air bags are not designed to inflate in rear collisions, because occupants are moved backward by the force of the impact. In this case, inflated air bags would not be able to provide any additional benefit.
98
<GRAPHIC>
98
<GRAPHIC>
98
• Front airbags may not inflate in side impact collisions, because passengers move in the direction of the collision. Thus, in side impacts, frontal airbag deployment would not provide additional occupant protection.
98
• Front airbags may not inflate in side impact collisions, because passengers move in the direction of the collision. Thus, in side impacts, frontal airbag deployment would not provide additional occupant protection.
98
<GRAPHIC>
98
<GRAPHIC>
98
• In an angled collision, the force of impact may direct the occupants in a direction where the air bags would not be able to provide any additional benefit, and thus the sensors may not deploy any air bags.
98
• In an angled collision, the force of impact may direct the occupants in a direction where the air bags would not be able to provide any additional benefit, and thus the sensors may not deploy any air bags.
98
<GRAPHIC>
98
<GRAPHIC>
98
• Just before impact, drivers often brake heavily. Such heavy braking lowers the front portion of the vehicle causing it to \ride\ under a vehicle with a higher ground clearance. Air bags may not inflate in this \under-ride\ situation because decel...
98
• Just before impact, drivers often brake heavily. Such heavy braking lowers the front portion of the vehicle causing it to \ride\ under a vehicle with a higher ground clearance. Air bags may not inflate in this \under-ride\ situation because decel...
98
<GRAPHIC>
99
<GRAPHIC>
99
• Front air bags may not inflate in all rollover accidents when the SRS Control Module (SRSCM) indicates that the front air bag deployment would not provide additional occupant protection.
99
• Front air bags may not inflate in all rollover accidents when the SRS Control Module (SRSCM) indicates that the front air bag deployment would not provide additional occupant protection.
99
<GRAPHIC>
99
<GRAPHIC>
99
• Airbags may not inflate if the vehicle collides with an object such as a utility pole or tree. This is because the point of impact is concentrated in one area and the full force of the impact is not delivered to the sensors.
99
• Airbags may not inflate if the vehicle collides with an object such as a utility pole or tree. This is because the point of impact is concentrated in one area and the full force of the impact is not delivered to the sensors.
99
<GRAPHIC>
99
<GRAPHIC>
99
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) care
99
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) care
99
The Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) is virtually maintenance-free and so there are no parts you can safely service by yourself.
99
If the SRS air bag warning light does not illuminate, or continuously remains on, have your vehicle immediately inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
99
If the SRS air bag warning light does not illuminate, or continuously remains on, have your vehicle immediately inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
99
Any work on the SRS, such as removing, installing, repairing, or any work on the steering wheel, the front passenger's panel, front seats and roof rails must be performed by an authorized Kia dealer. Improper handling of the SRS may result in serious...
99
For cleaning the air bag pad covers, use only a soft, dry cloth or one which has been moistened with plain water. Solvents or cleaners could adversely affect the air bag covers and proper deployment of the system.
99
If components of the air bag system must be discarded, or if the vehicle must be scrapped, certain safety precautions must be observed. An authorized Kia dealer knows these precautions and can give you the necessary information. Failure to follow the...
100
Tampering with SRS
100
Tampering with SRS
100
Do not tamper with or disconnect SRS wiring or other components of the SRS system. Doing so could result in the accidental inflation of the air bag or render the SRS inoperative.
100
Towing Vehicle
100
Towing Vehicle
100
Always have the ignition off when your vehicle is being towed. The side air bags may inflate if the vehicle is tilted such as when being towed because of the rollover sensors in the vehicle.
100
Adding equipment to or modifying your air bag-equipped vehicle
100
Adding equipment to or modifying your air bag-equipped vehicle
100
If you modify your vehicle by changing your vehicle's frame, bumper system, front end or side sheet metal or ride height, this may affect the operation of your vehicle's air bag system.
100
Air bag warning label
100
Air bag warning label
100
Air bag warning labels, some required by the U.S. National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA), are attached to the sun visor to alert the driver and passengers of potential risks of the air bag system.
100
<GRAPHIC>
100
<GRAPHIC>
100
<GRAPHIC>
100
<GRAPHIC>
101
<GRAPHIC>
101
Features of your vehicle
103
Features of your vehicle
103
Smart key 4-7
103
Features of your vehicle
109
Features of your vehicle
109
Features of your vehicle
109
Smart key
109
Smart key
109
The mechanical key and various remote functions are integrated into the smart key for convenience to the driver.
109
Record your key number
109
Record your key number
109
Record your key number
109
smart key:record your key number
109
smart key:record your key number
109
<GRAPHIC>
109
Smart key function
109
Smart key function
109
smart key:smart key function
109
smart key:smart key function
109
smart key function
109
<GRAPHIC>
109
<GRAPHIC>
109
To reinstall the mechanical key, put the key into the hole and push it until a click sound is heard.
109
With a smart key, you can lock or unlock a door (and liftgate).
109
Refer to the following for more details.
109
Smart key
109
Smart key
109
Never leave the keys in your vehicle with unsupervised children. Leaving children unattended in a vehicle with the smart key is dangerous even if the ENGINE START/STOP button is not in the ACC or ON position. Children copy adults and they could press...
109
Locking
110
Locking
110
<GRAPHIC>
110
<GRAPHIC>
110
Pressing the button of the front outside door handles with all doors (and liftgate) closed and any door unlocked, locks all the doors (and liftgate).
110
The hazard warning lights will blink once to indicate that all doors (and liftgate) are locked. The button will only operate when the smart key is within 28~40 in (0.7~1 m) from the outside door handle. If you want to make sure that a door has locked...
110
In some instances, when the outside door button is pressed the doors will not lock and an audible chime will sound if any of the following occurs:
110
• The smart key is in the vehicle.
110
• The smart key is in the vehicle.
110
• The smart key is in the vehicle.
110
• The ENGINE START/STOP button is in the ACC or ON position.
110
• The ENGINE START/STOP button is in the ACC or ON position.
110
• Any door except the liftgate is opened.
110
• Any door except the liftgate is opened.
110
Unlocking
110
Unlocking
110
Pressing the button of the front outside door handles, with all doors (and liftgate) closed and locked, unlocks all the doors (and liftgate).
110
The hazard warning lights will blink twice to indicate that all doors (and liftgate) are unlocked. The button will only operate when the smart key is within 28~40 in (0.7~1 m) from the outside door handle.
110
When the 2-press unlock function is activated:
110
• If you press the Door Unlock button (2) on the smart key, the driver's door will unlock.
110
• If you press the Door Unlock button (2) on the smart key, the driver's door will unlock.
110
• If you press the Door Unlock button (2) on the smart key, the driver's door will unlock.
110
• If you press the Door Unlock button (2) on the smart key within four seconds again, then all the doors will unlock.
110
• If you press the Door Unlock button (2) on the smart key within four seconds again, then all the doors will unlock.
110
• If you press the driver's outside door handle button, the driver's door will unlock.
110
• If you press the driver's outside door handle button, the driver's door will unlock.
110
• If you press the driver's outside door handle button within four seconds again, then all the doors will unlock.
110
• If you press the driver's outside door handle button within four seconds again, then all the doors will unlock.
110
You can activate or deactivate the 2-press unlock function. Refer to
110
You can activate or deactivate the 2-press unlock function. Refer to
110
\User Settings mode\ on page 4-71
110
Liftgate unlocking
110
Liftgate unlocking
110
If you are within 28~40 in (0.7~1 m) from the outside liftgate handle, with your smart key in possession, the liftgate will unlock and open when you press the liftgate handle switch.
110
The hazard warning lights will blink twice to indicate that the liftgate is unlocked.
111
Also, once the liftgate is opened and then closed, the liftgate will lock automatically.
111
<GRAPHIC>
111
<GRAPHIC>
111
Lock (1)
111
Lock (1)
111
All doors are locked if the lock button is pressed. If all doors are closed, the hazard warning lights will blink and the chime will sound once to indicate that all doors are locked.
111
Also, if the lock button is pressed once more within 4 seconds, the hazard warning lights will blink and the chime will sound once to confirm that the door is locked.
111
However, if any door remains open, the hazard warning lights (and/or the chime) will not operate. But if all doors are closed after the lock button is pressed, the hazard warning lights will blink once.
111
Unlock (2)
111
Unlock (2)
111
The driver's door is unlocked if the unlock button is pressed once. The hazard warning lights will blink twice and the chime will sound twice to indicate that the driver's door is unlocked.
111
All doors are unlocked if the unlock button is pressed once more within 4 seconds. The hazard warning lights will blink (for smart key, the chime also sounds) twice again to indicate that all doors are unlocked. After pressing this button, the doors ...
111
If you attempt to lock or unlock the door by pressing the door lock/ unlock button in any of the following situations, the door will not be locked or unlocked.
111
• When you want to lock or unlock the door in the ACC or ON state.
111
• When you want to lock or unlock the door in the ACC or ON state.
111
• When you want to lock or unlock the door in the ACC or ON state.
111
• When you want to lock a door in a car with one or more doors open.
111
• When you want to lock a door in a car with one or more doors open.
111
Depending on the vehicle, the driver can turn off or set the 2-press unlock setting function.
111
If the keyless entry system is inoperative due to exposure to water or liquids, it will not be covered by your manufacturer's vehicle warranty.
111
If the keyless entry system is inoperative due to exposure to water or liquids, it will not be covered by your manufacturer's vehicle warranty.
111
Liftgate open (3)
111
Liftgate open (3)
111
If you press the button for longer than a second, the lock will be released or the lift gate will be opened according to the options of the vehicle.
111
Once the liftgate is opened and then closed, the liftgate will lock automatically.
111
Panic (4)
112
Panic (4)
112
If you press the key's panic button in an emergency situation, the alarm system will be activated and alert others around you of the emergency situation.
112
1. Press the panic button (4) for a few seconds.
112
1. Press the panic button (4) for a few seconds.
112
1. Press the panic button (4) for a few seconds.
112
2. The horn sounds and hazard warning light flash for a few seconds.
112
2. The horn sounds and hazard warning light flash for a few seconds.
112
To stop the horn and lights, press any button on the smart key.
112
Remote start (5)
112
Remote start (5)
112
You can start the engine and turn on the climate system by pressing the remote start button (5) outside the vehicle equipped with automatic transmission.
112
To start and stop engine remotely :
112
1. Press the door lock button (1), and then the hazard warning lights blink once to alert you.
112
1. Press the door lock button (1), and then the hazard warning lights blink once to alert you.
112
1. Press the door lock button (1), and then the hazard warning lights blink once to alert you.
112
2. Press the remote start button (5) for more than 2 seconds to start engine within 4 seconds after pressing the door lock button (1).
112
2. Press the remote start button (5) for more than 2 seconds to start engine within 4 seconds after pressing the door lock button (1).
112
3. While remote starting, the hazard warning lights blink. If you want to stop the engine, press the remote start button (5) again.
112
3. While remote starting, the hazard warning lights blink. If you want to stop the engine, press the remote start button (5) again.
112
The climate system will be continuously maintained, as selected when the engine is restarted. If the climate system turned off before you stopped the engine, the climate system does not operate when you start the engine remotely.
112
Start-up
112
Start-up
112
You can start the vehicle without inserting the key.
112
For information, refer to
112
\ENGINE START/STOP button\ on page 5-9
112
Loss of the smart key
112
Loss of the smart key
112
Loss of the smart key
112
smart key:loss of the smart key
112
smart key:loss of the smart key
112
loss of the smart key
112
If you happen to lose your smart key, you will not be able to start the vehicle. You should immediately take the vehicle and remaining key to your authorized Kia dealer (tow the vehicle, if necessary) to protect it from potential theft.
112
Smart key precautions
112
Smart key precautions
112
The smart key will not work if any of the following occur:
112
• The smart key is close to a radio transmitter such as a radio station or an airport which can interfere with normal operation of the smart key.
112
• The smart key is close to a radio transmitter such as a radio station or an airport which can interfere with normal operation of the smart key.
112
• The smart key is close to a radio transmitter such as a radio station or an airport which can interfere with normal operation of the smart key.
112
• The smart key is near a mobile two-way radio system or a cellular phone.
112
• The smart key is near a mobile two-way radio system or a cellular phone.
112
• Another vehicle's smart key is being operated close to your vehicle.
112
• Another vehicle's smart key is being operated close to your vehicle.
112
When the smart key does not work correctly, open and close the door with the mechanical key and contact an authorized Kia dealer.
112
If the smart key is in close proximity to your cell phone or smart phone, the signal from the smart key could be blocked by normal operation of your cell phone or smart phone. This is especially important when the phone is active, such as when making...
113
To prevent the electronic key from becoming damaged by magnetic fields, do not leave it near the following electrical appliances:
113
To prevent the electronic key from becoming damaged by magnetic fields, do not leave it near the following electrical appliances:
113
• TVs
113
• TVs
113
• TVs
113
• Personal computers
113
• Personal computers
113
• Cellular phones, cordless phones and battery chargers
113
• Cellular phones, cordless phones and battery chargers
113
• Table lamps
113
• Table lamps
113
• Induction cookers
113
• Induction cookers
113
If you have to leave the vehicle's key with a parking attendant, remove the mechanical key for your own use and provide the attendant with the electronic key only.
113
If you have to leave the vehicle's key with a parking attendant, remove the mechanical key for your own use and provide the attendant with the electronic key only.
113
When bringing a key with wireless remote control function onto an airplane, make sure you do not press any button on the key while inside the cabin. If you are carrying the key in your bag etc., make sure that the buttons cannot be pressed accidental...
113
When bringing a key with wireless remote control function onto an airplane, make sure you do not press any button on the key while inside the cabin. If you are carrying the key in your bag etc., make sure that the buttons cannot be pressed accidental...
113
Replacing smart key battery
113
Replacing smart key battery
113
A smart key battery should last for several years, but if the smart key is not working properly, try replacing the battery with a new one.
113
<GRAPHIC>
113
<GRAPHIC>
113
<GRAPHIC>
113
<GRAPHIC>
113
If you are unsure how to use your smart key or replace the battery, contact an authorized Kia dealer.
113
1. Remove the mechanical key.
113
1. Remove the mechanical key.
113
1. Remove the mechanical key.
113
2. Pry open the rear cover.
114
2. Pry open the rear cover.
114
3. Replace the battery with a new battery (CR2032). When replacing the battery, make sure the battery is in the correct position.
114
3. Replace the battery with a new battery (CR2032). When replacing the battery, make sure the battery is in the correct position.
114
4. Install the battery in the reverse order of removal.
114
4. Install the battery in the reverse order of removal.
114
The smart key is designed to give you years of trouble-free use, however, it can malfunction if exposed to moisture or static electricity. If you are unsure how to use or replace the battery, contact an authorized Kia dealer.
114
The smart key is designed to give you years of trouble-free use, however, it can malfunction if exposed to moisture or static electricity. If you are unsure how to use or replace the battery, contact an authorized Kia dealer.
114
Using the wrong battery can cause the smart key to malfunction. Be sure to use the correct battery.
114
To avoid damaging the smart key, don't drop it, get it wet, or expose it to heat or sunlight.
114
<GRAPHIC>An inappropriately disposed battery can be harmful to the environment and human health. Dispose the battery according to your local law(s) or regulations.
114
<GRAPHIC>
114
Smart key damage
114
Smart key damage
114
Do not drop, get wet or expose the smart key to heat or sunlight, or it will be damaged.
114
Smart key immobilizer system
114
Smart key immobilizer system
114
The immobilizer system protects your vehicle from theft. If an improperly coded key (or other device) is used, the vehicle's power system is disabled.
114
When the ENGINE START/STOP button is placed in the ON position, the immobilizer system indicator should come on briefly, then go off. If the indicator starts to blink, the system does not recognize the coding of the key.
114
When the ENGINE START/STOP button is placed in the ON position, the immobilizer system indicator should come on briefly, then go off. If the indicator starts to blink, the system does not recognize the coding of the key.
114
Place the ENGINE START/STOP button in the OFF position, then place the ENGINE START/STOP button in the ON position again.
114
If the system repeatedly does not recognize the coding of the key, it is recommended that you contact your Kia dealer.
114
Do not attempt to alter this system or add other devices to it. Electrical problems could result that may make your vehicle inoperable.
114
If the following objects are placed near the ENGINE START/STOP button, there may be a problem with starting the engine.
114
1. Metal accessories
114
1. Metal accessories
114
1. Metal accessories
114
2. Another registered key
114
2. Another registered key
114
3. Keys registered in other vehicles
114
3. Keys registered in other vehicles
114
4. Electronic device
114
4. Electronic device
114
When starting the vehicle, do not use the key with other immobilizer keys around. Otherwise, the vehicle may not start or may stop soon after it starts. Keep each key separate in order to avoid a starting malfunction.
115
When starting the vehicle, do not use the key with other immobilizer keys around. Otherwise, the vehicle may not start or may stop soon after it starts. Keep each key separate in order to avoid a starting malfunction.
115
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules.
115
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules.
115
Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
115
Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
115
Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
115
1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
115
1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
115
1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
115
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
115
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
115
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment. If the smart key is inoperative due to changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party resp...
115
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment. If the smart key is inoperative due to changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party resp...
115
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment. If the smart key is inoperative due to changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party resp...
115
Theft-alarm system
115
Theft-alarm system
115
The theft-alarm system is designed to provide protection from unauthorized entry into the vehicle.
115
<GRAPHIC>
115
<GRAPHIC>
115
<GRAPHIC>
115
This system is operated in three stages: the first is the \Armed\ stage, the second is the \Theft- alarm\ stage, and the third is the \Disarmed\ stage. If triggered, the system provides an audible alarm with blinking of the hazard warning lights.
115
Armed stage
115
Armed stage
115
Park the vehicle and stop the engine. Arm the system as described below.
115
Park the vehicle and stop the engine. Arm the system as described below.
115
Park the vehicle and stop the engine. Arm the system as described below.
115
1. Turn off the engine.
115
1. Turn off the engine.
115
1. Turn off the engine.
115
2. Make sure that all doors, the hood and liftgate are closed and latched.
115
2. Make sure that all doors, the hood and liftgate are closed and latched.
115
3. Lock the doors by pressing the button of the front outside door handle with the smart key in your possession.
115
3. Lock the doors by pressing the button of the front outside door handle with the smart key in your possession.
115
After completion of the steps above, the hazard warning lights will operate once to indicate that the system is armed.
115
After completion of the steps above, the hazard warning lights will operate once to indicate that the system is armed.
115
If any door (or liftgate) or hood remains open, the hazard warning lights and the chime will not operate and the theft-alarm will not arm. If all doors, liftgate and hood are closed after the lock button is pressed, the hazard warning lights blink once.
116
The system can also be armed by locking the doors with the key from the front doors; however, the hazard warning lights will not blink using this method.
116
4. Lock the doors by pressing the lock button on the smart key.
116
4. Lock the doors by pressing the lock button on the smart key.
116
After completion of the steps above, the hazard warning lights will operate once to indicate that the system is armed.
116
After completion of the steps above, the hazard warning lights will operate once to indicate that the system is armed.
116
Do not arm the system until all passengers have left the vehicle. If the system is armed while a passenger(s) remains in the vehicle, the alarm may be activated when the remaining passenger(s) leaves the vehicle. If any door (or liftgate) or hood is ...
116
Do not arm the system until all passengers have left the vehicle. If the system is armed while a passenger(s) remains in the vehicle, the alarm may be activated when the remaining passenger(s) leaves the vehicle. If any door (or liftgate) or hood is ...
116
Do not arm the system until all passengers have left the vehicle. If the system is armed while a passenger(s) remains in the vehicle, the alarm may be activated when the remaining passenger(s) leaves the vehicle. If any door (or liftgate) or hood is ...
116
Theft-alarm stage
116
Theft-alarm stage
116
The alarm will be activated if any of the following occurs while the system is armed.
116
The alarm will be activated if any of the following occurs while the system is armed.
116
• A front or rear door is opened without using the smart key.
116
• A front or rear door is opened without using the smart key.
116
• A front or rear door is opened without using the smart key.
116
• The liftgate is opened without using the smart key.
116
• The liftgate is opened without using the smart key.
116
• The hood is opened.
116
• The hood is opened.
116
The horn will sound and the hazard warning lights will blink continuously for approximately 27 seconds, and the horn will repeat 3 times unless the system is disarmed. To turn off the system, unlock the doors with the transmitter (or smart key).
116
Disarmed stage
116
Disarmed stage
116
The system will be disarmed when:
116
The system will be disarmed when:
116
• The door unlock button is pressed.
116
• The door unlock button is pressed.
116
• The door unlock button is pressed.
116
• The button of the front outside door is pressed while carrying the smart key.
116
• The button of the front outside door is pressed while carrying the smart key.
116
• The engine is started. (within 3 seconds)
116
• The engine is started. (within 3 seconds)
116
After pressing the unlock button, the hazard warning lights will blink and the chime will sound twice (in smart key) to indicate that the system is disarmed.
116
After pressing the unlock button, if any door (or liftgate) is not opened within 30 seconds, the system will be rearmed.
116
• Avoid trying to start the engine while the alarm is activated. The vehicle starting motor is disabled during the theft-alarm stage.
117
• Avoid trying to start the engine while the alarm is activated. The vehicle starting motor is disabled during the theft-alarm stage.
117
• Avoid trying to start the engine while the alarm is activated. The vehicle starting motor is disabled during the theft-alarm stage.
117
• Avoid trying to start the engine while the alarm is activated. The vehicle starting motor is disabled during the theft-alarm stage.
117
If the system is not disarmed with the transmitter, turn the ENGINE START/STOP button to the ON position and wait for 30 seconds. Then the system will be disarmed.
117
• If you lose your keys, consult your authorized Kia dealer.
117
• If you lose your keys, consult your authorized Kia dealer.
117
Door locks
117
Door locks
117
Get to know how to use the door lock so that you can lock or unlock the door if necessary.
117
Operating door locks from outside the vehicle
117
Operating door locks from outside the vehicle
117
<GRAPHIC>
117
<GRAPHIC>
117
<GRAPHIC>
117
<GRAPHIC>
117
1. Pull out the door handle.
117
1. Pull out the door handle.
117
1. Pull out the door handle.
117
2. Press the lever (1) located inside the bottom part of the cover with a key or flat-head screwdriver.
117
2. Press the lever (1) located inside the bottom part of the cover with a key or flat-head screwdriver.
117
3. Push out the cover (2) while pressing the lever.
117
3. Push out the cover (2) while pressing the lever.
117
4. Turn the key toward the rear of the vehicle to unlock (A) and toward the front of the vehicle to lock (B).
117
4. Turn the key toward the rear of the vehicle to unlock (A) and toward the front of the vehicle to lock (B).
117
• If you lock the driver's door with a key, only the driver's door will lock/unlock.
117
• If you lock the driver's door with a key, only the driver's door will lock/unlock.
117
• If you lock the driver's door with a key, only the driver's door will lock/unlock.
117
• If you lock the driver's door with a key, only the driver's door will lock/unlock.
117
• From the driver's door, turn the key toward the rear of the vehicle once to unlock the driver's door and once more within 4 seconds to unlock all doors.
117
• From the driver's door, turn the key toward the rear of the vehicle once to unlock the driver's door and once more within 4 seconds to unlock all doors.
117
• Doors can also be locked and unlocked with the smart key.
117
• Doors can also be locked and unlocked with the smart key.
117
• Once the doors are unlocked, they may be opened by pulling the door handle.
118
• Once the doors are unlocked, they may be opened by pulling the door handle.
118
• When closing the door, push the door by hand. Make sure the doors are closed securely.
118
• When closing the door, push the door by hand. Make sure the doors are closed securely.
118
• Before pulling the outside door handle, remove the key to avoid damaging the paintwork.
118
• Before pulling the outside door handle, remove the key to avoid damaging the paintwork.
118
• In cold and wet climates, door lock and door mechanisms may not work properly due to freezing conditions.
118
• In cold and wet climates, door lock and door mechanisms may not work properly due to freezing conditions.
118
• In cold and wet climates, door lock and door mechanisms may not work properly due to freezing conditions.
118
• In cold and wet climates, door lock and door mechanisms may not work properly due to freezing conditions.
118
• If the door is locked/unlocked multiple times in rapid succession with either the vehicle key or door lock switch, the system may stop operating temporarily in order to protect the circuit and prevent damage to system components.
118
• If the door is locked/unlocked multiple times in rapid succession with either the vehicle key or door lock switch, the system may stop operating temporarily in order to protect the circuit and prevent damage to system components.
118
• Securely close your door before you begin driving. Failure to fully close your door may cause it to open during vehicle operation.
118
• Securely close your door before you begin driving. Failure to fully close your door may cause it to open during vehicle operation.
118
• Securely close your door before you begin driving. Failure to fully close your door may cause it to open during vehicle operation.
118
• Securely close your door before you begin driving. Failure to fully close your door may cause it to open during vehicle operation.
118
• Keep your body out of the way of the closing door to prevent injuries.
118
• Keep your body out of the way of the closing door to prevent injuries.
118
If adult passengers must remain in the vehicle while it is very hot or cold outside, there is risk of injuries or danger to life. Do not lock the vehicle from the outside when there are adult passengers in the vehicle.
118
If adult passengers must remain in the vehicle while it is very hot or cold outside, there is risk of injuries or danger to life. Do not lock the vehicle from the outside when there are adult passengers in the vehicle.
118
Do not unnecessarily open and close the door repeatedly or with excessive force. Such action can damage the vehicle door.
118
Do not unnecessarily open and close the door repeatedly or with excessive force. Such action can damage the vehicle door.
118
Always place the ENGINE START/ STOP button in the OFF position, engage the parking brake, close all windows, and lock all doors when leaving your vehicle unattended.
118
Always place the ENGINE START/ STOP button in the OFF position, engage the parking brake, close all windows, and lock all doors when leaving your vehicle unattended.
118
Operating door locks from inside the vehicle
118
Operating door locks from inside the vehicle
118
You can operate door locks with the door lock button or central door lock switch.
118
With the door lock button
119
With the door lock button
119
With the door lock button
119
<GRAPHIC>
119
<GRAPHIC>
119
• To unlock a door, push the door lock button (1) to the \Unlock\ position. The red mark on the door lock button will be visible.
119
• To unlock a door, push the door lock button (1) to the \Unlock\ position. The red mark on the door lock button will be visible.
119
• To unlock a door, push the door lock button (1) to the \Unlock\ position. The red mark on the door lock button will be visible.
119
• To lock a door, push the door lock button (1) to the \Lock\ position. If the door is locked properly, the red mark on the door lock button will not be visible.
119
• To lock a door, push the door lock button (1) to the \Lock\ position. If the door is locked properly, the red mark on the door lock button will not be visible.
119
• To open a door, pull the door handle (2) outward.
119
• To open a door, pull the door handle (2) outward.
119
• If the inner door handle of the driver's (or front passenger's) door is pulled when the door lock button is in the lock position, the button will unlock and the door will open.
119
• If the inner door handle of the driver's (or front passenger's) door is pulled when the door lock button is in the lock position, the button will unlock and the door will open.
119
• Doors cannot be locked if the smart key is in the vehicle and/or door is open.
119
• Doors cannot be locked if the smart key is in the vehicle and/or door is open.
119
Door lock malfunction
119
Door lock malfunction
119
If a power door lock ever fails to function while you are in the vehicle, try one or more of the following techniques to exit:
119
• Operate the door unlock feature repeatedly (both electronic and manual) while simultaneously pulling on the door handle.
119
• Operate the door unlock feature repeatedly (both electronic and manual) while simultaneously pulling on the door handle.
119
• Operate the door unlock feature repeatedly (both electronic and manual) while simultaneously pulling on the door handle.
119
• Operate the other door locks and handles, front and rear.
119
• Operate the other door locks and handles, front and rear.
119
• Lower a front window and use the key to unlock the door from outside.
119
• Lower a front window and use the key to unlock the door from outside.
119
Do not pull the inner door handle of the driver's (or passenger's) door while the vehicle is moving.
119
Do not pull the inner door handle of the driver's (or passenger's) door while the vehicle is moving.
119
With central door lock switch
119
With central door lock switch
119
Driver side
119
Driver side
119
<GRAPHIC>
119
Passenger side
120
Passenger side
120
<GRAPHIC>
120
central door lock switch
120
central door lock switch
120
door locks:central door lock switch
120
• When pressing the right portion (1) for the driver side or the upper portion (1) for the passenger side of the switch, all vehicle doors will lock.
120
• When pressing the right portion (1) for the driver side or the upper portion (1) for the passenger side of the switch, all vehicle doors will lock.
120
• When pressing the right portion (1) for the driver side or the upper portion (1) for the passenger side of the switch, all vehicle doors will lock.
120
• When pressing the left portion (2) for the driver side or the lower portion (2) for the passenger side of the switch, all vehicle doors will unlock.
120
• When pressing the left portion (2) for the driver side or the lower portion (2) for the passenger side of the switch, all vehicle doors will unlock.
120
• If the smart key is in the vehicle and any door is opened, the doors will not lock even though the right portion (1) for the driver side or upper portion (1) for the passenger side of the central door lock switch is pressed.
120
• If the smart key is in the vehicle and any door is opened, the doors will not lock even though the right portion (1) for the driver side or upper portion (1) for the passenger side of the central door lock switch is pressed.
120
Doors
120
Doors
120
• The doors should always be fully closed and locked while the vehicle is in motion to prevent accidental opening of a door.
120
• The doors should always be fully closed and locked while the vehicle is in motion to prevent accidental opening of a door.
120
• The doors should always be fully closed and locked while the vehicle is in motion to prevent accidental opening of a door.
120
• Be careful when opening doors and watch for vehicles, motorcycles, bicycles or pedestrians approaching the vehicle in the path of the door. Opening a door when something is approaching can cause damage or injury.
120
• Be careful when opening doors and watch for vehicles, motorcycles, bicycles or pedestrians approaching the vehicle in the path of the door. Opening a door when something is approaching can cause damage or injury.
120
Unattended children/animals
120
Unattended children/animals
120
Never leave children or animals unattended in your vehicle. An enclosed vehicle can become extremely hot, causing death or severe injury to unattended children or animals who cannot escape the vehicle.
120
Door lock/unlock features
120
Door lock/unlock features
120
The vehicle is equipped with door lock/unlock features for the safety and convenience of passengers.
120
Impact sensing door unlock system
120
Impact sensing door unlock system
120
Impact sensing door unlock system
120
All doors will automatically unlock when an impact causes the air bags to deploy.
120
Speed sensing door lock system
120
Speed sensing door lock system
120
All doors will automatically lock after the vehicle speed exceeds 10 mph (15 km/h).
120
You can activate or deactivate the auto door lock/unlock features in the vehicle. Refer to
120
\User Settings mode\ on page 4-71
120
Electronic child safety lock system
121
Electronic child safety lock system
121
If you push the electronic child safety lock switch and the indicator illuminates, rear passengers cannot open the rear door from inside the vehicle.
121
<GRAPHIC>
121
<GRAPHIC>
121
<GRAPHIC>
121
To cancel the electronic child safety lock system, push the electronic child safety lock system switch one more time and then the indicator turns off.
121
The Safe Exit Assist (SEA) system is operated when the electronic child safety lock system is activated and the SEA function is selected in the cluster. However, the SEA does not automatically activate the electronic child safety lock system.
121
The electronic child safety lock system is always on when the ENGINE START/STOP button is in the ON or ignition ON state and for approximately 10 minutes after the engine is turned off.
121
If your vehicle is equipped with the Electronic child safety lock system, the Child-protector rear door locks, which are manually operated, are not provided.
121
If electronic child safety lock system is activated, rear passenger cannot open or close the rear window also. For more details, refer to
121
\Windows\ on page 4-36
121
If the Electronic child safety lock system is not operated when pushing the Electronic child safety lock switch, the message is displayed and the alarm will sound.
121
If the Electronic child safety lock system is not operated when pushing the Electronic child safety lock switch, the message is displayed and the alarm will sound.
121
<GRAPHIC>
121
<GRAPHIC>
121
If this occurs, have the system checked by a professional workshop. Kia recommends to visit an authorized Kia dealer.
121
Safe Exit Assist (SEA)
122
Safe Exit Assist (SEA)
122
The Safe Exit Assist (SEA) function is provided to help prevent passengers from opening their door by warning them when a vehicle approaching from the rear is detected after your vehicle has stopped.
122
<GRAPHIC>
122
<GRAPHIC>
122
<GRAPHIC>
122
When the function detects an approaching vehicle, the rear doors will not unlock even if the driver attempts to unlock them using the electronic child safety lock button. The \Check surroundings then try again\ warning message appears on the cluster ...
122
However if you press the switch within 10 seconds after the warning message appears (the indicator on the switch will turn off), the function determines that the driver has intentionally unlocked the doors, being aware of the rear status, and unlocks...
122
When the function detects an approaching vehicle the moment a door is opened, the \Watch for traffic\ warning message appears on the cluster and a warning sounds.
122
• The above 2 and 3 functions are activated when you select ‘Driver Assist→ Blind-Spot Safety → Safe Exit Assistance (SEA)' from the User Settings mode in the cluster LCD display.
122
• The above 2 and 3 functions are activated when you select ‘Driver Assist→ Blind-Spot Safety → Safe Exit Assistance (SEA)' from the User Settings mode in the cluster LCD display.
122
• The above 2 and 3 functions are activated when you select ‘Driver Assist→ Blind-Spot Safety → Safe Exit Assistance (SEA)' from the User Settings mode in the cluster LCD display.
122
• The Electronic child safety lock system is always on when the ENGINE START/STOP button is in the ON or ignition ON state and for approximately 10 minutes after the engine is turned off. After about 10 minutes, the indicator on the switch turns of...
122
• The Electronic child safety lock system is always on when the ENGINE START/STOP button is in the ON or ignition ON state and for approximately 10 minutes after the engine is turned off. After about 10 minutes, the indicator on the switch turns of...
122
• When the power is supplied again after removing/discharging the battery while the child safety lock was in the lock position, press the child safety lock switch once again. This makes the state of the indicator on the child safety lock switch cor...
122
• When the power is supplied again after removing/discharging the battery while the child safety lock was in the lock position, press the child safety lock switch once again. This makes the state of the indicator on the child safety lock switch cor...
122
• If the airbag is activated while the child safety lock switch is ON (the indicator on the switch illuminates) it automatically switches OFF and the rear door is unlocked.
123
• If the airbag is activated while the child safety lock switch is ON (the indicator on the switch illuminates) it automatically switches OFF and the rear door is unlocked.
123
• The Safe Exit Assist (SEA) function may not operate normally if there is any vehicle or obstacle at the rear area of your vehicle.
123
• The Safe Exit Assist (SEA) function may not operate normally if there is any vehicle or obstacle at the rear area of your vehicle.
123
• The Safe Exit Assist (SEA) function may not operate normally if there is any vehicle or obstacle at the rear area of your vehicle.
123
• The Safe Exit Assist (SEA) function may not operate normally if there is any vehicle or obstacle at the rear area of your vehicle.
123
• The Safe Exit Assist (SEA) function may not operate normally when a vehicle is coming rapidly two lanes over from your vehicle or a vehicle is approaching at a fast speed from the rear in the lane next to your vehicle.
123
• The Safe Exit Assist (SEA) function may not operate normally when a vehicle is coming rapidly two lanes over from your vehicle or a vehicle is approaching at a fast speed from the rear in the lane next to your vehicle.
123
• The Safe Exit Assist (SEA) function may be activated later than normal or may not operate normally if a vehicle is approaching fast from the rear of your vehicle.
123
• The Safe Exit Assist (SEA) function may be activated later than normal or may not operate normally if a vehicle is approaching fast from the rear of your vehicle.
123
• The Safe Exit Assist (SEA) function will not operate if there is a malfunction with the Blind-Spot Collision Warning function as follows:
123
• The Safe Exit Assist (SEA) function will not operate if there is a malfunction with the Blind-Spot Collision Warning function as follows:
123
- When Blind-Spot Collision Warning warning message appears.
123
- When Blind-Spot Collision Warning warning message appears.
123
- When Blind-Spot Collision Warning warning message appears.
123
When Blind-Spot Collision Warning sensor or the sensor surrounding is polluted or covered.
123
- When Blind-Spot Collision Warning does not warn or warns wrongly.
123
- When Blind-Spot Collision Warning does not warn or warns wrongly.
123
For more details, refer to cautions and limitations in
123
\Blind-Spot Collision Warning\ on page 5-87
123
• The function does not detect every obstacle approaching the vehicle exit.
123
• The function does not detect every obstacle approaching the vehicle exit.
123
• The function does not detect every obstacle approaching the vehicle exit.
123
• The function does not detect every obstacle approaching the vehicle exit.
123
• The driver and passenger are responsible for any obstacles while exiting the vehicle.
123
• The driver and passenger are responsible for any obstacles while exiting the vehicle.
123
Always check the surrounding before you exit the vehicle.
123
Rear Occupant Alert (ROA) system
123
Rear Occupant Alert (ROA) system
123
The Rear Occupant Alert (ROA) is provided to help prevent exiting the vehicle with a rear passenger left in the vehicle.
123
The Rear Occupant Alert (ROA) is provided to help prevent exiting the vehicle with a rear passenger left in the vehicle.
123
• 1st alert
123
• 1st alert
123
• 1st alert
123
- When you open the front door after opening and closing the rear door and turning off the engine, the \Check rear seats\ warning message appears on the cluster.
123
- When you open the front door after opening and closing the rear door and turning off the engine, the \Check rear seats\ warning message appears on the cluster.
123
- When you open the front door after opening and closing the rear door and turning off the engine, the \Check rear seats\ warning message appears on the cluster.
123
• 2nd alert
123
• 2nd alert
123
- After the 1st alert the 2nd alert operates when any movement is detected in the rear seat after the driver's door is closed and all the doors are locked. The horn will activate for about 25 seconds. If the system continues to detect a movement the ...
123
- After the 1st alert the 2nd alert operates when any movement is detected in the rear seat after the driver's door is closed and all the doors are locked. The horn will activate for about 25 seconds. If the system continues to detect a movement the ...
123
- After the 1st alert the 2nd alert operates when any movement is detected in the rear seat after the driver's door is closed and all the doors are locked. The horn will activate for about 25 seconds. If the system continues to detect a movement the ...
123
- Unlock the door with the remote key or smart key to stop the alert.
124
- Unlock the door with the remote key or smart key to stop the alert.
124
- The system detects movement in the vehicle for 24 hours after the door is locked.
124
- The system detects movement in the vehicle for 24 hours after the door is locked.
124
The 2nd alert is activated only after the prior activation of the 1st alert.
124
You can activate or deactivate the ROA from the User Settings mode in the cluster LCD display. The option can be found under the following menu:
124
User Settings → Convenience → Rear Occupant Alert
124
• Make sure that all the windows are closed. If the window is open, the alert may activate by the sensor detecting an unintended movement (e.g., wind or bugs).
124
• Make sure that all the windows are closed. If the window is open, the alert may activate by the sensor detecting an unintended movement (e.g., wind or bugs).
124
• Make sure that all the windows are closed. If the window is open, the alert may activate by the sensor detecting an unintended movement (e.g., wind or bugs).
124
• Make sure that all the windows are closed. If the window is open, the alert may activate by the sensor detecting an unintended movement (e.g., wind or bugs).
124
Cluster
124
Cluster
124
<GRAPHIC>
124
Steering wheel
124
Steering wheel
124
<GRAPHIC>
124
• If you do not want to use the Rear Occupant Alert (ROA) system, press OK button on the steering wheel when the 1st alert is displayed on the cluster. Doing so will deactivate the 2nd alert once.
124
• If you do not want to use the Rear Occupant Alert (ROA) system, press OK button on the steering wheel when the 1st alert is displayed on the cluster. Doing so will deactivate the 2nd alert once.
124
• If boxes or objects are stacked in the vehicle, the system may not detect the obstacle. Also, the warning may generate if the box or object falls off.
124
• If boxes or objects are stacked in the vehicle, the system may not detect the obstacle. Also, the warning may generate if the box or object falls off.
124
• The sensor may not operate normally if the senor is obscured by foreign substances.
124
• The sensor may not operate normally if the senor is obscured by foreign substances.
124
• The alert may activate if movement in the driver or passenger seat is detected.
125
• The alert may activate if movement in the driver or passenger seat is detected.
125
• The alert may activate with the doors locked due to car wash or surrounding vibration or noise.
125
• The alert may activate with the doors locked due to car wash or surrounding vibration or noise.
125
• Inside movement detection is stopped under remote start status.
125
• Inside movement detection is stopped under remote start status.
125
• Even if your vehicle is equipped with the Rear Occupant Alert (ROA) system, always make sure you check the rear seat before you get off the vehicle.
125
• Even if your vehicle is equipped with the Rear Occupant Alert (ROA) system, always make sure you check the rear seat before you get off the vehicle.
125
• Even if your vehicle is equipped with the Rear Occupant Alert (ROA) system, always make sure you check the rear seat before you get off the vehicle.
125
• Even if your vehicle is equipped with the Rear Occupant Alert (ROA) system, always make sure you check the rear seat before you get off the vehicle.
125
The alert may not operate if:
125
- The movement does not continue for a certain period of time or the movement is small.
125
- The movement does not continue for a certain period of time or the movement is small.
125
- The movement does not continue for a certain period of time or the movement is small.
125
- If a child sits on a vehicle seat without a child car seat.
125
- If a child sits on a vehicle seat without a child car seat.
125
- The rear passenger is covered with an obstacle such as a blanket.
125
- The rear passenger is covered with an obstacle such as a blanket.
125
- Also, always be cautious of the passenger's safety as the detection function and 2nd alert may not operate depending on the surrounding environment and certain conditions.
125
- Also, always be cautious of the passenger's safety as the detection function and 2nd alert may not operate depending on the surrounding environment and certain conditions.
125
Manual liftgate
125
Manual liftgate
125
When you open the liftgate, you will see a space where you can load the cargo.
125
Opening the manual liftgate
125
Opening the manual liftgate
125
The liftgate is locked or unlocked when all doors are locked or unlocked with the key, smart key or central door lock/unlock switch.
125
The liftgate is locked or unlocked when all doors are locked or unlocked with the key, smart key or central door lock/unlock switch.
125
Liftgate lift
125
Liftgate lift
125
Make certain that you close the liftgate before driving your vehicle. Possible damage may occur to the liftgate gas lifters and attached hardware if the liftgate is not closed prior to driving.
125
<GRAPHIC>
125
<GRAPHIC>
125
• Only the liftgate is unlocked if the liftgate unlock button on the transmitter or smart key is pressed for approximately 1 second.
125
• Only the liftgate is unlocked if the liftgate unlock button on the transmitter or smart key is pressed for approximately 1 second.
125
• Only the liftgate is unlocked if the liftgate unlock button on the transmitter or smart key is pressed for approximately 1 second.
125
• If unlocked, the liftgate can be opened by pressing the handle and pulling it up.
126
• If unlocked, the liftgate can be opened by pressing the handle and pulling it up.
126
• Once the liftgate is opened and then closed, the liftgate locks automatically. (All doors must be locked.)
126
• Once the liftgate is opened and then closed, the liftgate locks automatically. (All doors must be locked.)
126
In cold and wet climates, door lock and door mechanisms may not work properly due to freezing conditions.
126
In cold and wet climates, door lock and door mechanisms may not work properly due to freezing conditions.
126
The liftgate swings upward. Make sure no objects or people are near the rear of the vehicle when opening the liftgate.
126
The liftgate swings upward. Make sure no objects or people are near the rear of the vehicle when opening the liftgate.
126
Closing the manual liftgate
126
Closing the manual liftgate
126
Lower and push down the liftgate firmly. Make sure that the liftgate is securely latched.
126
Lower and push down the liftgate firmly. Make sure that the liftgate is securely latched.
126
<GRAPHIC>
126
<GRAPHIC>
126
Make sure your hands, feet and other parts of your body are safely out of the way before closing the liftgate.
126
Exhaust Fumes
126
Exhaust Fumes
126
The liftgate should always be kept completely closed while the vehicle is in motion. If it is left open or ajar, poisonous exhaust gases may enter the car and serious illness or death may result.
126
Opening the manual liftgate in emergency
126
Opening the manual liftgate in emergency
126
Your vehicle is equipped with the emergency liftgate safety release lever located on the bottom of the liftgate. When someone is inadvertently locked in the luggage compartment.
126
<GRAPHIC>
126
<GRAPHIC>
126
<GRAPHIC>
126
<GRAPHIC>
126
The liftgate can be opened by doing as follows:
126
1. Input the mechanical key into the hole.
127
1. Input the mechanical key into the hole.
127
1. Input the mechanical key into the hole.
127
2. Push the mechanical key to the right (1).
127
2. Push the mechanical key to the right (1).
127
3. Push the liftgate upwards.
127
3. Push the liftgate upwards.
127
• No one should be allowed to occupy the cargo area of the vehicle at any time. The cargo area is a very dangerous location in the event of a crash.
127
• No one should be allowed to occupy the cargo area of the vehicle at any time. The cargo area is a very dangerous location in the event of a crash.
127
• No one should be allowed to occupy the cargo area of the vehicle at any time. The cargo area is a very dangerous location in the event of a crash.
127
• No one should be allowed to occupy the cargo area of the vehicle at any time. The cargo area is a very dangerous location in the event of a crash.
127
• No one should be allowed to occupy the cargo area of the vehicle at any time. The cargo area is a very dangerous location in the event of a crash.
127
• Use the release lever for emergencies only. Use with extreme caution, especially while the vehicle is in motion.
127
• Use the release lever for emergencies only. Use with extreme caution, especially while the vehicle is in motion.
127
Make sure there are no people or objects around the liftgate before opening or closing the liftgate. Wait until the liftgate is open fully and stopped before loading or unloading cargo from the vehicle.
127
Make sure there are no people or objects around the liftgate before opening or closing the liftgate. Wait until the liftgate is open fully and stopped before loading or unloading cargo from the vehicle.
127
Do not grasp the part supporting the liftgate (gas lifter), as this may cause serious injury.
127
Do not grasp the part supporting the liftgate (gas lifter), as this may cause serious injury.
127
<GRAPHIC>
127
<GRAPHIC>
127
Power liftgate
128
Power liftgate
128
When you open the liftgate, you will see a space where you can load the cargo.
128
<GRAPHIC>
128
<GRAPHIC>
128
<GRAPHIC>
128
<GRAPHIC>
128
<GRAPHIC>
128
<GRAPHIC>
128
<GRAPHIC>
128
<GRAPHIC>
128
<GRAPHIC>
128
1. Power liftgate open/close button
128
1. Power liftgate open/close button
128
1. Power liftgate open/close button
128
2. Power liftgate handle switch
128
2. Power liftgate handle switch
128
3. Power liftgate close button
128
3. Power liftgate close button
128
4. Power liftgate open/close button
128
4. Power liftgate open/close button
128
If ENGINE START/STOP button is in the ON position, the power liftgate can operate when the shift lever is in P (Park).
128
If ENGINE START/STOP button is in the ON position, the power liftgate can operate when the shift lever is in P (Park).
128
Unattended children/pets
128
Unattended children/pets
128
Never leave children or animals unattended in your vehicle. Children or animals might operate the power liftgate in such a way that could result in injury to themselves or others or damage to the vehicle.
128
In cold and wet climates, power liftgate may not work properly due to freezing conditions.
129
In cold and wet climates, power liftgate may not work properly due to freezing conditions.
129
Do not attach heavy objects to the power liftgate when you operate the power liftgate. Additional weight on liftgate could cause damage to the system.
129
Do not attach heavy objects to the power liftgate when you operate the power liftgate. Additional weight on liftgate could cause damage to the system.
129
Make sure that there are no passengers or objects in the path of the power liftgate (or smart power liftgate) prior to use. Serious injury, damage to the vehicle or damage to surrounding objects may result if contact with the power liftgate (or smart...
129
Make sure that there are no passengers or objects in the path of the power liftgate (or smart power liftgate) prior to use. Serious injury, damage to the vehicle or damage to surrounding objects may result if contact with the power liftgate (or smart...
129
<GRAPHIC>
129
<GRAPHIC>
129
The liftgate swings upwards when it is opened. Therefore, make sure that there is sufficient clearance above the liftgate.
129
It is recommended to open and close the liftgate automatically. Do not apply excessive force when opening or closing the lift gate manually. It may damage the power liftgate system.
129
It is recommended to open and close the liftgate automatically. Do not apply excessive force when opening or closing the lift gate manually. It may damage the power liftgate system.
129
Opening the power liftgate
129
Opening the power liftgate
129
The power liftgate will open automatically by doing one of the following:
129
The power liftgate will open automatically by doing one of the following:
129
The power liftgate will open automatically by doing one of the following:
129
• Press the power liftgate open/ close button on the smart key for approximately one second.
129
• Press the power liftgate open/ close button on the smart key for approximately one second.
129
• Press the power liftgate open/ close button on the smart key for approximately one second.
129
<GRAPHIC>
129
<GRAPHIC>
129
<GRAPHIC>
129
• Press the power liftgate open/ close button for approximately one second.
129
• Press the power liftgate open/ close button for approximately one second.
129
• For emergency stop while power liftgate operating, press the power liftgate open/close button shortly.
129
• For emergency stop while power liftgate operating, press the power liftgate open/close button shortly.
129
<GRAPHIC>
130
<GRAPHIC>
130
<GRAPHIC>
130
• Press the liftgate handle switch with the smart key in your possession.
130
• Press the liftgate handle switch with the smart key in your possession.
130
<GRAPHIC>
130
<GRAPHIC>
130
<GRAPHIC>
130
Closing the power liftgate
130
Closing the power liftgate
130
• Press the power liftgate open/ close button for approximately one second when the liftgate is opened. The liftgate will close automatically.
130
• Press the power liftgate open/ close button for approximately one second when the liftgate is opened. The liftgate will close automatically.
130
• Press the power liftgate open/ close button for approximately one second when the liftgate is opened. The liftgate will close automatically.
130
• Press the power liftgate open/ close button for approximately one second when the liftgate is opened. The liftgate will close automatically.
130
<GRAPHIC>
130
<GRAPHIC>
130
<GRAPHIC>
130
• For emergency stop while power liftgate operating, press the power liftgate open/close button shortly.
130
• For emergency stop while power liftgate operating, press the power liftgate open/close button shortly.
130
• Press the power liftgate close button when the liftgate is opened. The liftgate will close automatically.
130
• Press the power liftgate close button when the liftgate is opened. The liftgate will close automatically.
130
<GRAPHIC>
130
<GRAPHIC>
130
<GRAPHIC>
130
At the beginning of the closure, the buzzer will sound twice.
130
• Press the power liftgate open/ close button on the transmitter or smart key for approximately one second when the liftgate is opened. The liftgate will close automatically.
130
• Press the power liftgate open/ close button on the transmitter or smart key for approximately one second when the liftgate is opened. The liftgate will close automatically.
130
<GRAPHIC>
131
<GRAPHIC>
131
<GRAPHIC>
131
Make sure there are no people or objects around the liftgate before opening or closing the power liftgate. Wait until the liftgate is open fully and stopped before loading or unloading cargo from the vehicle.
131
Make sure there are no people or objects around the liftgate before opening or closing the power liftgate. Wait until the liftgate is open fully and stopped before loading or unloading cargo from the vehicle.
131
Make sure there are no people or objects around the liftgate before opening or closing the power liftgate. Wait until the liftgate is open fully and stopped before loading or unloading cargo from the vehicle.
131
Power liftgate non-opening conditions
131
Power liftgate non-opening conditions
131
The power liftgate will not open or close automatically, when the vehicle is moving more than 2mph (3km/ h) or the automatic shift lever is not in P (Park) position.
131
The power liftgate will not open or close automatically, when the vehicle is moving more than 2mph (3km/ h) or the automatic shift lever is not in P (Park) position.
131
The chime will sound continuously if you drive over 2 mph (3 km/h) with the liftgate opened. Stop your vehicle at a safe place as soon as possible to check if your liftgate is opened.
131
The chime will sound continuously if you drive over 2 mph (3 km/h) with the liftgate opened. Stop your vehicle at a safe place as soon as possible to check if your liftgate is opened.
131
Do not operate the power liftgate more than 5 times continuously.
131
Do not operate the power liftgate more than 5 times continuously.
131
It may damage the power liftgate system. If you operate the power liftgate more than 5 times continuously, the chime will sound 3 times and the power liftgate will not operate. At this time, stop operating the liftgate and leave it for more than 1 mi...
131
• The power liftgate can be operated when the engine is not running.
131
• The power liftgate can be operated when the engine is not running.
131
• The power liftgate can be operated when the engine is not running.
131
• The power liftgate can be operated when the engine is not running.
131
However, the power liftgate operation consumes large amounts of vehicle electric power. To prevent the battery from being discharged, do not operate it excessively.
131
• To prevent the battery from being discharged, do not leave the power liftgate in the open position for a long time.
131
• To prevent the battery from being discharged, do not leave the power liftgate in the open position for a long time.
131
• Do not modify or repair any part of the power liftgate by yourself. This must be done by an authorized Kia dealer.
131
• Do not modify or repair any part of the power liftgate by yourself. This must be done by an authorized Kia dealer.
131
• When jacking up the vehicle to change a tire or repair the vehicle, do not operate the power liftgate. This could cause the power liftgate to operate improperly.
131
• When jacking up the vehicle to change a tire or repair the vehicle, do not operate the power liftgate. This could cause the power liftgate to operate improperly.
131
• In cold and wet climates, the power liftgate may not work properly due to freezing conditions.
132
• In cold and wet climates, the power liftgate may not work properly due to freezing conditions.
132
• It is recommended to wait until the power liftgate is fully closed before starting the vehicle. The power liftgate may not close fully if the vehicle is started during automatic closing.
132
• It is recommended to wait until the power liftgate is fully closed before starting the vehicle. The power liftgate may not close fully if the vehicle is started during automatic closing.
132
Never operate the power lift gate with any heavy objects attached (e.g. bicycles) as it could become damaged.
132
Never operate the power lift gate with any heavy objects attached (e.g. bicycles) as it could become damaged.
132
Automatic reversal
132
Automatic reversal
132
<GRAPHIC>
132
<GRAPHIC>
132
<GRAPHIC>
132
<GRAPHIC>
132
During power opening and closing if the power liftgate is blocked by an object or part of the body, the power liftgate will detect the resistance.
132
• If the resistance is detected while opening the liftgate, it will stop and move in the opposite direction.
132
• If the resistance is detected while opening the liftgate, it will stop and move in the opposite direction.
132
• If the resistance is detected while opening the liftgate, it will stop and move in the opposite direction.
132
• If the resistance is detected while closing the liftgate, it will stop and move in the opposite direction.
132
• If the resistance is detected while closing the liftgate, it will stop and move in the opposite direction.
132
However, if the resistance is weak such as from an object that is thin or soft, or the liftgate is near the latched position, the automatic stop and reversal may not detect the resistance.
132
However, if the resistance is weak such as from an object that is thin or soft, or the liftgate is near the latched position, the automatic stop and reversal may not detect the resistance.
132
If the automatic reversal feature operates continuously more than twice during opening or closing operation, the power liftgate may stop at that position. At this time, close the liftgate manually and operate the liftgate automatically again.
132
Never place any object or part of your body in the path of the power liftgate as it is operating. Doing so could result in personal injury.
132
Never place any object or part of your body in the path of the power liftgate as it is operating. Doing so could result in personal injury.
132
Setting the speed of opening/closing of power liftgate
132
Setting the speed of opening/closing of power liftgate
132
You can adjust the speed by yourself.
132
You can adjust the speed by yourself.
132
You can adjust the speed by yourself.
132
How to set the speed
132
• Select 'Door' → 'Power liftgate speed' → 'Fast/Normal' on the user settings of the instrument cluster.
132
• Select 'Door' → 'Power liftgate speed' → 'Fast/Normal' on the user settings of the instrument cluster.
132
• Select 'Door' → 'Power liftgate speed' → 'Fast/Normal' on the user settings of the instrument cluster.
132
• You cannot change the speed when the power liftgate function is turned off or the liftgate is not completely closed.
133
• You cannot change the speed when the power liftgate function is turned off or the liftgate is not completely closed.
133
• You cannot change the speed when the power liftgate function is turned off or the liftgate is not completely closed.
133
• You cannot change the speed when the power liftgate function is turned off or the liftgate is not completely closed.
133
• The power liftgate speed is initially set as 'fast'.
133
• The power liftgate speed is initially set as 'fast'.
133
Please refer to
133
Please refer to
133
\User Settings mode\ on page 4-71
133
If the power liftgate does not operate normally, check again if the gear position is in P (Park) position.
133
If the power liftgate does not operate normally, check again if the gear position is in P (Park) position.
133
Resetting the power liftgate
133
Resetting the power liftgate
133
If the battery has been discharged or disconnected, or if the related fuse has been replaced or disconnected, the power liftgate may not work properly. For the power liftgate to operate normally, reset the power liftgate as follows:
133
If the battery has been discharged or disconnected, or if the related fuse has been replaced or disconnected, the power liftgate may not work properly. For the power liftgate to operate normally, reset the power liftgate as follows:
133
If the battery has been discharged or disconnected, or if the related fuse has been replaced or disconnected, the power liftgate may not work properly. For the power liftgate to operate normally, reset the power liftgate as follows:
133
<GRAPHIC>
133
<GRAPHIC>
133
1. Put the automatic shift lever in P (Park).
133
1. Put the automatic shift lever in P (Park).
133
1. Put the automatic shift lever in P (Park).
133
2. While pressing the liftgate close button, press the liftgate handle switch for more than 3 seconds. (the chime will sound)
133
2. While pressing the liftgate close button, press the liftgate handle switch for more than 3 seconds. (the chime will sound)
133
3. Close the liftgate manually.
133
3. Close the liftgate manually.
133
If the power liftgate does not work properly after the above procedure, have the system checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
133
If the power liftgate does not work properly after the above procedure, have the system checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
133
If the power liftgate does not operate normally, first check the following condition before using the power liftgate.
133
If the power liftgate does not operate normally, first check the following condition before using the power liftgate.
133
Make sure the automatic shift lever is in P (Park).
133
Setting the opening height of the power liftgate
133
Setting the opening height of the power liftgate
133
<GRAPHIC>
133
<GRAPHIC>
133
<GRAPHIC>
133
<GRAPHIC>
133
The driver may set the height of a fully opened liftgate by following the below instruction.
133
1. Position the liftgate manually to the preferred height.
133
1. Position the liftgate manually to the preferred height.
133
1. Position the liftgate manually to the preferred height.
133
2. Press the liftgate close button for more than 3 seconds.
134
2. Press the liftgate close button for more than 3 seconds.
134
3. Close the liftgate manually after hearing the buzzer sound.
134
3. Close the liftgate manually after hearing the buzzer sound.
134
The liftgate will open to the height the driver has set up.
134
The liftgate will open to the height the driver has set up.
134
Smart Power Liftgate
134
Smart Power Liftgate
134
<GRAPHIC>
134
<GRAPHIC>
134
<GRAPHIC>
134
On a vehicle equipped with a smart key, the liftgate can be opened using the Smart Power Liftgate system.
134
Using the smart power liftgate
134
Using the smart power liftgate
134
The liftgate can be opened with no- touch activation when all of the below conditions have been satisfied.
134
The liftgate can be opened with no- touch activation when all of the below conditions have been satisfied.
134
The liftgate can be opened with no- touch activation when all of the below conditions have been satisfied.
134
• 15 seconds have passed after all doors have been closed and locked.
134
• 15 seconds have passed after all doors have been closed and locked.
134
• 15 seconds have passed after all doors have been closed and locked.
134
• The smart key is positioned within the detecting area for more than 3 seconds.
134
• The smart key is positioned within the detecting area for more than 3 seconds.
134
• The Smart Power Liftgate does not operate when:
134
• The Smart Power Liftgate does not operate when:
134
• The Smart Power Liftgate does not operate when:
134
• The Smart Power Liftgate does not operate when:
134
- The smart key is detected within 15 seconds after the doors are closed and locked, and is continuously detected.
134
- The smart key is detected within 15 seconds after the doors are closed and locked, and is continuously detected.
134
- The smart key is detected within 15 seconds after the doors are closed and locked, and is continuously detected.
134
- The smart key is detected within 15 seconds after the doors are closed and locked, and within 60 in (1.5 m) from the front door handles. (for vehicles equipped with Welcome Light)
135
- The smart key is detected within 15 seconds after the doors are closed and locked, and within 60 in (1.5 m) from the front door handles. (for vehicles equipped with Welcome Light)
135
- A door is not locked or closed.
135
- A door is not locked or closed.
135
- The smart key is in the vehicle.
135
- The smart key is in the vehicle.
135
To activate the Smart Power Liftgate
135
1. Press the MODE button (
135
1. Press the MODE button (
135
1. Press the MODE button (
135
<GRAPHIC>
135
2. Select 'Door → Smart Power Liftgate' with the MOVE switch (
135
2. Select 'Door → Smart Power Liftgate' with the MOVE switch (
135
<GRAPHIC>
135
<GRAPHIC>
135
For more information, refer to
135
For more information, refer to
135
\LCD display\ on page 4-68
135
<GRAPHIC>
135
<GRAPHIC>
135
Detect and Alert
135
Detect and Alert
135
Detect and Alert
135
If you are in the detecting area (20~39 in (50~100 cm) behind the vehicle) carrying a smart key, the hazard warning lights will blink and the chime will sound for about 3 seconds. This alerts you that the smart key has been detected and the liftgate ...
135
Do not approach the detecting area if you do not want the liftgate to open. If you have unintentionally entered the detecting area and the hazard warning lights and chime starts to operate, leave the detecting area with the smart key. The liftgate wi...
135
Do not approach the detecting area if you do not want the liftgate to open. If you have unintentionally entered the detecting area and the hazard warning lights and chime starts to operate, leave the detecting area with the smart key. The liftgate wi...
135
Automatic opening
135
Automatic opening
135
<GRAPHIC>
135
<GRAPHIC>
135
The hazard warning lights will blink and chime will sound 2 times and then the liftgate will open.
135
Make sure you close the liftgate before driving your vehicle.
135
Make sure there are no people or objects around the liftgate before opening or closing the liftgate. Make sure objects in the liftgate do not come out when opening the liftgate on a slope. It may cause serious injury. Make sure to deactivate the Smar...
135
Liftgate lift
136
Liftgate lift
136
Make certain that you close the liftgate before driving your vehicle. Possible damage may occur to the liftgate gas lifters and attached hardware if the liftgate is not closed prior to driving.
136
Deactivating the smart power liftgate with the smart key
136
Deactivating the smart power liftgate with the smart key
136
<GRAPHIC>
136
<GRAPHIC>
136
<GRAPHIC>
136
<GRAPHIC>
136
1. Door lock
136
1. Door lock
136
1. Door lock
136
2. Door unlock
136
2. Door unlock
136
3. Liftgate open and close
136
3. Liftgate open and close
136
4. Panic
136
4. Panic
136
5. Remote start
136
5. Remote start
136
• If you press any button of the smart key during the Detect and Alert stage, the Smart Power Liftgate function will be deactivated.
136
• If you press any button of the smart key during the Detect and Alert stage, the Smart Power Liftgate function will be deactivated.
136
• If you press any button of the smart key during the Detect and Alert stage, the Smart Power Liftgate function will be deactivated.
136
Make sure to be aware of how to deactivate the Smart Power Liftgate function for emergency situations.
136
Make sure to be aware of how to deactivate the Smart Power Liftgate function for emergency situations.
136
• If you press the door unlock button (2), the Smart Power Liftgate function will be deactivated temporarily. But, if you do not open any door for 30 seconds, the smart power liftgate function will be activated again.
136
• If you press the door unlock button (2), the Smart Power Liftgate function will be deactivated temporarily. But, if you do not open any door for 30 seconds, the smart power liftgate function will be activated again.
136
• If you press the door unlock button (2), the Smart Power Liftgate function will be deactivated temporarily. But, if you do not open any door for 30 seconds, the smart power liftgate function will be activated again.
136
• If you press the door unlock button (2), the Smart Power Liftgate function will be deactivated temporarily. But, if you do not open any door for 30 seconds, the smart power liftgate function will be activated again.
136
• If you press the liftgate open button (3) for more than 1 second, the liftgate opens.
136
• If you press the liftgate open button (3) for more than 1 second, the liftgate opens.
136
• If you press the door lock button (1) or liftgate open button (3) when the Smart Power Liftgate function is not in the Detect and Alert stage, the smart power liftgate function will not be deactivated.
136
• If you press the door lock button (1) or liftgate open button (3) when the Smart Power Liftgate function is not in the Detect and Alert stage, the smart power liftgate function will not be deactivated.
136
• In case you have deactivated the Smart Power Liftgate function by pressing the smart key button and opened a door, the smart power liftgate function can be activated again by closing and locking all doors.
136
• In case you have deactivated the Smart Power Liftgate function by pressing the smart key button and opened a door, the smart power liftgate function can be activated again by closing and locking all doors.
136
Detecting area
137
Detecting area
137
<GRAPHIC>
137
<GRAPHIC>
137
<GRAPHIC>
137
• The Smart Power Liftgate operates with a welcome alert if the smart key is detected within 20~39 in (50~100 cm)from the liftgate.
137
• The Smart Power Liftgate operates with a welcome alert if the smart key is detected within 20~39 in (50~100 cm)from the liftgate.
137
• The Smart Power Liftgate operates with a welcome alert if the smart key is detected within 20~39 in (50~100 cm)from the liftgate.
137
• The alert stops once the smart key is positioned outside the detecting area during the Detect and Alert stage.
137
• The alert stops once the smart key is positioned outside the detecting area during the Detect and Alert stage.
137
• The Smart Power Liftgate function will not work if any of the following occurs:
137
• The Smart Power Liftgate function will not work if any of the following occurs:
137
• The Smart Power Liftgate function will not work if any of the following occurs:
137
• The Smart Power Liftgate function will not work if any of the following occurs:
137
- The smart key is close to a radio transmitter such as a radio station or an airport which can interfere with normal operation of the transmitter.
137
- The smart key is close to a radio transmitter such as a radio station or an airport which can interfere with normal operation of the transmitter.
137
- The smart key is close to a radio transmitter such as a radio station or an airport which can interfere with normal operation of the transmitter.
137
- The smart key is near a mobile two-way radio system or a cellular phone.
137
- The smart key is near a mobile two-way radio system or a cellular phone.
137
- Another vehicle's smart key is being operated close to your vehicle.
137
- Another vehicle's smart key is being operated close to your vehicle.
137
• The detecting range may decrease or increase when:
137
• The detecting range may decrease or increase when:
137
- One side of the tire is raised to replace a tire or to inspect the vehicle.
137
- One side of the tire is raised to replace a tire or to inspect the vehicle.
137
- One side of the tire is raised to replace a tire or to inspect the vehicle.
137
- The vehicle is parked on a slope or unpaved road, etc.
137
- The vehicle is parked on a slope or unpaved road, etc.
137
Windows
138
Windows
138
The doors of this vehicle are equipped with power windows that can be operated by a switch.
138
<GRAPHIC>
138
<GRAPHIC>
138
<GRAPHIC>
138
1. Driver's door power window switch
138
1. Driver's door power window switch
138
1. Driver's door power window switch
138
2. Front passenger's door power window switch
138
2. Front passenger's door power window switch
138
3. Rear door (left) power window switch
138
3. Rear door (left) power window switch
138
4. Rear door (right) power window switch
138
4. Rear door (right) power window switch
138
5. Window opening and closing
138
5. Window opening and closing
138
6. Automatic power window up/ down
138
6. Automatic power window up/ down
138
7. Power window lock switch
138
7. Power window lock switch
138
In cold and wet climates, power windows may not work properly due to freezing conditions.
138
In cold and wet climates, power windows may not work properly due to freezing conditions.
138
The ENGINE START/STOP button must be in the ON position for power windows to operate.
138
Each door has a power window switch that controls the door's window. The driver has a power window lock switch which can block the operation of rear passenger windows. The power windows can be operated for approximately 10 minutes after the ENGINE ST...
138
The driver's door has a master power window switch that controls all the windows in the vehicle.
139
If the window cannot be closed because it is blocked by objects, remove the objects and close the window.
139
While driving with the rear windows down or with the sunroof (if equipped) in an open (or partially open position), your vehicle may demonstrate a wind buffeting or pulsation noise. This noise is a normal occurrence and can be reduced or eliminated b...
139
While driving with the rear windows down or with the sunroof (if equipped) in an open (or partially open position), your vehicle may demonstrate a wind buffeting or pulsation noise. This noise is a normal occurrence and can be reduced or eliminated b...
139
Do not install any accessories in the vehicle that extend into the open window area. Such objects will impact the proper function of the Automatic reversal \jam protection\ feature.
139
Do not install any accessories in the vehicle that extend into the open window area. Such objects will impact the proper function of the Automatic reversal \jam protection\ feature.
139
If you press the one-touch window button for micro adjustment, the glass will go down to a specific location to improve your convenience.
139
If you press the one-touch window button for micro adjustment, the glass will go down to a specific location to improve your convenience.
139
Window opening and closing
139
Window opening and closing
139
You can open and close windows using the power window switch.
139
Auto up/down window
139
Auto up/down window
139
Auto up/down window
139
<GRAPHIC>
139
<GRAPHIC>
139
Pressing or pulling up the power window switch momentarily to the second detent position (6) completely lowers or raises the window even when the switch is released. To stop the window at the desired position while the window is in operation, pull up...
139
If the power window does not operate normally, the automatic power window system must be reset as follows:
140
1. Place the ENGINE START/STOP button to the ON position.
140
1. Place the ENGINE START/STOP button to the ON position.
140
1. Place the ENGINE START/STOP button to the ON position.
140
2. Close the window and continue pulling up the power window switch for at least 1 second after the window is completely closed.
140
2. Close the window and continue pulling up the power window switch for at least 1 second after the window is completely closed.
140
Automatic reversal
140
Automatic reversal
140
If the upward movement of the window is blocked by an object or part of the body, the window will detect the resistance and will stop upward movement. The window will then lower approximately 11.8 in (30 cm) to allow the object to be cleared.
140
<GRAPHIC>
140
<GRAPHIC>
140
If the window detects the resistance while the power window switch is pulled up continuously, the window will stop upward movement then lower approximately 1 in (2.5 cm).
140
If the power window switch is being continuously pulled up again within 5 seconds after the window was lowered by the automatic window reversal feature, the automatic window reversal will not operate.
140
The automatic reverse feature for the window is only active when the \auto up\ feature is used by fully pulling up the switch. The automatic reverse feature will not operate if the window is raised using the halfway position on the power window switch.
140
The automatic reverse feature for the window is only active when the \auto up\ feature is used by fully pulling up the switch. The automatic reverse feature will not operate if the window is raised using the halfway position on the power window switch.
140
Always check for obstructions before raising any window to avoid injuries or vehicle damage. If an object less than 0.16 in (4 mm) in diameter is caught between the window glass and the upper window channel, the automatic reverse window may not detec...
140
Always check for obstructions before raising any window to avoid injuries or vehicle damage. If an object less than 0.16 in (4 mm) in diameter is caught between the window glass and the upper window channel, the automatic reverse window may not detec...
140
The automatic reverse feature doesn't activate while resetting the power window system. Make sure body parts or other objects are safely out of the way before closing the windows to avoid injuries.
141
The automatic reverse feature doesn't activate while resetting the power window system. Make sure body parts or other objects are safely out of the way before closing the windows to avoid injuries.
141
Do not install any accessories in the vehicle that extend into the open window area. Such objects could prevent the automatic reverse feature from functioning.
141
Do not install any accessories in the vehicle that extend into the open window area. Such objects could prevent the automatic reverse feature from functioning.
141
Power window lock switch
141
Power window lock switch
141
The driver can disable the power window switches on the rear passengers' doors by pressing the power window lock switch to the lock position (pressed).
141
<GRAPHIC>
141
<GRAPHIC>
141
<GRAPHIC>
141
When the power window lock switch is pressed:
141
• The driver's master control can operate the front passenger's power window and the rear passengers' power windows.
141
• The driver's master control can operate the front passenger's power window and the rear passengers' power windows.
141
• The driver's master control can operate the front passenger's power window and the rear passengers' power windows.
141
• The front passenger's control can operate the front passenger's power window.
141
• The front passenger's control can operate the front passenger's power window.
141
• The rear passengers' control cannot operate the rear passengers' power window.
141
• The rear passengers' control cannot operate the rear passengers' power window.
141
Always double check to make sure all arms, hands, head and other obstructions are safely out of the way before closing a window.
141
If the window cannot be closed because it is blocked by objects, remove the objects and close the window.
141
Power windows
141
Power windows
141
• Do not allow children to play with the power windows. Keep the power window lock switch (on the driver's door) in the LOCK (pressed) position.
141
• Do not allow children to play with the power windows. Keep the power window lock switch (on the driver's door) in the LOCK (pressed) position.
141
• Do not allow children to play with the power windows. Keep the power window lock switch (on the driver's door) in the LOCK (pressed) position.
141
• Do not extend a face or arms outside the window opening while the vehicle is in motion. Doing so could result in significant bodily injury.
141
• Do not extend a face or arms outside the window opening while the vehicle is in motion. Doing so could result in significant bodily injury.
141
• When exiting the vehicle, turn the engine switch off, take the key with you, and make sure that all children have also exited the vehicle. If a child is left alone inside the vehicle, they may accidentally operate the vehicle, which could lead to...
141
• When exiting the vehicle, turn the engine switch off, take the key with you, and make sure that all children have also exited the vehicle. If a child is left alone inside the vehicle, they may accidentally operate the vehicle, which could lead to...
141
• When exiting the vehicle, turn the engine switch off, take the key with you, and make sure that all children have also exited the vehicle. If a child is left alone inside the vehicle, they may accidentally operate the vehicle, which could lead to...
141
• When exiting the vehicle, turn the engine switch off, take the key with you, and make sure that all children have also exited the vehicle. If a child is left alone inside the vehicle, they may accidentally operate the vehicle, which could lead to...
141
• Do not leave children, seniors, or animals in your vehicle with the doors and windows closed.
142
• Do not leave children, seniors, or animals in your vehicle with the doors and windows closed.
142
• Do not allow a child to hold both the remote control key and the mechanical key together.
142
• Do not allow a child to hold both the remote control key and the mechanical key together.
142
Hood
142
Hood
142
The hood serves as a cover for the engine compartment. Open the hood if maintenance works needs to be performed in the engine compartment or if you need to look at the compartment.
142
Opening the hood
142
Opening the hood
142
1. Pull the release lever to unlatch the hood. The hood should pop open slightly.
142
1. Pull the release lever to unlatch the hood. The hood should pop open slightly.
142
1. Pull the release lever to unlatch the hood. The hood should pop open slightly.
142
1. Pull the release lever to unlatch the hood. The hood should pop open slightly.
142
<GRAPHIC>
142
<GRAPHIC>
142
<GRAPHIC>
142
Open the hood after turning off the engine on a flat surface, shifting the shift lever to the P (Park) position and setting the parking brake.
142
Open the hood after turning off the engine on a flat surface, shifting the shift lever to the P (Park) position and setting the parking brake.
142
2. Go to the front of the vehicle, raise the hood slightly, push the secondary latch (1) up side and lift the hood (2).
142
2. Go to the front of the vehicle, raise the hood slightly, push the secondary latch (1) up side and lift the hood (2).
142
<GRAPHIC>
143
<GRAPHIC>
143
<GRAPHIC>
143
3. Raise the hood. It will completely rise by itself after it has been raised about halfway.
143
3. Raise the hood. It will completely rise by itself after it has been raised about halfway.
143
Hood open warning
143
A warning message will appear on the LCD display when hood is open.
143
<GRAPHIC>
143
<GRAPHIC>
143
<GRAPHIC>
143
The warning chime will operate when the vehicle is being driven above 2 mph (3 km/h) with the hood open.
143
Closing the hood
143
Closing the hood
143
1. Before closing the hood, check the following:
143
1. Before closing the hood, check the following:
143
1. Before closing the hood, check the following:
143
1. Before closing the hood, check the following:
143
• All filler caps in the engine compartment must be correctly installed.
143
• All filler caps in the engine compartment must be correctly installed.
143
• All filler caps in the engine compartment must be correctly installed.
143
• Gloves, rags or any other combustible material must be removed from the engine compartment.
143
• Gloves, rags or any other combustible material must be removed from the engine compartment.
143
2. Lower the hood halfway and push down to securely lock in place.
143
2. Lower the hood halfway and push down to securely lock in place.
143
3. Then double check to be sure the hood is secure.
143
3. Then double check to be sure the hood is secure.
143
• If the hood can be raise slightly, it is not properly engaged.
143
• If the hood can be raise slightly, it is not properly engaged.
143
• If the hood can be raise slightly, it is not properly engaged.
143
• Open it again and close it with a little more force.
143
• Open it again and close it with a little more force.
143
Hood obstruction
143
Hood obstruction
143
Hood obstruction
143
Before closing the hood, ensure that all obstructions are removed from the hood opening. Closing the hood with an obstruction present in the hood opening may result in severe personal injury or properly damage.
143
Fire risk
143
Fire risk
143
Do not leave gloves, rags or any other combustible material in the motor compartment. Doing so may cause a heat-induced fire.
143
Unsecured hood
143
Unsecured hood
143
Always double check to be sure that the hood is firmly latched before driving away. If it is not latched, the hood could fly open while the vehicle is being driven, causing a total loss of visibility, which might result in an accident.
144
Fuel filler door
144
Fuel filler door
144
The vehicle's fuel filler door must be opened and closed by hand from outside the vehicle.
144
Opening the fuel filler door
144
Opening the fuel filler door
144
<GRAPHIC>
144
<GRAPHIC>
144
<GRAPHIC>
144
<GRAPHIC>
144
If the fuel filler door does not open because ice has formed around it, tap lightly or push on the lid to break the ice and release the lid. Do not apply excessive force to open the lid. If necessary, spray around the lid with an approved de-icer flu...
144
1. Stop the engine.
144
1. Stop the engine.
144
1. Stop the engine.
144
2. To open the fuel filler door, press the 3 o'clock position edge of the fuel filler door.
144
2. To open the fuel filler door, press the 3 o'clock position edge of the fuel filler door.
144
The fuel filler door will open when driver door is unlocked.
144
The fuel filler door will open when driver door is unlocked.
144
The fuel filler door will open when driver door is unlocked.
144
3. Pull the fuel filler door (1) out to fully open.
145
3. Pull the fuel filler door (1) out to fully open.
145
<GRAPHIC>
145
<GRAPHIC>
145
<GRAPHIC>
145
4. To remove the fuel tank cap (2), turn it counterclockwise. You may hear a hissing noise as the pressure inside the tank equalizes.
145
4. To remove the fuel tank cap (2), turn it counterclockwise. You may hear a hissing noise as the pressure inside the tank equalizes.
145
5. Place the cap on the fuel filler door.
145
5. Place the cap on the fuel filler door.
145
Closing the fuel filler door
145
Closing the fuel filler door
145
1. To install the cap, turn it clockwise until it \clicks\ one time. This indicates that the cap is securely tightened.
145
1. To install the cap, turn it clockwise until it \clicks\ one time. This indicates that the cap is securely tightened.
145
1. To install the cap, turn it clockwise until it \clicks\ one time. This indicates that the cap is securely tightened.
145
1. To install the cap, turn it clockwise until it \clicks\ one time. This indicates that the cap is securely tightened.
145
2. Close the fuel filler door and push on it lightly gently to make sure that it is securely closed.
145
2. Close the fuel filler door and push on it lightly gently to make sure that it is securely closed.
145
Refueling
145
Refueling
145
Refueling
145
Always remove the fuel cap carefully and slowly. If the cap is venting fuel or if you hear a hissing sound, wait until the condition stops before completely removing the cap.
145
If pressurized fuel sprays out, it can cover your clothes or skin and subject you to the risk of fire and burns.
145
When refueling on unlevel ground, the fuel gauge may not point to the F position. It is not a malfunction. If you move your vehicle to a level ground, the fuel gauge will move to the full position.
145
When refueling on unlevel ground, the fuel gauge may not point to the F position. It is not a malfunction. If you move your vehicle to a level ground, the fuel gauge will move to the full position.
145
Tighten the cap until it clicks one time, otherwise, the engine warning indicator light will illuminate.
145
Tighten the cap until it clicks one time, otherwise, the engine warning indicator light will illuminate.
145
Always check that the fuel cap is installed securely to prevent fuel spillage in the event of an accident.
145
Fire/explosion risk
145
Fire/explosion risk
145
Read and follow all warnings posted at the gas station facility. Failure to follow all warnings will result in severe personal injury, severe burns or death due to fire or explosion.
145
Static electricity
145
Static electricity
145
• Before touching the fuel nozzle, you should eliminate potentially dangerous static electricity discharge by touching another metal part of the vehicle, a safe distance away from the fuel filler neck, nozzle, or other gas source.
145
• Before touching the fuel nozzle, you should eliminate potentially dangerous static electricity discharge by touching another metal part of the vehicle, a safe distance away from the fuel filler neck, nozzle, or other gas source.
145
• Before touching the fuel nozzle, you should eliminate potentially dangerous static electricity discharge by touching another metal part of the vehicle, a safe distance away from the fuel filler neck, nozzle, or other gas source.
145
• Do not get back into a vehicle once you have begun refueling since you can generate static electricity by touching, rubbing or sliding against any item or fabric (polyester, satin, nylon, etc.) capable of producing static electricity. Static elec...
146
• Do not get back into a vehicle once you have begun refueling since you can generate static electricity by touching, rubbing or sliding against any item or fabric (polyester, satin, nylon, etc.) capable of producing static electricity. Static elec...
146
Portable fuel container
146
Portable fuel container
146
When using an approved portable fuel container, be sure to place the container on the ground prior to refueling. Static electricity discharge from the container can ignite fuel vapors causing a fire. Once refueling has begun, contact with the vehicle...
146
Cell phone fires
146
Cell phone fires
146
Do not use cellular phones while refueling. Electric current and/or electronic interference from cellular phones can potentially ignite fuel vapors causing a fire.
146
Refueling & Vehicle fires
146
Refueling & Vehicle fires
146
When refueling, always shut the engine off. Sparks produced by electrical components related to the engine can ignite fuel vapors causing a fire. Once refueling is complete, check to make sure the filler cap and filler door are securely closed, befor...
146
Smoking
146
Smoking
146
DO NOT use matches or a lighter and DO NOT SMOKE or leave a lit cigarette in your vehicle while at a gas station especially during refueling. Automotive fuel is highly flammable and can, when ignited, result in fire.
146
Make sure to refuel your vehicle according to
146
\Fuel requirements\ on page 1-2
146
If the fuel filler cap requires replacement, use only a genuine Kia cap or the equivalent specified for your vehicle. An incorrect fuel filler cap can result in a serious malfunction of the fuel system or emission control system.
146
Exterior paint
147
Exterior paint
147
Do not spill fuel on the exterior surfaces of the vehicle. Any type of fuel spilled on painted surfaces may damage the paint.
147
• Do not allow anyone that has not discharged static electricity from their body to come close to an open fuel tank.
147
• Do not allow anyone that has not discharged static electricity from their body to come close to an open fuel tank.
147
• Do not allow anyone that has not discharged static electricity from their body to come close to an open fuel tank.
147
• Do not allow anyone that has not discharged static electricity from their body to come close to an open fuel tank.
147
• Do not inhale vaporized fuel.
147
• Do not inhale vaporized fuel.
147
Risk of injury from fuel
147
Risk of injury from fuel
147
Fuels are poisonous and harmful to your health.
147
• Fuel contains substances that are harmful if inhaled.
147
• Fuel contains substances that are harmful if inhaled.
147
• Fuel contains substances that are harmful if inhaled.
147
• Do not swallow fuel or let it come into contact with skin, eyes or clothing.
147
• Do not swallow fuel or let it come into contact with skin, eyes or clothing.
147
• Do not inhale fuel vapors.
147
• Do not inhale fuel vapors.
147
• Keep children away from fuel.
147
• Keep children away from fuel.
147
If you or other people come into contact with fuel, observe the following:
147
• Immediately rinse fuel off your skin with soap and water.
147
• Immediately rinse fuel off your skin with soap and water.
147
• Immediately rinse fuel off your skin with soap and water.
147
• If fuel comes into contact with your eyes, immediately rinse them thoroughly with clean water. Seek medical attention immediately.
147
• If fuel comes into contact with your eyes, immediately rinse them thoroughly with clean water. Seek medical attention immediately.
147
• If you swallow fuel, seek medical attention immediately. Do not induce vomiting.
147
• If you swallow fuel, seek medical attention immediately. Do not induce vomiting.
147
• Change immediately out of clothing that has come into contact with fuel.
147
• Change immediately out of clothing that has come into contact with fuel.
147
Damage caused by the wrong fuel
147
Damage caused by the wrong fuel
147
Fuel that does not conform to the required quality can lead to increased wear as well as damage to the engine and exhaust system. Only use the fuel recommended.
147
Damage caused by the wrong fuel
147
Damage caused by the wrong fuel
147
Vehicles with a gasoline engine:
147
Even small amounts of the wrong fuel could result in damage to the fuel system, the engine and the emission control system.
147
Do not use diesel to refuel vehicles with a gasoline engine.
147
Do not use diesel to refuel vehicles with a gasoline engine.
147
Do not switch on the ignition if you accidentally refuel with the wrong fuel. Otherwise, fuel can enter the fuel system.
148
Do not switch on the ignition if you accidentally refuel with the wrong fuel. Otherwise, fuel can enter the fuel system.
148
Even small amounts of the wrong fuel could result in damage to the fuel system and the engine. Have the system serviced by an authorized Kia dealer.
148
Do not overfill the fuel tank
148
Do not overfill the fuel tank
148
Do not overfill the fuel tank; otherwise fuel may slide, causing harm to the environment and damaging the vehicle.
148
Dual sunroof
148
Dual sunroof
148
If your vehicle is equipped with a sunroof, you can slide or tilt your sunroof with the sunroof control switch (1) located on the overhead console.
148
The blind in the rear seat roof can be opened or closed with the switch (2).
148
The blind in the rear seat roof can be opened or closed with the switch (2).
148
<GRAPHIC>
148
<GRAPHIC>
148
The sunroof can only be opened, closed, or tilted when the ENGINE START/STOP button is in the ON position.
148
The sunroof can be operated for approximately 10 minutes after the ENGINE START/STOP button is turned to the ACC or OFF position.
148
However, if the front door is opened, the sunroof cannot be operated even within the 10 minutes period.
148
In cold and wet climates, the sunroof may not work properly due to freezing conditions.
148
In cold and wet climates, the sunroof may not work properly due to freezing conditions.
148
After the vehicle is washed or in a rainstorm, be sure to wipe off any water that is on the sunroof before operating it.
149
The sunroof cannot be tilted while in an open or slide position.
149
To prevent damage to the sunroof, periodically remove any dirt that may accumulate on the guide rail.
149
To prevent damage to the sunroof, periodically remove any dirt that may accumulate on the guide rail.
149
Sunroof control lever
149
Sunroof control lever
149
Do not continue to press the sunroof control lever after the sunroof is fully opened, closed, or tilted. Damage to the motor or system components could occur.
149
Sunroof operation
149
Sunroof operation
149
When closing the sunroof, make sure there are no body parts in the movement range of the sliding roof. Parts of the body could become trapped or crushed.
149
Never adjust the sunroof or sunshade while driving. This could result in loss of control and an accident that may cause death, serious injury, or property damage.
149
Never adjust the sunroof or sunshade while driving. This could result in loss of control and an accident that may cause death, serious injury, or property damage.
149
Make sure the sunroof is fully closed when leaving your vehicle. If the sunroof is opened, rain or snow may leak through the sunroof and wet the interior as well as increase the risk of theft.
149
Make sure the sunroof is fully closed when leaving your vehicle. If the sunroof is opened, rain or snow may leak through the sunroof and wet the interior as well as increase the risk of theft.
149
Roof cargo
149
Roof cargo
149
Do not operate the sunroof while using the roof rack to transport cargo. This may cause the cargo to come loose and distract the driver.
149
Do not sit on the top of the vehicle.
149
Do not sit on the top of the vehicle.
149
It may cause vehicle damage.
149
In order to prevent accidental operation of the sunroof, especially by a child, do not let a child operate the sunroof.
149
In order to prevent accidental operation of the sunroof, especially by a child, do not let a child operate the sunroof.
149
Sliding the sunroof for front seat
150
Sliding the sunroof for front seat
150
<GRAPHIC>
150
<GRAPHIC>
150
<GRAPHIC>
150
<GRAPHIC>
150
• To open or close the sunroof (manual slide feature), push the sunroof control switch backward or forward to the first detent position.
150
• To open or close the sunroof (manual slide feature), push the sunroof control switch backward or forward to the first detent position.
150
• To open or close the sunroof (manual slide feature), push the sunroof control switch backward or forward to the first detent position.
150
• To open the sunroof (auto slide feature), push the sunroof control switch backward to the second detent position.
150
• To open the sunroof (auto slide feature), push the sunroof control switch backward to the second detent position.
150
The sunroof will slide all the way open.
150
The sunroof will slide all the way open.
150
To stop the sunroof sliding at any point, pull or push the sunroof control switch momentarily.
150
• To close the sunroof (auto slide feature), move the sunroof control switch forward to the second detent position.
150
• To close the sunroof (auto slide feature), move the sunroof control switch forward to the second detent position.
150
The sunroof will close all the way. To stop the sunroof sliding at any point, pull or push the sunroof control switch momentarily.
150
The sunroof will close all the way. To stop the sunroof sliding at any point, pull or push the sunroof control switch momentarily.
150
Do not leave the engine running and the key in your vehicle with unsupervised children. Unattended children could operate the sunroof, which could result in serious injury.
150
Do not leave the engine running and the key in your vehicle with unsupervised children. Unattended children could operate the sunroof, which could result in serious injury.
150
Do not leave the engine running and the key in your vehicle with unsupervised children. Unattended children could operate the sunroof, which could result in serious injury.
150
Automatic reversal
150
Automatic reversal
150
If an object or part of the body is detected while the sunroof is closing automatically, it will reverse direction, and then stop.
150
<GRAPHIC>
150
<GRAPHIC>
150
The auto reverse function will not work if a small obstacle is caught in the sunroof. You should always make sure that all passengers and objects are away from the sunroof before closing it.
150
Tilting the sunroof for front seat
150
Tilting the sunroof for front seat
150
<GRAPHIC>
150
<GRAPHIC>
150
<GRAPHIC>
150
The sunroof will open only while pressing the control switch upward. Move the control switch forward to close the sunroof.
151
It will close only while pressing the control switch.
151
You cannot tilt the sunroof while sliding it or tilt the sunroof when it is completely closed.
151
Sunroof
151
Sunroof
151
Do not extend the face, neck, arms or body outside through the sunroof opening while driving or operating the sunroof.
151
Sunroof motor damage
151
Sunroof motor damage
151
If you try to open the sunroof when the temperature is below freezing or when the sunroof is covered with snow or ice, the glass or the motor could be damaged.
151
Sunroof Operation
151
Sunroof Operation
151
When closing the sunroof, make sure there are no body parts in the movement range of the sliding roof. Parts of the body could become trapped or crushed
151
Sunshade
151
Sunshade
151
for Front Seat
151
for Front Seat
151
for Front Seat
151
<GRAPHIC>
151
for Rear Seat
151
for Rear Seat
151
<GRAPHIC>
151
Front seat
151
Front seat
151
Use to block direct sunlight coming through the sunroof glass window.
151
• Use the sunshade to block sunlight coming through the sunroof glass window.
151
• Use the sunshade to block sunlight coming through the sunroof glass window.
151
• Use the sunshade to block sunlight coming through the sunroof glass window.
151
• To open the sunshade, push the sunroof control switch backward. To close the sunshade, push the sunroof control switch forward, then grab the sunshade handle and move it forward.
151
• To open the sunshade, push the sunroof control switch backward. To close the sunshade, push the sunroof control switch forward, then grab the sunshade handle and move it forward.
151
• The sunshade can be manually closed.
152
• The sunshade can be manually closed.
152
Rear seat
152
Rear seat
152
• To slide open the rear sunshade, move the rear sunshade switch backward.
152
• To slide open the rear sunshade, move the rear sunshade switch backward.
152
• To slide open the rear sunshade, move the rear sunshade switch backward.
152
• To slide close the rear sunshade, move the rear sunshade switch forward.
152
• To slide close the rear sunshade, move the rear sunshade switch forward.
152
Wrinkles formed on the sunshade as material characteristic are normal.
152
Wrinkles formed on the sunshade as material characteristic are normal.
152
• Do not pull or push the sunshade by hand. It could cause sunshade failure.
152
• Do not pull or push the sunshade by hand. It could cause sunshade failure.
152
• Do not pull or push the sunshade by hand. It could cause sunshade failure.
152
• Do not pull or push the sunshade by hand. It could cause sunshade failure.
152
• Close the sunroof when driving through dusty roads. Dust may cause a malfunction of the vehicle system.
152
• Close the sunroof when driving through dusty roads. Dust may cause a malfunction of the vehicle system.
152
Resetting the sunroof
152
Resetting the sunroof
152
Reset the sunroof when:
152
Reset the sunroof when:
152
Reset the sunroof when:
152
• The battery is discharged or disconnected or the sunroof fuse has been replaced or disconnected.
152
• The battery is discharged or disconnected or the sunroof fuse has been replaced or disconnected.
152
• The battery is discharged or disconnected or the sunroof fuse has been replaced or disconnected.
152
• The sunroof control switch is not operating correctly.
152
• The sunroof control switch is not operating correctly.
152
Reset the sunroof as described below.
152
1. The ENGINE START/STOP button must be in the ON position.
152
1. The ENGINE START/STOP button must be in the ON position.
152
1. The ENGINE START/STOP button must be in the ON position.
152
2. Close the sunroof completely.
152
2. Close the sunroof completely.
152
3. Release the control switch.
152
3. Release the control switch.
152
4. Push the control switch forward until the sunroof tilts and slightly moves up. Then, release switch.
152
4. Push the control switch forward until the sunroof tilts and slightly moves up. Then, release switch.
152
5. Press and hold the control switch forward until the sunroof is operated as follows:
152
5. Press and hold the control switch forward until the sunroof is operated as follows:
152
1) SLIDE OPEN → SLIDE CLOSE
152
1) SLIDE OPEN → SLIDE CLOSE
152
1) SLIDE OPEN → SLIDE CLOSE
152
2) Then, release the control switch.
152
2) Then, release the control switch.
152
Do not release the switch until the operation is completed.
152
Do not release the switch until the operation is completed.
152
Do not release the switch until the operation is completed.
152
If you release the switch during operation, try again from step
152
2
152
6. Release the sunroof control switch. (The sunroof system has been reset.)
152
6. Release the sunroof control switch. (The sunroof system has been reset.)
152
For more detailed information, contact an authorized Kia dealer.
152
For more detailed information, contact an authorized Kia dealer.
152
If the sunroof is not reset when the vehicle battery is disconnected or discharged, or related fuse is blown, the sunroof may operate improperly.
152
If the sunroof is not reset when the vehicle battery is disconnected or discharged, or related fuse is blown, the sunroof may operate improperly.
152
Sunroof open warning
152
Sunroof open warning
152
If the driver turns off the ENGINE START/STOP button when the sunroof is not fully closed, the warning chime will sound for approximately a few seconds and a message will appear on the LCD window.
152
<GRAPHIC>
153
<GRAPHIC>
153
<GRAPHIC>
153
Close the sunroof securely when leaving your vehicle.
153
Steering wheel
153
Steering wheel
153
The steering wheel of this vehicle is equipped with the Electric Power Steering (EPS) system.
153
Electric Power Steering (EPS) system
153
Electric Power Steering (EPS) system
153
Electric power steering is a device that uses an electric motor to help the driver provide less effort in steering the vehicle.
153
If the vehicle is off or if the Electric Power Steering (EPS) becomes inoperative, the vehicle may still be steered, but it will require increased steering effort.
153
If the vehicle is off or if the Electric Power Steering (EPS) becomes inoperative, the vehicle may still be steered, but it will require increased steering effort.
153
The EPS is controlled by the power steering control unit which senses the steering wheel torque and vehicle speed to command the motor.
153
The steering effort becomes heavier as the vehicle's speed increases and becomes lighter as the vehicle's speed decreases for better control of the steering wheel.
153
Should you notice any change in the effort required to steer during normal vehicle operation, have the power steering checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
153
The following symptoms may occur during normal vehicle operation:
153
The following symptoms may occur during normal vehicle operation:
153
• When the ENGINE START/STOP button is the ON position, the steering wheel enters normal operation mode after diagnosing the Electric Power Steering system (for about 3 seconds).
154
• When the ENGINE START/STOP button is the ON position, the steering wheel enters normal operation mode after diagnosing the Electric Power Steering system (for about 3 seconds).
154
• When the ENGINE START/STOP button is the ON position, the steering wheel enters normal operation mode after diagnosing the Electric Power Steering system (for about 3 seconds).
154
• A click noise may be heard from the EPS relay after turning the ENGINE START/STOP button is turned to the ON or OFF position.
154
• A click noise may be heard from the EPS relay after turning the ENGINE START/STOP button is turned to the ON or OFF position.
154
• If the steering wheel is operated when the vehicle is not in motion or driven at a low speed, you may hear some noise.
154
• If the steering wheel is operated when the vehicle is not in motion or driven at a low speed, you may hear some noise.
154
• If the Electric Power Steering system does not operate normally, the warning light will illuminate or blink on the instrument cluster. If the power assistance of steering fails, you will need to use more force to steer.
154
• If the Electric Power Steering system does not operate normally, the warning light will illuminate or blink on the instrument cluster. If the power assistance of steering fails, you will need to use more force to steer.
154
• Operating the steering wheel at lower temperatures may require more force and accompany noise. However, when the temperature increases, it returns to normal.
154
• Operating the steering wheel at lower temperatures may require more force and accompany noise. However, when the temperature increases, it returns to normal.
154
• Take your vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer and have the vehicle checked as soon as possible.
154
• Take your vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer and have the vehicle checked as soon as possible.
154
• When the charging system warning light comes on due to the low voltage (when the alternator or battery does not operate normally or malfunctions), the steering wheel may require increased steering effort.
154
• When the charging system warning light comes on due to the low voltage (when the alternator or battery does not operate normally or malfunctions), the steering wheel may require increased steering effort.
154
When you continuously operate the steering wheel, the overcurrent protection device is activated and it requires more force to operate the steering wheel. However, this doesn't indicate a malfunction, and it works for your safety and will return to n...
154
When you continuously operate the steering wheel, the overcurrent protection device is activated and it requires more force to operate the steering wheel. However, this doesn't indicate a malfunction, and it works for your safety and will return to n...
154
If the Electric Power Steering (EPS) system does not work or an error occurs, the warning light on the instrument panel may be turned on or blink and it may require more force to operate the steering wheel. In this case, please hold the steering whee...
154
If the Electric Power Steering (EPS) system does not work or an error occurs, the warning light on the instrument panel may be turned on or blink and it may require more force to operate the steering wheel. In this case, please hold the steering whee...
154
If the EPS does not operate normally, the warning light will illuminate on the instrument cluster. The steering wheel may become difficult to control or operate abnormally. In this case, have the system inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
154
When you operate the steering wheel in low temperature, the steering effort may be high and abnormal noise could occur. If temperature rises, the noise will disappear. This is a normal condition.
154
When the vehicle is stationary, and the steering wheel is turned all the way to the left or right continuously, the steering wheel becomes harder to turn. The power assist is limited to protect the motor from overheating.
155
As time passes, the steering wheel will return to its normal condition.
155
Tilt & telescopic steering wheel
155
Tilt & telescopic steering wheel
155
A tilt and telescopic steering wheel allows you to adjust the steering wheel before you drive
155
You can also raise it to give your legs more room when you exit and enter the vehicle.
155
You can also raise it to give your legs more room when you exit and enter the vehicle.
155
The steering wheel should be positioned so that it is comfortable for you to drive, while permitting you to see the instrument panel warning lights and gauges.
155
Steering wheel adjustment
155
Steering wheel adjustment
155
Never adjust the angle and height of the steering wheel while driving. You may lose steering control.
155
Adjusting steering wheel angle and height
155
<GRAPHIC>
155
<GRAPHIC>
155
<GRAPHIC>
155
<GRAPHIC>
155
1. To change the steering wheel angle, pull down the lock release lever (1).
155
1. To change the steering wheel angle, pull down the lock release lever (1).
155
1. To change the steering wheel angle, pull down the lock release lever (1).
155
2. Adjust the steering wheel to the desired angle (2) and height (3).
155
2. Adjust the steering wheel to the desired angle (2) and height (3).
155
3. Pull up the lock-release lever to lock the steering wheel in place.
155
3. Pull up the lock-release lever to lock the steering wheel in place.
155
4. Be sure to adjust the steering wheel to the desired position before driving.
155
4. Be sure to adjust the steering wheel to the desired position before driving.
155
After adjustment, sometimes the lock-release lever may not lock the steering wheel.
155
After adjustment, sometimes the lock-release lever may not lock the steering wheel.
155
After adjustment, sometimes the lock-release lever may not lock the steering wheel.
155
It is not a malfunction. This occurs when two gears engage. In this case, adjust the steering wheel again and then lock the steering wheel.
155
Heated steering wheel
155
Heated steering wheel
155
With the ENGINE START/STOP button in the ON position, pressing the heated steering wheel button warms the steering wheel. The indicator on the button will illuminate.
155
<GRAPHIC>
156
<GRAPHIC>
156
<GRAPHIC>
156
To turn the heated steering wheel off, press the button once again. The indicator on the button will turn off.
156
The heated steering wheel will turn off automatically approximately 30 minutes after the heated steering wheel is turned on.
156
The heated steering wheel will turn off automatically approximately 30 minutes after the heated steering wheel is turned on.
156
• Do not install any type of grip cover for the steering wheel, it may impair the function of the heated steering wheel system.
156
• Do not install any type of grip cover for the steering wheel, it may impair the function of the heated steering wheel system.
156
• Do not install any type of grip cover for the steering wheel, it may impair the function of the heated steering wheel system.
156
• Do not install any type of grip cover for the steering wheel, it may impair the function of the heated steering wheel system.
156
• When cleaning the heated steering wheel, do not use an organic solvent such as paint thinner, benzene, alcohol and gasoline. Doing so may damage the surface of the steering wheel.
156
• When cleaning the heated steering wheel, do not use an organic solvent such as paint thinner, benzene, alcohol and gasoline. Doing so may damage the surface of the steering wheel.
156
• If the surface of the steering wheel is damaged by a sharp object, damage to the heated steering wheel components could occur.
156
• If the surface of the steering wheel is damaged by a sharp object, damage to the heated steering wheel components could occur.
156
If the steering wheel becomes too warm, turn the system off. The heated steering wheel may cause burns even at low temperatures, especially if used for long periods of time.
156
If the steering wheel becomes too warm, turn the system off. The heated steering wheel may cause burns even at low temperatures, especially if used for long periods of time.
156
Horn
156
Horn
156
To sound the horn, press the area indicated by the horn symbol on your steering wheel (see illustration).
156
To sound the horn, press the area indicated by the horn symbol on your steering wheel (see illustration).
156
<GRAPHIC>
156
<GRAPHIC>
156
The horn will operate only when this area is pressed. Check the horn regularly to be sure it operates properly.
156
Mirrors
157
Mirrors
157
This vehicle is equipped with inside and outside rearview mirrors to provide views of objects behind the vehicle.
157
Inside rearview mirror
157
Inside rearview mirror
157
Adjust the rearview mirror so that the center view through the rear window is seen. Make this adjustment before you start driving.
157
Do not place objects in the rear seat or cargo area which would interfere with your vision through the rear window.
157
Do not place objects in the rear seat or cargo area which would interfere with your vision through the rear window.
157
Mirror adjustment
157
Mirror adjustment
157
Do not adjust the rearview mirror while the vehicle is moving. This could result in loss of control.
157
Do not modify the inside mirror in any manner, including installing a wide mirror. Doing so could result in injury during an accident or deployment of the air bag.
157
Do not modify the inside mirror in any manner, including installing a wide mirror. Doing so could result in injury during an accident or deployment of the air bag.
157
Cleaning mirror
157
Cleaning mirror
157
When cleaning the mirror, use a paper towel or similar material dampened with glass cleaner. Do not spray glass cleaner directly on the mirror. It may cause the liquid cleaner to enter the mirror housing.
157
Day/night rearview mirror
157
Make this adjustment before you start driving and while the day/night lever is in the day position (1).
157
<GRAPHIC>
157
<GRAPHIC>
157
<GRAPHIC>
157
day/night rearview mirror
157
day/night rearview mirror
157
mirrors:day/night rearview mirror
157
Pull the day/night lever toward you (2) to reduce the glare from the headlights of the vehicles behind you when driving at night.
157
Remember that you lose some rearview clarity in the night position.
157
Electric Chromic Mirror (ECM)
157
The electric rearview mirror automatically controls the glare from the headlights of the vehicles behind you at night or in low-light driving conditions.
157
The sensor (3) mounted in the mirror senses the light level around the vehicle, and automatically controls the headlight glare from the vehicles behind you.
158
The sensor (3) mounted in the mirror senses the light level around the vehicle, and automatically controls the headlight glare from the vehicles behind you.
158
When the engine is running, the glare is automatically controlled by the sensor mounted in the rearview mirror. Whenever the shift lever is shifted into reverse (R), the mirror will automatically go to the brightest setting in order to improve the dr...
158
Cleaning mirror
158
Cleaning mirror
158
When cleaning the mirror, use a paper towel or similar material dampened with glass cleaner. Do not spray glass cleaner directly on the mirror. It may cause the liquid cleaner to enter the mirror housing.
158
Operating the electric rearview mirror
158
The mirror defaults to the ON position whenever the ENGINE START/ STOP button is turned on.
158
<GRAPHIC>
158
<GRAPHIC>
158
<GRAPHIC>
158
<GRAPHIC>
158
• Press the ON/OFF button (1) to turn the automatic dimming function off. The mirror indicator light will turn off.
158
• Press the ON/OFF button (1) to turn the automatic dimming function off. The mirror indicator light will turn off.
158
• Press the ON/OFF button (1) to turn the automatic dimming function off. The mirror indicator light will turn off.
158
• Press the ON/OFF button (1) to turn the automatic dimming function on. The mirror indicator light (2) will illuminate.
158
• Press the ON/OFF button (1) to turn the automatic dimming function on. The mirror indicator light (2) will illuminate.
158
Electric chromic mirror with HomeLink system
158
Operating the electric rearview mirror
158
<GRAPHIC>
158
<GRAPHIC>
158
<GRAPHIC>
158
<GRAPHIC>
158
• Press the I button (1) to turn the automatic- dimming function on. The mirror indicator light will illuminate.
158
• Press the I button (1) to turn the automatic- dimming function on. The mirror indicator light will illuminate.
158
• Press the I button (1) to turn the automatic- dimming function on. The mirror indicator light will illuminate.
158
• Press the O button (2) to turn the automatic- dimming function off. The mirror indicator light will turn off.
159
• Press the O button (2) to turn the automatic- dimming function off. The mirror indicator light will turn off.
159
HomeLink® Wireless Control system
159
<GRAPHIC>
159
<GRAPHIC>
159
<GRAPHIC>
159
1. Homelink buttons
159
1. Homelink buttons
159
1. Homelink buttons
159
2. Indicator light
159
2. Indicator light
159
3. Glare detection sensor
159
3. Glare detection sensor
159
Your new mirror comes with an integrated HomeLink Universal Transceiver, which allows you to program the mirror to activate your garage door(s), estate gate, home lighting, etc. The mirror actually learns the codes from your various existing transmit...
159
Retain the original transmitter for future programming procedures (i.e., new vehicle purchase). It is also suggested that upon the sale of the vehicle, the programmed HomeLink buttons be erased for security purposes (follow step
159
1
159
\Programming HomeLink\ on page 4-57
159
Programming HomeLink
159
Your vehicle may require the ENGINE START/STOP button to be turned to the ACC position for programming and/or operation of HomeLink. It is also recommended that a new battery be replaced in the hand-held transmitter of the device being programmed to ...
159
Follow these steps to train your HomeLink mirror:
159
Follow these steps to train your HomeLink mirror:
159
1. When programming the buttons for the first time, press and hold the left and center buttons (
159
1. When programming the buttons for the first time, press and hold the left and center buttons (
159
1. When programming the buttons for the first time, press and hold the left and center buttons (
159
<GRAPHIC>
159
<GRAPHIC>
159
<GRAPHIC>
159
<GRAPHIC>
159
1) Flashing
159
1) Flashing
159
1) Flashing
159
For non-rolling code garage door openers, follow steps
160
For non-rolling code garage door openers, follow steps
160
2
160
3
160
For rolling code garage door openers, follow steps
160
2
160
6
160
For Canadian Programming, please follow the Canadian Programming section. For help with determining whether your garage door opener is non-rolling code or rolling code, please refer to the garage door openers owner's manual or contact HomeLink custom...
160
2. Press and hold the button on the HomeLink system you wish to train and the button on the transmitter while the transmitter is approximately 1~3 in (2~8 cm) away from the mirror. Do not release the buttons until step 3 has been completed.
160
2. Press and hold the button on the HomeLink system you wish to train and the button on the transmitter while the transmitter is approximately 1~3 in (2~8 cm) away from the mirror. Do not release the buttons until step 3 has been completed.
160
<GRAPHIC>
160
<GRAPHIC>
160
1) Flashing
160
1) Flashing
160
1) Flashing
160
2) Transmitter
160
2) Transmitter
160
3. The HomeLink indicator light will flash, first slowly and then rapidly. When the indicator light flashes rapidly, both buttons may be released. (The rapid flashing light indicates successful programming of the new frequency signal.)
160
3. The HomeLink indicator light will flash, first slowly and then rapidly. When the indicator light flashes rapidly, both buttons may be released. (The rapid flashing light indicates successful programming of the new frequency signal.)
160
Some gate and garage door openers may require you to replace step
160
Some gate and garage door openers may require you to replace step
160
3
160
Programming rolling code
160
HomeLink:programming rolling codeTo train a garage door opener (or other rolling code equipped devices) with the rolling code feature, follow these instructions after completing
160
HomeLink:programming rolling code
160
\Programming HomeLink\ on page 4-57
160
4. Locate the \learn\ or \smart\ button on the device's motor head unit. Exact location and color of the button may vary by product brand. If there is difficulty locating the \learn\ or \smart\ button, reference the device's owner's manual or contact...
160
4. Locate the \learn\ or \smart\ button on the device's motor head unit. Exact location and color of the button may vary by product brand. If there is difficulty locating the \learn\ or \smart\ button, reference the device's owner's manual or contact...
160
4. Locate the \learn\ or \smart\ button on the device's motor head unit. Exact location and color of the button may vary by product brand. If there is difficulty locating the \learn\ or \smart\ button, reference the device's owner's manual or contact...
160
www.homelink.com
160
5. Press and release the \learn\ or \smart\ button on the device's motor head unit. You have 30 seconds to complete step
160
5. Press and release the \learn\ or \smart\ button on the device's motor head unit. You have 30 seconds to complete step
160
6
160
6. Return to the vehicle and firmly press and release the programmed HomeLink button up to three times. The rolling code equipped device should now recognize the HomeLink signal and activate when the HomeLink button is pressed. The remaining two butt...
161
6. Return to the vehicle and firmly press and release the programmed HomeLink button up to three times. The rolling code equipped device should now recognize the HomeLink signal and activate when the HomeLink button is pressed. The remaining two butt...
161
\Programming HomeLink\ on page 4-57
161
Operating HomeLink
161
To operate, simply press the programmed HomeLink button.
161
To operate, simply press the programmed HomeLink button.
161
Activation will now occur for the trained product (garage door, security system, entry door lock, estate gate, or home or office lighting). For convenience, the hand-held transmitter of the device may also be used at any time. The HomeLink Wireless C...
161
www.homelink.com
161
Erasing programmed HomeLink buttons
161
<GRAPHIC>
161
<GRAPHIC>
161
<GRAPHIC>
161
<GRAPHIC>
161
To erase the three programmed buttons (individual buttons cannot be erased):
161
• Press and hold the left and center buttons simultaneously, until the indicator light begins to flash (approximately 20 seconds). Release both buttons. Do not hold for longer than 30 seconds.
161
• Press and hold the left and center buttons simultaneously, until the indicator light begins to flash (approximately 20 seconds). Release both buttons. Do not hold for longer than 30 seconds.
161
• Press and hold the left and center buttons simultaneously, until the indicator light begins to flash (approximately 20 seconds). Release both buttons. Do not hold for longer than 30 seconds.
161
HomeLink is now in the train (or learning) mode and can be programmed at any time.
161
HomeLink is now in the train (or learning) mode and can be programmed at any time.
161
Reprogramming a single HomeLink button
161
To program a device to HomeLink using a HomeLink button that has already been trained, follow these steps:
161
To program a device to HomeLink using a HomeLink button that has already been trained, follow these steps:
161
To program a device to HomeLink using a HomeLink button that has already been trained, follow these steps:
161
1. Press and hold the desired HomeLink button. Do NOT release until step 4 has been completed.
161
1. Press and hold the desired HomeLink button. Do NOT release until step 4 has been completed.
161
1. Press and hold the desired HomeLink button. Do NOT release until step 4 has been completed.
161
2. When the indicator light begins to flash slowly (after 20 seconds), position the hand-held transmitter 1~3 in (12~8 cm) away from the HomeLink surface.
161
2. When the indicator light begins to flash slowly (after 20 seconds), position the hand-held transmitter 1~3 in (12~8 cm) away from the HomeLink surface.
161
3. Press and hold the hand-held transmitter button (or press and \cycle\ - as described in \Canadian Programming\).
162
3. Press and hold the hand-held transmitter button (or press and \cycle\ - as described in \Canadian Programming\).
162
4. The HomeLink indicator light will flash, first slowly and then rapidly. When the indicator light begins to flash rapidly, release both buttons.
162
4. The HomeLink indicator light will flash, first slowly and then rapidly. When the indicator light begins to flash rapidly, release both buttons.
162
The previous device has now been erased and the new device can be activated by pushing the HomeLink button that has just been programmed. This procedure will not affect any other programmed HomeLink buttons.
162
The previous device has now been erased and the new device can be activated by pushing the HomeLink button that has just been programmed. This procedure will not affect any other programmed HomeLink buttons.
162
Canadian Programming Garage & gate openers
162
During programming, your hand- held transmitter may automatically stop transmitting. Continue to press and hold the HomeLink button (note steps
162
During programming, your hand- held transmitter may automatically stop transmitting. Continue to press and hold the HomeLink button (note steps
162
2
162
4
162
\Programming HomeLink\ on page 4-57
162
Accessories
162
If you would like additional information on the HomeLink Wireless Control system, HomeLink compatible products, or to purchase other accessories such as the HomeLink® Lighting Package, please contact HomeLink at 1-800-355-3515 or on the internet at
162
If you would like additional information on the HomeLink Wireless Control system, HomeLink compatible products, or to purchase other accessories such as the HomeLink® Lighting Package, please contact HomeLink at 1-800-355-3515 or on the internet at
162
www.homelink.com
162
FCC ID: NZLZTVHL3
162
IC: 4112A-ZTVHL3
162
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules.
162
1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
162
1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
162
1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
162
1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
162
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
162
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
162
The transceiver has been tested and complies with FCC and Industry Canada rules. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the device.
162
Outside rearview mirror
162
Outside rearview mirror
162
Your vehicle is equipped with both left-hand and right-hand outside rearview mirrors.
162
Be sure to adjust the mirror angles before driving.
162
Be sure to adjust the mirror angles before driving.
162
The mirrors can be adjusted remotely with the remote switch. The mirror heads can be folded back to prevent damage during an automatic car wash or when passing through a narrow street.
163
Estimating distances accurately
163
Estimating distances accurately
163
Objects reflected in the mirror are closer than they appear in the mirror. Do not estimate the distance of vehicles behind you based on what you see in the mirror, as this could increase your risk of accident.
163
If the mirror is jammed with ice, do not adjust the mirror by force. Use an approved spray de-icer (not radiator antifreeze) to release the frozen mechanism or move the vehicle to a warm place and allow the ice to melt.
163
Mirror adjustment
163
Mirror adjustment
163
Do not adjust or fold the outside rearview mirrors while the vehicle is moving. This could result in loss of control.
163
Adjusting the outside rearview mirrors
163
<GRAPHIC>
163
<GRAPHIC>
163
<GRAPHIC>
163
<GRAPHIC>
163
Adjusting the rearview mirrors:
163
1. Move the L (Front left side) or R (Front right side) switch (1) to select the rearview mirror you would like to adjust.
163
1. Move the L (Front left side) or R (Front right side) switch (1) to select the rearview mirror you would like to adjust.
163
1. Move the L (Front left side) or R (Front right side) switch (1) to select the rearview mirror you would like to adjust.
163
2. Use the mirror adjustment control (2) to position the selected mirror up, down, left or right.
163
2. Use the mirror adjustment control (2) to position the selected mirror up, down, left or right.
163
• The mirrors stop moving when they reach the maximum adjusting angles, but the motor continues to operate while the switch is pressed. Do not press the switch longer than necessary, the motor may be damaged.
163
• The mirrors stop moving when they reach the maximum adjusting angles, but the motor continues to operate while the switch is pressed. Do not press the switch longer than necessary, the motor may be damaged.
163
• The mirrors stop moving when they reach the maximum adjusting angles, but the motor continues to operate while the switch is pressed. Do not press the switch longer than necessary, the motor may be damaged.
163
• The mirrors stop moving when they reach the maximum adjusting angles, but the motor continues to operate while the switch is pressed. Do not press the switch longer than necessary, the motor may be damaged.
163
• The mirrors stop moving when they reach the maximum adjusting angles, but the motor continues to operate while the switch is pressed. Do not press the switch longer than necessary, the motor may be damaged.
163
• Do not attempt to adjust the outside rearview mirror by hand. Doing so may damage the parts.
163
• Do not attempt to adjust the outside rearview mirror by hand. Doing so may damage the parts.
163
Folding the outside rearview mirror
163
Manual type
163
Manual type
163
Manual type
163
Manual type
163
• To fold the outside rearview mirror, grasp the housing of the mirror and then fold it toward the rear of the vehicle.
164
• To fold the outside rearview mirror, grasp the housing of the mirror and then fold it toward the rear of the vehicle.
164
• To fold the outside rearview mirror, grasp the housing of the mirror and then fold it toward the rear of the vehicle.
164
<GRAPHIC>
164
<GRAPHIC>
164
Electric type
164
Electric type
164
• The outside rearview mirror can be folded or unfolded by pressing the switch when the ENGINE START/STOP button is in the ON position as below.
164
• The outside rearview mirror can be folded or unfolded by pressing the switch when the ENGINE START/STOP button is in the ON position as below.
164
• The outside rearview mirror can be folded or unfolded by pressing the switch when the ENGINE START/STOP button is in the ON position as below.
164
<GRAPHIC>
164
<GRAPHIC>
164
1. To fold the outside rearview mirror depress the button (1).
164
1. To fold the outside rearview mirror depress the button (1).
164
2. To unfold it, depress the button (1) again.
164
2. To unfold it, depress the button (1) again.
164
• The mirror will fold or unfold when the door is locked or unlocked by the key.
164
• The mirror will fold or unfold when the door is locked or unlocked by the key.
164
• The mirror will fold or unfold when the door is locked or unlocked by the key.
164
• The mirror will fold or unfold when the door is locked or unlocked by the key.
164
• The mirror will fold or unfold when the door is locked or unlocked by the button on the outside door handle.
164
• The mirror will fold or unfold when the door is locked or unlocked by the button on the outside door handle.
164
The mirror will fold or unfold automatically as follows:
164
• The mirror will fold or unfold when the door is locked or unlocked by the smart key.
164
• The mirror will fold or unfold when the door is locked or unlocked by the smart key.
164
• The mirror will fold or unfold when the door is locked or unlocked by the smart key.
164
• The mirror will fold or unfold when the door is locked or unlocked by the button on the outside door handle.
164
• The mirror will fold or unfold when the door is locked or unlocked by the button on the outside door handle.
164
• The mirror will unfold when you approach the vehicle (all doors closed and locked) with a smart key in possession when the Welcome Mirror function is activated in User Settings. (if equipped)
164
• The mirror will unfold when you approach the vehicle (all doors closed and locked) with a smart key in possession when the Welcome Mirror function is activated in User Settings. (if equipped)
164
Do not fold an electric type outside rearview mirror by hand as this could cause motor failure.
164
Do not fold an electric type outside rearview mirror by hand as this could cause motor failure.
164
Reverse parking aid function
165
<GRAPHIC>
165
<GRAPHIC>
165
<GRAPHIC>
165
<GRAPHIC>
165
While the vehicle is moving rearward, the outside rearview mirror(s) will move downward to aid reverse parking. According to the position of the outside rearview mirror switch (1), the outside rearview mirror(s) will operate as follows:
165
L/R: When the remote control outside rearview mirror switch is selected to the L (left) or R (right) position, both outside rearview mirrors will move downward.
165
L/R
165
Neutral: When the remote control outside rearview mirror switch is placed in the middle, the outside rearview mirrors will not move downward even though the vehicle is moving rearward.
165
Neutral
165
The outside rearview mirrors will automatically revert to their original positions under the following conditions:
165
1. The ENGINE START/STOP button is in the OFF position.
165
1. The ENGINE START/STOP button is in the OFF position.
165
1. The ENGINE START/STOP button is in the OFF position.
165
2. Shift lever is moved to any position except R (Reverse).
165
2. Shift lever is moved to any position except R (Reverse).
165
3. Remote control outside rearview mirror switch is not selected.
165
3. Remote control outside rearview mirror switch is not selected.
165
Instrument cluster
166
Instrument cluster
166
Type A
166
Type A
166
Type A
166
<GRAPHIC>
166
Type B
166
Type B
166
<GRAPHIC>
166
The actual cluster and contents of the LCD display in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
166
1. Tachometer
166
1. Tachometer
166
1. Tachometer
166
2. Speedometer
166
2. Speedometer
166
3. Engine coolant temperature gauge
166
3. Engine coolant temperature gauge
166
4. Fuel gauge
166
4. Fuel gauge
166
5. Warning and indicator lights
166
5. Warning and indicator lights
166
6. LCD display
166
6. LCD display
166
Instrument cluster control
166
Instrument cluster control
166
\ or \-\) when ENGINE START/STOP button is ON, or the taillights are turned on.
166
\ or \-\), the brightness will continuously change.
167
\ or \-\), the brightness will continuously change.
167
\ or \-\), the brightness will continuously change.
167
\ or \-\), the brightness will continuously change.
167
<GRAPHIC>
167
<GRAPHIC>
167
<GRAPHIC>
167
• If the brightness reaches to the maximum or minimum level, an alarm will sound.
167
• If the brightness reaches to the maximum or minimum level, an alarm will sound.
167
<GRAPHIC>
167
<GRAPHIC>
167
<GRAPHIC>
167
Gauges
167
Gauges
167
The gauges display various information such as the speed of the vehicle, the amount of charge of the battery, and so on.
167
Speedometer
167
Speedometer
167
Speedometer
167
<GRAPHIC>
167
<GRAPHIC>
167
speedometerThe speedometer indicates the speed of the vehicle and is calibrated in miles per hour (mph) and/ or kilometers per hour (km/h).
167
speedometer
167
Tachometer
167
Tachometer
167
<GRAPHIC>
167
<GRAPHIC>
167
tachometerThe tachometer indicates the approximate number of engine revolutions per minute (rpm).
167
tachometer
167
Use the tachometer to select the correct shift points and to prevent lugging and/or over-revving the engine.
167
Do not operate the engine within the tachometer's RED ZONE. This may cause severe engine damage.
168
Do not operate the engine within the tachometer's RED ZONE. This may cause severe engine damage.
168
Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge
168
Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge
168
<GRAPHIC>
168
<GRAPHIC>
168
engine coolant temperature gaugeThis gauge indicates the temperature of the engine coolant when the ENGINE START/STOP button or ENGINE START/STOP button is ON.
168
engine coolant temperature gauge
168
If the gauge pointer moves beyond the normal range area toward the \H\ position, it indicates overheating that may damage the engine.
168
If the gauge pointer moves beyond the normal range area toward the \H\ position, it indicates overheating that may damage the engine.
168
Do not continue driving with an overheated engine. If your vehicle overheats, refer to
168
\If the engine overheats\ on page 6-7
168
Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. The engine coolant is under pressure and could severely burn. Wait until the engine is cool before adding coolant to the reservoir.
168
Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. The engine coolant is under pressure and could severely burn. Wait until the engine is cool before adding coolant to the reservoir.
168
Fuel Gauge
168
Fuel Gauge
168
<GRAPHIC>
168
<GRAPHIC>
168
fuel gaugeThis gauge indicates the approximate amount of fuel remaining in the fuel tank.
168
fuel gauge
168
• The fuel tank capacity is given in
168
• The fuel tank capacity is given in
168
• The fuel tank capacity is given in
168
• The fuel tank capacity is given in
168
\Recommended lubricants and capacities\ on page 8-9
168
• The fuel gauge is supplemented by a low fuel warning light, which will illuminate when the fuel tank is nearly empty.
168
• The fuel gauge is supplemented by a low fuel warning light, which will illuminate when the fuel tank is nearly empty.
168
• On inclines or curves, the fuel gauge pointer may fluctuate or the low fuel warning light may come on earlier than usual due to the movement of fuel in the tank.
168
• On inclines or curves, the fuel gauge pointer may fluctuate or the low fuel warning light may come on earlier than usual due to the movement of fuel in the tank.
168
Fuel Gauge
169
Fuel Gauge
169
Running out of fuel can expose vehicle occupants to danger.
169
You must stop and obtain additional fuel as soon as possible after the warning light comes on or when the gauge indicator comes close to the \E\ level.
169
Avoid driving with an extremely low fuel level. Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire, which could damage the catalytic converter.
169
Avoid driving with an extremely low fuel level. Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire, which could damage the catalytic converter.
169
The fuel display may not be accurate if the vehicle is on an incline.
169
The fuel display may not be accurate if the vehicle is on an incline.
169
Odometer
169
Odometer
169
<GRAPHIC>
169
<GRAPHIC>
169
odometerThe odometer Indicates the total distance that the vehicle has been driven and should be used to determine when periodic maintenance should be performed.
169
odometer
169
• Odometer range: 0~999,999 miles or 0~1,599,999 kilometers.
169
• Odometer range: 0~999,999 miles or 0~1,599,999 kilometers.
169
• Odometer range: 0~999,999 miles or 0~1,599,999 kilometers.
169
Outside Temperature Gauge
169
Outside Temperature Gauge
169
<GRAPHIC>
169
<GRAPHIC>
169
outside temperature gaugeThis gauge indicates the current outside air temperatures by 1 °F (1 °C).
169
outside temperature gauge
169
• Temperature range: -40~140 °F (-40~60 °C)
169
• Temperature range: -40~140 °F (-40~60 °C)
169
• Temperature range: -40~140 °F (-40~60 °C)
169
The outside temperature on the display may not change immediately, like a normal thermometer would, so as to prevent the driver from being distracted.
169
To change the temperature unit (from °F to °C or from °C to °F)
169
The temperature unit can be changed by using the \User Settings\ mode of the LCD display.
169
For more details, refer to
170
\LCD display\ on page 4-68
170
Transmission shift indicator
170
Transmission shift indicator
170
Transmission shift indicator displays gear information depending on your vehicle's transmission type.
170
Automatic Transmission Shift Indicator
170
Automatic Transmission Shift Indicator
170
Automatic Transmission Shift Indicator
170
transmission shift indicator:automatic transmission shift indicatorThis indicator displays which automatic transmission shift lever is selected.
170
transmission shift indicator:automatic transmission shift indicator
170
<GRAPHIC>
170
<GRAPHIC>
170
• Park: P
170
• Park: P
170
• Park: P
170
• Reverse: R
170
• Reverse: R
170
• Neutral: N
170
• Neutral: N
170
• Drive: D
170
• Drive: D
170
• Sports Mode: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8
170
• Sports Mode: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8
170
LCD display
170
LCD display
170
The LCD display shows trip computer and other information.
170
LCD Display Control
170
LCD Display Control
170
The LCD display modes can be changed by using the control buttons.
170
<GRAPHIC>
170
<GRAPHIC>
170
<GRAPHIC>
170
<GRAPHIC>1. : MODE button for changing modes
170
<GRAPHIC>1. : MODE button for changing modes
170
<GRAPHIC>1. : MODE button for changing modes
170
<GRAPHIC>
170
<GRAPHIC>2. /
170
<GRAPHIC>2. /
170
<GRAPHIC>
170
<GRAPHIC>
170
3. OK: SELECT/RESET button for setting or resetting the selected item
170
3. OK: SELECT/RESET button for setting or resetting the selected item
170
LCD Display Modes
170
LCD Display Modes
170
The LCD display provides 5 modes. You can switch modes by pressing the Mode button.
170
<TABLE>
171
<TABLE>
171
<TABLE>
171
<TABLE HEADING>
171
<TABLE ROW>
171
Mode
171
<GRAPHIC> Mode
171
<GRAPHIC>
171
<TABLE ROW>
171
<GRAPHIC>
171
<GRAPHIC>
171
Trip Computer
171
<GRAPHIC>
171
<GRAPHIC>
171
Turn By Turn (TBT)
171
<GRAPHIC>
171
<GRAPHIC>
171
Assist mode
171
<GRAPHIC>
171
<GRAPHIC>
171
User Settings
171
<GRAPHIC>
171
<GRAPHIC>
171
Master warning
171
<TABLE BODY>
171
<TABLE ROW>
171
<GRAPHIC>
171
<GRAPHIC>
171
Up/Down
171
Fuel Economy
171
Fuel Economy
171
Route Guidance
171
Route Guidance
171
Lane Safety
171
Lane Safety
171
Head-Up Display
171
Head-Up Display
171
The Master Warning mode displays warning messages related to the vehicle when one or more systems is not operating normally.
171
The Master Warning mode displays warning messages related to the vehicle when one or more systems is not operating normally.
171
<TABLE ROW>
171
Accumulated Info
171
Accumulated Info
171
Destination Info
171
Destination Info
171
Driver Attention Warning
171
Driver Attention Warning
171
Driver Assist
171
Driver Assist
171
<TABLE ROW>
171
Drive Info
171
Drive Info
171
AWD
171
AWD
171
Door
171
Door
171
<TABLE ROW>
171
Speedometer
171
Speedometer
171
Lights
171
Lights
171
<TABLE ROW>
171
Drive Mode
171
Drive Mode
171
Sound
171
Sound
171
<TABLE ROW>
171
Convenience
171
Convenience
171
<TABLE ROW>
171
TPMS
171
TPMS
171
Service Interval
171
Service Interval
171
<TABLE ROW>
171
Other features
171
Other features
171
<TABLE ROW>
171
Language
171
Language
171
<TABLE ROW>
171
Reset
171
Reset
171
The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.
171
The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.
171
Keep the engine running when configuring the display settings to prevent the battery from discharging.
171
Keep the engine running when configuring the display settings to prevent the battery from discharging.
171
Trip Computer mode
171
Trip Computer mode
171
<GRAPHIC>
171
<GRAPHIC>
171
trip computer mode
171
trip computer mode
171
LCD display:trip computer mode
171
For more details, refer to
171
\Trip information (trip computer)\ on page 4-78
171
Turn By Turn (TBT) mode
172
Turn By Turn (TBT) mode
172
<GRAPHIC>
172
<GRAPHIC>
172
LCD display:turn by turn (TBT) mode
172
LCD display:turn by turn (TBT) mode
172
turn by turn (TBT) mode
172
Assist mode
172
Assist mode
172
<GRAPHIC>
172
<GRAPHIC>
172
LCD display:assist mode
172
LCD display:assist mode
172
assist mode
172
• Lane Safety system
172
• Lane Safety system
172
• Lane Safety system
172
• Driver Attention Warning
172
• Driver Attention Warning
172
• AWD
172
• AWD
172
• TPMS
172
• TPMS
172
For more details, refer to each system information in
172
\Driving your vehicle\ on page 5-6
172
TPMS status
172
TPMS status
172
For more details, refer to
172
\Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)\ on page 6-8
172
Master warning mode
172
Master warning mode
172
<GRAPHIC>
172
<GRAPHIC>
172
LCD display:master warning mode
172
LCD display:master warning mode
172
master warning mode
172
• LED headlamp malfunction (if equipped)
172
• LED headlamp malfunction (if equipped)
172
• LED headlamp malfunction (if equipped)
172
• Lamp malfunction
172
• Lamp malfunction
172
• High Beam Assist malfunction (if equipped)
172
• High Beam Assist malfunction (if equipped)
172
At this time, a Master Warning icon (
172
<GRAPHIC>
172
<GRAPHIC>
172
If the warning situation is resolved, the master warning light will be turned off and the Master Warning icon will disappear.
172
User Settings mode
173
User Settings mode
173
user settings mode
173
user settings mode
173
LCD display:user settings mode
173
<GRAPHIC>
173
<GRAPHIC>
173
1. Head-Up Display
173
1. Head-Up Display
173
1. Head-Up Display
173
2. Driver Assist
173
2. Driver Assist
173
3. Door
173
3. Door
173
4. Lights
173
4. Lights
173
5. Sound
173
5. Sound
173
6. Convenience
173
6. Convenience
173
7. Service Interval
173
7. Service Interval
173
8. Other features
173
8. Other features
173
9. Language
173
9. Language
173
10. Reset
173
10. Reset
173
The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.
173
Shift to P to edit settings
173
Shift to P to edit settings
173
This warning message appears if you try to adjust the User Settings while driving.
173
<GRAPHIC>
173
<GRAPHIC>
173
• For your safety, change the User Settings after parking the vehicle, applying the parking brake and moving the shift lever to P (Park).
173
• For your safety, change the User Settings after parking the vehicle, applying the parking brake and moving the shift lever to P (Park).
173
• For your safety, change the User Settings after parking the vehicle, applying the parking brake and moving the shift lever to P (Park).
173
1. Head-Up Display (if equipped)
174
1. Head-Up Display (if equipped)
174
<TABLE>
174
<TABLE>
174
<TABLE HEADING>
174
<TABLE ROW>
174
Explanation
174
Explanation
174
<TABLE BODY>
174
<TABLE ROW>
174
Enable Head-Up Display
174
Enable Head-Up Display
174
If this item checked, the Head-Up Display will be activated.
174
If this item checked, the Head-Up Display will be activated.
174
<TABLE ROW>
174
Display Height
174
Display Height
174
Adjust the height (1~20) of the HUD image on the HUD screen.
174
Adjust the height (1~20) of the HUD image on the HUD screen.
174
<TABLE ROW>
174
Rotation
174
Rotation
174
5) of the HUD rotation.
174
5) of the HUD rotation.
174
<TABLE ROW>
174
Brightness
174
Brightness
174
Adjust the intensity (1~20) of the HUD brightness.
174
Adjust the intensity (1~20) of the HUD brightness.
174
<TABLE ROW>
174
Contents Selection
174
Contents Selection
174
If below items are checked, the items will be activated.
174
If below items are checked, the items will be activated.
174
• Turn By Turn
174
• Turn By Turn
174
• Turn By Turn
174
• Traffic Info
174
• Traffic Info
174
• Driving Assist Info
174
• Driving Assist Info
174
• Lane Safety Info
174
• Lane Safety Info
174
• Blind-Spot Safety Info
174
• Blind-Spot Safety Info
174
• AV Info
174
• AV Info
174
<TABLE ROW>
174
Speedometer size
174
Speedometer size
174
• Small/Medium/Large
174
• Small/Medium/Large
174
• Small/Medium/Large
174
• Small/Medium/Large
174
<TABLE ROW>
174
Speedometer color
174
Speedometer color
174
• White/Orange/Green
174
• White/Orange/Green
174
• White/Orange/Green
174
• White/Orange/Green
174
2. Driver Assist (if equipped)
174
2. Driver Assist (if equipped)
174
<TABLE>
174
<TABLE>
174
<TABLE HEADING>
174
<TABLE ROW>
174
Explanation
174
Explanation
174
<TABLE BODY>
174
<TABLE ROW>
174
SCC Reaction
174
SCC Reaction
174
• Fast/Normal/Slow
174
• Fast/Normal/Slow
174
• Fast/Normal/Slow
174
• Fast/Normal/Slow
174
To adjust the sensitivity of the Smart Cruise Control.
174
For more details, refer to
174
\Smart Cruise Control (SCC)\ on page 5-105
174
<TABLE ROW>
174
Driving Convenience
174
Driving Convenience
174
• Leading vehicle departure alert / LFA / HDA
174
• Leading vehicle departure alert / LFA / HDA
174
• Leading vehicle departure alert / LFA / HDA
174
• Leading vehicle departure alert / LFA / HDA
174
To select the functions.
174
<TABLE ROW>
174
Driver Attention Warning
174
Driver Attention Warning
174
• Driver Attention Warning
174
• Driver Attention Warning
174
• Driver Attention Warning
174
• Driver Attention Warning
174
To select the function.
174
For more details, refer to the
174
\Driver Attention Warning (DAW)\ on page 5-100
174
<TABLE ROW>
174
Warning timing
174
Warning timing
174
• Normal/Late
174
• Normal/Late
174
• Normal/Late
174
• Normal/Late
174
To select the Warning time
174
<TABLE ROW>
174
Warning volume
174
Warning volume
174
• High/Medium/Low/Off
174
• High/Medium/Low/Off
174
• High/Medium/Low/Off
174
• High/Medium/Low/Off
174
To select the Warning volume
174
<TABLE ROW>
174
Lane Safety
174
Lane Safety
174
• Assist/Warning Olny
174
• Assist/Warning Olny
174
• Assist/Warning Olny
174
• Assist/Warning Olny
174
To select the functions.
174
<TABLE ROW>
175
Forward Safety
175
Forward Safety
175
• Active assist, Warning only, Off
175
• Active assist, Warning only, Off
175
• Active assist, Warning only, Off
175
• Active assist, Warning only, Off
175
To select the functions.
175
<TABLE ROW>
175
Blind-Spot Safety
175
Blind-Spot Safety
175
• Blind-Spot view
175
• Blind-Spot view
175
• Blind-Spot view
175
• Blind-Spot view
175
• Safe Exit Assist
175
• Safe Exit Assist
175
• Active Assist
175
• Active Assist
175
• Warning Only
175
• Warning Only
175
• Off
175
• Off
175
To select the functions.
175
<TABLE ROW>
175
Parking safety
175
Parking safety
175
• Rear Cross-Traffic Safety: You can turn on/off Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning and Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist. With the RCCW/RCCA on, if there is a vehicle approaching from the rear side when reversing, it helps you avoid ...
175
• Rear Cross-Traffic Safety: You can turn on/off Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning and Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist. With the RCCW/RCCA on, if there is a vehicle approaching from the rear side when reversing, it helps you avoid ...
175
• Rear Cross-Traffic Safety: You can turn on/off Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning and Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist. With the RCCW/RCCA on, if there is a vehicle approaching from the rear side when reversing, it helps you avoid ...
175
• Rear Cross-Traffic Safety: You can turn on/off Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning and Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist. With the RCCW/RCCA on, if there is a vehicle approaching from the rear side when reversing, it helps you avoid ...
175
For more details, refer to
175
\Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) / Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA) (if equipped)\ on page 5-128
175
The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.
175
3. Door
175
3. Door
175
<TABLE>
175
<TABLE>
175
<TABLE HEADING>
175
<TABLE ROW>
175
Explanation
175
Explanation
175
<TABLE BODY>
175
<TABLE ROW>
175
Automatically Lock
175
Automatically Lock
175
• Enable on speed: All doors will be automatically locked when the vehicle speed exceeds 9.3 mph (15 km/h).
175
• Enable on speed: All doors will be automatically locked when the vehicle speed exceeds 9.3 mph (15 km/h).
175
• Enable on speed: All doors will be automatically locked when the vehicle speed exceeds 9.3 mph (15 km/h).
175
• Enable on speed: All doors will be automatically locked when the vehicle speed exceeds 9.3 mph (15 km/h).
175
• Enable on Shift (if equipped with Automatic transmission) : All doors will be automatically locked if the gear is shifted from the P (Park) position to the R (Reverse), N (Neutral), or D (Drive) position. (With the Engine ON, it is activated.)
175
• Enable on Shift (if equipped with Automatic transmission) : All doors will be automatically locked if the gear is shifted from the P (Park) position to the R (Reverse), N (Neutral), or D (Drive) position. (With the Engine ON, it is activated.)
175
<TABLE ROW>
175
Automatically Unlock
175
Automatically Unlock
175
• Disable: The auto door unlock operation will be canceled.
175
• Disable: The auto door unlock operation will be canceled.
175
• Disable: The auto door unlock operation will be canceled.
175
• Disable: The auto door unlock operation will be canceled.
175
• Vehicle Off: All doors will be automatically unlocked when the Engine Star/Stop button is set to the OFF position.
175
• Vehicle Off: All doors will be automatically unlocked when the Engine Star/Stop button is set to the OFF position.
175
• On Shift to P (if equipped with Automatic transmission) : All doors will be automatically unlocked if the gear is shifted to the P (Park) position. (With the Engine ON, it is activated.)
175
• On Shift to P (if equipped with Automatic transmission) : All doors will be automatically unlocked if the gear is shifted to the P (Park) position. (With the Engine ON, it is activated.)
175
<TABLE ROW>
176
Two Press Unlock(if equipped)
176
Two Press Unlock(if equipped)
176
• Off: The two press unlock function will be deactivated. Therefore, all doors will unlock if the door is unlocked.
176
• Off: The two press unlock function will be deactivated. Therefore, all doors will unlock if the door is unlocked.
176
• Off: The two press unlock function will be deactivated. Therefore, all doors will unlock if the door is unlocked.
176
• Off: The two press unlock function will be deactivated. Therefore, all doors will unlock if the door is unlocked.
176
• On: The driver's door will unlock if the door is unlocked. When the door is unlocked again within 4 seconds, all doors will unlock.
176
• On: The driver's door will unlock if the door is unlocked. When the door is unlocked again within 4 seconds, all doors will unlock.
176
<TABLE ROW>
176
Power Liftgate (if equipped)
176
Power Liftgate
176
• If this item is checked, the power liftgate function will be activated.
176
• If this item is checked, the power liftgate function will be activated.
176
• If this item is checked, the power liftgate function will be activated.
176
• If this item is checked, the power liftgate function will be activated.
176
For more details, refer to
176
\Power liftgate (if equipped)\ on page 4-26
176
<TABLE ROW>
176
Power Liftgate Speed (if equipped)
176
Power Liftgate Speed
176
• Normal/ Fast
176
• Normal/ Fast
176
• Normal/ Fast
176
• Normal/ Fast
176
You can select the operating speed of the power liftgate.
176
<TABLE ROW>
176
Smart Power Liftgate (if equipped)
176
Smart Power Liftgate
176
• If this item is checked, the smart power liftgate function will be activated.
176
• If this item is checked, the smart power liftgate function will be activated.
176
• If this item is checked, the smart power liftgate function will be activated.
176
• If this item is checked, the smart power liftgate function will be activated.
176
If the power liftgate function is not activated, you cannot activate this function.
176
For more details, refer to
176
\Smart Power Liftgate (if equipped)\ on page 4-32
176
The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.
176
4. Lights
176
4. Lights
176
<TABLE>
176
<TABLE>
176
<TABLE HEADING>
176
<TABLE ROW>
176
Explanation
176
Explanation
176
<TABLE BODY>
176
<TABLE ROW>
176
One touch turn signal
176
One touch turn signal
176
• Off: The one touch turn signal function will be deactivated.
176
• Off: The one touch turn signal function will be deactivated.
176
• Off: The one touch turn signal function will be deactivated.
176
• Off: The one touch turn signal function will be deactivated.
176
• 3, 5, 7 Flashes: The turn signal indicator will blink 3, 5, or 7 times when the turn signal lever is moved slightly.
176
• 3, 5, 7 Flashes: The turn signal indicator will blink 3, 5, or 7 times when the turn signal lever is moved slightly.
176
For more details, refer to
176
\Lighting\ on page 4-110
176
<TABLE ROW>
176
Head Lamp Delay
176
Head Lamp Delay
176
If this item checked, the head lamp delay function will be activated.
176
If this item checked, the head lamp delay function will be activated.
176
The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.
176
5. Sound
177
5. Sound
177
<TABLE>
177
<TABLE>
177
<TABLE HEADING>
177
<TABLE ROW>
177
Explanation
177
Explanation
177
<TABLE BODY>
177
<TABLE ROW>
177
Welcome sound
177
Welcome sound
177
If this item checked, the welcome sound function will be activated.
177
If this item checked, the welcome sound function will be activated.
177
The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.
177
6. Convenience (if equipped)
177
6. Convenience (if equipped)
177
<TABLE>
177
<TABLE>
177
<TABLE HEADING>
177
<TABLE ROW>
177
Explanation
177
Explanation
177
<TABLE BODY>
177
<TABLE ROW>
177
Seat (forward/backward) Easy Access (if equipped)
177
Seat (forward/backward) Easy Access
177
• Off: The seat easy access function will be deactivated.
177
• Off: The seat easy access function will be deactivated.
177
• Off: The seat easy access function will be deactivated.
177
• Off: The seat easy access function will be deactivated.
177
• Normal/Extended: When you turn off the engine, the driver's seat will automatically move rear 3 in (7.6 cm) (Enhanced) for you to enter or exit the vehicle more comfortably.
177
• Normal/Extended: When you turn off the engine, the driver's seat will automatically move rear 3 in (7.6 cm) (Enhanced) for you to enter or exit the vehicle more comfortably.
177
If you change the ENGINE START/STOP button from OFF position to the AC function, the driver's seat will return to the original position.
177
For more details, refer to
177
\Driver position memory system for power seat (if equipped)\ on page 3-12
177
<TABLE ROW>
177
Seat (upward/downward) Easy Access (if equipped)
177
Seat (upward/downward) Easy Access
177
• To activate or deactivate Seat (upward/downward) Easy Access
177
• To activate or deactivate Seat (upward/downward) Easy Access
177
• To activate or deactivate Seat (upward/downward) Easy Access
177
• To activate or deactivate Seat (upward/downward) Easy Access
177
<TABLE ROW>
177
Rear Occupant Alert (if equipped)
177
Rear Occupant Alert
177
• To activate or deactivate the Rear Occupant Alert.
177
• To activate or deactivate the Rear Occupant Alert.
177
• To activate or deactivate the Rear Occupant Alert.
177
• To activate or deactivate the Rear Occupant Alert.
177
For more details, refer to
177
\Rear Occupant Alert (ROA) system (if equipped)\ on page 4-21
177
<TABLE ROW>
177
Welcome Mirror/Light
177
Welcome Mirror/Light
177
On door unlock/ On door approach.
177
On door unlock/ On door approach.
177
You can choose one of these two functions.
177
<TABLE ROW>
177
Wiper/Lights Display
177
Wiper/Lights Display
177
If this item checked, the Wiper/Lights Display will be activated.
177
If this item checked, the Wiper/Lights Display will be activated.
177
<TABLE ROW>
177
Auto rear wiper (reverse)
177
Auto rear wiper (reverse)
177
If this item checked, the Auto rear wiper will be activated.
177
If this item checked, the Auto rear wiper will be activated.
177
<TABLE ROW>
177
Gear Position Pop-up
177
Gear Position Pop-up
177
If this item is checked, the Gear position pop-up display will be activated.
177
If this item is checked, the Gear position pop-up display will be activated.
177
<TABLE ROW>
177
Icy road warning
177
Icy road warning
177
If this item is checked, the Icy road warning display will be activated.
177
If this item is checked, the Icy road warning display will be activated.
177
The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.
178
7. Service Interval
178
7. Service Interval
178
<TABLE>
178
<TABLE>
178
<TABLE HEADING>
178
<TABLE ROW>
178
Explanation
178
Explanation
178
<TABLE BODY>
178
<TABLE ROW>
178
Enable Service Interval
178
Enable Service Interval
178
If this item is checked, the Service Interval function will be activated.
178
If this item is checked, the Service Interval function will be activated.
178
<TABLE ROW>
178
Adjust Interval
178
Adjust Interval
178
If the service interval menu is activated, you may adjust the time and distance.
178
If the service interval menu is activated, you may adjust the time and distance.
178
<TABLE ROW>
178
Reset
178
Reset
178
To reset the service interval function.
178
To reset the service interval function.
178
To use the service interval menu, consult an authorized Kia dealer.
178
To use the service interval menu, consult an authorized Kia dealer.
178
If the service interval is activated and the time and distance are adjusted, messages are displayed each time the vehicle is turned on in the following situations.
178
• Service in: Displayed to inform the driver the remaining mileage and days to service.
178
• Service in: Displayed to inform the driver the remaining mileage and days to service.
178
• Service in: Displayed to inform the driver the remaining mileage and days to service.
178
• Service required: Displayed when the mileage and days to service has been reached or passed.
178
• Service required: Displayed when the mileage and days to service has been reached or passed.
178
If any of the following conditions occur, the mileage and number of days to service may be incorrect.
178
• The battery cable is disconnected.
178
• The battery cable is disconnected.
178
• The battery cable is disconnected.
178
• The battery is discharged.
178
• The battery is discharged.
178
8. Other features (if equipped)
179
8. Other features (if equipped)
179
<TABLE>
179
<TABLE>
179
<TABLE HEADING>
179
<TABLE ROW>
179
Explanation
179
Explanation
179
<TABLE BODY>
179
<TABLE ROW>
179
Fuel Economy Auto Reset
179
Fuel Economy Auto Reset
179
If this item checked, the average fuel economy will reset automatically after refueling or after ignition.
179
If this item checked, the average fuel economy will reset automatically after refueling or after ignition.
179
<TABLE ROW>
179
Speed Unit
179
Speed Unit
179
• mph, km/h
179
• mph, km/h
179
• mph, km/h
179
• mph, km/h
179
To select Speed unit.
179
<TABLE ROW>
179
Fuel Economy Unit
179
Fuel Economy Unit
179
• US gallon, UK gallon
179
• US gallon, UK gallon
179
• US gallon, UK gallon
179
• US gallon, UK gallon
179
To select the Fuel economy unit.
179
For more details, refer to
179
\Trip information (trip computer)\ on page 4-78
179
<TABLE ROW>
179
Temperature Unit
179
Temperature Unit
179
• °F/°C
179
• °F/°C
179
• °F/°C
179
• °F/°C
179
To select the Temperature unit.
179
<TABLE ROW>
179
Tire Pressure Unit
179
Tire Pressure Unit
179
• psi, kPa, bar
179
• psi, kPa, bar
179
• psi, kPa, bar
179
• psi, kPa, bar
179
To select the Tire Pressure Unit
179
The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.
179
9. Language (if equipped)
179
9. Language (if equipped)
179
<TABLE>
179
<TABLE>
179
<TABLE HEADING>
179
<TABLE ROW>
179
Explanation
179
Explanation
179
<TABLE BODY>
179
<TABLE ROW>
179
Language
179
Language
179
To select language.
179
To select language.
179
10. Reset
179
10. Reset
179
<TABLE>
179
<TABLE>
179
<TABLE HEADING>
179
<TABLE ROW>
179
Explanation
179
Explanation
179
<TABLE BODY>
179
<TABLE ROW>
179
Reset
179
Reset
179
You can reset the menus in the User Settings mode. All menus in the User Settings mode are reset to factory settings, except language and service interval.
179
You can reset the menus in the User Settings mode. All menus in the User Settings mode are reset to factory settings, except language and service interval.
179
LCD displays
180
LCD displays
180
LCD displays show the following information to drivers.
180
• Trip information
180
• Trip information
180
• Trip information
180
• Trip information
180
• LCD modes
180
• LCD modes
180
• Warning messages
180
• Warning messages
180
Trip information (trip computer)
180
Trip information (trip computer)
180
The trip computer is a microcomputer-controlled driver information system that displays information related to driving.
180
Some driving information stored in the trip computer resets if the battery is disconnected.
180
Some driving information stored in the trip computer resets if the battery is disconnected.
180
Some driving information stored in the trip computer resets if the battery is disconnected.
180
Trip modes
180
Trip modes
180
To change the trip mode, scroll the toggle the switch (
180
<GRAPHIC>
180
<GRAPHIC>
180
<GRAPHIC>
180
<GRAPHIC>
180
Fuel Economy
180
Fuel Economy
180
<GRAPHIC>
180
<GRAPHIC>
180
Average Fuel Economy (1)
180
Average Fuel Economy (1)
180
• The average fuel economy is calculated by the total driving distance and fuel consumption since the last average fuel economy reset.
180
• The average fuel economy is calculated by the total driving distance and fuel consumption since the last average fuel economy reset.
180
• The average fuel economy is calculated by the total driving distance and fuel consumption since the last average fuel economy reset.
180
- Fuel economy range: 0~99.9 mpg or L/100 km
181
- Fuel economy range: 0~99.9 mpg or L/100 km
181
- Fuel economy range: 0~99.9 mpg or L/100 km
181
• The average fuel economy can be reset both manually and automatically.
181
• The average fuel economy can be reset both manually and automatically.
181
Manual reset
181
To clear the average fuel economy manually, press the OK button on the steering wheel for more than 1 second when the average fuel economy is displayed.
181
Automatic reset
181
To automatically reset the average fuel economy select either menu from the 'Fuel economy auto reset' in the User Settings mode on the LCD display.
181
• OFF - You may set to default manually by using the trip switch reset button.
181
• OFF - You may set to default manually by using the trip switch reset button.
181
• OFF - You may set to default manually by using the trip switch reset button.
181
• After ignition - The vehicle will automatically set to default once 4 hours pass after the Ignition is in OFF.
181
• After ignition - The vehicle will automatically set to default once 4 hours pass after the Ignition is in OFF.
181
• After refueling - After refueling more than 1.6 gallons (6 liters) and driving over 1 mph (1 km/h), the vehicle will reset to default automatically.
181
• After refueling - After refueling more than 1.6 gallons (6 liters) and driving over 1 mph (1 km/h), the vehicle will reset to default automatically.
181
Instant Fuel Economy (2)
181
Instant Fuel Economy (2)
181
• This mode displays the instant fuel economy.
181
• This mode displays the instant fuel economy.
181
• This mode displays the instant fuel economy.
181
Accumulated Info display
181
Accumulated Info display
181
This display shows the accumulated trip distance (1), the average fuel efficiency (2), and the total driving time (3).
181
<GRAPHIC>
181
<GRAPHIC>
181
• Accumulated information is calculated after the vehicle has run for more than 0.19 miles (300 meters).
181
• Accumulated information is calculated after the vehicle has run for more than 0.19 miles (300 meters).
181
• Accumulated information is calculated after the vehicle has run for more than 0.19 miles (300 meters).
181
• If you press \OK\ button for more than 1 second after the Cumulative Information is displayed, the information will be reset.
181
• If you press \OK\ button for more than 1 second after the Cumulative Information is displayed, the information will be reset.
181
• If the engine is running, even when the vehicle is not in motion, the information will be accumulated.
181
• If the engine is running, even when the vehicle is not in motion, the information will be accumulated.
181
The vehicle must be driven for a minimum of 0.19 miles (300 meters) since the last ignition cycle before the average accumulated driving information is recalculated.
181
The vehicle must be driven for a minimum of 0.19 miles (300 meters) since the last ignition cycle before the average accumulated driving information is recalculated.
181
Drive Info display
181
Drive Info display
181
This display shows the trip distance (1), the average fuel efficiency (2), and the total driving time (3) information once per one ignition cycle.
181
<GRAPHIC>
182
<GRAPHIC>
182
• Fuel efficiency is calculated after the vehicle has run for more than 0.19 miles (300 meters).
182
• Fuel efficiency is calculated after the vehicle has run for more than 0.19 miles (300 meters).
182
• Fuel efficiency is calculated after the vehicle has run for more than 0.19 miles (300 meters).
182
• If you press \OK\ button for more than 1 second after the Driving Information is displayed, the information will be reset.
182
• If you press \OK\ button for more than 1 second after the Driving Information is displayed, the information will be reset.
182
• If the engine is running, even when the vehicle is not in motion, the information will be accumulated.
182
• If the engine is running, even when the vehicle is not in motion, the information will be accumulated.
182
The vehicle must be driven for a minimum of 0.19 miles (300 meters) since the last ignition cycle before the average accumulated driving information is recalculated.
182
The vehicle must be driven for a minimum of 0.19 miles (300 meters) since the last ignition cycle before the average accumulated driving information is recalculated.
182
Digital speedometer
182
Digital speedometer
182
This digital speedometer display shows the speed of the vehicle.
182
<GRAPHIC>
182
<GRAPHIC>
182
Drive mode
182
Drive mode
182
This mode displays the currently selected drive mode.
182
<GRAPHIC>
182
<GRAPHIC>
182
<GRAPHIC>
182
Service Mode
182
Service Mode
182
This mode reminds you of scheduled maintenance information.
182
Service in
182
Service in
182
Service in
182
It calculates and displays when you need a scheduled maintenance service (mileage or days).
182
If the remaining mileage or time reaches 900 miles (1,500 km) or 30 days, \Service in\ message is displayed for several seconds each time you set the ENGINE START/ STOP button to the ON position.
182
Service required
183
Service required
183
If you do not have your vehicle serviced according to the already inputted service interval, \Service required\ message is displayed for several seconds each time you set the ENGINE START/STOP button to the ON position.
183
To reset the service interval to the mileage and days that were previously inputted:
183
• Press the OK button (Reset) for more than 1 second.
183
• Press the OK button (Reset) for more than 1 second.
183
• Press the OK button (Reset) for more than 1 second.
183
If any of the following conditions occurs, the mileage and days may be incorrect.
183
If any of the following conditions occurs, the mileage and days may be incorrect.
183
• The battery cable is disconnected.
183
• The battery cable is disconnected.
183
• The battery cable is disconnected.
183
• The battery is discharged.
183
• The battery is discharged.
183
Driving info display
183
Driving info display
183
At the end of each driving cycle, the Driving Info message is displayed.
183
<GRAPHIC>
183
<GRAPHIC>
183
<GRAPHIC>
183
This display shows the trip distance (1), average energy consumption (2), driving time (3).
183
This information is displayed for a few seconds when you turn off the vehicle, and then goes off automatically. The information is calculated for each time the vehicle is turned on.
183
• If sunroof open warning is displayed in the cluster, the Driving Information message may not be displayed.
183
• If sunroof open warning is displayed in the cluster, the Driving Information message may not be displayed.
183
• If sunroof open warning is displayed in the cluster, the Driving Information message may not be displayed.
183
• If sunroof open warning is displayed in the cluster, the Driving Information message may not be displayed.
183
LCD display messages
183
LCD display messages
183
Engine has overheated
183
Engine has overheated
183
Engine has overheated
183
This warning message illuminates when the engine coolant temperature is above 248 °F (120 °C). This mean that the engine is overheated and may be damaged.
183
If your vehicle is overheated, refer to
184
\If the engine overheats\ on page 6-7
184
Low Key Battery for smart key system
184
Low Key Battery for smart key system
184
This warning message illuminates if the battery of the smart key is discharged when the ENGINE START/ STOP button changes to the OFF position.
184
Press START button while turning wheel for smart key system
184
Press START button while turning wheel for smart key system
184
It means that you should press the ENGINE START/STOP button while turning the steering wheel right and left.
184
Steering wheel unlocked for smart key system
184
Steering wheel unlocked for smart key system
184
This warning message illuminates as follows:
184
• If the steering is not locked when the ENGINE START/STOP button changes to the OFF position.
184
• If the steering is not locked when the ENGINE START/STOP button changes to the OFF position.
184
• If the steering is not locked when the ENGINE START/STOP button changes to the OFF position.
184
If the steering wheel lock system has a problem. In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
184
Check Steering Wheel Lock system for smart key system
184
Check Steering Wheel Lock system for smart key system
184
This warning message illuminates if there is malfunction in steering wheel lock system when the ENGINE START/STOP button changes to the OFF position.
184
Key not in vehicle for smart key system
184
Key not in vehicle for smart key system
184
This warning message illuminates if the smart key is not in the vehicle when the ENGINE START/STOP button is in the ON position.
184
It means that you should always have the smart key with you.
184
Key not detected for smart key system
184
Key not detected for smart key system
184
This warning message illuminates if the smart key is not detected when you press the ENGINE START/STOP button.
184
Door, Hood, Liftgate open warning display
184
Door, Hood, Liftgate open warning display
184
<GRAPHIC>
184
<GRAPHIC>
184
This warning is displayed if any door or the hood or the liftgate is left open. The warning will indicate which door is open in the display.
184
Before driving the vehicle, you should confirm that the door/hood/ liftgate is fully closed. Also, check there is no door/hood/liftgate open warning light or message displayed on the instrument cluster.
185
Before driving the vehicle, you should confirm that the door/hood/ liftgate is fully closed. Also, check there is no door/hood/liftgate open warning light or message displayed on the instrument cluster.
185
Sunroof open warning display
185
Sunroof open warning display
185
<GRAPHIC>
185
<GRAPHIC>
185
This warning is displayed if you turn off the vehicle when the sunroof is open.
185
Close the sunroof securely before leaving your vehicle.
185
Low Pressure warning display
185
Low Pressure warning display
185
<GRAPHIC>
185
<GRAPHIC>
185
This warning message is displayed if the tire pressure is low. The corresponding tire on the vehicle will be illuminated.
185
For more details, refer to
185
\Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)\ on page 6-8
185
Lights mode
185
Lights mode
185
<GRAPHIC>
185
<GRAPHIC>
185
This indicator displays which exterior light is selected using the lighting control.
185
You can activate or deactivate Wiper/Lights Display function from the User Settings mode in the cluster LCD display.
185
Wiper mode
186
Wiper mode
186
<GRAPHIC>
186
<GRAPHIC>
186
This indicator displays which wiper speed is selected using the wiper control.
186
You can activate or deactivate Wiper/Lights Display function from the User Settings mode in the cluster LCD display.
186
Shift to P or N to start engine for smart key system
186
Shift to P or N to start engine for smart key system
186
This warning message illuminates if you try to start the engine with the shift lever not in the P (Park) or N (Neutral) position.
186
Press brake pedal to start engine for smart key system
186
Press brake pedal to start engine for smart key system
186
This warning message illuminates if the ENGINE START/STOP button changes to the ACC position twice by pressing the button repeatedly without depressing the brake pedal.
186
It means that you should depress the brake pedal to start the engine.
186
Battery discharging due to external electrical devices
186
Battery discharging due to external electrical devices
186
The vehicle can detect self-discharge of the battery due to over- current that is generated by unauthorized electrical devices such as dashboard camera (dash cam) mounting during parking.
186
Please note that functions such as Idle Stop and Go (ISG) are limited and battery discharge problems may occur.
186
If the warning continues even after external electrical devices are removed, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
186
Press START button again for smart key system
186
Press START button again for smart key system
186
This warning message illuminates if you cannot operate the ENGINE START/STOP button when there is a problem with the ENGINE START/ STOP button system.
186
It means that you could start the engine by pressing the ENGINE START/STOP button once more.
186
If the warning illuminates each time you press the ENGINE START/STOP button, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
186
Press START button with key for smart key system
187
Press START button with key for smart key system
187
This warning message illuminates if you press the ENGINE START/STOP button while the warning message \Key not detected\ is illuminating.
187
At this time, the immobilizer indicator light blinks.
187
Check DAW system
187
Check DAW system
187
This warning message is displayed if there is a problem with the Driver Attention Warning system. In this case, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
187
For more information, refer to
187
\Driver Attention Warning (DAW)\ on page 5-100
187
Check BCW system
187
Check BCW system
187
This warning message is displayed if there is a problem with the Blind- Spot Collision Warning function. In this case, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
187
For more information, refer to
187
\Blind-Spot Collision Warning\ on page 5-87
187
Icy Road Warning
187
Icy Road Warning
187
<GRAPHIC>
187
<GRAPHIC>
187
This warning is to warn the driver the road may be icy.
187
When the following conditions occur, the warning light (including outside temperature gauge) blinks 5 times and then illuminates, and also warning chime sounds once.
187
• The temperature on the outside temperature gauge is below approximately 40 °F (4 °C).
187
• The temperature on the outside temperature gauge is below approximately 40 °F (4 °C).
187
• The temperature on the outside temperature gauge is below approximately 40 °F (4 °C).
187
If the icy road warning appears while driving, you should drive more attentively and refrain from speeding, rapid acceleration, sudden braking or sharp turning.
187
If the icy road warning appears while driving, you should drive more attentively and refrain from speeding, rapid acceleration, sudden braking or sharp turning.
187
Check headlight
187
Check headlight
187
This warning message illuminates if there is a malfunction (burned-out bulb except LED lamp or circuit malfunction) with the headlamp. In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
187
Be sure to use the bulb that meets the specified capacity. Refer to
188
Be sure to use the bulb that meets the specified capacity. Refer to
188
\Bulb wattage\ on page 8-7
188
When you do not use a bulb that does not meet the specified capacity, the above warning message appears.
188
Check ECS
188
Check ECS
188
This warning message illuminates when a malfunction occurs with the Electronic Control Suspension (ECS) system. In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
188
Warning and indicator lightswarning and indicator lights
188
Warning and indicator lightswarning and indicator lights
188
The warning light and indicator light indicate a situation where the driver should be careful and whether the various functions are activated.
188
Warning lights
188
Warning lights
188
The warning light indicates situations that require the driver to pay attention.
188
Warning lights
188
Warning lights
188
Warning lights
188
Make sure that all warning lights are OFF after starting the vehicle. If any light is still ON, this indicates a situation that needs attention.
188
Air bag warning light
188
Air bag warning light
188
This warning light illuminates:
188
This warning light illuminates:
188
• Once you set the ENGINE START/ STOP button to the ON position.
188
• Once you set the ENGINE START/ STOP button to the ON position.
188
• Once you set the ENGINE START/ STOP button to the ON position.
188
- It illuminates for approximately 6 seconds and then goes off.
188
- It illuminates for approximately 6 seconds and then goes off.
188
- It illuminates for approximately 6 seconds and then goes off.
188
• When there is a malfunction with the Supplemental Restraint System (SRS).
188
• When there is a malfunction with the Supplemental Restraint System (SRS).
188
In this case, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
188
Seat belt warning light
189
Seat belt warning light
189
This warning light informs the driver that the seat belt is not fastened.
189
For more details, refer to
189
\Seat belts\ on page 3-27
189
Parking brake & brake fluid warning light
189
Parking brake & brake fluid warning light
189
This warning light illuminates:
189
This warning light illuminates:
189
• Once you set the ENGINE START/ STOP button to the ON position.
189
• Once you set the ENGINE START/ STOP button to the ON position.
189
• Once you set the ENGINE START/ STOP button to the ON position.
189
- It illuminates for approximately 3 seconds
189
- It illuminates for approximately 3 seconds
189
- It illuminates for approximately 3 seconds
189
- It remains on if the parking brake is applied.
189
- It remains on if the parking brake is applied.
189
• When the parking brake is applied.
189
• When the parking brake is applied.
189
• When the brake fluid level in the reservoir is low.
189
• When the brake fluid level in the reservoir is low.
189
- If the warning light illuminates with the parking brake released, it indicates the brake fluid level in reservoir is low.
189
- If the warning light illuminates with the parking brake released, it indicates the brake fluid level in reservoir is low.
189
- If the warning light illuminates with the parking brake released, it indicates the brake fluid level in reservoir is low.
189
If the brake fluid level in the reservoir is low:
189
If the brake fluid level in the reservoir is low:
189
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe location and stop your vehicle.
189
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe location and stop your vehicle.
189
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe location and stop your vehicle.
189
2. With the vehicle stopped, check the brake fluid level immediately and add fluid as required (For more details, refer to
189
2. With the vehicle stopped, check the brake fluid level immediately and add fluid as required (For more details, refer to
189
\Brake fluid\ on page 7-21
189
In this case, have your vehicle towed to an authorized Kia dealer and inspected.
189
Dual-diagonal braking system
189
Dual-diagonal braking system
189
Your vehicle is equipped with dual- diagonal braking systems. This means that braking still works for two wheels even if one of the dual systems should fail.
189
With only one of the dual systems working, greater pedal pressure is required to stop the vehicle.
189
Also, the vehicle will require increased stopping distance with only a portion of the brake system working.
189
Parking Brake & Brake Fluid Warning Light
189
Parking Brake & Brake Fluid Warning Light
189
Driving the vehicle with a warning light ON is dangerous. If the Parking Brake & Brake Fluid Warning Light illuminates with the parking brake released, it indicates that the brake fluid level is low.
189
In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
189
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) warning light
190
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) warning light
190
This warning light illuminates:
190
This warning light illuminates:
190
• Once you set the ENGINE START/ STOP button to the ON position.
190
• Once you set the ENGINE START/ STOP button to the ON position.
190
• Once you set the ENGINE START/ STOP button to the ON position.
190
- It illuminates for approximately 3 seconds and then goes off.
190
- It illuminates for approximately 3 seconds and then goes off.
190
- It illuminates for approximately 3 seconds and then goes off.
190
• When there is a malfunction with the ABS (The normal braking system will still be operational without the assistance of the Anti- lock Brake System).
190
• When there is a malfunction with the ABS (The normal braking system will still be operational without the assistance of the Anti- lock Brake System).
190
In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
190
Electronic Brake force Distribution (EBD) system warning light
190
Electronic Brake force Distribution (EBD) system warning light
190
These two warning lights illuminate at the same time while driving:
190
These two warning lights illuminate at the same time while driving:
190
• When the ABS and regular brake system are not working, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
190
• When the ABS and regular brake system are not working, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
190
• When the ABS and regular brake system are not working, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
190
Electronic Brake force Distribution (EBD) system warning light
190
Electronic Brake force Distribution (EBD) system warning light
190
When both ABS and Parking Brake & Brake Fluid warning lights are on, the brake system will not work normally and you may experience an unexpected and dangerous situation during sudden braking.
190
In this case, avoid high speed driving and abrupt braking.
190
Have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible.
190
Electric Power Steering (EPS) warning light
190
Electric Power Steering (EPS) warning light
190
This warning light illuminates:
190
This warning light illuminates:
190
• When the ENGINE START/STOP button is turned to ON, the warning light illuminates for about 3 seconds and turns off automatically if no problem.
190
• When the ENGINE START/STOP button is turned to ON, the warning light illuminates for about 3 seconds and turns off automatically if no problem.
190
• When the ENGINE START/STOP button is turned to ON, the warning light illuminates for about 3 seconds and turns off automatically if no problem.
190
If the warning light is tuned on, it may indicate the failure of the EPS system, so have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
190
Charging system warning light
190
Charging system warning light
190
This warning light illuminates:
190
This warning light illuminates:
190
• Once you set the ENGINE START/ STOP button to the ON position.
190
• Once you set the ENGINE START/ STOP button to the ON position.
190
• Once you set the ENGINE START/ STOP button to the ON position.
190
• When there is a malfunction with either the alternator or electrical charging system.
190
• When there is a malfunction with either the alternator or electrical charging system.
190
If there is a malfunction with either the alternator or electrical charging system:
190
If there is a malfunction with either the alternator or electrical charging system:
190
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe location and stop your vehicle.
190
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe location and stop your vehicle.
190
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe location and stop your vehicle.
190
2. Turn the engine off and check the alternator drive belt for looseness or breakage.
191
2. Turn the engine off and check the alternator drive belt for looseness or breakage.
191
In this case, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
191
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)
191
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)
191
This warning light illuminates:
191
This warning light illuminates:
191
• Once you set the ENGINE START/ STOP button to the ON position.
191
• Once you set the ENGINE START/ STOP button to the ON position.
191
• Once you set the ENGINE START/ STOP button to the ON position.
191
- It remains on until the engine is started.
191
- It remains on until the engine is started.
191
- It remains on until the engine is started.
191
• When there is a malfunction with the emission control system.
191
• When there is a malfunction with the emission control system.
191
In this case, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
191
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)
191
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)
191
Driving with the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) on may cause damage to the emission control systems which could affect drivability and/or fuel economy.
191
If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) illuminates, potential catalytic converter damage is possible which could result in loss of engine power.
191
If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) illuminates, potential catalytic converter damage is possible which could result in loss of engine power.
191
In this case, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
191
Engine oil pressure warning light
191
Engine oil pressure warning light
191
This warning light illuminates:
191
This warning light illuminates:
191
• Once you set the ENGINE START/ STOP button to the ON position.
191
• Once you set the ENGINE START/ STOP button to the ON position.
191
• Once you set the ENGINE START/ STOP button to the ON position.
191
- It remains on until the engine is started.
191
- It remains on until the engine is started.
191
- It remains on until the engine is started.
191
• When the engine oil pressure is low.
191
• When the engine oil pressure is low.
191
If the engine oil pressure is low:
191
If the engine oil pressure is low:
191
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe location and stop your vehicle.
191
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe location and stop your vehicle.
191
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe location and stop your vehicle.
191
2. Turn the engine off and check the engine oil level (For more details, refer to
191
2. Turn the engine off and check the engine oil level (For more details, refer to
191
\Engine oil and filter\ on page 7-17
191
If the warning light remains on after adding oil or if oil is not available, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
191
Engine Overheating
191
Engine Overheating
191
Do not continue driving with the engine overheated. Otherwise, the engine may be damaged.
191
Engine damage
192
Engine damage
192
If the engine is not stopped immediately after the engine oil pressure warning light is illuminated and stays on while the engine is running, serious engine damage may result.
192
Low fuel level warning light
192
Low fuel level warning light
192
This warning light illuminates:
192
This warning light illuminates:
192
When the fuel tank is nearly empty.
192
If the fuel tank is nearly empty:
192
If the fuel tank is nearly empty:
192
Add fuel as soon as possible.
192
Low Fuel Level
192
Low Fuel Level
192
Driving with the Low Fuel Level warning light on or with the fuel level below \E\ can cause the engine to misfire and damage the catalytic converter.
192
Low tire pressure warning light
192
Low tire pressure warning light
192
This warning light illuminates:
192
This warning light illuminates:
192
• Once you set the ENGINE START/ STOP button to the ON position.
192
• Once you set the ENGINE START/ STOP button to the ON position.
192
• Once you set the ENGINE START/ STOP button to the ON position.
192
- It illuminates for approximately 3 seconds and then goes off.
192
- It illuminates for approximately 3 seconds and then goes off.
192
- It illuminates for approximately 3 seconds and then goes off.
192
• When one or more of your tires are significantly under inflated. (The location of the underinflated tires are displayed on the LCD display).
192
• When one or more of your tires are significantly under inflated. (The location of the underinflated tires are displayed on the LCD display).
192
For more details, refer to
192
\Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)\ on page 6-8
192
This warning light remains on after blinking for approximately 70 seconds or repeats blinking on and off at the intervals of approximately 3 seconds:
192
This warning light remains on after blinking for approximately 70 seconds or repeats blinking on and off at the intervals of approximately 3 seconds:
192
• When there is a malfunction with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS).
192
• When there is a malfunction with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS).
192
• When there is a malfunction with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS).
192
In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
192
For more details, refer to
192
\Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)\ on page 6-8
192
Low tire pressure
192
Low tire pressure
192
• Significantly low tire pressure makes the vehicle unstable and can contribute to loss of vehicle control and increased braking distances.
192
• Significantly low tire pressure makes the vehicle unstable and can contribute to loss of vehicle control and increased braking distances.
192
• Significantly low tire pressure makes the vehicle unstable and can contribute to loss of vehicle control and increased braking distances.
192
• Continued driving or low pressure tires will cause the tires to overheat and fail.
192
• Continued driving or low pressure tires will cause the tires to overheat and fail.
192
Safe Stopping
192
Safe Stopping
192
• The TPMS cannot alert you to severe and sudden tire damage caused by external factors.
192
• The TPMS cannot alert you to severe and sudden tire damage caused by external factors.
192
• The TPMS cannot alert you to severe and sudden tire damage caused by external factors.
192
• If you notice any vehicle instability, immediately take your foot off the accelerator pedal, apply the brakes gradually with light force, and slowly move to a safe position off the road.
193
• If you notice any vehicle instability, immediately take your foot off the accelerator pedal, apply the brakes gradually with light force, and slowly move to a safe position off the road.
193
Master warning light
193
Master warning light
193
This warning light informs the driver the following situations
193
This warning light informs the driver the following situations
193
• LED headlamp malfunction (if equipped)
193
• LED headlamp malfunction (if equipped)
193
• LED headlamp malfunction (if equipped)
193
• Lamp malfunction
193
• Lamp malfunction
193
• High Beam Assist (HBA) malfunction (if equipped)
193
• High Beam Assist (HBA) malfunction (if equipped)
193
To identify the details of the warning, look at the LCD display.
193
LED headlamp warning light
193
LED headlamp warning light
193
This warning light illuminates:
193
This warning light illuminates:
193
• Once you set the ENGINE START/ STOP button to the ON position.
193
• Once you set the ENGINE START/ STOP button to the ON position.
193
• Once you set the ENGINE START/ STOP button to the ON position.
193
- It illuminates for approximately 3 seconds and then goes off.
193
- It illuminates for approximately 3 seconds and then goes off.
193
- It illuminates for approximately 3 seconds and then goes off.
193
• When there is a malfunction with the LED headlamp.
193
• When there is a malfunction with the LED headlamp.
193
In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
193
This warning light blinks when there is a malfunction with a LED headlamp related part. In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
193
This warning light blinks when there is a malfunction with a LED headlamp related part. In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
193
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist warning light
193
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist warning light
193
This indicator light illuminates:
193
This indicator light illuminates:
193
• Once you set the ENGINE START/ STOP button to the ON position.
193
• Once you set the ENGINE START/ STOP button to the ON position.
193
• Once you set the ENGINE START/ STOP button to the ON position.
193
- It illuminates for approximately 3 seconds and then goes off.
193
- It illuminates for approximately 3 seconds and then goes off.
193
- It illuminates for approximately 3 seconds and then goes off.
193
• When Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist is turned off.
193
• When Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist is turned off.
193
• When the radar sensor or cover is blocked with dirt or snow. Check the sensor and cover and clean them by using a soft cloth.
193
• When the radar sensor or cover is blocked with dirt or snow. Check the sensor and cover and clean them by using a soft cloth.
193
• When there is a malfunction with Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist. If this occurs, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
193
• When there is a malfunction with Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist. If this occurs, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
193
For more details, refer to
193
Front radar)\ on page 5-63
193
Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) warning light
193
Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) warning light
193
This warning light illuminates:
193
This warning light illuminates:
193
• Once you set the ENGINE START/ STOP button to the ON position.
193
• Once you set the ENGINE START/ STOP button to the ON position.
193
• Once you set the ENGINE START/ STOP button to the ON position.
193
- It illuminates for approximately 3 seconds and then goes off.
193
- It illuminates for approximately 3 seconds and then goes off.
193
- It illuminates for approximately 3 seconds and then goes off.
193
• When there is a malfunction with the EPB.
194
• When there is a malfunction with the EPB.
194
In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
194
Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) Warning Light
194
Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) Warning Light
194
The Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) Warning Light may illuminate when the Electronic Stability Control (ESC) Indicator Light comes on to indicate that the ESC is not working properly (This does not indicate malfunction of the EPB).
194
All Wheel Drive (AWD) warning light
194
All Wheel Drive (AWD) warning light
194
This warning light illuminates:
194
This warning light illuminates:
194
• Once you set the ENGINE START/ STOP button to the ON position.
194
• Once you set the ENGINE START/ STOP button to the ON position.
194
• Once you set the ENGINE START/ STOP button to the ON position.
194
- It illuminates for approximately 3 seconds and then goes off.
194
- It illuminates for approximately 3 seconds and then goes off.
194
- It illuminates for approximately 3 seconds and then goes off.
194
• When there is a malfunction with the AWD.
194
• When there is a malfunction with the AWD.
194
In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
194
Indicator lights
194
Indicator lights
194
The indicator light indicates whether the various functions are activated.
194
Electronic Stability Control (ESC) indicator light
194
Electronic Stability Control (ESC) indicator light
194
Electronic Stability Control (ESC) indicator light
194
This indicator light illuminates:
194
This indicator light illuminates:
194
• Once you set the ENGINE START/ STOP button to the ON position.
194
• Once you set the ENGINE START/ STOP button to the ON position.
194
• Once you set the ENGINE START/ STOP button to the ON position.
194
- It illuminates for approximately 3 seconds and then goes off.
194
- It illuminates for approximately 3 seconds and then goes off.
194
- It illuminates for approximately 3 seconds and then goes off.
194
• When there is a malfunction with the ESC.
194
• When there is a malfunction with the ESC.
194
In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
194
This indicator light blinks:
194
This indicator light blinks:
194
While the ESC is operating.
194
For more details, refer to
194
\Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system\ on page 5-38
194
Electronic Stability Control (ESC) OFF indicator light
194
Electronic Stability Control (ESC) OFF indicator light
194
This indicator light illuminates:
194
This indicator light illuminates:
194
• Once you set the ENGINE START/ STOP button to the ON position.
194
• Once you set the ENGINE START/ STOP button to the ON position.
194
• Once you set the ENGINE START/ STOP button to the ON position.
194
- It illuminates for approximately 3 seconds and then goes off.
194
- It illuminates for approximately 3 seconds and then goes off.
194
- It illuminates for approximately 3 seconds and then goes off.
194
• When you deactivate the ESC system by pressing the ESC OFF button.
194
• When you deactivate the ESC system by pressing the ESC OFF button.
194
For more details, refer to
194
\Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system\ on page 5-38
194
Immobilizer indicator light
195
Immobilizer indicator light
195
This indicator light illuminates for up to 30 seconds:
195
This indicator light illuminates for up to 30 seconds:
195
• When the vehicle detects the smart key in the vehicle properly while the ENGINE START/STOP button is ACC or ON.
195
• When the vehicle detects the smart key in the vehicle properly while the ENGINE START/STOP button is ACC or ON.
195
• When the vehicle detects the smart key in the vehicle properly while the ENGINE START/STOP button is ACC or ON.
195
- At this time, you can start the engine.
195
- At this time, you can start the engine.
195
- At this time, you can start the engine.
195
- The indicator light goes off after starting the engine.
195
- The indicator light goes off after starting the engine.
195
This indicator light blinks for a few seconds:
195
This indicator light blinks for a few seconds:
195
• When the smart key is not in the vehicle.
195
• When the smart key is not in the vehicle.
195
• When the smart key is not in the vehicle.
195
- At this time, you cannot start the engine.
195
- At this time, you cannot start the engine.
195
- At this time, you cannot start the engine.
195
This indicator light illuminates for 2 seconds and goes off:
195
This indicator light illuminates for 2 seconds and goes off:
195
• When the vehicle cannot detect the smart key which is in the vehicle while the ENGINE START/ STOP button is ON.
195
• When the vehicle cannot detect the smart key which is in the vehicle while the ENGINE START/ STOP button is ON.
195
• When the vehicle cannot detect the smart key which is in the vehicle while the ENGINE START/ STOP button is ON.
195
In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
195
This indicator light blinks:
195
This indicator light blinks:
195
• When the battery of the smart key is weak.
195
• When the battery of the smart key is weak.
195
• When the battery of the smart key is weak.
195
• When there is a malfunction with the immobilizer system.
195
• When there is a malfunction with the immobilizer system.
195
In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
195
Auto stop indicator
195
Auto stop indicator
195
This indicator will illuminate when the engine enters the Idle Stop mode of the Idle Stop and Go (ISG) system.
195
When the automatic starting occurs, the auto stop indicator on the cluster will blink for 5 seconds.
195
For more details, refer to
195
\Idle Stop and Go (ISG) system\ on page 5- 45
195
When the engine automatically starts by the ISG system, warning lights (ABS, ESC, ESC OFF, EPS or Parking brake warning light) may turn on for a few seconds.
195
When the engine automatically starts by the ISG system, warning lights (ABS, ESC, ESC OFF, EPS or Parking brake warning light) may turn on for a few seconds.
195
This happens because of the low battery voltage. It does not mean the system is malfunctioning.
195
Turn signal indicator light
195
Turn signal indicator light
195
This indicator light blinks:
195
This indicator light blinks:
195
• When you turn the turn signal light on.
195
• When you turn the turn signal light on.
195
• When you turn the turn signal light on.
195
If any of the following occurs, there may a malfunction with the turn signal system.
195
In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
195
• The indicator light does not blink but illuminates.
195
• The indicator light does not blink but illuminates.
195
• The indicator light does not blink but illuminates.
195
• The indicator light blinks more rapidly.
196
• The indicator light blinks more rapidly.
196
• The indicator light does not illuminate at all.
196
• The indicator light does not illuminate at all.
196
Low beam indicator light
196
Low beam indicator light
196
This indicator light illuminates:
196
This indicator light illuminates:
196
• When the headlights are on.
196
• When the headlights are on.
196
• When the headlights are on.
196
High beam indicator light
196
High beam indicator light
196
This indicator light illuminates:
196
This indicator light illuminates:
196
• When the headlights are on and in the high beam position.
196
• When the headlights are on and in the high beam position.
196
• When the headlights are on and in the high beam position.
196
• When the turn signal lever is pulled into the Flash-to-Pass position.
196
• When the turn signal lever is pulled into the Flash-to-Pass position.
196
High Beam Assist indicator
196
High Beam Assist indicator
196
This warning light illuminates:
196
This warning light illuminates:
196
• When High Beam Assist is on with the light switch in the AUTO light position.
196
• When High Beam Assist is on with the light switch in the AUTO light position.
196
• When High Beam Assist is on with the light switch in the AUTO light position.
196
• If your vehicle detects oncoming or preceding vehicles, the HBA system will switch the high beam to low beam automatically.
196
• If your vehicle detects oncoming or preceding vehicles, the HBA system will switch the high beam to low beam automatically.
196
For more details, refer to
196
\High Beam Assist (HBA) (if equipped)\ on page 4-113
196
Light ON indicator light
196
Light ON indicator light
196
This indicator light illuminates:
196
This indicator light illuminates:
196
• When the tail lights or headlights are on.
196
• When the tail lights or headlights are on.
196
• When the tail lights or headlights are on.
196
Front fog indicator light
196
Front fog indicator light
196
This indicator light illuminates:
196
This indicator light illuminates:
196
• When the front fog lights are on.
196
• When the front fog lights are on.
196
• When the front fog lights are on.
196
Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) indicator
196
Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) indicator
196
The Lane Keeping Assist indicator will illuminate when you turn Lane Keeping Assist on by pressing the Lane Safety button.
196
If there is a problem with the system, the yellow Lane Keeping Assist indicator will illuminate.
196
For more details, refer to
196
\Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)\ on page 5- 79
196
Cruise indicator light
196
Cruise indicator light
196
This indicator light illuminates:
196
This indicator light illuminates:
196
• When the Cruise Control function is enabled.
196
• When the Cruise Control function is enabled.
196
• When the Cruise Control function is enabled.
196
For more details, refer to
196
\Smart Cruise Control (SCC)\ on page 5- 105
196
SPORT mode indicator light
197
SPORT mode indicator light
197
This indicator light illuminates:
197
This indicator light illuminates:
197
• When you select \SPORT\ mode as drive mode.
197
• When you select \SPORT\ mode as drive mode.
197
• When you select \SPORT\ mode as drive mode.
197
For more details, refer to
197
\Drive mode integrated control system (FWD)\ on page 5-49
197
\Drive mode integrated control system (AWD)\ on page 5-53
197
ECO mode indicator light
197
ECO mode indicator light
197
This indicator light illuminates:
197
This indicator light illuminates:
197
• When you select \ECO\ mode as drive mode.
197
• When you select \ECO\ mode as drive mode.
197
• When you select \ECO\ mode as drive mode.
197
For more details, refer to
197
\Drive mode integrated control system (FWD)\ on page 5-49
197
\Drive mode integrated control system (AWD)\ on page 5-53
197
AUTO HOLD indicator light (AUTO HOLD)
197
AUTO HOLD indicator light (AUTO HOLD)
197
This indicator light illuminates:
197
This indicator light illuminates:
197
• White When you activate the auto hold system by pressing the AUTO HOLD button.
197
• White When you activate the auto hold system by pressing the AUTO HOLD button.
197
• White When you activate the auto hold system by pressing the AUTO HOLD button.
197
• White
197
• Green When you stop the vehicle completely by depressing the brake pedal with the auto hold system activated.
197
• Green When you stop the vehicle completely by depressing the brake pedal with the auto hold system activated.
197
• Green
197
• Yellow When there is a malfunction with the auto hold system.
197
• Yellow When there is a malfunction with the auto hold system.
197
• Yellow
197
In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
197
For more details, refer to
197
\AUTO HOLD\ on page 5-34
197
All Wheel Drive (AWD) LOCK indicator light
197
All Wheel Drive (AWD) LOCK indicator light
197
This indicator light illuminates:
197
This indicator light illuminates:
197
• Once you set the ENGINE START/ STOP button to the ON position.
197
• Once you set the ENGINE START/ STOP button to the ON position.
197
• Once you set the ENGINE START/ STOP button to the ON position.
197
- It illuminates for approximately 3 seconds and then goes off.
197
- It illuminates for approximately 3 seconds and then goes off.
197
- It illuminates for approximately 3 seconds and then goes off.
197
• When you select AWD lock mode by pressing the AWD LOCK button.
197
• When you select AWD lock mode by pressing the AWD LOCK button.
197
- The AWD lock mode is to increase the drive power when driving on wet pavement, snow covered roads and/or off-road.
197
- The AWD lock mode is to increase the drive power when driving on wet pavement, snow covered roads and/or off-road.
197
- The AWD lock mode is to increase the drive power when driving on wet pavement, snow covered roads and/or off-road.
197
AWD Lock Mode
197
AWD Lock Mode
197
Do not use AWD LOCK mode on dry paved roads or highway, it can cause noise, vibration or damage of AWD related parts.
197
SMART mode indicator
197
SMART mode indicator
197
This indicator light illuminates:
197
This indicator light illuminates:
197
• When you select \SMART\ mode as drive mode.
197
• When you select \SMART\ mode as drive mode.
197
• When you select \SMART\ mode as drive mode.
197
For more details, refer to
197
\Drive mode integrated control system (FWD)\ on page 5-49
197
\Drive mode integrated control system (AWD)\ on page 5-53
197
Head-Up Display (HUD)
198
Head-Up Display (HUD)
198
The Head-Up Display (HUD) is a transparent display that projects an image of certain information from the instrument cluster and navigation system on the windshield glass.
198
<GRAPHIC>
198
<GRAPHIC>
198
<GRAPHIC>
198
• The HUD image on the HUD screen may not be visible when:
198
• The HUD image on the HUD screen may not be visible when:
198
• The HUD image on the HUD screen may not be visible when:
198
- Sitting posture prevents visibility.
198
- Sitting posture prevents visibility.
198
- Sitting posture prevents visibility.
198
- Wearing a polarized sunglasses.
198
- Wearing a polarized sunglasses.
198
- There is an object on the cover of the Head-Up Display.
198
- There is an object on the cover of the Head-Up Display.
198
- Driving on a wet road.
198
- Driving on a wet road.
198
- Lighting is turned on inside the vehicle.
198
- Lighting is turned on inside the vehicle.
198
- Light is entering the vehicle from the outside.
198
- Light is entering the vehicle from the outside.
198
- Wearing inadequate glasses for your eyesight.
198
- Wearing inadequate glasses for your eyesight.
198
• If the HUD image is not displayed well, adjust the height, rotation or illumination of the HUD in the cluster.
198
• If the HUD image is not displayed well, adjust the height, rotation or illumination of the HUD in the cluster.
198
• When the HUD needs inspection or repair, have your vehicle inspected or repaired by an authorized Kia dealer.
199
• When the HUD needs inspection or repair, have your vehicle inspected or repaired by an authorized Kia dealer.
199
HUD ON/OFF
199
HUD ON/OFF
199
<GRAPHIC>
199
<GRAPHIC>
199
The HUD display can be activated or deactivated in user setting mode while engine is ON.
199
Head-Up Display
199
Head-Up Display
199
The Head-Up Display is a supplemental system. Do not solely rely on the system, always drive safely, and pay attention to the driving conditions on the road.
199
HUD Information
199
HUD Information
199
<GRAPHIC>
199
<GRAPHIC>
199
1. Turn By Turn navigation information
199
1. Turn By Turn navigation information
199
1. Turn By Turn navigation information
199
2. Road signs
199
2. Road signs
199
3. Speedometer
199
3. Speedometer
199
4. Smart Cruise Control setting speed
199
4. Smart Cruise Control setting speed
199
5. Smart Cruise Control headway information
199
5. Smart Cruise Control headway information
199
6. Lane Safety information
199
6. Lane Safety information
199
7. Blind-Spot Safety information
199
7. Blind-Spot Safety information
199
8. Highway Driving Assist system information (if equipped)
199
8. Highway Driving Assist system information (if equipped)
199
9. Lane Following Assist information (if equipped)
199
9. Lane Following Assist information (if equipped)
199
10. Highway Auto Speed Change information (if equipped)
199
10. Highway Auto Speed Change information (if equipped)
199
11. Warning lights (low fuel)
199
11. Warning lights (low fuel)
199
12. AV mode information
199
12. AV mode information
199
Road signs and Turn By Turn navigation information are available depending on the region.
199
HUD Setting
200
HUD Setting
200
On the LCD display, you can change the HUD settings as follows.
200
1. Display height
200
1. Display height
200
1. Display height
200
2. Rotation
200
2. Rotation
200
3. Brightness
200
3. Brightness
200
4. Content selection
200
4. Content selection
200
5. Speedometer size
200
5. Speedometer size
200
6. Speedometer color
200
6. Speedometer color
200
For more details, refer to
200
\LCD Display Modes\ on page 4-68
200
Rear View Monitor (RVM)
200
Rear View Monitor (RVM)
200
The Rear View Monitor function is a supplemental system that shows the area behind the vehicle on the multimedia system screen to assist you when parking or backing up.
200
For detailed information, refer to a separately supplied manual.
200
For detailed information, refer to a separately supplied manual.
200
<GRAPHIC>
200
<GRAPHIC>
200
<GRAPHIC>
200
<GRAPHIC>
200
• Rear View Monitor with parking guidance will activate when the engine is running and the shift lever is in the R (Reverse) position.
200
• Rear View Monitor with parking guidance will activate when the engine is running and the shift lever is in the R (Reverse) position.
200
• Rear View Monitor with parking guidance will activate when the engine is running and the shift lever is in the R (Reverse) position.
200
• To assist in parking, the rear view is shown (the parking guide line disappears) on the screen when the shift lever is moved from R (Reverse) to D (Drive) with vehicle speed below 10 mph (15 km/h).
200
• To assist in parking, the rear view is shown (the parking guide line disappears) on the screen when the shift lever is moved from R (Reverse) to D (Drive) with vehicle speed below 10 mph (15 km/h).
200
Rear View Monitor – Top view
201
Rear View Monitor – Top view
201
<GRAPHIC>
201
<GRAPHIC>
201
<GRAPHIC>
201
When you touch the icon (1), the top view is displayed on the screen and shows the distance from the vehicle in the back of your vehicle. Touch the icon (1) again, to switch back to the previous screen.
201
Backing & using camera
201
Backing & using camera
201
Never rely solely on the rear view camera. You must always use methods of viewing the area behind you including looking over both shoulders as well as continuously checking all three rear view mirrors. Due to the difficulty of ensuring that the area ...
201
Surround View Monitor (SVM)
202
Surround View Monitor (SVM)
202
Surround View Monitor is the parking support system that shows your surroundings around the vehicle.
202
For detailed information, refer to a separately supplied manual.
202
For detailed information, refer to a separately supplied manual.
202
<GRAPHIC>
202
<GRAPHIC>
202
<GRAPHIC>
202
<GRAPHIC>
202
• The function is activated when the following steps are performed.
202
• The function is activated when the following steps are performed.
202
• The function is activated when the following steps are performed.
202
1. The Parking/View button (1, indicator ON) is pressed.
202
1. The Parking/View button (1, indicator ON) is pressed.
202
1. The Parking/View button (1, indicator ON) is pressed.
202
2. The shift lever is in D (Drive), N (Neutral) or R (Reverse) and vehicle speed is under 10 mph (15 km/h).
202
2. The shift lever is in D (Drive), N (Neutral) or R (Reverse) and vehicle speed is under 10 mph (15 km/h).
202
• The function is deactivated when one of the following is performed.
202
• The function is deactivated when one of the following is performed.
202
- The Parking/View button (1, indicator OFF) is pressed again.
202
- The Parking/View button (1, indicator OFF) is pressed again.
202
- The Parking/View button (1, indicator OFF) is pressed again.
202
- Vehicle speed is over 10 mph (15 km/h).
202
- Vehicle speed is over 10 mph (15 km/h).
202
• When vehicle speed is over 10 mph (15 km/h), the system will turn off.
202
• When vehicle speed is over 10 mph (15 km/h), the system will turn off.
202
The system will not automatically turn on again, even though vehicle speed gets below 10 mph (15 km/ h).
202
Press the Parking/View button (1, indicator ON) again, to turn on the system.
202
• When the vehicle is backing up, the system will turn ON regardless of vehicle speed or button status.
202
• When the vehicle is backing up, the system will turn ON regardless of vehicle speed or button status.
202
However, if vehicle speed is over 10 mph (15 km/h) when driving forward, Surround View Monitor will turn off.
202
• A indicator on the screen appears when:
202
• A indicator on the screen appears when:
202
- The liftgate is opened.
202
- The liftgate is opened.
202
- The liftgate is opened.
202
- The driver's door is opened.
202
- The driver's door is opened.
202
- The passenger's door is opened.
202
- The passenger's door is opened.
202
- The outside rearview mirror is folded.
202
- The outside rearview mirror is folded.
202
• If the system is not operating normally, the system should be checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
202
• If the system is not operating normally, the system should be checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
202
The function is a supplementary driving assist system. Make sure to check the vehicle's surroundings yourself for safety. Do not solely rely on what is displayed on the screen. What you see on the screen may differ from the actual vehicle's location.
203
The function is a supplementary driving assist system. Make sure to check the vehicle's surroundings yourself for safety. Do not solely rely on what is displayed on the screen. What you see on the screen may differ from the actual vehicle's location.
203
Always keep the camera lens clean. The camera may not work normally if the lens is covered with foreign material.
203
Always keep the camera lens clean. The camera may not work normally if the lens is covered with foreign material.
203
Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW)
203
Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW)
203
Reverse Parking Distance Warning assists the driver when the vehicle is moving in reverse by chiming if any object is detected within a distance of 48 in (120 cm) behind the vehicle.
203
<GRAPHIC>
203
<GRAPHIC>
203
<GRAPHIC>
203
This function is a supplemental system and it is not intended to nor does it replace the need for extreme care and attention of the driver. The sensing range and objects detectable by the back sensors (1) are limited. Whenever backing-up, pay as much...
203
Reverse Parking Distance Warning
203
Reverse Parking Distance Warning
203
Never rely solely on Reverse Parking Distance Warning. Always perform a visual inspection to make sure the vehicle is clear of all obstructions before moving the vehicle in any direction. Stop immediately if you are aware of a child anywhere near you...
203
Operation of Reverse Parking Distance Warning
204
Operation of Reverse Parking Distance Warning
204
parking distance warning-reverse:operationOperating condition
204
parking distance warning-reverse:operationOperating condition
204
parking distance warning-reverse:operation
204
• This function will activate when the indicator on the Parking Safety button is not illuminated. If you desire to deactivate the Reverse Parking Distance Warning function, press the Parking Safety button again. (The indicator on the button will il...
204
• This function will activate when the indicator on the Parking Safety button is not illuminated. If you desire to deactivate the Reverse Parking Distance Warning function, press the Parking Safety button again. (The indicator on the button will il...
204
• This function will activate when the indicator on the Parking Safety button is not illuminated. If you desire to deactivate the Reverse Parking Distance Warning function, press the Parking Safety button again. (The indicator on the button will il...
204
• This function will activate when backing up with the ENGINE START/STOP button ON.
204
• This function will activate when backing up with the ENGINE START/STOP button ON.
204
If the vehicle is moving at a speed over 3 mph (5 km/h), the system may not be activated correctly.
204
• The sensing distance while the back-up warning system is in operation is approximately 48 in (120 cm) from the central area of the rear bumper and 24 in (60 cm) from the side area of the rear bumper.
204
• The sensing distance while the back-up warning system is in operation is approximately 48 in (120 cm) from the central area of the rear bumper and 24 in (60 cm) from the side area of the rear bumper.
204
• When more than two objects are sensed at the same time, the closest one will be recognized first.
204
• When more than two objects are sensed at the same time, the closest one will be recognized first.
204
Types of warning sound
204
Types of warning sound
204
• When an object is 48 in to 24 in (120 cm to 60 cm) from the rear bumper: Buzzer beeps intermittently.
204
• When an object is 48 in to 24 in (120 cm to 60 cm) from the rear bumper: Buzzer beeps intermittently.
204
• When an object is 48 in to 24 in (120 cm to 60 cm) from the rear bumper: Buzzer beeps intermittently.
204
• When an object is 24 in to 12 in (60 cm to 30 cm) from the rear bumper: Buzzer beeps more frequently.
204
• When an object is 24 in to 12 in (60 cm to 30 cm) from the rear bumper: Buzzer beeps more frequently.
204
• When an object is within 12 in (30 cm) of the rear bumper:
204
• When an object is within 12 in (30 cm) of the rear bumper:
204
Buzzer sounds continuously.
204
Non-operational conditions of Reverse Parking Distance Warning
204
Non-operational conditions of Reverse Parking Distance Warning
204
parking distance warning-reverse:non-operational conditionsReverse Parking Distance Warning may not operate properly when:
204
parking distance warning-reverse:non-operational conditionsReverse Parking Distance Warning may not operate properly when:
204
parking distance warning-reverse:non-operational conditions
204
• Moisture is frozen to the sensor. (It will operate normally once the moisture clears.)
204
• Moisture is frozen to the sensor. (It will operate normally once the moisture clears.)
204
• Moisture is frozen to the sensor. (It will operate normally once the moisture clears.)
204
• The sensor is covered with foreign matter, such as snow or water, or the sensor cover is blocked. (It will operate normally when the material is removed or the sensor is no longer blocked.)
204
• The sensor is covered with foreign matter, such as snow or water, or the sensor cover is blocked. (It will operate normally when the material is removed or the sensor is no longer blocked.)
204
• Driving on uneven road surfaces (unpaved roads, gravel, bumps, gradient).
204
• Driving on uneven road surfaces (unpaved roads, gravel, bumps, gradient).
204
• Objects generating excessive noise (vehicle horns, loud motorcycle engines, or truck air brakes) are within range of the sensor.
204
• Objects generating excessive noise (vehicle horns, loud motorcycle engines, or truck air brakes) are within range of the sensor.
204
• There is rain or water spraying nearby.
205
• There is rain or water spraying nearby.
205
• Wireless transmitters or mobile phones are within range of the sensor.
205
• Wireless transmitters or mobile phones are within range of the sensor.
205
• The sensor is covered with snow.
205
• The sensor is covered with snow.
205
• Trailer towing
205
• Trailer towing
205
The detecting range may decrease when:
205
The detecting range may decrease when:
205
• The sensor is covered with foreign matter such as snow or water. (The sensing range will return to normal when removed.)
205
• The sensor is covered with foreign matter such as snow or water. (The sensing range will return to normal when removed.)
205
• The sensor is covered with foreign matter such as snow or water. (The sensing range will return to normal when removed.)
205
• Outside air temperature is extremely hot or cold.
205
• Outside air temperature is extremely hot or cold.
205
The following objects may not be recognized by the sensor:
205
The following objects may not be recognized by the sensor:
205
• Sharp or slim objects such as ropes, chains or small poles.
205
• Sharp or slim objects such as ropes, chains or small poles.
205
• Sharp or slim objects such as ropes, chains or small poles.
205
• Objects which tend to absorb the frequency emitted by the sensor such as clothes, sound absorbent material or snow.
205
• Objects which tend to absorb the frequency emitted by the sensor such as clothes, sound absorbent material or snow.
205
• There are undetectable objects smaller than 40 in (100 cm) in height and narrower than 6 in (14 cm) in diameter.
205
• There are undetectable objects smaller than 40 in (100 cm) in height and narrower than 6 in (14 cm) in diameter.
205
Reverse Parking Distance Warning precautions
205
Reverse Parking Distance Warning precautions
205
parking distance warning-reverse:precautions• The sound of Reverse Parking Distance Warning may change depending on the speed and shape of the objects detected.
205
parking distance warning-reverse:precautions• The sound of Reverse Parking Distance Warning may change depending on the speed and shape of the objects detected.
205
parking distance warning-reverse:precautions• The sound of Reverse Parking Distance Warning may change depending on the speed and shape of the objects detected.
205
parking distance warning-reverse:precautions
205
• The Reverse Parking Distance Warning function may malfunction if the vehicle bumper height or sensor installation has been modified or damaged. Any non- factory installed equipment or accessories may also interfere with the sensor performance.
205
• The Reverse Parking Distance Warning function may malfunction if the vehicle bumper height or sensor installation has been modified or damaged. Any non- factory installed equipment or accessories may also interfere with the sensor performance.
205
• The sensor may not recognize objects less than 12 in (30 cm) from the sensor, or it may sense an incorrect distance. Use caution.
205
• The sensor may not recognize objects less than 12 in (30 cm) from the sensor, or it may sense an incorrect distance. Use caution.
205
• When the sensor is frozen or covered with snow, dirt, or water, the sensor may be inoperative until the material is removed using a soft cloth.
205
• When the sensor is frozen or covered with snow, dirt, or water, the sensor may be inoperative until the material is removed using a soft cloth.
205
• To prevent damage, do not push, scratch or strike the sensor.
205
• To prevent damage, do not push, scratch or strike the sensor.
205
This function can only sense objects within the range and location of the sensors. It cannot detect objects in other areas where sensors are not installed. Also, small or slim objects, such as poles or objects located between sensors may not be detec...
205
This function can only sense objects within the range and location of the sensors. It cannot detect objects in other areas where sensors are not installed. Also, small or slim objects, such as poles or objects located between sensors may not be detec...
205
Be sure to inform any drivers of the vehicle that may be unfamiliar with the system regarding the system's capabilities and limitations.
205
Self-diagnosis
206
Self-diagnosis
206
parking distance warning-reverse:self-diagnosisIf you don't hear an audible warning sound or if the buzzer sounds intermittently when shifting the gear to the R (Reverse) position, this may indicate a malfunction in the Reverse Parking Distance Warning
206
parking distance warning-reverse:self-diagnosis
206
Your new vehicle warranty does not cover any accidents or damage to the vehicle or injuries to its occupants. Always drive safely and cautiously.
206
Your new vehicle warranty does not cover any accidents or damage to the vehicle or injuries to its occupants. Always drive safely and cautiously.
206
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW)
206
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW)
206
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning assists the driver during movement of the vehicle by chiming if any object is sensed within the distance of 40 in (100 cm) in front and 48 in (120 cm) behind the vehicle.
206
Rear
206
Rear
206
Rear
206
<GRAPHIC>
206
Front
206
Front
206
<GRAPHIC>
206
The sensing range and objects detectable by the ultrasonic sensors (1) are limited. Whenever moving while using Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning, pay as much attention to what is in front and behind you as you would in a vehicle without Forwa...
206
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning is a supplemental system only.
207
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning is a supplemental system only.
207
The operation of Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning can be affected by several factors (including environmental conditions).
207
It is the responsibility of the driver to always check the front and rear views before and while parking.
207
Operation of Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning
207
Operation of Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning
207
parking distance warning:operationOperating condition
207
parking distance warning:operationOperating condition
207
parking distance warning:operation
207
<GRAPHIC>
207
<GRAPHIC>
207
• This function activates when the Parking Safety button is pressed with the ENGINE START/STOP button ON.
207
• This function activates when the Parking Safety button is pressed with the ENGINE START/STOP button ON.
207
• This function activates when the Parking Safety button is pressed with the ENGINE START/STOP button ON.
207
• The indicator of Parking Safety button turns on automatically and activates Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning when you shift the gear to the R (Reverse) position.
207
• The indicator of Parking Safety button turns on automatically and activates Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning when you shift the gear to the R (Reverse) position.
207
• The sensing distance while backing up is approximately 48 in (120 cm) when you are driving less than 6 mph (10 km/h).
207
• The sensing distance while backing up is approximately 48 in (120 cm) when you are driving less than 6 mph (10 km/h).
207
• The sensing distance while moving forward is approximately 40 in (100 cm) when you are driving less than 48 mph (10 km/h).
207
• The sensing distance while moving forward is approximately 40 in (100 cm) when you are driving less than 48 mph (10 km/h).
207
• When more than two objects are sensed at the same time, the closest one will be recognized first.
207
• When more than two objects are sensed at the same time, the closest one will be recognized first.
207
• The side sensors are activated when you shift the gear to the R (Reverse) position.
207
• The side sensors are activated when you shift the gear to the R (Reverse) position.
207
• If the vehicle speed is above 12 mph (20 km/h), the system automatically turns off. To activate again, push the button.
207
• If the vehicle speed is above 12 mph (20 km/h), the system automatically turns off. To activate again, push the button.
207
It may not operate if the vehicle's distance from the object is already less than approximately 10 in (25 cm) when the system is activated.
207
It may not operate if the vehicle's distance from the object is already less than approximately 10 in (25 cm) when the system is activated.
207
Type of warning indicator and sound
208
Type of warning indicator and sound
208
<TABLE>
208
<TABLE>
208
<TABLE HEADING>
208
<TABLE ROW>
208
Distance from object
208
Distance from object
208
Warning indicator
208
Warning indicator
208
Warning sound
208
Warning sound
208
<TABLE ROW>
208
When driving forward
208
When driving forward
208
When driving reverse
208
When driving reverse
208
<TABLE BODY>
208
<TABLE ROW>
208
40~24 inch
208
40~24 inch
208
(100~60 cm)
208
Front
208
Front
208
<GRAPHIC>
208
<GRAPHIC>
208
-
208
-
208
Buzzer beeps intermittently
208
Buzzer beeps intermittently
208
<TABLE ROW>
208
48~24 inch
208
48~24 inch
208
(120~60 cm)
208
Rear
208
Rear
208
-
208
-
208
<GRAPHIC>
208
<GRAPHIC>
208
Buzzer beeps intermittently
208
Buzzer beeps intermittently
208
<TABLE ROW>
208
24~12 inch
208
24~12 inch
208
(60~30 cm)
208
Front
208
Front
208
<GRAPHIC>
208
<GRAPHIC>
208
<GRAPHIC>
208
<GRAPHIC>
208
Buzzer beeps frequently
208
Buzzer beeps frequently
208
<TABLE ROW>
208
Rear
208
Rear
208
-
208
-
208
Buzzer beeps frequently
208
Buzzer beeps frequently
208
<TABLE ROW>
208
Within 12 inch
208
Within 12 inch
208
(30 cm)
208
Front
208
Front
208
<GRAPHIC>
208
<GRAPHIC>
208
<GRAPHIC>
208
<GRAPHIC>
208
Buzzer beeps continuously
208
Buzzer beeps continuously
208
<TABLE ROW>
208
Rear
208
Rear
208
-
208
-
208
Buzzer beeps continuously
208
Buzzer beeps continuously
208
• The actual warning sound and indicator may differ from the illustration depending on the objects or sensor status.
208
• The actual warning sound and indicator may differ from the illustration depending on the objects or sensor status.
208
• The actual warning sound and indicator may differ from the illustration depending on the objects or sensor status.
208
• The actual warning sound and indicator may differ from the illustration depending on the objects or sensor status.
208
• Do not wash the vehicle's sensor with high pressure water.
208
• Do not wash the vehicle's sensor with high pressure water.
208
• This function can only sense objects within the range and location of the sensors; it cannot detect objects in other areas where sensors are not installed. Also, small or slim objects, such as poles or objects located between sensors may not be d...
208
• This function can only sense objects within the range and location of the sensors; it cannot detect objects in other areas where sensors are not installed. Also, small or slim objects, such as poles or objects located between sensors may not be d...
208
• This function can only sense objects within the range and location of the sensors; it cannot detect objects in other areas where sensors are not installed. Also, small or slim objects, such as poles or objects located between sensors may not be d...
208
• This function can only sense objects within the range and location of the sensors; it cannot detect objects in other areas where sensors are not installed. Also, small or slim objects, such as poles or objects located between sensors may not be d...
208
Always visually check behind the vehicle when backing up.
208
• Be sure to inform any drivers of the vehicle that may be unfamiliar with the system regarding the system's capabilities and limitations.
208
• Be sure to inform any drivers of the vehicle that may be unfamiliar with the system regarding the system's capabilities and limitations.
208
Non-operational conditions of Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning
209
Non-operational conditions of Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning
209
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning may not operate normally when:
209
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning may not operate normally when:
209
• Moisture is frozen to the sensor. (It will operate normally when moisture melts.)
209
• Moisture is frozen to the sensor. (It will operate normally when moisture melts.)
209
• Moisture is frozen to the sensor. (It will operate normally when moisture melts.)
209
• Sensor is covered with foreign matter, such as snow or water, or the sensor cover is blocked. (It will operate normally when the material is removed or the sensor is no longer blocked.)
209
• Sensor is covered with foreign matter, such as snow or water, or the sensor cover is blocked. (It will operate normally when the material is removed or the sensor is no longer blocked.)
209
• Sensor is stained with foreign matter such as snow or water. (Sensing range will return to normal when removed.)
209
• Sensor is stained with foreign matter such as snow or water. (Sensing range will return to normal when removed.)
209
• The Parking Safety button is OFF.
209
• The Parking Safety button is OFF.
209
There is a possibility of Forward/ Reverse Parking Distance Warning malfunction when:
209
There is a possibility of Forward/ Reverse Parking Distance Warning malfunction when:
209
• Driving on uneven road surfaces such as unpaved roads, gravel, bumps, or gradient.
209
• Driving on uneven road surfaces such as unpaved roads, gravel, bumps, or gradient.
209
• Driving on uneven road surfaces such as unpaved roads, gravel, bumps, or gradient.
209
• Objects generating excessive noise such as vehicle horns, loud motorcycle engines, or truck air brakes can interfere with the sensor.
209
• Objects generating excessive noise such as vehicle horns, loud motorcycle engines, or truck air brakes can interfere with the sensor.
209
• Heavy rain or water spray.
209
• Heavy rain or water spray.
209
• Wireless transmitters or mobile phones present near the sensor.
209
• Wireless transmitters or mobile phones present near the sensor.
209
• Sensor is covered with snow.
209
• Sensor is covered with snow.
209
Detecting range may decrease when:
209
Detecting range may decrease when:
209
• Outside air temperature is extremely hot or cold.
209
• Outside air temperature is extremely hot or cold.
209
• Outside air temperature is extremely hot or cold.
209
• There are undetectable objects smaller than 40 in (100 cm) and narrower than 5.5 in (14 cm) in diameter.
209
• There are undetectable objects smaller than 40 in (100 cm) and narrower than 5.5 in (14 cm) in diameter.
209
The following objects may not be recognized by the sensor:
209
The following objects may not be recognized by the sensor:
209
• Sharp or slim objects such as ropes, chains or small poles.
209
• Sharp or slim objects such as ropes, chains or small poles.
209
• Sharp or slim objects such as ropes, chains or small poles.
209
• Objects, which tend to absorb sensor frequency such as clothes, spongy material or snow.
209
• Objects, which tend to absorb sensor frequency such as clothes, spongy material or snow.
209
1. The warning may not sound consistently depending on the speed and shapes of the objects detected.
209
1. The warning may not sound consistently depending on the speed and shapes of the objects detected.
209
1. The warning may not sound consistently depending on the speed and shapes of the objects detected.
209
1. The warning may not sound consistently depending on the speed and shapes of the objects detected.
209
2. The Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning function may malfunction if the vehicle bumper height or sensor installation has been modified. Any non-factory installed equipment or accessories may also interfere with the sensor performance.
209
2. The Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning function may malfunction if the vehicle bumper height or sensor installation has been modified. Any non-factory installed equipment or accessories may also interfere with the sensor performance.
209
3. Sensor may not recognize objects less than 12 in (30 cm) from the sensor, or it may sense an incorrect distance. Use with caution.
209
3. Sensor may not recognize objects less than 12 in (30 cm) from the sensor, or it may sense an incorrect distance. Use with caution.
209
4. When the sensor is frozen or stained with snow or water, the sensor may be inoperative until the stains are removed using a soft cloth.
209
4. When the sensor is frozen or stained with snow or water, the sensor may be inoperative until the stains are removed using a soft cloth.
209
5. Do not push, scratch or strike the sensor with any hard objects that could damage the surface of the sensor. Sensor damage could occur.
210
5. Do not push, scratch or strike the sensor with any hard objects that could damage the surface of the sensor. Sensor damage could occur.
210
This function can only sense objects within the range and location of the sensors; it cannot detect objects in other areas where sensors are not installed. Also, small or slim objects, or objects located between sensors may not be detected.
210
This function can only sense objects within the range and location of the sensors; it cannot detect objects in other areas where sensors are not installed. Also, small or slim objects, or objects located between sensors may not be detected.
210
Always visually check in front and behind the vehicle when driving. Be sure to inform any drivers in the vehicle that may be unfamiliar with the system regarding the systems capabilities and limitations.
210
Pay close attention when the vehicle is driven close to objects on the road, particularly pedestrians, and especially children. Be aware that some objects may not be detected by the sensors, due to the objects distance, size or material, all of which...
210
Pay close attention when the vehicle is driven close to objects on the road, particularly pedestrians, and especially children. Be aware that some objects may not be detected by the sensors, due to the objects distance, size or material, all of which...
210
Self-diagnosis
210
Self-diagnosis
210
parking distance warning:self-diagnosisWhen you shift the gear to the R (Reverse) position and if one or more of the below occurs you may have a malfunction in the Forward/ Reverse Parking Distance Warning function.
210
parking distance warning:self-diagnosis
210
• You don't hear an audible warning sound or if the buzzer sounds intermittently.
210
• You don't hear an audible warning sound or if the buzzer sounds intermittently.
210
• You don't hear an audible warning sound or if the buzzer sounds intermittently.
210
<GRAPHIC>• (blinks) is displayed.
210
<GRAPHIC>• (blinks) is displayed.
210
<GRAPHIC>
210
If this occurs, have your vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible.
210
Your new vehicle warranty does not cover any accidents or damage to the vehicle or injuries to its occupants. Always drive safely and cautiously.
210
Your new vehicle warranty does not cover any accidents or damage to the vehicle or injuries to its occupants. Always drive safely and cautiously.
210
Blind-Spot View Monitor (BVM)
211
Blind-Spot View Monitor (BVM)
211
The Blind-Spot View Monitor function displays the passenger-side rear areas in the cluster when the system is activated.
211
<GRAPHIC>
211
<GRAPHIC>
211
<GRAPHIC>
211
To turn on Blind-Spot View Monitor
211
To turn on Blind-Spot View Monitor
211
When Blind-Spot View Monitor is enabled in the settings.
211
When Blind-Spot View Monitor is enabled in the settings.
211
When Blind-Spot View Monitor is enabled in the settings.
211
1. ENGINE START/STOP button is in the ON position.
211
1. ENGINE START/STOP button is in the ON position.
211
1. ENGINE START/STOP button is in the ON position.
211
2. The turn signal is activated.
211
2. The turn signal is activated.
211
To turn off Blind-Spot View Monitor
211
To turn off Blind-Spot View Monitor
211
1. ENGINE START/STOP button is in the OFF position.
211
1. ENGINE START/STOP button is in the OFF position.
211
1. ENGINE START/STOP button is in the OFF position.
211
1. ENGINE START/STOP button is in the OFF position.
211
2. The turn signal is deactivated.
211
2. The turn signal is deactivated.
211
3. Other warning screen pops up and takes priority over Blind-Spot View Monitor.
211
3. Other warning screen pops up and takes priority over Blind-Spot View Monitor.
211
Like all assistance system, the Blind-Spot View Monitor function has limitations. Sole-reliance on the system may result in a collision.
211
Like all assistance system, the Blind-Spot View Monitor function has limitations. Sole-reliance on the system may result in a collision.
211
Like all assistance system, the Blind-Spot View Monitor function has limitations. Sole-reliance on the system may result in a collision.
211
• ALWAYS look around your vehicle to make sure there are no objects or obstacles before moving the vehicle in any direction to prevent a collision.
211
• ALWAYS look around your vehicle to make sure there are no objects or obstacles before moving the vehicle in any direction to prevent a collision.
211
• ALWAYS look around your vehicle to make sure there are no objects or obstacles before moving the vehicle in any direction to prevent a collision.
211
• ALWAYS look around your vehicle to make sure there are no objects or obstacles before moving the vehicle in any direction to prevent a collision.
211
• ALWAYS
211
• Objects are closer than they appear. Failure to visually confirm that is safe to change the lane before doing so may result in crash and serious injury or death.
211
• Objects are closer than they appear. Failure to visually confirm that is safe to change the lane before doing so may result in crash and serious injury or death.
211
• Always keep the camera lens clean. The camera may not work normally if the lens is covered with foreign material.
211
• Always keep the camera lens clean. The camera may not work normally if the lens is covered with foreign material.
211
Lighting
212
Lighting
212
This vehicle is equipped with a variety of lights to illuminate the interior and exterior of the vehicle.
212
To prevent the battery from being discharged, do not leave the headlight and interior light on for a prolonged time while the engine is not running.
212
To prevent the battery from being discharged, do not leave the headlight and interior light on for a prolonged time while the engine is not running.
212
To prevent the battery from being discharged, do not leave the headlight and interior light on for a prolonged time while the engine is not running.
212
Battery saver function
212
Battery saver function
212
The purpose of this feature is to prevent the battery from being discharged if the lights are left in the ON position. The system automatically shuts off the position lamp 30 seconds after the vehicle is turned off and the driver's door is opened and...
212
With this feature, the position lamp will turn off automatically if the driver parks on the side of the road at night and opens the driver's side door.
212
With this feature, the position lamp will turn off automatically if the driver parks on the side of the road at night and opens the driver's side door.
212
With this feature, the position lamp will turn off automatically if the driver parks on the side of the road at night and opens the driver's side door.
212
If necessary, to keep the position lamp on when the vehicle is turned off, perform the following:
212
1. Open the driver-side door.
212
1. Open the driver-side door.
212
1. Open the driver-side door.
212
2. Turn the position lamp OFF and ON again using the light switch on the steering column.
212
2. Turn the position lamp OFF and ON again using the light switch on the steering column.
212
Daytime Running Light (DRL)
212
Daytime Running Light (DRL)
212
The Daytime Running Light (DRL) can make it easier for others to see the front of your vehicle during the day.
212
The DRL can be helpful in many different driving conditions, and it is especially helpful after dawn and before sunset.
212
The DRL can be helpful in many different driving conditions, and it is especially helpful after dawn and before sunset.
212
The DRL will turn the dedicated lamp OFF when:
212
• The headlight switch is on.
212
• The headlight switch is on.
212
• The headlight switch is on.
212
• The vehicle is off.
212
• The vehicle is off.
212
• The front fog light is on.
212
• The front fog light is on.
212
• Engaging the Parking Brake.
212
• Engaging the Parking Brake.
212
Lighting control
212
Lighting control
212
The light switch has a headlight and a position lamp position.
212
<GRAPHIC>
212
<GRAPHIC>
212
<GRAPHIC>
212
To operate the lights, turn the knob at the end of the control lever to one of the following positions:
212
1. OFF position / DRL off position.
212
1. OFF position / DRL off position.
212
1. OFF position / DRL off position.
212
2. Auto light position
212
2. Auto light position
212
3. Position & Tail lamp
212
3. Position & Tail lamp
212
4. Headlight position
213
4. Headlight position
213
Position & Tail lamp
213
Position & Tail lamp
213
<GRAPHIC>
213
<GRAPHIC>
213
lighting:position and tail lamp
213
lighting:position and tail lamp
213
position and tail lamp
213
Headlight position
213
Headlight position
213
<GRAPHIC>
213
<GRAPHIC>
213
headlight position
213
headlight position
213
lighting:headlight position
213
The ENGINE START/STOP button must be in the ON position to turn on the headlights.
213
The ENGINE START/STOP button must be in the ON position to turn on the headlights.
213
Auto light
213
Auto light
213
<GRAPHIC>
213
<GRAPHIC>
213
auto light
213
auto light
213
lighting:auto light
213
• Never place anything over the sensor (1) located on the instrument panel as this will ensure better auto-light system control.
213
• Never place anything over the sensor (1) located on the instrument panel as this will ensure better auto-light system control.
213
• Never place anything over the sensor (1) located on the instrument panel as this will ensure better auto-light system control.
213
• Never place anything over the sensor (1) located on the instrument panel as this will ensure better auto-light system control.
213
• Don't clean the sensor using a window cleaner, the cleaner may leave a light film which could interfere with sensor operation.
213
• Don't clean the sensor using a window cleaner, the cleaner may leave a light film which could interfere with sensor operation.
213
• If your vehicle has window tint or other types of metallic coating on the front windshield, the Auto light system may not work properly.
213
• If your vehicle has window tint or other types of metallic coating on the front windshield, the Auto light system may not work properly.
213
Operating high beam
214
Operating high beam
214
<GRAPHIC>
214
<GRAPHIC>
214
<GRAPHIC>
214
<GRAPHIC>
214
To turn on the high beam headlamp:
214
To turn on the high beam headlamp:
214
To turn on the high beam headlamp:
214
• Push the lever away from you.
214
• Push the lever away from you.
214
The lever will return to its original position.
214
The lever will return to its original position.
214
The high beam indicator will light when the headlight high beams are switched on.
214
High beams
214
High beams
214
Do not use high beam when there are other vehicles in front of or approaching your vehicle. Using high beam could obstruct the other driver's vision.
214
To flash the headlights:
214
To flash the headlights:
214
• Pull the lever towards you.
214
• Pull the lever towards you.
214
<GRAPHIC>
214
<GRAPHIC>
214
<GRAPHIC>
214
It will return to the normal (low beam) position when released. The headlight switch does not need to be on to use this flashing feature.
214
Operating turn signals and lane change signals
214
Operating turn signals and lane change signals
214
<GRAPHIC>
214
<GRAPHIC>
214
<GRAPHIC>
214
<GRAPHIC>
214
The ENGINE START/STOP button must be on for the turn signals to function.
214
To turn on the turn signals:
214
To turn on the turn signals:
214
To turn on the turn signals:
214
• Move the lever up or down (A).
214
• Move the lever up or down (A).
214
The green arrow indicators on the instrument panel indicate which turn signal is operating.
214
The green arrow indicators on the instrument panel indicate which turn signal is operating.
214
They will self-cancel after a turn is completed. If the indicator continues to flash after a turn, manually return the lever to the OFF position.
215
To signal a lane change:
215
To signal a lane change:
215
• Move the turn signal lever slightly and hold it in position (B).
215
• Move the turn signal lever slightly and hold it in position (B).
215
The lever will return to the OFF position when released.
215
The lever will return to the OFF position when released.
215
If an indicator stays on and does not flash or if it flashes abnormally, one of the turn signal bulbs may be burned out and will require replacement.
215
If an indicator stays on and does not flash or if it flashes abnormally, one of the turn signal bulbs may be burned out and will require replacement.
215
If an indicator flash is abnormally quick or slow, a bulb may be burned out or have a poor electrical connection in the circuit.
215
If an indicator flash is abnormally quick or slow, a bulb may be burned out or have a poor electrical connection in the circuit.
215
One-touch lane change function
215
To activate a one-touch lane change function, move the turn signal lever slightly and then release it. The lane change signals will blink 3, 5 or 7 times.
215
To activate a one-touch lane change function, move the turn signal lever slightly and then release it. The lane change signals will blink 3, 5 or 7 times.
215
You can activate or deactivate the One Touch Turn Signal function or choose the number of blinking (3, 5, or 7) by selecting \User Settings → Lights → One Touch Turn Signal\.
215
If the turn signal indicator stays on and does not flash, or if it flashes abnormally, a bulb may be burned out or have a poor electrical connection in the circuit. The bulb may require replacement.
215
If the turn signal indicator stays on and does not flash, or if it flashes abnormally, a bulb may be burned out or have a poor electrical connection in the circuit. The bulb may require replacement.
215
Operating front fog light
215
Operating front fog light
215
Fog lights are designed to provide improved visibility when visibility is poor due to fog, rain or snow, etc.
215
<GRAPHIC>
215
<GRAPHIC>
215
<GRAPHIC>
215
<GRAPHIC>
215
The fog lights will turn on when the fog light switch (1) is turned to the on position after the headlight is turned on.
215
To turn off the fog lights:
215
• Turn the fog light switch (1) to the OFF position.
215
• Turn the fog light switch (1) to the OFF position.
215
• Turn the fog light switch (1) to the OFF position.
215
High Beam Assist (HBA)
215
High Beam Assist (HBA)
215
High Beam Assist is a system that automatically adjusts the headlamp range (switches between high beam and low beam) according to the brightness of other vehicles and road conditions.
215
<GRAPHIC>
216
<GRAPHIC>
216
<GRAPHIC>
216
Operating High Beam Assist
216
High Beam Assist can be operated using the light switch.
216
1. Place the light switch in the AUTO position.
216
1. Place the light switch in the AUTO position.
216
1. Place the light switch in the AUTO position.
216
1. Place the light switch in the AUTO position.
216
2. Turn on the high beam by pushing the lever away from you.
216
2. Turn on the high beam by pushing the lever away from you.
216
3. The High Beam Assist (
216
3. The High Beam Assist (
216
<GRAPHIC>
216
4. High Beam Assist will turn on when vehicle speed is above 25 mph (40 km/h).
216
4. High Beam Assist will turn on when vehicle speed is above 25 mph (40 km/h).
216
The details of operation with the light switch while High Beam Assist is on are below.
216
The details of operation with the light switch while High Beam Assist is on are below.
216
• If the light switch is pushed away, High Beam Assist will turn off and the high beam will be on continuously.
216
• If the light switch is pushed away, High Beam Assist will turn off and the high beam will be on continuously.
216
• If the light switch is pushed away, High Beam Assist will turn off and the high beam will be on continuously.
216
• If the light switch is pulled towards you when the high beam is off, the high beam will be on without canceling the operation of High Beam Assist. (When you take your hands off the switch, the lever will move to the middle and the high beam will ...
216
• If the light switch is pulled towards you when the high beam is off, the high beam will be on without canceling the operation of High Beam Assist. (When you take your hands off the switch, the lever will move to the middle and the high beam will ...
216
• If the light switch is pulled towards you when the high beam is turned on using High Beam Assist, the low beam will turn on and High Beam Assist turn off.
216
• If the light switch is pulled towards you when the high beam is turned on using High Beam Assist, the low beam will turn on and High Beam Assist turn off.
216
• If the light switch is turned to the headlamp position (
216
• If the light switch is turned to the headlamp position (
216
<GRAPHIC>
216
When High Beam Assist is operating, the high beam switches to low beam in the following conditions.
216
• When the headlamp is detected from the on-coming vehicle.
216
• When the headlamp is detected from the on-coming vehicle.
216
• When the headlamp is detected from the on-coming vehicle.
216
• When the tail lamp is detected from the front vehicle.
216
• When the tail lamp is detected from the front vehicle.
216
• When headlamp / tail lamp of bicycle/motorcycle is detected.
216
• When headlamp / tail lamp of bicycle/motorcycle is detected.
216
• When the surrounding is so bright that high beams are not needed.
216
• When the surrounding is so bright that high beams are not needed.
216
• When streetlights or other lights are detected.
216
• When streetlights or other lights are detected.
216
• When the light switch is not in the AUTO position.
216
• When the light switch is not in the AUTO position.
216
• When High Beam Assist is off.
216
• When High Beam Assist is off.
216
• When vehicle speed is below 15 mph (24 km/h).
216
• When vehicle speed is below 15 mph (24 km/h).
216
High Beam Assist warning light and message
217
When High Beam Assist is not working properly, a warning message “Check High Beam Assist (HBA) system” will come on for a few seconds.
217
After the message disappears, the master warning light (
217
After the message disappears, the master warning light (
217
<GRAPHIC>
217
The High Beam Assist function may not work properly in the following situations:
217
The High Beam Assist function may not work properly in the following situations:
217
• When the light from a on-coming or front vehicle is poor
217
• When the light from a on-coming or front vehicle is poor
217
• When the light from a on-coming or front vehicle is poor
217
- When the light from a on-coming or front vehicle is not detected because of lamp damage, or because it is hidden from sight, etc.
217
- When the light from a on-coming or front vehicle is not detected because of lamp damage, or because it is hidden from sight, etc.
217
- When the light from a on-coming or front vehicle is not detected because of lamp damage, or because it is hidden from sight, etc.
217
- When the lamp of a on-coming or front vehicle is covered with dust, snow or water.
217
- When the lamp of a on-coming or front vehicle is covered with dust, snow or water.
217
- When a front vehicle's headlamps are off but the fog lamps on and etc.
217
- When a front vehicle's headlamps are off but the fog lamps on and etc.
217
• When external conditions intervene
217
• When external conditions intervene
217
- When there is a lamp that has a similar shape as a front vehicle's lamps.
217
- When there is a lamp that has a similar shape as a front vehicle's lamps.
217
- When there is a lamp that has a similar shape as a front vehicle's lamps.
217
- When the headlamp is not repaired or replaced at an authorized Kia dealer.
217
- When the headlamp is not repaired or replaced at an authorized Kia dealer.
217
- When headlamp aiming is not properly adjusted.
217
- When headlamp aiming is not properly adjusted.
217
- When driving on a narrow curved road, rough road, downhill or uphill.
217
- When driving on a narrow curved road, rough road, downhill or uphill.
217
- When only part of the vehicle in front is visible on a crossroad or curved road.
217
- When only part of the vehicle in front is visible on a crossroad or curved road.
217
- When there is a traffic light, reflecting sign, flashing sign or mirror ahead.
217
- When there is a traffic light, reflecting sign, flashing sign or mirror ahead.
217
- When there is a temporary reflector or flash ahead (construction area).
217
- When there is a temporary reflector or flash ahead (construction area).
217
- When the road conditions are poor such as being wet, iced or covered with snow.
217
- When the road conditions are poor such as being wet, iced or covered with snow.
217
- When a vehicle suddenly appears from a curve.
217
- When a vehicle suddenly appears from a curve.
217
- When the vehicle is tilted from a flat tire or being towed.
217
- When the vehicle is tilted from a flat tire or being towed.
217
- When the Lane Keeping Assist failure indicator (yellow) illuminates.
217
- When the Lane Keeping Assist failure indicator (yellow) illuminates.
217
• When front visibility is poor
217
• When front visibility is poor
217
- When the lamp of the on-coming or front vehicle is covered with dust, snow or water.
217
- When the lamp of the on-coming or front vehicle is covered with dust, snow or water.
217
- When the lamp of the on-coming or front vehicle is covered with dust, snow or water.
217
- When the light from a on-coming or front vehicle is not detected because of exhaust fume, smoke, fog, snow, etc.
217
- When the light from a on-coming or front vehicle is not detected because of exhaust fume, smoke, fog, snow, etc.
217
- When the front window is covered with foreign substance.
217
- When the front window is covered with foreign substance.
217
- When it is hard to see because of fog, heavy rain or snow and etc.
218
- When it is hard to see because of fog, heavy rain or snow and etc.
218
• Do not disassemble a front view camera temporarily for tinted window or attaching any types of coatings and accessories. If you disassemble the camera and assemble it again, take your vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer and have the system checked.
218
• Do not disassemble a front view camera temporarily for tinted window or attaching any types of coatings and accessories. If you disassemble the camera and assemble it again, take your vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer and have the system checked.
218
• Do not disassemble a front view camera temporarily for tinted window or attaching any types of coatings and accessories. If you disassemble the camera and assemble it again, take your vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer and have the system checked.
218
• Do not disassemble a front view camera temporarily for tinted window or attaching any types of coatings and accessories. If you disassemble the camera and assemble it again, take your vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer and have the system checked.
218
• When you replace or reinstall the windshield glass take your vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer and have the system checked.
218
• When you replace or reinstall the windshield glass take your vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer and have the system checked.
218
• Be careful that water doesn't get into the High Beam Assist unit unit and do not remove or damage parts of High Beam Assist.
218
• Be careful that water doesn't get into the High Beam Assist unit unit and do not remove or damage parts of High Beam Assist.
218
• Do not place objects on the dash board that reflect light such as mirrors, white paper, etc. The system may not be able to function if sunlight is reflected onto it.
218
• Do not place objects on the dash board that reflect light such as mirrors, white paper, etc. The system may not be able to function if sunlight is reflected onto it.
218
• At times, High Beam Assist may not operate due to system limitations. The system is for your convenience only.
218
• At times, High Beam Assist may not operate due to system limitations. The system is for your convenience only.
218
It is the responsibility of the driver to drive safely and always check the road conditions.
218
• When the function does not operate normally, change the lamp position manually between the high beam and low beam.
218
• When the function does not operate normally, change the lamp position manually between the high beam and low beam.
218
Wipers and washers
219
Wipers and washers
219
The wipers and washers remove foreign substances from the windshield and rear window, helping to maintain visibility.
219
Front windshield wiper/washer
219
Front windshield wiper/washer
219
Front windshield wiper/washer
219
<GRAPHIC>
219
Rear windshield wiper/washer
219
Rear windshield wiper/washer
219
<GRAPHIC>
219
A: Wiper speed control (front)
219
A: Wiper speed control (front)
219
• MIST – Single wipe
219
• MIST – Single wipe
219
• MIST – Single wipe
219
• OFF – Off
219
• OFF – Off
219
• INT – Intermittent wipe
219
• INT – Intermittent wipe
219
AUTO* – Auto control wipe
219
• LO – Low wiper speed
219
• LO – Low wiper speed
219
• HI – High wiper speed
219
• HI – High wiper speed
219
B: Intermittent control wipe time adjustment
219
B: Intermittent control wipe time adjustment
219
C: Wash with brief wipes (front)
219
C: Wash with brief wipes (front)
219
D: Rear wiper/washer control
219
D: Rear wiper/washer control
219
• HI – Continuous wipe
219
• HI – Continuous wipe
219
• HI – Continuous wipe
219
• LO – Intermittent wipe
219
• LO – Intermittent wipe
219
• OFF – Off
219
• OFF – Off
219
E: Wash with brief wipes (rear)
219
E: Wash with brief wipes (rear)
219
*: if equipped
219
Windshield washers
219
Windshield washers
219
windshield washers
219
windshield washers
219
wipers and washers:windshield washers
219
MIST: For a single wiping cycle, move the lever to this (MIST) position and release it. The wipers will operate continuously if the lever is held in this position.
219
MIST
219
OFF: Wiper is not in operation
219
OFF
219
INT: Wiper operates intermittently at the same wiping intervals. Use this mode in light rain or mist. To vary the speed setting, turn the speed control switch.
219
INT
219
LO: Normal wiper speed
219
LO
219
HI: Fast wiper speed
219
HI
219
If there is heavy accumulation of snow or ice on the windshield, defrost the windshield for about 10 minutes, or until the snow and/or ice is removed before using the windshield wipers to ensure proper operation. If you do not remove the snow and/or ...
219
If there is heavy accumulation of snow or ice on the windshield, defrost the windshield for about 10 minutes, or until the snow and/or ice is removed before using the windshield wipers to ensure proper operation. If you do not remove the snow and/or ...
219
Do not use the washer in freezing temperatures without first warming the windshield with the defrosters; the washer solution could freeze on the windshield and obscure your vision.
220
Do not use the washer in freezing temperatures without first warming the windshield with the defrosters; the washer solution could freeze on the windshield and obscure your vision.
220
Auto control
220
Auto control
220
<GRAPHIC>
220
<GRAPHIC>
220
wipers and washers:auto controlThe rain sensor (A) located on the upper end of the windshield glass senses the amount of rainfall and controls the wiping cycle for the proper interval. The more it rains, the faster the wiper operates. When the rain stop
220
wipers and washers:auto control
220
To vary the speed setting, turn the speed control knob (1).
220
If the wiper switch is set in AUTO mode when the ENGINE START/ STOP button is ON position, the wiper will operate once to perform a self-check of the system. Set the wiper to the OFF position when the wiper is not in use.
220
When the ENGINE START/STOP button is in the ON position and the windshield wiper switch is placed in AUTO mode, use caution in the following situations to avoid any injury to the hands or other parts of the body:
220
When the ENGINE START/STOP button is in the ON position and the windshield wiper switch is placed in AUTO mode, use caution in the following situations to avoid any injury to the hands or other parts of the body:
220
• Do not touch the upper end of the windshield glass facing the rain sensor.
220
• Do not touch the upper end of the windshield glass facing the rain sensor.
220
• Do not touch the upper end of the windshield glass facing the rain sensor.
220
• Do not wipe the upper end of the windshield glass with a damp or wet cloth.
220
• Do not wipe the upper end of the windshield glass with a damp or wet cloth.
220
• Do not put pressure on the windshield glass.
220
• Do not put pressure on the windshield glass.
220
• When washing the vehicle, set the wiper switch in the OFF position to stop the auto wiper operation.
220
• When washing the vehicle, set the wiper switch in the OFF position to stop the auto wiper operation.
220
• When washing the vehicle, set the wiper switch in the OFF position to stop the auto wiper operation.
220
• When washing the vehicle, set the wiper switch in the OFF position to stop the auto wiper operation.
220
The wiper may operate and be damaged if the switch is set in AUTO mode while washing the vehicle.
220
• Do not remove the sensor cover located on the upper end of the passenger side windshield glass. Damage to system parts could occur and may not be covered by your vehicle warranty.
221
• Do not remove the sensor cover located on the upper end of the passenger side windshield glass. Damage to system parts could occur and may not be covered by your vehicle warranty.
221
• When starting the vehicle in winter, set the wiper switch in the OFF position. Otherwise, wipers may operate and ice may damage the windshield wiper blades. Always remove all snow and ice and defrost the windshield properly prior to operating the...
221
• When starting the vehicle in winter, set the wiper switch in the OFF position. Otherwise, wipers may operate and ice may damage the windshield wiper blades. Always remove all snow and ice and defrost the windshield properly prior to operating the...
221
Operating windshield washer
221
Operating windshield washer
221
Use this function when the windshield is dirty.
221
<GRAPHIC>
221
<GRAPHIC>
221
<GRAPHIC>
221
<GRAPHIC>
221
1. Move the wiper speed control switch to the OFF position.
221
1. Move the wiper speed control switch to the OFF position.
221
1. Move the wiper speed control switch to the OFF position.
221
2. Pull the lever gently toward you to spray washer fluid on the windshield and to run the wipers 1-3 cycles.
221
2. Pull the lever gently toward you to spray washer fluid on the windshield and to run the wipers 1-3 cycles.
221
The spray and wiper operation will continue until you release the lever.
221
The spray and wiper operation will continue until you release the lever.
221
If the washer does not work, check the washer fluid level. If the fluid level is not sufficient, you will need to add appropriate non-abrasive windshield washer fluid to the washer reservoir.
221
If the washer does not work, check the washer fluid level. If the fluid level is not sufficient, you will need to add appropriate non-abrasive windshield washer fluid to the washer reservoir.
221
The reservoir filler neck is located in the front of the motor compartment on the passenger side.
221
Washer pump
221
Washer pump
221
To prevent possible damage to the washer pump, do not operate the washer when the fluid reservoir is empty.
221
Wipers & windshields
221
Wipers & windshields
221
• To prevent possible damage to the wipers or windshield, do not operate the wipers when the windshield is dry.
221
• To prevent possible damage to the wipers or windshield, do not operate the wipers when the windshield is dry.
221
• To prevent possible damage to the wipers or windshield, do not operate the wipers when the windshield is dry.
221
• To prevent damage to the wiper blades, do not use gasoline, kerosene, paint thinner, or other solvents on or near them.
221
• To prevent damage to the wiper blades, do not use gasoline, kerosene, paint thinner, or other solvents on or near them.
221
• To prevent damage to the wiper arms and other components, do not attempt to move the wipers manually.
221
• To prevent damage to the wiper arms and other components, do not attempt to move the wipers manually.
221
Operating rear window wiper and washer switch
222
Operating rear window wiper and washer switch
222
The rear window wiper and washer switch is located at the end of the wiper and washer switch lever.
222
• Turn the switch to the desired position to operate the rear wiper and washer.
222
• Turn the switch to the desired position to operate the rear wiper and washer.
222
• Turn the switch to the desired position to operate the rear wiper and washer.
222
• Turn the switch to the desired position to operate the rear wiper and washer.
222
<GRAPHIC>
222
<GRAPHIC>
222
<GRAPHIC>
222
• HI: Continuous wipe
222
• HI: Continuous wipe
222
• HI: Continuous wipe
222
• LO: Intermittent wipe
222
• LO: Intermittent wipe
222
• OFF: OFF
222
• OFF: OFF
222
• Push the lever away from you to spray rear washer fluid and to run the rear wipers 1~3 cycles.
222
• Push the lever away from you to spray rear washer fluid and to run the rear wipers 1~3 cycles.
222
<GRAPHIC>
222
<GRAPHIC>
222
<GRAPHIC>
222
The spray and wiper operation will continue until you release the lever
222
Interior lights
222
Interior lights
222
This vehicle is equipped with lights throughout the vehicle to illuminate the interior.
222
Automatic turn off function
222
Automatic turn off function
222
The interior lights automatically turn off approximately 20 minutes after the ENGINE START/STOP button is turned off, if the lights are in the ON position.
222
If your vehicle is equipped with the theft alarm system, the interior lights automatically turn off approximately 5 seconds after the system is armed.
222
If your vehicle is equipped with the theft alarm system, the interior lights automatically turn off approximately 5 seconds after the system is armed.
222
Map lamp
222
Map lamp
222
<GRAPHIC>
222
<GRAPHIC>
222
<GRAPHIC>
222
• Press the lens (1) to turn ON the map lamp.
222
• Press the lens (1) to turn ON the map lamp.
222
• Press the lens (1) to turn ON the map lamp.
222
To turn the map lamp OFF press the lens (1) again.
222
<GRAPHIC>• (2): DOOR mode
222
<GRAPHIC>• (2): DOOR mode
222
<GRAPHIC>
222
- The map lamp and room lamp come on when a door is opened. The lamps go out after approximately 30 seconds.
223
- The map lamp and room lamp come on when a door is opened. The lamps go out after approximately 30 seconds.
223
- The map lamp and room lamp come on when a door is opened. The lamps go out after approximately 30 seconds.
223
- The map lamp and room lamp come on for approximately 30 seconds when doors are unlocked with a smart key as long as the doors are not opened.
223
- The map lamp and room lamp come on for approximately 30 seconds when doors are unlocked with a smart key as long as the doors are not opened.
223
- The map lamp and room lamp will stay on for approximately 20 minutes if a door is opened with the ENGINE START/STOP button in the ACC or OFF position.
223
- The map lamp and room lamp will stay on for approximately 20 minutes if a door is opened with the ENGINE START/STOP button in the ACC or OFF position.
223
- The map lamp and room lamp will stay on continuously if the door is opened with the ENGINE START/STOP button in the ON position.
223
- The map lamp and room lamp will stay on continuously if the door is opened with the ENGINE START/STOP button in the ON position.
223
- The map lamp and room lamp will go out immediately if the ENGINE START/STOP button is changed to the ON position or all doors are locked.
223
- The map lamp and room lamp will go out immediately if the ENGINE START/STOP button is changed to the ON position or all doors are locked.
223
- To turn off the DOOR mode, press the DOOR button (2) once again (not pressed).
223
- To turn off the DOOR mode, press the DOOR button (2) once again (not pressed).
223
<GRAPHIC>• (3): Press this switch to turn the front and rear room lamps on and off.
223
<GRAPHIC>• (3): Press this switch to turn the front and rear room lamps on and off.
223
<GRAPHIC>
223
Room lamp
223
Room lamp
223
Type A
223
Type A
223
Type A
223
<GRAPHIC>
223
Type B
223
Type B
223
<GRAPHIC>
223
• (1): The light stays on at all times.
223
• (1): The light stays on at all times.
223
• (1): The light stays on at all times.
223
Liftgate room lamp
223
Liftgate room lamp
223
<GRAPHIC>
223
<GRAPHIC>
223
<GRAPHIC>
223
• DOOR: The light comes on when the liftgate is opened.
224
• DOOR: The light comes on when the liftgate is opened.
224
• DOOR: The light comes on when the liftgate is opened.
224
• OFF: The light stays off at all times.
224
• OFF: The light stays off at all times.
224
• ON: The light stays on at all times.
224
• ON: The light stays on at all times.
224
Vanity mirror lamp
224
Vanity mirror lamp
224
<GRAPHIC>
224
<GRAPHIC>
224
<GRAPHIC>
224
Opening the lid of the vanity mirror will automatically turn on the mirror light.
224
The actual sun visor lamp in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
224
Vanity mirror lamp
224
Vanity mirror lamp
224
Always close the lid of the vanity mirror in the off position when the vanity mirror lamp is not in use. If the sun visor is closed without the lamp off, it may discharge the battery or damage the sun visor.
224
Glove box lamp
224
Glove box lamp
224
The glove box lamp comes on when the glove box is opened.
224
<GRAPHIC>
224
<GRAPHIC>
224
<GRAPHIC>
224
To prevent unnecessary charging system drain, close the glove box securely after using the glove box.
224
To prevent unnecessary charging system drain, close the glove box securely after using the glove box.
224
Welcome system
225
Welcome system
225
The welcome system is a function that illuminates the surroundings or the interior when the driver approaches or exits the vehicle.
225
Headlight (headlamp) escort function
225
Headlight (headlamp) escort function
225
Headlight (headlamp) escort function
225
The headlights (and/or taillights) remain on for approximately 5 minutes after the vehicle is turned off. However, if the driver's door is opened and closed, the headlights are turned off after 15 seconds.
225
The headlights can be turned off by pressing the lock button on the smart key twice or turning off the light switch from the headlight or Auto light position.
225
Interior light
225
Interior light
225
When the interior light switch is in the DOOR position and all doors (and liftgate) are locked and closed, the room lamp will come on for 30 seconds if any of the following occurs:
225
• With the smart key system
225
• With the smart key system
225
• With the smart key system
225
- When the door unlock button is pressed on the smart key.
225
- When the door unlock button is pressed on the smart key.
225
- When the door unlock button is pressed on the smart key.
225
- When the button of the outside door handle is pressed.
225
- When the button of the outside door handle is pressed.
225
At this time, if you press the door lock button, the lamps will turn off immediately.
225
Pocket lamp
225
Pocket lamp
225
When all doors are locked and closed, the pocket lamp will come on for 15 seconds if any of the following occurs:
225
• With the smart key system
225
• With the smart key system
225
• With the smart key system
225
- When the door unlock button is pressed on the smart key.
225
- When the door unlock button is pressed on the smart key.
225
- When the door unlock button is pressed on the smart key.
225
- When the button of the outside door handle is pressed.
225
- When the button of the outside door handle is pressed.
225
At this time, if you press the door lock button, the lamps will turn off immediately.
225
Defroster
226
Defroster
226
The vehicle is equipped with a defroster for removing frost or fog from the rear window.
226
Conductors
226
Conductors
226
Conductors
226
To prevent damage to the conductors bonded to the inside surface of the rear window, never use sharp instruments or window cleaners containing abrasives to clean the window.
226
If you want to defrost and defog the front windshield, refer to
226
\Windshield defrosting and defogging\ on page 4-149
226
Operating rear window defroster
226
Operating rear window defroster
226
The defroster heats the window to remove frost, fog and thin ice from the rear window, while the vehicle is on.
226
If there is heavy accumulation of snow on the rear window, brush it off before operating the rear defroster.
226
If there is heavy accumulation of snow on the rear window, brush it off before operating the rear defroster.
226
If there is heavy accumulation of snow on the rear window, brush it off before operating the rear defroster.
226
Type A
226
Type A
226
<GRAPHIC>
226
Type B
226
Type B
226
<GRAPHIC>
226
To activate the rear window defroster:
226
To activate the rear window defroster:
226
To activate the rear window defroster:
226
• Press the rear window defroster button located in the center fascia switch panel.
226
• Press the rear window defroster button located in the center fascia switch panel.
226
The indicator on the rear window defroster button illuminates when the defroster is ON.
226
The indicator on the rear window defroster button illuminates when the defroster is ON.
226
The rear window defroster automatically turns off after approximately 20 minutes or when the ENGINE START/STOP button is turned off.
226
To turn off the defroster:
226
To turn off the defroster:
226
• Press the rear window defroster button again.
227
• Press the rear window defroster button again.
227
Operating outside mirror defroster
227
Operating outside mirror defroster
227
If your vehicle is equipped with the outside rearview mirror defrosters, they will operate simultaneously when you turn on the rear window defroster.
227
If your vehicle is equipped with the outside rearview mirror defrosters, they will operate simultaneously when you turn on the rear window defroster.
227
Climate control system
227
Climate control system
227
The climate control system uses cooling and heating to help maintain a pleasant environment inside the vehicle.
227
System operation
227
System operation
227
Ventilation
227
Ventilation
227
Ventilation
227
1. Set the mode to the
227
1. Set the mode to the
227
1. Set the mode to the
227
<GRAPHIC>
227
2. Set the air intake control to the outside (fresh) air position.
227
2. Set the air intake control to the outside (fresh) air position.
227
3. Set the temperature control to the desired position.
227
3. Set the temperature control to the desired position.
227
4. Set the fan speed control to the desired speed.
227
4. Set the fan speed control to the desired speed.
227
Heating
227
Heating
227
1. Set the mode to the
227
1. Set the mode to the
227
1. Set the mode to the
227
<GRAPHIC>
227
2. Set the air intake control to the outside (fresh) air position.
227
2. Set the air intake control to the outside (fresh) air position.
227
3. Set the temperature control to the desired position.
227
3. Set the temperature control to the desired position.
227
4. Set the fan speed control to the desired speed.
227
4. Set the fan speed control to the desired speed.
227
5. If dehumidified heating is desired, turn the air conditioning system on.
227
5. If dehumidified heating is desired, turn the air conditioning system on.
227
• If the windshield fogs up, set the mode to the
227
• If the windshield fogs up, set the mode to the
227
• If the windshield fogs up, set the mode to the
227
<GRAPHIC>
227
<GRAPHIC>
227
Operation tips
227
Operation tips
227
• To keep dust or unpleasant fumes from entering the vehicle through the ventilation system, temporarily set the air intake control to the recirculated air position. Be sure to return the control to the fresh air position when the irritation has pa...
227
• To keep dust or unpleasant fumes from entering the vehicle through the ventilation system, temporarily set the air intake control to the recirculated air position. Be sure to return the control to the fresh air position when the irritation has pa...
227
• To keep dust or unpleasant fumes from entering the vehicle through the ventilation system, temporarily set the air intake control to the recirculated air position. Be sure to return the control to the fresh air position when the irritation has pa...
227
• Air for the heating/cooling system is drawn in through the grilles just at the base of the windshield. Care should be taken that these are not blocked by leaves, snow, ice or other obstructions.
228
• Air for the heating/cooling system is drawn in through the grilles just at the base of the windshield. Care should be taken that these are not blocked by leaves, snow, ice or other obstructions.
228
• To prevent fog from forming on the inside of the windshield:
228
• To prevent fog from forming on the inside of the windshield:
228
- Set the air intake control to the fresh air position and the fan speed to the desired position.
228
- Set the air intake control to the fresh air position and the fan speed to the desired position.
228
- Set the air intake control to the fresh air position and the fan speed to the desired position.
228
- Turn on the air conditioning system, and adjust the temperature control to desired temperature.
228
- Turn on the air conditioning system, and adjust the temperature control to desired temperature.
228
Air conditioning (A/C)
228
Air conditioning (A/C)
228
All Kia air conditioning systems are filled with R-1234yf refrigerant.
228
1. Start the vehicle. Press the A/C button.
228
1. Start the vehicle. Press the A/C button.
228
1. Start the vehicle. Press the A/C button.
228
2. Set the mode to the
228
2. Set the mode to the
228
<GRAPHIC>
228
3. Set the air intake control to the outside-air or recirculated air position.
228
3. Set the air intake control to the outside-air or recirculated air position.
228
4. Adjust the fan speed control and temperature control to maintain maximum comfort.
228
4. Adjust the fan speed control and temperature control to maintain maximum comfort.
228
• When maximum cooling is desired, set the temperature control to the extreme left position, set the mode control to the MAX A/C position, then set the fan speed control to the highest speed.
228
• When maximum cooling is desired, set the temperature control to the extreme left position, set the mode control to the MAX A/C position, then set the fan speed control to the highest speed.
228
• When maximum cooling is desired, set the temperature control to the extreme left position, set the mode control to the MAX A/C position, then set the fan speed control to the highest speed.
228
Excessive Air conditioning Use
228
Excessive Air conditioning Use
228
When using the air conditioning system, monitor the temperature gauge closely while driving up hills or in heavy traffic when outside temperatures are high. Air conditioning system operation may cause vehicle overheating. Continue to use the blower f...
228
The air conditioning system should only be used with the windows and sunroof closed to prevent condensation inside the vehicle that may cause damage to electrical components.
228
The air conditioning system should only be used with the windows and sunroof closed to prevent condensation inside the vehicle that may cause damage to electrical components.
228
Air conditioning system operation tips
228
Air conditioning system operation tips
228
• If the vehicle has been parked in direct sunlight during hot weather, open the windows for a short time to let the hot air inside the vehicle escape.
228
• If the vehicle has been parked in direct sunlight during hot weather, open the windows for a short time to let the hot air inside the vehicle escape.
228
• If the vehicle has been parked in direct sunlight during hot weather, open the windows for a short time to let the hot air inside the vehicle escape.
228
• To help reduce moisture inside of the windows on rainy or humid days, decrease the humidity inside the vehicle by operating the air conditioning system.
229
• To help reduce moisture inside of the windows on rainy or humid days, decrease the humidity inside the vehicle by operating the air conditioning system.
229
• During air conditioning system operation, you may occasionally notice a slight change in vehicle speed as the air conditioning compressor cycles. This is a normal characteristic of system operation.
229
• During air conditioning system operation, you may occasionally notice a slight change in vehicle speed as the air conditioning compressor cycles. This is a normal characteristic of system operation.
229
• To ensure maximum system performance, the air conditioning system should be ran for a few minutes each month.
229
• To ensure maximum system performance, the air conditioning system should be ran for a few minutes each month.
229
• When using the air conditioning system, you may notice clear water dripping (or even puddling) on the ground under the passenger side of the vehicle. This is a normal characteristic of system operation.
229
• When using the air conditioning system, you may notice clear water dripping (or even puddling) on the ground under the passenger side of the vehicle. This is a normal characteristic of system operation.
229
• Operating the air conditioning system in the recirculated air position provides maximum cooling; however, continual operation in this mode may cause the air inside the vehicle to become stale.
229
• Operating the air conditioning system in the recirculated air position provides maximum cooling; however, continual operation in this mode may cause the air inside the vehicle to become stale.
229
• During cooling operation, you may occasionally notice a misty air flow because of rapid cooling and humid air intake. This is a normal characteristic of system operation.
229
• During cooling operation, you may occasionally notice a misty air flow because of rapid cooling and humid air intake. This is a normal characteristic of system operation.
229
Climate control air filter
229
Climate control air filter
229
The climate control air filter installed behind the glove box filters the dust or other pollutants that come into the vehicle from the outside through the heating and air conditioning system.
229
The climate control air filter installed behind the glove box filters the dust or other pollutants that come into the vehicle from the outside through the heating and air conditioning system.
229
<GRAPHIC>
229
<GRAPHIC>
229
A: Outside air
229
B: Recirculated air
229
C: Climate control air filter
229
D: Blower
229
E: Evaporator core
229
F: Heater core
229
If dust or other pollutants accumulate in the filter over a period of time, the air flow from the air vents may decrease. This leads to moisture accumulating on the inside of the windshield even when the outside (fresh) air position is selected. If t...
229
• Replace the filter according to the Maintenance Schedule. If the vehicle is being driven in severe conditions such as dusty or rough roads, more frequent air conditioner filter inspections and changes are required.
230
• Replace the filter according to the Maintenance Schedule. If the vehicle is being driven in severe conditions such as dusty or rough roads, more frequent air conditioner filter inspections and changes are required.
230
• Replace the filter according to the Maintenance Schedule. If the vehicle is being driven in severe conditions such as dusty or rough roads, more frequent air conditioner filter inspections and changes are required.
230
• Replace the filter according to the Maintenance Schedule. If the vehicle is being driven in severe conditions such as dusty or rough roads, more frequent air conditioner filter inspections and changes are required.
230
• When the air flow rate suddenly decreases, the system should be checked at an authorized Kia dealer.
230
• When the air flow rate suddenly decreases, the system should be checked at an authorized Kia dealer.
230
Checking the amount of air conditioner refrigerant and compressor lubricant
230
Checking the amount of air conditioner refrigerant and compressor lubricant
230
When the amount of refrigerant is low, the performance of the air conditioning is reduced. Overfilling also has a negative impact on the air conditioning system.
230
When the amount of refrigerant is low, the performance of the air conditioning is reduced. Overfilling also has a negative impact on the air conditioning system.
230
Therefore, if abnormal operation is found, have the system inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
230
The oil and refrigerant in your vehicle's air conditioning system is under very high pressure. If proper service procedures are not followed an explosion may result. To reduce the risk of serious injury or death, the air conditioning system in your v...
230
The oil and refrigerant in your vehicle's air conditioning system is under very high pressure. If proper service procedures are not followed an explosion may result. To reduce the risk of serious injury or death, the air conditioning system in your v...
230
It is important that the correct type and amount of oil and refrigerant is used, otherwise, damage to the vehicle may occur. To prevent damage, the air conditioning system in your vehicle should only be serviced by trained and certified Kia technicians.
230
It is important that the correct type and amount of oil and refrigerant is used, otherwise, damage to the vehicle may occur. To prevent damage, the air conditioning system in your vehicle should only be serviced by trained and certified Kia technicians.
230
Vehicles equipped with R-1234yf
230
Vehicles equipped with R-1234yf
230
<GRAPHIC>
230
<GRAPHIC>
230
<GRAPHIC>
230
It is important that the correct type and amount of oil and refrigerant is used.
230
Otherwise, it may cause damage to the vehicle and bodily injury.
230
Air conditioning refrigerant label
231
Air conditioning refrigerant label
231
Example
231
Example
231
Example
231
<GRAPHIC>
231
The actual air conditioning refrigerant label in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
231
Each symbol and specification on the air conditioning refrigerant label is represented below:
231
1. Classification of refrigerant
231
1. Classification of refrigerant
231
1. Classification of refrigerant
231
2. Amount of refrigerant
231
2. Amount of refrigerant
231
3. Classification of Compressor lubricant
231
3. Classification of Compressor lubricant
231
4. Caution
231
4. Caution
231
5. Flammable Refrigerant
231
5. Flammable Refrigerant
231
6. Registered technician to service Air Conditioning system
231
6. Registered technician to service Air Conditioning system
231
Refer to
231
\Refrigerant label\ on page 8-13
231
Manual climate control system
232
Manual climate control system
232
The manual climate control system uses cooling and heating to help maintain a pleasant environment inside the vehicle.
232
<GRAPHIC>
232
<GRAPHIC>
232
<GRAPHIC>
232
1. Fan speed control knob
232
1. Fan speed control knob
232
1. Fan speed control knob
232
2. Rear window defroster button
232
2. Rear window defroster button
232
3. Air conditioning (A/C) button
232
3. Air conditioning (A/C) button
232
4. Mode selection knob
232
4. Mode selection knob
232
5. Air intake control button
232
5. Air intake control button
232
6. Rear control button
232
6. Rear control button
232
7. Temperature control knob
232
7. Temperature control knob
232
Operating the blower when the ENGINE START/STOP button is in the ON position could cause the battery to discharge. Operate the blower when the engine is running.
232
Operating the blower when the ENGINE START/STOP button is in the ON position could cause the battery to discharge. Operate the blower when the engine is running.
232
Heating and air conditioning
233
Heating and air conditioning
233
<GRAPHIC>
233
<GRAPHIC>
233
<GRAPHIC>
233
<GRAPHIC>
233
1. Start the engine.
233
1. Start the engine.
233
1. Start the engine.
233
2. Set the mode to the desired position.
233
2. Set the mode to the desired position.
233
For improving the effectiveness of heating and cooling;
233
For improving the effectiveness of heating and cooling;
233
• Heating:
233
• Heating:
233
• Heating:
233
• Cooling:
233
• Cooling:
233
3. Set the temperature control to the desired position.
233
3. Set the temperature control to the desired position.
233
4. Set the fan speed control to the desired speed.
233
4. Set the fan speed control to the desired speed.
233
5. If air conditioning is desired, turn the air conditioning system on.
233
5. If air conditioning is desired, turn the air conditioning system on.
233
Mode selection
233
The mode selection knob controls the direction of the air flow through the ventilation system.
233
<GRAPHIC>
234
<GRAPHIC>
234
<GRAPHIC>
234
Air can be directed to the floor, dashboard outlets, or windshield. Five symbols are used to represent Face, Bi-Level, Floor, Floor-Defrost and Defrost air position.
234
<GRAPHIC>
234
<GRAPHIC>
234
Face-Level (B, D)
234
Air flow is directed toward the upper body and face. Additionally, each outlet can be controlled to direct the air discharged from the outlet.
234
<GRAPHIC>
234
<GRAPHIC>
234
Bi-Level (B, D, C, E)
234
Air flow is directed towards the face and the floor.
234
<GRAPHIC>
234
<GRAPHIC>
234
Floor-Level (C, E, A, D)
234
Most of the air flow is directed to the floor, with a small amount of the air being directed to the windshield and side window defrosters.
234
<GRAPHIC>
234
<GRAPHIC>
234
Floor/Defrost-Level (A, C, D, E)
234
Most of the air flow is directed to the floor and the windshield with a small amount directed to the side window defrosters.
234
<GRAPHIC>
234
<GRAPHIC>
234
Defrost-Level (A, D)
234
Most of the air flow is directed to the windshield with a small amount of air directed to the side window defrosters.
234
Temperature control
234
The temperature control knob allows you to control the temperature of the air flowing from the ventilation system.
234
<GRAPHIC>
234
<GRAPHIC>
234
<GRAPHIC>
234
To change the air temperature in the passenger compartment, turn the knob to the right for warm and hot air or to the left for cooler air.
234
When starting the vehicle in cold weather a more efficient way to heat the passenger compartment is to do the following.
234
When starting the vehicle in cold weather a more efficient way to heat the passenger compartment is to do the following.
234
• Turn off or lower the blower, right after starting the engine.
234
• Turn off or lower the blower, right after starting the engine.
234
• Turn off or lower the blower, right after starting the engine.
234
• Engine temperature is still low and the air flow from the heater is still cold.
235
• Engine temperature is still low and the air flow from the heater is still cold.
235
• After a few minutes of engine warm up, turn on or set the fan to a higher level and with adjust the temperature setting to hot.
235
• After a few minutes of engine warm up, turn on or set the fan to a higher level and with adjust the temperature setting to hot.
235
MAX A/C selection
235
To operate the MAX A/C, turn the temperature knob all the way to the left. Air flow is directed toward the upper body and face.
235
<GRAPHIC>
235
<GRAPHIC>
235
<GRAPHIC>
235
In this mode, the air conditioning and the recirculated air position will be selected automatically.
235
Controlling air intake
235
The air intake control is used to select the outside (fresh) air position or recirculated air position.
235
<GRAPHIC>
235
<GRAPHIC>
235
<GRAPHIC>
235
<GRAPHIC>
235
To change the air intake control position.
235
• Push the desired control button
235
• Push the desired control button
235
• Push the desired control button
235
Recirculated air position
235
Recirculated air position
235
Recirculated air position
235
<GRAPHIC>With the recirculated air position selected, air from the passenger compartment will be drawn through the heating system and heated or cooled according to the function selected.
235
<GRAPHIC>
235
Outside (fresh) air position
235
Outside (fresh) air position
235
<GRAPHIC>With the outside (fresh) air position selected, air enters the vehicle from outside and is heated or cooled according to the function selected.
235
<GRAPHIC>
235
Prolonged operation of the heater in the recirculated air position (without air conditioning selected) may cause fogging of the windshield and side windows and make the air in the passenger compartment stale.
235
Prolonged operation of the heater in the recirculated air position (without air conditioning selected) may cause fogging of the windshield and side windows and make the air in the passenger compartment stale.
235
In addition, prolonged use of the air conditioning with the recirculated air position selected will result in excessively dry air in the passenger compartment.
236
• Continue using the climate control system in the recirculated air position may allow humidity to increase inside the vehicle which may fog the glass and obscure visibility.
236
• Continue using the climate control system in the recirculated air position may allow humidity to increase inside the vehicle which may fog the glass and obscure visibility.
236
• Continue using the climate control system in the recirculated air position may allow humidity to increase inside the vehicle which may fog the glass and obscure visibility.
236
• Continue using the climate control system in the recirculated air position may allow humidity to increase inside the vehicle which may fog the glass and obscure visibility.
236
• Do not sleep in a vehicle with the air conditioning or heating system on. It may cause serious harm or death due to a drop in the oxygen level and/or body temperature.
236
• Do not sleep in a vehicle with the air conditioning or heating system on. It may cause serious harm or death due to a drop in the oxygen level and/or body temperature.
236
• Continue using the climate control system in the recirculated air position can cause drowsiness or sleepiness, and loss of vehicle control. Set the air intake control to the outside (fresh) air position as much as possible while driving.
236
• Continue using the climate control system in the recirculated air position can cause drowsiness or sleepiness, and loss of vehicle control. Set the air intake control to the outside (fresh) air position as much as possible while driving.
236
Controlling fan speed
236
The fan speed control knob allows you to control the fan speed of the air flowing from the ventilation system.
236
The ENGINE START/STOP button must be in the ON position for fan operation.
236
The ENGINE START/STOP button must be in the ON position for fan operation.
236
The ENGINE START/STOP button must be in the ON position for fan operation.
236
To change the fan speed:
236
• Turn the knob to the right for higher speed or left for lower speed.
236
• Turn the knob to the right for higher speed or left for lower speed.
236
• Turn the knob to the right for higher speed or left for lower speed.
236
<GRAPHIC>
236
<GRAPHIC>
236
<GRAPHIC>
236
• Setting the fan speed control knob to the \0\ position turns off the fan.
236
• Setting the fan speed control knob to the \0\ position turns off the fan.
236
Turning off the blowers
236
To turn off the blowers:
236
To turn off the blowers:
236
To turn off the blowers:
236
• Turn the fan speed control knob to the \0\ position.
236
• Turn the fan speed control knob to the \0\ position.
236
• Turn the fan speed control knob to the \0\ position.
236
<GRAPHIC>
236
<GRAPHIC>
236
<GRAPHIC>
236
Air conditioning (A/C)
237
<GRAPHIC>
237
<GRAPHIC>
237
<GRAPHIC>
237
<GRAPHIC>
237
• Press the A/C button to turn the air conditioning system on (indicator light will illuminate).
237
• Press the A/C button to turn the air conditioning system on (indicator light will illuminate).
237
• Press the A/C button to turn the air conditioning system on (indicator light will illuminate).
237
• Press the button again to turn the air conditioning system off.
237
• Press the button again to turn the air conditioning system off.
237
Controlling rear climate
237
Controlling rear climate
237
Rear
237
Rear
237
Rear
237
<GRAPHIC>
237
1. Rear temperature control button
237
1. Rear temperature control button
237
1. Rear temperature control button
237
2. Rear air conditioning OFF button
237
2. Rear air conditioning OFF button
237
3. Rear mode selection button
237
3. Rear mode selection button
237
4. Rear fan speed control button
237
4. Rear fan speed control button
237
If you operate the rear temperature, rear fan speed or rear mode on the rear climate control panel, the corresponding rear temperature, rear fan speed or rear mode will operate independently regardless of the front climate control system operation.
237
Controlling rear fan speed
237
Front climate control panel
237
Front climate control panel
237
Front climate control panel
237
Front climate control panel
237
<GRAPHIC>
237
<GRAPHIC>
237
1. Press the REAR button located on the front climate control panel and press the rear fan speed control button on the audio or multimedia screen.
237
1. Press the REAR button located on the front climate control panel and press the rear fan speed control button on the audio or multimedia screen.
237
2. To change the fan speed, press (
237
2. To change the fan speed, press (
237
<GRAPHIC>
237
<GRAPHIC>
237
The fan speed is displayed on the screen.
237
The fan speed is displayed on the screen.
237
Rear climate control panel
237
Rear climate control panel
237
<GRAPHIC>
238
<GRAPHIC>
238
1. To change the rear fan speed, press the button (
238
1. To change the rear fan speed, press the button (
238
<GRAPHIC>
238
<GRAPHIC>
238
Controlling rear temperature
238
Front climate control panel
238
Front climate control panel
238
Front climate control panel
238
Front climate control panel
238
1. Press the REAR button located on the front climate control panel and adjust the temperature on the audio or multimedia screen.
238
1. Press the REAR button located on the front climate control panel and adjust the temperature on the audio or multimedia screen.
238
<GRAPHIC>
238
<GRAPHIC>
238
<GRAPHIC>
238
) for warmer air or press the button (-) for cooler air.
238
) for warmer air or press the button (-) for cooler air.
238
Rear climate control panel
238
Rear climate control panel
238
<GRAPHIC>
238
<GRAPHIC>
238
1. To change the rear air temperature, press the button (
238
1. To change the rear air temperature, press the button (
238
<GRAPHIC>
238
<GRAPHIC>
238
OFF mode
238
Front climate control panel
238
Front climate control panel
238
Front climate control panel
238
Front climate control panel
238
<GRAPHIC>
238
<GRAPHIC>
238
• To turn off the rear climate control system, press the REAR button located on the front climate control panel and OFF button on the audio or multimedia screen.
238
• To turn off the rear climate control system, press the REAR button located on the front climate control panel and OFF button on the audio or multimedia screen.
238
Rear climate control panel
238
Rear climate control panel
238
<GRAPHIC>
239
<GRAPHIC>
239
• To turn off the rear climate control system, press the rear blower OFF button
239
• To turn off the rear climate control system, press the rear blower OFF button
239
Selecting rear mode
239
<GRAPHIC>
239
<GRAPHIC>
239
<GRAPHIC>
239
<GRAPHIC>
239
<GRAPHIC>
239
The rear mode is selected by pressing the rear mode selection button on the rear control panel as follows:
239
<GRAPHIC>• Rear air blows from the upper vents.
239
<GRAPHIC>• Rear air blows from the upper vents.
239
<GRAPHIC>• Rear air blows from the upper vents.
239
<GRAPHIC>
239
<GRAPHIC>• : Rear air blows from the upper vents on the rear ceiling and the lower vents.
239
<GRAPHIC>• : Rear air blows from the upper vents on the rear ceiling and the lower vents.
239
<GRAPHIC>
239
<GRAPHIC>• : Rear air blows from the right side lower vents.
239
<GRAPHIC>• : Rear air blows from the right side lower vents.
239
<GRAPHIC>
239
<GRAPHIC>
239
<GRAPHIC>
239
<GRAPHIC>: Air discharged from [A] spreads over a wider area.
239
<GRAPHIC>
239
<GRAPHIC>: Air discharged from [B] has a centered and direct flow.
239
<GRAPHIC>
239
Opening/closing the vent and adjusting the direction
240
Opening/closing the vent and adjusting the direction
240
You can set the direction of air by adjusting the knob of air vents located above the 2nd-row and 3rd-row seats. Adjust the outer and central parts of the air vent to the desired positions.
240
<TABLE>
240
<TABLE>
240
<TABLE HEADING>
240
<TABLE ROW>
240
Outer part of the vent (A)
240
Outer part of the vent (A)
240
Central part of thevent (B)
240
Central part of thevent (B)
240
Description
240
Description
240
<TABLE BODY>
240
<TABLE ROW>
240
Open
240
Open
240
<GRAPHIC>
240
Close
240
Close
240
The air flow spreads broadly around the passenger. However, the air volume may decrease.
240
The air flow spreads broadly around the passenger. However, the air volume may decrease.
240
<TABLE ROW>
240
Open
240
Open
240
<GRAPHIC>
240
Open
240
Open
240
The air flow spreads broadly towards and around the passenger.
240
The air flow spreads broadly towards and around the passenger.
240
<TABLE ROW>
240
Close
240
Close
240
<GRAPHIC>
240
Open
240
Open
240
The air blows only towards the passenger.
240
The air blows only towards the passenger.
240
If all the vents are closed, it may cause some noise. Always open 2 vents or more.
240
If all the vents are closed, it may cause some noise. Always open 2 vents or more.
240
Automatic climate control system
241
Automatic climate control system
241
The automatic climate control system uses cooling and heating to help maintain a pleasant environment inside the vehicle.
241
<GRAPHIC>
241
<GRAPHIC>
241
<GRAPHIC>
241
1. Driver's temperature control knob
241
1. Driver's temperature control knob
241
1. Driver's temperature control knob
241
2. AUTO (automatic control) button
241
2. AUTO (automatic control) button
241
3. OFF button
241
3. OFF button
241
4. Front windshield defroster button
241
4. Front windshield defroster button
241
5. Fan speed control button
241
5. Fan speed control button
241
6. Rear control button
241
6. Rear control button
241
7. Mode selection button
241
7. Mode selection button
241
8. Air conditioning (A/C) button
241
8. Air conditioning (A/C) button
241
9. Rear window defroster button
241
9. Rear window defroster button
241
10. Air intake control button
241
10. Air intake control button
241
11. Passenger's temperature control knob
241
11. Passenger's temperature control knob
241
12. SYNC button
241
12. SYNC button
241
13. Air conditioning display
241
13. Air conditioning display
241
Operating the blower when the ENGINE START/STOP button is in the ON position could cause the battery to discharge. Operate the blower when the vehicle is ON.
241
Operating the blower when the ENGINE START/STOP button is in the ON position could cause the battery to discharge. Operate the blower when the vehicle is ON.
241
Heating and air conditioning automatically
241
Heating and air conditioning automatically
241
1. Press the AUTO button.
241
1. Press the AUTO button.
241
1. Press the AUTO button.
241
1. Press the AUTO button.
241
The modes, fan speeds, air intake and air-conditioning will be controlled automatically by setting the temperature.
241
The modes, fan speeds, air intake and air-conditioning will be controlled automatically by setting the temperature.
241
<GRAPHIC>
241
<GRAPHIC>
241
2. Turn the temperature control switch to the desired temperature.
241
2. Turn the temperature control switch to the desired temperature.
241
<TABLE>
241
<TABLE>
241
<TABLE>
241
<TABLE BODY>
241
<TABLE ROW>
241
Driver's side
241
Driver's side
241
Passenger's side
241
Passenger's side
241
<TABLE ROW>
242
<GRAPHIC>
242
<GRAPHIC>
242
• To turn the automatic operation off, select any of the following buttons or switches:
242
• To turn the automatic operation off, select any of the following buttons or switches:
242
• To turn the automatic operation off, select any of the following buttons or switches:
242
• To turn the automatic operation off, select any of the following buttons or switches:
242
- Mode selection button
242
- Mode selection button
242
- Mode selection button
242
- Air conditioning (A/C) button
242
- Air conditioning (A/C) button
242
- Front windshield defroster button (Press the button one more time to deselect the front windshield defroster function. The 'AUTO' sign will illuminate on the information display once again.)
242
- Front windshield defroster button (Press the button one more time to deselect the front windshield defroster function. The 'AUTO' sign will illuminate on the information display once again.)
242
- Fan speed control switch
242
- Fan speed control switch
242
The selected function will be controlled manually while other functions operate automatically.
242
• For your convenience and to improve the effectiveness of the climate control, use the AUTO button and set the temperature to 72 °F (22 °C).
242
• For your convenience and to improve the effectiveness of the climate control, use the AUTO button and set the temperature to 72 °F (22 °C).
242
Do not place anything over the sensor located on the instrument panel to ensure better control of the heating and cooling system.
242
Do not place anything over the sensor located on the instrument panel to ensure better control of the heating and cooling system.
242
<GRAPHIC>
242
<GRAPHIC>
242
Heating and air conditioning manually
242
Heating and air conditioning manually
242
The heating and cooling system can be controlled manually by pressing buttons or turning knob(s) other than the AUTO button.
242
<GRAPHIC>
243
<GRAPHIC>
243
<GRAPHIC>
243
<GRAPHIC>
243
In this case, the system works sequentially according to the order of buttons or knob(s) selected.
243
1. Start the vehicle.
243
1. Start the vehicle.
243
1. Start the vehicle.
243
2. Set the mode to the desired position.
243
2. Set the mode to the desired position.
243
For improving the effectiveness of heating and cooling;
243
For improving the effectiveness of heating and cooling;
243
• Heating:
243
• Heating:
243
• Heating:
243
• Cooling:
243
• Cooling:
243
3. Set the temperature control to the desired position.
243
3. Set the temperature control to the desired position.
243
4. Set the air intake control to the outside (fresh) air position.
243
4. Set the air intake control to the outside (fresh) air position.
243
5. Set the fan speed control to the desired speed.
243
5. Set the fan speed control to the desired speed.
243
If air conditioning is desired, turn the air conditioning system on.
243
If air conditioning is desired, turn the air conditioning system on.
243
Press the AUTO button in order to convert to fully automatic control of the system.
243
Press the AUTO button in order to convert to fully automatic control of the system.
243
Mode selection
243
The mode selection button controls the direction of the air flow through the ventilation system.
243
<GRAPHIC>
244
<GRAPHIC>
244
<GRAPHIC>
244
The air flow outlet ports are switched in the following sequence:
244
<GRAPHIC>
244
<GRAPHIC>
244
<GRAPHIC>
244
<GRAPHIC>
244
Face-Level (B, D)
244
Air flow is directed toward the upper body and face. Additionally, each outlet can be controlled to direct the air discharged from the outlet.
244
<GRAPHIC>
244
<GRAPHIC>
244
Bi-Level (B, C, D, E)
244
Air flow is directed towards the face and the floor.
244
<GRAPHIC>
244
<GRAPHIC>
244
Floor-Level (A, C, D, E)
244
Most of the air flow is directed to the floor, with a small amount of the air being directed to the windshield and side window defrosters.
244
<GRAPHIC>
244
<GRAPHIC>
244
Floor/Defrost-Level (A, C, D, E)
244
Most of the air flow is directed to the floor and the windshield with a small amount directed to the side window defrosters.
244
Defrost-Level (A, D)
244
Defrost-Level (A, D)
244
<GRAPHIC>
244
<GRAPHIC>
244
Most of the air flow is directed to the windshield with a small amount of air directed to the side window defrosters.
244
Temperature control
244
<TABLE>
244
<TABLE>
244
<TABLE>
244
<TABLE BODY>
244
<TABLE ROW>
244
Driver's side
244
Driver's side
244
Passenger's side
244
Passenger's side
244
<TABLE ROW>
244
<GRAPHIC>
244
<GRAPHIC>
244
The temperature will increase to the maximum (HI) by turning the knob all the way to the right.
244
The temperature will decrease to the minimum (Lo) by turning the knob all the way to the left.
245
When turning the knob, the temperature will increase or decrease by 1 °F/0.5 °C. When set to the lowest temperature setting, the air conditioning will operate continuously.
245
When starting the vehicle in cold weather using manual temperature control, operate the system in the following method to improve heating.
245
When starting the vehicle in cold weather using manual temperature control, operate the system in the following method to improve heating.
245
• Turn off or lower the blower, right after starting the engine.
245
• Turn off or lower the blower, right after starting the engine.
245
• Turn off or lower the blower, right after starting the engine.
245
• Allow the engine to warm up during this time since the air flow from the heater is still cold.
245
• Allow the engine to warm up during this time since the air flow from the heater is still cold.
245
• After a few minutes of engine warm up, turn on or set the fan to a higher level and adjust the temperature setting to hot.
245
• After a few minutes of engine warm up, turn on or set the fan to a higher level and adjust the temperature setting to hot.
245
Adjusting the driver and passenger side temperature, fan speed and air flow direction equally
245
<GRAPHIC>
245
<GRAPHIC>
245
<GRAPHIC>
245
<GRAPHIC>
245
1. Press the \SYNC\ button to adjust the driver and front/rear passenger side temperature, fan speed and air flow direction equally.
245
1. Press the \SYNC\ button to adjust the driver and front/rear passenger side temperature, fan speed and air flow direction equally.
245
1. Press the \SYNC\ button to adjust the driver and front/rear passenger side temperature, fan speed and air flow direction equally.
245
The front and rear passenger side temperature, fan speed and air flow direction will be set to the same temperature, fan speed and air flow direction as the driver's side.
245
The front and rear passenger side temperature, fan speed and air flow direction will be set to the same temperature, fan speed and air flow direction as the driver's side.
245
2. Turn the driver side temperature control knob. The driver and front/rear passenger side temperature will be adjusted equally.
245
2. Turn the driver side temperature control knob. The driver and front/rear passenger side temperature will be adjusted equally.
245
Press the fan speed control button. The driver and front/rear passenger side fan speed will be adjusted equally.
245
Press the fan speed control button. The driver and front/rear passenger side fan speed will be adjusted equally.
245
Press the driver side mode selection button. The driver and front/ rear passenger side air flow will be adjusted equally.
245
3. When the rear climate control is turned ON, the fan speed and air flow direction will automatically follow the first row setting.
245
3. When the rear climate control is turned ON, the fan speed and air flow direction will automatically follow the first row setting.
245
Adjusting the driver and passenger side temperature, fan speed and air flow direction individually
245
• Press the \SYNC\ button again to adjust the driver and front/rear passenger side temperature, fan speed and air flow direction individually.
245
• Press the \SYNC\ button again to adjust the driver and front/rear passenger side temperature, fan speed and air flow direction individually.
245
• Press the \SYNC\ button again to adjust the driver and front/rear passenger side temperature, fan speed and air flow direction individually.
245
• Press the \SYNC\ button again to adjust the driver and front/rear passenger side temperature, fan speed and air flow direction individually.
245
Changing temperature scale
245
• To change the temperature display from Fahrenheit to Celsius and vice versa, press the OFF button, while pressing the AUTO button for 3 seconds or more.
245
• To change the temperature display from Fahrenheit to Celsius and vice versa, press the OFF button, while pressing the AUTO button for 3 seconds or more.
245
• To change the temperature display from Fahrenheit to Celsius and vice versa, press the OFF button, while pressing the AUTO button for 3 seconds or more.
245
• To change the temperature display from Fahrenheit to Celsius and vice versa, press the OFF button, while pressing the AUTO button for 3 seconds or more.
245
The display will change from Centigrade to Fahrenheit, or from Fahrenheit to Centigrade. If the battery has been discharged or disconnected, the temperature mode display will reset to Fahrenheit.
246
The display will change from Centigrade to Fahrenheit, or from Fahrenheit to Centigrade. If the battery has been discharged or disconnected, the temperature mode display will reset to Fahrenheit.
246
Controlling air intake
246
This is used to select the outside (fresh) air position or recirculated air position.
246
<GRAPHIC>
246
<GRAPHIC>
246
<GRAPHIC>
246
<GRAPHIC>
246
To change the air intake control position:
246
• Push the desired control button.
246
• Push the desired control button.
246
• Push the desired control button.
246
Outside (fresh) air position
246
Outside (fresh) air position
246
Outside (fresh) air position
246
<GRAPHIC>With the outside (fresh) air position selected, air enters the vehicle from outside and is heated or cooled according to the function selected.
246
<GRAPHIC>
246
Recirculated air position
246
Recirculated air position
246
<GRAPHIC>With the recirculated air position selected, air from the passenger compartment will be drawn through the heating system and heated or cooled according to the function selected.
246
<GRAPHIC>
246
Prolonged operation of the heater in the recirculated air position (without air conditioning selected) may cause fogging of the windshield and side windows and make the air in the passenger compartment stale.
246
In addition, prolonged use of the air conditioning with the recirculated air position selected will result in excessively dry air in the passenger compartment.
246
Controlling fan speed
246
The fan speed can be set to the desired speed by operating the fan speed control button.
246
The fan speed can be set to the desired speed by operating the fan speed control button.
246
The fan speed can be set to the desired speed by operating the fan speed control button.
246
To change the fan speed:
246
To change the fan speed:
246
To change the fan speed:
246
• Press button right for higher speed, or press button left for lower speed.
246
• Press button right for higher speed, or press button left for lower speed.
246
<GRAPHIC>
246
<GRAPHIC>
246
<GRAPHIC>
246
To turn the fan speed control off:
246
To turn the fan speed control off:
246
• Press the front blower OFF button.
246
• Press the front blower OFF button.
246
Air conditioning (A/C)
247
<GRAPHIC>
247
<GRAPHIC>
247
<GRAPHIC>
247
<GRAPHIC>
247
• Press the A/C button to turn the air conditioning system on (indicator light will illuminate).
247
• Press the A/C button to turn the air conditioning system on (indicator light will illuminate).
247
• Press the A/C button to turn the air conditioning system on (indicator light will illuminate).
247
• Press the button again to turn the air conditioning system off.
247
• Press the button again to turn the air conditioning system off.
247
Reduced Visibility
247
Reduced Visibility
247
Reduced Visibility
247
Continuous use of the climate control system in the recirculated air position may allow humidity to increase inside the vehicle which may fog the glass and obscure visibility.
247
Recirculated Air
247
Recirculated Air
247
Continued use of the climate control system in the recirculated air position can cause drowsiness or sleepiness, and loss of vehicle control. Set the air intake control to the outside (fresh) air position as much as possible while driving.
247
Sleeping with A/C on
247
Sleeping with A/C on
247
Do not sleep in a vehicle with the air conditioning or heating on as this may cause serious harm or death due to a drop in the oxygen level and/or body temperature.
247
Turning off the front air climate control
247
<GRAPHIC>
247
<GRAPHIC>
247
<GRAPHIC>
247
<GRAPHIC>
247
• Press the OFF button to turn off the front and rear air climate control system.
247
• Press the OFF button to turn off the front and rear air climate control system.
247
• Press the OFF button to turn off the front and rear air climate control system.
247
However, you can still operate the mode and air intake buttons as long as the ENGINE START/STOP button is in the ON position.
247
However, you can still operate the mode and air intake buttons as long as the ENGINE START/STOP button is in the ON position.
247
Controlling rear climate
248
Controlling rear climate
248
Rear
248
Rear
248
Rear
248
<GRAPHIC>
248
1. Rear temperature control button
248
1. Rear temperature control button
248
1. Rear temperature control button
248
2. Rear AUTO button
248
2. Rear AUTO button
248
3. Rear mode selection button
248
3. Rear mode selection button
248
4. Rear air conditioning display
248
4. Rear air conditioning display
248
5. Rear air conditioning OFF button
248
5. Rear air conditioning OFF button
248
6. Rear fan speed control button
248
6. Rear fan speed control button
248
• When the \SYNC\ is ON, the rear temperature, rear fan speed and rear mode is controlled automatically by the front climate control system.
248
• When the \SYNC\ is ON, the rear temperature, rear fan speed and rear mode is controlled automatically by the front climate control system.
248
• When the \SYNC\ is ON, the rear temperature, rear fan speed and rear mode is controlled automatically by the front climate control system.
248
• If you operate the rear temperature, rear fan speed or rear mode on the rear climate control panel, the corresponding rear temperature, rear fan speed or rear mode will operate independently regardless of the front climate control system operation.
248
• If you operate the rear temperature, rear fan speed or rear mode on the rear climate control panel, the corresponding rear temperature, rear fan speed or rear mode will operate independently regardless of the front climate control system operation.
248
Controlling rear fan speed
248
Front climate control panel
248
Front climate control panel
248
Front climate control panel
248
Front climate control panel
248
<GRAPHIC>
248
<GRAPHIC>
248
1. Press the REAR button located on the front climate control panel and press the rear fan speed control button on the audio or multimedia screen.
248
1. Press the REAR button located on the front climate control panel and press the rear fan speed control button on the audio or multimedia screen.
248
2. To change the fan speed, press (
248
2. To change the fan speed, press (
248
<GRAPHIC>
248
<GRAPHIC>
248
The fan speed is displayed on the screen.
248
The fan speed is displayed on the screen.
248
Rear climate control panel
248
Rear climate control panel
248
<GRAPHIC>
248
<GRAPHIC>
248
1. Adjust the fan speed by pressing the rear fan speed control button.
248
1. Adjust the fan speed by pressing the rear fan speed control button.
248
2. To change the speed, press the button (
248
2. To change the speed, press the button (
248
<GRAPHIC>
248
<GRAPHIC>
248
The fan speed is displayed on the screen.
249
The fan speed is displayed on the screen.
249
Controlling rear temperature
249
Front climate control panel
249
Front climate control panel
249
Front climate control panel
249
Front climate control panel
249
1. Press the REAR button located on the front climate control panel and adjust the temperature on the audio or multimedia screen.
249
1. Press the REAR button located on the front climate control panel and adjust the temperature on the audio or multimedia screen.
249
<GRAPHIC>
249
<GRAPHIC>
249
<GRAPHIC>
249
) for warmer air or press the button (-) for cooler air.
249
) for warmer air or press the button (-) for cooler air.
249
Rear climate control panel
249
Rear climate control panel
249
1. Adjust the temperature by pressing the rear temperature control button.
249
1. Adjust the temperature by pressing the rear temperature control button.
249
<GRAPHIC>
249
<GRAPHIC>
249
<GRAPHIC>
249
2. To change the temperature, press the button (
249
2. To change the temperature, press the button (
249
<GRAPHIC>
249
<GRAPHIC>
249
The temperature is displayed on the screen.
249
The temperature is displayed on the screen.
249
OFF mode
249
Front climate control panel
249
Front climate control panel
249
Front climate control panel
249
Front climate control panel
249
<GRAPHIC>
249
<GRAPHIC>
249
• To turn off the rear climate control system, press the REAR button located on the front climate control panel and OFF button on the audio or multimedia screen.
249
• To turn off the rear climate control system, press the REAR button located on the front climate control panel and OFF button on the audio or multimedia screen.
249
Rear climate control panel
249
Rear climate control panel
249
<GRAPHIC>
250
<GRAPHIC>
250
• To turn off the rear climate control system, press the rear blower OFF button
250
• To turn off the rear climate control system, press the rear blower OFF button
250
Selecting rear mode
250
<GRAPHIC>
250
<GRAPHIC>
250
<GRAPHIC>
250
<GRAPHIC>
250
<GRAPHIC>
250
The rear mode is selected by pressing the rear mode selection button on the rear control panel as follows:
250
<GRAPHIC>• : Rear air blows from the upper vents.
250
<GRAPHIC>• : Rear air blows from the upper vents.
250
<GRAPHIC>• : Rear air blows from the upper vents.
250
<GRAPHIC>
250
<GRAPHIC>• : Rear air blows from the upper vents on the rear ceiling and the lower vents.
250
<GRAPHIC>• : Rear air blows from the upper vents on the rear ceiling and the lower vents.
250
<GRAPHIC>
250
<GRAPHIC>• : Rear air blows from the right side lower vents.
250
<GRAPHIC>• : Rear air blows from the right side lower vents.
250
<GRAPHIC>
250
<GRAPHIC>
250
<GRAPHIC>
250
<GRAPHIC>: Air discharged from [A] spreads over a wider area.
250
<GRAPHIC>
250
<GRAPHIC>: Air discharged from [B] has a centered and direct flow.
250
<GRAPHIC>
250
Opening/closing the vent and adjusting the direction
251
Opening/closing the vent and adjusting the direction
251
You can set the direction of air by adjusting the knob of air vents located above the 2nd-row and 3rd-row seats. Adjust the outer and central parts of the air vent to the desired positions.
251
<TABLE>
251
<TABLE>
251
<TABLE HEADING>
251
<TABLE ROW>
251
Outer part of the vent (A)
251
Outer part of the vent (A)
251
Central part of thevent (B)
251
Central part of thevent (B)
251
Description
251
Description
251
<TABLE BODY>
251
<TABLE ROW>
251
Open
251
Open
251
<GRAPHIC>
251
Close
251
Close
251
The air spreads widely around the passenger. However, the air volume may decrease.
251
The air spreads widely around the passenger. However, the air volume may decrease.
251
<TABLE ROW>
251
Open
251
Open
251
<GRAPHIC>
251
Open
251
Open
251
The air is spread widely towards and around the passenger.
251
The air is spread widely towards and around the passenger.
251
<TABLE ROW>
251
Close
251
Close
251
<GRAPHIC>
251
Open
251
Open
251
The air blows only towards the passenger.
251
The air blows only towards the passenger.
251
If all the vents are closed, it may cause some noise. Always open 2 vents or more.
251
If all the vents are closed, it may cause some noise. Always open 2 vents or more.
251
Windshield defrosting and defogging
251
Windshield defrosting and defogging
251
When the windshield is covered with frost or moisture, the front view is blurred, so you should remove the frost and moisture.
251
Windshield heating
251
Windshield heating
251
Windshield heating
251
Do not use the
251
<GRAPHIC>
251
<GRAPHIC>
251
<GRAPHIC>
251
• To speed up the defrosting process, turn the temperature control all the way to the right and set the fan speed to the highest.
252
• To speed up the defrosting process, turn the temperature control all the way to the right and set the fan speed to the highest.
252
• To speed up the defrosting process, turn the temperature control all the way to the right and set the fan speed to the highest.
252
• If you want warm air to flow towards the floor while defrosting or defogging, set the mode to the floor-defrost position.
252
• If you want warm air to flow towards the floor while defrosting or defogging, set the mode to the floor-defrost position.
252
• Before driving, clear all snow and ice from the windshield, rear window, outside rear view mirrors, and all side windows.
252
• Before driving, clear all snow and ice from the windshield, rear window, outside rear view mirrors, and all side windows.
252
• Clear all snow and ice from the hood and air inlet in the cowl grill to improve heater and defroster efficiency and to reduce the probability of fogging up the inside of the windshield.
252
• Clear all snow and ice from the hood and air inlet in the cowl grill to improve heater and defroster efficiency and to reduce the probability of fogging up the inside of the windshield.
252
Do not place anything on the instrument panel which may cover the air outlets. Otherwise, air flow may be obstructed, preventing the windshield defoggers from defogging.
252
Do not place anything on the instrument panel which may cover the air outlets. Otherwise, air flow may be obstructed, preventing the windshield defoggers from defogging.
252
<GRAPHIC>
252
<GRAPHIC>
252
Defogging inside windshield with manual climate control system
252
Defogging inside windshield with manual climate control system
252
<GRAPHIC>
252
<GRAPHIC>
252
<GRAPHIC>
252
<GRAPHIC>
252
1. Select any fan speed except \0\ position.
252
1. Select any fan speed except \0\ position.
252
1. Select any fan speed except \0\ position.
252
2. Select desired temperature.
252
2. Select desired temperature.
252
3. Select the
252
3. Select the
252
<GRAPHIC>
252
<GRAPHIC>
252
The outside (fresh) air and air conditioning will be selected automatically.
252
The outside (fresh) air and air conditioning will be selected automatically.
252
If the air conditioning and outside (fresh) air position are not selected automatically, press the corresponding button manually.
252
If the air conditioning and outside (fresh) air position are not selected automatically, press the corresponding button manually.
252
Defrosting outside windshield with manual climate control system
252
Defrosting outside windshield with manual climate control system
252
<GRAPHIC>
252
<GRAPHIC>
252
<GRAPHIC>
252
<GRAPHIC>
252
1. Set the fan speed to the highest (extreme right) position.
253
1. Set the fan speed to the highest (extreme right) position.
253
1. Set the fan speed to the highest (extreme right) position.
253
2. Set the temperature to the extreme hot position.
253
2. Set the temperature to the extreme hot position.
253
3. Select the
253
3. Select the
253
<GRAPHIC>
253
The outside (fresh) air and air conditioning will be selected automatically.
253
The outside (fresh) air and air conditioning will be selected automatically.
253
Defogging inside windshield with the automatic climate control
253
Defogging inside windshield with the automatic climate control
253
<GRAPHIC>
253
<GRAPHIC>
253
<GRAPHIC>
253
<GRAPHIC>
253
1. Set the fan speed to the desired position.
253
1. Set the fan speed to the desired position.
253
1. Set the fan speed to the desired position.
253
2. Select desired temperature.
253
2. Select desired temperature.
253
3. Press the defroster button (
253
3. Press the defroster button (
253
<GRAPHIC>
253
The outside (fresh) air position will be selected automatically and the air conditioning will turn on according to the detected ambient temperature.
253
The outside (fresh) air position will be selected automatically and the air conditioning will turn on according to the detected ambient temperature.
253
If the air conditioning and outside (fresh) air position are not selected automatically, adjust the corresponding button manually. If the
253
If the air conditioning and outside (fresh) air position are not selected automatically, adjust the corresponding button manually. If the
253
<GRAPHIC>
253
Defrosting outside windshield with automatic climate control
253
Defrosting outside windshield with automatic climate control
253
<GRAPHIC>
253
<GRAPHIC>
253
<GRAPHIC>
253
<GRAPHIC>
253
1. Set the fan speed to the highest position.
253
1. Set the fan speed to the highest position.
253
1. Set the fan speed to the highest position.
253
2. Set the temperature to the extreme hot (HI) position.
253
2. Set the temperature to the extreme hot (HI) position.
253
3. Press the defroster button (
253
3. Press the defroster button (
253
<GRAPHIC>
253
The outside (fresh) air position will be selected automatically and the air conditioning will turn on according to the detected ambient temperature.
253
The outside (fresh) air position will be selected automatically and the air conditioning will turn on according to the detected ambient temperature.
253
Defogging logic
253
Defogging logic
253
To reduce the possibility of fogging up the inside of the windshield, the air intake or air conditioning is controlled automatically according to certain conditions such as
253
<GRAPHIC>
253
<GRAPHIC>
253
To cancel automatic defogging logic or return to the automatic defogging logic, do the following.
253
To cancel automatic defogging logic or return to the automatic defogging logic, do the following.
253
Canceling/returning automatic defogging logic on manual climate control system
254
<GRAPHIC>
254
<GRAPHIC>
254
<GRAPHIC>
254
<GRAPHIC>
254
1. Turn the Engine Start/Stop to the ON position.
254
1. Turn the Engine Start/Stop to the ON position.
254
1. Turn the Engine Start/Stop to the ON position.
254
2. Turn the mode selection knob to the defrost position (
254
2. Turn the mode selection knob to the defrost position (
254
<GRAPHIC>
254
3. Push the air intake control button at least 5 times within 3 seconds.
254
3. Push the air intake control button at least 5 times within 3 seconds.
254
The indicator light in the air intake control button will blink 3 times. It indicates that the defogging logic is canceled or returned to the programmed status.
254
The indicator light in the air intake control button will blink 3 times. It indicates that the defogging logic is canceled or returned to the programmed status.
254
If the battery has been discharged or disconnected, it resets to the defog logic status.
254
If the battery has been discharged or disconnected, it resets to the defog logic status.
254
Canceling/returning automatic defogging logic on automatic climate control system
254
<GRAPHIC>
254
<GRAPHIC>
254
<GRAPHIC>
254
<GRAPHIC>
254
1. Turn the ENGINE START/STOP button to the ON position.
254
1. Turn the ENGINE START/STOP button to the ON position.
254
1. Turn the ENGINE START/STOP button to the ON position.
254
2. Press the defroster button (
254
2. Press the defroster button (
254
<GRAPHIC>
254
3. While pressing the air conditioning (A/C) button, press the air intake control button at least 5 times within 3 seconds.
254
3. While pressing the air conditioning (A/C) button, press the air intake control button at least 5 times within 3 seconds.
254
The recirculation indicator blinks 3 times in 0.5 second of intervals. It indicates that the defogging logic is canceled or returned to the programmed status.
254
The recirculation indicator blinks 3 times in 0.5 second of intervals. It indicates that the defogging logic is canceled or returned to the programmed status.
254
If the battery has been discharged or disconnected, it resets to the defog logic status.
254
If the battery has been discharged or disconnected, it resets to the defog logic status.
254
Auto Defogging System (ADS) (only for automatic climate control system)
254
Auto Defogging System (ADS) (only for automatic climate control system)
254
The Auto Defogging System (ADS) reduces the probability of fogging up the inside of the windshield by automatically sensing the moisture inside the windshield.
254
<GRAPHIC>
255
<GRAPHIC>
255
<GRAPHIC>
255
<GRAPHIC>
255
The ADS operates when the heater or air conditioning is on.
255
The indicator illuminates when the ADS senses the moisture on the inside of the windshield and operates.
255
The ADS addresses excess moisture on the inside of the windshield in stages. For example if auto defogging does not defog inside the windshield at step
255
1
255
2
255
1. Outside air position
255
1. Outside air position
255
1. Outside air position
255
2. Operating the air conditioning
255
2. Operating the air conditioning
255
3. Increasing air flow toward the windshield
255
3. Increasing air flow toward the windshield
255
4. Blowing air flow toward the windshield
255
4. Blowing air flow toward the windshield
255
Turning the ADS on or off
255
• Press the front windshield defroster button for 3 seconds when the ENGINE START/STOP button is in the ON position.
255
• Press the front windshield defroster button for 3 seconds when the ENGINE START/STOP button is in the ON position.
255
• Press the front windshield defroster button for 3 seconds when the ENGINE START/STOP button is in the ON position.
255
• Press the front windshield defroster button for 3 seconds when the ENGINE START/STOP button is in the ON position.
255
When the ADS system is canceled, the defroster button indicator will blink 3 times per 0.5 sec.
255
When the ADS system is canceled, the defroster button indicator will blink 3 times per 0.5 sec.
255
• To reset the ADS system to ON, hold the front windshield defrost for 0.25 sec and the \ADS OFF\ will be removed from the climate control screen.
255
• To reset the ADS system to ON, hold the front windshield defrost for 0.25 sec and the \ADS OFF\ will be removed from the climate control screen.
255
Do not remove the sensor cover located on the upper end of the passenger side windshield glass. Damage to the system parts could occur and may not be covered by your vehicle warranty.
255
Do not remove the sensor cover located on the upper end of the passenger side windshield glass. Damage to the system parts could occur and may not be covered by your vehicle warranty.
255
Do not remove the sensor cover located on the upper end of the passenger side windshield glass. Damage to the system parts could occur and may not be covered by your vehicle warranty.
255
Additional features of climate control
256
Additional features of climate control
256
Sunroof inside air recirculation
256
Sunroof inside air recirculation
256
The outside (fresh) air position is automatically selected, when the sunroof is opened.
256
When you select the recirculated air position, the system maintains the recirculated air position for 3 minutes and then automatically converts to the outside (fresh) air position.
256
When you select the recirculated air position, the system maintains the recirculated air position for 3 minutes and then automatically converts to the outside (fresh) air position.
256
When the sunroof is closed, the air intake position will return to the original position that was selected.
256
Automatic ventilation
256
Automatic ventilation
256
The system automatically selects the outside (fresh) air position when the climate control system operates over a certain period of time (approximately 30 minutes) in low temperature with the recirculated air position selected.
256
The system automatically selects the outside (fresh) air position when the climate control system operates over a certain period of time (approximately 30 minutes) in low temperature with the recirculated air position selected.
256
To cancel or reset the Automatic Ventilation
256
To cancel or reset the Automatic Ventilation
256
When the air conditioning system is on, select Face Level
256
<GRAPHIC>
256
When the automatic ventilation is canceled, the indicator blinks 3 times. When the automatic ventilation is activated, the indicator blinks 6 times.
256
Storage compartment
257
Storage compartment
257
These compartments can be used to store small items required by the driver or passengers.
257
• To avoid possible theft, do not leave valuables in the storage compartment.
257
• To avoid possible theft, do not leave valuables in the storage compartment.
257
• To avoid possible theft, do not leave valuables in the storage compartment.
257
• To avoid possible theft, do not leave valuables in the storage compartment.
257
• Always keep the storage compartment covers closed while driving. Do not place too many items in the storage compartment to make sure that the compartment can be closed securely.
257
• Always keep the storage compartment covers closed while driving. Do not place too many items in the storage compartment to make sure that the compartment can be closed securely.
257
Flammable materials
257
Flammable materials
257
Do not store, propane cylinders or other flammable/explosive materials in the vehicle. These items may catch fire and/or explode if the vehicle is exposed to hot temperatures for extended periods.
257
Center console storage
257
Center console storage
257
<GRAPHIC>
257
<GRAPHIC>
257
<GRAPHIC>
257
<GRAPHIC>
257
To open the center console storage:
257
• Pull up the lever.
257
• Pull up the lever.
257
• Pull up the lever.
257
Glove box
257
Glove box
257
<GRAPHIC>
257
<GRAPHIC>
257
<GRAPHIC>
257
<GRAPHIC>
257
The glove box can be locked and unlocked with the mechanical key (1).
257
To open:
257
• Pull the lever (2).
257
• Pull the lever (2).
257
• Pull the lever (2).
257
Close the glove box after use.
257
Close the glove box after use.
257
Glove Box
257
Glove Box
257
To reduce the risk of injury in an accident or sudden stop, always keep the glove box door closed while driving.
257
If the temperature control switch is in the warm or hot position, warm or hot air will flow into the glove box.
257
If the temperature control switch is in the warm or hot position, warm or hot air will flow into the glove box.
257
Sunglass holder
258
Sunglass holder
258
<GRAPHIC>
258
<GRAPHIC>
258
<GRAPHIC>
258
<GRAPHIC>
258
To open the sunglass holder:
258
• Press the cover and the holder will slowly open.
258
• Press the cover and the holder will slowly open.
258
• Press the cover and the holder will slowly open.
258
Place your sunglasses with the lenses facing out. To close the sunglass holder push it up.
258
Place your sunglasses with the lenses facing out. To close the sunglass holder push it up.
258
Sunglass holder
258
Sunglass holder
258
• Do not keep objects except sunglasses inside the sunglass holder. Such objects can be thrown from the holder in the event of a sudden stop or an accident, possibly injuring the passengers in the vehicle.
258
• Do not keep objects except sunglasses inside the sunglass holder. Such objects can be thrown from the holder in the event of a sudden stop or an accident, possibly injuring the passengers in the vehicle.
258
• Do not keep objects except sunglasses inside the sunglass holder. Such objects can be thrown from the holder in the event of a sudden stop or an accident, possibly injuring the passengers in the vehicle.
258
• Do not open the sunglass holder while the vehicle is moving. The rear view mirror of the vehicle can be blocked by an opened sunglass holder.
258
• Do not open the sunglass holder while the vehicle is moving. The rear view mirror of the vehicle can be blocked by an opened sunglass holder.
258
Luggage box
258
Luggage box
258
<GRAPHIC>
258
<GRAPHIC>
258
<GRAPHIC>
258
<GRAPHIC>
258
You can place a first aid kit, a reflector triangle, tools, etc. in the box for easy access.
258
• Grasp the handle on the edge of the cover and lift it.
258
• Grasp the handle on the edge of the cover and lift it.
258
• Grasp the handle on the edge of the cover and lift it.
258
Interior features
259
Interior features
259
There are various features inside the vehicle for the convenience of the occupants.
259
Cup holder
259
Cup holder
259
The front and rear seats of the vehicle have cup holders to accommodate cups.
259
Hot liquids
259
Hot liquids
259
Hot liquids
259
Hot liquids
259
Do not place uncovered cups with hot liquid in the cup holder while the vehicle is in motion. If the hot liquid spills, you may burn yourself. Such a burn to the driver could lead to loss of control of the vehicle.
259
• Keep your drinks sealed while driving to prevent spilling your drink. If liquid spills, it may get into the vehicle's electrical/electronic system and damage electrical/electronic parts.
259
• Keep your drinks sealed while driving to prevent spilling your drink. If liquid spills, it may get into the vehicle's electrical/electronic system and damage electrical/electronic parts.
259
• Keep your drinks sealed while driving to prevent spilling your drink. If liquid spills, it may get into the vehicle's electrical/electronic system and damage electrical/electronic parts.
259
• Keep your drinks sealed while driving to prevent spilling your drink. If liquid spills, it may get into the vehicle's electrical/electronic system and damage electrical/electronic parts.
259
• When cleaning spilled liquids, do not use heat to dry the cup holders. This may damage the cup holder.
259
• When cleaning spilled liquids, do not use heat to dry the cup holders. This may damage the cup holder.
259
• Use shatter-proof and light containers. Otherwise, there is the increased danger of injury in an accident.
259
• Use shatter-proof and light containers. Otherwise, there is the increased danger of injury in an accident.
259
• Do not forcefully push unsuitable containers into the cup holders. This may result in damage.
259
• Do not forcefully push unsuitable containers into the cup holders. This may result in damage.
259
Front
259
Front
259
<GRAPHIC>
259
2nd row
259
2nd row
259
<GRAPHIC>
259
2nd row - center (if equipped)
260
2nd row - center (if equipped)
260
<GRAPHIC>
260
3rd row
260
3rd row
260
<GRAPHIC>
260
Cups or small beverage cans may be placed in the cup holders.
260
2nd row center (if equipped)
260
2nd row center (if equipped)
260
Pull the armrest down to use the cup holders.
260
Seat warmer
260
Seat warmer
260
The seat warmer is provided to warm the front seats during cold weather.
260
Front seat
260
Front seat
260
Front seat
260
Front seat
260
<GRAPHIC>
260
Rear seat
260
Rear seat
260
<GRAPHIC>
260
With the ENGINE START/STOP button in the ON position:
260
• Push the toggle switch up to warm the front seat.
260
• Push the toggle switch up to warm the front seat.
260
• Push the toggle switch up to warm the front seat.
260
• Press the switch to heat the rear seat as indicated in the above image.
260
• Press the switch to heat the rear seat as indicated in the above image.
260
During mild weather or under conditions where the operation of the seat warmer is not needed, keep the switches in the \OFF\ position.
260
During mild weather or under conditions where the operation of the seat warmer is not needed, keep the switches in the \OFF\ position.
260
Manual temperature control
260
Manual temperature control
260
Each time you push the toggle switch up (front seat) or press the switch (rear seat), the temperature setting of the seat will change as follows:
260
<GRAPHIC>
261
<GRAPHIC>
261
The seat warmer defaults to the OFF position whenever the ENGINE START/STOP button is turned on.
261
Automatic temperature control
261
Automatic temperature control
261
The seat warmer starts to automatically control the seat temperature in order to prevent low- temperature burns after being manually turned on.
261
<GRAPHIC>
261
<GRAPHIC>
261
You may manually push the toggle switch up (front seat) or press the switch (rear seat) to increase the seat temperature. However, it soon returns to the automatic mode again. When pushing the toggle switch up (front seat) or pressing the switch (rea...
261
With the seat warmer switch in the ON position, the heating system in the seat turns off or on automatically depending on the seat temperature.
261
With the seat warmer switch in the ON position, the heating system in the seat turns off or on automatically depending on the seat temperature.
261
Seat warmer burns
261
Seat warmer burns
261
The seat warmer may cause burns, even at low temperature, if used over a long period of time. Never allow passengers who may not be able to take care of themselves to be exposed to the risk of seat heater burns. These include:
261
1. Infants, children, elderly or disabled persons, or hospital outpatients
261
1. Infants, children, elderly or disabled persons, or hospital outpatients
261
1. Infants, children, elderly or disabled persons, or hospital outpatients
261
2. Persons with sensitive skin or those that burn easily
261
2. Persons with sensitive skin or those that burn easily
261
3. Fatigued individuals
261
3. Fatigued individuals
261
4. Intoxicated individuals
261
4. Intoxicated individuals
261
5. Individuals taking medication that can cause drowsiness or sleepiness (sleeping pills, cold tablets, etc.)
261
5. Individuals taking medication that can cause drowsiness or sleepiness (sleeping pills, cold tablets, etc.)
261
Air ventilation seat
262
Air ventilation seat
262
Front seat
262
Front seat
262
Front seat
262
Front seat
262
<GRAPHIC>
262
Rear seat
262
Rear seat
262
<GRAPHIC>
262
The temperature setting of the seat changes according to the switch position.
262
• To ventilate your seat cushion, push the toggle switch down (front seat) or press the switch (rear seat).
262
• To ventilate your seat cushion, push the toggle switch down (front seat) or press the switch (rear seat).
262
• To ventilate your seat cushion, push the toggle switch down (front seat) or press the switch (rear seat).
262
Each time you push the toggle switch down (front seat) or press the switch (rear seat), the airflow will change as follows:
262
Each time you push the toggle switch down (front seat) or press the switch (rear seat), the airflow will change as follows:
262
<GRAPHIC>
262
<GRAPHIC>
262
The seat warmer (with air ventilation) defaults to the OFF position whenever the ENGINE START/STOP button is turned on.
262
The seat warmer (with air ventilation) defaults to the OFF position whenever the ENGINE START/STOP button is turned on.
262
Seat damage
262
Seat damage
262
• When cleaning the seats, do not use an organic solvent such as paint thinner, benzene, alcohol and gasoline. Doing so may damage the air ventilation seat.
262
• When cleaning the seats, do not use an organic solvent such as paint thinner, benzene, alcohol and gasoline. Doing so may damage the air ventilation seat.
262
• When cleaning the seats, do not use an organic solvent such as paint thinner, benzene, alcohol and gasoline. Doing so may damage the air ventilation seat.
262
• Do not place heavy or sharp objects on the seat. Those things may damage the air ventilation seat.
262
• Do not place heavy or sharp objects on the seat. Those things may damage the air ventilation seat.
262
• Be careful not to spill liquid such as water or beverages on the seat. If you spill some liquid, wipe the seat with a dry towel. Before using the air ventilation seat, dry the seat completely.
262
• Be careful not to spill liquid such as water or beverages on the seat. If you spill some liquid, wipe the seat with a dry towel. Before using the air ventilation seat, dry the seat completely.
262
Sun visor
262
Sun visor
262
Use the sun visor to shield direct light through the front or side windows.
262
<GRAPHIC>
263
<GRAPHIC>
263
<GRAPHIC>
263
<GRAPHIC>
263
The actual sun visor lamp in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
263
• To use the sun visor, pull it downward.
263
• To use the sun visor, pull it downward.
263
• To use the sun visor, pull it downward.
263
• To use the sun visor for the side window, pull it downward, unsnap it from the bracket (1) and swing it to the side (2).
263
• To use the sun visor for the side window, pull it downward, unsnap it from the bracket (1) and swing it to the side (2).
263
• To use the vanity mirror, pull down the visor and slide the mirror cover (3).
263
• To use the vanity mirror, pull down the visor and slide the mirror cover (3).
263
Adjust the sun visor forward or backward (4) as needed.
263
Adjust the sun visor forward or backward (4) as needed.
263
The ticket holder (5) is provided for holding a tollgate ticket.
263
Vanity mirror lamp
263
Vanity mirror lamp
263
Vanity mirror lamp
263
To prevent unnecessary charging system drain, close the vanity mirror cover securely after using the mirror.
263
Power outlet
263
Power outlet
263
The power outlet is designed to provide power for mobile telephones or other devices designed to operate with vehicle electrical systems.
263
Front
263
Front
263
Front
263
<GRAPHIC>
263
2nd row
263
2nd row
263
<GRAPHIC>
263
Rear
264
Rear
264
<GRAPHIC>
264
The devices should draw less than 10 amps with the vehicle on.
264
• Use the power outlet only when the vehicle is on and remove the accessory plug after use. Using the accessory plug for prolonged periods of time with the vehicle off could cause the battery to discharge.
264
• Use the power outlet only when the vehicle is on and remove the accessory plug after use. Using the accessory plug for prolonged periods of time with the vehicle off could cause the battery to discharge.
264
• Use the power outlet only when the vehicle is on and remove the accessory plug after use. Using the accessory plug for prolonged periods of time with the vehicle off could cause the battery to discharge.
264
• Only use 12 V electric accessories which are less than 10 A in electric capacity.
264
• Only use 12 V electric accessories which are less than 10 A in electric capacity.
264
• Adjust the air-conditioner or heater to the lowest operating level when using the power outlet.
264
• Adjust the air-conditioner or heater to the lowest operating level when using the power outlet.
264
• Close the cover when not in use.
264
• Close the cover when not in use.
264
• Some electronic devices can cause electronic interference when plugged into a vehicle's power outlet. These devices may cause excessive audio static and malfunctions in other electronic systems or devices used in your vehicle.
264
• Some electronic devices can cause electronic interference when plugged into a vehicle's power outlet. These devices may cause excessive audio static and malfunctions in other electronic systems or devices used in your vehicle.
264
• Push the plug in as far as it will go. If the plug is not properly inserted into the outlet, the plug may overheat and the fuse may open.
264
• Push the plug in as far as it will go. If the plug is not properly inserted into the outlet, the plug may overheat and the fuse may open.
264
• For electronic devices equipped with batteries, only plug in the devices with reverse current protection. The current from the battery may flow into the vehicle's electrical/electronic system and cause system malfunction.
264
• For electronic devices equipped with batteries, only plug in the devices with reverse current protection. The current from the battery may flow into the vehicle's electrical/electronic system and cause system malfunction.
264
Electric shock
264
Electric shock
264
Do not put a finger or a foreign object (pen, etc.) into a power outlet and do not touch with a wet hand. You may get an electric shock.
264
USB charger
264
USB charger
264
The USB car charger allows drivers to charge their digital devices like smartphone, and PC tablets. Connect the cable to the USB port, charging will begin.
264
Front
264
Front
264
Front
264
<GRAPHIC>
264
Center (if equipped)
265
Center (if equipped)
265
<GRAPHIC>
265
2nd row
265
2nd row
265
<GRAPHIC>
265
3rd row
265
3rd row
265
<GRAPHIC>
265
The USB car charger is available with either the ACC state or the ignition on. However, we recommend connecting the USB port and digital devices with the engine running. See the display screen of the device to check its charging process completion. Y...
265
• Use the USB car charger with the ignition on. Otherwise, vehicle battery can be discharged.
265
• Use the USB car charger with the ignition on. Otherwise, vehicle battery can be discharged.
265
• Use the USB car charger with the ignition on. Otherwise, vehicle battery can be discharged.
265
• Use the USB car charger with the ignition on. Otherwise, vehicle battery can be discharged.
265
• Use the official USB cable of the manufacturer of the digital device to be charged.
265
• Use the official USB cable of the manufacturer of the digital device to be charged.
265
• Make sure that no foreign objects, drinks, and water come into contact with the USB car charger. Water or foreign objects can damage the USB charger.
265
• Make sure that no foreign objects, drinks, and water come into contact with the USB car charger. Water or foreign objects can damage the USB charger.
265
• Do not charge a device those current consumption exceeds 2.1 A.
265
• Do not charge a device those current consumption exceeds 2.1 A.
265
• Do not connect an electrical device that generates excessive electromagnetic noise to the USB car port. If you do so, noise can be caused or vehicle electronic devices can be interrupted while audio or AV is on.
265
• Do not connect an electrical device that generates excessive electromagnetic noise to the USB car port. If you do so, noise can be caused or vehicle electronic devices can be interrupted while audio or AV is on.
265
• If the charger is connected incorrectly, it can cause serious damage on the devices. Please note that damages due to incorrect usage are not covered by warranty service.
266
• If the charger is connected incorrectly, it can cause serious damage on the devices. Please note that damages due to incorrect usage are not covered by warranty service.
266
AC inverter
266
AC inverter
266
<GRAPHIC>
266
<GRAPHIC>
266
<GRAPHIC>
266
The AC inverter supplies 115 V / 150 W electric power to operate electric accessories or equipment.
266
If you wish to use the AC inverter, open up the AC inverter cover and connect a plug to it. The AC inverter supplies electric power when vehicle is on.
266
• Rated voltage: AC 115 V
266
• Rated voltage: AC 115 V
266
• Rated voltage: AC 115 V
266
• Rated voltage: AC 115 V
266
• Maximum electric power: 150 W
266
• Maximum electric power: 150 W
266
• Be sure to read this manual before use to avoid any electrical system failure, electric shock, etc.
266
• Be sure to read this manual before use to avoid any electrical system failure, electric shock, etc.
266
• Be sure to read this manual before use to avoid any electrical system failure, electric shock, etc.
266
• Be sure to read this manual before use to avoid any electrical system failure, electric shock, etc.
266
• Be sure to close the cover except for when in use.
266
• Be sure to close the cover except for when in use.
266
• To prevent the battery from being discharged, do not use the AC inverter while the vehicle is not on.
266
• To prevent the battery from being discharged, do not use the AC inverter while the vehicle is not on.
266
• To prevent the battery from being discharged, do not use the AC inverter while the vehicle is not on.
266
• After using an electric accessory or equipment, pull the plug out. Leaving the accessory or equipment plugged in for a long time may cause battery discharge.
266
• After using an electric accessory or equipment, pull the plug out. Leaving the accessory or equipment plugged in for a long time may cause battery discharge.
266
• Do not use an electric accessory or equipment the power consumption of which is greater than 150 W (115 V).
266
• Do not use an electric accessory or equipment the power consumption of which is greater than 150 W (115 V).
266
• The AC inverter is ‘turned off’ in the low battery voltage condition (11.3V or under), and can be used normally when the voltage is returning to the normal level.
266
• The AC inverter is ‘turned off’ in the low battery voltage condition (11.3V or under), and can be used normally when the voltage is returning to the normal level.
266
• While the power consumption of some electrical devices/appliances may be within the AC inverter's electric power range, it may malfunction in the following cases.
266
• While the power consumption of some electrical devices/appliances may be within the AC inverter's electric power range, it may malfunction in the following cases.
266
- If the device/appliance requires high electric power for initial start up.
266
- If the device/appliance requires high electric power for initial start up.
266
- If the device/appliance requires high electric power for initial start up.
266
- If the device/appliance processes precise/very accurate data.
266
- If the device/appliance processes precise/very accurate data.
266
- If the device/appliance requires very stable supply of electricity.
267
- If the device/appliance requires very stable supply of electricity.
267
Electric accessory devices
267
Electric accessory devices
267
• Do not use broken electric accessories which may damage the AC inverter and electrical systems of the vehicle.
267
• Do not use broken electric accessories which may damage the AC inverter and electrical systems of the vehicle.
267
• Do not use broken electric accessories which may damage the AC inverter and electrical systems of the vehicle.
267
• Do not use two or more electric accessories at the same time. It may cause damage to the electrical systems of the vehicle.
267
• Do not use two or more electric accessories at the same time. It may cause damage to the electrical systems of the vehicle.
267
Wireless smart phone charging system
267
Wireless smart phone charging system
267
A wireless smart phone charging system is located in front of the center console.
267
<GRAPHIC>
267
<GRAPHIC>
267
<GRAPHIC>
267
Firmly close all doors, and turn the vehicle on. To start wireless charging, place the smart phone capable of wireless charging on the wireless charging pad.
267
For best wireless charging results, place the smart phone on the center of the charging pad.
267
The wireless charging system is designed for smart phones compatible with QI technology. Please refer to the smart phone accessory cover or the smart phone manufacturer homepage to check whether your smart phone supports QI function.
267
Charging smart phone wirelessly
267
1. Remove any object on the smart phone charging pad including the smart key. If there is any foreign object on the pad other than a smart phone, the wireless charging function may not operate properly.
267
1. Remove any object on the smart phone charging pad including the smart key. If there is any foreign object on the pad other than a smart phone, the wireless charging function may not operate properly.
267
1. Remove any object on the smart phone charging pad including the smart key. If there is any foreign object on the pad other than a smart phone, the wireless charging function may not operate properly.
267
1. Remove any object on the smart phone charging pad including the smart key. If there is any foreign object on the pad other than a smart phone, the wireless charging function may not operate properly.
267
2. Place the smart phone on the center of the wireless charging pad.
267
2. Place the smart phone on the center of the wireless charging pad.
267
The indicator light will change to orange once the wireless charging begins. After the charging is complete, the orange light will change to green.
267
The indicator light will change to orange once the wireless charging begins. After the charging is complete, the orange light will change to green.
267
You can choose to turn the wireless charging function on or off by selecting the USM on the instrument cluster. (Please refer to
267
You can choose to turn the wireless charging function on or off by selecting the USM on the instrument cluster. (Please refer to
267
\Instrument cluster\ on page 4-64
267
If the wireless charging does not work, gently move your smart phone around the pad until the charging indicator light turns orange.
267
Depending on the smart phone, the charging indicator light may not turn green even after the charging is complete.
268
If the wireless charging is not functioning properly, the orange light will blink and flash for ten seconds then turn off. In such cases, remove the smart phone from the pad and replace it on the pad again, or double check the charging status.
268
If you leave the smart phone on the charging pad when the vehicle is turned off, the vehicle will alert you through warning messages and sound (applicable for vehicles with the voice guidance function) after the 'Goodbye' function on the instrument c...
268
For some manufacturers' smart phones, the system may not warn you even though the smart phone is left on the wireless charging unit. This is due to the particular characteristic of the smart phone and not a malfunction of the wireless charging.
268
Distracted driving
268
Distracted driving
268
Driving while distracted can result in a loss of vehicle control that may lead to an accident, severe bodily injury, and death. The driver's primary responsibility is in the safe and legal operation of a vehicle, and use of any handheld devices, othe...
268
Liquid in Wireless Smart Phone Charger
268
Liquid in Wireless Smart Phone Charger
268
To prevent liquid from damaging the wireless smart phone charging system in your vehicle, be sure not to spill liquid over the charging system when charging your phone.
268
Metal in Wireless Charging system
268
Metal in Wireless Charging system
268
If any metallic object such as a coin is located between the wireless charging system and the smart phone, the charging may be disrupted. Also, the metallic object may heat up and potentially damage the charging system. If there is any metallic objec...
268
• When the interior temperature of the wireless charging system rises above a set temperature, the wireless charging will cease to function. After the interior temperature drops below the threshold, the wireless charging function will resume.
269
• When the interior temperature of the wireless charging system rises above a set temperature, the wireless charging will cease to function. After the interior temperature drops below the threshold, the wireless charging function will resume.
269
• When the interior temperature of the wireless charging system rises above a set temperature, the wireless charging will cease to function. After the interior temperature drops below the threshold, the wireless charging function will resume.
269
• When the interior temperature of the wireless charging system rises above a set temperature, the wireless charging will cease to function. After the interior temperature drops below the threshold, the wireless charging function will resume.
269
• The wireless charging may not function properly when there is a bulky accessory cover on the smart phone.
269
• The wireless charging may not function properly when there is a bulky accessory cover on the smart phone.
269
• The wireless charging will stop when using the wireless smart key search function to prevent radio wave disruption.
269
• The wireless charging will stop when using the wireless smart key search function to prevent radio wave disruption.
269
• The wireless charging will stop when the smart key is moved out of the vehicle with the vehicle in ON.
269
• The wireless charging will stop when the smart key is moved out of the vehicle with the vehicle in ON.
269
• The wireless charging will stop when any of the doors are opened (applicable for vehicles equipped with smart keys).
269
• The wireless charging will stop when any of the doors are opened (applicable for vehicles equipped with smart keys).
269
• The wireless charging will stop when the vehicle is turned OFF.
269
• The wireless charging will stop when the vehicle is turned OFF.
269
• The wireless charging will stop when the smart phone is not in complete contact with the wireless charging pad.
269
• The wireless charging will stop when the smart phone is not in complete contact with the wireless charging pad.
269
• Items equipped with magnetic components such as credit card, telephone card, bankbook or any transportation ticket may become damaged during wireless charging.
269
• Items equipped with magnetic components such as credit card, telephone card, bankbook or any transportation ticket may become damaged during wireless charging.
269
• Place the smart phone on the center of the charge pad for best results. The smart phone may not charge when placed near the rim of the charging pad. When the smart phone does get charged, it may heat up excessively.
269
• Place the smart phone on the center of the charge pad for best results. The smart phone may not charge when placed near the rim of the charging pad. When the smart phone does get charged, it may heat up excessively.
269
• For smart phones without built-in wireless charging system, an appropriate accessory has to be equipped in order to use the vehicle's wireless charging system.
269
• For smart phones without built-in wireless charging system, an appropriate accessory has to be equipped in order to use the vehicle's wireless charging system.
269
• Certain smart phones may display messages on a weak current. This is due to the particular characteristics of that smart phone, and does not imply a malfunction of the wireless charging function.
269
• Certain smart phones may display messages on a weak current. This is due to the particular characteristics of that smart phone, and does not imply a malfunction of the wireless charging function.
269
• The indicator light of some manufacturers' smart phones may still be orange after the smart phone is fully charged. This is due to the particular characteristic of the smart phone and not a malfunction of the wireless charging.
269
• The indicator light of some manufacturers' smart phones may still be orange after the smart phone is fully charged. This is due to the particular characteristic of the smart phone and not a malfunction of the wireless charging.
269
• When any smart phone without a wireless charging function or a metallic object is placed on the charging pad, a small noise may sound. This small sound is due to the vehicle discerning compatibility of the object placed on the charging pad. It do...
269
• When any smart phone without a wireless charging function or a metallic object is placed on the charging pad, a small noise may sound. This small sound is due to the vehicle discerning compatibility of the object placed on the charging pad. It do...
269
• The wireless smart phone charging system may not support certain smart phones which are not verified for QI specification
270
• The wireless smart phone charging system may not support certain smart phones which are not verified for QI specification
270
<GRAPHIC>
270
• When placing your smart phone on the charging pad, position the phone in the middle of the pad for maximum efficiency.
270
• When placing your smart phone on the charging pad, position the phone in the middle of the pad for maximum efficiency.
270
If your smart phone is off to the side, the charging speed may slow down, and in some cases, your phone may experience higher heat conduction.
270
• When charging some smart phones with a self-protection feature, the wireless charging speed may decrease, and the charging may stop.
270
• When charging some smart phones with a self-protection feature, the wireless charging speed may decrease, and the charging may stop.
270
This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules
270
Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
270
Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
270
1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
270
1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
270
1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
270
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
270
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
270
Coat hook
270
Coat hook
270
A Coat hook is next to the rear grab handle.
270
<GRAPHIC>
270
<GRAPHIC>
270
<GRAPHIC>
270
This actual feature may differ from the illustration.
270
Hanging clothing
270
Hanging clothing
270
Do not hang heavy clothes, since they may damage the hook.
270
Do not hang other objects such as hangers or hard objects except clothes. Also, do not put heavy, sharp or breakable objects in the clothing's pockets. In an accident or when the curtain air bag is inflated, it may cause vehicle damage or bodily injury.
270
Do not hang other objects such as hangers or hard objects except clothes. Also, do not put heavy, sharp or breakable objects in the clothing's pockets. In an accident or when the curtain air bag is inflated, it may cause vehicle damage or bodily injury.
270
<GRAPHIC>
271
<GRAPHIC>
271
Side curtain
271
Side curtain
271
<GRAPHIC>
271
<GRAPHIC>
271
<GRAPHIC>
271
<GRAPHIC>
271
To use the side curtain:
271
1. Lift the curtain by the handle (1).
271
1. Lift the curtain by the handle (1).
271
1. Lift the curtain by the handle (1).
271
2. Hang the curtain on both sides of the hook.
271
2. Hang the curtain on both sides of the hook.
271
If the curtain is hung on one side, the curtain may be wrinkled.
271
If the curtain is hung on one side, the curtain may be wrinkled.
271
• Do not hang any other object except the side curtain on the hooks.
271
• Do not hang any other object except the side curtain on the hooks.
271
• Do not hang any other object except the side curtain on the hooks.
271
• Do not hang any other object except the side curtain on the hooks.
271
• Do not hang any other object except the side curtain on the hooks.
271
• If you pull the door curtain or apply force to return the curtain to its original position after use, you may find the curtain wrinkled or out of shape.To lower the door curtain, be sure to put the handle downward and slowly return the curtain to...
271
• If you pull the door curtain or apply force to return the curtain to its original position after use, you may find the curtain wrinkled or out of shape.To lower the door curtain, be sure to put the handle downward and slowly return the curtain to...
271
• Curtains may not work properly if foreign objects (coins, toys, cookies, etc.) are stuck in the door. Be careful that the foreign objects do not get into the door.
271
• Curtains may not work properly if foreign objects (coins, toys, cookies, etc.) are stuck in the door. Be careful that the foreign objects do not get into the door.
271
Floor mat anchor(s)
271
Floor mat anchor(s)
271
Type A / Type B
271
Type A / Type B
271
Type A / Type B
271
<GRAPHIC>
271
When using a floor mat on the front floor carpet, make sure it attaches to the floor mat anchor(s) in your vehicle. This keeps the floor mat from sliding forward.
271
Aftermarket floor mat
271
Aftermarket floor mat
271
Do not install aftermarket floor mats that are not capable of being securely attached to the vehicle's floor mat anchors.
271
Unsecured floor mats can interfere with pedal operation.
272
The following must be observed when installing ANY floor mat to the vehicle.
272
• Ensure that the floor mats are securely attached to the vehicle's floor mat anchor(s) before driving the vehicle.
272
• Ensure that the floor mats are securely attached to the vehicle's floor mat anchor(s) before driving the vehicle.
272
• Ensure that the floor mats are securely attached to the vehicle's floor mat anchor(s) before driving the vehicle.
272
• Do not use ANY floor mat that cannot be firmly attached to the vehicle's floor mat anchors.
272
• Do not use ANY floor mat that cannot be firmly attached to the vehicle's floor mat anchors.
272
• Do not stack floor mats on top of one another (e.g., all-weather rubber mat on top of a carpeted floor mat). Only a single floor mat should be installed in each position.
272
• Do not stack floor mats on top of one another (e.g., all-weather rubber mat on top of a carpeted floor mat). Only a single floor mat should be installed in each position.
272
Luggage net holder
272
Luggage net holder
272
Type A
272
Type A
272
Type A
272
<GRAPHIC>
272
Type B
272
Type B
272
<GRAPHIC>
272
To keep items from shifting in the cargo area, you can use the 4 holders located in the cargo area to attach the luggage net.
272
If necessary, Kia recommends contacting an authorized Kia dealer.
272
To prevent damage to the goods or the vehicle, be careful when carrying fragile or bulky objects in the luggage compartment.
272
To prevent damage to the goods or the vehicle, be careful when carrying fragile or bulky objects in the luggage compartment.
272
DO NOT over-stretch the luggage net and ALWAYS keep your face and body out of the luggage net's recoil path. Failure to comply with these instructions may result in severe facial injuries. DO NOT use when the strap has visible signs of wear or damage.
272
DO NOT over-stretch the luggage net and ALWAYS keep your face and body out of the luggage net's recoil path. Failure to comply with these instructions may result in severe facial injuries. DO NOT use when the strap has visible signs of wear or damage.
272
Exterior features
273
Exterior features
273
If the vehicle has a roof rack, you can load cargo on top of your vehicle.
273
Roof rack
273
Roof rack
273
<GRAPHIC>
273
<GRAPHIC>
273
<GRAPHIC>
273
Crossbars and fixing components needed to install the roof rack on your vehicle may be obtained from an authorized Kia dealer.
273
• The crossbars (if equipped) should be placed in the proper load carrying positions prior to placing items onto the roof rack.
273
• The crossbars (if equipped) should be placed in the proper load carrying positions prior to placing items onto the roof rack.
273
• The crossbars (if equipped) should be placed in the proper load carrying positions prior to placing items onto the roof rack.
273
• The crossbars (if equipped) should be placed in the proper load carrying positions prior to placing items onto the roof rack.
273
• If the vehicle is equipped with a sunroof, be sure not to position cargo onto the roof rack in such a way that it could interfere with sunroof operation.
273
• If the vehicle is equipped with a sunroof, be sure not to position cargo onto the roof rack in such a way that it could interfere with sunroof operation.
273
• When the roof rack is not being used to carry cargo, the crossbars may need to be repositioned if wind noise is detected.
273
• When the roof rack is not being used to carry cargo, the crossbars may need to be repositioned if wind noise is detected.
273
Loading Roof Rack
273
Loading Roof Rack
273
• When carrying cargo on the roof rack, take the necessary precautions to make sure the cargo does not damage the roof of the vehicle.
273
• When carrying cargo on the roof rack, take the necessary precautions to make sure the cargo does not damage the roof of the vehicle.
273
• When carrying cargo on the roof rack, take the necessary precautions to make sure the cargo does not damage the roof of the vehicle.
273
• When carrying large objects on the roof rack, make sure they do not exceed the overall roof length or width.
273
• When carrying large objects on the roof rack, make sure they do not exceed the overall roof length or width.
273
• When you are carrying cargo on the roof rack, do not operate the sunroof (if equipped). This can damage the sunroof.
273
• When you are carrying cargo on the roof rack, do not operate the sunroof (if equipped). This can damage the sunroof.
273
The following specification is the maximum weight that can be loaded onto the roof rack. Distribute the load as evenly as possible across the crossbars (if equipped) and roof rack and secure the load firmly.
273
<TABLE>
273
<TABLE>
273
<TABLE BODY>
273
<TABLE ROW>
273
ROOF RACK
273
ROOF RACK
273
220 lbs. (100 kg)
273
220 lbs. (100 kg)
273
EVENLY DISTRIBUTED
273
Loading cargo or luggage in excess of the specified weight limit on the roof rack may damage your vehicle.
273
• The vehicle center of gravity will be higher when items are loaded onto the roof rack. Avoid sudden starts, braking, sharp turns, abrupt maneuvers or high speeds that may result in loss of vehicle control or rollover resulting in an accident.
273
• The vehicle center of gravity will be higher when items are loaded onto the roof rack. Avoid sudden starts, braking, sharp turns, abrupt maneuvers or high speeds that may result in loss of vehicle control or rollover resulting in an accident.
273
• The vehicle center of gravity will be higher when items are loaded onto the roof rack. Avoid sudden starts, braking, sharp turns, abrupt maneuvers or high speeds that may result in loss of vehicle control or rollover resulting in an accident.
273
• The vehicle center of gravity will be higher when items are loaded onto the roof rack. Avoid sudden starts, braking, sharp turns, abrupt maneuvers or high speeds that may result in loss of vehicle control or rollover resulting in an accident.
273
• Always drive slowly and turn corners carefully when carrying items on the roof rack. Severe wind updrafts, caused by passing vehicles or natural causes, can cause sudden upward pressure on items loaded on the roof rack. This is especially true wh...
274
• Always drive slowly and turn corners carefully when carrying items on the roof rack. Severe wind updrafts, caused by passing vehicles or natural causes, can cause sudden upward pressure on items loaded on the roof rack. This is especially true wh...
274
To prevent damage or loss of cargo while driving, check frequently before and while driving to make sure the items on the roof rack are securely fastened.
274
Audio system
274
Audio system
274
If you install an aftermarket HID head lamp, your vehicle's audio and electronic device may malfunction.
274
If you install an aftermarket HID head lamp, your vehicle's audio and electronic device may malfunction.
274
If you install an aftermarket HID head lamp, your vehicle's audio and electronic device may malfunction.
274
If your vehicle is equipped with multimedia system, refer to a separately supplied manual for detailed information.
274
Shark fin antenna
274
Shark fin antenna
274
<GRAPHIC>
274
<GRAPHIC>
274
<GRAPHIC>
274
The shark fin antenna will receive the transmitted data.
274
USB port
274
USB port
274
You can use an USB port to plug in an USB.
274
<GRAPHIC>
275
<GRAPHIC>
275
<GRAPHIC>
275
How vehicle radio works
275
How vehicle radio works
275
FM reception
275
FM reception
275
FM reception
275
<GRAPHIC>
275
<GRAPHIC>
275
AM and FM radio signals are broadcast from transmitter towers located around your city. They are intercepted by the radio antenna on your vehicle. This signal is then processed by the radio and sent to your vehicle speakers.
275
However, in some cases the signal coming to your vehicle may not be strong and clear.
275
This can be due to factors, such as the distance from the radio station, closeness of other strong radio stations or the presence of buildings, bridges or other large obstructions in the area.
275
AM reception
275
AM reception
275
<GRAPHIC>
275
<GRAPHIC>
275
AM broadcasts can be received at greater distances than FM broadcasts. This is because AM radio waves are transmitted at low frequencies. These long distance, low frequency radio waves can follow the curvature of the earth rather than traveling strai...
275
FM radio station
276
FM radio station
276
<GRAPHIC>
276
<GRAPHIC>
276
FM broadcasts are transmitted at high frequencies and do not bend to follow the earth's surface. Because of this, FM broadcasts generally begin to fade within short distances from the station. Also, FM signals are easily affected by buildings, mounta...
276
The following conditions are normal and do not indicate radio trouble:
276
• Fading - As your vehicle moves away from the radio station, the signal will weaken and sound will begin to fade. When this occurs, we suggest that you select another station with a stronger signal.
276
• Fading - As your vehicle moves away from the radio station, the signal will weaken and sound will begin to fade. When this occurs, we suggest that you select another station with a stronger signal.
276
• Fading - As your vehicle moves away from the radio station, the signal will weaken and sound will begin to fade. When this occurs, we suggest that you select another station with a stronger signal.
276
<GRAPHIC>
276
<GRAPHIC>
276
• Flutter/Static - Weak FM signals or large obstructions between the transmitter and your radio can disturb the signal causing static or fluttering noises to occur. Reducing the treble level may lessen this effect until the disturbance clears.
276
• Flutter/Static - Weak FM signals or large obstructions between the transmitter and your radio can disturb the signal causing static or fluttering noises to occur. Reducing the treble level may lessen this effect until the disturbance clears.
276
• Station Swapping - As an FM signal weakens, another more powerful signal near the same frequency may begin to play. This is because your radio is designed to lock onto the clearest signal. If this occurs, select another station with a stronger si...
276
• Station Swapping - As an FM signal weakens, another more powerful signal near the same frequency may begin to play. This is because your radio is designed to lock onto the clearest signal. If this occurs, select another station with a stronger si...
276
<GRAPHIC>
276
<GRAPHIC>
276
• Multi-Path Cancellation - Radio signals being received from several directions can cause distortion or fluttering. This can be caused by a direct and reflected signal from the same station, or by signals from two stations with close frequencies. ...
277
• Multi-Path Cancellation - Radio signals being received from several directions can cause distortion or fluttering. This can be caused by a direct and reflected signal from the same station, or by signals from two stations with close frequencies. ...
277
Using a cellular phone or a two- way radio
277
Using a cellular phone or a two- way radio
277
When a cellular phone is used inside the vehicle, noise may be produced from the audio system. This does not mean that something is wrong with the audio equipment. In such a case, try to operate mobile devices as far from the audio equipment as possible
277
When using a communication system such as a cellular phone or a radio set inside the vehicle, a separate external antenna must be fitted. When a cellular phone or a radio set is used with only the internal antenna, it may interfere with the vehicle's...
277
Cell phone use
277
Cell phone use
277
Do not use a cellular phone while driving. Stop at a safe location to use a cellular phone.
277
Distracted driving
277
Distracted driving
277
Driving while distracted can result in a loss of vehicle control that may lead to an accident, severe bodily injury, or death. The driver's primary responsibility is the safe and legal operation of the vehicle, and the use of any handheld devices, ot...
277
Declaration of Conformity
278
Declaration of Conformity
278
FCC
278
FCC
278
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation.
278
This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will no...
278
This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will no...
278
• Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
278
• Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
278
• Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
278
• Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.
278
• Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.
278
• Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected.
278
• Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected.
278
• Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.
278
• Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.
278
Any changes or modifications to this device not explicitly approved by manufacturer could void your authority to operate this equipment.
278
Any changes or modifications to this device not explicitly approved by manufacturer could void your authority to operate this equipment.
278
This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
278
1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
278
1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
278
1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
278
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
278
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
278
This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment.
278
This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum 8 in (20 cm) between the and your body. This transmitter must not be collocated or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter unless authorized to do so by the FCC.
278
Driving your vehicle
279
Driving your vehicle
279
Be sure the exhaust system does not leak. 5-6
279
Driving your vehicle
284
Driving your vehicle
284
Driving your vehicle
284
Be sure the exhaust system does not leak.
284
Be sure the exhaust system does not leak.
284
The exhaust system should be checked whenever the vehicle is raised to change the oil or for any other purpose.
284
If you hear a change in the sound of the exhaust or if you drive over something that strikes the underneath side of the vehicle, have the exhaust system checked as soon as possible by an authorized Kia dealer.
284
If you hear a change in the sound of the exhaust or if you drive over something that strikes the underneath side of the vehicle, have the exhaust system checked as soon as possible by an authorized Kia dealer.
284
Engine exhaust
284
Engine exhaust
284
Do not inhale exhaust fumes or leave your engine running in a enclosed area for a prolonged time. Exhaust fumes contain carbon monoxide, a colorless, odorless gas that can cause unconsciousness and death by asphyxiation.
284
Open liftgate
284
Open liftgate
284
Do not drive with the liftgate open. Poisonous exhaust gases can enter the passenger compartment. If you must drive with the liftgate open proceed as follows:
284
1. Close all windows.
284
1. Close all windows.
284
1. Close all windows.
284
2. Open side vents.
284
2. Open side vents.
284
3. Set the air intake control at \Fresh\, the air flow control at \Floor\ or \Face\ and the fan at the highest speed.
284
3. Set the air intake control at \Fresh\, the air flow control at \Floor\ or \Face\ and the fan at the highest speed.
284
Before driving
285
Before driving
285
Before getting into the vehicle, you should examine the car and its surroundings. After getting into the vehicle, you should check a number of things before driving.
285
Before entering vehicle
285
Before entering vehicle
285
Before entering vehicle
285
• Be sure that all windows, outside mirror(s), and outside lights are clean.
285
• Be sure that all windows, outside mirror(s), and outside lights are clean.
285
• Be sure that all windows, outside mirror(s), and outside lights are clean.
285
• Check the condition of the tires.
285
• Check the condition of the tires.
285
• Check under the vehicle for any sign of leaks.
285
• Check under the vehicle for any sign of leaks.
285
• Be sure there are no obstacles behind you if you intend to back up.
285
• Be sure there are no obstacles behind you if you intend to back up.
285
Necessary inspections
285
Necessary inspections
285
Fluid levels, such as engine oil, engine coolant, brake fluid, and washer fluid should be checked on a regular basis, at the exact interval depending on the fluid. Further details are provided in chapter 7, \Maintenance\.
285
Distracted driving
285
Distracted driving
285
Focus on the road while driving. The driver's primary responsibility is in the safe and legal operation of the vehicle. Use of any handled devices, other equipment or vehicle systems that distract the driver should not be used during vehicle operation.
285
Before starting
285
Before starting
285
• Close and lock all doors.
285
• Close and lock all doors.
285
• Close and lock all doors.
285
• Position the seat so that all controls are easily reached.
285
• Position the seat so that all controls are easily reached.
285
• Buckle your seat belt.
285
• Buckle your seat belt.
285
• Adjust the inside and outside rearview mirrors.
285
• Adjust the inside and outside rearview mirrors.
285
• Be sure that all lights work.
285
• Be sure that all lights work.
285
• Check all gauges.
285
• Check all gauges.
285
• Check the operation of warning lights when the ENGINE START/ STOP button is turned to the ON position.
285
• Check the operation of warning lights when the ENGINE START/ STOP button is turned to the ON position.
285
• Release the parking brake and make sure the brake warning light is not on.
285
• Release the parking brake and make sure the brake warning light is not on.
285
For safe operation, be sure you are familiar with your vehicle and its equipment.
285
Fire risk
285
Fire risk
285
When you intend to park or stop the vehicle with the engine on, be careful not to depress the accelerator pedal for a long period of time. It may overheat the engine or exhaust system and cause fire.
285
Check surroundings
285
Check surroundings
285
Always check the surrounding areas near your vehicle for people, especially children, before putting a vehicle into D (Drive) or R (Reverse).
286
Loose objects
286
Loose objects
286
Securely store items in your vehicle. When you make a sudden stop or turn the steering wheel rapidly, loose objects may drop on the floor and it could interfere with the operation of the foot pedals, possibly causing an accident.
286
Driving while intoxicated
286
Driving while intoxicated
286
Do not drive while intoxicated. Drinking and driving is dangerous. Even a small amount of alcohol will affect your reflexes, perceptions and judgment.
286
Driving while under the influence of drugs is as dangerous as or more dangerous than driving drunk.
286
Proper footwear
286
Proper footwear
286
Always wear appropriate shoes when operating your vehicle. Unsuitable shoes (high heels, ski boots, sandals, etc.) may interfere with your ability to use the brake and accelerator pedals.
286
ENGINE START/STOP button
287
ENGINE START/STOP button
287
Illuminated ENGINE START/STOP button
287
Illuminated ENGINE START/STOP button
287
<GRAPHIC>
287
<GRAPHIC>
287
<GRAPHIC>
287
The light will go off after about 30 seconds when the door is closed. It will also go off immediately when the theft-alarm system is armed.
287
ENGINE START/STOP button position
287
ENGINE START/STOP button position
287
Your vehicle is equipped with four different ignition positions.
287
OFF
287
OFF
287
OFF
287
To turn off the engine (START/RUN position) or vehicle power (ON position), press the ENGINE START/ STOP button with the shift lever in the P (Park) position. When you press the ENGINE START/STOP button without the shift lever in the P (Park) positio...
287
You are able to turn off the engine (START/RUN) or vehicle power (ON), only when the vehicle is not in motion.
287
You are able to turn off the engine (START/RUN) or vehicle power (ON), only when the vehicle is not in motion.
287
In an emergency situation while the vehicle is in motion, you are able to turn the engine off and to the ACC position by pressing the ENGINE START/STOP button for more than 2 seconds or 3 times repeatedly within 3 seconds.
287
In an emergency situation while the vehicle is in motion, you are able to turn the engine off and to the ACC position by pressing the ENGINE START/STOP button for more than 2 seconds or 3 times repeatedly within 3 seconds.
287
If the vehicle is still moving, to restart the vehicle:
287
• Press the ENGINE START/STOP button when vehicle speed is 3 mph (5 km/h)or over.
287
• Press the ENGINE START/STOP button when vehicle speed is 3 mph (5 km/h)or over.
287
• Press the ENGINE START/STOP button when vehicle speed is 3 mph (5 km/h)or over.
287
ACC (Accessory)
287
ACC (Accessory)
287
<GRAPHIC>
287
<GRAPHIC>
287
Press the ENGINE START/STOP button while it is in the OFF position without engaging the brake pedal.
287
Some electrical accessories are operational.
288
If the ENGINE START/STOP button is in the ACC position for more than 1 hour, the button is turned off automatically to prevent battery discharge.
288
ON
288
ON
288
Press the ENGINE START/STOP button while it is in the ACC position without depressing the brake pedal.
288
The warning lights can be checked before the engine is started. Do not leave the ENGINE START/STOP button in the ON position for a long time. The battery may discharge, because the engine is not running.
288
START/RUN
288
START/RUN
288
To start the engine, press the brake pedal and push the ENGINE START/ STOP button with the shift lever in the P (Park) or the N (Neutral) position. For your safety, start the engine with the shift lever in the P (Park) position.
288
If you press the ENGINE START/ STOP button without pressing the brake pedal, the engine will not start and the ENGINE START/STOP button changes as follow:
288
If you press the ENGINE START/ STOP button without pressing the brake pedal, the engine will not start and the ENGINE START/STOP button changes as follow:
288
OFF → ACC → ON → OFF or ACC
288
• Never press the ENGINE START/ STOP button while the vehicle is in motion. This would result in loss of directional control and braking function, which could cause an accident.
288
• Never press the ENGINE START/ STOP button while the vehicle is in motion. This would result in loss of directional control and braking function, which could cause an accident.
288
• Never press the ENGINE START/ STOP button while the vehicle is in motion. This would result in loss of directional control and braking function, which could cause an accident.
288
• Never press the ENGINE START/ STOP button while the vehicle is in motion. This would result in loss of directional control and braking function, which could cause an accident.
288
• Before leaving the driver's seat, always make sure the shift lever is engaged in P (Park), set the parking brake fully and shut the engine off. Unexpected and sudden vehicle movement may occur if these precautions are not taken.
288
• Before leaving the driver's seat, always make sure the shift lever is engaged in P (Park), set the parking brake fully and shut the engine off. Unexpected and sudden vehicle movement may occur if these precautions are not taken.
288
• Never reach for the ENGINE START/STOP button or any other controls through the steering wheel while the vehicle is in motion. The presence of your hand or arm in the area could cause loss of vehicle control, an accident and serious bodily injury ...
288
• Never reach for the ENGINE START/STOP button or any other controls through the steering wheel while the vehicle is in motion. The presence of your hand or arm in the area could cause loss of vehicle control, an accident and serious bodily injury ...
288
• Do not place any movable objects around the driver's seat as they may move while driving, interfere with the driver and lead to an accident.
288
• Do not place any movable objects around the driver's seat as they may move while driving, interfere with the driver and lead to an accident.
288
Starting the engine
289
Starting the engine
289
• Do not start the vehicle with the accelerator pedal engaged. The vehicle can move and lead to an accident.
289
• Do not start the vehicle with the accelerator pedal engaged. The vehicle can move and lead to an accident.
289
• Do not start the vehicle with the accelerator pedal engaged. The vehicle can move and lead to an accident.
289
• Do not start the vehicle with the accelerator pedal engaged. The vehicle can move and lead to an accident.
289
• Do not start the vehicle with the accelerator pedal engaged. The vehicle can move and lead to an accident.
289
• Wait until the engine rpm is normal. The vehicle may suddenly move if the brake pedal is released when the rpm is high.
289
• Wait until the engine rpm is normal. The vehicle may suddenly move if the brake pedal is released when the rpm is high.
289
Starting the engine
289
1. Make sure the smart key is located inside the vehicle and close the driver seat. The vehicle may not start if it is not located near the driver seat.
289
1. Make sure the smart key is located inside the vehicle and close the driver seat. The vehicle may not start if it is not located near the driver seat.
289
1. Make sure the smart key is located inside the vehicle and close the driver seat. The vehicle may not start if it is not located near the driver seat.
289
1. Make sure the smart key is located inside the vehicle and close the driver seat. The vehicle may not start if it is not located near the driver seat.
289
2. Make sure the parking brake is applied.
289
2. Make sure the parking brake is applied.
289
3. Make sure the shift lever in P (Park).
289
3. Make sure the shift lever in P (Park).
289
• Press the brake pedal fully.
289
• Press the brake pedal fully.
289
• Press the brake pedal fully.
289
You can also start the engine when the shift lever is in the N (Neutral) position.
289
You can also start the engine when the shift lever is in the N (Neutral) position.
289
4. Press the ENGINE START/STOP button.
289
4. Press the ENGINE START/STOP button.
289
Make sure that the accelerator pedal is not pressed.
289
Make sure that the accelerator pedal is not pressed.
289
5. Do not wait for the engine to warm up while the vehicle remains stationary. Start driving at moderate engine speeds. (Steep accelerating and decelerating should be avoided.)
289
5. Do not wait for the engine to warm up while the vehicle remains stationary. Start driving at moderate engine speeds. (Steep accelerating and decelerating should be avoided.)
289
Starting the engine with smart key
289
At the time that the vehicle doors are opened or when the ENGINE START/STOP button is pressed the vehicle will check for the smart key.
289
If the smart key is not in the vehicle, the \
289
If the smart key is not in the vehicle, the \
289
<GRAPHIC>
289
The engine will start, only when the smart key is in the vehicle. Never allow children or any person who is unfamiliar with the vehicle touch the ENGINE START/STOP button or related parts. Pushing the ENGINE START/STOP button while the smart key is i...
289
The engine will start, only when the smart key is in the vehicle. Never allow children or any person who is unfamiliar with the vehicle touch the ENGINE START/STOP button or related parts. Pushing the ENGINE START/STOP button while the smart key is i...
289
If the engine stalls while the vehicle is in motion, do not attempt to move the shift lever to the P (Park) position. If the traffic and road conditions permit, you may put the shift lever in the N (Neutral) position while the vehicle is still moving...
289
If the engine stalls while the vehicle is in motion, do not attempt to move the shift lever to the P (Park) position. If the traffic and road conditions permit, you may put the shift lever in the N (Neutral) position while the vehicle is still moving...
289
<GRAPHIC>
290
<GRAPHIC>
290
• If the battery is weak or the smart key does not work correctly, you can start the engine by pressing the ENGINE START/STOP button with the smart key.
290
• If the battery is weak or the smart key does not work correctly, you can start the engine by pressing the ENGINE START/STOP button with the smart key.
290
• If the battery is weak or the smart key does not work correctly, you can start the engine by pressing the ENGINE START/STOP button with the smart key.
290
• If the battery is weak or the smart key does not work correctly, you can start the engine by pressing the ENGINE START/STOP button with the smart key.
290
When you press the ENGINE START/STOP button directly with the smart key, the smart key should contact the button at a right angle.
290
• When the stop lamp fuse is blown, you cannot start the engine normally.
290
• When the stop lamp fuse is blown, you cannot start the engine normally.
290
Replace the fuse with a new one. If it is not possible, you can start the engine by pressing the engine start/ stop button for 10 seconds while it is in the ACC position. The engine can start without pressing the brake pedal. But for your safety alwa...
290
Do not press the ENGINE START/ STOP button for more than 10 seconds except when the stop lamp fuse is blown.
290
Do not press the ENGINE START/ STOP button for more than 10 seconds except when the stop lamp fuse is blown.
290
Automatic transmission
291
Automatic transmission
291
The automatic transmission has 8 forward speeds and one reverse speed.
291
<GRAPHIC>
291
<GRAPHIC>
291
<GRAPHIC>
291
<GRAPHIC>Press the brake pedal and the lock release button when shifting.
291
<GRAPHIC>
291
<GRAPHIC>Press the lock release button when shifting.
291
<GRAPHIC>
291
<GRAPHIC>The shift lever can be shifted freely.
291
<GRAPHIC>
291
The individual speeds are selected automatically, depending on the position of the shift lever.
291
The first few shifts on a new vehicle, if the battery has been disconnected, may be somewhat abrupt. This is a normal condition, and the shifting sequence will adjust after shifts are cycled a few times by the TCM (Transmission Control Module) or PCM...
291
The first few shifts on a new vehicle, if the battery has been disconnected, may be somewhat abrupt. This is a normal condition, and the shifting sequence will adjust after shifts are cycled a few times by the TCM (Transmission Control Module) or PCM...
291
For smooth operation, press the brake pedal when shifting from N (Neutral) to a forward or reverse gear.
291
Automatic transmission
291
Automatic transmission
291
• Always check the surrounding areas near your vehicle for people, especially children, before shifting a vehicle into D (Drive) or R (Reverse).
291
• Always check the surrounding areas near your vehicle for people, especially children, before shifting a vehicle into D (Drive) or R (Reverse).
291
• Always check the surrounding areas near your vehicle for people, especially children, before shifting a vehicle into D (Drive) or R (Reverse).
291
• Before leaving the driver's seat, always make sure the shift lever is in the P (Park) position; then set the parking brake fully and shut the engine off. Unexpected and sudden vehicle movement can occur if these precautions are not followed in th...
291
• Before leaving the driver's seat, always make sure the shift lever is in the P (Park) position; then set the parking brake fully and shut the engine off. Unexpected and sudden vehicle movement can occur if these precautions are not followed in th...
291
• Do not use the engine brake (shifting from a high gear to lower gear) rapidly on slippery roads. The vehicle may slip causing an accident.
291
• Do not use the engine brake (shifting from a high gear to lower gear) rapidly on slippery roads. The vehicle may slip causing an accident.
291
• To avoid damage to your transmission, do not accelerate the engine in R (Reverse) or any forward gear position with the brakes on.
291
• To avoid damage to your transmission, do not accelerate the engine in R (Reverse) or any forward gear position with the brakes on.
291
• To avoid damage to your transmission, do not accelerate the engine in R (Reverse) or any forward gear position with the brakes on.
291
• To avoid damage to your transmission, do not accelerate the engine in R (Reverse) or any forward gear position with the brakes on.
291
• When stopped on an incline, do not hold the vehicle stationary with engine power. Use the service brake or the parking brake.
291
• When stopped on an incline, do not hold the vehicle stationary with engine power. Use the service brake or the parking brake.
291
• Do not shift from N (Neutral) or P (Park) into D (Drive), or R (Reverse) when the engine is above idle speed.
292
• Do not shift from N (Neutral) or P (Park) into D (Drive), or R (Reverse) when the engine is above idle speed.
292
Transmission ranges
292
Transmission ranges
292
The indicator in the instrument cluster displays the shift lever position when the ENGINE START/STOP button is in the ON position.
292
P (Park)
292
P (Park)
292
P (Park)
292
Always come to a complete stop before shifting into P (Park). This position locks the transmission and prevents the front wheels from rotating.
292
• Shifting into P (Park) while the vehicle is in motion will cause the drive wheels to lock which will cause you to lose control of the vehicle and possibly damage the transmission.
292
• Shifting into P (Park) while the vehicle is in motion will cause the drive wheels to lock which will cause you to lose control of the vehicle and possibly damage the transmission.
292
• Shifting into P (Park) while the vehicle is in motion will cause the drive wheels to lock which will cause you to lose control of the vehicle and possibly damage the transmission.
292
• Shifting into P (Park) while the vehicle is in motion will cause the drive wheels to lock which will cause you to lose control of the vehicle and possibly damage the transmission.
292
• Do not use the P (Park) position in place of the parking brake. Always make sure the shift lever is latched in the P (Park) position and set the parking brake fully.
292
• Do not use the P (Park) position in place of the parking brake. Always make sure the shift lever is latched in the P (Park) position and set the parking brake fully.
292
• Never leave a child unattended in a vehicle.
292
• Never leave a child unattended in a vehicle.
292
The transmission may be damaged if you shift into P (Park) while the vehicle is in motion.
292
The transmission may be damaged if you shift into P (Park) while the vehicle is in motion.
292
R (Reverse)
292
R (Reverse)
292
Use this position to drive the vehicle backward.
292
Always come to a complete stop before shifting into or out of R (Reverse); you may damage the transmission if you shift into R while the vehicle is in motion, except as explained in \Rocking the vehicle\ in this section.
292
Always come to a complete stop before shifting into or out of R (Reverse); you may damage the transmission if you shift into R while the vehicle is in motion, except as explained in \Rocking the vehicle\ in this section.
292
N (Neutral)
292
N (Neutral)
292
When in Neutral, wheels and transmission are not engaged. The vehicle will roll freely even on the slightest incline unless the parking brake or service brakes are applied.
292
Do not drive with the shift lever in N (Neutral). The engine brake will not work and could lead to an accident.
292
Do not drive with the shift lever in N (Neutral). The engine brake will not work and could lead to an accident.
292
Always park the vehicle in \P\ (Park) for safety and engage the parking brake.
293
Always park the vehicle in \P\ (Park) for safety and engage the parking brake.
293
D (Drive)
293
D (Drive)
293
This is the normal forward driving position. The transmission will automatically shift through a 8-gear sequence, providing the best fuel economy and power.
293
Always come to a complete stop before shifting into D (Drive).
293
Always come to a complete stop before shifting into D (Drive).
293
Manual mode
293
Manual mode
293
Whether the vehicle is stationary or in motion, Manual mode is selected by pushing the shift lever from the D (Drive) position into the manual gate. To return to D (Drive) range operation, push the shift lever back into the main gate.
293
<GRAPHIC>
293
<GRAPHIC>
293
Manual mode manages the driving dynamics by automatically adjusting the steering effort, and the engine and transmission control logic for enhanced driver performance.
293
In Manual mode, moving the shift lever backwards or forwards will allow you to make gearshifts rapidly. In contrast to a manual transmission, the Manual mode allows gearshifts with the accelerator pedal depressed.
293
): Push the lever forward once to shift up one gear.
293
): Push the lever forward once to shift up one gear.
293
): Push the lever forward once to shift up one gear.
293
• Down (-): Pull the lever backwards once to shift down one gear.
293
• Down (-): Pull the lever backwards once to shift down one gear.
293
• In Manual mode, the driver must execute upshifts in accordance with road conditions, being careful to keep the engine speed below the red zone.
293
• In Manual mode, the driver must execute upshifts in accordance with road conditions, being careful to keep the engine speed below the red zone.
293
• In Manual mode, the driver must execute upshifts in accordance with road conditions, being careful to keep the engine speed below the red zone.
293
• In Manual mode, the driver must execute upshifts in accordance with road conditions, being careful to keep the engine speed below the red zone.
293
• In Manual mode, only the 8 forward gears can be selected. To reverse or park the vehicle, move the shift lever to the R (Reverse) or P (Park) position as required.
293
• In Manual mode, only the 8 forward gears can be selected. To reverse or park the vehicle, move the shift lever to the R (Reverse) or P (Park) position as required.
293
• In Manual mode, downshifts are made automatically when the vehicle slows down. When the vehicle stops, 1st gear is automatically selected.
293
• In Manual mode, downshifts are made automatically when the vehicle slows down. When the vehicle stops, 1st gear is automatically selected.
293
• In Manual mode, when the engine rpm approaches the red zone, shift points are varied to upshift automatically.
293
• In Manual mode, when the engine rpm approaches the red zone, shift points are varied to upshift automatically.
293
• To maintain the required levels of vehicle performance and safety, the system may not execute certain gearshifts when the shift lever is operated.
294
• To maintain the required levels of vehicle performance and safety, the system may not execute certain gearshifts when the shift lever is operated.
294
(up) position. This causes the transmission to shift into the 2nd gear which is better for smooth driving on a slippery road. Push the shift lever to the - (down) side to sh...
294
(up) position. This causes the transmission to shift into the 2nd gear which is better for smooth driving on a slippery road. Push the shift lever to the - (down) side to sh...
294
• When Manual mode is activated:
294
• When Manual mode is activated:
294
- The engine rpm will tend to remain raised over a certain length of time even after releasing the accelerator.
294
- The engine rpm will tend to remain raised over a certain length of time even after releasing the accelerator.
294
- The engine rpm will tend to remain raised over a certain length of time even after releasing the accelerator.
294
- Upshifts are delayed when accelerating.
294
- Upshifts are delayed when accelerating.
294
• In Manual mode, the fuel efficiency may decrease.
294
• In Manual mode, the fuel efficiency may decrease.
294
Shift lock system
294
Shift lock system
294
For your safety, the Automatic transmission has a shift lock system which prevents shifting the transmission from P (Park) into R (Reverse) unless the brake pedal is engaged.
294
Shifting the transmission from P (Park) into R (Reverse)
294
To shift the transmission from P (Park) into R (Reverse):
294
To shift the transmission from P (Park) into R (Reverse):
294
To shift the transmission from P (Park) into R (Reverse):
294
1. Press and hold the brake pedal.
294
1. Press and hold the brake pedal.
294
1. Press and hold the brake pedal.
294
2. Start the engine or place the ENGINE START/STOP button in the ON position.
294
2. Start the engine or place the ENGINE START/STOP button in the ON position.
294
3. Move the shift lever.
294
3. Move the shift lever.
294
If the brake pedal is repeatedly engaged and released with the shift lever in the P (Park) position, a chattering noise near the shift lever may be heard. This is a normal condition.
294
If the brake pedal is repeatedly engaged and released with the shift lever in the P (Park) position, a chattering noise near the shift lever may be heard. This is a normal condition.
294
Always fully depress the brake pedal before and while shifting out of the P (Park) position into another position to avoid inadvertent motion of the vehicle which could injure persons in or around the vehicle.
294
Always fully depress the brake pedal before and while shifting out of the P (Park) position into another position to avoid inadvertent motion of the vehicle which could injure persons in or around the vehicle.
294
Overriding the shift lock
294
<GRAPHIC>
294
<GRAPHIC>
294
<GRAPHIC>
294
<GRAPHIC>
294
If the shift lever cannot be moved from the P (Park) position into R (Reverse) position with the brake pedal engaged, continue engaging the brake, then do the following:
294
1. Place the ENGINE START/STOP button in the OFF position.
295
1. Place the ENGINE START/STOP button in the OFF position.
295
1. Place the ENGINE START/STOP button in the OFF position.
295
2. Apply the parking brake.
295
2. Apply the parking brake.
295
3. Carefully remove the cap covering the shift-lock release access hole.
295
3. Carefully remove the cap covering the shift-lock release access hole.
295
4. Insert a tool (e.g., flathead screwdriver) into the access hole and press down on the tool.
295
4. Insert a tool (e.g., flathead screwdriver) into the access hole and press down on the tool.
295
5. Move the shift lever.
295
5. Move the shift lever.
295
6. Remove the tool from the shift- lock override access hole then install the cap.
295
6. Remove the tool from the shift- lock override access hole then install the cap.
295
7. Have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer immediately.
295
7. Have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer immediately.
295
ENGINE START/STOP button interlock system
295
ENGINE START/STOP button interlock system
295
The ENGINE START/STOP button will not change to the OFF position unless the shift lever is in the P (Park) position.
295
The ENGINE START/STOP button will not change to the OFF position unless the shift lever is in the P (Park) position.
295
Good driving practices
295
Good driving practices
295
• Never move the shift lever from P (Park) or N (Neutral) to any other position with the accelerator pedal engaged.
295
• Never move the shift lever from P (Park) or N (Neutral) to any other position with the accelerator pedal engaged.
295
• Never move the shift lever from P (Park) or N (Neutral) to any other position with the accelerator pedal engaged.
295
• Never move the shift lever from P (Park) or N (Neutral) to any other position with the accelerator pedal engaged.
295
• Never move the shift lever into P (Park) when the vehicle is in motion.
295
• Never move the shift lever into P (Park) when the vehicle is in motion.
295
• Be sure the vehicle is completely stopped before you attempt to shift into R (Reverse) or D (Drive).
295
• Be sure the vehicle is completely stopped before you attempt to shift into R (Reverse) or D (Drive).
295
• Never take the vehicle out of gear and coast down a hill. This may be extremely hazardous. Always leave the vehicle in gear when moving.
295
• Never take the vehicle out of gear and coast down a hill. This may be extremely hazardous. Always leave the vehicle in gear when moving.
295
• Do not \ride\ the brakes. This can cause them to overheat and malfunction. Instead, when you are driving down a long hill, slow down and shift to a lower gear. When you do this, engine braking will help slow down the vehicle.
295
• Do not \ride\ the brakes. This can cause them to overheat and malfunction. Instead, when you are driving down a long hill, slow down and shift to a lower gear. When you do this, engine braking will help slow down the vehicle.
295
• Slow down before shifting to a lower gear. Otherwise, the lower gear may not be engaged.
295
• Slow down before shifting to a lower gear. Otherwise, the lower gear may not be engaged.
295
• Always use the parking brake. Do not depend on placing the transmission in P (Park) to keep the vehicle from moving.
295
• Always use the parking brake. Do not depend on placing the transmission in P (Park) to keep the vehicle from moving.
295
Exercise extreme caution when driving on a slippery surface. Be especially careful when braking, accelerating or shifting gears. On a slippery surface, an abrupt change in vehicle speed can cause the drive wheels to lose traction and the vehicle to g...
295
Exercise extreme caution when driving on a slippery surface. Be especially careful when braking, accelerating or shifting gears. On a slippery surface, an abrupt change in vehicle speed can cause the drive wheels to lose traction and the vehicle to g...
295
• Optimum vehicle performance and economy is obtained by smoothly pressing and releasing the accelerator pedal.
295
• Optimum vehicle performance and economy is obtained by smoothly pressing and releasing the accelerator pedal.
295
• When driving uphill or downhill, always shift to D (Drive) for driving forward or shift to R (Reverse) for driving backwards, and check the gear position indicated on the cluster before driving.
295
• When driving uphill or downhill, always shift to D (Drive) for driving forward or shift to R (Reverse) for driving backwards, and check the gear position indicated on the cluster before driving.
295
• When driving uphill or downhill, always shift to D (Drive) for driving forward or shift to R (Reverse) for driving backwards, and check the gear position indicated on the cluster before driving.
295
• When driving uphill or downhill, always shift to D (Drive) for driving forward or shift to R (Reverse) for driving backwards, and check the gear position indicated on the cluster before driving.
295
Driving in the opposite direction of the selected gear can lead to a dangerous situation by shutting off the engine and affecting the braking performance.
296
• Always buckle-up! In a collision, an unbelted occupant is significantly more likely to be seriously injured or killed than a properly belted occupant.
296
• Always buckle-up! In a collision, an unbelted occupant is significantly more likely to be seriously injured or killed than a properly belted occupant.
296
• Avoid high speeds when cornering or turning.
296
• Avoid high speeds when cornering or turning.
296
• Do not make quick steering wheel movements, such as sharp lane changes or fast, sharp turns.
296
• Do not make quick steering wheel movements, such as sharp lane changes or fast, sharp turns.
296
• The risk of a rollover is greatly increased if you lose control of your vehicle at highway speeds.
296
• The risk of a rollover is greatly increased if you lose control of your vehicle at highway speeds.
296
• Losing control often occurs if two or more wheels drop off the roadway and the driver oversteers to reenter the roadway.
296
• Losing control often occurs if two or more wheels drop off the roadway and the driver oversteers to reenter the roadway.
296
• In the event your vehicle leaves the roadway, do not steer sharply. Instead, slow down before pulling back into the travel lanes.
296
• In the event your vehicle leaves the roadway, do not steer sharply. Instead, slow down before pulling back into the travel lanes.
296
• Never exceed posted speed limits.
296
• Never exceed posted speed limits.
296
If your vehicle becomes stuck in snow, mud, sand, etc., then you may attempt to rock the vehicle free by moving it forward and backward. Do not attempt this procedure if people or objects are anywhere near the vehicle. During the rocking operation th...
296
If your vehicle becomes stuck in snow, mud, sand, etc., then you may attempt to rock the vehicle free by moving it forward and backward. Do not attempt this procedure if people or objects are anywhere near the vehicle. During the rocking operation th...
296
Moving up a steep grade from a standing start
296
To move up a steep grade from a standing start:
296
To move up a steep grade from a standing start:
296
To move up a steep grade from a standing start:
296
1. Press the brake pedal, release the parking break, and shift the shift lever to D (Drive).
296
1. Press the brake pedal, release the parking break, and shift the shift lever to D (Drive).
296
1. Press the brake pedal, release the parking break, and shift the shift lever to D (Drive).
296
2. Select the appropriate gear depending on load weight and steepness of the grade, and release the parking brake.
296
2. Select the appropriate gear depending on load weight and steepness of the grade, and release the parking brake.
296
3. Press the accelerator gradually while releasing the service brakes.
296
3. Press the accelerator gradually while releasing the service brakes.
296
When accelerating from a stop on a steep hill, the vehicle may have a tendency to roll backwards.
296
When accelerating from a stop on a steep hill, the vehicle may have a tendency to roll backwards.
296
When you start driving after the car was stopped on a hill, even though the shift lever is in D (Driving) position, if you do not step on the accelerator pedal or brake pedal, the car may roll backward, resulting in a fatal accident.
296
When you start driving after the car was stopped on a hill, even though the shift lever is in D (Driving) position, if you do not step on the accelerator pedal or brake pedal, the car may roll backward, resulting in a fatal accident.
296
Always come to a complete stop before shifting into D (Drive).
296
All Wheel Drive (AWD) system
297
All Wheel Drive (AWD) system
297
The All Wheel Drive (AWD) system delivers engine power to front and rear wheels for maximum traction.
297
AWD is useful when extra traction is required, such as when driving slippery, muddy, wet, or snow-covered roads.
297
AWD is useful when extra traction is required, such as when driving slippery, muddy, wet, or snow-covered roads.
297
If the system determines there is a need for four wheel drive, the engine's driving power will be distributed to all four wheels automatically.
297
If the AWD warning light (
297
If the AWD warning light (
297
<GRAPHIC>
297
<GRAPHIC>
297
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH:
297
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH:
297
• Do not drive in conditions that exceed the vehicle's intended design such as challenging off- road conditions.
297
• Do not drive in conditions that exceed the vehicle's intended design such as challenging off- road conditions.
297
• Do not drive in conditions that exceed the vehicle's intended design such as challenging off- road conditions.
297
• Avoid high speeds when cornering or turning.
297
• Avoid high speeds when cornering or turning.
297
• Do not make quick steering wheel movements, such as sharp lane changes or fast, sharp turns.
297
• Do not make quick steering wheel movements, such as sharp lane changes or fast, sharp turns.
297
• The risk of a rollover is greatly increased if you lose control of your vehicle at highway speeds.
297
• The risk of a rollover is greatly increased if you lose control of your vehicle at highway speeds.
297
• Loss of control often occurs if two or more wheels drop off the roadway and the driver over steers to reenter the roadway.
297
• Loss of control often occurs if two or more wheels drop off the roadway and the driver over steers to reenter the roadway.
297
• In the event your vehicle leaves the roadway, do not steer sharply. Instead, slow down before pulling back into the travel lanes.
297
• In the event your vehicle leaves the roadway, do not steer sharply. Instead, slow down before pulling back into the travel lanes.
297
AWD (AWD/SNOW MODE)
297
AWD (AWD/SNOW MODE)
297
AWD helps the vehicle's performance by controlling 4 wheels.
297
Switching from/to SNOW MODE
297
Switching from/to SNOW MODE
297
Switching from/to SNOW MODE
297
<GRAPHIC>
297
<GRAPHIC>
297
You can switch from DRIVE MODE to SNOW mode by turning the knob.
297
Even if you turn off the vehicle in SNOW mode, DRIVE mode will be set when you restart the vehicle.
298
Even if you turn off the vehicle in SNOW mode, DRIVE mode will be set when you restart the vehicle.
298
AWD transfer mode selection
298
AWD transfer mode selection
298
<TABLE>
298
<TABLE>
298
<TABLE HEADING>
298
<TABLE ROW>
298
Transfer mode
298
Transfer mode
298
Selection mode
298
Selection mode
298
Description
298
Description
298
<TABLE BODY>
298
<TABLE ROW>
298
AWD AUTO
298
AWD AUTO
298
-
298
-
298
• AWD AUTO is used when driving on roads in normal conditions, roads in urban areas, and on highways.
298
• AWD AUTO is used when driving on roads in normal conditions, roads in urban areas, and on highways.
298
• AWD AUTO is used when driving on roads in normal conditions, roads in urban areas, and on highways.
298
• AWD AUTO is used when driving on roads in normal conditions, roads in urban areas, and on highways.
298
• All wheels are in operation when a vehicle travels at a constant speed. Required tractions are applied on front and rear wheels vary depending on road and driving conditions, which will be automatically controlled by the computing system.
298
• All wheels are in operation when a vehicle travels at a constant speed. Required tractions are applied on front and rear wheels vary depending on road and driving conditions, which will be automatically controlled by the computing system.
298
• When the cluster's AWD display mode is selected, the cluster displays the status of how four wheels' traction forces are distributed.
298
• When the cluster's AWD display mode is selected, the cluster displays the status of how four wheels' traction forces are distributed.
298
<TABLE ROW>
298
SNOW
298
SNOW
298
<GRAPHIC>
298
<GRAPHIC>
298
<GRAPHIC>
298
<GRAPHIC>
298
SNOW mode is used to appropriately distribute the vehicle's traction forces and help prevent wheel slippage when driving on snowy or slippery road.
298
SNOW mode is used to appropriately distribute the vehicle's traction forces and help prevent wheel slippage when driving on snowy or slippery road.
298
<TABLE ROW>
299
AWD LOCK
299
AWD LOCK
299
<GRAPHIC>
299
<GRAPHIC>
299
<GRAPHIC>
299
<GRAPHIC>
299
(Indicator light is illuminated)
299
• The main goal of AWD Lock mode is to allow a driver to maximize the vehicle's traction under extreme driving conditions such as unpaved off-road, sandy roads, and muddy roads.
299
• The main goal of AWD Lock mode is to allow a driver to maximize the vehicle's traction under extreme driving conditions such as unpaved off-road, sandy roads, and muddy roads.
299
• The main goal of AWD Lock mode is to allow a driver to maximize the vehicle's traction under extreme driving conditions such as unpaved off-road, sandy roads, and muddy roads.
299
• The main goal of AWD Lock mode is to allow a driver to maximize the vehicle's traction under extreme driving conditions such as unpaved off-road, sandy roads, and muddy roads.
299
• AWD Lock mode is in operation only when a vehicle travels at 25 mph (40 km/h) or less. When travelling at 25 mph (40 km/h) or faster, the mode will switch to AWD Auto.
299
• AWD Lock mode is in operation only when a vehicle travels at 25 mph (40 km/h) or less. When travelling at 25 mph (40 km/h) or faster, the mode will switch to AWD Auto.
299
When travelling at 20 mph (30 km/h) or less, the mode will switch back to AWD Lock.
299
• Press the AWD Lock mode switch again to switch back to AWD Auto.
299
• Press the AWD Lock mode switch again to switch back to AWD Auto.
299
When the AWD LOCK mode is deactivated, a shock may be felt as the drive power is delivered entirely to the front wheels. This shock is not a mechanical failure.
299
Normal road conditions
299
Normal road conditions
299
• Maintain AWD Auto mode when driving on roads in normal conditions.
299
• Maintain AWD Auto mode when driving on roads in normal conditions.
299
• Maintain AWD Auto mode when driving on roads in normal conditions.
299
• When driving under normal road conditions (especially when cornering) in AWD Lock mode, a driver may find minor mechanical vibration or noise, which is extremely normal phenomenon, not a malfunction. When AWD Lock mode is released, such noise or ...
299
• When driving under normal road conditions (especially when cornering) in AWD Lock mode, a driver may find minor mechanical vibration or noise, which is extremely normal phenomenon, not a malfunction. When AWD Lock mode is released, such noise or ...
299
For safe All Wheel Drive (AWD) operation
299
For safe All Wheel Drive (AWD) operation
299
All Wheel Drive
299
All Wheel Drive
299
All Wheel Drive
299
The conditions of on-road or off- road that demand All Wheel Drive mean all functions of your vehicle are exposed to extreme stress than under normal road conditions. Slow down and be ready for changes in the composition and traction of the surface u...
299
• Do not try to drive in deep standing water or mud since such conditions can stall your engine and clog your exhaust pipes. Do not drive down steep hills since it requires extreme skill to maintain control of the vehicle.
300
• Do not try to drive in deep standing water or mud since such conditions can stall your engine and clog your exhaust pipes. Do not drive down steep hills since it requires extreme skill to maintain control of the vehicle.
300
• Do not try to drive in deep standing water or mud since such conditions can stall your engine and clog your exhaust pipes. Do not drive down steep hills since it requires extreme skill to maintain control of the vehicle.
300
<GRAPHIC>
300
<GRAPHIC>
300
• When you are driving up or down hills drive as straight as possible. Use extreme caution in going up or down steep hills, since you may flip your vehicle over depending on the grade, terrain and water/ mud conditions.
300
• When you are driving up or down hills drive as straight as possible. Use extreme caution in going up or down steep hills, since you may flip your vehicle over depending on the grade, terrain and water/ mud conditions.
300
<GRAPHIC>
300
<GRAPHIC>
300
Hills
300
Hills
300
Driving across the contour of steep hills can be extremely dangerous. This danger can come from slight changes in the wheel angle which can destabilize the vehicle or, even if the vehicle is maintaining stability under power, it can lose that stabili...
300
• You must learn how to corner in a AWD vehicle. Do not rely on your experience in conventional FWD vehicles when cornering the vehicle in AWD mode. For starters, you must drive slower in AWD.
300
• You must learn how to corner in a AWD vehicle. Do not rely on your experience in conventional FWD vehicles when cornering the vehicle in AWD mode. For starters, you must drive slower in AWD.
300
All Wheel Drive (AWD)
300
All Wheel Drive (AWD)
300
Reduce speed when you turn corners. The center of gravity of AWD vehicles is higher than that of conventional FWD vehicles, making them more likely to roll over when you turn corners too fast.
300
<GRAPHIC>
301
<GRAPHIC>
301
Steering wheel
301
Steering wheel
301
Do not grab the inside of the steering wheel when you are driving on unpaved roads. You may hurt your arm by a sudden steering maneuver or from steering wheel rebound due to impact with objects on the ground. You could lose control of the steering wheel
301
• Always hold the steering wheel firmly when you are driving on unpaved roads.
301
• Always hold the steering wheel firmly when you are driving on unpaved roads.
301
• Always hold the steering wheel firmly when you are driving on unpaved roads.
301
• Make sure all passengers are wearing seat belts.
301
• Make sure all passengers are wearing seat belts.
301
Wind danger
301
Wind danger
301
If you are driving in heavy wind, the vehicle's higher center of gravity decreases your steering control capacity and requires you to drive more slowly.
301
• If you need to drive in the water, stop your vehicle, set your transfer to the AWD LOCK mode and drive at less than 5 mph (8 km/h).
301
• If you need to drive in the water, stop your vehicle, set your transfer to the AWD LOCK mode and drive at less than 5 mph (8 km/h).
301
Driving through water
301
Driving through water
301
Drive slowly. If you are driving too fast in water, the water can get into the engine compartment and wet the ignition system, causing your vehicle to suddenly stop. If this happens and your vehicle is in a tilted position, your vehicle may roll over.
301
• Do not drive in water if the level is higher than the bottom of the vehicle.
301
• Do not drive in water if the level is higher than the bottom of the vehicle.
301
• Do not drive in water if the level is higher than the bottom of the vehicle.
301
• Do not drive in water if the level is higher than the bottom of the vehicle.
301
• Check your brake condition once you are out of mud or water. Press the brake pedal several times as you move slowly until you feel normal braking forces return.
301
• Check your brake condition once you are out of mud or water. Press the brake pedal several times as you move slowly until you feel normal braking forces return.
301
• Shorten your scheduled maintenance interval if you drive in offroad conditions such as sand, mud or water (refer to
301
• Shorten your scheduled maintenance interval if you drive in offroad conditions such as sand, mud or water (refer to
301
\Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions - Non Turbo Models\ on page 7-12
301
• Since the driving torque is always applied to the 4 wheels the performance of the AWD vehicle is greatly affected by the condition of the tires. Be sure to equip the vehicle with four tires of the same size and type.
302
• Since the driving torque is always applied to the 4 wheels the performance of the AWD vehicle is greatly affected by the condition of the tires. Be sure to equip the vehicle with four tires of the same size and type.
302
• A full time All Wheel Drive vehicle cannot be towed by an ordinary tow truck. Make sure that the vehicle is placed on a flat bed truck for moving.
302
• A full time All Wheel Drive vehicle cannot be towed by an ordinary tow truck. Make sure that the vehicle is placed on a flat bed truck for moving.
302
All Wheel Drive (AWD) driving
302
All Wheel Drive (AWD) driving
302
• Avoid high cornering speed.
302
• Avoid high cornering speed.
302
• Avoid high cornering speed.
302
• Do not make quick steering wheel movements, such as sharp lane changes or fast, sharp turns.
302
• Do not make quick steering wheel movements, such as sharp lane changes or fast, sharp turns.
302
• The risk of rollover is greatly increased if you lose control of your vehicle at high speed.
302
• The risk of rollover is greatly increased if you lose control of your vehicle at high speed.
302
• In a collision, an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die compared to a person wearing a seat belt.
302
• In a collision, an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die compared to a person wearing a seat belt.
302
• Loss of control often occurs if two or more wheels drop off the roadway and the driver over-steers to re-enter the roadway. In the event your vehicle leaves the roadway, do not steer sharply. Instead, slow down before pulling back into the travel...
302
• Loss of control often occurs if two or more wheels drop off the roadway and the driver over-steers to re-enter the roadway. In the event your vehicle leaves the roadway, do not steer sharply. Instead, slow down before pulling back into the travel...
302
Mud or snow
302
Mud or snow
302
If one of the front or rear wheels begins to spin in mud, snow, etc. the vehicle can sometimes be driven out by engaging the accelerator pedal further; however avoid running the engine continuously at high rpm because doing so could damage the AWD sy...
302
Driving in sand or mud
302
• Maintain slow and constant speed. Operate the accelerator pedal slowly to ensure safe driving (wheel-slip prevention).
302
• Maintain slow and constant speed. Operate the accelerator pedal slowly to ensure safe driving (wheel-slip prevention).
302
• Maintain slow and constant speed. Operate the accelerator pedal slowly to ensure safe driving (wheel-slip prevention).
302
• Maintain slow and constant speed. Operate the accelerator pedal slowly to ensure safe driving (wheel-slip prevention).
302
• Use tire chains driving in mud if necessary.
302
• Use tire chains driving in mud if necessary.
302
• Keep sufficient distance between your vehicle and the vehicle in front of you.
302
• Keep sufficient distance between your vehicle and the vehicle in front of you.
302
• Reduce vehicle speed and always check the road condition.
302
• Reduce vehicle speed and always check the road condition.
302
• Avoid speeding, rapid acceleration, sudden brake applications, and sharp turns to prevent getting stuck.
302
• Avoid speeding, rapid acceleration, sudden brake applications, and sharp turns to prevent getting stuck.
302
• When the vehicle is stuck in snow, sand or mud, the tires may not operate.
302
• When the vehicle is stuck in snow, sand or mud, the tires may not operate.
302
• This is to protect the transmission and not a malfunction.
302
• This is to protect the transmission and not a malfunction.
302
Moving the car forcibly to get out of mud or sand can cause damage/ overheat of the engine or damage/ breakdown of the transaxle, differential or 4WD system as well as damage to tires. If excessive wheel slip occurs after entering a sandy/ muddy road...
303
Moving the car forcibly to get out of mud or sand can cause damage/ overheat of the engine or damage/ breakdown of the transaxle, differential or 4WD system as well as damage to tires. If excessive wheel slip occurs after entering a sandy/ muddy road...
303
Your vehicle is equipped with tires designed to provide safe ride and handling capability. Do not use tires and wheels that are different in size and type from the originally installed ones. It can affect the safety and performance of your vehicle, w...
303
Your vehicle is equipped with tires designed to provide safe ride and handling capability. Do not use tires and wheels that are different in size and type from the originally installed ones. It can affect the safety and performance of your vehicle, w...
303
Your vehicle is equipped with tires designed to provide safe ride and handling capability. Do not use tires and wheels that are different in size and type from the originally installed ones. It can affect the safety and performance of your vehicle, w...
303
Jacked vehicle
303
Jacked vehicle
303
While the full-time AWD vehicle is being raised on a jack, never start the engine or cause the tires to rotate.
303
There is the danger that rotating tires touching the ground could cause the vehicle to go off the jack and to jump forward.
303
• Full-time AWD vehicles must be tested on a special four wheel chassis dynamometer.
303
• Full-time AWD vehicles must be tested on a special four wheel chassis dynamometer.
303
• Full-time AWD vehicles must be tested on a special four wheel chassis dynamometer.
303
Never engage the parking brake while performing these tests.
303
Never engage the parking brake while performing these tests.
303
• A full-time AWD vehicle should not be tested on a FWD roll tester. If a FWD roll tester must be used, perform the following:
303
• A full-time AWD vehicle should not be tested on a FWD roll tester. If a FWD roll tester must be used, perform the following:
303
• A full-time AWD vehicle should not be tested on a FWD roll tester. If a FWD roll tester must be used, perform the following:
303
• A full-time AWD vehicle should not be tested on a FWD roll tester. If a FWD roll tester must be used, perform the following:
303
<GRAPHIC>
303
<GRAPHIC>
303
1. Check the tire pressures recommended for your vehicle.
303
1. Check the tire pressures recommended for your vehicle.
303
1. Check the tire pressures recommended for your vehicle.
303
2. Place the front wheels on the roll tester (1) for a speedometer test as shown in the illustration.
303
2. Place the front wheels on the roll tester (1) for a speedometer test as shown in the illustration.
303
3. Release the parking brake.
303
3. Release the parking brake.
303
4. Place the rear wheels on the temporary free roller (2) as shown in the illustration.
304
4. Place the rear wheels on the temporary free roller (2) as shown in the illustration.
304
Dynamometer testing
304
Dynamometer testing
304
Keep away from the front of the vehicle while the vehicle is in gear on the dynamometer. This is very dangerous as the vehicle can jump forward and cause serious injury or death.
304
• When lifting up the vehicle, do not operate front and rear wheel separately. All four wheels should be operated.
304
• When lifting up the vehicle, do not operate front and rear wheel separately. All four wheels should be operated.
304
• When lifting up the vehicle, do not operate front and rear wheel separately. All four wheels should be operated.
304
• When lifting up the vehicle, do not operate front and rear wheel separately. All four wheels should be operated.
304
• If you need to operate the front wheel and rear wheel when lifting up the vehicle, you should release the parking brake.
304
• If you need to operate the front wheel and rear wheel when lifting up the vehicle, you should release the parking brake.
304
Brake system
304
Brake system
304
Your vehicle has power-assisted brakes, parking brake, and various braking systems for safe driving.
304
Power brakes
304
Power brakes
304
Your vehicle has power-assisted brakes that adjust automatically through normal usage.
304
In the event that the power- assisted brakes lose power because of a stalled engine or some other reason, you can still stop your vehicle by applying greater force to the brake pedal than you normally would. The stopping distance, however, will be lo...
304
In the event that the power- assisted brakes lose power because of a stalled engine or some other reason, you can still stop your vehicle by applying greater force to the brake pedal than you normally would. The stopping distance, however, will be lo...
304
When the engine is not running, the reserve brake power is partially depleted each time the brake pedal is applied. Do not pump the brake pedal when the power assist has been interrupted.
304
Pump the brake pedal only when necessary to maintain steering control on slippery surfaces.
304
Brake Pedal
304
Brake Pedal
304
Do not drive with your foot resting on the brake pedal. This will create abnormally high brake temperatures which can cause excessive brake lining and pad wear.
304
Steep hill braking
305
Steep hill braking
305
Avoid continuous application of the brakes when descending a long or steep hill by shifting to a lower gear. Continuous brake application will cause the brakes to overheat and could result in a temporary loss of braking performance.
305
Wet brakes may impair the vehicle's ability to safely slow down; the vehicle may also pull to one side when the brakes are applied. Applying the brakes lightly will indicate whether they have been affected in this way. Always test your brakes in this...
305
In the event of brake failure
305
If service brakes fail to operate while the vehicle is in motion, you can make an emergency stop with the parking brake. The stopping distance, however, will be much greater than normal.
305
If service brakes fail to operate while the vehicle is in motion, you can make an emergency stop with the parking brake. The stopping distance, however, will be much greater than normal.
305
Parking brake
305
Parking brake
305
Avoid applying the parking brake to stop the vehicle while it is moving except in an emergency situation. Applying the parking brake while the vehicle is moving at normal speeds can cause a sudden loss of control of the vehicle. If you must use the p...
305
Brake Over Accelerator
305
In the event the accelerator pedal becomes stuck or entrapped, apply steady and firm pressure to the brake pedal to slow the vehicle and reduce engine power.
305
If you experience this condition, take the following steps:
305
If you experience this condition, take the following steps:
305
If you experience this condition, take the following steps:
305
1. Apply the brakes and bring your vehicle to a safe stop.
305
1. Apply the brakes and bring your vehicle to a safe stop.
305
1. Apply the brakes and bring your vehicle to a safe stop.
305
2. Move the transmission to P (Park), switch the engine off and apply the parking brake.
305
2. Move the transmission to P (Park), switch the engine off and apply the parking brake.
305
3. Inspect the accelerator pedal for any interference.
305
3. Inspect the accelerator pedal for any interference.
305
If none are found and the condition persists, have your vehicle towed to an authorized Kia dealer and inspected.
305
If none are found and the condition persists, have your vehicle towed to an authorized Kia dealer and inspected.
305
Disc brakes wear indicator
305
When your brake pads are worn and new pads are required, you will hear a high-pitched warning sound from your front brakes or rear brakes. You may hear this sound come and go or it may occur whenever you press the brake pedal.
305
When your brake pads are worn and new pads are required, you will hear a high-pitched warning sound from your front brakes or rear brakes. You may hear this sound come and go or it may occur whenever you press the brake pedal.
305
Please remember that some driving conditions or climates may cause a brake squeal when you first apply (or lightly apply) the brakes. This is normal and does not indicate a problem with your brakes.
306
Always replace the front or rear brake pads as pairs.
306
Replace brake pads
306
Replace brake pads
306
Do not continue to drive with worn brake pads. Continuing to drive with worn brake pads can damage the braking system and result in costly brake repairs.
306
Brake wear
306
Brake wear
306
Do not ignore high pitched wear sounds from your brakes. If you ignore this audible warning, you will eventually lose braking performance, which could lead to a serious accident.
306
Brake dust may accumulate on the wheels, even under normal driving conditions. Some dust is inevitable as the brakes wear and does contribute to brake noise.
306
Brake dust may accumulate on the wheels, even under normal driving conditions. Some dust is inevitable as the brakes wear and does contribute to brake noise.
306
<GRAPHIC>
306
<GRAPHIC>
306
Check the brake warning light by turning the ENGINE START/STOP button ON (do not start the engine). This light will be illuminated when the parking brake is applied with the ENGINE START/STOP button in the START or ON position.
306
Before driving, be sure the parking brake is fully released and the brake warning light is off.
306
If the brake warning light remains on after the parking brake is released while engine is running, there may be a malfunction in the brake system. Immediate attention is necessary.
306
If at all possible, cease driving the vehicle immediately. If that is not possible, use extreme caution while operating the vehicle and only continue to drive the vehicle until you can reach a safe location or repair shop.
306
Electronic Parking Brake (EPB)
306
Electronic Parking Brake (EPB)
306
After parking the vehicle, apply the Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) to prevent the vehicle from being moved by the external force.
306
Applying the EPB
307
<GRAPHIC>
307
<GRAPHIC>
307
<GRAPHIC>
307
<GRAPHIC>
307
1. Press the brake pedal.
307
1. Press the brake pedal.
307
1. Press the brake pedal.
307
2. Pull up the EPB switch.
307
2. Pull up the EPB switch.
307
3. Make sure the warning light comes on.
307
3. Make sure the warning light comes on.
307
Also, the EPB is applied automatically if the Auto Hold button is on when the vehicle is turned off. However, if you pull up the EPB switch after the vehicle is turned off, the EPB will not be Applied.
307
Also, the EPB is applied automatically if the Auto Hold button is on when the vehicle is turned off. However, if you pull up the EPB switch after the vehicle is turned off, the EPB will not be Applied.
307
Risk of accident and injury due to children left unattended in the vehicle.
307
Risk of accident and injury due to children left unattended in the vehicle.
307
If you leave children unaccompanied in the vehicle, they may be able to set the vehicle in motion, for example by:
307
• Releasing the parking brake.
307
• Releasing the parking brake.
307
• Releasing the parking brake.
307
• Shifting the transmission out of P (Park) position.
307
• Shifting the transmission out of P (Park) position.
307
• Starting the engine. In addition, they may operate vehicle equipment.
307
• Starting the engine. In addition, they may operate vehicle equipment.
307
• Never leave children and animals unattended in the vehicle.
307
• Never leave children and animals unattended in the vehicle.
307
• When leaving the vehicle, always take the smart key with you and lock the vehicle.
307
• When leaving the vehicle, always take the smart key with you and lock the vehicle.
307
On a steep incline or when pulling a trailer, if the vehicle does not remain at a standstill, do as follows:
307
On a steep incline or when pulling a trailer, if the vehicle does not remain at a standstill, do as follows:
307
1. Apply the EPB.
307
1. Apply the EPB.
307
1. Apply the EPB.
307
2. Pull up the EPB switch for more than 3 seconds.
307
2. Pull up the EPB switch for more than 3 seconds.
307
Do not operate the EPB while the vehicle is moving except in an emergency situation.
307
A click or electric brake motor whine sound may be heard while operating or releasing the EPB.
307
A click or electric brake motor whine sound may be heard while operating or releasing the EPB.
307
These conditions are normal and indicate that the EPB is functioning properly.
307
Releasing the EPB with EPB switch
308
<GRAPHIC>
308
<GRAPHIC>
308
<GRAPHIC>
308
<GRAPHIC>
308
Releasing the parking brake with EPB switch,
308
1. Have the ENGINE START/STOP button in the ON position.
308
1. Have the ENGINE START/STOP button in the ON position.
308
1. Have the ENGINE START/STOP button in the ON position.
308
2. Press the brake pedal.
308
2. Press the brake pedal.
308
3. The shift lever must be in P (Park).
308
3. The shift lever must be in P (Park).
308
4. Make sure the brake warning light goes off.
308
4. Make sure the brake warning light goes off.
308
Automatic release of EPB
308
The EPB is released automatically under following conditions.
308
• Shift lever in P (Park)
308
• Shift lever in P (Park)
308
• Shift lever in P (Park)
308
• Shift lever in P (Park)
308
With the engine running engage the brake pedal and shift out of P (Park) to R (Reverse) or D (Drive).
308
• Shift lever in N (Neutral)
308
• Shift lever in N (Neutral)
308
With the engine running engage the brake pedal and shift out of N (Neutral) to R (Reverse) or D (Drive).
308
• Automatic transmission
308
• Automatic transmission
308
1. Start the engine.
308
1. Start the engine.
308
1. Start the engine.
308
2. Fasten the driver's seat belt.
308
2. Fasten the driver's seat belt.
308
3. Close the driver's door, hood and liftgate.
308
3. Close the driver's door, hood and liftgate.
308
4. Press the accelerator pedal while the shift lever is in R (Rear), D (Drive) or Manual mode.
308
4. Press the accelerator pedal while the shift lever is in R (Rear), D (Drive) or Manual mode.
308
Make sure the brake warning light goes off.
308
• For your safety, you can engage the EPB even though the ENGINE START/STOP button is in the OFF position, but you cannot release it.
308
• For your safety, you can engage the EPB even though the ENGINE START/STOP button is in the OFF position, but you cannot release it.
308
• For your safety, you can engage the EPB even though the ENGINE START/STOP button is in the OFF position, but you cannot release it.
308
• For your safety, you can engage the EPB even though the ENGINE START/STOP button is in the OFF position, but you cannot release it.
308
• For your safety, press the brake pedal and release the parking brake manually with the EPB switch when you drive downhill or when backing up the vehicle.
308
• For your safety, press the brake pedal and release the parking brake manually with the EPB switch when you drive downhill or when backing up the vehicle.
308
Do not follow the above procedure when driving on a flat level ground. The vehicle may suddenly move forward.
308
If the parking brake warning light is still on even though the EPB has been released, have the system checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
308
If the parking brake warning light is still on even though the EPB has been released, have the system checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
308
Do not drive your vehicle with the EPB applied. It may cause excessive brake pad and brake rotor wear.
309
Do not drive your vehicle with the EPB applied. It may cause excessive brake pad and brake rotor wear.
309
Automatic application of EPB
309
The EPB is applied automatically under following conditions.
309
• The EPB is overheated
309
• The EPB is overheated
309
• The EPB is overheated
309
• The EPB is overheated
309
• Requested by other systems
309
• Requested by other systems
309
For Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) equipped vehicles with AUTO HOLD function used while driving, if the ENGINE START/STOP button has been turned OFF, the EPB will be engaged automatically. Therefore,
309
For Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) equipped vehicles with AUTO HOLD function used while driving, if the ENGINE START/STOP button has been turned OFF, the EPB will be engaged automatically. Therefore,
309
AUTO HOLD function should be turned off before the ENGINE START/STOP button is turned off.
309
EPB warning
309
The EPB will display a warning message with sound under certain conditions.
309
• If you try to drive off while engaging the accelerator pedal with the EPB applied, but the EPB doesn't release automatically, a warning will sound and a message will appear.
309
• If you try to drive off while engaging the accelerator pedal with the EPB applied, but the EPB doesn't release automatically, a warning will sound and a message will appear.
309
• If you try to drive off while engaging the accelerator pedal with the EPB applied, but the EPB doesn't release automatically, a warning will sound and a message will appear.
309
• If you try to drive off while engaging the accelerator pedal with the EPB applied, but the EPB doesn't release automatically, a warning will sound and a message will appear.
309
• If the driver's seat belt is not fastened and the vehicle hood, driver's door or liftgate is opened, a warning will sound and a message will appear.
309
• If the driver's seat belt is not fastened and the vehicle hood, driver's door or liftgate is opened, a warning will sound and a message will appear.
309
<GRAPHIC>
309
<GRAPHIC>
309
• If there is a problem with the vehicle, a warning may sound and a message may appear.
309
• If there is a problem with the vehicle, a warning may sound and a message may appear.
309
If the above situation occurs, press the brake pedal and release EPB by pressing the EPB switch.
309
Parking Brake Use
309
Parking Brake Use
309
• Never allow a passenger to touch the parking brake. If the parking brake is released unintentionally, serious injury may occur.
309
• Never allow a passenger to touch the parking brake. If the parking brake is released unintentionally, serious injury may occur.
309
• Never allow a passenger to touch the parking brake. If the parking brake is released unintentionally, serious injury may occur.
309
• All vehicles should always have the parking brake fully engaged when parked to avoid inadvertent movement of the vehicles which can injure occupants or pedestrians.
309
• All vehicles should always have the parking brake fully engaged when parked to avoid inadvertent movement of the vehicles which can injure occupants or pedestrians.
309
• A click or electric brake motor whine sound may be heard while operating or releasing the EPB. These conditions are normal and indicate that the EPB is functioning properly.
309
• A click or electric brake motor whine sound may be heard while operating or releasing the EPB. These conditions are normal and indicate that the EPB is functioning properly.
309
• A click or electric brake motor whine sound may be heard while operating or releasing the EPB. These conditions are normal and indicate that the EPB is functioning properly.
309
• When leaving your keys with a parking lot attendant or valet, make sure to inform him/her how to operate the EPB.
310
• When leaving your keys with a parking lot attendant or valet, make sure to inform him/her how to operate the EPB.
310
• The EPB may malfunction if you drive with the EPB applied.
310
• The EPB may malfunction if you drive with the EPB applied.
310
• When you automatically release EPB by pressing the accelerator pedal, press it slowly.
310
• When you automatically release EPB by pressing the accelerator pedal, press it slowly.
310
When the conversion from Auto Hold to EPB is not working properly a warning will sound and a message will appear.
310
<GRAPHIC>
310
<GRAPHIC>
310
Engage the brake pedal when the above message appears for the Auto Hold and EPB may not activate.
310
Engage the brake pedal when the above message appears for the Auto Hold and EPB may not activate.
310
If the EPB is applied while Auto Hold is activated because of an Electronic Stability Control (ESC) signal, a warning will sound and a message will appear.
310
<GRAPHIC>
310
<GRAPHIC>
310
EPB malfunction indicator
310
This warning light illuminates if the ENGINE START/STOP button is changed to the ON position and goes off in approximately 3 seconds if the system is operating normally.
310
<GRAPHIC>
310
<GRAPHIC>
310
<GRAPHIC>
310
If the EPB malfunction indicator remains on, comes on while driving, or does not come on when the ENGINE START/STOP button is changed to the ON position, this indicates that the EPB may have malfunctioned.
310
If this occurs, have your vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible.
311
The EPB malfunction indicator may illuminate when the ESC indicator comes on to indicate that the ESC is not working properly, but it does not indicate a malfunction of the EPB.
311
The EPB warning light may illuminate if the EPB switch operates abnormally. Shut the engine off and turn it on again after a few minutes. The warning light will go off and the EPB switch will operate normally. However, if the EPB warning light is sti...
311
If the parking brake warning light does not illuminate or blinks even though the EPB switch was pulled up, the EPB is not applied.
311
If the parking brake warning light blinks when the EPB warning light is on, press the EPB switch, then pull it up. Once more press it back to its original position and pull it back up. If the EPB warning does not go off, have the system checked by an...
311
Emergency braking with the EPB switch
311
If there is a problem with the brake pedal while driving, emergency braking is possible by pulling up and holding the EPB switch.
311
Braking is possible only while you are holding the EPB switch.
311
Braking is possible only while you are holding the EPB switch.
311
Do not operate the Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) while the vehicle is moving except in an emergency situation. Applying the EPB while the vehicle is moving at normal speeds can cause a sudden loss of control of the vehicle. If you must use the EPB t...
311
Do not operate the Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) while the vehicle is moving except in an emergency situation. Applying the EPB while the vehicle is moving at normal speeds can cause a sudden loss of control of the vehicle. If you must use the EPB t...
311
During emergency braking by the EPB, the parking brake warning light will illuminate to indicate that the system is operating.
311
During emergency braking by the EPB, the parking brake warning light will illuminate to indicate that the system is operating.
311
If you notice a continuous noise or burning smell when the EPB is used for emergency braking, have your vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
311
When the EPB is not released
311
If the EPB does not release normally, take your vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer by loading the vehicle on a flatbed tow truck and have the system checked.
311
If the EPB does not release normally, take your vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer by loading the vehicle on a flatbed tow truck and have the system checked.
311
AUTO HOLD
312
AUTO HOLD
312
The Auto Hold is designed to maintain the vehicle in a standstill even though the brake pedal is not pressed after the driver brings the vehicle to a complete stop by pressing the brake pedal.
312
Applying Auto Hold function
312
1. Press the brake pedal and start the vehicle.
312
1. Press the brake pedal and start the vehicle.
312
1. Press the brake pedal and start the vehicle.
312
1. Press the brake pedal and start the vehicle.
312
2. Press the Auto Hold button. The white AUTO HOLD indicator will come on indicating the system is in standby.
312
2. Press the Auto Hold button. The white AUTO HOLD indicator will come on indicating the system is in standby.
312
<GRAPHIC>
312
<GRAPHIC>
312
<GRAPHIC>
312
Before the Auto Hold will engage, the driver's door and engine hood must be closed and the liftgate must be closed.
312
When coming to a complete stop by pressing the brake pedal, the AUTO HOLD indicator changes from white to green indicating the AUTO HOLD is engaged. The vehicle will remain at a standstill even if you release the brake pedal.
312
When coming to a complete stop by pressing the brake pedal, the AUTO HOLD indicator changes from white to green indicating the AUTO HOLD is engaged. The vehicle will remain at a standstill even if you release the brake pedal.
312
<GRAPHIC>
312
<GRAPHIC>
312
If EPB is applied, Auto Hold will be released.
312
If you press the accelerator pedal with the shift lever in D (Drive) or Manual mode, the Auto Hold will be released automatically and the vehicle will start to move. The indicator changes from green to white indicating the Auto Hold is in standby and...
312
When driving off from Auto Hold by pressing the accelerator pedal, always check the surrounding area near your vehicle.
312
Slowly press the accelerator pedal for a smooth launch.
312
Canceling Auto Hold function
313
<GRAPHIC>
313
<GRAPHIC>
313
<GRAPHIC>
313
<GRAPHIC>
313
• To cancel the Auto Hold operation, press the Auto Hold switch. The AUTO HOLD indicator will go out.
313
• To cancel the Auto Hold operation, press the Auto Hold switch. The AUTO HOLD indicator will go out.
313
• To cancel the Auto Hold operation, press the Auto Hold switch. The AUTO HOLD indicator will go out.
313
• To cancel the Auto Hold operation when the vehicle is at a standstill, press the Auto Hold switch while pressing the brake pedal.
313
• To cancel the Auto Hold operation when the vehicle is at a standstill, press the Auto Hold switch while pressing the brake pedal.
313
• The following are conditions when the Auto Hold will not engage (Auto Hold light will not turn green and the Auto Hold system remains in stand by):
313
• The following are conditions when the Auto Hold will not engage (Auto Hold light will not turn green and the Auto Hold system remains in stand by):
313
• The following are conditions when the Auto Hold will not engage (Auto Hold light will not turn green and the Auto Hold system remains in stand by):
313
• The following are conditions when the Auto Hold will not engage (Auto Hold light will not turn green and the Auto Hold system remains in stand by):
313
• The following are conditions when the Auto Hold will not engage (Auto Hold light will not turn green and the Auto Hold system remains in stand by):
313
- The driver's door is opened
313
- The driver's door is opened
313
- The driver's door is opened
313
- The engine hood or liftgate is opened
313
- The engine hood or liftgate is opened
313
- The shift lever is in P (Park)
313
- The shift lever is in P (Park)
313
- The EPB is applied
313
- The EPB is applied
313
• For your safety, the Auto Hold automatically switches to EPB under any of the following conditions (Auto Hold light remains white and the EPB automatically applies):
313
• For your safety, the Auto Hold automatically switches to EPB under any of the following conditions (Auto Hold light remains white and the EPB automatically applies):
313
- The driver's door is opened.
313
- The driver's door is opened.
313
- The driver's door is opened.
313
- The engine hood or liftgate is opened.
313
- The engine hood or liftgate is opened.
313
- The vehicle is in a standstill for more than 10 minutes.
313
- The vehicle is in a standstill for more than 10 minutes.
313
- The vehicle is standing on a steep slope.
313
- The vehicle is standing on a steep slope.
313
- The vehicle moved for a few seconds.
313
- The vehicle moved for a few seconds.
313
In these cases, the brake warning light comes on, the AUTO HOLD indicator changes from green to white, and a warning sounds and a message will appear to inform you that EPB has been automatically engaged. Before driving off again, press foot brake pe...
313
• If the AUTO HOLD indicator lights up yellow, the Auto Hold is not working properly. Take your vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer and have the system checked.
313
• If the AUTO HOLD indicator lights up yellow, the Auto Hold is not working properly. Take your vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer and have the system checked.
313
To reduce the risk of an accident, do not activate Auto Hold while driving downhill, backing up or parking your vehicle.
313
To reduce the risk of an accident, do not activate Auto Hold while driving downhill, backing up or parking your vehicle.
313
If there is a malfunction with the driver's door or engine hood or liftgate open detection system, the Auto Hold may not work properly.
313
Take your vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer and have the system checked.
314
A click or electric brake motor whine sound may be heard while operating or releasing the EPB, but these conditions are normal and indicate that the EPB is functioning properly.
314
A click or electric brake motor whine sound may be heard while operating or releasing the EPB, but these conditions are normal and indicate that the EPB is functioning properly.
314
Warning messages
314
The Auto Hold function will display a warning message with sound under certain conditions.
314
When the EPB is applied from Auto Hold, a warning will sound and a message will appear.
314
When the EPB is applied from Auto Hold, a warning will sound and a message will appear.
314
<GRAPHIC>
314
<GRAPHIC>
314
When the conversion from Auto Hold to EPB is not working properly a warning will sound and a message will appear.
314
<GRAPHIC>
314
<GRAPHIC>
314
When this message is displayed, the Auto Hold and EPB may not operate. For your safety, press the brake pedal.
314
When this message is displayed, the Auto Hold and EPB may not operate. For your safety, press the brake pedal.
314
If you do not apply the brake pedal when you release the Auto Hold by pressing the [AUTO HOLD] switch, a warning will sound and a message will appear.
314
<GRAPHIC>
314
<GRAPHIC>
314
When you press the [AUTO HOLD] switch, if the driver's door and engine hood are not closed or the liftgate is not closed, a warning will sound and a message will appear on the LCD display.
314
<GRAPHIC>
315
<GRAPHIC>
315
At this moment, press the [AUTO HOLD] button after closing the driver's door, engine hood and liftgate.
315
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)
315
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)
315
The Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) prevents the wheels from locking. So the vehicle remains stable and can still be steered.
315
ABS (or ESC) will not prevent accidents due to improper or dangerous driving maneuvers. Even though vehicle control is improved during emergency braking, always maintain a safe distance between you and objects ahead. Vehicle speeds should always be r...
315
ABS (or ESC) will not prevent accidents due to improper or dangerous driving maneuvers. Even though vehicle control is improved during emergency braking, always maintain a safe distance between you and objects ahead. Vehicle speeds should always be r...
315
• When driving on rough, gravel or snow-covered roads
315
• When driving on rough, gravel or snow-covered roads
315
• When driving on rough, gravel or snow-covered roads
315
• When driving with tire chains installed
315
• When driving with tire chains installed
315
• When driving on roads where the road surface is pitted or has different surface heights.
315
• When driving on roads where the road surface is pitted or has different surface heights.
315
Driving in these conditions increases the stopping distance for your vehicle.
315
The ABS continuously senses the speed of the wheels. If the wheels are going to lock, the ABS repeatedly modulates the hydraulic brake pressure to the wheels.
315
When you apply your brakes under conditions which may lock the wheels, you may hear a \tik-tik'' sound from the brakes, or feel a corresponding sensation in the brake pedal. This is normal and it means your ABS is active.
315
In order to obtain the maximum benefit from your ABS in an emergency situation, do not attempt to modulate your brake pressure and do not try to pump your brakes. Press your brake pedal as hard as possible to allow the ABS to control the force being ...
315
A click sound may be heard in the vehicle compartment when the vehicle begins to move after the vehicle is started. These conditions are normal and indicate that the Anti-lock Brake System is functioning properly.
315
A click sound may be heard in the vehicle compartment when the vehicle begins to move after the vehicle is started. These conditions are normal and indicate that the Anti-lock Brake System is functioning properly.
315
Even with the Anti-lock Brake System, your vehicle still requires sufficient stopping distance. Always maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you.
316
Always slow down when cornering. The Anti-lock Brake System cannot prevent accidents resulting from excessive speeds.
316
On loose or uneven road surfaces, operation of the Anti-lock Brake System may result in a longer stopping distance than for vehicles equipped with a conventional brake system.
316
The ABS warning light will stay on for approximately 3 seconds after the ENGINE START/STOP button is ON.
316
<GRAPHIC>
316
<GRAPHIC>
316
During that time, the ABS will go through selfdiagnosis and the light will go off if everything is normal. If the light stays on, you may have a problem with your ABS. Contact an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible.
316
When you drive on a road having poor traction, such as an icy road, and have operated your brakes continuously, the ABS will be active continuously and the ABS warning light may illuminate. Pull your vehicle over to a safe place and stop the vehicle.
316
Restart the vehicle. If the ABS warning light goes off, then your ABS is normal. Otherwise, you may have a problem with the ABS. Contact an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible.
316
When you jump start your vehicle because of a drained battery, the vehicle may not run as smoothly and the ABS warning light may turn on at the same time. This happens because of low battery voltage. It does not mean your ABS has malfunctioned.
316
When you jump start your vehicle because of a drained battery, the vehicle may not run as smoothly and the ABS warning light may turn on at the same time. This happens because of low battery voltage. It does not mean your ABS has malfunctioned.
316
• Do not pump your brakes!
316
• Do not pump your brakes!
316
• Do not pump your brakes!
316
• Have the battery recharged before driving the vehicle.
316
• Have the battery recharged before driving the vehicle.
316
Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system
316
Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system
316
The Electronic Stability Control (ESC) is designed to stabilize the vehicle during cornering maneuvers.
316
<GRAPHIC>
317
<GRAPHIC>
317
<GRAPHIC>
317
ESC applies the brakes on individual wheels and intervenes with the vehicle management system to stabilize the vehicle.
317
ESC will not prevent accidents. Excessive speed in turns, abrupt maneuvers and hydroplaning on wet surfaces can still result in serious accidents.
317
Only a safe and attentive driver can prevent accidents by avoiding maneuvers that cause the vehicle to lose traction. Even with ESC installed, always follow all the normal precautions for driving - including driving at safe speeds for the conditions.
317
For maximum protection, always wear your seat belt. No system, no matter how advanced, can compensate for all driver error and/or driving conditions. Always drive responsibly.
317
For maximum protection, always wear your seat belt. No system, no matter how advanced, can compensate for all driver error and/or driving conditions. Always drive responsibly.
317
The ESC system is an electronic system designed to help the driver maintain vehicle control under adverse conditions. It is not a substitute for safe driving practices. Factors including speed, road conditions and driver steering input can all affect...
317
When you apply your brakes under conditions which may lock the wheels, you may hear a \tik-tik'' sound from the brakes, or feel a corresponding sensation in the brake pedal. This is normal and it means your ESC is active.
317
A click sound may be heard in the vehicle compartment when the vehicle begins to move after the vehicle is started. These conditions are normal and indicate that the Electronic Stability Control system is functioning properly.
317
A click sound may be heard in the vehicle compartment when the vehicle begins to move after the vehicle is started. These conditions are normal and indicate that the Electronic Stability Control system is functioning properly.
317
ESC operation
317
ESC operation
317
ESC ON condition
317
ESC ON condition
317
• When the ENGINE START/STOP button is turned ON, ESC and ESC OFF indicator lights illuminate for approximately 3 seconds, then ESC is turned on.
317
• When the ENGINE START/STOP button is turned ON, ESC and ESC OFF indicator lights illuminate for approximately 3 seconds, then ESC is turned on.
317
• When the ENGINE START/STOP button is turned ON, ESC and ESC OFF indicator lights illuminate for approximately 3 seconds, then ESC is turned on.
317
• Press the ESC OFF button for at least half a second after turning the vehicle ON to turn ESC off. (ESC OFF indicator will illuminate). To turn the ESC on, press the ESC OFF button (ESC OFF indicator light will go off).
318
• Press the ESC OFF button for at least half a second after turning the vehicle ON to turn ESC off. (ESC OFF indicator will illuminate). To turn the ESC on, press the ESC OFF button (ESC OFF indicator light will go off).
318
• When starting the vehicle, you may hear a slight ticking sound. This is the ESC performing an automatic system self-check and does not indicate a problem.
318
• When starting the vehicle, you may hear a slight ticking sound. This is the ESC performing an automatic system self-check and does not indicate a problem.
318
When operating
318
When operating
318
<GRAPHIC>When the ESC is in operation, the ESC indicator light blinks. When the ESC is operating properly, you can feel a slight pulsation in the vehicle. This is only the effect of brake control and indicates nothing unusual.
318
<GRAPHIC>
318
When moving out of the mud or driving on a slippery road, pressing the accelerator pedal may not cause the vehicle rpm (revolutions per minute) to increase.
318
ESC operation off
318
ESC operation off
318
<GRAPHIC>This car has 2 kinds of ESC off states.
318
<GRAPHIC>
318
If the vehicle stops when ESC is off, ESC remains off. Upon restarting the vehicle, the ESC will automatically turn on again.
318
<GRAPHIC>
318
<GRAPHIC>
318
ESC off state 1 - Traction control disabled
318
ESC off state 1 - Traction control disabled
318
To turn off the traction control function and only operate the brake control function of the ESC, press the ESC OFF button (ESC OFF
318
<GRAPHIC>
318
<GRAPHIC>
318
<GRAPHIC>
318
<GRAPHIC>
318
ESC off state 2 - Traction & stability control disabled
318
ESC off state 2 - Traction & stability control disabled
318
To turn off the traction control function and the brake control function of the ESC, press the ESC OFF button (ESC OFF
318
<GRAPHIC>
318
<GRAPHIC>
318
Indicator light
319
Indicator light
319
ESC indicator light
319
ESC indicator light
319
<GRAPHIC>
319
ESC OFF indicator light
319
ESC OFF indicator light
319
<GRAPHIC>
319
When ENGINE START/STOP button is turned to ON, the indicator light illuminates, then goes off if the ESC system is operating normally.
319
The ESC indicator light blinks whenever ESC is operating or illuminates when ESC fails to operate.
319
The ESC OFF indicator light comes on when the ESC is turned off with the button.
319
Electronic Stability Control
319
Electronic Stability Control
319
Drive carefully even though your vehicle has Electronic Stability Control. It can only assist you in maintaining control under certain circumstances.
319
ESC OFF usage
319
ESC OFF usage
319
When driving
319
When driving
319
• ESC should be turned on for daily driving whenever possible.
319
• ESC should be turned on for daily driving whenever possible.
319
• ESC should be turned on for daily driving whenever possible.
319
• To turn ESC off while driving, press the ESC OFF button while driving on a flat road surface.
319
• To turn ESC off while driving, press the ESC OFF button while driving on a flat road surface.
319
Operating ESC
319
Operating ESC
319
Never press the ESC OFF button while ESC is operating (ESC indicator light blinks).
319
If ESC is turned off while ESC is operating, the vehicle may slip out of control.
319
• When operating the vehicle on a dynamometer, ensure that the ESC is turned off (ESC OFF light illuminated). If the ESC is left on, it may prevent the vehicle speed from increasing, and result in false diagnosis.
319
• When operating the vehicle on a dynamometer, ensure that the ESC is turned off (ESC OFF light illuminated). If the ESC is left on, it may prevent the vehicle speed from increasing, and result in false diagnosis.
319
• When operating the vehicle on a dynamometer, ensure that the ESC is turned off (ESC OFF light illuminated). If the ESC is left on, it may prevent the vehicle speed from increasing, and result in false diagnosis.
319
• When operating the vehicle on a dynamometer, ensure that the ESC is turned off (ESC OFF light illuminated). If the ESC is left on, it may prevent the vehicle speed from increasing, and result in false diagnosis.
319
• Turning the ESC off does not affect ABS or brake system operation.
319
• Turning the ESC off does not affect ABS or brake system operation.
319
Vehicle Stability Management (VSM) system
319
Vehicle Stability Management (VSM) system
319
The Vehicle Stability Management (VSM) provides further enhancements to vehicle stability and steering responses under the following condition:
319
The Vehicle Stability Management (VSM) provides further enhancements to vehicle stability and steering responses under the following condition:
319
• when driving on a slippery road or
320
• when driving on a slippery road or
320
• when driving on a slippery road or
320
• when a change in the coefficient of friction between left and right wheels is detected.
320
• when a change in the coefficient of friction between left and right wheels is detected.
320
Tire/Wheel size
320
Tire/Wheel size
320
When replacing tires and wheels, make sure they are the same size as the original tires and wheels installed. Driving with varying tire or wheel sizes may diminish any supplemental safety benefits of the VSM system.
320
VSM operation
320
VSM operation
320
When the VSM is in operation, ESC indicator light (
320
<GRAPHIC>
320
When the VSM is operating properly, you can feel a slight pulsation in the vehicle and/or abnormal steering responses (Electric Power Steering (EPS)). This is only the effect of brake and EPS control and indicates nothing unusual.
320
The VSM does not operate when:
320
The VSM does not operate when:
320
• Driving on a sloping road such as a gradient or incline
320
• Driving on a sloping road such as a gradient or incline
320
• Driving on a sloping road such as a gradient or incline
320
• Driving in reverse
320
• Driving in reverse
320
• ESC OFF indicator light (
320
• ESC OFF indicator light (
320
<GRAPHIC>
320
• EPS indicator light remains on the instrument cluster
320
• EPS indicator light remains on the instrument cluster
320
VSM operation off
320
VSM operation off
320
If you press the ESC OFF button to turn off the ESC, the VSM will also cancel and the ESC OFF indicator light (
320
<GRAPHIC>
320
To turn on the VSM, press the button again. The ESC OFF indicator light goes out.
320
Vehicle Stability Management
320
Vehicle Stability Management
320
Drive carefully even though your vehicle has Vehicle Stability Management. It can only assist you in maintaining control of the vehicle under certain circumstances.
320
Malfunction indicator
320
Malfunction indicator
320
The VSM can be deactivated even if you don't cancel the VSM operation by pressing the ESC OFF button. It indicates that a malfunction has been detected somewhere in the Electric Power Steering system or VSM system. If the ESC indicator light (
320
<GRAPHIC>
320
• The VSM is designed to function above approximately 13 mph (22 km/h) on curves.
321
• The VSM is designed to function above approximately 13 mph (22 km/h) on curves.
321
• The VSM is designed to function above approximately 13 mph (22 km/h) on curves.
321
• The VSM is designed to function above approximately 13 mph (22 km/h) on curves.
321
• The VSM is designed to function above approximately 6 mph (10 km/h) when a vehicle is braking on a split-mu surface. A split-mu surface is made of two surfaces which have different friction forces.
321
• The VSM is designed to function above approximately 6 mph (10 km/h) when a vehicle is braking on a split-mu surface. A split-mu surface is made of two surfaces which have different friction forces.
321
The VSM is not a substitute for safe driving practices but a supplementary function only. It is the responsibility of the driver to always check the speed and the distance to the vehicle ahead. Always hold the steering wheel firmly while driving.
321
Your vehicle is designed to activate according to the driver's intention, even with installed VSM. Always follow all the normal precautions for driving at safe speeds for the conditions – including driving in clement weather and on a slippery road.
321
For maximum protection, always wear your seat belt. No system, no matter how advanced, can compensate for all driver error and/or driving conditions. Always drive responsibly.
321
For maximum protection, always wear your seat belt. No system, no matter how advanced, can compensate for all driver error and/or driving conditions. Always drive responsibly.
321
Trailer Stability Assist (TSA) system
321
Trailer Stability Assist (TSA) system
321
The Trailer Stability Assist (TSA) is operated as a vehicle stability control system. The TSA is designed to stabilize the vehicle and trailer when the trailer sways or oscillates. There are various factors that make the vehicle sway or oscillate.
321
The Trailer Stability Assist (TSA) is operated as a vehicle stability control system. The TSA is designed to stabilize the vehicle and trailer when the trailer sways or oscillates. There are various factors that make the vehicle sway or oscillate.
321
Such incidents mostly happen at high speed, but, there is also a risk of swaying when the trailer is affected by crosswinds, buffeting or improper overloading.
321
Factors of swaying such as:
321
• High speed
321
• High speed
321
• High speed
321
• Strong crosswinds
321
• Strong crosswinds
321
• Improper overloading
321
• Improper overloading
321
• Sudden controlling of steering wheel
321
• Sudden controlling of steering wheel
321
• Uneven road
321
• Uneven road
321
The TSA continuously analyzes the vehicle and trailer instability. When the TSA detects some sway, the brakes are applied automatically to stabilize the vehicle on the front wheel. However, if it is not enough to stabilize, the brakes are applied on ...
321
Hill-start Assist Control (HAC)
321
Hill-start Assist Control (HAC)
321
A vehicle has the tendency to roll back on a steep hill when it starts to go after stopping. The Hill-start Assist Control (HAC) prevents the vehicle from rolling back by applying the brakes automatically for about 2 seconds.
321
The brakes are released when the accelerator pedal is engaged or after about 2 seconds.
322
The brakes are released when the accelerator pedal is engaged or after about 2 seconds.
322
The HAC is activated only for about 2 seconds, so when the vehicle is starting off on an incline, always engage the accelerator pedal.
322
Maintaining Brake Pressure on Incline
322
Maintaining Brake Pressure on Incline
322
HAC does not replace the need to apply brakes while stopped on an incline. While stopped, make sure you maintain brake pressure sufficient to prevent your vehicle from rolling backward and causing an accident. Don't release the brake pedal until you ...
322
Good braking practices
322
Good braking practices
322
Good braking practices help keep occupants safe and extend brake life.
322
• Check to be sure the parking brake is not engaged and the parking brake indicator light is out before driving away.
322
• Check to be sure the parking brake is not engaged and the parking brake indicator light is out before driving away.
322
• Check to be sure the parking brake is not engaged and the parking brake indicator light is out before driving away.
322
• Check to be sure the parking brake is not engaged and the parking brake indicator light is out before driving away.
322
• Driving through water may get the brakes wet. They can also get wet when the vehicle is washed. Wet brakes can be dangerous! Your vehicle will not stop as quickly if the brakes are wet. Wet brakes may cause the vehicle to pull to one side.
322
• Driving through water may get the brakes wet. They can also get wet when the vehicle is washed. Wet brakes can be dangerous! Your vehicle will not stop as quickly if the brakes are wet. Wet brakes may cause the vehicle to pull to one side.
322
To dry the brakes, apply the brakes lightly until the braking action returns to normal, taking care to keep the vehicle under control at all times. If the braking action does not return to normal, stop as soon as it is safe to do so and call an autho...
322
• Don't coast down hills with the vehicle out of gear. This is extremely hazardous. Keep the vehicle in gear at all times, use the brakes to slow down, then shift to a lower gear so that vehicle braking will help you maintain a safe speed.
322
• Don't coast down hills with the vehicle out of gear. This is extremely hazardous. Keep the vehicle in gear at all times, use the brakes to slow down, then shift to a lower gear so that vehicle braking will help you maintain a safe speed.
322
• Don't \ride\ the brake pedal. Resting your foot on the brake pedal while driving can be dangerous because the brakes might overheat and lose their effectiveness. It also increases the wear of the brake components.
322
• Don't \ride\ the brake pedal. Resting your foot on the brake pedal while driving can be dangerous because the brakes might overheat and lose their effectiveness. It also increases the wear of the brake components.
322
• If a tire goes flat while you are driving, apply the brakes gently and keep the vehicle pointed straight ahead while you slow down. When you are moving slowly enough for it to be safe to do so, pull off the road and stop in a safe place.
322
• If a tire goes flat while you are driving, apply the brakes gently and keep the vehicle pointed straight ahead while you slow down. When you are moving slowly enough for it to be safe to do so, pull off the road and stop in a safe place.
322
• Be cautious when parking on a hill. Firmly engage the parking brake and place the shifter dial in P. If your vehicle is facing downhill, turn the front wheels into the curb to help keep the vehicle from rolling.
323
• Be cautious when parking on a hill. Firmly engage the parking brake and place the shifter dial in P. If your vehicle is facing downhill, turn the front wheels into the curb to help keep the vehicle from rolling.
323
If your vehicle is facing uphill, turn the front wheels away from the curb to help keep the vehicle from rolling. If there is no curb or if it is required by other conditions to keep the vehicle from rolling, block the wheels.
323
• Under some conditions your parking brake can freeze in the engaged position. This is most likely to happen when there is an accumulation of snow or ice around or near the rear brakes or if the brakes are wet. If there is a risk that the parking b...
323
• Under some conditions your parking brake can freeze in the engaged position. This is most likely to happen when there is an accumulation of snow or ice around or near the rear brakes or if the brakes are wet. If there is a risk that the parking b...
323
• Do not hold the vehicle on an incline with the accelerator pedal. This can cause the reduction gear to overheat. Always use the brake pedal or parking brake.
323
• Do not hold the vehicle on an incline with the accelerator pedal. This can cause the reduction gear to overheat. Always use the brake pedal or parking brake.
323
Idle Stop and Go (ISG) system
323
Idle Stop and Go (ISG) system
323
The Idle Stop and Go (ISG) system reduces fuel consumption by automatically shutting down the engine when the vehicle is at a standstill. (For example: red light, stop sign and traffic jam)
323
The Idle Stop and Go (ISG) system reduces fuel consumption by automatically shutting down the engine when the vehicle is at a standstill. (For example: red light, stop sign and traffic jam)
323
The engine starts automatically as soon as the starting conditions are met.
323
The ISG is ON whenever the engine is running.
323
When the engine automatically starts by the ISG system, some warning lights (ABS, ESC, ESC OFF, EPS or Parking brake warning light) may turn on for a few seconds.
323
When the engine automatically starts by the ISG system, some warning lights (ABS, ESC, ESC OFF, EPS or Parking brake warning light) may turn on for a few seconds.
323
This happens because of low battery voltage. It does not mean the system has malfunctioned.
323
Auto stop
323
Auto stop
323
If you depress the brake pedal and the vehicle comes to a stop with the ISG ON, the engine will stop automatically.
323
Stop the vehicle completely by pressing the brake pedal when the shift lever is in the D (Drive) or N (Neutral) position.
323
Stop the vehicle completely by pressing the brake pedal when the shift lever is in the D (Drive) or N (Neutral) position.
323
<GRAPHIC>
324
<GRAPHIC>
324
The engine will stop and the green AUTO STOP (
324
<GRAPHIC>
324
<GRAPHIC>
324
<GRAPHIC>
324
If you open the engine hood in auto stop mode, the following will happen:
324
If you open the engine hood in auto stop mode, the following will happen:
324
• The ISG system will deactivate (the light on the ISG OFF button will illuminate).
324
• The ISG system will deactivate (the light on the ISG OFF button will illuminate).
324
• The ISG system will deactivate (the light on the ISG OFF button will illuminate).
324
• A message will appear on the LCD display.
324
• A message will appear on the LCD display.
324
<GRAPHIC>
324
<GRAPHIC>
324
• If you move the transmission lever from N to D (Manual mode) or R without depressing the brake pedal after stopping engine automatically, the engine does not restart automatically and a warning chime alarms. When this happens, press the brake ped...
324
• If you move the transmission lever from N to D (Manual mode) or R without depressing the brake pedal after stopping engine automatically, the engine does not restart automatically and a warning chime alarms. When this happens, press the brake ped...
324
Auto start
324
Auto start
324
When the engine stops automatically by ISG, the engine will restart if one of the following driver actions.
324
• Release the brake pedal.
324
• Release the brake pedal.
324
• Release the brake pedal.
324
• Release the brake pedal.
324
• Move the shift gear to the R (Reverse) position or the Manual mode while depressing the brake pedal.
324
• Move the shift gear to the R (Reverse) position or the Manual mode while depressing the brake pedal.
324
<GRAPHIC>
325
<GRAPHIC>
325
The engine will start and the green AUTO STOP indicator (
325
<GRAPHIC>
325
The engine will also restart automatically without any driver actions if the following occurs:
325
The engine will also restart automatically without any driver actions if the following occurs:
325
• The brake vacuum pressure is low.
325
• The brake vacuum pressure is low.
325
• The brake vacuum pressure is low.
325
• The engine has stopped for about 5 minutes.
325
• The engine has stopped for about 5 minutes.
325
• The air conditioning is ON with the fan speed set to the highest position.
325
• The air conditioning is ON with the fan speed set to the highest position.
325
• The front defroster is ON.
325
• The front defroster is ON.
325
• The battery is weak.
325
• The battery is weak.
325
• The cooling and heating performance of the climate control system is unsatisfactory.
325
• The cooling and heating performance of the climate control system is unsatisfactory.
325
• The vehicle is shifted to P (Park) when Auto Hold is activated.
325
• The vehicle is shifted to P (Park) when Auto Hold is activated.
325
• The door is opened or the seatbelt is unfastened when Auto Hold is activated.
325
• The door is opened or the seatbelt is unfastened when Auto Hold is activated.
325
• The EPB switch is pressed when Auto Hold is activated.
325
• The EPB switch is pressed when Auto Hold is activated.
325
Operating conditions
325
Operating conditions
325
The ISG will operate under the following condition:
325
The ISG will operate under the following condition:
325
• The driver’s seatbelt is fastened.
325
• The driver’s seatbelt is fastened.
325
• The driver’s seatbelt is fastened.
325
• The driver’s door and hood are closed.
325
• The driver’s door and hood are closed.
325
• The brake vacuum pressure is adequate.
325
• The brake vacuum pressure is adequate.
325
• The battery sensor is activated and the battery is sufficiently charged.
325
• The battery sensor is activated and the battery is sufficiently charged.
325
• Outside temperature is not too low or too high.
325
• Outside temperature is not too low or too high.
325
• The vehicle is driven over a constant speed and stops.
325
• The vehicle is driven over a constant speed and stops.
325
• The climate control system satisfies the conditions.
325
• The climate control system satisfies the conditions.
325
• The vehicle is sufficiently warmed up.
325
• The vehicle is sufficiently warmed up.
325
• The incline is gradual.
325
• The incline is gradual.
325
• The steering wheel is turned less than 180 degrees and then the vehicle stops.
325
• The steering wheel is turned less than 180 degrees and then the vehicle stops.
325
• If the ISG system does not meet the operation condition, the ISG system is deactivated. The light on the ISG OFF button and yellow AUTO STOP (
325
• If the ISG system does not meet the operation condition, the ISG system is deactivated. The light on the ISG OFF button and yellow AUTO STOP (
325
• If the ISG system does not meet the operation condition, the ISG system is deactivated. The light on the ISG OFF button and yellow AUTO STOP (
325
• If the ISG system does not meet the operation condition, the ISG system is deactivated. The light on the ISG OFF button and yellow AUTO STOP (
325
<GRAPHIC>
325
• If the light comes on continuously, please check the operation condition.
325
• If the light comes on continuously, please check the operation condition.
325
Deactivating the ISG
326
Deactivating the ISG
326
<GRAPHIC>
326
<GRAPHIC>
326
<GRAPHIC>
326
<GRAPHIC>
326
• If you wish to deactivate the ISG, press the ISG OFF button. The light on the ISG OFF button will illuminate.
326
• If you wish to deactivate the ISG, press the ISG OFF button. The light on the ISG OFF button will illuminate.
326
• If you wish to deactivate the ISG, press the ISG OFF button. The light on the ISG OFF button will illuminate.
326
• If you press the ISG OFF button again, the ISG will be activated and the light on the ISG OFF button will turn off.
326
• If you press the ISG OFF button again, the ISG will be activated and the light on the ISG OFF button will turn off.
326
ISG malfunction
326
ISG malfunction
326
The ISG may not operate when:
326
The ISG may not operate when:
326
<GRAPHIC>
326
<GRAPHIC>
326
The ISG may not operate when an ISG related sensor or system error occurs.
326
The following will happen:
326
• The yellow AUTO STOP (
326
• The yellow AUTO STOP (
326
• The yellow AUTO STOP (
326
<GRAPHIC>
326
• The light on the ISG OFF button will illuminate.
326
• The light on the ISG OFF button will illuminate.
326
When the engine is in Idle Stop mode, it's possible to restart the engine without the driver taking any action. Before leaving the car or doing anything in the engine compartment, stop the engine by the ENGINE START/STOP button to the OFF position.
326
If the AGM battery is reconnected or replaced, ISG function will not operate immediately. If you want to use the ISG function, the battery sensor needs to be calibrated for approximately 4 hours with the ignition off. After calibration, turn the engi...
326
If the AGM battery is reconnected or replaced, ISG function will not operate immediately. If you want to use the ISG function, the battery sensor needs to be calibrated for approximately 4 hours with the ignition off. After calibration, turn the engi...
326
Drive mode integrated control system (FWD)
327
Drive mode integrated control system (FWD)
327
The drive mode may be selected according to the driver's preference or road condition.
327
<GRAPHIC>
327
<GRAPHIC>
327
<GRAPHIC>
327
The mode changes whenever the DRIVE MODE knob is turned.
327
• SMART mode: SMART mode automatically adjusts the driving mode (ECO ↔� COMFORT ↔� SPORT) in accordance with the driver's driving habits.
327
• SMART mode: SMART mode automatically adjusts the driving mode (ECO ↔� COMFORT ↔� SPORT) in accordance with the driver's driving habits.
327
• SMART mode: SMART mode automatically adjusts the driving mode (ECO ↔� COMFORT ↔� SPORT) in accordance with the driver's driving habits.
327
• COMFORT mode: COMFORT mode provides soft driving and comfortable riding.
327
• COMFORT mode: COMFORT mode provides soft driving and comfortable riding.
327
• SPORT mode: SPORT mode provides sporty but firm riding.
327
• SPORT mode: SPORT mode provides sporty but firm riding.
327
• ECO mode: ECO mode improves fuel efficiency for eco-friendly driving.
327
• ECO mode: ECO mode improves fuel efficiency for eco-friendly driving.
327
The driving mode will be set to COMFORT or ECO mode when the engine is restarted. If it is in COMFORT/SPORT mode, COMFORT mode will be set, when the engine is restarted.
327
If it is in Eco mode, Eco mode will be set when the engine is restarted.
327
SMART mode
327
SMART mode
327
<GRAPHIC>
327
<GRAPHIC>
327
<GRAPHIC>
327
<GRAPHIC>
327
<GRAPHIC>
327
<GRAPHIC>
327
<GRAPHIC>SMART mode selects the proper driving mode among ECO, COMFORT and SPORT by judging the driver's driving habits (i.e., mild or dynamic) from the brake pedal or the steering wheel operation.
328
<GRAPHIC>
328
• Turning the DRIVE MODE knob to activate SMART mode. When SMART mode is activated, the indicator illuminates on the instrument cluster.
328
• Turning the DRIVE MODE knob to activate SMART mode. When SMART mode is activated, the indicator illuminates on the instrument cluster.
328
• Turning the DRIVE MODE knob to activate SMART mode. When SMART mode is activated, the indicator illuminates on the instrument cluster.
328
• The vehicle starts in SMART mode, when the engine was turned OFF in SMART mode.
328
• The vehicle starts in SMART mode, when the engine was turned OFF in SMART mode.
328
• SMART mode automatically controls the vehicle driving, such as gear shifting patterns, engine torque, in accordance with the driver's driving habits.
328
• SMART mode automatically controls the vehicle driving, such as gear shifting patterns, engine torque, in accordance with the driver's driving habits.
328
• When you mildly drive the vehicle in SMART mode, the driving mode changes to ECO mode to improve fuel efficiency. However, the actual fuel efficiency may differ in accordance with your driving situations (i.e., upward/downward slope, vehicle dece...
328
• When you mildly drive the vehicle in SMART mode, the driving mode changes to ECO mode to improve fuel efficiency. However, the actual fuel efficiency may differ in accordance with your driving situations (i.e., upward/downward slope, vehicle dece...
328
• When you mildly drive the vehicle in SMART mode, the driving mode changes to ECO mode to improve fuel efficiency. However, the actual fuel efficiency may differ in accordance with your driving situations (i.e., upward/downward slope, vehicle dece...
328
• When you mildly drive the vehicle in SMART mode, the driving mode changes to ECO mode to improve fuel efficiency. However, the actual fuel efficiency may differ in accordance with your driving situations (i.e., upward/downward slope, vehicle dece...
328
• When you dynamically drive the vehicle in SMART mode by abruptly decelerating or sharply curving, the driving mode changes to SPORT mode. However, it may adversely affect fuel economy.
328
• When you dynamically drive the vehicle in SMART mode by abruptly decelerating or sharply curving, the driving mode changes to SPORT mode. However, it may adversely affect fuel economy.
328
Various driving situations, which you may encounter in SMART mode
328
Various driving situations, which you may encounter in SMART mode
328
• The driving mode automatically changes to ECO mode after a certain period of time, when you gently press the accelerator pedal (Your driving is categorized to be mild.).
328
• The driving mode automatically changes to ECO mode after a certain period of time, when you gently press the accelerator pedal (Your driving is categorized to be mild.).
328
• The driving mode automatically changes to ECO mode after a certain period of time, when you gently press the accelerator pedal (Your driving is categorized to be mild.).
328
• The driving mode automatically changes from SMART ECO mode to SMART NORMAL mode after a certain period of time, when you sharply or repetitively press the accelerator pedal.
328
• The driving mode automatically changes from SMART ECO mode to SMART NORMAL mode after a certain period of time, when you sharply or repetitively press the accelerator pedal.
328
• The driving mode automatically changes to SMART COMFORT mode with the same driving patterns, when the vehicle starts to drive on an upward slope of a certain angle. The driving mode automatically returns to SMART ECO mode, when the vehicle enters...
328
• The driving mode automatically changes to SMART COMFORT mode with the same driving patterns, when the vehicle starts to drive on an upward slope of a certain angle. The driving mode automatically returns to SMART ECO mode, when the vehicle enters...
328
• The driving mode automatically changes to SMART SPORT, when you abruptly accelerate the vehicle or repetitively operate the steering wheel (Your driving is categorized to be sporty.). In this mode, your vehicle drives in a lower gear for abrupt a...
328
• The driving mode automatically changes to SMART SPORT, when you abruptly accelerate the vehicle or repetitively operate the steering wheel (Your driving is categorized to be sporty.). In this mode, your vehicle drives in a lower gear for abrupt a...
328
• You may still sense the engine brake performance, even when you release the accelerator pedal in SMART SPORT mode. It is because your vehicle remains to be in a lower gear over a certain period of time for next acceleration. Thus, it is a normal ...
329
• You may still sense the engine brake performance, even when you release the accelerator pedal in SMART SPORT mode. It is because your vehicle remains to be in a lower gear over a certain period of time for next acceleration. Thus, it is a normal ...
329
• The driving mode automatically changes to SMART SPORT mode only in harsh driving situations. In most of the normal driving situations, the driving mode sets to be either in SMART ECO mode or in SMART COMFORT mode.
329
• The driving mode automatically changes to SMART SPORT mode only in harsh driving situations. In most of the normal driving situations, the driving mode sets to be either in SMART ECO mode or in SMART COMFORT mode.
329
Limitation of SMART mode
329
Limitation of SMART mode
329
The SMART mode may be limited in following situations. (The OFF indicator illuminates in those situations.)
329
• The driver manually moves the shift lever: It deactivates SMART mode. The vehicle moves, as the driver manually moves the shift lever.
329
• The driver manually moves the shift lever: It deactivates SMART mode. The vehicle moves, as the driver manually moves the shift lever.
329
• The driver manually moves the shift lever: It deactivates SMART mode. The vehicle moves, as the driver manually moves the shift lever.
329
• Cruise control is activated: The Cruise function may deactivate the SMART mode. When a higher system is set by the cruise system, it starts to control vehicle speed and deactivates SMART mode. (SMART mode is not deactivated just by activing the c...
329
• Cruise control is activated: The Cruise function may deactivate the SMART mode. When a higher system is set by the cruise system, it starts to control vehicle speed and deactivates SMART mode. (SMART mode is not deactivated just by activing the c...
329
• The transmission oil temperature is either extremely low or extremely high: The SMART mode can be active in most of the normal driving situations. However, an extremely high/ low transmission oil temperature may temporarily deactivate the SMART m...
329
• The transmission oil temperature is either extremely low or extremely high: The SMART mode can be active in most of the normal driving situations. However, an extremely high/ low transmission oil temperature may temporarily deactivate the SMART m...
329
SPORT mode
329
SPORT mode
329
<GRAPHIC>SPORT mode manages the driving dynamics by automatically adjusting the steering effort, and the engine and transmission control logic for enhanced driver performance.
329
<GRAPHIC>
329
• When SPORT mode is selected by turning the DRIVE MODE knob, the SPORT indicator (orange color) will illuminate.
329
• When SPORT mode is selected by turning the DRIVE MODE knob, the SPORT indicator (orange color) will illuminate.
329
• When SPORT mode is selected by turning the DRIVE MODE knob, the SPORT indicator (orange color) will illuminate.
329
• Whenever the engine is restarted, the Drive Mode will revert back to COMFORT mode. If SPORT mode is desired, re-select SPORT mode from the DRIVE MODE knob.
329
• Whenever the engine is restarted, the Drive Mode will revert back to COMFORT mode. If SPORT mode is desired, re-select SPORT mode from the DRIVE MODE knob.
329
• When SPORT mode is activated:
329
• When SPORT mode is activated:
329
- The engine rpm will tend to remain raised over a certain length of time even after releasing the accelerator.
329
- The engine rpm will tend to remain raised over a certain length of time even after releasing the accelerator.
329
- The engine rpm will tend to remain raised over a certain length of time even after releasing the accelerator.
329
- Upshifts are delayed when accelerating.
329
- Upshifts are delayed when accelerating.
329
In SPORT mode, the fuel efficiency may decrease.
330
In SPORT mode, the fuel efficiency may decrease.
330
ECO mode
330
ECO mode
330
<GRAPHIC>When the Drive Mode is set to ECO mode, the engine and transmission control logic are changed to maximize fuel efficiency.
330
<GRAPHIC>
330
• When ECO mode is selected by turning the Drive mode knob, the ECO indicator (green color) will illuminate.
330
• When ECO mode is selected by turning the Drive mode knob, the ECO indicator (green color) will illuminate.
330
• When ECO mode is selected by turning the Drive mode knob, the ECO indicator (green color) will illuminate.
330
• If the vehicle is set to ECO mode, when the engine is turned OFF and restarted the Drive Mode setting will remain in ECO mode.
330
• If the vehicle is set to ECO mode, when the engine is turned OFF and restarted the Drive Mode setting will remain in ECO mode.
330
Fuel efficiency depends on the driver's driving habit and road condition.
330
Fuel efficiency depends on the driver's driving habit and road condition.
330
When ECO mode is activated:
330
When ECO mode is activated:
330
• The acceleration response may be slightly reduced if the accelerator pedal is engaged moderately.
330
• The acceleration response may be slightly reduced if the accelerator pedal is engaged moderately.
330
• The acceleration response may be slightly reduced if the accelerator pedal is engaged moderately.
330
• The shift pattern of the automatic transmission may change.
330
• The shift pattern of the automatic transmission may change.
330
The above situations are normal conditions when ECO mode is activated to improve fuel efficiency.
330
Limitation of ECO mode operation:
330
Limitation of ECO mode operation:
330
If the following conditions occur while ECO mode is operating, the system operation is limited even though there is no change in the ECO indicator.
330
• When driving the vehicle with the automatic transmission gear shift lever in Manual mode.
330
• When driving the vehicle with the automatic transmission gear shift lever in Manual mode.
330
• When driving the vehicle with the automatic transmission gear shift lever in Manual mode.
330
The system will be limited according to the shift location.
330
Drive mode integrated control system (AWD)
331
Drive mode integrated control system (AWD)
331
The drive mode may be selected according to the driver's preference or road condition.
331
<GRAPHIC>
331
<GRAPHIC>
331
<GRAPHIC>
331
The Drive mode is activated by turning the knob.
331
The Drive mode is changes whenever the knob is turned.
331
<GRAPHIC>
331
<GRAPHIC>
331
<GRAPHIC>
331
<GRAPHIC>
331
<GRAPHIC>
331
<GRAPHIC>
331
<GRAPHIC>
331
<GRAPHIC>
331
• SMART mode: SMART mode automatically adjusts the driving mode (ECO ↔ COMFORT ↔ SPORT) in accordance with the driver's driving habits.
331
• SMART mode: SMART mode automatically adjusts the driving mode (ECO ↔ COMFORT ↔ SPORT) in accordance with the driver's driving habits.
331
• SMART mode: SMART mode automatically adjusts the driving mode (ECO ↔ COMFORT ↔ SPORT) in accordance with the driver's driving habits.
331
• COMFORT mode: COMFORT mode provides soft driving and comfortable riding.
332
• COMFORT mode: COMFORT mode provides soft driving and comfortable riding.
332
• SPORT mode: SPORT mode provides sporty but firm riding.
332
• SPORT mode: SPORT mode provides sporty but firm riding.
332
• ECO mode: ECO mode improves fuel efficiency for eco-friendly driving.
332
• ECO mode: ECO mode improves fuel efficiency for eco-friendly driving.
332
The driving mode will be set to COMFORT or ECO mode when the engine is restarted. If it is in COMFORT/SPORT mode, COMFORT mode will be set, when the engine is restarted.
332
If it is in Eco mode, Eco mode will be set when the engine is restarted.
332
SMART mode
332
SMART mode
332
<GRAPHIC>
332
<GRAPHIC>
332
<GRAPHIC>
332
<GRAPHIC>
332
<GRAPHIC>
332
<GRAPHIC>
332
<GRAPHIC>SMART mode selects the proper driving mode among ECO, COMFORT and SPORT by judging the driver's driving habits (i.e., mild or dynamic) from the brake pedal or the steering wheel operation.
332
<GRAPHIC>
332
• Turning the knob to activate SMART mode. When SMART mode is activated, the indicator illuminates on the instrument cluster.
332
• Turning the knob to activate SMART mode. When SMART mode is activated, the indicator illuminates on the instrument cluster.
332
• Turning the knob to activate SMART mode. When SMART mode is activated, the indicator illuminates on the instrument cluster.
332
• The vehicle starts in SMART mode, when the engine was turned OFF in SMART mode.
332
• The vehicle starts in SMART mode, when the engine was turned OFF in SMART mode.
332
• SMART mode automatically controls the vehicle driving, such as gear shifting patterns, engine torque, in accordance with the driver's driving habits.
332
• SMART mode automatically controls the vehicle driving, such as gear shifting patterns, engine torque, in accordance with the driver's driving habits.
332
• When you mildly drive the vehicle in SMART mode, the driving mode changes to ECO mode to improve fuel efficiency. However, the actual fuel efficiency may differ in accordance with your driving situations (i.e., upward/downward slope, vehicle dece...
333
• When you mildly drive the vehicle in SMART mode, the driving mode changes to ECO mode to improve fuel efficiency. However, the actual fuel efficiency may differ in accordance with your driving situations (i.e., upward/downward slope, vehicle dece...
333
• When you mildly drive the vehicle in SMART mode, the driving mode changes to ECO mode to improve fuel efficiency. However, the actual fuel efficiency may differ in accordance with your driving situations (i.e., upward/downward slope, vehicle dece...
333
• When you mildly drive the vehicle in SMART mode, the driving mode changes to ECO mode to improve fuel efficiency. However, the actual fuel efficiency may differ in accordance with your driving situations (i.e., upward/downward slope, vehicle dece...
333
• When you dynamically drive the vehicle in SMART mode by abruptly decelerating or sharply curving, the driving mode changes to SPORT mode. However, it may adversely affect fuel economy.
333
• When you dynamically drive the vehicle in SMART mode by abruptly decelerating or sharply curving, the driving mode changes to SPORT mode. However, it may adversely affect fuel economy.
333
Various driving situations, which you may encounter in SMART mode
333
Various driving situations, which you may encounter in SMART mode
333
• The driving mode automatically changes to ECO mode after a certain period of time, when you gently press the accelerator pedal (Your driving is categorized to be mild.).
333
• The driving mode automatically changes to ECO mode after a certain period of time, when you gently press the accelerator pedal (Your driving is categorized to be mild.).
333
• The driving mode automatically changes to ECO mode after a certain period of time, when you gently press the accelerator pedal (Your driving is categorized to be mild.).
333
• The driving mode automatically changes from SMART ECO mode to SMART NORMAL mode after a certain period of time, when you sharply or repetitively press the accelerator pedal.
333
• The driving mode automatically changes from SMART ECO mode to SMART NORMAL mode after a certain period of time, when you sharply or repetitively press the accelerator pedal.
333
• The driving mode automatically changes to SMART COMFORT mode with the same driving patterns, when the vehicle starts to drive on an upward slope of a certain angle. The driving mode automatically returns to SMART ECO mode, when the vehicle enters...
333
• The driving mode automatically changes to SMART COMFORT mode with the same driving patterns, when the vehicle starts to drive on an upward slope of a certain angle. The driving mode automatically returns to SMART ECO mode, when the vehicle enters...
333
• The driving mode automatically changes to SMART SPORT, when you abruptly accelerate the vehicle or repetitively operate the steering wheel (Your driving is categorized to be sporty.). In this mode, your vehicle drives in a lower gear for abrupt a...
333
• The driving mode automatically changes to SMART SPORT, when you abruptly accelerate the vehicle or repetitively operate the steering wheel (Your driving is categorized to be sporty.). In this mode, your vehicle drives in a lower gear for abrupt a...
333
• You may still sense the engine brake performance, even when you release the accelerator pedal in SMART SPORT mode. It is because your vehicle remains to be in a lower gear over a certain period of time for next acceleration. Thus, it is a normal ...
333
• You may still sense the engine brake performance, even when you release the accelerator pedal in SMART SPORT mode. It is because your vehicle remains to be in a lower gear over a certain period of time for next acceleration. Thus, it is a normal ...
333
• The driving mode automatically changes to SMART SPORT mode only in harsh driving situations. In most of the normal driving situations, the driving mode sets to be either in SMART ECO mode or in SMART COMFORT mode.
333
• The driving mode automatically changes to SMART SPORT mode only in harsh driving situations. In most of the normal driving situations, the driving mode sets to be either in SMART ECO mode or in SMART COMFORT mode.
333
Limitation of SMART mode
333
Limitation of SMART mode
333
The SMART mode may be limited in following situations. (The OFF indicator illuminates in those situations.)
333
• The driver manually moves the shift lever: It deactivates SMART mode. The vehicle moves, as the driver manually moves the shift lever.
334
• The driver manually moves the shift lever: It deactivates SMART mode. The vehicle moves, as the driver manually moves the shift lever.
334
• The driver manually moves the shift lever: It deactivates SMART mode. The vehicle moves, as the driver manually moves the shift lever.
334
• Cruise Control is activated: The Cruise function may deactivate the SMART mode. When a higher system is set by the cruise system, it starts to control vehicle speed and deactivates SMART mode. (SMART mode is not deactivated just by activing the c...
334
• Cruise Control is activated: The Cruise function may deactivate the SMART mode. When a higher system is set by the cruise system, it starts to control vehicle speed and deactivates SMART mode. (SMART mode is not deactivated just by activing the c...
334
• The transmission oil temperature is either extremely low or extremely high: The SMART mode can be active in most of the normal driving situations. However, an extremely high/ low transmission oil temperature may temporarily deactivate the SMART m...
334
• The transmission oil temperature is either extremely low or extremely high: The SMART mode can be active in most of the normal driving situations. However, an extremely high/ low transmission oil temperature may temporarily deactivate the SMART m...
334
SPORT mode
334
SPORT mode
334
<GRAPHIC>SPORT mode manages the driving dynamics by automatically adjusting the steering effort, and the engine and transmission control logic for enhanced driver performance.
334
<GRAPHIC>
334
• When SPORT mode is selected by turning the knob, the SPORT indicator (orange color) will illuminate.
334
• When SPORT mode is selected by turning the knob, the SPORT indicator (orange color) will illuminate.
334
• When SPORT mode is selected by turning the knob, the SPORT indicator (orange color) will illuminate.
334
• Whenever the engine is restarted, the Drive Mode will revert back to COMFORT mode. If SPORT mode is desired, re-select SPORT mode from the knob.
334
• Whenever the engine is restarted, the Drive Mode will revert back to COMFORT mode. If SPORT mode is desired, re-select SPORT mode from the knob.
334
• When SPORT mode is activated:
334
• When SPORT mode is activated:
334
- The engine rpm will tend to remain raised over a certain length of time even after releasing the accelerator.
334
- The engine rpm will tend to remain raised over a certain length of time even after releasing the accelerator.
334
- The engine rpm will tend to remain raised over a certain length of time even after releasing the accelerator.
334
- Upshifts are delayed when accelerating.
334
- Upshifts are delayed when accelerating.
334
In SPORT mode, the fuel efficiency may decrease.
334
In SPORT mode, the fuel efficiency may decrease.
334
ECO mode
334
ECO mode
334
<GRAPHIC>When the Drive Mode is set to ECO mode, the engine and transmission control logic are changed to maximize fuel efficiency.
334
<GRAPHIC>
334
• When ECO mode is selected by turning the knob, the ECO indicator (green color) will illuminate.
334
• When ECO mode is selected by turning the knob, the ECO indicator (green color) will illuminate.
334
• When ECO mode is selected by turning the knob, the ECO indicator (green color) will illuminate.
334
• If the vehicle is set to ECO mode, when the engine is turned OFF and restarted the Drive Mode setting will remain in ECO mode.
334
• If the vehicle is set to ECO mode, when the engine is turned OFF and restarted the Drive Mode setting will remain in ECO mode.
334
Fuel efficiency depends on the driver's driving habit and road condition.
335
Fuel efficiency depends on the driver's driving habit and road condition.
335
When ECO mode is activated:
335
When ECO mode is activated:
335
• The acceleration response may be slightly reduced if the accelerator pedal is engaged moderately.
335
• The acceleration response may be slightly reduced if the accelerator pedal is engaged moderately.
335
• The acceleration response may be slightly reduced if the accelerator pedal is engaged moderately.
335
• The shift pattern of the automatic transmission may change.
335
• The shift pattern of the automatic transmission may change.
335
The above situations are normal conditions when ECO mode is activated to improve fuel efficiency.
335
Limitation of ECO mode operation:
335
Limitation of ECO mode operation:
335
If the following conditions occur while ECO mode is operating, the system operation is limited even though there is no change in the ECO indicator.
335
• When driving the vehicle with the automatic transmission gear shift lever in Manual mode.
335
• When driving the vehicle with the automatic transmission gear shift lever in Manual mode.
335
• When driving the vehicle with the automatic transmission gear shift lever in Manual mode.
335
The system will be limited according to the shift location.
335
Highway Driving Assist (HDA)
335
Highway Driving Assist (HDA)
335
The Highway Driving Assist function is designed to control the vehicle distance and speed when driving on the highway. The system assists drivers by receiving information about speed limit of the highway that the vehicle is on and automatically chang...
335
The Highway Driving Assist function is designed to control the vehicle distance and speed when driving on the highway. The system assists drivers by receiving information about speed limit of the highway that the vehicle is on and automatically chang...
335
• The Highway Driving Assist function is not a substitute for safe driving practices, but a convenience function. It is the responsibility of the driver to always be aware of the surroundings and drive safely.
335
• The Highway Driving Assist function is not a substitute for safe driving practices, but a convenience function. It is the responsibility of the driver to always be aware of the surroundings and drive safely.
335
• The Highway Driving Assist function is not a substitute for safe driving practices, but a convenience function. It is the responsibility of the driver to always be aware of the surroundings and drive safely.
335
• The Highway Driving Assist function is not a substitute for safe driving practices, but a convenience function. It is the responsibility of the driver to always be aware of the surroundings and drive safely.
335
• The Highway Driving Assist function relies entirely on the road information provided by the navigation system. It is the responsibility of the driver to follow traffic laws and avoid accidents.
335
• The Highway Driving Assist function relies entirely on the road information provided by the navigation system. It is the responsibility of the driver to follow traffic laws and avoid accidents.
335
• For your safety, please read the owner's manual before using the system.
335
• For your safety, please read the owner's manual before using the system.
335
• The Highway Driving Assist function is available only on controlled access road of certain highways.
335
• The Highway Driving Assist function is available only on controlled access road of certain highways.
335
• The Highway Driving Assist function is available only on controlled access road of certain highways.
335
• The Highway Driving Assist function is available only on controlled access road of certain highways.
335
Controlled access road indicates roads with limited entrances and exits that allow uninterrupted high speed traffic flow. Only passenger cars, truck and motorcycles are allowed on controlled access roads.
336
<TABLE>
336
<TABLE>
336
<TABLE HEADING>
336
<TABLE ROW>
336
Available highway
336
Available highway
336
(Controlled access road)
336
<TABLE BODY>
336
<TABLE ROW>
336
USA
336
USA
336
Interstate Highway
336
Interstate Highway
336
• Additional highways may be expanded by future navigation updates.
336
• Additional highways may be expanded by future navigation updates.
336
Setting and activating HDA
336
Setting and activating HDA
336
1. With the engine on, press the MODE button (
336
1. With the engine on, press the MODE button (
336
1. With the engine on, press the MODE button (
336
1. With the engine on, press the MODE button (
336
<GRAPHIC>
336
2. Select 'Driver Assist → Driving Assist → Highway Driving Assist' with the MOVE switch (
336
2. Select 'Driver Assist → Driving Assist → Highway Driving Assist' with the MOVE switch (
336
<GRAPHIC>
336
<GRAPHIC>
336
If you want to turn off the function, deactivate it on 'User Settings'.
336
If you want to turn off the function, deactivate it on 'User Settings'.
336
The set-up of Highway Driving Assist will be maintained, as selected, when the engine is re- started.
336
Operating conditions
336
Operating conditions
336
If you activate Highway Driving Assist in the instrument cluster and the following conditions are met, the Highway Driving Assist function will be ready to operate, and the indicator light
336
If you activate Highway Driving Assist in the instrument cluster and the following conditions are met, the Highway Driving Assist function will be ready to operate, and the indicator light
336
<GRAPHIC>
336
• When driving on the highway main line.
336
• When driving on the highway main line.
336
• When driving on the highway main line.
336
• When Smart Cruise Control is in operation (Vehicle deceleration and acceleration control)
336
• When Smart Cruise Control is in operation (Vehicle deceleration and acceleration control)
336
- Refer to
336
- Refer to
336
- Refer to
336
\Smart Cruise Control (SCC)\ on page 5-105
336
- If the SCC is in standby mode (the SCC is on but speed is not set), the Highway Driving Assist function will be in the same mode. The white indicator
336
- If the SCC is in standby mode (the SCC is on but speed is not set), the Highway Driving Assist function will be in the same mode. The white indicator
336
<GRAPHIC>
336
• When the vehicle speed is below 95 mph (153 km/h)
336
• When the vehicle speed is below 95 mph (153 km/h)
336
HDA operation
336
HDA operation
336
The speed is automatically set in accordance with the steering control and the highway speed limit when all the operating conditions are met.
336
Steering control
337
Steering control
337
Steering control
337
<GRAPHIC>
337
<GRAPHIC>
337
<GRAPHIC>
337
<GRAPHIC>
337
If both lanes are recognized properly (lane color: white), the steering wheel indicator (
337
<GRAPHIC>
337
\Limitations of Lane Following Assist\ on page 5-126
337
Warning related to steering wheel
337
Warning related to steering wheel
337
<GRAPHIC>
337
<GRAPHIC>
337
The hands-off warning appears when the system detects that the driver's hands are not on the steering wheel while Highway Driving Assist is in work.
337
(First warning: warning message, Second warning: warning message with warning sound)
337
• The hands-off warning may be delayed depending on road conditions. Always keep your hands on the steering wheel while driving.
337
• The hands-off warning may be delayed depending on road conditions. Always keep your hands on the steering wheel while driving.
337
• The hands-off warning may be delayed depending on road conditions. Always keep your hands on the steering wheel while driving.
337
• The hands-off warning may be delayed depending on road conditions. Always keep your hands on the steering wheel while driving.
337
• If you hold the steering wheel lightly, it may be perceived that the steering wheel is not held at all and trigger the hands-off warning.
337
• If you hold the steering wheel lightly, it may be perceived that the steering wheel is not held at all and trigger the hands-off warning.
337
When the hands-off warning lasts for a certain period of time
338
When the hands-off warning lasts for a certain period of time
338
<GRAPHIC>
338
<GRAPHIC>
338
If you keep your hands off the steering wheel even with the hands-off warning on, the steering assist and Smart Cruise Control will be temporarily released automatically.
338
If you activate the Smart Cruise Control system with Highway Driving Assist released, the steering assist will re-start.
338
Automatic speed setting
338
Automatic speed setting
338
<GRAPHIC>
338
<GRAPHIC>
338
If Highway Driving Assist operating conditions are all met and setting speed matches with the legal highway speed limit, Highway Driving Assist will enter the automatic speed setting mode. (The set speed and the \AUTO\ symbol will be displayed in gre...
338
In the automatic speed setting mode, the set speed is automatically adjusted to the changing speed limits of highway sections.
338
<GRAPHIC>
338
<GRAPHIC>
338
If the driver directly changes the speed, it enters the manual speed setting mode and the set speed is displayed in white and the \AUTO\ symbol will disappear.
338
HDA malfunction
339
HDA malfunction
339
<GRAPHIC>
339
<GRAPHIC>
339
<GRAPHIC>
339
This message shows that there is a problem with Highway Driving Assist, so have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
339
• In all situations, the driver's behavior/judgment has the priority.
339
• In all situations, the driver's behavior/judgment has the priority.
339
• In all situations, the driver's behavior/judgment has the priority.
339
• In all situations, the driver's behavior/judgment has the priority.
339
• Highway Driving Assist operates only when the driver has set it through the user settings in the instrument cluster.
339
• Highway Driving Assist operates only when the driver has set it through the user settings in the instrument cluster.
339
• Highway Driving Assist is limited in other countries.
339
• Highway Driving Assist is limited in other countries.
339
• Highway Driving Assist only operates based on the speed limits of the highway but it does not work with the speed cameras.
339
• Highway Driving Assist only operates based on the speed limits of the highway but it does not work with the speed cameras.
339
• The time gap could occur between the navigation speed warning and system operation.
339
• The time gap could occur between the navigation speed warning and system operation.
339
• If the speed limits of speed cameras exceed the highway speed limits during the automatic speed setting mode, the navigation displays its own warning.
339
• If the speed limits of speed cameras exceed the highway speed limits during the automatic speed setting mode, the navigation displays its own warning.
339
• The system is not designed to work on expressways, national highways and public roads. The system automatically cancels when you leave the highway.
339
• The system is not designed to work on expressways, national highways and public roads. The system automatically cancels when you leave the highway.
339
• Highway Driving Assist is deactivated on the user settings in the instrument cluster when it is not in operable condition.
339
• Highway Driving Assist is deactivated on the user settings in the instrument cluster when it is not in operable condition.
339
• When the vehicle is at resting area or interchanges or junctions, away from the main line of the highway, Highway Driving Assist is automatically turned off so it requires caution to the driver.
339
• When the vehicle is at resting area or interchanges or junctions, away from the main line of the highway, Highway Driving Assist is automatically turned off so it requires caution to the driver.
339
• When you are 0.3 mile (500 m) before/after an open-type toll gate while driving on the highway, Highway Driving Assist is automatically turned off so it requires caution to the driver. It automatically switches to Smart Cruise Control and a pop-u...
339
• When you are 0.3 mile (500 m) before/after an open-type toll gate while driving on the highway, Highway Driving Assist is automatically turned off so it requires caution to the driver. It automatically switches to Smart Cruise Control and a pop-u...
339
• When the automatic speed setting is in operation, the set speed may automatically change on the highway in accordance with changes in speed limit, leading to automatic acceleration/deceleration of the vehicle.
339
• When the automatic speed setting is in operation, the set speed may automatically change on the highway in accordance with changes in speed limit, leading to automatic acceleration/deceleration of the vehicle.
339
• Regardless of whether Highway Driving Assist is on or off, you must keep eyes on the road while driving and must obey all traffic laws.
340
• Regardless of whether Highway Driving Assist is on or off, you must keep eyes on the road while driving and must obey all traffic laws.
340
• Regardless of whether Highway Driving Assist is on or off, you must keep eyes on the road while driving and must obey all traffic laws.
340
• Regardless of whether Highway Driving Assist is on or off, you must keep eyes on the road while driving and must obey all traffic laws.
340
• Highway Driving Assist depends entirely on road information provided by the navigation system, and the car manufacturer is not responsible for the driver's violation of road traffic laws or accidents.
340
• Highway Driving Assist depends entirely on road information provided by the navigation system, and the car manufacturer is not responsible for the driver's violation of road traffic laws or accidents.
340
The Highway Driving Assist function may not function properly in the following situations:
340
The Highway Driving Assist function may not function properly in the following situations:
340
• The navigation is not working properly.
340
• The navigation is not working properly.
340
• The navigation is not working properly.
340
• The navigation is not updated.
340
• The navigation is not updated.
340
• The real-time GPS or map information provided has errors.
340
• The real-time GPS or map information provided has errors.
340
• The navigation is overloaded by performing functions such as route search, video play-back, voice recognition, etc. are performing simultaneously.
340
• The navigation is overloaded by performing functions such as route search, video play-back, voice recognition, etc. are performing simultaneously.
340
• GPS signals are blocked in areas such as a tunnel.
340
• GPS signals are blocked in areas such as a tunnel.
340
• The driver goes off course or the route to the destination is changed or canceled by resetting the navigation.
340
• The driver goes off course or the route to the destination is changed or canceled by resetting the navigation.
340
• The vehicle enters a service station or resting area.
340
• The vehicle enters a service station or resting area.
340
• Android Auto or Car Play is operating.
340
• Android Auto or Car Play is operating.
340
• The navigation cannot detect the current vehicle position (ex: elevated roads including overpass adjacent to general roads or nearby roads exist in a parallel way).
340
• The navigation cannot detect the current vehicle position (ex: elevated roads including overpass adjacent to general roads or nearby roads exist in a parallel way).
340
• The navigation is being updated while driving.
340
• The navigation is being updated while driving.
340
• The navigation is being reset while driving.
340
• The navigation is being reset while driving.
340
• The road is slippery due to bad weather such as rain or snow.
340
• The road is slippery due to bad weather such as rain or snow.
340
Refer to
340
\Smart Cruise Control (SCC)\ on page 5-105
340
Refer to
340
\Lane Following Assist (LFA)\ on page 5-122
340
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules.
340
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules.
340
Operation is subject to the following three conditions:
340
1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
340
1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
340
1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
340
1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
340
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
340
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
340
3. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the device.
340
3. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the device.
340
Radio frequency radiation exposure information:
341
Radio frequency radiation exposure information:
341
This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance of 8 in (20 cm) between the radiator (antenna) and your body.
341
This transmitter must not be co- located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter.
341
This transmitter must not be co- located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter.
341
Front radar)
341
Front radar)
341
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist is designed to detect and monitor a vehicle ahead or detect a pedestrian or cyclists in the roadway through radar signals and camera recognition to warn the driver that a collision is imminent, and if necessary, app...
341
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist Limitations
341
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist Limitations
341
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist Limitations
341
The Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist function is a supplemental system and is not a substitute for safe driving practices.
341
It is the responsibility of the driver to always check the speed and distance to the vehicle ahead and to be prepared to apply the brakes.
341
Take the following precautions when using the Forward Collision- Avoidance Assist function:
341
Take the following precautions when using the Forward Collision- Avoidance Assist function:
341
• This system is only a supplemental system and it is not intended to, or does it replace the need for extreme care and attention of the driver. The sensing range and objects detectable by the sensors are limited. Pay attention to the road conditio...
341
• This system is only a supplemental system and it is not intended to, or does it replace the need for extreme care and attention of the driver. The sensing range and objects detectable by the sensors are limited. Pay attention to the road conditio...
341
• This system is only a supplemental system and it is not intended to, or does it replace the need for extreme care and attention of the driver. The sensing range and objects detectable by the sensors are limited. Pay attention to the road conditio...
341
• NEVER drive too fast in accordance with the road conditions or while cornering.
342
• NEVER drive too fast in accordance with the road conditions or while cornering.
342
• Always drive cautiously to prevent unexpected and sudden situations from occurring. Forward Collision- Avoidance Assist does not stop the vehicle completely and does not avoid all collisions due to system limitations.
342
• Always drive cautiously to prevent unexpected and sudden situations from occurring. Forward Collision- Avoidance Assist does not stop the vehicle completely and does not avoid all collisions due to system limitations.
342
Setting and activating Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
342
Setting and activating Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
342
The driver can activate Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist by placing the ENGINE START/STOP button to the ON position and by selecting:
342
1. Press the MODE button (
342
1. Press the MODE button (
342
1. Press the MODE button (
342
1. Press the MODE button (
342
<GRAPHIC>
342
2. Select 'Driver Assist → Forward safety' with the MOVE switch (
342
2. Select 'Driver Assist → Forward safety' with the MOVE switch (
342
<GRAPHIC>
342
<GRAPHIC>
342
3. Select one of the following options:
342
3. Select one of the following options:
342
• Active assist: Forward Collision- Avoidance Assist produces warning messages and warning alarms in accordance with the collision risk levels. Also, it controls the brakes in accordance with the collision risk levels.
342
• Active assist: Forward Collision- Avoidance Assist produces warning messages and warning alarms in accordance with the collision risk levels. Also, it controls the brakes in accordance with the collision risk levels.
342
• Active assist: Forward Collision- Avoidance Assist produces warning messages and warning alarms in accordance with the collision risk levels. Also, it controls the brakes in accordance with the collision risk levels.
342
• Warning only: Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist produces only warning alarms in accordance with the collision risk levels. You should control the brake directly because the Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist function do not control the brake.
342
• Warning only: Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist produces only warning alarms in accordance with the collision risk levels. You should control the brake directly because the Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist function do not control the brake.
342
• OFF: Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist deactivates.
342
• OFF: Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist deactivates.
342
<GRAPHIC>The warning light illuminates on the LCD display, when you cancel Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist. The driver can monitor Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist ON/OFF status on the LCD display. Also, the warning light illuminates when the Elect
342
<GRAPHIC>The warning light illuminates on the LCD display, when you cancel Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist. The driver can monitor Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist ON/OFF status on the LCD display. Also, the warning light illuminates when the Elect
342
<GRAPHIC>
342
When the warning light remains ON with Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist activated, take your vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer and have the system checked.
342
Setting the initial warning activation time
342
Setting the initial warning activation time
342
The driver can select the initial warning activation time in the User Settings in the instrument cluster LCD display.
342
1. Press the MODE button (
342
1. Press the MODE button (
342
1. Press the MODE button (
342
1. Press the MODE button (
342
<GRAPHIC>
342
2. Select 'Driver Assist → Warning Timing' with the MOVE switch (
343
2. Select 'Driver Assist → Warning Timing' with the MOVE switch (
343
<GRAPHIC>
343
<GRAPHIC>
343
3. Select one of the following options:
343
3. Select one of the following options:
343
• Normal: The initial Forward Collision Warning is activated sensitively. If you feel the warning activates too early, set the Forward Collision Warning to 'Late'.
343
• Normal: The initial Forward Collision Warning is activated sensitively. If you feel the warning activates too early, set the Forward Collision Warning to 'Late'.
343
• Normal: The initial Forward Collision Warning is activated sensitively. If you feel the warning activates too early, set the Forward Collision Warning to 'Late'.
343
• Late: The initial Forward Collision Warning is activated later than normal. This setting reduces the amount of distance between the vehicle, pedestrian or cyclist ahead before the initial warning occurs. Select 'Late' when traffic is light and wh...
343
• Late: The initial Forward Collision Warning is activated later than normal. This setting reduces the amount of distance between the vehicle, pedestrian or cyclist ahead before the initial warning occurs. Select 'Late' when traffic is light and wh...
343
If you change the warning timing, the warning timing of other systems may change.
343
If you change the warning timing, the warning timing of other systems may change.
343
Always be aware of warning timing before changing the warning timing.
343
Prerequisite for Forward Collision- Avoidance Assist activation
343
Prerequisite for Forward Collision- Avoidance Assist activation
343
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist will activate when Forward Collision- Avoidance Assist is selected on the LCD display, and when the following prerequisites are satisfied:
343
• The Electronic Stability Control (ESC) is activated.
343
• The Electronic Stability Control (ESC) is activated.
343
• The Electronic Stability Control (ESC) is activated.
343
• The Electronic Stability Control (ESC) is activated.
343
• The driving speed is over 5 mph (8 km/h). (Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist only works within a certain range of vehicle speeds)
343
• The driving speed is over 5 mph (8 km/h). (Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist only works within a certain range of vehicle speeds)
343
• The system detects a pedestrian, cyclist or a vehicle in front, which may collide with your vehicle. (Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist may not be activated or may sound a warning alarm in accordance with the driving situation or vehicle conditi...
343
• The system detects a pedestrian, cyclist or a vehicle in front, which may collide with your vehicle. (Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist may not be activated or may sound a warning alarm in accordance with the driving situation or vehicle conditi...
343
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist may not operate properly according to the frontal situation, the direction of pedestrian or cyclist and speed.
343
• Completely stop the vehicle on a safe location before operating the switch on the steering wheel to activate/deactivate the Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist function.
343
• Completely stop the vehicle on a safe location before operating the switch on the steering wheel to activate/deactivate the Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist function.
343
• Completely stop the vehicle on a safe location before operating the switch on the steering wheel to activate/deactivate the Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist function.
343
• Completely stop the vehicle on a safe location before operating the switch on the steering wheel to activate/deactivate the Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist function.
343
• Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist automatically activates upon placing the engine start/ stop button to the ON position. The driver can deactivate Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist by canceling the system setting on the LCD display.
343
• Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist automatically activates upon placing the engine start/ stop button to the ON position. The driver can deactivate Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist by canceling the system setting on the LCD display.
343
• Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist automatically deactivates upon canceling the ESC (Electronic Stability Control). When the ESC is canceled, Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist cannot be activated on the LCD display. Forward Collision-Avoidance A...
344
• Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist automatically deactivates upon canceling the ESC (Electronic Stability Control). When the ESC is canceled, Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist cannot be activated on the LCD display. Forward Collision-Avoidance A...
344
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist warning message and brake control
344
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist warning message and brake control
344
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist produces warning messages and warning alarms in accordance with the collision risk levels, such as abrupt stopping of the vehicle in front, insufficient braking distance, pedestrian or cyclist detection. Also, it co...
344
The driver can select the initial warning activation time in the User Settings in the LCD display. The options for the initial Forward Collision Warning include Normal or Later initial warning time.
344
The driver can select the initial warning activation time in the User Settings in the LCD display. The options for the initial Forward Collision Warning include Normal or Later initial warning time.
344
Collision Warning (1st warning)
344
Collision Warning (1st warning)
344
<GRAPHIC>
344
<GRAPHIC>
344
The warning message appears on the LCD display with a warning chime.
344
Additionally, some vehicle system intervention occurs by the engine management system to help decelerate the vehicle.
344
The Vehicle may slow down slightly.
344
• The Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist function will operate if the vehicle speed is greater than 5 mph (8 km/h) and less than or equal to 100 mph (160 km/h) on a forward vehicle. (Depending on the condition of the vehicle ahead and the environme...
344
• The Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist function will operate if the vehicle speed is greater than 5 mph (8 km/h) and less than or equal to 100 mph (160 km/h) on a forward vehicle. (Depending on the condition of the vehicle ahead and the environme...
344
• The Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist function will operate if the vehicle speed is greater than 5 mph (8 km/h) and less than or equal to 100 mph (160 km/h) on a forward vehicle. (Depending on the condition of the vehicle ahead and the environme...
344
• For pedestrians and cyclists to be detected, the vehicle speed must be greater than or equal to 5 mph (8 km/h) and less than 55 mph (90 km/h). (Depending on the condition of pedestrians and bike riders and the surrounding environment the possible...
344
• For pedestrians and cyclists to be detected, the vehicle speed must be greater than or equal to 5 mph (8 km/h) and less than 55 mph (90 km/h). (Depending on the condition of pedestrians and bike riders and the surrounding environment the possible...
344
- If you select \Warning only\, Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist activates and produces only warning alarms in accordance with the collision risk levels. You must control the brake directly because Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist in this setting...
345
- If you select \Warning only\, Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist activates and produces only warning alarms in accordance with the collision risk levels. You must control the brake directly because Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist in this setting...
345
- If you select \Warning only\, Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist activates and produces only warning alarms in accordance with the collision risk levels. You must control the brake directly because Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist in this setting...
345
Emergency braking (2nd warning)
345
Emergency braking (2nd warning)
345
<GRAPHIC>
345
<GRAPHIC>
345
The warning message appears on the LCD display with the a warning chime.
345
Additionally, some vehicle system intervention occurs by the engine management system to help decelerate the vehicle.
345
The brake control is maximized just before a collision, reducing impact when it strikes a forward vehicle.
345
• The Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist function will operate if the vehicle speed is greater than 5 mph (8 km/h) and less than or equal to 50 mph (80 km/h) on a forward vehicle. (Depending on the condition of the vehicle ahead and the environment...
345
• The Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist function will operate if the vehicle speed is greater than 5 mph (8 km/h) and less than or equal to 50 mph (80 km/h) on a forward vehicle. (Depending on the condition of the vehicle ahead and the environment...
345
• The Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist function will operate if the vehicle speed is greater than 5 mph (8 km/h) and less than or equal to 50 mph (80 km/h) on a forward vehicle. (Depending on the condition of the vehicle ahead and the environment...
345
• For pedestrians and cyclists to be detected, the vehicle speed must be greater than or equal to 5 mph (8 km/h) and less than 45 mph (70 km/h). (Depending on the condition of pedestrians and bike riders and the surrounding environment the possible...
345
• For pedestrians and cyclists to be detected, the vehicle speed must be greater than or equal to 5 mph (8 km/h) and less than 45 mph (70 km/h). (Depending on the condition of pedestrians and bike riders and the surrounding environment the possible...
345
- If you select \Warning only\, Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist activates and produces only warning alarms in accordance with the collision risk levels. You must control the brake directly because Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist in this setting...
345
- If you select \Warning only\, Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist activates and produces only warning alarms in accordance with the collision risk levels. You must control the brake directly because Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist in this setting...
345
- If you select \Warning only\, Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist activates and produces only warning alarms in accordance with the collision risk levels. You must control the brake directly because Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist in this setting...
345
Brake operation
345
Brake operation
345
In an urgent situation, the braking system enters into the ready status for prompt reaction to assist the driver in utilization of the brake pedal.
345
• Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist provides additional braking power for optimum braking performance when the driver presses the brake pedal.
345
• Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist provides additional braking power for optimum braking performance when the driver presses the brake pedal.
345
• Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist provides additional braking power for optimum braking performance when the driver presses the brake pedal.
345
• Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist provides additional braking power for optimum braking performance when the driver presses the brake pedal.
345
• The braking control is automatically deactivated when the driver sharply presses the accelerator pedal, or when the driver abruptly operates the steering wheel.
346
• The braking control is automatically deactivated when the driver sharply presses the accelerator pedal, or when the driver abruptly operates the steering wheel.
346
• The braking control is automatically canceled when risk factors disappear.
346
• The braking control is automatically canceled when risk factors disappear.
346
The driver should always exercise caution when operating the vehicle, even though there is no warning message or warning alarm.
346
The driver should always exercise caution when operating the vehicle, even though there is no warning message or warning alarm.
346
The braking control cannot completely stop the vehicle nor avoid all collisions. The driver should hold the responsibility to safely drive and control the vehicle.
346
The braking control cannot completely stop the vehicle nor avoid all collisions. The driver should hold the responsibility to safely drive and control the vehicle.
346
The Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist function logic operates within certain parameters, such as the distance from the vehicle, pedestrian or cyclist ahead, the speed of the vehicle ahead, and the driver's vehicle speed. Certain conditions such as i...
346
The Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist function logic operates within certain parameters, such as the distance from the vehicle, pedestrian or cyclist ahead, the speed of the vehicle ahead, and the driver's vehicle speed. Certain conditions such as i...
346
Never deliberately drive dangerously to activate the system.
346
Never deliberately drive dangerously to activate the system.
346
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist front radar / Camera sensor
346
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist front radar / Camera sensor
346
In order for Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist to operate properly, always make sure the sensor or sensor cover is clean and free of dirt, snow, and debris. Dirt, snow, or foreign substances on the sensor or its external parts may adversely affect t...
346
<GRAPHIC>
346
<GRAPHIC>
346
<GRAPHIC>
346
<GRAPHIC>
347
<GRAPHIC>
347
• Do not apply license plate molding or foreign objects such as a bumper sticker or a bumper guard near the radar sensor. Doing so may adversely affect the sensing performance of the radar.
347
• Do not apply license plate molding or foreign objects such as a bumper sticker or a bumper guard near the radar sensor. Doing so may adversely affect the sensing performance of the radar.
347
• Do not apply license plate molding or foreign objects such as a bumper sticker or a bumper guard near the radar sensor. Doing so may adversely affect the sensing performance of the radar.
347
• Do not apply license plate molding or foreign objects such as a bumper sticker or a bumper guard near the radar sensor. Doing so may adversely affect the sensing performance of the radar.
347
• Always keep the radar sensor and over clean and free of dirt and debris.
347
• Always keep the radar sensor and over clean and free of dirt and debris.
347
• Use only soft clothes to wash the vehicle. Do not spray pressurized water directly on the sensor or sensor cover.
347
• Use only soft clothes to wash the vehicle. Do not spray pressurized water directly on the sensor or sensor cover.
347
• Be careful not to apply unnecessary force on the radar sensor or sensor cover. If the sensor is forcibly moved out of proper alignment, the Forward Collision- Avoidance Assist function may not operate correctly. In this case, a warning message ma...
347
• Be careful not to apply unnecessary force on the radar sensor or sensor cover. If the sensor is forcibly moved out of proper alignment, the Forward Collision- Avoidance Assist function may not operate correctly. In this case, a warning message ma...
347
• If the front bumper becomes damaged in the area around the radar sensor, the Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist function may not operate properly. In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
347
• If the front bumper becomes damaged in the area around the radar sensor, the Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist function may not operate properly. In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
347
• Use only genuine parts to repair or replace a damaged sensor or sensor cover. Do not apply paint to the sensor cover.
347
• Use only genuine parts to repair or replace a damaged sensor or sensor cover. Do not apply paint to the sensor cover.
347
• NEVER install any accessories or stickers on the front windshield, nor tint the front windshield.
347
• NEVER install any accessories or stickers on the front windshield, nor tint the front windshield.
347
• NEVER place any reflective objects (i.e. white paper, mirror) over the dashboard. Any light reflection may cause a malfunction of the system.
347
• NEVER place any reflective objects (i.e. white paper, mirror) over the dashboard. Any light reflection may cause a malfunction of the system.
347
• Pay special attention to keep the camera out of water.
347
• Pay special attention to keep the camera out of water.
347
• NEVER disassemble the camera assembly, nor impact the camera assembly.
347
• NEVER disassemble the camera assembly, nor impact the camera assembly.
347
• Do not disassemble the sensor.
347
• Do not disassemble the sensor.
347
• Playing the vehicle audio system at high volume may prevent you from hearing the system warning sounds.
347
• Playing the vehicle audio system at high volume may prevent you from hearing the system warning sounds.
347
Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer when:
347
Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer when:
347
• The windshield glass is replaced.
347
• The windshield glass is replaced.
347
• The windshield glass is replaced.
347
• The radar sensor or cover gets damaged or replaced.
347
• The radar sensor or cover gets damaged or replaced.
347
Warning message and warning light
348
Warning message and warning light
348
When the sensor cover is blocked with dirt, snow, or debris, the Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist function operation may stop temporarily.
348
<GRAPHIC>
348
<GRAPHIC>
348
<GRAPHIC>
348
In this case, a warning message (\Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) system disabled. Radar blocked\) will appear to notify the driver.
348
Remove any dirt, snow, or debris and clean the radar sensor cover before operating the Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist function. The system will operate normally when such dirt, snow or debris is removed.
348
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist may not properly operate in an area (e.g. open terrain), where any substances are not detected after turning ON the engine.
348
The Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist function may not activate according to the road conditions, inclement weather, driving conditions or traffic conditions.
348
The Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist function may not activate according to the road conditions, inclement weather, driving conditions or traffic conditions.
348
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist malfunction
348
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist malfunction
348
When Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist is not working properly, the Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist warning light (
348
<GRAPHIC>
348
<GRAPHIC>
348
<GRAPHIC>
348
<GRAPHIC>
348
After the message disappears, the master warning light (
348
<GRAPHIC>
348
The Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist warning message may appear along with the illumination of the Electronic Stability Control (ESC) warning light.
348
• Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist is only a supplemental system for the driver's convenience. The driver should hold the responsibility to control the vehicle operation. Do not solely depend on the Forward Collision- Avoidance Assist function. R...
349
• Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist is only a supplemental system for the driver's convenience. The driver should hold the responsibility to control the vehicle operation. Do not solely depend on the Forward Collision- Avoidance Assist function. R...
349
• Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist is only a supplemental system for the driver's convenience. The driver should hold the responsibility to control the vehicle operation. Do not solely depend on the Forward Collision- Avoidance Assist function. R...
349
• Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist is only a supplemental system for the driver's convenience. The driver should hold the responsibility to control the vehicle operation. Do not solely depend on the Forward Collision- Avoidance Assist function. R...
349
• In certain instances and under certain driving conditions, the Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist function may activate unintentionally. This initial warning message appears on the LCD display with a warning chime. Also, in certain instances the ...
349
• In certain instances and under certain driving conditions, the Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist function may activate unintentionally. This initial warning message appears on the LCD display with a warning chime. Also, in certain instances the ...
349
• Even if there is any problem with the brake control function of the Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist function, the vehicle's basic braking performance will operate normally. However, brake control function for avoiding collision will not activate.
349
• Even if there is any problem with the brake control function of the Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist function, the vehicle's basic braking performance will operate normally. However, brake control function for avoiding collision will not activate.
349
• If the vehicle in front stops suddenly, you may have less control of the brake system. Therefore, always keep a safe distance between your vehicle and the vehicle in front of you.
349
• If the vehicle in front stops suddenly, you may have less control of the brake system. Therefore, always keep a safe distance between your vehicle and the vehicle in front of you.
349
• The Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist function may activate during braking and the vehicle may stop suddenly shifting loose objects toward the passengers. Always keep loose objects secured.
349
• The Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist function may activate during braking and the vehicle may stop suddenly shifting loose objects toward the passengers. Always keep loose objects secured.
349
• The Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist function may not activate if the driver applies the brake pedal to avoid a collision.
349
• The Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist function may not activate if the driver applies the brake pedal to avoid a collision.
349
• The brake control may be insufficient, possibly causing a collision, if a vehicle in front abruptly stops. Always exercise extreme caution.
349
• The brake control may be insufficient, possibly causing a collision, if a vehicle in front abruptly stops. Always exercise extreme caution.
349
• Occupants may get injured, if the vehicle abruptly stops by the activated the Forward Collision- Avoidance Assist function. Exercise extreme caution.
349
• Occupants may get injured, if the vehicle abruptly stops by the activated the Forward Collision- Avoidance Assist function. Exercise extreme caution.
349
• The Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist function operates only to detect vehicles, pedestrian or cyclist in front of the vehicle.
349
• The Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist function operates only to detect vehicles, pedestrian or cyclist in front of the vehicle.
349
• The Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist function does not operate when the vehicle is in reverse.
349
• The Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist function does not operate when the vehicle is in reverse.
349
• The Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist function is not designed to detect other objects on the road such as animals.
349
• The Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist function is not designed to detect other objects on the road such as animals.
349
• The Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist function does not detect vehicles in the opposite lane.
350
• The Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist function does not detect vehicles in the opposite lane.
350
• The Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist function does not detect cross traffic vehicles that are approaching.
350
• The Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist function does not detect cross traffic vehicles that are approaching.
350
• The Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist function cannot detect the side profile of a vehicle.
350
• The Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist function cannot detect the side profile of a vehicle.
350
• The Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist function cannot detect the cross traffic cyclist that are approaching.
350
• The Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist function cannot detect the cross traffic cyclist that are approaching.
350
In these cases, you must maintain a safe braking distance, and if necessary, press the brake pedal to reduce the driving speed in order to maintain a safe distance.
350
Limitations of the Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
350
Limitations of the Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
350
The Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist function is designed to monitor the vehicle ahead or a pedestrian or cyclist in the roadway through radar signals and camera recognition to warn the driver that a collision is imminent, and if necessary, apply e...
350
In certain situations, the radar sensor or the camera may not be able to detect the vehicle, pedestrian or cyclist ahead. In these cases, Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist may not operate normally. The driver must pay careful attention in the follow...
350
In certain situations, the radar sensor or the camera may not be able to detect the vehicle, pedestrian or cyclist ahead. In these cases, Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist may not operate normally. The driver must pay careful attention in the follow...
350
Limitations of the sensors
350
Limitations of the sensors
350
The sensor may be limited when:
350
• The radar sensor or camera is covered with a foreign object or debris.
350
• The radar sensor or camera is covered with a foreign object or debris.
350
• The radar sensor or camera is covered with a foreign object or debris.
350
• Inclement weather such as heavy rain or snow obscures the field of view of the radar sensor or camera.
350
• Inclement weather such as heavy rain or snow obscures the field of view of the radar sensor or camera.
350
• There is interference by electromagnetic waves.
350
• There is interference by electromagnetic waves.
350
• There is severe irregular reflection from the radar sensor.
350
• There is severe irregular reflection from the radar sensor.
350
• The camera/radar sensor recognition is limited.
350
• The camera/radar sensor recognition is limited.
350
• The vehicle in front is too small to be detected (for example a motorcycle etc.)
350
• The vehicle in front is too small to be detected (for example a motorcycle etc.)
350
• The vehicle in front is an oversize vehicle or trailer that is too big to be detected by the camera recognition system (for example a tractor trailer, etc.)
350
• The vehicle in front is an oversize vehicle or trailer that is too big to be detected by the camera recognition system (for example a tractor trailer, etc.)
350
• The camera's field of view is not well illuminated (either too dark or too much reflection or too much backlight that obscures the field of view)
350
• The camera's field of view is not well illuminated (either too dark or too much reflection or too much backlight that obscures the field of view)
350
• The vehicle in front does not have their rear lights or their rear lights does not turned ON or their rear lights are located unusually.
350
• The vehicle in front does not have their rear lights or their rear lights does not turned ON or their rear lights are located unusually.
350
• The outside brightness changes suddenly, for example when entering or exiting a tunnel.
351
• The outside brightness changes suddenly, for example when entering or exiting a tunnel.
351
• When light coming from a street light or an oncoming vehicle is reflected on a wet road surface such as a puddle in the road.
351
• When light coming from a street light or an oncoming vehicle is reflected on a wet road surface such as a puddle in the road.
351
• The field of view in front is obstructed by sun glare or head light of oncoming vehicle.
351
• The field of view in front is obstructed by sun glare or head light of oncoming vehicle.
351
• The windshield glass is fogged up; a clear view of the road is obstructed.
351
• The windshield glass is fogged up; a clear view of the road is obstructed.
351
• The vehicle in front is driving erratically.
351
• The vehicle in front is driving erratically.
351
• The vehicle is on unpaved or uneven rough surfaces, or road with sudden gradient changes.
351
• The vehicle is on unpaved or uneven rough surfaces, or road with sudden gradient changes.
351
• The vehicle is driven near areas containing metal substances as a construction zone, railroad, etc.
351
• The vehicle is driven near areas containing metal substances as a construction zone, railroad, etc.
351
• The vehicle drives inside a building, such as a basement parking lot.
351
• The vehicle drives inside a building, such as a basement parking lot.
351
• The camera does not recognize the entire vehicle in front.
351
• The camera does not recognize the entire vehicle in front.
351
• The camera is damaged.
351
• The camera is damaged.
351
• The brightness outside is too low such as when the headlamps are not on at night or the vehicle is going through a tunnel.
351
• The brightness outside is too low such as when the headlamps are not on at night or the vehicle is going through a tunnel.
351
• A shadow is on the road by a median strip, trees, etc.
351
• A shadow is on the road by a median strip, trees, etc.
351
• The vehicle drives through a tollgate.
351
• The vehicle drives through a tollgate.
351
• The rear part of the vehicle in front is not normally visible. (the vehicle turns in other direction or the vehicle is overturned.)
351
• The rear part of the vehicle in front is not normally visible. (the vehicle turns in other direction or the vehicle is overturned.)
351
• Adverse road conditions cause excessive vehicle vibrations while driving.
351
• Adverse road conditions cause excessive vehicle vibrations while driving.
351
• The sensor recognition changes suddenly when passing over a speed bump.
351
• The sensor recognition changes suddenly when passing over a speed bump.
351
• The vehicle in front is moving vertically to the driving direction.
351
• The vehicle in front is moving vertically to the driving direction.
351
• The vehicle in front is stopped vertically.
351
• The vehicle in front is stopped vertically.
351
• The vehicle in front is driving towards your vehicle or reversing.
351
• The vehicle in front is driving towards your vehicle or reversing.
351
• You are on a roundabout and the vehicle in front circles.
351
• You are on a roundabout and the vehicle in front circles.
351
• When driving on a narrow road or through under a low overhead structure (bridge, tunnel, fly- under, etc.)
351
• When driving on a narrow road or through under a low overhead structure (bridge, tunnel, fly- under, etc.)
351
• When vehicle's front part is raised or lowered depending on loading conditions
351
• When vehicle's front part is raised or lowered depending on loading conditions
351
• When the direction of radar sensor is misaligned by strong impact applied on an area around the radar sensor.
351
• When the direction of radar sensor is misaligned by strong impact applied on an area around the radar sensor.
351
Driving on a curve
352
Driving on a curve
352
<GRAPHIC>
352
<GRAPHIC>
352
<GRAPHIC>
352
<GRAPHIC>
352
<GRAPHIC>
352
<GRAPHIC>
352
The performance of Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist may be limited when driving on a curved road.
352
The front view camera or radar sensor recognition system may not detect the vehicle, pedestrian or cyclist traveling in front on a curved road.
352
This may result in no alarm and braking when necessary.
352
Always pay attention to road and driving conditions, and if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain a safe distance.
352
<GRAPHIC>
352
<GRAPHIC>
352
<GRAPHIC>
352
<GRAPHIC>
352
<GRAPHIC>
353
<GRAPHIC>
353
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist may recognize a vehicle, pedestrian or cyclist in the next lane or outside the lane when driving on a curved road.
353
If this occurs, the system may unnecessarily alarm the driver and apply the brake.
353
Always pay attention to road and driving conditions, while driving.
353
Driving on a slope
353
Driving on a slope
353
<GRAPHIC>
353
<GRAPHIC>
353
<GRAPHIC>
353
<GRAPHIC>
353
<GRAPHIC>
353
<GRAPHIC>
353
The performance of Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist may be decreased while driving upward or downward on a slope. The front view camera or front radar sensor recognition may not detect the vehicle, pedestrian or cyclist in front.
353
This may result in unnecessary alarm and braking or no alarm and braking when necessary.
353
When the function suddenly recognizes the vehicle, pedestrian or cyclist in front while passing over a slope, you may experience sharp deceleration.
353
Always keep your eyes forward while driving upward or downward on a slope, and, if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain distance.
354
Changing lanes
354
Changing lanes
354
<GRAPHIC>
354
<GRAPHIC>
354
When a vehicle changes lanes in front of you, Forward Collision- Avoidance Assist may not immediately detect the vehicle, especially if the vehicle changes lanes abruptly. In this case, you must maintain a safe braking distance, and if necessary, dep...
354
<GRAPHIC>
354
<GRAPHIC>
354
When driving in stop-and-go traffic, and a stopped vehicle in front of you merges out of the lane, Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist may not immediately detect the new vehicle that is now in front of you. In this case, you must maintain a safe braki...
354
Recognizing the vehicle
354
Recognizing the vehicle
354
<GRAPHIC>
354
<GRAPHIC>
354
When the vehicle in front has heavy loading extended rearward, or when the vehicle in front has higher ground clearance, it may induce a hazardous situation. Always pay attention to road and driving conditions, while driving and, if necessary, depres...
354
Recognizing pedestrians or cyclists
355
Recognizing pedestrians or cyclists
355
The sensor may be limited when:
355
• The pedestrian or cyclist is not fully detected by the camera recognition system, for example, if the pedestrian is leaning over or is not fully walking upright.
355
• The pedestrian or cyclist is not fully detected by the camera recognition system, for example, if the pedestrian is leaning over or is not fully walking upright.
355
• The pedestrian or cyclist is not fully detected by the camera recognition system, for example, if the pedestrian is leaning over or is not fully walking upright.
355
• The pedestrian or cyclist is moving very quickly or appears abruptly in the camera detection area.
355
• The pedestrian or cyclist is moving very quickly or appears abruptly in the camera detection area.
355
• The pedestrian or cyclist is wearing clothing that easily blends into the background, making it difficult to be detected by the camera recognition system.
355
• The pedestrian or cyclist is wearing clothing that easily blends into the background, making it difficult to be detected by the camera recognition system.
355
• The outside lighting is too bright (e.g. when driving in bright sunlight or in sun glare) or too dark (e.g. when driving on a dark rural road at night).
355
• The outside lighting is too bright (e.g. when driving in bright sunlight or in sun glare) or too dark (e.g. when driving on a dark rural road at night).
355
• It is difficult to detect and distinguish the pedestrian or cyclist from other objects in the surroundings, for example, when there is a group of pedestrians, cyclists or a large crowd.
355
• It is difficult to detect and distinguish the pedestrian or cyclist from other objects in the surroundings, for example, when there is a group of pedestrians, cyclists or a large crowd.
355
• There is an item similar in shape or appearance to a person.
355
• There is an item similar in shape or appearance to a person.
355
• The pedestrian or cyclist is below the sensor's viewing range.
355
• The pedestrian or cyclist is below the sensor's viewing range.
355
• The sensor can not identify the pedestrian's outline because of other items changing their profile, such as mobility assistance devices.
355
• The sensor can not identify the pedestrian's outline because of other items changing their profile, such as mobility assistance devices.
355
• The radar sensor or camera is obstructed by a foreign object or debris.
355
• The radar sensor or camera is obstructed by a foreign object or debris.
355
• Inclement weather such as heavy rain or snow obscures the field of view of the radar sensor or camera.
355
• Inclement weather such as heavy rain or snow obscures the field of view of the radar sensor or camera.
355
• When light coming from a street light or an oncoming vehicle is reflected on a wet road surface such as a puddle in the road.
355
• When light coming from a street light or an oncoming vehicle is reflected on a wet road surface such as a puddle in the road.
355
• The field of view in front is obstructed by sun glare.
355
• The field of view in front is obstructed by sun glare.
355
• The windshield glass is fogged up; a clear view of the road is obstructed.
355
• The windshield glass is fogged up; a clear view of the road is obstructed.
355
• The adverse road conditions cause excessive vehicle vibrations while driving.
355
• The adverse road conditions cause excessive vehicle vibrations while driving.
355
• When the pedestrian or cyclist suddenly enters the path of travel of the vehicle.
355
• When the pedestrian or cyclist suddenly enters the path of travel of the vehicle.
355
• When the cyclist in front is riding intersected with the driving direction.
355
• When the cyclist in front is riding intersected with the driving direction.
355
• When there is any other electromagnetic interference.
355
• When there is any other electromagnetic interference.
355
• When the construction area, rail or other metal object is near the pedestrians or cyclists.
355
• When the construction area, rail or other metal object is near the pedestrians or cyclists.
355
• If the bicycle material is not reflected well on the radar.
356
• If the bicycle material is not reflected well on the radar.
356
• Do not use the Forward Collision- Avoidance Assist function when towing a vehicle. Application of the Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist function while towing may adversely affect the safety of your vehicle or the towing vehicle.
356
• Do not use the Forward Collision- Avoidance Assist function when towing a vehicle. Application of the Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist function while towing may adversely affect the safety of your vehicle or the towing vehicle.
356
• Do not use the Forward Collision- Avoidance Assist function when towing a vehicle. Application of the Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist function while towing may adversely affect the safety of your vehicle or the towing vehicle.
356
• Do not use the Forward Collision- Avoidance Assist function when towing a vehicle. Application of the Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist function while towing may adversely affect the safety of your vehicle or the towing vehicle.
356
• Use extreme caution when the vehicle in front of you has cargo that extends rearward from the cab, or when the vehicle in front of you has higher ground clearance.
356
• Use extreme caution when the vehicle in front of you has cargo that extends rearward from the cab, or when the vehicle in front of you has higher ground clearance.
356
• The Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist function is designed to detect and monitor the vehicle ahead or detect a pedestrian or cyclist in the roadway through radar signals and camera recognition. It may not always detect bicycles, motorcycles, or ...
356
• The Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist function is designed to detect and monitor the vehicle ahead or detect a pedestrian or cyclist in the roadway through radar signals and camera recognition. It may not always detect bicycles, motorcycles, or ...
356
• Never try to test the operation of Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist function. Doing so may cause severe injury or death.
356
• Never try to test the operation of Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist function. Doing so may cause severe injury or death.
356
• If the front bumper, front glass, radar or camera have been replaced or repaired, take your vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer and have the system checked.
356
• If the front bumper, front glass, radar or camera have been replaced or repaired, take your vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer and have the system checked.
356
In some instances, the Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist function may be canceled when subjected to electromagnetic interference.
356
In some instances, the Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist function may be canceled when subjected to electromagnetic interference.
356
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules.
356
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules.
356
Operation is subject to the following three conditions:
356
1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
356
1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
356
1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
356
1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
356
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
356
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
356
3. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the device.
356
3. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the device.
356
Radio frequency radiation exposure information:
356
Radio frequency radiation exposure information:
356
This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance of 8 in (20 cm) between the radiator (antenna) and your body.
356
This transmitter must not be co- located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter.
356
This transmitter must not be co- located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter.
356
Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)
357
Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)
357
Lane Keeping Assist is designed to detect the lane markers on the road with a front view camera at the front windshield, and assists the driver's steering to help keep the vehicle in the lanes.
357
<GRAPHIC>
357
<GRAPHIC>
357
<GRAPHIC>
357
When the Lane Keeping Assist function detects the vehicle straying from its lane, it alerts the driver with a visual and audible warning, while applying a slight counter steering torque, trying to prevent the vehicle from moving out of its lane.
357
• Driver is responsible for being aware of surroundings and steering the vehicle for safe driving practices.
357
• Driver is responsible for being aware of surroundings and steering the vehicle for safe driving practices.
357
• Driver is responsible for being aware of surroundings and steering the vehicle for safe driving practices.
357
• Driver is responsible for being aware of surroundings and steering the vehicle for safe driving practices.
357
• Do not turn the steering wheel suddenly when the steering wheel is being assisted by the system.
357
• Do not turn the steering wheel suddenly when the steering wheel is being assisted by the system.
357
• Lane Keeping Assist helps prevent the driver from moving out of the lane unintentionally by assisting the driver’s steering. However, the system is just a convenience function and the steering wheel is not always controlled. While driving, the ...
357
• Lane Keeping Assist helps prevent the driver from moving out of the lane unintentionally by assisting the driver’s steering. However, the system is just a convenience function and the steering wheel is not always controlled. While driving, the ...
357
• The operation of Lane Keeping Assist can be cancelled or not work properly according to road condition and surroundings. Always be cautious when driving.
357
• The operation of Lane Keeping Assist can be cancelled or not work properly according to road condition and surroundings. Always be cautious when driving.
357
• Do not disassemble a front view camera temporarily for tinted window or attaching any types of coatings and accessories. If you disassemble the camera and assemble it again, take your vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer and have the system checke...
357
• Do not disassemble a front view camera temporarily for tinted window or attaching any types of coatings and accessories. If you disassemble the camera and assemble it again, take your vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer and have the system checke...
357
• Do not disassemble a front view camera temporarily for tinted window or attaching any types of coatings and accessories. If you disassemble the camera and assemble it again, take your vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer and have the system checke...
357
• Do not disassemble a front view camera temporarily for tinted window or attaching any types of coatings and accessories. If you disassemble the camera and assemble it again, take your vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer and have the system checke...
357
• When you replace the windshield glass, front view camera or related parts of the steering, take your vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer and have the system checked to need a calibration.
357
• When you replace the windshield glass, front view camera or related parts of the steering, take your vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer and have the system checked to need a calibration.
357
• The system detects lane markers. And controls the steering wheel by a front view camera, therefore, if the lane markers are hard to detect, the system may not work properly. Always be cautious when using the system.
357
• The system detects lane markers. And controls the steering wheel by a front view camera, therefore, if the lane markers are hard to detect, the system may not work properly. Always be cautious when using the system.
357
• When the lane markers are hard to detect, please refer to
358
• When the lane markers are hard to detect, please refer to
358
\Driver's Attention\ on page 5-85
358
• Do not remove or damage parts of the Lane Keeping Assist.
358
• Do not remove or damage parts of the Lane Keeping Assist.
358
• Do not place objects on the dashboard that reflects light such as mirrors, white paper, etc. it may cause malfunction of Lane Keeping Assist if the sunlight is reflected.
358
• Do not place objects on the dashboard that reflects light such as mirrors, white paper, etc. it may cause malfunction of Lane Keeping Assist if the sunlight is reflected.
358
• You may not hear warning sound of Lane Keeping Assist because of the excessive audio sound.
358
• You may not hear warning sound of Lane Keeping Assist because of the excessive audio sound.
358
• While other beeps such as the seat belt warning sound are in operation and override the Lane Keeping Assist alarming system, Lane Keeping Assist beeps may not occur.
358
• While other beeps such as the seat belt warning sound are in operation and override the Lane Keeping Assist alarming system, Lane Keeping Assist beeps may not occur.
358
• If the vehicle speed is high, steering torque for assistance may not be enough to keep your vehicle within the lane. If so, the vehicle may move out of its lane. Obey speed limit when using Lane Keeping Assist.
358
• If the vehicle speed is high, steering torque for assistance may not be enough to keep your vehicle within the lane. If so, the vehicle may move out of its lane. Obey speed limit when using Lane Keeping Assist.
358
• If you attach objects to the steering wheel, the system may not assist steering.
358
• If you attach objects to the steering wheel, the system may not assist steering.
358
• If you attach objects to the steering wheel, hands off alarm may not work properly.
358
• If you attach objects to the steering wheel, hands off alarm may not work properly.
358
Activating and deactivating Lane Keeping Assist
358
Activating and deactivating Lane Keeping Assist
358
<GRAPHIC>
358
<GRAPHIC>
358
<GRAPHIC>
358
<GRAPHIC>
358
To activate and deactivate Lane Keeping Assist, with the ENGINE START/STOP button in the ON position, take the following steps:
358
• Press the Lane Safety button located on the instrument panel on the lower left hand side of the driver.
358
• Press the Lane Safety button located on the instrument panel on the lower left hand side of the driver.
358
• Press the Lane Safety button located on the instrument panel on the lower left hand side of the driver.
358
The indicator
358
The indicator
358
<GRAPHIC>
358
If the indicator (white) was activated in the previous vehicle ON, the system turns on automatically.
358
If you press the Lane Safety button again, the indicator
358
If you press the Lane Safety button again, the indicator
358
<GRAPHIC>
358
The color of indicator will change depend on the condition of Lane Keeping Assist.
358
• White: Sensor does not detect the lane marker or vehicle speed is less than 40 mph (64 km/h).
358
• White: Sensor does not detect the lane marker or vehicle speed is less than 40 mph (64 km/h).
358
• White: Sensor does not detect the lane marker or vehicle speed is less than 40 mph (64 km/h).
358
• Green: Sensor detects the lane marker and system is able to control the steering.
359
• Green: Sensor detects the lane marker and system is able to control the steering.
359
• If the function is turned off in User settings, the system will not operate. If you select Lane Keeping Assist / Lane Departure Warning in User settings, the selected function will be activated.
359
• If the function is turned off in User settings, the system will not operate. If you select Lane Keeping Assist / Lane Departure Warning in User settings, the selected function will be activated.
359
LKA activation
359
LKA activation
359
<GRAPHIC>
359
<GRAPHIC>
359
<GRAPHIC>
359
To see the Lane Keeping Assist screen on the LCD display in the cluster, Tab to the ASSIST mode (
359
<GRAPHIC>
359
For further details, refer to
359
\LCD Display Modes\ on page 4-68
359
After Lane Keeping Assist is activated, if a lane marker is detected, vehicle speed is over 40 mph (64 km/h) and all the activation conditions are satisfied, a green indicator will illuminate and the steering wheel will be controlled.
359
The Lane Keeping Assist function is a system designed to help prevent the driver from leaving the lane. However, the driver should not solely rely on the system but always check the road conditions when driving.
359
The Lane Keeping Assist function is a system designed to help prevent the driver from leaving the lane. However, the driver should not solely rely on the system but always check the road conditions when driving.
359
<GRAPHIC>
359
<GRAPHIC>
359
<GRAPHIC>
359
<GRAPHIC>
359
If the speed of the vehicle is over 40 mph (64 km/h) and Lane Keeping Assist detects lane markers, the color changes from gray to white.
359
<GRAPHIC>
360
<GRAPHIC>
360
<GRAPHIC>
360
<GRAPHIC>
360
If the vehicle leaves a lane, the lane marker you cross will blink on the LCD display and the warning sound is provided.
360
Haptic specification
360
If the vehicle leaves a lane, the lane marker you cross will blink on the LCD display with steering wheel vibration warning.
360
<GRAPHIC>
360
<GRAPHIC>
360
When the conditions below are met, Lane Keeping Assist will be enabled to assist steering.
360
• Vehicle speed is above 40 mph (64 km/h).
360
• Vehicle speed is above 40 mph (64 km/h).
360
• Vehicle speed is above 40 mph (64 km/h).
360
• Both lane markers are detected by Lane Keeping Assist.
360
• Both lane markers are detected by Lane Keeping Assist.
360
• The vehicle is between the lane markers.
360
• The vehicle is between the lane markers.
360
If Lane Keeping Assist can assist steering, a indicator will illuminate.
360
Warning message
360
Warning message
360
If the vehicle leaves a lane, the lane marker you cross will blink on the LCD display.
360
<GRAPHIC>
360
<GRAPHIC>
360
<GRAPHIC>
360
<GRAPHIC>
361
<GRAPHIC>
361
If the vehicle moves out its lane because steering torque for assistance is not enough, the line indicator of deviation direction will blink and the warning sound is provided.
361
Haptic specificationIf the vehicle leaves a lane, the lane marker you cross will blink on the LCD display with steering wheel vibration warning.
361
Keep hands on steering wheel (When LKA is activated)
361
Keep hands on steering wheel (When LKA is activated)
361
If the driver takes hands off the steering wheel for several seconds while Lane Keeping Assist is activated, the system will warn the driver.
361
<GRAPHIC>
361
<GRAPHIC>
361
• The warning message may appear late according to road conditions. Therefore, always have your hands on the steering wheel while driving.
361
• The warning message may appear late according to road conditions. Therefore, always have your hands on the steering wheel while driving.
361
• The warning message may appear late according to road conditions. Therefore, always have your hands on the steering wheel while driving.
361
• The warning message may appear late according to road conditions. Therefore, always have your hands on the steering wheel while driving.
361
• If you hold the steering wheel lightly, the function may generate hands off warning.
361
• If you hold the steering wheel lightly, the function may generate hands off warning.
361
Warning light and message
361
Warning light and message
361
Check LKA
361
Check LKA
361
Check LKA
361
<GRAPHIC>
361
<GRAPHIC>
361
LKA failure indicator
362
LKA failure indicator
362
The Lane Keeping Assist failure indicator (yellow) will illuminate with an audible warning if Lane Keeping Assist is not working properly. In this case, have the system checked by authorized Kia dealer.
362
• The driver is responsible for accurate steering.
362
• The driver is responsible for accurate steering.
362
• The driver is responsible for accurate steering.
362
• The driver is responsible for accurate steering.
362
• Even though the steering is assisted by the function, the driver may control the steering wheel.
362
• Even though the steering is assisted by the function, the driver may control the steering wheel.
362
• Turn off the function and drive the vehicle in below situations.
362
• Turn off the function and drive the vehicle in below situations.
362
- In bad weather
362
- In bad weather
362
- In bad weather
362
- In bad road condition
362
- In bad road condition
362
- When the steering wheel needs to be controlled by the driver frequently.
362
- When the steering wheel needs to be controlled by the driver frequently.
362
- When towing a vehicle or trailer.
362
- When towing a vehicle or trailer.
362
• The steering wheel may feel heavier when the steering wheel is assisted by the system than when it is not.
362
• The steering wheel may feel heavier when the steering wheel is assisted by the system than when it is not.
362
LKA will be canceled when:
362
LKA will be canceled when:
362
• You change lanes with the turn signal.
362
• You change lanes with the turn signal.
362
• You change lanes with the turn signal.
362
• You change lanes with the turn signal.
362
- Using the turn signal to change lanes.
362
- Using the turn signal to change lanes.
362
- Using the turn signal to change lanes.
362
- If you change lanes without the turn signal on, the steering wheel might be controlled.
362
- If you change lanes without the turn signal on, the steering wheel might be controlled.
362
• Lane Keeping Assist may enter the steering assist mode when the vehicle is about to leave the lane. However, the steering assist mode cannot be activated when the vehicle has been continuously driven too close to the lane marking and the camera c...
362
• Lane Keeping Assist may enter the steering assist mode when the vehicle is about to leave the lane. However, the steering assist mode cannot be activated when the vehicle has been continuously driven too close to the lane marking and the camera c...
362
• The control of the Electronic Stability Control (ESC) or the Vehicle Stability Management (VSM) is activated.
362
• The control of the Electronic Stability Control (ESC) or the Vehicle Stability Management (VSM) is activated.
362
• The steering will not be assisted when you drive fast on a sharp curve.
362
• The steering will not be assisted when you drive fast on a sharp curve.
362
• The steering will not be assisted when vehicle speed is below 40 mph (64 km/h). Always obey all traffic laws and drive safely.
362
• The steering will not be assisted when vehicle speed is below 40 mph (64 km/h). Always obey all traffic laws and drive safely.
362
• The steering will not be assisted when you change lanes quickly.
362
• The steering will not be assisted when you change lanes quickly.
362
• The steering will not be assisted when you brake suddenly.
362
• The steering will not be assisted when you brake suddenly.
362
• The steering will not be assisted when the lane is very wide or narrow.
362
• The steering will not be assisted when the lane is very wide or narrow.
362
• There are more than two lane markers such as a construction area.
362
• There are more than two lane markers such as a construction area.
362
• Radius of a curve is too small.
362
• Radius of a curve is too small.
362
• When you turn the steering wheel suddenly, Lane Keeping Assist will be disabled temporarily.
362
• When you turn the steering wheel suddenly, Lane Keeping Assist will be disabled temporarily.
362
• Driving on a steep slope or hill.
362
• Driving on a steep slope or hill.
362
Driver's Attention
363
Driver's Attention
363
The driver must be cautious in the following situations because Lane Keeping Assist is limited when recognition of the lane marker is poor or limited:
363
• When lane and road condition is poor
363
• When lane and road condition is poor
363
• When lane and road condition is poor
363
• When lane and road condition is poor
363
- It is difficult to distinguish the lane marker from road when the lane marker is covered with dust or sand.
363
- It is difficult to distinguish the lane marker from road when the lane marker is covered with dust or sand.
363
- It is difficult to distinguish the lane marker from road when the lane marker is covered with dust or sand.
363
- It is difficult to distinguish the color of the lane marker from road.
363
- It is difficult to distinguish the color of the lane marker from road.
363
- There is something that looks like a lane marker.
363
- There is something that looks like a lane marker.
363
- The lane marker is indistinct or damaged.
363
- The lane marker is indistinct or damaged.
363
- The number of lanes increases/ decreases or the lane lines are crossing (Driving through a toll plaza / toll gate, merged/ divided lane).
363
- The number of lanes increases/ decreases or the lane lines are crossing (Driving through a toll plaza / toll gate, merged/ divided lane).
363
- There are more than two lane markers.
363
- There are more than two lane markers.
363
- The lane marker is very thick or thin.
363
- The lane marker is very thick or thin.
363
- The lane marker is not visible due to snow, rain, stain, a puddle or other factors.
363
- The lane marker is not visible due to snow, rain, stain, a puddle or other factors.
363
- A shadow is on the lane marker because of a median strip, guardrail, noise barriers or other objects.
363
- A shadow is on the lane marker because of a median strip, guardrail, noise barriers or other objects.
363
- When the lane markers are complicated or a structure substitutes for the lines such as a construction area.
363
- When the lane markers are complicated or a structure substitutes for the lines such as a construction area.
363
- There are crosswalk signs or other symbols on the road.
363
- There are crosswalk signs or other symbols on the road.
363
- The lane suddenly disappears such as at the intersection.
363
- The lane suddenly disappears such as at the intersection.
363
- The lane marker in a tunnel is covered with dirt or oil and etc.
363
- The lane marker in a tunnel is covered with dirt or oil and etc.
363
- The lane is very wide or narrow.
363
- The lane is very wide or narrow.
363
• When external conditions intervene
363
• When external conditions intervene
363
- The brightness of outside changes suddenly when entering/exiting a tunnel or passing under a bridge.
363
- The brightness of outside changes suddenly when entering/exiting a tunnel or passing under a bridge.
363
- The brightness of outside changes suddenly when entering/exiting a tunnel or passing under a bridge.
363
- The headlamps are not on at night or in a tunnel, or light level is low.
363
- The headlamps are not on at night or in a tunnel, or light level is low.
363
- There is a boundary structure in the roadway.
363
- There is a boundary structure in the roadway.
363
- The light reflects from the water on the road.
363
- The light reflects from the water on the road.
363
- When light shines brightly from behind the vehicle.
363
- When light shines brightly from behind the vehicle.
363
- Road surface is not evenness.
363
- Road surface is not evenness.
363
- The distance from the vehicle ahead is very short or the vehicle ahead covers up the lane line.
363
- The distance from the vehicle ahead is very short or the vehicle ahead covers up the lane line.
363
- You drive on a steep grade or a sharp curve.
363
- You drive on a steep grade or a sharp curve.
363
- The vehicle vibrates heavily.
363
- The vehicle vibrates heavily.
363
- The temperature near the rearview mirror is very high due to direct sun light and etc.
363
- The temperature near the rearview mirror is very high due to direct sun light and etc.
363
• When front visibility is poor
363
• When front visibility is poor
363
- The lens or windshield is covered by foreign materials.
363
- The lens or windshield is covered by foreign materials.
363
- The lens or windshield is covered by foreign materials.
363
- The sensor cannot detect the lane because of fog, heavy rain or snow.
364
- The sensor cannot detect the lane because of fog, heavy rain or snow.
364
- The windshield is fogged by humid air in the vehicle.
364
- The windshield is fogged by humid air in the vehicle.
364
- Putting something on the crash pad and etc.
364
- Putting something on the crash pad and etc.
364
The Lane Keeping Assist function is a system designed to help prevent the driver from leaving the lane. However, the driver should not solely rely on the system but always take the necessary actions for safe driving practices.
364
The Lane Keeping Assist function is a system designed to help prevent the driver from leaving the lane. However, the driver should not solely rely on the system but always take the necessary actions for safe driving practices.
364
LKA function change
364
LKA function change
364
1. Press the MODE button (
364
1. Press the MODE button (
364
1. Press the MODE button (
364
1. Press the MODE button (
364
<GRAPHIC>
364
2. Select 'Driver Assist → Lane Safety' with the MOVE switch (
364
2. Select 'Driver Assist → Lane Safety' with the MOVE switch (
364
<GRAPHIC>
364
<GRAPHIC>
364
3. Select one of the following options:
364
3. Select one of the following options:
364
• Assist: The Lane Keeping Assist mode guides the driver to keep the vehicle within the lanes. It rarely provide steering inputs when the vehicle drives well inside the lanes. However, it starts to provide steering inputs when the vehicle is about ...
364
• Assist: The Lane Keeping Assist mode guides the driver to keep the vehicle within the lanes. It rarely provide steering inputs when the vehicle drives well inside the lanes. However, it starts to provide steering inputs when the vehicle is about ...
364
• Assist: The Lane Keeping Assist mode guides the driver to keep the vehicle within the lanes. It rarely provide steering inputs when the vehicle drives well inside the lanes. However, it starts to provide steering inputs when the vehicle is about ...
364
• Warning only: LDW alerts the driver with a visual and acoustic warning when the system detects the vehicle leaving the lane. In this mode, the system will not provide steering inputs. When the vehicle's front wheel contacts the inside edge of lan...
364
• Warning only: LDW alerts the driver with a visual and acoustic warning when the system detects the vehicle leaving the lane. In this mode, the system will not provide steering inputs. When the vehicle's front wheel contacts the inside edge of lan...
364
• OFF: Lane Keeping Assist/Lane Departure Warning function is OFF.
364
• OFF: Lane Keeping Assist/Lane Departure Warning function is OFF.
364
Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW)/Blind-Spot Collision- Avoidance Assist (BCA)
365
Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW)/Blind-Spot Collision- Avoidance Assist (BCA)
365
Blind-Spot Collision Warning/Blind- Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist detects approaching vehicles in the blind-spot and warns the driver.
365
Blind-Spot Collision Warning
365
Blind-Spot Collision Warning
365
Blind-Spot Collision Warning uses radar sensors in the rear bumper to monitor and warn the driver of an approaching vehicle in the driver's blind spot area.
365
The function monitors the rear area of the vehicle and provides information to the driver with an audible alert and a indicator on the outside rearview mirrors.
365
The function monitors the rear area of the vehicle and provides information to the driver with an audible alert and a indicator on the outside rearview mirrors.
365
1) Blind-spot area
365
1) Blind-spot area
365
<GRAPHIC>
365
<GRAPHIC>
365
The blind spot detection range varies relative to vehicle speed.
365
Note that if your vehicle is traveling much faster than the vehicles around you, the warning will not occur.
365
2) Closing at high speed
365
2) Closing at high speed
365
<GRAPHIC>
365
<GRAPHIC>
365
The Lane Change Assist feature will alert you when a vehicle is approaching in an adjacent lane at a high rate of speed. If the driver activates the turn signal when the system detects an oncoming vehicle, the system sounds an audible warning.
365
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
365
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
365
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist detects the front lane through the camera installed on the upper front windshield and detects the side/rear areas through radar sensors.
365
<GRAPHIC>
366
<GRAPHIC>
366
<GRAPHIC>
366
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist may activate the Electronic Stability Control (ESC) in accordance with a colliding possibility with an approaching vehicle while changing lanes.
366
• Always be aware of road conditions while driving and be alert for unexpected situations even though the Blind-Spot Collision Warning and Blind-Spot Collision- Avoidance Assist functions are operating.
366
• Always be aware of road conditions while driving and be alert for unexpected situations even though the Blind-Spot Collision Warning and Blind-Spot Collision- Avoidance Assist functions are operating.
366
• Always be aware of road conditions while driving and be alert for unexpected situations even though the Blind-Spot Collision Warning and Blind-Spot Collision- Avoidance Assist functions are operating.
366
• Always be aware of road conditions while driving and be alert for unexpected situations even though the Blind-Spot Collision Warning and Blind-Spot Collision- Avoidance Assist functions are operating.
366
• The Blind-Spot Collision Warning and Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist functions are supplemental systems to assist you. Do not entirely rely on the systems. Always pay attention, while driving, for your safety.
366
• The Blind-Spot Collision Warning and Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist functions are supplemental systems to assist you. Do not entirely rely on the systems. Always pay attention, while driving, for your safety.
366
• The Blind-Spot Collision Warning and Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist functions are not substitutes for proper and safe driving. Always drive safely and use caution when changing lanes or backing up the vehicle. The Blind-Spot Collision Warn...
366
• The Blind-Spot Collision Warning and Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist functions are not substitutes for proper and safe driving. Always drive safely and use caution when changing lanes or backing up the vehicle. The Blind-Spot Collision Warn...
366
Activating and deactivating BCA and BCW
366
Activating and deactivating BCA and BCW
366
1. Place the ENGINE START/STOP button to the ON position.
366
1. Place the ENGINE START/STOP button to the ON position.
366
1. Place the ENGINE START/STOP button to the ON position.
366
1. Place the ENGINE START/STOP button to the ON position.
366
2. Press the MODE button (
366
2. Press the MODE button (
366
<GRAPHIC>
366
3. Select 'Driver Assist → Blind-Spot Safety' with the MOVE switch (
366
3. Select 'Driver Assist → Blind-Spot Safety' with the MOVE switch (
366
<GRAPHIC>
366
<GRAPHIC>
366
4. Select one of the following options:
366
4. Select one of the following options:
366
• Active assist: Blind-Spot Collision Warning and Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist turn on and get ready to be activated. Then, if a vehicle approaches the driver's blind spot area a warning sounds or braking power is applied.
366
• Active assist: Blind-Spot Collision Warning and Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist turn on and get ready to be activated. Then, if a vehicle approaches the driver's blind spot area a warning sounds or braking power is applied.
366
• Active assist: Blind-Spot Collision Warning and Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist turn on and get ready to be activated. Then, if a vehicle approaches the driver's blind spot area a warning sounds or braking power is applied.
366
• Warning only: Blind-Spot Collision Warning turns on and gets ready to be activated. Then, if a vehicle approaches the driver's blind spot area only a warning sounds.
366
• Warning only: Blind-Spot Collision Warning turns on and gets ready to be activated. Then, if a vehicle approaches the driver's blind spot area only a warning sounds.
366
• Off: Blind-Spot Collision Warning/Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist is deactivated and the indicator on Blind-Spot Collision Warning and Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist button is extinguished.
367
• Off: Blind-Spot Collision Warning/Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist is deactivated and the indicator on Blind-Spot Collision Warning and Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist button is extinguished.
367
• If you press the Blind-Spot Safety button while 'Active assist' or 'Warning only' is selected the indicator on the button extinguishes and Blind-Spot Collision Warning/ Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist deactivates.
367
• If you press the Blind-Spot Safety button while 'Active assist' or 'Warning only' is selected the indicator on the button extinguishes and Blind-Spot Collision Warning/ Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist deactivates.
367
• If you press the Blind-Spot Safety button while 'Active assist' or 'Warning only' is selected the indicator on the button extinguishes and Blind-Spot Collision Warning/ Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist deactivates.
367
• If you press the Blind-Spot Safety button while 'Active assist' or 'Warning only' is selected the indicator on the button extinguishes and Blind-Spot Collision Warning/ Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist deactivates.
367
<GRAPHIC>
367
<GRAPHIC>
367
• If you press the Blind-Spot Safety button while the function is cancelled the indicator on the button illuminates and Blind-Spot Collision Warning/Blind-Spot Collision- Avoidance Assist activates. In this case, Blind-Spot Collision Warning/Blind-...
367
• If you press the Blind-Spot Safety button while the function is cancelled the indicator on the button illuminates and Blind-Spot Collision Warning/Blind-Spot Collision- Avoidance Assist activates. In this case, Blind-Spot Collision Warning/Blind-...
367
• If the engine is turned off then on again, Blind-Spot Collision Warning and Blind-Spot Collision- Avoidance Assist maintains the previous state.
367
• If the engine is turned off then on again, Blind-Spot Collision Warning and Blind-Spot Collision- Avoidance Assist maintains the previous state.
367
Setting initial warning activation time
367
Setting initial warning activation time
367
1. Press the MODE button (
367
1. Press the MODE button (
367
1. Press the MODE button (
367
1. Press the MODE button (
367
<GRAPHIC>
367
2. Select 'Driver Assist → Warning timing' with the MOVE switch (
367
2. Select 'Driver Assist → Warning timing' with the MOVE switch (
367
<GRAPHIC>
367
<GRAPHIC>
367
3. Select one of the following options:
367
3. Select one of the following options:
367
• Normal: Initial Blind-Spot Collision Warning is activated normally. If this setting feels too sensitive change the option to 'Late'.
367
• Normal: Initial Blind-Spot Collision Warning is activated normally. If this setting feels too sensitive change the option to 'Late'.
367
• Normal: Initial Blind-Spot Collision Warning is activated normally. If this setting feels too sensitive change the option to 'Late'.
367
• Late: Select this warning activation time when the traffic is light and you are driving in a low speed. However, if you change the warning activation time, the warning activation time of vehicle's other system may also change. Check the warning a...
367
• Late: Select this warning activation time when the traffic is light and you are driving in a low speed. However, if you change the warning activation time, the warning activation time of vehicle's other system may also change. Check the warning a...
367
BCW warning
368
BCW warning
368
When Blind-Spot Collision Warning detects a vehicle in the blind-spot, Blind-Spot Collision Warning warns the driver with a first or second stage alert, depending on the situation.
368
First stage warning
368
First stage warning
368
First stage warning
368
<GRAPHIC>
368
<GRAPHIC>
368
If a vehicle is detected within the boundary of Blind-Spot Collision Warning, a warning light will illuminate on the outside rearview mirror and the Head-Up Display (if equipped).
368
Once the detected vehicle is no longer within the blind spot area, the warning will turn off according to the driving conditions of the vehicle.
368
Second stage warning
368
Second stage warning
368
<GRAPHIC>
368
<GRAPHIC>
368
<GRAPHIC>
368
<GRAPHIC>
368
[A]: Warning sound
368
A warning chime to alert the driver will activate when:
368
• A vehicle has been detected in the blind spot area by the radar system AND.
368
• A vehicle has been detected in the blind spot area by the radar system AND.
368
• A vehicle has been detected in the blind spot area by the radar system AND.
368
• The turn signal is applied (same side as where the vehicle is being detected).
368
• The turn signal is applied (same side as where the vehicle is being detected).
368
When this warning is activated, the warning light on the outside rearview mirror and the Head-Up Display (if equipped) will also blink. And a warning chime will sound.
368
If you turn off the turn signal indicator, the second stage alert will be deactivated.
369
Once the detected vehicle is no longer within the blind spot area, the warning will turn off according to the driving conditions of the vehicle.
369
• The warning light on the outside rearview mirror will illuminate whenever a vehicle is detected at the rear side by the system.
369
• The warning light on the outside rearview mirror will illuminate whenever a vehicle is detected at the rear side by the system.
369
• The warning light on the outside rearview mirror will illuminate whenever a vehicle is detected at the rear side by the system.
369
• The warning light on the outside rearview mirror will illuminate whenever a vehicle is detected at the rear side by the system.
369
To avoid accidents, do not focus only on the warning light and neglect to see the surrounding of the vehicle.
369
• Drive safely even though the vehicle is equipped with Blind- Spot Collision Warning. Do not solely rely on the system but check your surrounding before changing lanes or backing the vehicle up.
369
• Drive safely even though the vehicle is equipped with Blind- Spot Collision Warning. Do not solely rely on the system but check your surrounding before changing lanes or backing the vehicle up.
369
• The function may not alert the driver in some conditions so always check your surroundings while driving.
369
• The function may not alert the driver in some conditions so always check your surroundings while driving.
369
• The driver should always use extreme caution while operating the vehicle, whether or not the warning light on the outside rearview mirror illuminates or there is a warning alarm.
369
• The driver should always use extreme caution while operating the vehicle, whether or not the warning light on the outside rearview mirror illuminates or there is a warning alarm.
369
• Playing the vehicle audio system at high volume may offset the Blind-Spot Collision Warning function warning sounds.
369
• Playing the vehicle audio system at high volume may offset the Blind-Spot Collision Warning function warning sounds.
369
• Playing the vehicle audio system at high volume may offset the Blind-Spot Collision Warning function warning sounds.
369
• Playing the vehicle audio system at high volume may offset the Blind-Spot Collision Warning function warning sounds.
369
• The warning of Blind-Spot Collision Warning may not sound while other system's warning sounds.
369
• The warning of Blind-Spot Collision Warning may not sound while other system's warning sounds.
369
BCA operation
369
BCA operation
369
<GRAPHIC>
369
<GRAPHIC>
369
<GRAPHIC>
369
<GRAPHIC>
369
<GRAPHIC>
369
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist may apply braking power, when an approaching vehicle is detected within a certain distance next to/behind your vehicle.
369
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist gently applies braking power on the tire that is located in the opposite side of the possibly-colliding point. The instrument cluster will inform the driver of Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist activation.
370
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist is automatically deactivated when:
370
• The vehicle drives a certain distance away.
370
• The vehicle drives a certain distance away.
370
• The vehicle drives a certain distance away.
370
• The vehicle direction is changed against the possible-colliding point.
370
• The vehicle direction is changed against the possible-colliding point.
370
• The steering wheel is abruptly moved.
370
• The steering wheel is abruptly moved.
370
• The brake pedal is depressed.
370
• The brake pedal is depressed.
370
• After a certain period of time
370
• After a certain period of time
370
The driver should drive the vehicle in the middle of the vehicle lanes to keep Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist in the ready status.
370
When the vehicle drives too close to one side of the vehicle lanes, Blind- Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist may not properly operate.
370
In addition, Blind-Spot Collision- Avoidance Assist may not properly control your vehicle depending on road and traffic conditions. Thus, always pay close attention to road situations.
370
• The driver is responsible for safe driving.
370
• The driver is responsible for safe driving.
370
• The driver is responsible for safe driving.
370
• The driver is responsible for safe driving.
370
• Do not unnecessarily operate the steering wheel, when the Blind- Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist function is in operation.
370
• Do not unnecessarily operate the steering wheel, when the Blind- Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist function is in operation.
370
• Always pay special attention while driving. The Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist function may not operate or unnecessarily operate depending on road and traffic conditions.
370
• Always pay special attention while driving. The Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist function may not operate or unnecessarily operate depending on road and traffic conditions.
370
• The Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist function is not a substitute for safe driving practices, but a convenience function only. It is the responsibility of the driver to always drive cautiously to prevent unexpected and sudden situations from...
370
• The Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist function is not a substitute for safe driving practices, but a convenience function only. It is the responsibility of the driver to always drive cautiously to prevent unexpected and sudden situations from...
370
Detecting Sensor (Front view camera and Rear corner radar)
371
Detecting Sensor (Front view camera and Rear corner radar)
371
Front view camera
371
Front view camera
371
Front view camera
371
<GRAPHIC>
371
Rear corner radar
371
Rear corner radar
371
<GRAPHIC>
371
Front view camera
371
Front view camera
371
The front view camera is a sensor that can detect lanes. If the sensor is covered with snow, rain or foreign substance, Blind-Spot Collision- Avoidance Assist may temporarily be cancelled and not work properly until the cancellation due to the degrad...
371
• Refer to
371
• Refer to
371
• Refer to
371
\Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)\ on page 5-79
371
Rear corner radar
371
Rear corner radar
371
The rear corner radar are the sensors inside the rear bumper for detecting the side/rear areas. Always keep the rear bumper clean for proper operation of Blind-Spot Collision Warning.
371
• The function may not work properly when the bumper has been damaged, or if the rear bumper has been replaced or repaired.
371
• The function may not work properly when the bumper has been damaged, or if the rear bumper has been replaced or repaired.
371
• The function may not work properly when the bumper has been damaged, or if the rear bumper has been replaced or repaired.
371
• The function may not work properly when the bumper has been damaged, or if the rear bumper has been replaced or repaired.
371
• The sensing range differs somewhat according to the width of the road. When the road is narrow, the system may detect other vehicles in the next lane.
371
• The sensing range differs somewhat according to the width of the road. When the road is narrow, the system may detect other vehicles in the next lane.
371
• The system may turn off due to strong electromagnetic waves.
371
• The system may turn off due to strong electromagnetic waves.
371
• Always keep the sensors clean.
371
• Always keep the sensors clean.
371
• NEVER disassemble the sensor component nor apply any impact on the sensor component.
371
• NEVER disassemble the sensor component nor apply any impact on the sensor component.
371
• Be careful not to apply unnecessary force on the radar sensor or sensor cover. If the sensor is forcibly moved out of proper alignment, the system may not operate correctly. In this case, a warning message may not be displayed.
371
• Be careful not to apply unnecessary force on the radar sensor or sensor cover. If the sensor is forcibly moved out of proper alignment, the system may not operate correctly. In this case, a warning message may not be displayed.
371
Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
372
• Do not apply foreign objects such as a bumper sticker or a bumper guard near the radar sensor or apply paint to the sensor area. Doing so may adversely affect the performance of the sensor.
372
• Do not apply foreign objects such as a bumper sticker or a bumper guard near the radar sensor or apply paint to the sensor area. Doing so may adversely affect the performance of the sensor.
372
• NEVER install any accessories or stickers on the front windshield, nor tint the front windshield.
372
• NEVER install any accessories or stickers on the front windshield, nor tint the front windshield.
372
• Pay special attention to keep the camera sensor out of water.
372
• Pay special attention to keep the camera sensor out of water.
372
• NEVER place any reflective objects (i.e., white paper, mirror) over the crash pad. Any light reflection may cause a malfunction of the system.
372
• NEVER place any reflective objects (i.e., white paper, mirror) over the crash pad. Any light reflection may cause a malfunction of the system.
372
Warning messages
372
Warning messages
372
When Blind-Spot Collision Warning/ Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist detects a problem, a warning message is displayed on the LCD.
372
Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) system disabled. Radar blocked
372
<GRAPHIC>
372
<GRAPHIC>
372
<GRAPHIC>
372
This warning message may appear when:
372
• One or both of the sensors on the rear bumper is blocked by dirt or snow or a foreign object.
372
• One or both of the sensors on the rear bumper is blocked by dirt or snow or a foreign object.
372
• One or both of the sensors on the rear bumper is blocked by dirt or snow or a foreign object.
372
• Driving in rural areas where the sensor does not detect another vehicle for an extended period of time.
372
• Driving in rural areas where the sensor does not detect another vehicle for an extended period of time.
372
• When there is inclement weather such as heavy snow or rain.
372
• When there is inclement weather such as heavy snow or rain.
372
If any of these conditions occur, the light on the Lane Safety button and Blind-Spot Collision Warning will turn off automatically.
372
When Blind-Spot Collision Warning canceled warning message is displayed in the cluster, check to make sure that the rear bumper is free from any dirt or snow in the areas where the sensor is located. Remove any dirt, snow, or foreign material that co...
372
After any dirt or debris is removed, Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist should operate normally after about 10 minutes of driving the vehicle.
373
If you use the Blind-Spot Collision Warning and Blind-Spot Collision- Avoidance Assist functions, remove a trailer or carrier.
373
If Blind-Spot Collision Warning/ Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist still does not operate normally, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
373
Turn off BCW and BCA function when a trailer or carrier is installed.
373
Turn off BCW and BCA function when a trailer or carrier is installed.
373
1. Press the Lane Safety button (the indicator on the button extinguish)
373
1. Press the Lane Safety button (the indicator on the button extinguish)
373
1. Press the Lane Safety button (the indicator on the button extinguish)
373
2. Press the MODE button (
373
2. Press the MODE button (
373
<GRAPHIC>
373
3. Deactivate by deselecting 'Driver Assist → Parking safety → Rear Cross-Traffic Safe' with the MOVE switch (
373
3. Deactivate by deselecting 'Driver Assist → Parking safety → Rear Cross-Traffic Safe' with the MOVE switch (
373
<GRAPHIC>
373
<GRAPHIC>
373
Check Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) system
373
<GRAPHIC>
373
<GRAPHIC>
373
<GRAPHIC>
373
<GRAPHIC>
373
If there is a problem with Blind-Spot Collision Warning, a warning message will appear and the light on the switch will turn off. Blind-Spot Collision Warning will turn off automatically. Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist will not operate also if...
373
Check Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA)
373
<GRAPHIC>
373
<GRAPHIC>
373
<GRAPHIC>
373
<GRAPHIC>
373
If there is a problem with Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist, a warning message will appear. Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist will turn off automatically. Blind-Spot Collision Warning will still operate even if Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance...
374
Limitations of the BCW/BCA
374
Limitations of the BCW/BCA
374
The driver must be mindful of the limitations of Blind-Spot Collision Warning and Blind-Spot Collision- Avoidance Assist because the systems may not detect other vehicles or objects in the following circumstances:
374
• When a trailer or carrier is installed.
374
• When a trailer or carrier is installed.
374
• When a trailer or carrier is installed.
374
• When a trailer or carrier is installed.
374
• The vehicle drives in inclement weather such as heavy rain or snow.
374
• The vehicle drives in inclement weather such as heavy rain or snow.
374
• The sensor is polluted with rain, snow, mud, etc.
374
• The sensor is polluted with rain, snow, mud, etc.
374
• The rear bumper where the sensor is located is covered with a foreign object such as a bumper sticker, a bumper guard, a bike rack, etc.
374
• The rear bumper where the sensor is located is covered with a foreign object such as a bumper sticker, a bumper guard, a bike rack, etc.
374
• The rear bumper is damaged, or the sensor is out of the original default position.
374
• The rear bumper is damaged, or the sensor is out of the original default position.
374
• The vehicle height gets lower or higher due to heavy loading in a liftgate, abnormal tire pressure, etc.
374
• The vehicle height gets lower or higher due to heavy loading in a liftgate, abnormal tire pressure, etc.
374
• When the temperature of the rear bumper is high.
374
• When the temperature of the rear bumper is high.
374
• When the sensors are blocked by other vehicles, walls or parking- lot pillars.
374
• When the sensors are blocked by other vehicles, walls or parking- lot pillars.
374
• The vehicle drives on a curved road.
374
• The vehicle drives on a curved road.
374
• The vehicle drives through a tollgate.
374
• The vehicle drives through a tollgate.
374
• The road pavement (or the peripheral ground) abnormally contains metallic components (i.e., possibly due to subway construction).
374
• The road pavement (or the peripheral ground) abnormally contains metallic components (i.e., possibly due to subway construction).
374
• There is a fixed object near the vehicle, such as a guardrail.
374
• There is a fixed object near the vehicle, such as a guardrail.
374
• While going down or up a steep road where the height of the lane is different.
374
• While going down or up a steep road where the height of the lane is different.
374
• Driving on a narrow road where trees or grass or overgrown.
374
• Driving on a narrow road where trees or grass or overgrown.
374
• Driving in rural areas where the sensor does not detect another vehicle or structure for an extended period of time.
374
• Driving in rural areas where the sensor does not detect another vehicle or structure for an extended period of time.
374
• Driving on a wet road.
374
• Driving on a wet road.
374
• Driving on a road where the guardrail or wall is in double structure.
374
• Driving on a road where the guardrail or wall is in double structure.
374
• A big vehicle is near such as a bus or truck.
374
• A big vehicle is near such as a bus or truck.
374
• When the other vehicle approaches very close.
374
• When the other vehicle approaches very close.
374
• When the other vehicle passes at a very fast speed.
374
• When the other vehicle passes at a very fast speed.
374
• While changing lanes.
374
• While changing lanes.
374
• If the vehicle has started at the same time as the vehicle next to you and has accelerated.
375
• If the vehicle has started at the same time as the vehicle next to you and has accelerated.
375
• When the vehicle in the next lane moves two lanes away from you OR when the vehicle two lanes away moves to the next lane from you.
375
• When the vehicle in the next lane moves two lanes away from you OR when the vehicle two lanes away moves to the next lane from you.
375
• A motorcycle or bicycle is near.
375
• A motorcycle or bicycle is near.
375
• A flat trailer is near.
375
• A flat trailer is near.
375
• If there are small objects in the detecting area such as a shopping cart or a baby stroller.
375
• If there are small objects in the detecting area such as a shopping cart or a baby stroller.
375
• If there is a low height vehicle such as a sports car.
375
• If there is a low height vehicle such as a sports car.
375
• The brake pedal is depressed.
375
• The brake pedal is depressed.
375
• Electronic Stability Control (ESC) is activated.
375
• Electronic Stability Control (ESC) is activated.
375
• ESC malfunctions.
375
• ESC malfunctions.
375
• The tire pressure is low or a tire is damaged.
375
• The tire pressure is low or a tire is damaged.
375
• The brake is reworked.
375
• The brake is reworked.
375
• The vehicle abruptly changes driving direction.
375
• The vehicle abruptly changes driving direction.
375
• The vehicle makes sharp lane changes.
375
• The vehicle makes sharp lane changes.
375
• The vehicle sharply stops.
375
• The vehicle sharply stops.
375
• Temperature is extremely low around the vehicle.
375
• Temperature is extremely low around the vehicle.
375
• The vehicle severely vibrates while driving over a bumpy road, uneven/bumpy road, or concrete patch.
375
• The vehicle severely vibrates while driving over a bumpy road, uneven/bumpy road, or concrete patch.
375
• The vehicle drives on a slippery surface due to snow, water puddle, or ice.
375
• The vehicle drives on a slippery surface due to snow, water puddle, or ice.
375
• Lane Keeping Assist or Lane Departure Warning do not operate normally. (if equipped)
375
• Lane Keeping Assist or Lane Departure Warning do not operate normally. (if equipped)
375
For more information refer to
375
\Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)\ on page 5-79
375
Driving on a curve
375
Driving on a curve
375
<GRAPHIC>
375
<GRAPHIC>
375
Blind-Spot Collision Warning and Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist may not operate properly when driving on a curved road. In certain instances the system may not detect the vehicle in the next lane.
375
Always pay attention to road and driving conditions, while driving.
375
Blind-Spot Collision Warning and Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist may not operate properly when driving on a curved road. In certain instances the system may recognize a vehicle in the same lane.
375
<GRAPHIC>
376
<GRAPHIC>
376
Always pay attention to road and driving conditions, while driving.
376
Driving where the road is merging/ dividing
376
Driving where the road is merging/ dividing
376
<GRAPHIC>
376
<GRAPHIC>
376
Blind-Spot Collision Warning and Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist may not operate properly when driving where the road is merging/dividing. In certain instances Blind-Spot Collision Warning and Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist may not detec...
376
Always pay attention to road and driving conditions, while driving.
376
Driving on a slope
376
Driving on a slope
376
<GRAPHIC>
376
<GRAPHIC>
376
Blind-Spot Collision Warning and Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist may not operate properly when driving on a slope. In certain instances Blind-Spot Collision Warning and Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist may not detect the vehicle in the nex...
376
Also, in certain instances Blind-Spot Collision Warning and Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist may wrongly recognize the ground or structures.
376
Always pay attention to road and driving conditions, while driving.
376
Driving where the heights of the lanes are different
377
Driving where the heights of the lanes are different
377
<GRAPHIC>
377
<GRAPHIC>
377
Blind-Spot Collision Warning and Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist may not operate properly when driving where the heights of the lanes are different.
377
In certain instances, Blind-Spot Collision Warning and Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist may not detect the vehicle on a road with different lane heights (underpass joining section, grade separated intersections, etc.).
377
Always pay attention to road and driving conditions, while driving.
377
Driving where there is a structure beside the road
377
Driving where there is a structure beside the road
377
<GRAPHIC>
377
<GRAPHIC>
377
[A]: noise barrier, [B]: guardrail
377
Blind-Spot Collision Warning and Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist may not operate properly when driving where there is structure beside the road.
377
In certain instances, Blind-Spot Collision Warning and Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist may wrongly recognize the structures (noise barriers, guardrail, double guardrail, median strip, bollard, street light, road sign, tunnel wall, etc.) beside ...
377
Always pay attention to road and driving conditions, while driving.
377
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules.
377
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules.
377
Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
377
1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
377
1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
377
1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
377
1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
377
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
378
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
378
Driver Attention Warning (DAW)
378
Driver Attention Warning (DAW)
378
The Driver Attention Warning function displays the condition of the driver's fatigue level and inattentive.
378
Setting and activating DAW
378
Setting and activating DAW
378
To turn ON Driver Attention Warning.
378
To turn ON Driver Attention Warning.
378
To turn ON Driver Attention Warning.
378
1. Press the MODE button (
378
1. Press the MODE button (
378
1. Press the MODE button (
378
<GRAPHIC>
378
2. Select 'Driver Assist → DAW (Driver Attention Warning)' with the MOVE switch (
378
2. Select 'Driver Assist → DAW (Driver Attention Warning)' with the MOVE switch (
378
<GRAPHIC>
378
<GRAPHIC>
378
Displaying the driver's attention level
378
Displaying the driver's attention level
378
The driver can monitor his/her driving conditions on the LCD display.
378
<GRAPHIC>
378
<GRAPHIC>
378
<GRAPHIC>
378
<GRAPHIC>
378
<GRAPHIC>
379
<GRAPHIC>
379
• The Driver Attention Warning screen will appear when you select the ASSIST mode tab (
379
• The Driver Attention Warning screen will appear when you select the ASSIST mode tab (
379
• The Driver Attention Warning screen will appear when you select the ASSIST mode tab (
379
<GRAPHIC>
379
\LCD display\ on page 4-68
379
The driver's attention level is displayed on the scale of 1 to 5. The lower the number is, the more inattentive the driver is.
379
The driver's attention level is displayed on the scale of 1 to 5. The lower the number is, the more inattentive the driver is.
379
The level decreases when the driver does not take a break for a certain period of time.
379
The level increases when the driver attentively drives for a certain period of time.
379
When the driver turns on Driver Attention Warning while driving, it displays 'Last Break time' and level reflected that.
379
Taking a break
379
Taking a break
379
The \Consider taking a break\ message appears on the LCD display and a warning sounds to suggest that the driver take a break when the driver's attention level is below 1.
379
<GRAPHIC>
379
<GRAPHIC>
379
<GRAPHIC>
379
Driver Attention Warning will not suggest a break when the total driving time is shorter than 10 minutes.
379
While other beeps such as the seat belt warning sound are in operation and override Driver Attention Warning alarming system, Driver Attention Warning beeps may not occur.
379
While other beeps such as the seat belt warning sound are in operation and override Driver Attention Warning alarming system, Driver Attention Warning beeps may not occur.
379
Resetting DAW
379
Resetting DAW
379
The last break time is set to 00:00 and the driver's attention level is set to 5 (very attentive) when the driver resets Driver Attention Warning.
379
Driver Attention Warning resets in the following situations.
379
Driver Attention Warning resets in the following situations.
379
• The engine is turned OFF.
379
• The engine is turned OFF.
379
• The engine is turned OFF.
379
• The driver unfastens the seat belt and then opens the driver's door.
379
• The driver unfastens the seat belt and then opens the driver's door.
379
• Stop lasting more than 10 minutes.
380
• Stop lasting more than 10 minutes.
380
The Driver Attention Warning function operates again, when the driver restarts driving.
380
DAW standby
380
DAW standby
380
<GRAPHIC>
380
<GRAPHIC>
380
<GRAPHIC>
380
Driver Attention Warning enters the ready status and displays the 'Standby' screen in the following situations.
380
• The camera sensor is unable to detect the lanes.
380
• The camera sensor is unable to detect the lanes.
380
• The camera sensor is unable to detect the lanes.
380
• Driving speed remains over 110 mph (180 km/h).
380
• Driving speed remains over 110 mph (180 km/h).
380
DAW malfunction
380
DAW malfunction
380
When the \Check Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system\ warning message appears, Driver Attention Warning is not working properly.
380
<GRAPHIC>
380
<GRAPHIC>
380
<GRAPHIC>
380
In this case, take your vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer and have the system checked.
380
• The Driver Attention Warning function is not a substitute for safe driving practices. It is the responsibility of the driver to always drive cautiously to prevent unexpected and sudden situations from occurring. Pay attention to the road conditio...
380
• The Driver Attention Warning function is not a substitute for safe driving practices. It is the responsibility of the driver to always drive cautiously to prevent unexpected and sudden situations from occurring. Pay attention to the road conditio...
380
• The Driver Attention Warning function is not a substitute for safe driving practices. It is the responsibility of the driver to always drive cautiously to prevent unexpected and sudden situations from occurring. Pay attention to the road conditio...
380
• The Driver Attention Warning function is not a substitute for safe driving practices. It is the responsibility of the driver to always drive cautiously to prevent unexpected and sudden situations from occurring. Pay attention to the road conditio...
380
• It may suggest a break according to the driver's driving pattern or habits even if the driver doesn't feel fatigued.
380
• It may suggest a break according to the driver's driving pattern or habits even if the driver doesn't feel fatigued.
380
• The driver, who feels fatigued, should take a break, even though there is no break suggestion by the Driver Attention Warning function.
380
• The driver, who feels fatigued, should take a break, even though there is no break suggestion by the Driver Attention Warning function.
380
• The Driver Attention Warning function utilizes the camera sensor on the front windshield for its operation.
381
• The Driver Attention Warning function utilizes the camera sensor on the front windshield for its operation.
381
• The Driver Attention Warning function utilizes the camera sensor on the front windshield for its operation.
381
• The Driver Attention Warning function utilizes the camera sensor on the front windshield for its operation.
381
• To keep the camera sensor in the best condition, you should observe the followings:
381
• To keep the camera sensor in the best condition, you should observe the followings:
381
- Do not disassemble camera temporarily for tinted window or attaching any types of coatings and accessories. If you disassemble a camera and assemble it again, take your vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer and have the system checked to need a calib...
381
- Do not disassemble camera temporarily for tinted window or attaching any types of coatings and accessories. If you disassemble a camera and assemble it again, take your vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer and have the system checked to need a calib...
381
- Do not disassemble camera temporarily for tinted window or attaching any types of coatings and accessories. If you disassemble a camera and assemble it again, take your vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer and have the system checked to need a calib...
381
- Do not place any reflective objects (i.e., white paper, mirror) over the dashboard. Any light reflection may prevent the Driver Attention Warning function from functioning properly.
381
- Do not place any reflective objects (i.e., white paper, mirror) over the dashboard. Any light reflection may prevent the Driver Attention Warning function from functioning properly.
381
- Pay extreme caution to keep the camera sensor out of water.
381
- Pay extreme caution to keep the camera sensor out of water.
381
- Do not disassemble the camera assembly, or apply any impact on the camera assembly.
381
- Do not disassemble the camera assembly, or apply any impact on the camera assembly.
381
- Playing the vehicle audio system at high volume may offset the Driver Attention Warning function warning sounds.
381
- Playing the vehicle audio system at high volume may offset the Driver Attention Warning function warning sounds.
381
The Driver Attention Warning function may not provide alerts in the following situations:
381
The Driver Attention Warning function may not provide alerts in the following situations:
381
• Not properly recognize lane. (For more information, refer to
381
• Not properly recognize lane. (For more information, refer to
381
• Not properly recognize lane. (For more information, refer to
381
\Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)\ on page 5- 79
381
• Rough or intentionally evasive driving (road construction, nearby vehicles, falling object, bump in the road, etc.).
381
• Rough or intentionally evasive driving (road construction, nearby vehicles, falling object, bump in the road, etc.).
381
• When the driving performance of the vehicle deteriorates (Large tire pressure deviation, uneven wear, poor wheel alignment, etc.).
381
• When the driving performance of the vehicle deteriorates (Large tire pressure deviation, uneven wear, poor wheel alignment, etc.).
381
• Severe winding road.
381
• Severe winding road.
381
• Uneven road surface condition.
381
• Uneven road surface condition.
381
• Windy road.
381
• Windy road.
381
• The vehicle drives through a windy area.
381
• The vehicle drives through a windy area.
381
• The vehicle is controlled by the following driver assistance systems:
381
• The vehicle is controlled by the following driver assistance systems:
381
- Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)
381
- Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)
381
- Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)
381
- Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)
381
- Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)
381
- Smart Cruise Control (SCC)
381
- Smart Cruise Control (SCC)
381
- Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA)
381
- Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA)
381
- Lane Following Assist (LFA) system
381
- Lane Following Assist (LFA) system
381
- Highway Driving Assist (HDA)
381
- Highway Driving Assist (HDA)
381
Leading Vehicle Departure Alert
382
Leading Vehicle Departure Alert
382
The Leading Vehicle Departure Alert function warns the driver of the departure of the vehicle in front when the vehicle is stopped and Smart Cruise Control is in activation.
382
Setting Leading Vehicle Departure Alert
382
1. Press the MODE button (
382
1. Press the MODE button (
382
1. Press the MODE button (
382
1. Press the MODE button (
382
<GRAPHIC>
382
2. Select 'Driver Assist → Driving assist → Leading vehicle departure alert' with the MOVE switch (
382
2. Select 'Driver Assist → Driving assist → Leading vehicle departure alert' with the MOVE switch (
382
<GRAPHIC>
382
<GRAPHIC>
382
With the engine ON, the Leading Vehicle Departure Alert function turns on and gets ready to be activated.
382
With the engine ON, the Leading Vehicle Departure Alert function turns on and gets ready to be activated.
382
The function stops operation when the setting is deactivated. However, if the engine is turned off then on again, the function maintains the previous state.
382
Operating conditions
382
<GRAPHIC>
382
<GRAPHIC>
382
<GRAPHIC>
382
<GRAPHIC>
382
While Smart Cruise Control is in operation, your vehicle stops behind the vehicle in front when it stops. The message is displayed on the cluster within 3 seconds after the stop and the system will be in the standby position.
382
Leading Vehicle Departure Alert activation
382
<GRAPHIC>
382
<GRAPHIC>
382
<GRAPHIC>
382
<GRAPHIC>
382
If the driver does not take action for a certain period of time after the vehicle in front departs, the message is displayed on the cluster.
382
] or [SET -] switch is activated when there is a vehicle in front.
383
] or [SET -] switch is activated when there is no vehicle in front.
383
Always check the front of the vehicle and road conditions before departure.
383
Always check the front of the vehicle and road conditions before departure.
383
Smart Cruise Control (SCC)
383
Smart Cruise Control (SCC)
383
Smart Cruise Control is designed to allow you to program the vehicle to maintain a constant speed and a predetermined distance to the vehicle ahead without depressing the accelerator or brake pedal depending on road and traffic conditions.
383
<GRAPHIC>
383
<GRAPHIC>
383
<GRAPHIC>
383
1. Cruise indicator
383
1. Cruise indicator
383
1. Cruise indicator
383
2. Set speed
383
2. Set speed
383
3. Vehicle-to-vehicle distance
383
3. Vehicle-to-vehicle distance
383
To see the SCC screen on the LCD display on the cluster, select Assist mode. For more information, refer to
383
\LCD display\ on page 4-68
383
For your safety, please read the owner's manual before using the Smart Cruise Control function.
383
For your safety, please read the owner's manual before using the Smart Cruise Control function.
383
Smart Cruise Control Limitations
383
Smart Cruise Control Limitations
383
The Smart Cruise Control function is not a substitute for safe driving practices, but a convenience function only.
384
It is the responsibility of the driver to always check the speed and distance to the vehicle ahead.
384
Take the following precautions:
384
Take the following precautions:
384
• Always set the vehicle speed under the speed limit in your country.
384
• Always set the vehicle speed under the speed limit in your country.
384
• Always set the vehicle speed under the speed limit in your country.
384
• If Smart Cruise Control is left on, (cruise indicator in the instrument cluster illuminated) Smart Cruise Control can be activated unintentionally. Keep the Smart Cruise Control function off (cruise indicator off) when Smart Cruise Control is not...
384
• If Smart Cruise Control is left on, (cruise indicator in the instrument cluster illuminated) Smart Cruise Control can be activated unintentionally. Keep the Smart Cruise Control function off (cruise indicator off) when Smart Cruise Control is not...
384
• Use the Smart Cruise Control function only when traveling on open highways in good weather.
384
• Use the Smart Cruise Control function only when traveling on open highways in good weather.
384
• Do not use Smart Cruise Control when it may not be safe to keep the car at a constant speed. For instance.
384
• Do not use Smart Cruise Control when it may not be safe to keep the car at a constant speed. For instance.
384
- When driving in heavy traffic or when traffic conditions make it difficult to drive at a constant speed
384
- When driving in heavy traffic or when traffic conditions make it difficult to drive at a constant speed
384
- When driving in heavy traffic or when traffic conditions make it difficult to drive at a constant speed
384
- When driving on rainy, icy, or snow-covered roads
384
- When driving on rainy, icy, or snow-covered roads
384
- When driving on a steep downhill or uphill
384
- When driving on a steep downhill or uphill
384
- When driving in windy areas
384
- When driving in windy areas
384
- When driving in parking lots
384
- When driving in parking lots
384
- When driving near crash barriers
384
- When driving near crash barriers
384
- When driving on a sharp curve
384
- When driving on a sharp curve
384
- When driving with limited view (possibly due to bad weather, such as fog, snow, rain or sandstorm)
384
- When driving with limited view (possibly due to bad weather, such as fog, snow, rain or sandstorm)
384
- When the vehicle sensing ability decreases due to vehicle modification resulting level difference of the vehicle's front and rear
384
- When the vehicle sensing ability decreases due to vehicle modification resulting level difference of the vehicle's front and rear
384
• Unexpected situations may lead to possible accidents. Pay attention continuously to road conditions and driving even when the Smart Cruise Control function is being operated.
384
• Unexpected situations may lead to possible accidents. Pay attention continuously to road conditions and driving even when the Smart Cruise Control function is being operated.
384
• Pay particular attention to the driving conditions whenever using the Smart Cruise Control function.
384
• Pay particular attention to the driving conditions whenever using the Smart Cruise Control function.
384
• Be careful when driving downhill using Smart Cruise Control.
384
• Be careful when driving downhill using Smart Cruise Control.
384
• Cruise function should not be used when the vehicle is being towed to prevent any damage.
384
• Cruise function should not be used when the vehicle is being towed to prevent any damage.
384
• Always set the vehicle speed under the speed limit in your country.
384
• Always set the vehicle speed under the speed limit in your country.
384
• Always pay continuous attention to road and driving conditions even when the Smart Cruise Control function is being operated.
384
• Always pay continuous attention to road and driving conditions even when the Smart Cruise Control function is being operated.
384
Driving Assist button
385
Driving Assist button
385
The Driving Assist button has the following functions.
385
<GRAPHIC>
385
<GRAPHIC>
385
<GRAPHIC>
385
• CANCEL: Cancels cruise control operation.
385
• CANCEL: Cancels cruise control operation.
385
• CANCEL: Cancels cruise control operation.
385
• CRUISE: Turns the Cruise Control function ON or OFF.
385
• CRUISE: Turns the Cruise Control function ON or OFF.
385
: Resumes or increases cruise control speed.
385
: Resumes or increases cruise control speed.
385
• SET-: Sets or decreases cruise control speed.
385
• SET-: Sets or decreases cruise control speed.
385
<GRAPHIC>• : Sets Headway
385
<GRAPHIC>• : Sets Headway
385
<GRAPHIC>
385
Adjusting the sensitivity of SCC
385
Adjusting the sensitivity of SCC
385
The sensitivity of vehicle speed when following the front vehicle to maintain the set distance can be adjusted.
385
1. Press the MODE button (
385
1. Press the MODE button (
385
1. Press the MODE button (
385
1. Press the MODE button (
385
<GRAPHIC>
385
2. Select 'Driver Assist → SCC response' with the MOVE switch (
385
2. Select 'Driver Assist → SCC response' with the MOVE switch (
385
<GRAPHIC>
385
<GRAPHIC>
385
3. Select one of the following options:
385
3. Select one of the following options:
385
• Fast: Vehicle speed to the vehicle ahead to maintain the set distance is faster than normal speed.
385
• Fast: Vehicle speed to the vehicle ahead to maintain the set distance is faster than normal speed.
385
• Fast: Vehicle speed to the vehicle ahead to maintain the set distance is faster than normal speed.
385
• Normal: VehiclFe speed to the vehicle ahead to maintain the set distance is normal.
385
• Normal: VehiclFe speed to the vehicle ahead to maintain the set distance is normal.
385
• Slow: Vehicle speed to the vehicle ahead to maintain the set distance is slower than normal speed.
385
• Slow: Vehicle speed to the vehicle ahead to maintain the set distance is slower than normal speed.
385
The last selected speed sensitivity of Smart Cruise Control will be memorized in the system.
385
The last selected speed sensitivity of Smart Cruise Control will be memorized in the system.
385
The last selected speed sensitivity of Smart Cruise Control will be memorized in the system.
385
Converting to Cruise Control mode
385
Converting to Cruise Control mode
385
<GRAPHIC>
385
<GRAPHIC>
385
<GRAPHIC>
385
<GRAPHIC>
385
<GRAPHIC>
386
<GRAPHIC>
386
The driver may choose to only use the cruise control mode (speed control function) by doing as follows:
386
1. Turn Smart Cruise Control on (the cruise indicator light will be on but the system will not be activated).
386
1. Turn Smart Cruise Control on (the cruise indicator light will be on but the system will not be activated).
386
1. Turn Smart Cruise Control on (the cruise indicator light will be on but the system will not be activated).
386
2. Push and hold the Headway button for more than 2 seconds.
386
2. Push and hold the Headway button for more than 2 seconds.
386
3. Choose between \Smart Cruise Control\ and \Cruise Control\.
386
3. Choose between \Smart Cruise Control\ and \Cruise Control\.
386
When the system is canceled using the CRUISE button or the CRUISE button is used after the vehicle is turned on, Smart Cruise Control mode will turn on.
386
When the system is canceled using the CRUISE button or the CRUISE button is used after the vehicle is turned on, Smart Cruise Control mode will turn on.
386
When using the Cruise Control mode, you must manually adjust the distance to other vehicles by depressing the brake pedal. The system does not automatically adjust the distance to vehicles in front of you.
386
When using the Cruise Control mode, you must manually adjust the distance to other vehicles by depressing the brake pedal. The system does not automatically adjust the distance to vehicles in front of you.
386
Setting the SCC speed
386
Setting the SCC speed
386
1. Press the CRUISE button, to turn the system on. The CRUISE indicator in the instrument cluster will illuminate.
386
1. Press the CRUISE button, to turn the system on. The CRUISE indicator in the instrument cluster will illuminate.
386
1. Press the CRUISE button, to turn the system on. The CRUISE indicator in the instrument cluster will illuminate.
386
1. Press the CRUISE button, to turn the system on. The CRUISE indicator in the instrument cluster will illuminate.
386
<GRAPHIC>
386
<GRAPHIC>
386
<GRAPHIC>
386
2. Accelerate to the desired speed.
386
2. Accelerate to the desired speed.
386
The Smart Cruise Control speed can be set as follows:
386
The Smart Cruise Control speed can be set as follows:
386
• 5 mph (10 km/h) ~ 110 mph (170 km/h): when there is no vehicle in front
386
• 5 mph (10 km/h) ~ 110 mph (170 km/h): when there is no vehicle in front
386
• 5 mph (10 km/h) ~ 110 mph (170 km/h): when there is no vehicle in front
386
• 0 mph (0 km/h) ~ 100 mph (160 km/h): when there is a vehicle in front
386
• 0 mph (0 km/h) ~ 100 mph (160 km/h): when there is a vehicle in front
386
3. Move the lever down (to SET-), and release it at the desired speed. The set speed and vehicle to vehicle distance on the LCD screen will illuminate.
386
3. Move the lever down (to SET-), and release it at the desired speed. The set speed and vehicle to vehicle distance on the LCD screen will illuminate.
386
<GRAPHIC>
387
<GRAPHIC>
387
<GRAPHIC>
387
4. Release the accelerator pedal. The desired speed will automatically be maintained.
387
4. Release the accelerator pedal. The desired speed will automatically be maintained.
387
If there is a vehicle in front of you, the speed may decrease to maintain the distance to the vehicle ahead. On a steep grade, the vehicle may slow down or speed up slightly while going uphill or downhill.
387
If there is a vehicle in front of you, the speed may decrease to maintain the distance to the vehicle ahead. On a steep grade, the vehicle may slow down or speed up slightly while going uphill or downhill.
387
Vehicle speed may decrease on an upward slope and increase on a downward slope.
387
Vehicle speed may decrease on an upward slope and increase on a downward slope.
387
• When vehicle speed is under 6 mph (10 km/h), Smart Cruise Control is canceled. The driver must adjust the vehicle speed by depressing the accelerator or brake pedal according to the road condition ahead and driving condition.
387
• When vehicle speed is under 6 mph (10 km/h), Smart Cruise Control is canceled. The driver must adjust the vehicle speed by depressing the accelerator or brake pedal according to the road condition ahead and driving condition.
387
• When vehicle speed is under 6 mph (10 km/h), Smart Cruise Control is canceled. The driver must adjust the vehicle speed by depressing the accelerator or brake pedal according to the road condition ahead and driving condition.
387
• When vehicle speed is under 6 mph (10 km/h), Smart Cruise Control is canceled. The driver must adjust the vehicle speed by depressing the accelerator or brake pedal according to the road condition ahead and driving condition.
387
• The speed is set to 20 mph (30 km/h) when there is a preceding car in the front direction, and when it is set in the situation where the car is 0 ~20 mph (0~30 km/h).
387
• The speed is set to 20 mph (30 km/h) when there is a preceding car in the front direction, and when it is set in the situation where the car is 0 ~20 mph (0~30 km/h).
387
Increasing the SCC set speed
387
Increasing the SCC set speed
387
<GRAPHIC>
387
<GRAPHIC>
387
<GRAPHIC>
387
<GRAPHIC>
387
Follow either of these procedures:
387
), and hold it. Your vehicle set speed will increase by 5 mph (10 km/h). Release the lever at the speed you want.
387
), and hold it. Your vehicle set speed will increase by 5 mph (10 km/h). Release the lever at the speed you want.
387
), and hold it. Your vehicle set speed will increase by 5 mph (10 km/h). Release the lever at the speed you want.
387
) in this manner.
387
) in this manner.
387
You can set the speed to a maximum speed of 110 mph (170 km/h). However, all speed limit laws must be followed.
387
You can set the speed to a maximum speed of 110 mph (170 km/h). However, all speed limit laws must be followed.
387
Check the traffic and driving conditions before using the switch. Driving speed may sharply increase, when you push up and hold the switch.
388
Check the traffic and driving conditions before using the switch. Driving speed may sharply increase, when you push up and hold the switch.
388
Decreasing the SCC set speed
388
Decreasing the SCC set speed
388
<GRAPHIC>
388
<GRAPHIC>
388
<GRAPHIC>
388
<GRAPHIC>
388
Follow either of these procedures:
388
• Move the lever down (to SET-), and hold it. Your vehicle set speed will decrease by 5 mph (10 km/h). Release the lever at the speed you want.
388
• Move the lever down (to SET-), and hold it. Your vehicle set speed will decrease by 5 mph (10 km/h). Release the lever at the speed you want.
388
• Move the lever down (to SET-), and hold it. Your vehicle set speed will decrease by 5 mph (10 km/h). Release the lever at the speed you want.
388
• Move the lever down (to SET-), and release it immediately. The cruising speed will decrease by 1.0 mph (1.0 km/h) each time you move the lever down (to SET-) in this manner.
388
• Move the lever down (to SET-), and release it immediately. The cruising speed will decrease by 1.0 mph (1.0 km/h) each time you move the lever down (to SET-) in this manner.
388
You can set the cruise control speed above 20 mph (30 km/h).
388
You can set the cruise control speed above 20 mph (30 km/h).
388
Accelerating temporarily with the SCC on
388
Accelerating temporarily with the SCC on
388
• If you want to speed up temporarily when the cruise control is on, depress the accelerator pedal. Increased speed will not interfere with cruise control operation or change the set speed.
388
• If you want to speed up temporarily when the cruise control is on, depress the accelerator pedal. Increased speed will not interfere with cruise control operation or change the set speed.
388
• If you want to speed up temporarily when the cruise control is on, depress the accelerator pedal. Increased speed will not interfere with cruise control operation or change the set speed.
388
• If you want to speed up temporarily when the cruise control is on, depress the accelerator pedal. Increased speed will not interfere with cruise control operation or change the set speed.
388
• To return to the set speed, take your foot off the accelerator.
388
• To return to the set speed, take your foot off the accelerator.
388
• If you move the lever down (to SET-) at increased speed, the cruising speed will be set again.
388
• If you move the lever down (to SET-) at increased speed, the cruising speed will be set again.
388
Be careful when accelerating temporarily, because the speed is not controlled automatically at this time even if there is a vehicle in front of you.
388
Be careful when accelerating temporarily, because the speed is not controlled automatically at this time even if there is a vehicle in front of you.
388
Be careful when accelerating temporarily, because the speed is not controlled automatically at this time even if there is a vehicle in front of you.
388
SCC will be temporarily canceled when:
388
SCC will be temporarily canceled when:
388
You are able to temporarily cancel Smart Cruise Control. In some circumstances, Smart Cruise Control will cancel automatically.
388
Manual cancellation
389
Manual cancellation
389
Manual cancellation
389
<GRAPHIC>
389
<GRAPHIC>
389
Smart Cruise Control is temporarily canceled when the brake pedal is depressed or the CANCEL button is pressed.
389
Depress the brake pedal and press the CANCEL button at the same time, when the vehicle is at a standstill. The speed and vehicle to vehicle distance indicator on the cluster is disappeared and the CRUISE indicator is illuminated continuously.
389
Automatic cancellation
389
Automatic cancellation
389
Smart Cruise Control will automatically cancel in the following situations. (the set speed and vehicle to vehicle distance on the LCD display will go off.)
389
• The driver's door is opened.
389
• The driver's door is opened.
389
• The driver's door is opened.
389
• The shift lever is shifted to N (Neutral), R (Reverse) or P (Parking).
389
• The shift lever is shifted to N (Neutral), R (Reverse) or P (Parking).
389
• The Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) is applied.
389
• The Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) is applied.
389
• The vehicle speed is over 110 mph (170 km/h).
389
• The vehicle speed is over 110 mph (170 km/h).
389
• The ESC, ABS or Traction Control System (TCS) is operating.
389
• The ESC, ABS or Traction Control System (TCS) is operating.
389
• The ESC is turned off.
389
• The ESC is turned off.
389
• The sensor or the cover is dirty or blocked with foreign matter.
389
• The sensor or the cover is dirty or blocked with foreign matter.
389
• When the vehicle is stopped for over 5 minutes.
389
• When the vehicle is stopped for over 5 minutes.
389
• The vehicle stops and goes repeatedly for a long period of time.
389
• The vehicle stops and goes repeatedly for a long period of time.
389
• The accelerator pedal is continuously depressed for more than one minute.
389
• The accelerator pedal is continuously depressed for more than one minute.
389
• The engine performance is abnormal.
389
• The engine performance is abnormal.
389
• Engine rpm is in the red zone.
389
• Engine rpm is in the red zone.
389
)/down (SET-) or depressing the accelerator pedal, approximately after the vehicle is stopped by the Smart Cruise Control function with no other vehicle ahead.
389
)/down (SET-) or depressing the accelerator pedal, approximately after the vehicle is stopped by the Smart Cruise Control function with no other vehicle ahead.
389
)/down (SET-) or depressing the accelerator pedal, approximately after stopping the vehicle with a vehicle stopped far away in front.
389
)/down (SET-) or depressing the accelerator pedal, approximately after stopping the vehicle with a vehicle stopped far away in front.
389
• Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist is activated.
389
• Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist is activated.
389
• The engine speed is in dangerous range.
389
• The engine speed is in dangerous range.
389
• When engine is stopped by Idle Stop & Go (ISG). Each of these actions will cancel Smart Cruise Control operation. The Set Speed and Headway on the LCD display will go off.
389
• When engine is stopped by Idle Stop & Go (ISG). Each of these actions will cancel Smart Cruise Control operation. The Set Speed and Headway on the LCD display will go off.
389
or SET- switch is moved.
390
If Smart Cruise Control is canceled in a situation not described above, take your vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer and have the system checked.
390
If Smart Cruise Control is canceled in a situation not described above, take your vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer and have the system checked.
390
If the system is automatically canceled, the warning chime will sound and a message will appear for a few seconds.
390
If the system is automatically canceled, the warning chime will sound and a message will appear for a few seconds.
390
<GRAPHIC>
390
<GRAPHIC>
390
You must adjust the vehicle speed by depressing the accelerator or brake pedal according to the road condition and driving conditions.
390
Always check the road conditions. Do not rely on the warning chime.
390
Resuming the SCC set speed
390
Resuming the SCC set speed
390
<GRAPHIC>
390
<GRAPHIC>
390
<GRAPHIC>
390
<GRAPHIC>
390
) or down (SET-).
390
) or down (SET-).
390
) or down (SET-).
390
), the speed will resume to the recently set speed. However, if vehicle speed drops below 5 mph (10 km/h), it will resume when there is a vehicle in front of your vehicle.
390
), the speed will resume to the recently set speed. However, if vehicle speed drops below 5 mph (10 km/h), it will resume when there is a vehicle in front of your vehicle.
390
) to resume speed.
390
) to resume speed.
390
) to resume speed.
390
Turning the SCC off
391
Turning the SCC off
391
<GRAPHIC>
391
<GRAPHIC>
391
<GRAPHIC>
391
<GRAPHIC>
391
When Smart Cruise Control is not needed, press the [CRUISE] switch and deactivate the system.
391
• Press the CRUISE button (The CRUISE indicator light will go off.).
391
• Press the CRUISE button (The CRUISE indicator light will go off.).
391
• Press the CRUISE button (The CRUISE indicator light will go off.).
391
Setting Headway
391
Setting Headway
391
You can program the vehicle to maintain a predetermined distance to the vehicle ahead without depressing the accelerator pedal or brake pedal.
391
The vehicle to vehicle distance will automatically activate when Smart Cruise Control is on.
391
The vehicle to vehicle distance will automatically activate when Smart Cruise Control is on.
391
The vehicle to vehicle distance will automatically activate when Smart Cruise Control is on.
391
<GRAPHIC>
391
<GRAPHIC>
391
• Select the appropriate distance according to road conditions and vehicle speed.
391
• Select the appropriate distance according to road conditions and vehicle speed.
391
• Select the appropriate distance according to road conditions and vehicle speed.
391
Each time the button is pressed, the vehicle to vehicle distance changes as follows:
391
Each time the button is pressed, the vehicle to vehicle distance changes as follows:
391
<GRAPHIC>
391
<GRAPHIC>
391
For example, if you drive at 56 mph (90 km/h), the distance maintain as follows;
391
• Distance 4 - approximately 172 ft (52.5 m)
391
• Distance 4 - approximately 172 ft (52.5 m)
391
• Distance 4 - approximately 172 ft (52.5 m)
391
• Distance 3 - approximately 131 ft (40 m)
391
• Distance 3 - approximately 131 ft (40 m)
391
• Distance 2 - approximately 107 ft (32.5 m)
391
• Distance 2 - approximately 107 ft (32.5 m)
391
• Distance 1 - approximately 82 ft (25 m)
391
• Distance 1 - approximately 82 ft (25 m)
391
The distance is set to the last set distance when the system is used for the first time after starting the vehicle.
391
The distance is set to the last set distance when the system is used for the first time after starting the vehicle.
391
The distance is set to the last set distance when the system is used for the first time after starting the vehicle.
391
When the lane ahead is clear:
392
When the lane ahead is clear:
392
<GRAPHIC>
392
<GRAPHIC>
392
<GRAPHIC>
392
The vehicle speed will maintain the set speed.
392
When there is a vehicle ahead of you in your lane:
392
When there is a vehicle ahead of you in your lane:
392
<GRAPHIC>
392
<GRAPHIC>
392
<GRAPHIC>
392
<GRAPHIC>
392
<GRAPHIC>
392
<GRAPHIC>
392
<GRAPHIC>
392
<GRAPHIC>
392
<GRAPHIC>
392
Your vehicle speed will slow down or speed up to maintain the selected distance. (A vehicle will appear in front of your vehicle in the LCD display only when there is an actual vehicle in front of you.)
392
If the vehicle ahead speeds up, your vehicle will travel at a steady cruising speed after accelerating to the set speed.
392
<GRAPHIC>
393
<GRAPHIC>
393
<GRAPHIC>
393
When using the Smart Cruise Control function:
393
• The warning message appears and warning chime sounds if the vehicle is unable.
393
• The warning message appears and warning chime sounds if the vehicle is unable.
393
• The warning message appears and warning chime sounds if the vehicle is unable.
393
• If the warning message appears and warning chime sounds, depress the brake pedal to actively adjust the vehicle speed, and the distance to the vehicle ahead.
393
• If the warning message appears and warning chime sounds, depress the brake pedal to actively adjust the vehicle speed, and the distance to the vehicle ahead.
393
• Even if the warning message does not appear and warning chime does not sound, always pay attention to the driving conditions to prevent dangerous situations from occurring.
393
• Even if the warning message does not appear and warning chime does not sound, always pay attention to the driving conditions to prevent dangerous situations from occurring.
393
<GRAPHIC>
393
<GRAPHIC>
393
If the vehicle ahead (vehicle speed: less than 20 mph (30 km/h) moves to the next lane, the warning chime will sound and a message will appear. Adjust your vehicle speed for vehicles or objects that can suddenly appear in front of you by depressing t...
393
In traffic situation
393
In traffic situation
393
<GRAPHIC>
393
<GRAPHIC>
393
Use switch or pedal to accelerate
393
• In traffic, your vehicle will stop if the vehicle ahead of you stops. Also, if the vehicle ahead of you starts moving, your vehicle will start as well. However, if the vehicle stops for more than 3 seconds, you must depress the accelerator pedal ...
393
• In traffic, your vehicle will stop if the vehicle ahead of you stops. Also, if the vehicle ahead of you starts moving, your vehicle will start as well. However, if the vehicle stops for more than 3 seconds, you must depress the accelerator pedal ...
393
• In traffic, your vehicle will stop if the vehicle ahead of you stops. Also, if the vehicle ahead of you starts moving, your vehicle will start as well. However, if the vehicle stops for more than 3 seconds, you must depress the accelerator pedal ...
393
or SET-) while Auto Hold and Smart Cruise Control is operating the Auto Hold will be released regardless of accelerator pedal operation and the vehicle will start to move. The AUTO HOLD indicator chan...
394
or SET-) while Auto Hold and Smart Cruise Control is operating the Auto Hold will be released regardless of accelerator pedal operation and the vehicle will start to move. The AUTO HOLD indicator chan...
394
Radar to detect distance to the vehicle ahead
394
Radar to detect distance to the vehicle ahead
394
<GRAPHIC>
394
<GRAPHIC>
394
<GRAPHIC>
394
The sensor detects the distance to the vehicle ahead.
394
If the sensor is covered with dirt or other foreign matter, the vehicle to vehicle distance control may not operate correctly.
394
Always keep the area in front of the sensor clean.
394
Warning message
394
<GRAPHIC>
394
<GRAPHIC>
394
<GRAPHIC>
394
When the sensor lens cover is coverd with dirt, snow, or debris, Smart Cruise Control operation may stop temporarily. If this occurs, a warning message will appear on the LCD display. Remove any dirt, snow, or debris and clean the radar sensor lens c...
394
Smart Cruise Control may not properly activate, if the radar is totally covered, or if any vehicles are not detected after turning ON the vehicle (e.g. in an open terrain).
394
SCC malfunction message
395
SCC malfunction message
395
<GRAPHIC>
395
<GRAPHIC>
395
<GRAPHIC>
395
The message will appear when the vehicle to vehicle distance control system is not functioning normally.
395
In this case, take your vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer and have the system checked.
395
• Do not apply foreign objects such as a bumper sticker or a bumper guard near the radar sensor. Doing so may adversely affect the sensing performance of the radar.
395
• Do not apply foreign objects such as a bumper sticker or a bumper guard near the radar sensor. Doing so may adversely affect the sensing performance of the radar.
395
• Do not apply foreign objects such as a bumper sticker or a bumper guard near the radar sensor. Doing so may adversely affect the sensing performance of the radar.
395
• Do not apply foreign objects such as a bumper sticker or a bumper guard near the radar sensor. Doing so may adversely affect the sensing performance of the radar.
395
• Always keep the radar sensor and lens cover clean and free of dirt and debris.
395
• Always keep the radar sensor and lens cover clean and free of dirt and debris.
395
• Use only a soft cloth to wash the vehicle. Do not spray pressurized water directly on the sensor or sensor cover.
395
• Use only a soft cloth to wash the vehicle. Do not spray pressurized water directly on the sensor or sensor cover.
395
• Be careful not to apply unnecessary force on the radar sensor or sensor cover. If the sensor is forcibly moved out of proper alignment, the Smart Cruise Control function may not operate correctly. In this case, a warning message may not be displayed
395
• Be careful not to apply unnecessary force on the radar sensor or sensor cover. If the sensor is forcibly moved out of proper alignment, the Smart Cruise Control function may not operate correctly. In this case, a warning message may not be displayed
395
Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
395
• If the front bumper becomes damaged in the area around the radar sensor, the Smart Cruise Control function may not operate properly. If this occurs, take your vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer and have the system checked.
395
• If the front bumper becomes damaged in the area around the radar sensor, the Smart Cruise Control function may not operate properly. If this occurs, take your vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer and have the system checked.
395
• Use only a genuine Kia sensor cover for your vehicle. Do not paint anything on the sensor cover.
395
• Use only a genuine Kia sensor cover for your vehicle. Do not paint anything on the sensor cover.
395
Limitations of SCC
395
Limitations of SCC
395
Smart Cruise Control may have limits to its ability to detect distance to the vehicle ahead due to road and traffic conditions.
395
Driving on a curve
395
Driving on a curve
395
Driving on a curve
395
<GRAPHIC>
395
<GRAPHIC>
395
The Smart Cruise Control function may not detect a moving vehicle in your lane, and then your vehicle could accelerate to the set speed.
395
Also, the vehicle speed will decrease when the vehicle ahead is recognized suddenly.
396
Select the appropriate set speed on curves and apply the brakes or accelerator pedal if necessary.
396
<GRAPHIC>
396
<GRAPHIC>
396
Your vehicle speed can be reduced due to a vehicle in the adjacent lane.
396
Apply the accelerator pedal and select the appropriate set speed.
396
Check to be sure that the road conditions permit safe operation of Smart Cruise Control.
396
Driving on a slope
396
Driving on a slope
396
<GRAPHIC>
396
<GRAPHIC>
396
During uphill or downhill driving, Smart Cruise Control may not immediately detect a moving vehicle in your lane, and may cause your vehicle to accelerate to the set speed.
396
Also, the vehicle speed will rapidly down when the vehicle ahead is recognized suddenly.
396
Select the appropriate set speed on inclines and apply the brake or accelerator pedal if necessary.
396
Changing lanes
396
Changing lanes
396
<GRAPHIC>
396
<GRAPHIC>
396
A vehicle which moves into your lane from an adjacent lane cannot be recognized by the sensor until it is in the sensor's detection range.
397
The radar may not detect immediately when a vehicle cuts in suddenly. Always pay attention to the traffic, road and driving conditions.
397
If a vehicle which moves into your lane is slower than your vehicle, your speed may decrease to maintain the distance to the vehicle ahead.
397
If a vehicle which moves into your lane is faster than your vehicle, your vehicle will accelerate to the selected speed.
397
Recognizing the vehicle
397
Recognizing the vehicle
397
<GRAPHIC>
397
<GRAPHIC>
397
Some vehicles ahead in your lane cannot be recognized by the sensor as follows:
397
• Narrow vehicles such as motorcycles or bicycles
397
• Narrow vehicles such as motorcycles or bicycles
397
• Narrow vehicles such as motorcycles or bicycles
397
• Vehicles offset to one side
397
• Vehicles offset to one side
397
• Slow-moving vehicles or sudden- decelerating vehicles
397
• Slow-moving vehicles or sudden- decelerating vehicles
397
• Stopped vehicles
397
• Stopped vehicles
397
• Vehicles with small rear profiles such as trailers with no loads
397
• Vehicles with small rear profiles such as trailers with no loads
397
A vehicle ahead cannot be recognized correctly by the sensor if any of following occurs:
397
• When the vehicle is pointing upwards due to overloading in the luggage compartment
397
• When the vehicle is pointing upwards due to overloading in the luggage compartment
397
• When the vehicle is pointing upwards due to overloading in the luggage compartment
397
• While the steering wheel is operating
397
• While the steering wheel is operating
397
• When driving to one side of the lane
397
• When driving to one side of the lane
397
• When driving on narrow lanes or on curves
397
• When driving on narrow lanes or on curves
397
Apply the brake or accelerator pedal if necessary.
397
<GRAPHIC>
397
<GRAPHIC>
397
Your vehicle may accelerate when a vehicle ahead of you disappears.
397
When you are warned that the vehicle ahead of you is not detected, drive with caution.
397
<GRAPHIC>
398
<GRAPHIC>
398
When driving in stop-and-go traffic, and a stopped vehicle in front of you merges out of the lane, the system may not immediately detect the new vehicle that is now in front of you.
398
In this case, you must maintain a safe braking distance, and if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain a safe distance.
398
<GRAPHIC>
398
<GRAPHIC>
398
Always look out for pedestrians when your vehicle is maintaining a distance with the vehicle ahead.
398
<GRAPHIC>
398
<GRAPHIC>
398
Always be cautious when approaching vehicles that are taller with higher clearance, or vehicles carrying loads that stick out of the back of the vehicle.
398
When using Smart Cruise Control take the following precautions:
398
When using Smart Cruise Control take the following precautions:
398
• If an emergency stop is necessary, you must apply the brakes. The Smart Cruise Control function may not be able to completely stop the vehicle or avoid a collision in every situation.
398
• If an emergency stop is necessary, you must apply the brakes. The Smart Cruise Control function may not be able to completely stop the vehicle or avoid a collision in every situation.
398
• If an emergency stop is necessary, you must apply the brakes. The Smart Cruise Control function may not be able to completely stop the vehicle or avoid a collision in every situation.
398
• Keep a safe distance according to road conditions and vehicle speed. If the vehicle to vehicle distance is too close during a high-speed driving, a serious collision may result.
398
• Keep a safe distance according to road conditions and vehicle speed. If the vehicle to vehicle distance is too close during a high-speed driving, a serious collision may result.
398
• Always maintain sufficient braking distance and decelerate your vehicle by applying the brakes if necessary.
398
• Always maintain sufficient braking distance and decelerate your vehicle by applying the brakes if necessary.
398
• The Smart Cruise Control function cannot recognize a stopped vehicle, pedestrians or an oncoming vehicle.
399
• The Smart Cruise Control function cannot recognize a stopped vehicle, pedestrians or an oncoming vehicle.
399
Always look ahead cautiously to prevent unexpected and sudden situations from occurring.
399
• Vehicles moving in front of you with a frequent lane change may cause a delay in the system's reaction or may cause the system to react to a vehicle actually in an adjacent lane.
399
• Vehicles moving in front of you with a frequent lane change may cause a delay in the system's reaction or may cause the system to react to a vehicle actually in an adjacent lane.
399
Always drive cautiously to prevent unexpected and sudden situations from occurring.
399
• Always be aware of the selected speed and vehicle to vehicle distance. The driver should not solely rely on the system but always pay attention to driving conditions and control your vehicle speed.
399
• Always be aware of the selected speed and vehicle to vehicle distance. The driver should not solely rely on the system but always pay attention to driving conditions and control your vehicle speed.
399
• The Smart Cruise Control function may not recognize complex driving situations so always pay attention to driving conditions and control your vehicle speed.
399
• The Smart Cruise Control function may not recognize complex driving situations so always pay attention to driving conditions and control your vehicle speed.
399
• For safe operation, carefully read and follow the instructions in this manual before use.
399
• For safe operation, carefully read and follow the instructions in this manual before use.
399
• Do not use the Smart Cruise Control function on steep inclines or when towing another vehicle or trailer since such extreme loading can interfere with your vehicle's ability to maintain the selected speed.
399
• Do not use the Smart Cruise Control function on steep inclines or when towing another vehicle or trailer since such extreme loading can interfere with your vehicle's ability to maintain the selected speed.
399
• Do not use Smart Cruise Control when the vehicle is towed.
399
• Do not use Smart Cruise Control when the vehicle is towed.
399
The Smart Cruise Control function may not operate temporarily due to:
399
The Smart Cruise Control function may not operate temporarily due to:
399
• Electrical interference.
399
• Electrical interference.
399
• Electrical interference.
399
• A modified suspension.
399
• A modified suspension.
399
• Differences of tire abrasion or tire pressure.
399
• Differences of tire abrasion or tire pressure.
399
• Installing different type of tires.
399
• Installing different type of tires.
399
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules.
399
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules.
399
Operation is subject to the following three conditions:
399
1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
399
1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
399
1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
399
1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
399
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
399
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
399
3. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the device.
399
3. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the device.
399
Radio frequency radiation exposure information:
399
Radio frequency radiation exposure information:
399
This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance of 8 in (20 cm) between the radiator (antenna) and your body.
399
This transmitter must not be co- located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter.
400
This transmitter must not be co- located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter.
400
Lane Following Assist (LFA)
400
Lane Following Assist (LFA)
400
The Lane Following Assist function is designed to ensure the vehicle stays in its lane by monitoring the detected lane ahead of the car and providing steering inputs. (The front view camera is mounted on the top of the windshield.)
400
<GRAPHIC>
400
<GRAPHIC>
400
<GRAPHIC>
400
• It is the driver's responsibility to operate the steering wheel for safe driving.
400
• It is the driver's responsibility to operate the steering wheel for safe driving.
400
• It is the driver's responsibility to operate the steering wheel for safe driving.
400
• It is the driver's responsibility to operate the steering wheel for safe driving.
400
• Do not turn the steering wheel hastily if LFA is activated.
400
• Do not turn the steering wheel hastily if LFA is activated.
400
• The Lane Following Assist function is designed to provide steering inputs so that the vehicle can stay in the center of the detected lane. The Lane Following Assist function does not automatically control the steering wheel of at all times, which...
400
• The Lane Following Assist function is designed to provide steering inputs so that the vehicle can stay in the center of the detected lane. The Lane Following Assist function does not automatically control the steering wheel of at all times, which...
400
• When using the Lane Following Assist function, always be aware of your surroundings and road conditions that may interrupt or stop the Lane Following Assist function.
401
• When using the Lane Following Assist function, always be aware of your surroundings and road conditions that may interrupt or stop the Lane Following Assist function.
401
• Do not attach glass tinting, stickers, accessories to the windshield near the front view camera near the indoor mirror is placed.
401
• Do not attach glass tinting, stickers, accessories to the windshield near the front view camera near the indoor mirror is placed.
401
• Do not attach glass tinting, stickers, accessories to the windshield near the front view camera near the indoor mirror is placed.
401
• Do not attach glass tinting, stickers, accessories to the windshield near the front view camera near the indoor mirror is placed.
401
• Inspection or modification may be required when replacing parts related to the windshield or front view camera. Have the system be inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
401
• Inspection or modification may be required when replacing parts related to the windshield or front view camera. Have the system be inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
401
• Depending on your surroundings and road conditions, the Lane Following Assist function could fail to recognize the lane and stop working. As such, extra caution is required while driving with the Lane Following Assist function on.
401
• Depending on your surroundings and road conditions, the Lane Following Assist function could fail to recognize the lane and stop working. As such, extra caution is required while driving with the Lane Following Assist function on.
401
• Be sure to check the non-operating conditions and cautions for the driver before using the Lane Following Assist function.
401
• Be sure to check the non-operating conditions and cautions for the driver before using the Lane Following Assist function.
401
• Do not place reflective materials such as white paper or mirror on the dashboard. Sunlight reflections can cause the Lane Following Assist function to not function properly.
401
• Do not place reflective materials such as white paper or mirror on the dashboard. Sunlight reflections can cause the Lane Following Assist function to not function properly.
401
• Loud audio volumes can prevent the occupants from hearing the alarm sounds from the Lane Following Assist function.
401
• Loud audio volumes can prevent the occupants from hearing the alarm sounds from the Lane Following Assist function.
401
• Keeping your hands off the wheel while driving will trigger the hands-off warning and deactivate the steering-assist system.
401
• Keeping your hands off the wheel while driving will trigger the hands-off warning and deactivate the steering-assist system.
401
• When driving at a high speed, the steering assist force can become weak and the vehicle can drive out of its lane. Extra caution is required, and comply with the speed limit.
401
• When driving at a high speed, the steering assist force can become weak and the vehicle can drive out of its lane. Extra caution is required, and comply with the speed limit.
401
• Attaching an object to the steering wheel could deter steering assistance.
401
• Attaching an object to the steering wheel could deter steering assistance.
401
• Attaching an object to the steering wheel could deter the hands- off alarming system.
401
• Attaching an object to the steering wheel could deter the hands- off alarming system.
401
Activating and deactivating LFA
401
Activating and deactivating LFA
401
To activate and deactivate Lane Following Assist, with the ENGINE START/STOP button in the ON position, take the following steps:
401
To activate and deactivate Lane Following Assist, with the ENGINE START/STOP button in the ON position, take the following steps:
401
To activate and deactivate Lane Following Assist, with the ENGINE START/STOP button in the ON position, take the following steps:
401
1. Press the MODE button (
401
1. Press the MODE button (
401
1. Press the MODE button (
401
<GRAPHIC>
401
2. Select 'Driver Assist → Driving assist → LFA (Lane Following Assist)' with the MOVE switch (
401
2. Select 'Driver Assist → Driving assist → LFA (Lane Following Assist)' with the MOVE switch (
401
<GRAPHIC>
401
<GRAPHIC>
401
The set-up of Lane Following Assist will be maintained, as selected, when the vehicle is restarted.
401
The set-up of Lane Following Assist will be maintained, as selected, when the vehicle is restarted.
401
Operating conditions
402
Operating conditions
402
The function is activated when Lane Following Assist is selected from the User settings menu when the following conditions are satisfied:
402
• When Smart Cruise Control is in operation (Vehicle deceleration and acceleration control)
402
• When Smart Cruise Control is in operation (Vehicle deceleration and acceleration control)
402
• When Smart Cruise Control is in operation (Vehicle deceleration and acceleration control)
402
Refer to
402
\Smart Cruise Control (SCC)\ on page 5-105
402
• Vehicle speed is lower than 95 mph (153 km/h).
402
• Vehicle speed is lower than 95 mph (153 km/h).
402
Once Lane Following Assist starts working, the indicator light (
402
<GRAPHIC>
402
The indicator light colors according to Lane Following Assist status are as follows.
402
• Green: steering assist mode on
402
• Green: steering assist mode on
402
• Green: steering assist mode on
402
• White: steering assist mode off
402
• White: steering assist mode off
402
Steering assist
402
Steering assist
402
If the vehicle is inside the lane with both lanes detected by Lane Following Assist, and there is no steep steering made by the driver, Lane Following Assist changes into steering assist mode.
402
If the vehicle is inside the lane with both lanes detected by Lane Following Assist, and there is no steep steering made by the driver, Lane Following Assist changes into steering assist mode.
402
The indicator light will come on green, and Lane Following Assist helps the vehicle stay in line by providing steering inputs.
402
When steering inputs are not being provided, the indicator light will flash green and changes to white.
402
Once Lane Following Assist recognizes the lanes, the color of the lane on the screen will change from gray to white.
402
The Lane Following Assist function is designed to help the vehicle stay in its detected lane. It is a supplemental system only and is not a substitute for safe driving. Never completely rely on your Lane Following Assist function.
402
The Lane Following Assist function is designed to help the vehicle stay in its detected lane. It is a supplemental system only and is not a substitute for safe driving. Never completely rely on your Lane Following Assist function.
402
Warning message
402
Warning message
402
<GRAPHIC>
402
<GRAPHIC>
402
<GRAPHIC>
402
If you keep your hands off the wheel while driving with Lane Following Assist is in steering assist mode, the hands-off warning will be triggered.
402
<GRAPHIC>
403
<GRAPHIC>
403
If the driver keeps hands off the wheel even with the hands-off warning on, the steering assist is temporarily deactivated automatically.
403
If you activate the Smart Cruise Control function with Lane Following Assist released, the steering assist will re-start.
403
• Hands-off warnings may be delayed depending on road conditions. Always keep your hands on the steering wheel while driving.
403
• Hands-off warnings may be delayed depending on road conditions. Always keep your hands on the steering wheel while driving.
403
• Hands-off warnings may be delayed depending on road conditions. Always keep your hands on the steering wheel while driving.
403
• Hands-off warnings may be delayed depending on road conditions. Always keep your hands on the steering wheel while driving.
403
• Hold the steering wheel tight. Otherwise, the Lane Following Assist function could misjudge that the driver's hands are off the wheel, and a hands-off warning may occur.
403
• Hold the steering wheel tight. Otherwise, the Lane Following Assist function could misjudge that the driver's hands are off the wheel, and a hands-off warning may occur.
403
LFA malfunction
403
LFA malfunction
403
This warning message means there is a problem with Lane Following Assist.
403
<GRAPHIC>
403
<GRAPHIC>
403
<GRAPHIC>
403
In this case, have the system checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
403
• It is the driver's responsibility to operate the steering wheel while driving.
403
• It is the driver's responsibility to operate the steering wheel while driving.
403
• It is the driver's responsibility to operate the steering wheel while driving.
403
• It is the driver's responsibility to operate the steering wheel while driving.
403
• With the Lane Following Assist function on, the driver can still steer the vehicle by operating the wheel on his own.
403
• With the Lane Following Assist function on, the driver can still steer the vehicle by operating the wheel on his own.
403
• We recommend that the driver turn off the Lane Following Assist function and operate the steering wheel by himself in the following situations:
403
• We recommend that the driver turn off the Lane Following Assist function and operate the steering wheel by himself in the following situations:
403
- bad weather
403
- bad weather
403
- bad weather
403
- bad road conditions
403
- bad road conditions
403
- when frequent operation of the steering wheel is required
403
- when frequent operation of the steering wheel is required
403
- When towing other vehicle or trailers
403
- When towing other vehicle or trailers
403
• The steering wheel can feel heavy or light if the Lane Following Assist function is assisting the steering.
404
• The steering wheel can feel heavy or light if the Lane Following Assist function is assisting the steering.
404
Limitations of Lane Following Assist
404
Limitations of Lane Following Assist
404
Lane Following Assist has the following limitations, so always pay attention to your driving and do not rely solely on Lane Following Assist.
404
• If the driver turns on the turn signal light or the emergency warning light to change the lane
404
• If the driver turns on the turn signal light or the emergency warning light to change the lane
404
• If the driver turns on the turn signal light or the emergency warning light to change the lane
404
• If the driver turns on the turn signal light or the emergency warning light to change the lane
404
- Operate the turn signal light switch before changing the lane
404
- Operate the turn signal light switch before changing the lane
404
- Operate the turn signal light switch before changing the lane
404
- If you change the lane without operating the turn signal lights, steering reaction force of the wheel may occur.
404
- If you change the lane without operating the turn signal lights, steering reaction force of the wheel may occur.
404
• Once Lane Following Assist is turned on or the lane is changed, the vehicle should be in the center of the road to switch to the steering assist mode. If the driver keeps driving along the lane, Lane Following Assist will not assist the steering.
404
• Once Lane Following Assist is turned on or the lane is changed, the vehicle should be in the center of the road to switch to the steering assist mode. If the driver keeps driving along the lane, Lane Following Assist will not assist the steering.
404
• Electronic Stability Control (ESC) or Vehicle Stability Management (VSM) is activated.
404
• Electronic Stability Control (ESC) or Vehicle Stability Management (VSM) is activated.
404
• When driving on a curved road at a high speed, steering assist mode may not work.
404
• When driving on a curved road at a high speed, steering assist mode may not work.
404
• When sudden steering is made, Lane Following Assist could be temporarily deactivated.
404
• When sudden steering is made, Lane Following Assist could be temporarily deactivated.
404
• If you change the lane in a hurry, Lane Following Assist does not assist the steering.
404
• If you change the lane in a hurry, Lane Following Assist does not assist the steering.
404
• If the vehicle suddenly stops, Lane Following Assist does not assist the steering.
404
• If the vehicle suddenly stops, Lane Following Assist does not assist the steering.
404
• If the lane is too narrow or too wide, steering is not assisted.
404
• If the lane is too narrow or too wide, steering is not assisted.
404
• If either of the lanes is not recognized, the steering is not assisted
404
• If either of the lanes is not recognized, the steering is not assisted
404
• If the radius is too small for the curve
404
• If the radius is too small for the curve
404
Caution for the driver
404
Caution for the driver
404
lane following assist (LFA):cautions for driverIf lane recognition is difficult or limited for Lane Following Assist as shown below, the driver may need to be more careful because the system may not operate or may cause unnecessary operation.
404
lane following assist (LFA):cautions for driver
404
Roads or lane markings in bad condition
404
Roads or lane markings in bad condition
404
• When the lane is tainted or invisible.
404
• When the lane is tainted or invisible.
404
• When the lane is tainted or invisible.
404
• When the driver cannot see the lane due to rain, snow, dust, sand, oil, puddles, etc.
404
• When the driver cannot see the lane due to rain, snow, dust, sand, oil, puddles, etc.
404
• When roads are set or the colors of the lane and road are not distinctive.
404
• When roads are set or the colors of the lane and road are not distinctive.
404
• If there is a sign other than the lane near the lane or a mark similar to the lane.
404
• If there is a sign other than the lane near the lane or a mark similar to the lane.
404
• When the lane is not clear or damaged.
404
• When the lane is not clear or damaged.
404
• If the road is covered in the shadows of objects around the road, such as medians, guard rails, noise walls, and trees.
405
• If the road is covered in the shadows of objects around the road, such as medians, guard rails, noise walls, and trees.
405
• If the number of lanes increases or decreases, or if the lanes intersect with each other more intensely. (tollgate entry section, road section / joining section, etc.)
405
• If the number of lanes increases or decreases, or if the lanes intersect with each other more intensely. (tollgate entry section, road section / joining section, etc.)
405
• When there are two or more lane markings such as a construction section, a designated lane, etc.
405
• When there are two or more lane markings such as a construction section, a designated lane, etc.
405
• When the lane is crowded such as the construction section or the lane is replaced by some structures.
405
• When the lane is crowded such as the construction section or the lane is replaced by some structures.
405
• If there is a road marking such as a zigzag lane, crosswalk mark, or road surface milestone.
405
• If there is a road marking such as a zigzag lane, crosswalk mark, or road surface milestone.
405
• When a lane suddenly becomes invisible or disappears from an intersection.
405
• When a lane suddenly becomes invisible or disappears from an intersection.
405
External environmental conditions affecting Lane Following Assist
405
External environmental conditions affecting Lane Following Assist
405
• If the outside brightness of the vehicle suddenly changes, such as when entering or exiting the tunnel or passing under the bridge.
405
• If the outside brightness of the vehicle suddenly changes, such as when entering or exiting the tunnel or passing under the bridge.
405
• If the outside brightness of the vehicle suddenly changes, such as when entering or exiting the tunnel or passing under the bridge.
405
• If the vehicle's headlights are not used at night or in the tunnel, or the brightness of the headlights is too weak.
405
• If the vehicle's headlights are not used at night or in the tunnel, or the brightness of the headlights is too weak.
405
• If there are boundary structures such as tollgate booths and sidewalk blocks.
405
• If there are boundary structures such as tollgate booths and sidewalk blocks.
405
• If it is difficult to distinguish lanes due to the reflection on the wet road made by sunlight, streetlight, and oncoming traffic.
405
• If it is difficult to distinguish lanes due to the reflection on the wet road made by sunlight, streetlight, and oncoming traffic.
405
• When the backlight is strongly reflected in the direction of the vehicle.
405
• When the backlight is strongly reflected in the direction of the vehicle.
405
• When Driving to the left or right lane by bus lane or on the bus lane.
405
• When Driving to the left or right lane by bus lane or on the bus lane.
405
• If there is not enough distance between the front car or if the lane is covered by the car ahead of me.
405
• If there is not enough distance between the front car or if the lane is covered by the car ahead of me.
405
• If the vehicle moves beyond the marked lanes while changing lanes on a curve road, such as a steep curve or a continuous curve.
405
• If the vehicle moves beyond the marked lanes while changing lanes on a curve road, such as a steep curve or a continuous curve.
405
• When passing through speed bump or there is sudden movement in any direction.
405
• When passing through speed bump or there is sudden movement in any direction.
405
• If the vehicle is severely shaken.
405
• If the vehicle is severely shaken.
405
• When the temperature around the rearview mirror is very high due to direct sunlight.
405
• When the temperature around the rearview mirror is very high due to direct sunlight.
405
When the front view camera has poor visibility
405
When the front view camera has poor visibility
405
• If the windshield of the vehicle and the camera lens are covered with dust, fingerprints, or tinting.
405
• If the windshield of the vehicle and the camera lens are covered with dust, fingerprints, or tinting.
405
• If the windshield of the vehicle and the camera lens are covered with dust, fingerprints, or tinting.
405
• If the camera has poor visibility due to bad weather such as fog, heavy rain, heavy snow.
405
• If the camera has poor visibility due to bad weather such as fog, heavy rain, heavy snow.
405
• If moisture is not completely removed from the windscreen.
405
• If moisture is not completely removed from the windscreen.
405
• When placing objects on the dashboard, etc.
405
• When placing objects on the dashboard, etc.
405
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) / Rear Cross- Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA)
406
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) / Rear Cross- Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA)
406
When your vehicle is in reverse, Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning/Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist is designed to warn you if there is cross traffic approaching your vehicle.
406
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning
406
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning
406
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning uses radar sensors to monitor the approaching cross traffic from the left and right side of the vehicle when your vehicle is in reverse.
406
<GRAPHIC>
406
<GRAPHIC>
406
<GRAPHIC>
406
The blind spot detection range varies relative to the approaching vehicle speed.
406
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist
406
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist
406
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist monitors approaching cross traffic from the left and right side of the vehicle when your vehicle is approaching.
406
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist may activate the Electronic Stability Control (ESC) in certain situations.
406
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist may activate the Electronic Stability Control (ESC) in certain situations.
406
• Always be aware of road and traffic conditions while driving and be alert for unexpected situations even though the Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning and Rear Cross-Traffic Collision- Avoidance Assist functions are operating.
406
• Always be aware of road and traffic conditions while driving and be alert for unexpected situations even though the Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning and Rear Cross-Traffic Collision- Avoidance Assist functions are operating.
406
• Always be aware of road and traffic conditions while driving and be alert for unexpected situations even though the Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning and Rear Cross-Traffic Collision- Avoidance Assist functions are operating.
406
• Always be aware of road and traffic conditions while driving and be alert for unexpected situations even though the Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning and Rear Cross-Traffic Collision- Avoidance Assist functions are operating.
406
• The Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning and Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist functions are supplemental systems to assist you. Do not entirely rely on the systems. Always pay attention, while driving, for your safety.
406
• The Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning and Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist functions are supplemental systems to assist you. Do not entirely rely on the systems. Always pay attention, while driving, for your safety.
406
• The Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning and Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist functions are not substitutes for proper and safe driving. Always drive safely and use caution when backing up the vehicle.
406
• The Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning and Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist functions are not substitutes for proper and safe driving. Always drive safely and use caution when backing up the vehicle.
406
Setting and activating RCCW/RCCA
407
Setting and activating RCCW/RCCA
407
The driver can activate the systems by placing the ENGINE START/STOP button to the ON position and by selecting:
407
1. Press the MODE button (
407
1. Press the MODE button (
407
1. Press the MODE button (
407
1. Press the MODE button (
407
<GRAPHIC>
407
2. Select 'Driver Assist → Parking safety → Rear Cross-Traffic Safety' with the MOVE switch (
407
2. Select 'Driver Assist → Parking safety → Rear Cross-Traffic Safety' with the MOVE switch (
407
<GRAPHIC>
407
<GRAPHIC>
407
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning/Rear Cross-Traffic Collision- Avoidance Assist is ready to be activated when 'Rear Cross-Traffic Safety' is selected.
407
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning/Rear Cross-Traffic Collision- Avoidance Assist is ready to be activated when 'Rear Cross-Traffic Safety' is selected.
407
When the vehicle is turned off then on again, the systems will be ready to be activated.
407
When Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning/Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist is initially turned on and when the engine is turned off then on again, the warning light will illuminate for 3 seconds on the outer side view mirror.
407
Setting the initial warning activation time
407
Setting the initial warning activation time
407
The driver can select the initial warning activation time in the User Settings in the LCD display by selecting:
407
1. Press the MODE button (
407
1. Press the MODE button (
407
1. Press the MODE button (
407
1. Press the MODE button (
407
<GRAPHIC>
407
2. Select 'Driver Assist → Warning Timing' with the MOVE switch (
407
2. Select 'Driver Assist → Warning Timing' with the MOVE switch (
407
<GRAPHIC>
407
<GRAPHIC>
407
3. Select one of the following options:
407
3. Select one of the following options:
407
• Normal: Initial Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning is activated normally. If this setting feels sensitive, change the option to 'Late'.
407
• Normal: Initial Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning is activated normally. If this setting feels sensitive, change the option to 'Late'.
407
• Normal: Initial Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning is activated normally. If this setting feels sensitive, change the option to 'Late'.
407
• Late: Select this warning activation time when the traffic is light and you are driving in a low speed.
407
• Late: Select this warning activation time when the traffic is light and you are driving in a low speed.
407
If you change the warning timing, the warning time of other funtions may change. Always be aware before changing the warning timing.
407
If you change the warning timing, the warning time of other funtions may change. Always be aware before changing the warning timing.
407
If you change the warning timing, the warning time of other funtions may change. Always be aware before changing the warning timing.
407
Setting the warning volume of Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning
407
Setting the warning volume of Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning
407
The driver can select the warning volume of Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning by selecting:
407
1. Press the MODE button (
407
1. Press the MODE button (
407
1. Press the MODE button (
407
1. Press the MODE button (
407
<GRAPHIC>
407
2. Select 'Driver Assist → Warning Volume → High/Medium/Low' with the MOVE switch (
407
2. Select 'Driver Assist → Warning Volume → High/Medium/Low' with the MOVE switch (
407
<GRAPHIC>
407
<GRAPHIC>
407
If you change the warning volume, the warning volume of other systems may change. Always be aware before changing the warning volume.
408
If you change the warning volume, the warning volume of other systems may change. Always be aware before changing the warning volume.
408
If you change the warning volume, the warning volume of other systems may change. Always be aware before changing the warning volume.
408
For more details, refer to
408
\LCD display\ on page 4-68
408
Operating conditions
408
Operating conditions
408
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning and Rear Cross-Traffic Collision- Avoidance Assist will activate when vehicle speed is below 7 mph (10 km/h) and with the shift lever in R (Reverse).
408
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning and Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist will not activate when the vehicle speed exceeds 7 mph (10 km/h). Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning and Rear Cross-Traffic Collision- Avoidance Assist will acti...
408
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning and Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist will not activate when the vehicle speed exceeds 7 mph (10 km/h). Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning and Rear Cross-Traffic Collision- Avoidance Assist will acti...
408
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning and Rear Cross-Traffic Collision- Avoidance Assist detecting range is approximately 1~65 ft (0.5~20 m). An approaching vehicle will be detected if the vehicle speed is within 5~22.5 mph (8~36 km/h).
408
Note that the detecting range may vary under certain conditions. As always, use caution and pay close attention to your surroundings when backing up your vehicle.
408
RCCW warning
408
RCCW warning
408
If the vehicle detected by the sensors approaches from the rear left/ right side of your vehicle, the warning chime will sound, the warning light on the outer side view mirror will blink and a message will appear on the LCD display.
408
Left
408
Left
408
Left
408
<GRAPHIC>
408
Left
409
Left
409
<GRAPHIC>
409
Right
409
Right
409
<GRAPHIC>
409
Right
409
Right
409
<GRAPHIC>
409
If the rear view monitor is in activation, a message will also appear on the instrument cluster or multimedia screen.
409
The warning will stop when:
409
• the detected vehicle moves out of the sensing area or
409
• the detected vehicle moves out of the sensing area or
409
• the detected vehicle moves out of the sensing area or
409
• when the vehicle is right behind your vehicle or
409
• when the vehicle is right behind your vehicle or
409
• when the vehicle is not approaching your vehicle or
409
• when the vehicle is not approaching your vehicle or
409
• when the other vehicle slows down.
409
• when the other vehicle slows down.
409
RCCA alert
409
RCCA alert
409
If the risk of collision is detected while the RCCW is generated, brake control may be activated. The instrument cluster will inform the driver of the brake control. If the rear view monitor system is in activation, a message will also appear on the ...
409
Left
409
Left
409
Left
409
<GRAPHIC>
409
Left
410
Left
410
<GRAPHIC>
410
Right
410
Right
410
<GRAPHIC>
410
Right
410
Right
410
<GRAPHIC>
410
After brake control is activated, the driver must immediately depress the brake pedal and check the surroundings.
410
• The brake activation by the system lasts for about 2 seconds.
410
• The brake activation by the system lasts for about 2 seconds.
410
• The brake activation by the system lasts for about 2 seconds.
410
The driver must pay attention as the brake is disengaged after 2 seconds.
410
• The brake control by the system is canceled if the driver depresses the brake pedal with sufficient power.
410
• The brake control by the system is canceled if the driver depresses the brake pedal with sufficient power.
410
• Brake control is activated once for each right/left approach after shifting the shift lever to R (Reverse).
410
• Brake control is activated once for each right/left approach after shifting the shift lever to R (Reverse).
410
The brake control may not operate properly according to the status of the Electronic Stability Control (ESC). The same warning message is displayed on the instrument cluster when:
410
• The ESC warning light is on.
410
• The ESC warning light is on.
410
• The ESC warning light is on.
410
• The ESC is engaged in a different function.
410
• The ESC is engaged in a different function.
410
• When the operation condition of Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning function is met, the warning will occur every time a vehicle approaches the side or rear of your stopped (0 mph (0 km/h) vehicle speed) vehicle.
410
• When the operation condition of Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning function is met, the warning will occur every time a vehicle approaches the side or rear of your stopped (0 mph (0 km/h) vehicle speed) vehicle.
410
• When the operation condition of Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning function is met, the warning will occur every time a vehicle approaches the side or rear of your stopped (0 mph (0 km/h) vehicle speed) vehicle.
410
• When the operation condition of Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning function is met, the warning will occur every time a vehicle approaches the side or rear of your stopped (0 mph (0 km/h) vehicle speed) vehicle.
410
• The function’s warning or brake may not operate properly if the left or right of your vehicle's rear bumper is blocked by a vehicle or obstacle.
410
• The function’s warning or brake may not operate properly if the left or right of your vehicle's rear bumper is blocked by a vehicle or obstacle.
410
• The driver should always use extreme caution while operating the vehicle, whether or not the warning light on the outer side view mirror illuminates or there is a warning alarm.
411
• The driver should always use extreme caution while operating the vehicle, whether or not the warning light on the outer side view mirror illuminates or there is a warning alarm.
411
• Playing the vehicle audio system at high volume may prevent occupants from hearing the system's warning sounds.
411
• Playing the vehicle audio system at high volume may prevent occupants from hearing the system's warning sounds.
411
• If any other warning sound such as seat belt warning chime is already generated, the Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning function warning may not sound.
411
• If any other warning sound such as seat belt warning chime is already generated, the Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning function warning may not sound.
411
• Drive safely even though the vehicle is equipped with the Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning and Rear Cross-Traffic Collision- Avoidance Assist functions. Do not solely rely on the system but check your surrounding when backing the vehicle up.
411
• Drive safely even though the vehicle is equipped with the Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning and Rear Cross-Traffic Collision- Avoidance Assist functions. Do not solely rely on the system but check your surrounding when backing the vehicle up.
411
• Drive safely even though the vehicle is equipped with the Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning and Rear Cross-Traffic Collision- Avoidance Assist functions. Do not solely rely on the system but check your surrounding when backing the vehicle up.
411
• Drive safely even though the vehicle is equipped with the Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning and Rear Cross-Traffic Collision- Avoidance Assist functions. Do not solely rely on the system but check your surrounding when backing the vehicle up.
411
• The driver is responsible for accurate brake control.
411
• The driver is responsible for accurate brake control.
411
• Always pay extreme caution while driving. The Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning and Rear Cross- Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist functions may not operate properly or unnecessarily operate depending on traffic and driving conditions.
411
• Always pay extreme caution while driving. The Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning and Rear Cross- Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist functions may not operate properly or unnecessarily operate depending on traffic and driving conditions.
411
• The Rear Cross-Traffic Collision- Avoidance Assist function is not a substitute for safe driving practices, but a convenience function only. It is the responsibility of the driver to always drive cautiously to prevent unexpected and sudden situat...
411
• The Rear Cross-Traffic Collision- Avoidance Assist function is not a substitute for safe driving practices, but a convenience function only. It is the responsibility of the driver to always drive cautiously to prevent unexpected and sudden situat...
411
Detecting Sensor
411
Detecting Sensor
411
The rear corner radars are located inside the rear bumper for detecting the side and rear areas. Always keep the rear bumper clean for proper operation of Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning and Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist.
411
<GRAPHIC>
411
<GRAPHIC>
411
<GRAPHIC>
411
• The function may not work properly when the bumper has been damaged, or if the rear bumper has been replaced or repaired.
411
• The function may not work properly when the bumper has been damaged, or if the rear bumper has been replaced or repaired.
411
• The function may not work properly when the bumper has been damaged, or if the rear bumper has been replaced or repaired.
411
• The function may not work properly when the bumper has been damaged, or if the rear bumper has been replaced or repaired.
411
• The function may turn off if interfered by electromagnetic waves.
412
• The function may turn off if interfered by electromagnetic waves.
412
• Always keep the sensors clean.
412
• Always keep the sensors clean.
412
• NEVER disassemble the sensor component or apply any impact on the sensor component.
412
• NEVER disassemble the sensor component or apply any impact on the sensor component.
412
• Be careful not to apply unnecessary force on the radar sensor or sensor cover. If the sensor is forcibly moved out of proper alignment, the system may not operate correctly. In this case, a warning message may not be displayed. Have the vehicle i...
412
• Be careful not to apply unnecessary force on the radar sensor or sensor cover. If the sensor is forcibly moved out of proper alignment, the system may not operate correctly. In this case, a warning message may not be displayed. Have the vehicle i...
412
• Do not apply foreign objects such as a bumper sticker or a bumper guard near the radar sensor or apply paint to the sensor area. Doing so may adversely affect the performance of the sensor.
412
• Do not apply foreign objects such as a bumper sticker or a bumper guard near the radar sensor or apply paint to the sensor area. Doing so may adversely affect the performance of the sensor.
412
Warning message
412
Warning message
412
If a warning message related to Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning/Rear Cross-Traffic Collision- Avoidance Assist appears, take appropriate measures as detailed below.
412
Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) system disabled. Radar blocked
412
Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) system disabled. Radar blocked
412
Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) system disabled. Radar blocked
412
<GRAPHIC>
412
<GRAPHIC>
412
This warning message may appear when:
412
• One or both of the sensors on the rear bumper is covered by dirt or snow or a foreign object.
412
• One or both of the sensors on the rear bumper is covered by dirt or snow or a foreign object.
412
• One or both of the sensors on the rear bumper is covered by dirt or snow or a foreign object.
412
• Driving in rural areas where the sensor does not detect another vehicle for an extended period of time.
412
• Driving in rural areas where the sensor does not detect another vehicle for an extended period of time.
412
• When there is inclement weather such as heavy snow or rain.
412
• When there is inclement weather such as heavy snow or rain.
412
If any of these conditions occur, the light on the Lane Safety button and Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning and Rear Cross-Traffic Collision- Avoidance Assist will turn off automatically. When Blind-Spot Collision Warning canceled warning message ...
412
After any dirt or debris is removed, Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning and Rear Cross-Traffic Collision- Avoidance Assist should operate normally after about 10 minutes of driving the vehicle.
413
If Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning and Rear Cross-Traffic Collision- Avoidance Assist still does not operate normally have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
413
Turn off the Blind-Spot Collision Warning and Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning functions when a trailer or carrier is installed.
413
Turn off the Blind-Spot Collision Warning and Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning functions when a trailer or carrier is installed.
413
• Press the Lane Safety button (the indicator on the switch will turn off)
413
• Press the Lane Safety button (the indicator on the switch will turn off)
413
• Press the Lane Safety button (the indicator on the switch will turn off)
413
• Deactivate Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning function by deselecting 'User Settings → Driver Assist → Parking safety → Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning'
413
• Deactivate Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning function by deselecting 'User Settings → Driver Assist → Parking safety → Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning'
413
Check Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW)
413
Check Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW)
413
<GRAPHIC>
413
<GRAPHIC>
413
If there is a problem with Blind-Spot Collision Warning, a warning message will appear and the light on the switch will turn off. Rear Cross- Traffic Collision Warning and Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist will turn off automatically. Rea...
413
Limitations of RCCW/RCCA
413
Limitations of RCCW/RCCA
413
The driver must be mindful of the limitations of Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning and Rear Cross- Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist because the systems may not detect other vehicles or objects in the following circumstances:
413
• When a trailer or carrier is installed.
414
• When a trailer or carrier is installed.
414
• When a trailer or carrier is installed.
414
• When a trailer or carrier is installed.
414
• The vehicle drives in inclement weather such as heavy rain or snow.
414
• The vehicle drives in inclement weather such as heavy rain or snow.
414
• The sensor is covered with rain, snow, mud, etc.
414
• The sensor is covered with rain, snow, mud, etc.
414
• The rear bumper where the sensor is located is covered with a foreign object such as a bumper sticker, a bumper guard, a bike rack, etc.
414
• The rear bumper where the sensor is located is covered with a foreign object such as a bumper sticker, a bumper guard, a bike rack, etc.
414
• The rear bumper is damaged, or the sensor is out of the original default position.
414
• The rear bumper is damaged, or the sensor is out of the original default position.
414
• The vehicle height gets lower or higher due to heavy loading in a trunk (liftgate), abnormal tire pressure, etc.
414
• The vehicle height gets lower or higher due to heavy loading in a trunk (liftgate), abnormal tire pressure, etc.
414
• When the temperature of the rear bumper is high.
414
• When the temperature of the rear bumper is high.
414
• When the sensors are blocked by other vehicles, walls or parking- lot pillars.
414
• When the sensors are blocked by other vehicles, walls or parking- lot pillars.
414
• The vehicle drives on a curved road.
414
• The vehicle drives on a curved road.
414
• The road pavement (or the peripheral ground) abnormally contains metallic components (i.e., possibly due to subway construction).
414
• The road pavement (or the peripheral ground) abnormally contains metallic components (i.e., possibly due to subway construction).
414
• There is a fixed object near the vehicle, such as a guardrail.
414
• There is a fixed object near the vehicle, such as a guardrail.
414
• While going down or up a steep road where the height of the lane is different.
414
• While going down or up a steep road where the height of the lane is different.
414
• Driving on a narrow road where trees or grass or overgrown.
414
• Driving on a narrow road where trees or grass or overgrown.
414
• Driving in rural areas where the sensor does not detect another vehicle for an extended period of time.
414
• Driving in rural areas where the sensor does not detect another vehicle for an extended period of time.
414
• Driving on a wet road.
414
• Driving on a wet road.
414
• Driving on a road where the guardrail or wall is in double structure.
414
• Driving on a road where the guardrail or wall is in double structure.
414
• A big vehicle is near such as a bus or truck.
414
• A big vehicle is near such as a bus or truck.
414
• When the other vehicle approaches very close.
414
• When the other vehicle approaches very close.
414
• When the other vehicle passes at a very fast speed.
414
• When the other vehicle passes at a very fast speed.
414
• While changing lanes.
414
• While changing lanes.
414
• If the vehicle has started at the same time as the vehicle next to you and has accelerated.
414
• If the vehicle has started at the same time as the vehicle next to you and has accelerated.
414
• When the vehicle in the next lane moves two lanes away from you OR when the vehicle two lanes away moves to the next lane from you.
414
• When the vehicle in the next lane moves two lanes away from you OR when the vehicle two lanes away moves to the next lane from you.
414
• A motorcycle or bicycle is near.
414
• A motorcycle or bicycle is near.
414
• A flat trailer is near.
414
• A flat trailer is near.
414
• If there are small objects in the detecting area such as a shopping cart or a baby stroller.
414
• If there are small objects in the detecting area such as a shopping cart or a baby stroller.
414
• If there is a low height vehicle such as a sports car.
414
• If there is a low height vehicle such as a sports car.
414
• The brake pedal is depressed.
414
• The brake pedal is depressed.
414
• Electronic Stability Control (ESC) is activated.
414
• Electronic Stability Control (ESC) is activated.
414
• Electronic Stability Control (ESC) malfunctions.
414
• Electronic Stability Control (ESC) malfunctions.
414
• The tire pressure is low or a tire is damaged.
414
• The tire pressure is low or a tire is damaged.
414
• The brake is reworked.
414
• The brake is reworked.
414
• The vehicle sharply stops.
415
• The vehicle sharply stops.
415
• Temperature is extremely low around the vehicle.
415
• Temperature is extremely low around the vehicle.
415
• The vehicle severely vibrates while driving over an uneven/ bumpy road, or concrete patch.
415
• The vehicle severely vibrates while driving over an uneven/ bumpy road, or concrete patch.
415
• The vehicle drives on a slippery surface due to snow, water puddle, or ice.
415
• The vehicle drives on a slippery surface due to snow, water puddle, or ice.
415
Driving where there is a vehicle or structure near
415
Driving where there is a vehicle or structure near
415
<GRAPHIC>
415
<GRAPHIC>
415
[A]: Structure
415
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning and Rear Cross-Traffic Collision- Avoidance Assist may not operate properly when driving where there is a vehicle or structure near.
415
In certain instances, Rear Cross- Traffic Collision Warning and Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist may not detect the vehicle approaching from behind and the warning or brake may not operate properly.
415
Always pay attention to your surroundings while backing up.
415
When the vehicle is in a complex parking environment
415
When the vehicle is in a complex parking environment
415
<GRAPHIC>
415
<GRAPHIC>
415
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning and Rear Cross-Traffic Collision- Avoidance Assist may not operate properly when the vehicle is in a complex parking environment.
415
In certain instances, Rear Cross- Traffic Collision Warning and Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist may not be able to exactly determine the risk of collision for the vehicles which are parking or pulling out near your vehicle (e.g., a vehi...
415
If this occurs, the warning or brake may not operate properly.
415
When the vehicle is parked diagonally
416
When the vehicle is parked diagonally
416
<GRAPHIC>
416
<GRAPHIC>
416
[A]: Vehicle
416
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning and Rear Cross-Traffic Collision- Avoidance Assist may not operate properly when the vehicle is parked diagonally.
416
In certain instances, when the diagonally parked vehicle is pulled out of the parking space, Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning and Rear Cross- Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist may not detect the vehicle approaching from the rear left/right of yo...
416
Always pay attention to your surroundings while backing up.
416
When the vehicle is on/near a slope
416
When the vehicle is on/near a slope
416
<GRAPHIC>
416
<GRAPHIC>
416
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning and Rear Cross-Traffic Collision- Avoidance Assist may not operate properly when the vehicle is on/near a slope.
416
In certain instances, Rear Cross- Traffic Collision Warning and Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist may not detect the vehicle approaching from the rear left/right and the warning or brake may not operate properly.
416
Always pay attention to your surroundings while backing up.
416
Pulling into the parking space where there is a structure
417
Pulling into the parking space where there is a structure
417
<GRAPHIC>
417
<GRAPHIC>
417
[A]: Structure, [B]: Wall
417
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning and Rear Cross-Traffic Collision- Avoidance Assist may not operate properly when pulling in the vehicle to the parking space where there is a structure at the back or side of your vehicle.
417
In certain instances, when backing into the parking space, Rear Cross- Traffic Collision Warning and Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist may false detect the vehicle moving in front of your vehicle. In this case, the warning may operate fal...
417
Always pay attention to your surroundings while backing up.
417
When the vehicle is parked rearward
417
When the vehicle is parked rearward
417
<GRAPHIC>
417
<GRAPHIC>
417
If the vehicle is parked rearward and the sensor detects the another vehicle in the rear area of the parking space, the system can warn or control braking.
417
Always pay attention to your surroundings while backing up.
417
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules.
417
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules.
417
Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
417
1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
417
1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
417
1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
417
1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
417
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
417
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
417
Economical operation
418
Economical operation
418
Your vehicle's fuel economy depends mainly on your style of driving, where you drive and when you drive.
418
Your vehicle's fuel economy depends mainly on your style of driving, where you drive and when you drive.
418
Each of these factors affects how many miles (kilometers) you can get from a gallon (liter) of fuel.To operate your vehicle as economically as possible, use the following driving suggestions to help save money in both fuel and repairs:
418
• Drive smoothly. Accelerate at a moderate rate. Don't make \jackrabbit\ starts or full-throttle shifts and maintain a steady cruising speed. Don't race between stoplights. Try to adjust your speed to the traffic so you don't have to change speeds ...
418
• Drive smoothly. Accelerate at a moderate rate. Don't make \jackrabbit\ starts or full-throttle shifts and maintain a steady cruising speed. Don't race between stoplights. Try to adjust your speed to the traffic so you don't have to change speeds ...
418
• Drive smoothly. Accelerate at a moderate rate. Don't make \jackrabbit\ starts or full-throttle shifts and maintain a steady cruising speed. Don't race between stoplights. Try to adjust your speed to the traffic so you don't have to change speeds ...
418
• Drive at a moderate speed. The faster you drive, the more fuel your vehicle uses. Driving at a moderate speed, especially on the highway, is one of the most effective ways to reduce fuel consumption.
418
• Drive at a moderate speed. The faster you drive, the more fuel your vehicle uses. Driving at a moderate speed, especially on the highway, is one of the most effective ways to reduce fuel consumption.
418
• Don't \ride\ the brake pedal. This can increase fuel consumption and also increase wear on these components. In addition, driving with your foot resting on the brake pedal may cause the brakes to overheat, which reduces their effectiveness and ma...
418
• Don't \ride\ the brake pedal. This can increase fuel consumption and also increase wear on these components. In addition, driving with your foot resting on the brake pedal may cause the brakes to overheat, which reduces their effectiveness and ma...
418
• Take care of your tires. Keep them inflated to the recommended pressure. Incorrect inflation, either too much or too little, results in unnecessary tire wear. Check the tire pressures at least once a month.
418
• Take care of your tires. Keep them inflated to the recommended pressure. Incorrect inflation, either too much or too little, results in unnecessary tire wear. Check the tire pressures at least once a month.
418
• Be sure that the wheels are aligned correctly. Improper alignment can result from hitting curbs or driving too fast over irregular surfaces. Poor alignment causes faster tire wear and may also result in other problems as well as greater fuel cons...
418
• Be sure that the wheels are aligned correctly. Improper alignment can result from hitting curbs or driving too fast over irregular surfaces. Poor alignment causes faster tire wear and may also result in other problems as well as greater fuel cons...
418
• Keep your vehicle in good condition. For better fuel economy and reduced maintenance costs, maintain your vehicle in accordance with
418
• Keep your vehicle in good condition. For better fuel economy and reduced maintenance costs, maintain your vehicle in accordance with
418
\Scheduled maintenance service\ on page 7-9
418
\Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions - Non Turbo Models\ on page 7-12
418
• Keep your vehicle clean. For maximum service, your vehicle should be kept clean and free of corrosive materials. It is especially important that mud, dirt, ice, etc. not be allowed to accumulate on the underside of the vehicle. This extra weight ...
418
• Keep your vehicle clean. For maximum service, your vehicle should be kept clean and free of corrosive materials. It is especially important that mud, dirt, ice, etc. not be allowed to accumulate on the underside of the vehicle. This extra weight ...
418
• Travel lightly. Don't carry unnecessary weight in your vehicle.Weight reduces fuel economy.
419
• Travel lightly. Don't carry unnecessary weight in your vehicle.Weight reduces fuel economy.
419
• Don't let the engine idle longer than necessary. If you are waiting (and not in traffic), turn off your engine and restart only when you're ready to go.
419
• Don't let the engine idle longer than necessary. If you are waiting (and not in traffic), turn off your engine and restart only when you're ready to go.
419
• Remember, your vehicle does not require extended warm-up. After the engine has started, allow the engine to run for 10 to 20 seconds prior to placing the vehicle in gear. In very cold weather, however, give your engine a slightly longer warm-up p...
419
• Remember, your vehicle does not require extended warm-up. After the engine has started, allow the engine to run for 10 to 20 seconds prior to placing the vehicle in gear. In very cold weather, however, give your engine a slightly longer warm-up p...
419
• Don't \lug\ or \over-rev\ the engine. Lugging is driving too slowly in a very high gear resulting in engine bucking. If this happens, shift to a lower gear. Over- revving is racing the engine beyond its safe limit. This can be avoided by shifting...
419
• Don't \lug\ or \over-rev\ the engine. Lugging is driving too slowly in a very high gear resulting in engine bucking. If this happens, shift to a lower gear. Over- revving is racing the engine beyond its safe limit. This can be avoided by shifting...
419
• Use your air conditioning sparingly. The air conditioning system is operated by engine power so your fuel economy is reduced when you use it.
419
• Use your air conditioning sparingly. The air conditioning system is operated by engine power so your fuel economy is reduced when you use it.
419
• Open windows at high speeds can reduce fuel economy.
419
• Open windows at high speeds can reduce fuel economy.
419
• Fuel economy is less in crosswinds and headwinds. To help offset some of this loss, slow down when driving in these conditions.
419
• Fuel economy is less in crosswinds and headwinds. To help offset some of this loss, slow down when driving in these conditions.
419
Keeping a vehicle in good operating condition is important both for economy and safety. Therefore, have an authorized Kia dealer perform scheduled inspections and maintenance.
419
Engine off during motion
419
Engine off during motion
419
Never turn the engine off to coast down hills or anytime the vehicle is in motion. The power steering and power brakes will not function properly without the engine running. In addition, turning off the ignition while driving could engage the steerin...
419
Special driving conditions
420
Special driving conditions
420
If driving conditions deteriorate due to poor weather or road conditions, you should pay even more attention than usual to your driving.
420
Hazardous driving conditions
420
Hazardous driving conditions
420
Hazardous driving conditions
420
hazardous driving conditions
420
hazardous driving conditions
420
special driving conditions:hazardous driving conditions
420
• Drive cautiously and allow extra distance for braking.
420
• Drive cautiously and allow extra distance for braking.
420
• Drive cautiously and allow extra distance for braking.
420
• Avoid sudden braking or steering.
420
• Avoid sudden braking or steering.
420
• When braking with non-ABS brakes pump the brake pedal with a light up-and-down motion until the vehicle is stopped.
420
• When braking with non-ABS brakes pump the brake pedal with a light up-and-down motion until the vehicle is stopped.
420
• Do not pump the brake pedal on a vehicle equipped with ABS.
420
• Do not pump the brake pedal on a vehicle equipped with ABS.
420
• If stalled in snow, mud, or sand, use the second gear. Accelerate slowly to avoid spinning the drive wheels.
420
• If stalled in snow, mud, or sand, use the second gear. Accelerate slowly to avoid spinning the drive wheels.
420
• Use sand, rock salt, or other nonslip material under the drive wheels to provide traction when stalled in ice, snow, or mud.
420
• Use sand, rock salt, or other nonslip material under the drive wheels to provide traction when stalled in ice, snow, or mud.
420
Reducing the risk of a rollover
420
Reducing the risk of a rollover
420
special driving conditions:reducing the risk of a rollover
420
special driving conditions:reducing the risk of a rollover
420
reducing the risk of a rollover
420
Specific design characteristics give them a higher center of gravity than ordinary vehicles. An advantage of the higher ground clearance is a better view of the road, which allows you to anticipate problems.
420
They are not designed for cornering at the same speeds as conventional passenger vehicles, any more than low-slung sports vehicles are designed to perform satisfactorily in off-road conditions. Due to this risk, driver and passengers are strongly rec...
420
In a rollover crash, an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die than a person wearing a seat belt. There are steps that a driver can make to reduce the risk of a rollover.
420
If at all possible, avoid sharp turns or abrupt maneuvers, do not load your roof rack with heavy cargo, and never modify your vehicle in any way.
420
Rollover
420
Rollover
420
As with other Sports Utility Vehicle (SUV), failure to operate this vehicle correctly may result in loss of control, an accident or vehicle rollover.
420
• Utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles.
421
• Utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles.
421
• Utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles.
421
• Specific design characteristics (higher ground clearance, narrower track, etc.) give this vehicle a higher center of gravity than ordinary vehicles.
421
• Specific design characteristics (higher ground clearance, narrower track, etc.) give this vehicle a higher center of gravity than ordinary vehicles.
421
• A SUV is not designed for cornering at the same speeds as conventional vehicles.
421
• A SUV is not designed for cornering at the same speeds as conventional vehicles.
421
• Avoid sharp turns or abrupt maneuvers.
421
• Avoid sharp turns or abrupt maneuvers.
421
• In a rollover crash, an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die than a person wearing a seat belt. Make sure everyone in the vehicle is properly buckled up.
421
• In a rollover crash, an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die than a person wearing a seat belt. Make sure everyone in the vehicle is properly buckled up.
421
Your vehicle is equipped with tires designed to provide safe ride and handling capability. Do not use tires and wheels that are different in size and type from the originally installed ones. It can affect the safety and performance of your vehicle, w...
421
Your vehicle is equipped with tires designed to provide safe ride and handling capability. Do not use tires and wheels that are different in size and type from the originally installed ones. It can affect the safety and performance of your vehicle, w...
421
Rocking the vehicle
421
Rocking the vehicle
421
special driving conditions:rocking the vehicle
421
special driving conditions:rocking the vehicle
421
rocking the vehicle
421
Do not race the vehicle, and spin the wheels as little as possible. If you are still stuck after a few tries, have the vehicle pulled out by a tow vehicle to avoid vehicle overheating and possible damage to the reduction gear.
421
Sudden Vehicle Movement
421
Sudden Vehicle Movement
421
Do not attempt to rock the vehicle if people or objects are nearby. The vehicle may suddenly move forward or backwards as it becomes unstuck.
421
Vehicle rocking
421
Vehicle rocking
421
Prolonged rocking may cause vehicle overheating, reduction gear damage or failure, and tire damage.
421
Spinning tires
421
Spinning tires
421
Do not spin the wheels, especially at speeds more than 35 mph (56 km/ h). Spinning the wheels at high speeds when the vehicle is stationary could overheat and damage tires, and the rotating wheels may fly away and injure bystanders.
421
The Electronic Stability Control (ESC) should be turned OFF prior to rocking the vehicle.
422
Smooth cornering
422
Smooth cornering
422
smooth cornering
422
smooth cornering
422
special driving conditions:smooth cornering
422
Driving at night
422
Driving at night
422
driving at night
422
driving at night
422
special driving conditions:driving at night
422
• Slow down and keep more distance between you and other vehicles, as it may be more difficult to see at night, especially in areas where there may not be any street lights.
422
• Slow down and keep more distance between you and other vehicles, as it may be more difficult to see at night, especially in areas where there may not be any street lights.
422
• Slow down and keep more distance between you and other vehicles, as it may be more difficult to see at night, especially in areas where there may not be any street lights.
422
• Adjust your mirrors to reduce the glare from other driver's headlights.
422
• Adjust your mirrors to reduce the glare from other driver's headlights.
422
• Keep your headlights clean and properly aimed. (On vehicles not equipped with the automatic headlight aiming feature.) Dirty or improperly aimed headlights will make it much more difficult to see at night.
422
• Keep your headlights clean and properly aimed. (On vehicles not equipped with the automatic headlight aiming feature.) Dirty or improperly aimed headlights will make it much more difficult to see at night.
422
• Avoid staring directly at the headlights of oncoming vehicles. You could be temporarily blinded, and it will take several seconds for your eyes to readjust to the darkness.
422
• Avoid staring directly at the headlights of oncoming vehicles. You could be temporarily blinded, and it will take several seconds for your eyes to readjust to the darkness.
422
Driving in the rain
422
Driving in the rain
422
driving in the rain
422
driving in the rain
422
special driving conditions:driving in the rain
422
Here are a few things to consider when driving in the rain:
422
• A heavy rainfall will make it harder to see and will increase the distance needed to stop your vehicle, so slow down.
422
• A heavy rainfall will make it harder to see and will increase the distance needed to stop your vehicle, so slow down.
422
• A heavy rainfall will make it harder to see and will increase the distance needed to stop your vehicle, so slow down.
422
• Keep your windshield wiping equipment in good shape. Replace your windshield wiper blades when they show signs of streaking or missing areas on the windshield.
422
• Keep your windshield wiping equipment in good shape. Replace your windshield wiper blades when they show signs of streaking or missing areas on the windshield.
422
• If your tires are not in good condition, making a quick stop on wet pavement can cause a skid and possibly lead to an accident. Be sure your tires are in good shape.
422
• If your tires are not in good condition, making a quick stop on wet pavement can cause a skid and possibly lead to an accident. Be sure your tires are in good shape.
422
• Turn on your headlights to make it easier for others to see you.
422
• Turn on your headlights to make it easier for others to see you.
422
• Driving too fast through large puddles can affect your brakes. If you must go through puddles, try to drive through them slowly.
422
• Driving too fast through large puddles can affect your brakes. If you must go through puddles, try to drive through them slowly.
422
• If you believe you may have gotten your brakes wet, apply them lightly while driving until normal braking operation returns.
423
• If you believe you may have gotten your brakes wet, apply them lightly while driving until normal braking operation returns.
423
Driving in flooded areas
423
Driving in flooded areas
423
driving in flooded areas
423
driving in flooded areas
423
special driving conditions:driving in flooded areas
423
After driving through water, dry the brakes by gently applying them several times while the vehicle is moving slowly.
423
Driving on unpaved roads
423
Driving on unpaved roads
423
driving on unpaved roads
423
driving on unpaved roads
423
special driving conditions:driving on unpaved roads
423
Highway driving
423
Highway driving
423
highway driving
423
highway driving
423
highway driving
423
special driving conditions:highway driving
423
Adjust the tire inflation pressures to specification. Low tire inflation pressures will result in overheating and possible failure of the tires.
423
Avoid using worn or damaged tires which may result in reduced traction or tire failure.
423
Never exceed the maximum tire inflation pressure shown on the tires.
423
Under/over inflated tires
423
Under/over inflated tires
423
Always check the tires for proper inflation before driving. Underinflated or overinflated tires can cause poor handling, loss of vehicle control, and sudden tire failure leading to accidents, injuries, and even death. For proper tire pressures, refer to
423
\Tires and wheels\ on page 8-8
423
Tire tread
423
Tire tread
423
Always check the tire tread before driving your vehicle. Worn-out tires can result in loss of vehicle control. Worn-out tires should be replaced as soon as possible. For further information and tread limits, refer to
423
\Tires and wheels\ on page 8-8
423
Fuel, engine coolant and engine oil
423
Fuel, engine coolant and engine oil
423
High speed travel consumes more fuel than urban motoring. Do not forget to check both the engine coolant and engine oil.
423
Drive belt
423
Drive belt
423
A loose or damaged drive belt may result in overheating of the engine.
423
Winter driving
424
Winter driving
424
Severe weather conditions in the winter result in greater wear and other problems.
424
To minimize the problems of winter driving, you should follow these suggestions:
424
To minimize the problems of winter driving, you should follow these suggestions:
424
Snowy or icy conditions
424
Snowy or icy conditions
424
snowy or icy conditions
424
snowy or icy conditions
424
winter driving:snowy or icy conditions
424
If snow tires are needed, it is necessary to select tires equivalent in size and type of the original equipment tires. Failure to do so may adversely affect the safety and handling of your vehicle. Furthermore, speeding, rapid acceleration, sudden br...
424
During deceleration, use vehicle braking to the fullest extent. Sudden brake applications on snowy or icy roads may cause skids to occur. You need to keep sufficient distance between the vehicle in operation in front of your vehicle. Also, apply the ...
424
Tire chains are not legal in all states. Check state laws before fitting tire chains.
424
Snow tires
424
Snow tires
424
snow tires
424
snow tires
424
winter driving:snow tires
424
Do not install studded tires without first checking local, state and municipal regulations for possible restrictions against their use.
424
Snow tire size
424
Snow tire size
424
Snow tires should be equivalent in size and type to the vehicle's standard tires. Otherwise, the safety and handling of your vehicle may be adversely affected.
424
Tire chains
425
Tire chains
425
<GRAPHIC>
425
<GRAPHIC>
425
tire chains
425
tire chains
425
winter driving:tire chains
425
Damage to your vehicle caused by improper tire chain use is not covered by your vehicle manufacturer's warranty.
425
• Install AutoSock (fabric snow chain) on the front tires for FWD vehicles or for AWD vehicles. It should be noted that installing AutoSock (fabric snow chain) on the tires will provide a greater driving force, but will not prevent side skids.
425
• Install AutoSock (fabric snow chain) on the front tires for FWD vehicles or for AWD vehicles. It should be noted that installing AutoSock (fabric snow chain) on the tires will provide a greater driving force, but will not prevent side skids.
425
• Install AutoSock (fabric snow chain) on the front tires for FWD vehicles or for AWD vehicles. It should be noted that installing AutoSock (fabric snow chain) on the tires will provide a greater driving force, but will not prevent side skids.
425
• Install AutoSock (fabric snow chain) on the front tires for FWD vehicles or for AWD vehicles. It should be noted that installing AutoSock (fabric snow chain) on the tires will provide a greater driving force, but will not prevent side skids.
425
• Do not install studded tires without first checking local and municipal regulations for possible restrictions against their use.
425
• Do not install studded tires without first checking local and municipal regulations for possible restrictions against their use.
425
When using AutoSock (fabricsnow chain):
425
When using AutoSock (fabricsnow chain):
425
• Wrong size chains or improperly installed chains can damage your vehicle's brake lines, suspension, body and wheels.
425
• Wrong size chains or improperly installed chains can damage your vehicle's brake lines, suspension, body and wheels.
425
• Wrong size chains or improperly installed chains can damage your vehicle's brake lines, suspension, body and wheels.
425
• If you hear noise caused by chains contacting the body, retighten the chain to prevent contact with the vehicle body.
425
• If you hear noise caused by chains contacting the body, retighten the chain to prevent contact with the vehicle body.
425
• To prevent body damage, retighten the chains after driving 0.3~0.6 miles (0.5~1.0 km).
425
• To prevent body damage, retighten the chains after driving 0.3~0.6 miles (0.5~1.0 km).
425
Chain installation
425
Chain installation
425
When installing AutoSock (fabric snow chain), follow the manufacturer's instructions and mount them as tightly possible. Drive slowly (less than 20 mph (30 km/h)) with chains installed. If you hear the chains contacting the body or chassis, stop and ...
425
Remove the AutoSock (fabric snow chain) as soon as you begin driving on cleared roads.
425
Mounting chains
426
Mounting chains
426
When mounting snow chains, park the vehicle on level ground away from traffic. Turn on the vehicle Hazard Warning flashers and place a triangular emergency warning device behind the vehicle if available. Always place the vehicle in P (Park), apply th...
426
Tire chains
426
Tire chains
426
• The use of chains may adversely affect vehicle handling.
426
• The use of chains may adversely affect vehicle handling.
426
• The use of chains may adversely affect vehicle handling.
426
• Do not exceed 20 mph (30 km/h) or the chain manufacturer's recommended speed limit, whichever is lower.
426
• Do not exceed 20 mph (30 km/h) or the chain manufacturer's recommended speed limit, whichever is lower.
426
• Drive carefully and avoid bumps, holes, sharp turns, and other road hazards, which may cause the vehicle to bounce.
426
• Drive carefully and avoid bumps, holes, sharp turns, and other road hazards, which may cause the vehicle to bounce.
426
• Avoid sharp turns or lockedwheel braking.
426
• Avoid sharp turns or lockedwheel braking.
426
• Chains that are the wrong size or improperly installed can damage your vehicle's brake lines, suspension, body and wheels.
426
• Chains that are the wrong size or improperly installed can damage your vehicle's brake lines, suspension, body and wheels.
426
• Chains that are the wrong size or improperly installed can damage your vehicle's brake lines, suspension, body and wheels.
426
• Chains that are the wrong size or improperly installed can damage your vehicle's brake lines, suspension, body and wheels.
426
• Stop driving and retighten the chains any time you hear them hitting the vehicle.
426
• Stop driving and retighten the chains any time you hear them hitting the vehicle.
426
Use high quality ethylene glycol coolant
426
Use high quality ethylene glycol coolant
426
Your vehicle is delivered with high quality ethylene glycol coolant in the cooling system. It is the only type of coolant that should be used because it helps prevent corrosion in the cooling system, lubricates the water pump and prevents freezing. B...
426
\Normal maintenance schedule - Non Turbo Models\ on page 7-10
426
Check battery and cables
426
Check battery and cables
426
Winter puts additional burdens on the battery system. Visually inspect the battery and cables (refer to
426
\For best battery service\ on page 7-30
426
Change to \winter weight\ oil if necessary
426
Change to \winter weight\ oil if necessary
426
In some climates it is recommended that a lower viscosity \winter weight\ oil be used during cold weather. Refer to
426
\Recommended lubricants and capacities\ on page 8-9
426
Check spark plugs and ignition system
427
Check spark plugs and ignition system
427
Inspect your spark plugs as described in
427
\Scheduled maintenance service\ on page 7-9
427
To keep locks from freezing
427
To keep locks from freezing
427
To keep the locks from freezing, squirt an approved de-icer fluid or glycerine into the key opening. If a lock is covered with ice, squirt it with an approved de-icing fluid to remove the ice. If the lock is frozen internally, you may be able to thaw...
427
Use approved window washer anti- freeze in system
427
Use approved window washer anti- freeze in system
427
To keep the water in the window washer system from freezing, add an approved window washer anti- freeze solution in accordance with instructions on the container. Window washer anti-freeze is available from an authorized Kia dealer and most auto part...
427
Don't let your parking brake freeze
427
Don't let your parking brake freeze
427
Under some conditions your parking brake can freeze in the engaged position. This is most likely to happen when there is an accumulation of snow or ice around or near the rear brakes or if the brakes are wet. If there is a risk the parking brake may ...
427
Don't let ice and snow accumulate underneath
427
Don't let ice and snow accumulate underneath
427
Under some conditions, snow and ice can build up under the fenders and interfere with the steering. In severe winter conditions you should periodically check underneath the vehicle to be sure the movement of the front wheels and the steering componen...
427
Carry emergency equipment
427
Carry emergency equipment
427
Depending on the severity of the weather, you should carry appropriate emergency equipment. Some of the items you may want to carry include tow straps or chains, flashlight, emergency flares, sand, shovel, jumper cables, window scraper, gloves, groun...
427
Trailer towing
428
Trailer towing
428
If you are considering towing with your vehicle, you should first check with your country's Department of Motor Vehicles to determine their legal requirements.
428
If you are considering towing with your vehicle, you should first check with your country's Department of Motor Vehicles to determine their legal requirements.
428
Since laws vary the requirements for towing trailers, cars, or other types of vehicles or apparatus may differ. Ask an authorized Kia dealer for further details before towing.
428
Towing a trailer
428
Towing a trailer
428
Always check your towing equipment to confirm correct equipment size and installation before use. Using incompatible or incorrectly installed trailer equipment can effect the vehicle operation and endanger you and your passengers.
428
You may require an additional wiring harness connector to install a trailer hitch. Please contact an authorized Kia dealer for more details.
428
Weight limits
428
Weight limits
428
Before towing, make sure the total trailer weight, GCW (Gross Combination Weight), GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight), GAW (Gross Axle Weight) and trailer tongue load are all within the limits.
428
Trailer installation
429
Trailer installation
429
Follow instructions in this section when pulling a trailer. Pulling a trailer improperly can damage your vehicle and result in costly repairs not covered by your warranty.
429
Your vehicle can tow a trailer. To identify what the vehicle trailering capacity is for your vehicle, you should read the information in
429
\Weight of the trailer\ on page 5- 156
429
Remember that trailering is different than just driving your vehicle by itself. Trailering means changes in handling, durability, and fuel economy. Successful, safe trailering requires correct equipment, and it has to be used properly.
429
This section contains many time- tested, important trailering tips and safety rules. Many of these are important for your safety and that of your passengers. Please read this section carefully before you pull a trailer.
429
Load-pulling components such as the engine, transmission, wheel assemblies, and tires are forced to work harder against the load of the added weight. The engine is required to operate at relatively higher speeds and under greater loads. This addition...
429
Hitches
429
Hitches
429
It's important to have the correct hitch equipment. Crosswinds, large trucks going by, and rough roads are a few reasons why you'll need the right hitch. Here are some rules to follow:
429
It's important to have the correct hitch equipment. Crosswinds, large trucks going by, and rough roads are a few reasons why you'll need the right hitch. Here are some rules to follow:
429
• Will you have to make any holes in the body of your vehicle when you install a trailer hitch? If you do, then be sure to seal the holes later when you remove the hitch.
429
• Will you have to make any holes in the body of your vehicle when you install a trailer hitch? If you do, then be sure to seal the holes later when you remove the hitch.
429
• Will you have to make any holes in the body of your vehicle when you install a trailer hitch? If you do, then be sure to seal the holes later when you remove the hitch.
429
If you don't seal them, deadly carbon monoxide (CO) from your exhaust can get into your vehicle, as well as dirt and water.
429
• The bumpers on your vehicle are not intended for hitches. Do not attach rental hitches or other bumper-type hitches to them. Use only a frame-mounted hitch that does not attach to the bumper.
429
• The bumpers on your vehicle are not intended for hitches. Do not attach rental hitches or other bumper-type hitches to them. Use only a frame-mounted hitch that does not attach to the bumper.
429
• Kia trailer hitch accessory is available at an authorized Kia dealer.
429
• Kia trailer hitch accessory is available at an authorized Kia dealer.
429
Safety chains
429
Safety chains
429
You should always attach chains between your vehicle and your trailer. Cross the safety chains under the tongue of the trailer so that the tongue will not drop to the road if it becomes separated from the hitch.
429
You should always attach chains between your vehicle and your trailer. Cross the safety chains under the tongue of the trailer so that the tongue will not drop to the road if it becomes separated from the hitch.
429
Instructions about safety chains may be provided by the hitch manufacturer or by the trailer manufacturer. Follow the manufacturer's recommendation for attaching safety chains. Always leave just enough slack so you can turn with your trailer. And, ne...
430
Trailer brakes
430
Trailer brakes
430
If your trailer is equipped with a braking system, make sure it conforms to your state's regulations and that it is properly installed and operating correctly.
430
If your trailer is equipped with a braking system, make sure it conforms to your state's regulations and that it is properly installed and operating correctly.
430
If your trailer weight exceeds the maximum allowed weight without trailer brakes, then the trailer will also require its own brakes as well. Be sure to read and follow the instructions for the trailer brakes so you'll be able to install, adjust and m...
430
• Don't tap into or modify your vehicle's brake system.
430
• Don't tap into or modify your vehicle's brake system.
430
• Don't tap into or modify your vehicle's brake system.
430
Trailer brakes
430
Trailer brakes
430
Do not use a trailer with its own brakes unless you are absolutely certain that you have properly set up the brake system. This is not a task for amateurs. Use an experienced, competent trailer shop for this work.
430
Driving with a trailer
430
Driving with a trailer
430
Towing a trailer requires a certain amount of experience. Before setting out for the open road, you must get to know your trailer. Acquaint yourself with the feel of handling and braking with the added weight of the trailer. And always keep in mind t...
430
Towing a trailer requires a certain amount of experience. Before setting out for the open road, you must get to know your trailer. Acquaint yourself with the feel of handling and braking with the added weight of the trailer. And always keep in mind t...
430
Before you start, check the trailer hitch and platform, safety chains, electrical connector(s), lights, tires and mirror adjustment. If the trailer has electric brakes, start your vehicle and trailer moving and then apply the trailer brake controller...
430
During your trip, check occasionally to be sure that the load is secure, and that the lights and any trailer brakes are still working.
430
Following distance
431
Following distance
431
Stay at least twice as far behind the vehicle ahead as you would when driving your vehicle without a trailer. This can help you avoid situations that require heavy braking and sudden turns.
431
Passing
431
Passing
431
You'll need more passing distance up ahead when you're towing a trailer. And, because of the increased vehicle length, you'll need to go much farther beyond the passed vehicle before you can return to your lane. Due to the added load to the engine wh...
431
Backing up
431
Backing up
431
Hold the bottom of the steering wheel with one hand. Then, to move the trailer to the left, just move your hand to the left. To move the trailer to the right, move your hand to the right. Always back up slowly and, if possible, have someone guide you.
431
Making turns
431
Making turns
431
When you're turning with a trailer, make wider turns than normal. Do this so your trailer won't strike soft shoulders, curbs, road signs, trees, or other objects near the edge of the road. Avoid jerky or sudden maneuvers. Signal well in advance befor...
431
Turn signals when towing a trailer
431
Turn signals when towing a trailer
431
When you tow a trailer, your vehicle has to have a different turn signal flasher and extra wiring. The green arrows on your instrument panel will flash whenever you signal a turn or lane change. Properly connected, the trailer lights will also flash ...
431
When towing a trailer, the green arrows on your instrument panel will flash for turns even if the bulbs on the trailer are burned out. Thus, you may think drivers behind you are seeing your signals when, in fact, they are not. It's important to check...
431
Do not connect a trailer lighting system directly to your vehicle's lighting system. Use only an approved trailer wiring harness.
431
An authorized Kia dealer can assist you in installing the wiring harness.
431
Always use an approved trailer wiring harness. Failure to use an approved trailer wiring harness could result in damage to the vehicle electrical system.
432
Always use an approved trailer wiring harness. Failure to use an approved trailer wiring harness could result in damage to the vehicle electrical system.
432
Driving on grades
432
Driving on grades
432
Reduce speed and shift to a lower gear before you start down a long or steep downgrade. If you don't shift down, you might have to use your brakes so much that they would get hot and no longer operate efficiently. On a long uphill grade, shift down a...
432
If your trailer weighs more than the maximum trailer weight without trailer brakes and you have an automatic transmission, you should drive in D (Drive) when towing a trailer.
432
Operating your vehicle in D (Drive) when towing a trailer will minimize heat build up and extend the life of your transmission.
432
Towing uphill
432
Towing uphill
432
When towing a trailer on steep grades (in excess of 6%) pay close attention to the engine coolant temperature gauge to ensure the engine does not overheat.
432
If the needle of the coolant temperature gauge moves across the dial towards \H\ (HOT), pull over and stop as soon as it is safe to do so, and allow the engine to idle until it cools down. You may proceed once the engine has cooled sufficiently.
432
You must decide driving speed depending on trailer weight and uphill grade to reduce the possibility of engine and transmission overheating.
432
Parking on hills
432
Generally, if you have a trailer attached to your vehicle, you should not park your vehicle on a hill. People can be seriously or fatally injured, and both your vehicle and the trailer can be damaged if they unexpectedly roll downhill.
432
However, if you ever have to park your trailer on a hill, here's how to do it:
432
However, if you ever have to park your trailer on a hill, here's how to do it:
432
However, if you ever have to park your trailer on a hill, here's how to do it:
432
1. Pull the vehicle into the parking space. Turn the steering wheel in the direction of the curb (right if headed downhill, left if headed up hill).
432
1. Pull the vehicle into the parking space. Turn the steering wheel in the direction of the curb (right if headed downhill, left if headed up hill).
432
1. Pull the vehicle into the parking space. Turn the steering wheel in the direction of the curb (right if headed downhill, left if headed up hill).
432
2. If the vehicle has an automatic transmission, place the vehicle in P (Park).
432
2. If the vehicle has an automatic transmission, place the vehicle in P (Park).
432
3. Set the parking brake and shut off the engine.
432
3. Set the parking brake and shut off the engine.
432
4. Place chocks under the trailer wheels on the down hill side of the wheels.
433
4. Place chocks under the trailer wheels on the down hill side of the wheels.
433
5. Start the vehicle, hold the brakes, shift to neutral, release the parking brake and slowly release the brakes until the trailer chocks absorb the load.
433
5. Start the vehicle, hold the brakes, shift to neutral, release the parking brake and slowly release the brakes until the trailer chocks absorb the load.
433
6. Reapply the brakes, reapply the parking brake and shift the vehicle to P (Park) for automatic transmission.
433
6. Reapply the brakes, reapply the parking brake and shift the vehicle to P (Park) for automatic transmission.
433
7. Shut off the vehicle and release the vehicle brakes but leave the parking brake set.
433
7. Shut off the vehicle and release the vehicle brakes but leave the parking brake set.
433
When you are ready to leave after parking on a hill
433
When you are ready to leave after parking on a hill
433
When you are ready to leave after parking on a hill
433
1. With the automatic transmission in P (Park), apply your brakes and hold the brake pedal down while you:
433
1. With the automatic transmission in P (Park), apply your brakes and hold the brake pedal down while you:
433
1. With the automatic transmission in P (Park), apply your brakes and hold the brake pedal down while you:
433
• Start your engine;
433
• Start your engine;
433
• Start your engine;
433
• Shift into gear; and
433
• Shift into gear; and
433
• Release the parking brake.
433
• Release the parking brake.
433
2. Slowly remove your foot from the brake pedal.
433
2. Slowly remove your foot from the brake pedal.
433
3. Drive slowly until the trailer is clear of the chocks.
433
3. Drive slowly until the trailer is clear of the chocks.
433
4. Stop and have someone pick up and store the chocks.
433
4. Stop and have someone pick up and store the chocks.
433
Maintenance when trailer towing
433
Maintenance when trailer towing
433
Your vehicle will need service more often when you regularly pull a trailer. Important items to pay particular attention to include engine oil, automatic transmission fluid, axle lubricant and cooling system fluid. Brake condition is another importan...
433
Your vehicle will need service more often when you regularly pull a trailer. Important items to pay particular attention to include engine oil, automatic transmission fluid, axle lubricant and cooling system fluid. Brake condition is another importan...
433
Don't forget to also maintain your trailer and hitch. Follow the maintenance schedule that accompanied your trailer and check it periodically. Preferably, conduct the check at the start of each day's driving. Most importantly, all hitch nuts and bolt...
433
Air conditioning (A/C)
433
Air conditioning (A/C)
433
Do not use the air conditioning while using your vehicle to tow uphill. Due to higher load during trailer usage, overheating might occur on hot days or during uphill driving.
433
• When towing check transmission fluid more frequently.
433
• When towing check transmission fluid more frequently.
433
• When towing check transmission fluid more frequently.
433
If you do decide to pull a trailer
433
If you do decide to pull a trailer
433
Here are some important points if you decide to pull a trailer:
433
Here are some important points if you decide to pull a trailer:
433
• Consider using a sway control. You can ask a hitch dealer about sway control.
433
• Consider using a sway control. You can ask a hitch dealer about sway control.
433
• Consider using a sway control. You can ask a hitch dealer about sway control.
433
• Do not do any towing with your vehicle during its first 1,200 miles (2,000 km) in order to allow the engine to properly break in. Failure to heed this caution may result in serious engine or transmission damage.
433
• Do not do any towing with your vehicle during its first 1,200 miles (2,000 km) in order to allow the engine to properly break in. Failure to heed this caution may result in serious engine or transmission damage.
433
• When towing a trailer, be sure to consult an authorized Kia dealer for further information on additional requirements such as a towing kit, etc.
434
• When towing a trailer, be sure to consult an authorized Kia dealer for further information on additional requirements such as a towing kit, etc.
434
• Always drive your vehicle at a moderate speed (less than 60 mph (100 km/h)).
434
• Always drive your vehicle at a moderate speed (less than 60 mph (100 km/h)).
434
• On a long uphill grade, do not exceed 45 mph (70 km/h) or the posted towing speed limit, whichever is lower.
434
• On a long uphill grade, do not exceed 45 mph (70 km/h) or the posted towing speed limit, whichever is lower.
434
• The chart contains important considerations that have to do with weight:
434
• The chart contains important considerations that have to do with weight:
434
<TABLE>
434
<TABLE>
434
<TABLE HEADING>
434
<TABLE ROW>
434
Item
434
Item
434
lbs. (kg)
434
lbs. (kg)
434
<TABLE ROW>
434
Lambda II 3.8 GDI ATK
434
Lambda II 3.8 GDI ATK
434
<TABLE BODY>
434
<TABLE ROW>
434
Maximum trailer weight
434
Maximum trailer weight
434
Without brake system
434
Without brake system
434
1,650 (750)
434
1,650 (750)
434
<TABLE ROW>
434
With brake system
434
With brake system
434
5,000 (2,267)
434
5,000 (2,267)
434
<TABLE ROW>
434
Maximum tongue weight
434
Maximum tongue weight
434
500 (227)
434
500 (227)
434
To identify what the vehicle trailering capacity is for your vehicle, you should read the information in
434
\Weight of the trailer\ on page 5-156
434
Weight of the trailer
434
Weight of the trailer
434
<TABLE>
434
<TABLE>
434
<TABLE BODY>
434
<TABLE ROW>
434
Tongue Load
434
Tongue Load
434
Total Trailer Weight
434
Total Trailer Weight
434
<TABLE ROW>
434
<GRAPHIC>
434
<GRAPHIC>
434
What is the maximum safe weight of a trailer? It should never weigh more than the maximum trailer weight with trailer brakes. But even that can be too heavy.
434
It depends on how you plan to use your trailer. For example, speed, altitude, road grades, outside temperature and how often your vehicle is used to pull a trailer are all important. The ideal trailer weight can also depend on any special equipment t...
434
<TABLE>
434
<TABLE>
434
<TABLE BODY>
434
<TABLE ROW>
434
Gross Axle Weight
434
Gross Axle Weight
434
Gross Vehicle Weight
434
Gross Vehicle Weight
434
<TABLE ROW>
435
<GRAPHIC>
435
<GRAPHIC>
435
The tongue load of any trailer is an important weight to measure because it affects the total Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW) of your vehicle. This weight includes the curb weight of the vehicle, any cargo you may carry in it, and the people who will be r...
435
After you've loaded your trailer, weigh the trailer and then the tongue, separately, to see if the weights are proper. If they aren't, you may be able to correct them simply by moving some items around in the trailer.
435
Trailer
435
Trailer
435
Always follow the loading instructions provided with your trailer. Improper loading can effect vehicle operation and result in an accident.
435
Vehicle load limit
436
Vehicle load limit
436
The vehicle load limit is displayed on the tire and loading information label on the driver's door.
436
Tire and loading information label
436
Tire and loading information label
436
<GRAPHIC>
436
<GRAPHIC>
436
<GRAPHIC>
436
<GRAPHIC>
436
<GRAPHIC>
436
<GRAPHIC>
436
<GRAPHIC>
436
<GRAPHIC>
436
<GRAPHIC>
436
The label located on the driver's door sill gives the original tire size, cold tire pressures recommended for your vehicle, the number of people that can be in your vehicle and vehicle capacity weight.
436
Vehicle capacity weight:
436
Vehicle capacity weight:
436
• 7 persons: 1,173 lbs. (532 kg)
436
• 7 persons: 1,173 lbs. (532 kg)
436
• 7 persons: 1,173 lbs. (532 kg)
436
• 8 persons: 1,323 lbs. (600 kg)
436
• 8 persons: 1,323 lbs. (600 kg)
436
Vehicle capacity weight is the maximum combined weight of occupants and cargo. If your vehicle is equipped with a trailer, the combined weight includes the tongue load.
436
Seating capacity:
436
Seating capacity:
436
Total
436
• 7 persons (Front seat: 2 persons, Rear seat: 5 persons)
436
• 7 persons (Front seat: 2 persons, Rear seat: 5 persons)
436
• 7 persons (Front seat: 2 persons, Rear seat: 5 persons)
436
• 8 persons (Front seat: 2 persons, Rear seat: 6 persons)
436
• 8 persons (Front seat: 2 persons, Rear seat: 6 persons)
436
Seating capacity is the maximum number of occupants including a driver, your vehicle may carry. However, the seating capacity may be reduced based upon the weight of all of the occupants, and the weight of the cargo being carried or towed. Do not ove...
436
Towing capacity:
437
Towing capacity:
437
• Lambda II 3.8 GDI ATK Engine Without trailer brakes: 1,650 lbs. (750 kg)
437
• Lambda II 3.8 GDI ATK Engine Without trailer brakes: 1,650 lbs. (750 kg)
437
• Lambda II 3.8 GDI ATK Engine Without trailer brakes: 1,650 lbs. (750 kg)
437
• With trailer brakes: 5,000 lbs. (2,267 kg)
437
• With trailer brakes: 5,000 lbs. (2,267 kg)
437
Towing capacity is the maximum trailer weight including its cargo weight, your vehicle can tow
437
Cargo capacity:
437
Cargo capacity:
437
The cargo capacity of your vehicle will increase or decrease depending on the weight and the number of occupants.
437
Steps For Determining Correct Load Limit -
437
Steps For Determining Correct Load Limit -
437
1. Locate the statement \The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX lbs. or XXX kg'' on your vehicle's placard.
437
1. Locate the statement \The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX lbs. or XXX kg'' on your vehicle's placard.
437
1. Locate the statement \The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX lbs. or XXX kg'' on your vehicle's placard.
437
1. Locate the statement \The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX lbs. or XXX kg'' on your vehicle's placard.
437
2. Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle.
437
2. Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle.
437
3. Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX lbs. or XXX kg.
437
3. Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX lbs. or XXX kg.
437
4. The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity. For example, if the \XXX\ amount equals 1400 lbs. (635 kg) and there will be five 150 lbs. (68 kg) passengers in your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and l...
437
4. The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity. For example, if the \XXX\ amount equals 1400 lbs. (635 kg) and there will be five 150 lbs. (68 kg) passengers in your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and l...
437
5. Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step
437
5. Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step
437
4
437
6. If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle.
437
6. If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle.
437
Loose cargo
437
Loose cargo
437
Loose cargo
437
Do not travel with unsecured blunt objects in the passenger compartment of your vehicle (e.g. suit cases or unsecured child seats). These items may strike occupant during a sudden stop or crash.
437
Example 1
438
Example 1
438
<GRAPHIC>
438
<TABLE>
438
<TABLE>
438
<TABLE HEADING>
438
<TABLE ROW>
438
Item
438
Item
438
Description
438
Description
438
Total
438
Total
438
<TABLE BODY>
438
<TABLE ROW>
438
A
438
A
438
Vehicle Capacity Weight
438
Vehicle Capacity Weight
438
849 lbs.
438
849 lbs.
438
(385 kg)
438
<TABLE ROW>
438
B
438
B
438
Subtract Occupant Weight
438
Subtract Occupant Weight
438
150 lbs. (68 kg) × 2
438
300 lbs.
438
300 lbs.
438
(136 kg)
438
<TABLE ROW>
438
C
438
C
438
Available Cargo and Luggage weight
438
Available Cargo and Luggage weight
438
549 lbs.
438
549 lbs.
438
(249 kg)
438
Example 2
438
Example 2
438
<GRAPHIC>
438
<TABLE>
438
<TABLE>
438
<TABLE HEADING>
438
<TABLE ROW>
438
Item
438
Item
438
Description
438
Description
438
Total
438
Total
438
<TABLE BODY>
438
<TABLE ROW>
438
A
438
A
438
Vehicle Capacity Weight
438
Vehicle Capacity Weight
438
849 lbs.
438
849 lbs.
438
(385 kg)
438
<TABLE ROW>
438
B
438
B
438
Subtract Occupant Weight
438
Subtract Occupant Weight
438
150 lbs. (68 kg) × 5
438
750 lbs.
438
750 lbs.
438
(340 kg)
438
<TABLE ROW>
438
C
438
C
438
Available Cargo and Luggage weight
438
Available Cargo and Luggage weight
438
99 lbs.
438
99 lbs.
438
(45 kg)
438
Example 3
438
Example 3
438
<GRAPHIC>
438
<TABLE>
438
<TABLE>
438
<TABLE HEADING>
438
<TABLE ROW>
438
Item
438
Item
438
Description
438
Description
438
Total
438
Total
438
<TABLE BODY>
438
<TABLE ROW>
438
A
438
A
438
Vehicle Capacity Weight
438
Vehicle Capacity Weight
438
849 lbs.
438
849 lbs.
438
(385 kg)
438
<TABLE ROW>
438
B
438
B
438
Subtract Occupant Weight
438
Subtract Occupant Weight
438
161 lbs. (73 kg) × 5
438
805 lbs.
438
805 lbs.
438
(365 kg)
438
<TABLE ROW>
438
C
438
C
438
Available Cargo and Luggage weight
438
Available Cargo and Luggage weight
438
44 lbs.
438
44 lbs.
438
(20 kg)
438
Refer to your vehicle's tire and loading information label for specific information about your vehicle's capacity weight and seating positions. The combined weight of the driver, passengers and cargo should never exceed your vehicle's capacity weight.
438
Certification label
438
Certification label
438
The certification label is located on the driver's door sill at the center pillar.
438
<GRAPHIC>
439
<GRAPHIC>
439
<GRAPHIC>
439
This label shows the maximum allowable weight of the fully loaded vehicle. This is called the GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating). The GVWR includes the weight of the vehicle, all occupants and cargo.
439
This label also tells you the maximum weight that can be supported by the front and rear axles, called Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).
439
To find out the actual loads on your front and rear axles, you need to go to a weigh station and weigh your vehicle. Your dealer can help you with this. Be sure to spread out your load equally on both sides of the centerline.
439
Over loading
439
Over loading
439
Never exceed the GVWR for your vehicle, the GAWR for either the front or rear axle and vehicle capacity weight. Exceeding these ratings can affect your vehicle's handling and braking ability.
439
The label will help you decide how much cargo and installed equipment your vehicle can carry.
439
If you carry items inside your vehicle - like suitcases, tools, packages, or anything else - they are moving as fast as the vehicle. If you have to stop or turn quickly, or if there is a crash, the items will keep going and can cause an injury if the...
439
Over loading
439
Over loading
439
Do not overload your vehicle. Overloading your vehicle can cause heat buildup in your vehicle's tires and possible tire failure, increased stopping distances and poor vehicle handling--all of which may result in a crash.
439
Overloading your vehicle may cause damage. Repairs would not be covered by your warranty. Do not overload your vehicle.
439
Overloading your vehicle may cause damage. Repairs would not be covered by your warranty. Do not overload your vehicle.
439
Vehicle weight
440
Vehicle weight
440
This chapter will guide you in the proper loading of your vehicle and/ or trailer, to keep your loaded vehicle weight within its design rating capability, with or without a trailer.
440
Properly loading your vehicle will provide maximum return of the vehicle design performance. Before loading your vehicle, familiarize yourself with the following terms for determining your vehicle's weight ratings, with or without a trailer, from the...
440
Properly loading your vehicle will provide maximum return of the vehicle design performance. Before loading your vehicle, familiarize yourself with the following terms for determining your vehicle's weight ratings, with or without a trailer, from the...
440
Base curb weight This is the weight of the vehicle including a full tank of fuel and all standard equipment. It does not include passengers, cargo, or optional equipment.
440
Base curb weight
440
Vehicle curb weight This is the weight of your new vehicle when you picked it up from your dealer plus any aftermarket equipment.
440
Vehicle curb weight
440
Cargo weight This figure includes all weight added to the Base Curb Weight, including cargo and optional equipment.
440
Cargo weight
440
GAW (Gross Axle Weight) This is the total weight placed on each axle (front and rear) - including vehicle curb weight and all payload.
440
GAW (Gross Axle Weight)
440
GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) This is the maximum allowable weight that can be carried by a single axle (front or rear). These numbers are shown on the compliance label. The total load on each axle must never exceed its GAWR.
440
GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating)
440
GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) This is the Base Curb Weight plus actual Cargo Weight plus passengers.
440
GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight)
440
GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) This is the maximum allowable weight of the fully loaded vehicle (including all options, equipment, passengers and cargo). The GVWR is shown on the certification label located on the driver's door sill.
440
GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating)
440
Do not use replacement tires with lower load carrying capacities than the original tires because they may lower your vehicle's GVWR and GAWR limitations. Replacement tires with a higher limit than the original tires do not increase the GVWR and GAWR ...
440
Do not use replacement tires with lower load carrying capacities than the original tires because they may lower your vehicle's GVWR and GAWR limitations. Replacement tires with a higher limit than the original tires do not increase the GVWR and GAWR ...
440
What to do in an emergency
441
What to do in an emergency
441
Road warning 6-2
441
What to do in an emergency
442
What to do in an emergency
442
What to do in an emergency
442
Road warning
442
Road warning
442
When in an emergency situation occurs while driving or when you park by the edge of the roadway, you must alert approaching or passing vehicles to be careful as they pass. For this, you should use the hazard warning flasher.
442
Hazard warning flasher
442
Hazard warning flasher
442
The hazard warning flasher serves as a warning to other drivers to exercise extreme caution when approaching, overtaking, or passing your vehicle.
442
<GRAPHIC>
442
<GRAPHIC>
442
<GRAPHIC>
442
It should be used whenever emergency repairs are being made or when the vehicle is stopped near the edge of a roadway.
442
Depress the flasher switch with the ENGINE START/STOP button in any position. The flasher switch is located in the center fascia panel. All turn signal lights will flash simultaneously.
442
• The hazard warning flasher operates whether your vehicle is running or not.
442
• The hazard warning flasher operates whether your vehicle is running or not.
442
• The hazard warning flasher operates whether your vehicle is running or not.
442
• The turn signals do not work when the hazard flasher is on.
442
• The turn signals do not work when the hazard flasher is on.
442
• Care must be taken when using the hazard warning flasher while the vehicle is being towed.
442
• Care must be taken when using the hazard warning flasher while the vehicle is being towed.
442
In case of an emergency while driving
443
In case of an emergency while driving
443
If an emergency situation occurs while driving, stay calm and take the following steps.
443
If the vehicle stalls while driving
443
If the vehicle stalls while driving
443
1. Reduce your speed gradually, keeping a straight line.
443
1. Reduce your speed gradually, keeping a straight line.
443
1. Reduce your speed gradually, keeping a straight line.
443
1. Reduce your speed gradually, keeping a straight line.
443
2. Move cautiously off the road to a safe place.
443
2. Move cautiously off the road to a safe place.
443
3. Turn on your hazard warning flasher.
443
3. Turn on your hazard warning flasher.
443
4. Try to start the vehicle again. If your vehicle will not start, contact an authorized Kia dealer or seek other qualified assistance.
443
4. Try to start the vehicle again. If your vehicle will not start, contact an authorized Kia dealer or seek other qualified assistance.
443
If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing
443
If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing
443
• If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing, set the shift lever in the N (Neutral) position and then push the vehicle to a safe place.
443
• If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing, set the shift lever in the N (Neutral) position and then push the vehicle to a safe place.
443
• If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing, set the shift lever in the N (Neutral) position and then push the vehicle to a safe place.
443
• If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing, set the shift lever in the N (Neutral) position and then push the vehicle to a safe place.
443
• If your vehicle has a manual transmission not equipped with a ignition lock switch, the vehicle can move forward by shifting to the 2 (second) or 3 (third) gear and then turning the starter without depressing the clutch pedal.
443
• If your vehicle has a manual transmission not equipped with a ignition lock switch, the vehicle can move forward by shifting to the 2 (second) or 3 (third) gear and then turning the starter without depressing the clutch pedal.
443
If you have a flat tire while driving
443
If you have a flat tire while driving
443
1. Take your foot off the accelerator pedal and let the vehicle slow down while driving straight ahead.
443
1. Take your foot off the accelerator pedal and let the vehicle slow down while driving straight ahead.
443
1. Take your foot off the accelerator pedal and let the vehicle slow down while driving straight ahead.
443
1. Take your foot off the accelerator pedal and let the vehicle slow down while driving straight ahead.
443
Do not apply the brakes immediately or attempt to pull off the road as this may cause a loss of control.
443
Do not apply the brakes immediately or attempt to pull off the road as this may cause a loss of control.
443
2. When the vehicle has slowed to such a speed that it is safe to do so, brake carefully and pull off the road.
443
2. When the vehicle has slowed to such a speed that it is safe to do so, brake carefully and pull off the road.
443
3. Drive off the road as far as possible and park on firm level ground.
443
3. Drive off the road as far as possible and park on firm level ground.
443
If you are on a divided highway, do not park in the median area between the two traffic lanes.
443
If you are on a divided highway, do not park in the median area between the two traffic lanes.
443
4. When the vehicle is stopped, turn on your emergency hazard flashers, set the parking brake and put the transmission in P.
443
4. When the vehicle is stopped, turn on your emergency hazard flashers, set the parking brake and put the transmission in P.
443
5. Have all passengers get out of the vehicle. Be sure they all get out on the side of the vehicle that is away from traffic.
443
5. Have all passengers get out of the vehicle. Be sure they all get out on the side of the vehicle that is away from traffic.
443
6. When changing a flat tire, follow the instruction provided later in this section.
443
6. When changing a flat tire, follow the instruction provided later in this section.
443
If the engine will not start
444
If the engine will not start
444
When the engine doesn't start, first check to see how much fuel there is and whether the battery is discharged.
444
If engine doesn't turn over or turns over slowly
444
If engine doesn't turn over or turns over slowly
444
1. Be sure the shift lever is in N (Neutral) or P (Park) and the emergency brake is set.
444
1. Be sure the shift lever is in N (Neutral) or P (Park) and the emergency brake is set.
444
1. Be sure the shift lever is in N (Neutral) or P (Park) and the emergency brake is set.
444
1. Be sure the shift lever is in N (Neutral) or P (Park) and the emergency brake is set.
444
2. Check the battery connections to be sure they are clean and tight.
444
2. Check the battery connections to be sure they are clean and tight.
444
3. Turn on the interior light. If the light dims or goes out when you operate the starter, the battery is discharged.
444
3. Turn on the interior light. If the light dims or goes out when you operate the starter, the battery is discharged.
444
4. Check the starter connections to be sure they are securely tightened.
444
4. Check the starter connections to be sure they are securely tightened.
444
Do not push or pull the vehicle to start it. This could cause damage to your vehicle. Refer to
444
Do not push or pull the vehicle to start it. This could cause damage to your vehicle. Refer to
444
\Jump-starting\ on page 6-5
444
Push/pull start
444
Push/pull start
444
Do not push or pull the vehicle to start it. Push or pull starting may cause the catalytic converter to overload and create a fire hazard.
444
If engine turns over normally but does not start
444
If engine turns over normally but does not start
444
1. Check the fuel level.
444
1. Check the fuel level.
444
1. Check the fuel level.
444
1. Check the fuel level.
444
2. With the ENGINE START/STOP button in the OFF position, check all connectors at the ignition coils and spark plugs. Reconnect any that may be disconnected or loose.
444
2. With the ENGINE START/STOP button in the OFF position, check all connectors at the ignition coils and spark plugs. Reconnect any that may be disconnected or loose.
444
3. Check the fuel line in the engine compartment.
444
3. Check the fuel line in the engine compartment.
444
4. If the engine still does not start, call an authorized Kia dealer or seek other qualified assistance.
444
4. If the engine still does not start, call an authorized Kia dealer or seek other qualified assistance.
444
Emergency starting
445
Emergency starting
445
When the vehicle will not start because of low battery power, you may need to jump start the vehicle.
445
Jump-starting
445
Jump-starting
445
Connect cables in numerical order and disconnect in reverse order.
445
<GRAPHIC>
445
<GRAPHIC>
445
<GRAPHIC>
445
Jump-starting can be dangerous if done incorrectly. Therefore, to avoid harm to yourself or damage to your vehicle or battery, follow these jump-starting procedures. If in doubt, we strongly recommend that you have a competent technician or towing se...
445
Battery
445
Battery
445
Never attempt to check the electrolyte level of the battery as this may cause the battery to rupture or explode.
445
Frozen batteries
445
Frozen batteries
445
Do not attempt to jump start the vehicle if the discharged battery is frozen as the battery may rupture or explode.
445
Battery
445
Battery
445
Keep all flames or sparks away from the battery. The battery produces hydrogen gas which will explode if exposed to flame or sparks.
445
Battery cables
445
Battery cables
445
Do not connect the jumper cable from the negative terminal of the booster battery to the negative terminal of the discharged battery, directly. This can cause the discharged battery to overheat and crack, degradation.
445
Make sure to connect one end of the jumper cable to the negative terminal of the booster battery, and the other end to a metallic point, far away from the battery.
445
Sulfuric acid risk
445
Sulfuric acid risk
445
Automobile batteries contain sulfuric acid. When jump starting your vehicle, be careful not to get sulfuric acid on yourself, your clothing, or on the vehicle. This acid is poisonous and highly corrosive.
445
Jump-starting
446
1. Make sure the booster battery is 12-volt and that its negative terminal is grounded.
446
1. Make sure the booster battery is 12-volt and that its negative terminal is grounded.
446
1. Make sure the booster battery is 12-volt and that its negative terminal is grounded.
446
1. Make sure the booster battery is 12-volt and that its negative terminal is grounded.
446
If the booster battery is in another vehicle, do not allow the vehicles to come in contact.
446
If the booster battery is in another vehicle, do not allow the vehicles to come in contact.
446
2. Turn off all unnecessary electrical loads.
446
2. Turn off all unnecessary electrical loads.
446
3. Connect the jumper cables in the exact sequence shown in the illustration.
446
3. Connect the jumper cables in the exact sequence shown in the illustration.
446
1) Connect on end of a jumper cable to the positive terminal of the discharged battery (1).
446
1) Connect on end of a jumper cable to the positive terminal of the discharged battery (1).
446
1) Connect on end of a jumper cable to the positive terminal of the discharged battery (1).
446
2) Connect the other end to the positive terminal of the booster battery (2).
446
2) Connect the other end to the positive terminal of the booster battery (2).
446
3) Proceed to connect one end of the other jumper cable to the negative terminal of the booster battery (3), then the other end to a solid, stationary, metallic point away from the battery (4).
446
3) Proceed to connect one end of the other jumper cable to the negative terminal of the booster battery (3), then the other end to a solid, stationary, metallic point away from the battery (4).
446
Do not allow the jumper cables to contact anything except the correct battery terminals or the correct ground. Do not lean over the battery when making connections.
446
Do not allow the jumper cables to contact anything except the correct battery terminals or the correct ground. Do not lean over the battery when making connections.
446
4. Start vehicle with the booster battery and let it run at 2,000 rpm, then start the vehicle with the discharged battery.
446
4. Start vehicle with the booster battery and let it run at 2,000 rpm, then start the vehicle with the discharged battery.
446
If the cause of your battery discharging is not apparent, you should have your vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
446
If the cause of your battery discharging is not apparent, you should have your vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
446
Make sure to connect one end of the jumper cable to the negative terminal of the booster battery, and the other end to a metallic point, far away from the battery.
446
Make sure to connect one end of the jumper cable to the negative terminal of the booster battery, and the other end to a metallic point, far away from the battery.
446
Push-starting
446
Push-starting
446
Vehicles equipped with automatic transmission cannot be push- started, and only jump starting can be applied. Follow the directions in this page for jump-starting.
446
Vehicles equipped with automatic transmission cannot be push- started, and only jump starting can be applied. Follow the directions in this page for jump-starting.
446
Tow starting vehicle
446
Tow starting vehicle
446
Never tow a vehicle to start it.
446
When the engine starts, the vehicle can suddenly surge forward and could cause a collision with the tow vehicle.
446
If the engine overheats
447
If the engine overheats
447
If your temperature gauge indicates overheating, you experience a loss of power, or hear loud pinging or knocking, the engine will probably be too hot.
447
If this happens, you should:
447
If this happens, you should:
447
If this happens, you should:
447
1. Pull off the road and stop as soon as it is safe to do so.
447
1. Pull off the road and stop as soon as it is safe to do so.
447
1. Pull off the road and stop as soon as it is safe to do so.
447
2. Place the shift lever in P and set the parking brake.
447
2. Place the shift lever in P and set the parking brake.
447
3. If the air conditioning is on, turn it off.
447
3. If the air conditioning is on, turn it off.
447
4. If engine coolant is running out under the vehicle or steam is coming out from underneath the hood, stop the engine. Do not open the hood until the coolant has stopped running or the steaming has stopped.
447
4. If engine coolant is running out under the vehicle or steam is coming out from underneath the hood, stop the engine. Do not open the hood until the coolant has stopped running or the steaming has stopped.
447
5. If there is no visible loss of engine coolant and no steam, leave the engine running and check to be sure the engine cooling fan is operating.
447
5. If there is no visible loss of engine coolant and no steam, leave the engine running and check to be sure the engine cooling fan is operating.
447
1) If the fan is not running, turn the engine off.
447
1) If the fan is not running, turn the engine off.
447
1) If the fan is not running, turn the engine off.
447
6. Check to see if the water pump drive belt is missing.
447
6. Check to see if the water pump drive belt is missing.
447
1) If it is not missing, check to see that it is tight.
447
1) If it is not missing, check to see that it is tight.
447
1) If it is not missing, check to see that it is tight.
447
2) If the drive belt seems to be satisfactory, check for coolant leaking from the radiator, hoses or under the vehicle. (If the air conditioning had been in use, it is normal for cold water to be draining from it when you stop).
447
2) If the drive belt seems to be satisfactory, check for coolant leaking from the radiator, hoses or under the vehicle. (If the air conditioning had been in use, it is normal for cold water to be draining from it when you stop).
447
Under the hood
447
Under the hood
447
Under the hood
447
<GRAPHIC>While the engine is running, keep hair, hands and clothing away from moving parts such as the fan and drive belts to prevent injury.
447
<GRAPHIC>
447
7. If the water pump drive belt is broken or engine coolant is leaking out, stop the engine immediately and call the nearest authorized Kia dealer for assistance.
447
7. If the water pump drive belt is broken or engine coolant is leaking out, stop the engine immediately and call the nearest authorized Kia dealer for assistance.
447
8. If you cannot find the cause of the overheating, wait until the engine temperature has returned to normal. If coolant has been lost, carefully add coolant to the reservoir to bring the fluid level in the reservoir up to the halfway mark.
447
8. If you cannot find the cause of the overheating, wait until the engine temperature has returned to normal. If coolant has been lost, carefully add coolant to the reservoir to bring the fluid level in the reservoir up to the halfway mark.
447
9. Proceed with caution, keeping alert for further signs of overheating. If overheating happens again, call an authorized Kia dealer for assistance.
447
9. Proceed with caution, keeping alert for further signs of overheating. If overheating happens again, call an authorized Kia dealer for assistance.
447
Radiator cap
447
Radiator cap
447
Radiator cap
447
<GRAPHIC>Do not remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. This may result in coolant being blown out of the opening and cause serious burns.
447
<GRAPHIC>
447
Serious loss of coolant indicates there is a leak in the cooling system and this should be checked as soon as possible by an authorized Kia dealer.
447
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
448
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
448
The Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) detects the pressure of vehicle's tires and displays it on the LCD display.
448
<GRAPHIC>
448
<GRAPHIC>
448
<GRAPHIC>
448
<GRAPHIC>
448
<GRAPHIC>
448
1. Low tire pressure telltale / TPMS malfunction indicator
448
1. Low tire pressure telltale / TPMS malfunction indicator
448
1. Low tire pressure telltale / TPMS malfunction indicator
448
2. Low tire pressure position telltale (Shown on the LCD display)
448
2. Low tire pressure position telltale (Shown on the LCD display)
448
Tire Pressure Indicator
448
Tire Pressure Indicator
448
tire pressure indicator
448
tire pressure indicator
448
tire pressure indicator
448
tire pressure indicator
448
tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS):tire pressure indicator
448
- Refer to
448
- Refer to
448
- Refer to
448
\User Settings mode\ on page 4-71
448
• Tire pressure is displayed 1~2 minutes later after driving.
449
• Tire pressure is displayed 1~2 minutes later after driving.
449
• If tire pressure is not displayed when the vehicle is stopped, \Drive to display\ message displays. After driving, check the tire pressure.
449
• If tire pressure is not displayed when the vehicle is stopped, \Drive to display\ message displays. After driving, check the tire pressure.
449
• You can change the tire pressure unit in the user settings mode on the cluster.
449
• You can change the tire pressure unit in the user settings mode on the cluster.
449
- psi, kPa, bar (Refer to
449
- psi, kPa, bar (Refer to
449
- psi, kPa, bar (Refer to
449
\User Settings mode\ on page 4-71
449
• The tire pressure may change due to factors such as parking condition, driving style, and altitude above sea level.
449
• The tire pressure may change due to factors such as parking condition, driving style, and altitude above sea level.
449
• The tire pressure may change due to factors such as parking condition, driving style, and altitude above sea level.
449
• The tire pressure may change due to factors such as parking condition, driving style, and altitude above sea level.
449
• The tire pressure shown on the dashboard may differ from the tire pressure measured by tire pressure gauge.
449
• The tire pressure shown on the dashboard may differ from the tire pressure measured by tire pressure gauge.
449
Effective use of the TPMS
449
Effective use of the TPMS
449
Over-inflation or under-inflation can reduce tire life, adversely affect vehicle handling, and lead to sudden tire failure that may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident
449
Over-inflation or under-inflation can reduce tire life, adversely affect vehicle handling, and lead to sudden tire failure that may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident
449
Over-inflation or under-inflation can reduce tire life, adversely affect vehicle handling, and lead to sudden tire failure that may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident
449
Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label.
449
(If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label, you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires.)
449
As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with a TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under- inflated. Accordingly, when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you sh...
449
Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance, and it is the driver's responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressur...
449
Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly. The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale. When the system detects a malfunction, the te...
449
Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly.
450
If any of the below happens, have the system checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
450
If any of the below happens, have the system checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
450
1. The low tire pressure telltale / TPMS malfunction indicator does not illuminate for 3 seconds when the ENGINE START/STOP button is turned to the ON position or engine is running.
450
1. The low tire pressure telltale / TPMS malfunction indicator does not illuminate for 3 seconds when the ENGINE START/STOP button is turned to the ON position or engine is running.
450
1. The low tire pressure telltale / TPMS malfunction indicator does not illuminate for 3 seconds when the ENGINE START/STOP button is turned to the ON position or engine is running.
450
2. The TPMS malfunction indicator remains illuminated after blinking for approximately 1 minute.
450
2. The TPMS malfunction indicator remains illuminated after blinking for approximately 1 minute.
450
3. The Low tire pressure position telltale remains illuminated.
450
3. The Low tire pressure position telltale remains illuminated.
450
Low tire pressure telltale
450
Low tire pressure telltale
450
Low tire pressure position telltale
450
When the TPMS warning indicators are illuminated, one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated.
450
<GRAPHIC>
450
<GRAPHIC>
450
<GRAPHIC>
450
If the telltale illuminates, immediately reduce your speed, avoid hard cornering and anticipate increased stopping distances. You should stop and check your tires as soon as possible.
450
Inflate the tires to the proper pressure as indicated on the vehicle's placard or tire inflation pressure label located on the driver's side center pillar outer panel. If you cannot reach a service station or if the tire cannot hold the newly added a...
450
Then the TPMS malfunction indicator and the Low Tire Pressure telltale may turn on and illuminate after restarting and about 20 minutes of continuous driving before you have the low pressure tire repaired and replaced on the vehicle.
451
In winter or cold weather, the low tire pressure telltale may be illuminated if the tire pressure was adjusted to the recommended tire inflation pressure in warm weather. It does not mean your TPMS is malfunctioning because the decreased temperature ...
451
You should check the tire inflation pressure and adjust the tires to the recommended tire inflation pressure when driving your vehicle in the following conditions.
451
• from a warm area to a cold area
451
• from a warm area to a cold area
451
• from a warm area to a cold area
451
• from a cold area to a warm area
451
• from a cold area to a warm area
451
• the outside temperature is extremely high or low
451
• the outside temperature is extremely high or low
451
When filling tires with more air, conditions to turn off the low tire pressure telltale may not be met. This is because a tire inflator has a margin of error in performance. The low tire pressure telltale will be turned off if the tire pressure is ab...
451
Low pressure damage
451
Low pressure damage
451
Do not drive on low pressure tires. Significantly low tire pressure can cause the tires to overheat and fail making the vehicle unstable resulting in increased braking distances and a loss of vehicle control.
451
TPMS malfunction indicator
451
TPMS malfunction indicator
451
The low tire pressure telltale will illuminate after it blinks for approximately one minute when there is a problem with the TPMS.
451
If the system is able to correctly detect an underinflation warning at the same time as system failure, it will illuminate both the TPMS malfunction and the low tire pressure position telltales. For example, if the Front Left sensor fails, the TPMS m...
451
If the system is able to correctly detect an underinflation warning at the same time as system failure, it will illuminate both the TPMS malfunction and the low tire pressure position telltales. For example, if the Front Left sensor fails, the TPMS m...
451
Have the system checked by an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible to determine the cause of the problem.
451
• The TPMS malfunction indicator may be illuminated if the vehicle is moving around electric power supply cables or radios transmitters such as at police stations, government and public offices, broadcasting stations, military installations, airpor...
452
• The TPMS malfunction indicator may be illuminated if the vehicle is moving around electric power supply cables or radios transmitters such as at police stations, government and public offices, broadcasting stations, military installations, airpor...
452
• The TPMS malfunction indicator may be illuminated if the vehicle is moving around electric power supply cables or radios transmitters such as at police stations, government and public offices, broadcasting stations, military installations, airpor...
452
• The TPMS malfunction indicator may illuminate if the vehicle is equipped with snow chains or some personal electronic devices (such as a laptop computer, mobile charger, remote starter or navigation) are being used in the vehicle. This can interf...
452
• The TPMS malfunction indicator may illuminate if the vehicle is equipped with snow chains or some personal electronic devices (such as a laptop computer, mobile charger, remote starter or navigation) are being used in the vehicle. This can interf...
452
Tire replacement with TPMS
452
Tire replacement with TPMS
452
If you have a flat tire, the Low Tire Pressure telltale will come on. Have the flat tire repaired by an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible or replace the flat tire with the spare tire.
452
Repair Agents
452
Repair Agents
452
Repair Agents
452
Never use a puncture-repairing agent not approved by Kia to repair and/or inflate a low pressure tire. The sealant not approved by Kia may damage the tire pressure sensor.
452
Each wheel is equipped with a tire pressure sensor mounted inside the tire behind the valve stem. You must use TPMS specific wheels. It is recommended that you always have your tires serviced by an authorized Kia dealer.
452
Even if you replace the low pressure tire with the spare tire, the Low Tire Pressure telltale will remain on until the low pressure tire is repaired and placed on the vehicle.
452
After you replace the low pressure tire with the spare tire, the TPMS malfunction indicator may illuminate after a few minutes. This is because the TPMS sensor mounted on the spare wheel is not yet activated.
452
Once the low pressure tire is inflated again to the recommended pressure and installed on the vehicle or the TPMS sensor mounted on the replaced spare wheel is initiated by an authorized Kia dealer, the TPMS malfunction indicator and the low tire pre...
452
If the indicator has not disappeared after a few minutes of driving, please visit an authorized Kia dealer.
452
If an original mounted tire is replaced with the spare tire, the TPMS sensor on the replaced spare wheel should be initiated and the TPMS sensor on the original mounted wheel should be deactivated. If the TPMS sensor on the original mounted wheel loc...
453
You may not be able to identify a low tire by simply looking at it. Always use a good quality tire pressure gauge to measure the tire's inflation pressure. Please note that a tire that is hot (from being driven) will have a higher pressure measuremen...
453
Allow the tire to cool before measuring the inflation pressure. Always be sure the tire is cold before inflating to the recommended pressure.
453
A cold tire means the vehicle has been sitting for 3 hours and driven for less than 1 mile (1.6 km) in that 3 hour period.
453
Never use tire sealant if your vehicle is equipped with a TPMS. The liquid sealant can damage the tire pressure sensors.
453
• The TPMS cannot alert you to severe and sudden tire damage caused by external factors such as nails or road debris.
453
• The TPMS cannot alert you to severe and sudden tire damage caused by external factors such as nails or road debris.
453
• The TPMS cannot alert you to severe and sudden tire damage caused by external factors such as nails or road debris.
453
• If you feel any vehicle instability, immediately take your foot off the accelerator, apply the brakes gradually and with light force, and slowly move to a safe position off the road.
453
• If you feel any vehicle instability, immediately take your foot off the accelerator, apply the brakes gradually and with light force, and slowly move to a safe position off the road.
453
Protecting TPMS
453
Protecting TPMS
453
Tampering with, modifying, or disabling the Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) components may interfere with the system's ability to warn the driver of low tire pressure conditions and/or TPMS malfunctions. Tampering with, modifying, or disabling...
453
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules.
453
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules.
453
Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
453
Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
453
1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
453
1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
453
1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
453
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
453
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
453
3. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the device.
454
3. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the device.
454
If you have a flat tire (with spare tire)
454
If you have a flat tire (with spare tire)
454
If you have a flat tire, you can change the flat tire to a spare tire using tools.
454
Driving on a flat tire will cause permanent damage to the tire. Re- inflating a tire after it has been driven on while severely underinflated or flat may cause a blowout and a serious crash. Never attempt to re-inflate a tire that has been driven on ...
454
Driving on a flat tire will cause permanent damage to the tire. Re- inflating a tire after it has been driven on while severely underinflated or flat may cause a blowout and a serious crash. Never attempt to re-inflate a tire that has been driven on ...
454
Driving on a flat tire will cause permanent damage to the tire. Re- inflating a tire after it has been driven on while severely underinflated or flat may cause a blowout and a serious crash. Never attempt to re-inflate a tire that has been driven on ...
454
Changing as tire can be dangerous. Follow the instructions in this section when changing a tire to reduce the risk of serious injury or death.
454
Changing as tire can be dangerous. Follow the instructions in this section when changing a tire to reduce the risk of serious injury or death.
454
Be careful as you use the jack handle to stay clear of the flat end. The flat end has sharp edges that could cause cuts.
454
Be careful as you use the jack handle to stay clear of the flat end. The flat end has sharp edges that could cause cuts.
454
Jack and tools
455
Jack and tools
455
<GRAPHIC>
455
<GRAPHIC>
455
<GRAPHIC>
455
1. Jack handle
455
1. Jack handle
455
1. Jack handle
455
2. Wheel nut wrench
455
2. Wheel nut wrench
455
3. Driver
455
3. Driver
455
4. Socket
455
4. Socket
455
5. Jack
455
5. Jack
455
The jack and tools are stored in the luggage side trim.
455
Remove the tray cover indicated in the illustration.
455
Jacking instructions
455
The jack is provided for emergency tire changing only.
455
The jack is provided for emergency tire changing only.
455
• To prevent the jack from \rattling\ while the vehicle is in motion, store it properly.
455
• To prevent the jack from \rattling\ while the vehicle is in motion, store it properly.
455
• To prevent the jack from \rattling\ while the vehicle is in motion, store it properly.
455
• Follow jacking instructions to reduce the possibility of personal injury.
455
• Follow jacking instructions to reduce the possibility of personal injury.
455
Changing tires
455
Changing tires
455
• Never attempt vehicle repairs in the traffic lanes of a public road or highway.
455
• Never attempt vehicle repairs in the traffic lanes of a public road or highway.
455
• Never attempt vehicle repairs in the traffic lanes of a public road or highway.
455
• Always move the vehicle completely off the road and onto the shoulder before trying to change a tire. The jack should be used on firm level ground. If you cannot find a firm level place off the road, call a towing service company for assistance.
455
• Always move the vehicle completely off the road and onto the shoulder before trying to change a tire. The jack should be used on firm level ground. If you cannot find a firm level place off the road, call a towing service company for assistance.
455
• Be sure to use the correct front and rear jacking positions on the vehicle; never use the bumpers or any other part of the vehicle for jacking support.
455
• Be sure to use the correct front and rear jacking positions on the vehicle; never use the bumpers or any other part of the vehicle for jacking support.
455
• The vehicle can roll off the jack causing serious injury or death.
455
• The vehicle can roll off the jack causing serious injury or death.
455
• Do not get under a vehicle that is supported by a jack.
455
• Do not get under a vehicle that is supported by a jack.
455
• Do not start or run the engine while the vehicle is on the jack.
455
• Do not start or run the engine while the vehicle is on the jack.
455
• Do not allow anyone to remain in the vehicle while it is on the jack.
455
• Do not allow anyone to remain in the vehicle while it is on the jack.
455
• Make sure any children present are in a secure place away from the road and from the vehicle to be raised with the jack.
455
• Make sure any children present are in a secure place away from the road and from the vehicle to be raised with the jack.
455
Tire jack
455
Tire jack
455
Do not place any portion of your body under a vehicle that is only supported by a jack since the vehicle can easily roll off the jack. Use vehicle support stands.
455
Changing tires
456
Changing tires
456
Never attempt vehicle repairs in the traffic lanes of a public road or highway.
456
• Always move the vehicle completely off the road and onto the shoulder before trying to change a tire. The jack should be used on a firm level ground. If you cannot find a firm, level place off the road, call a towing service company for assistance.
456
• Always move the vehicle completely off the road and onto the shoulder before trying to change a tire. The jack should be used on a firm level ground. If you cannot find a firm, level place off the road, call a towing service company for assistance.
456
• Be sure to use the correct front and rear jacking positions on the vehicle; never use the bumpers or any other part of the vehicle for jack support.
456
• Be sure to use the correct front and rear jacking positions on the vehicle; never use the bumpers or any other part of the vehicle for jack support.
456
• Do not allow anyone to remain in the vehicle while it is on the jack.
456
• Do not allow anyone to remain in the vehicle while it is on the jack.
456
• Make sure any children present are in a secure place away from the road and from the vehicle to be raised with the jack.
456
• Make sure any children present are in a secure place away from the road and from the vehicle to be raised with the jack.
456
Running vehicle on jack
456
Running vehicle on jack
456
Do not start or run the engine of the vehicle while the vehicle is on the jack as this may cause the vehicle to fall off the jack.
456
To prevent the jack from \rattling\ while the vehicle is in motion, store it properly.
456
Retreaded tires
456
Retreaded tires
456
Possibly substantial variations in the design and age of the tire casing structures can limit service life and have a negative impact on road safety.
456
Removing the spare tire
456
Your spare tire is stored underneath the back of your vehicle, directly below the right sliding door.
456
Your spare tire is stored underneath the back of your vehicle, directly below the right sliding door.
456
Your spare tire is stored underneath the back of your vehicle, directly below the right sliding door.
456
To remove the spare tire:
456
1. Open the luggage floor cover and find the plastic hex bolt cover on the floor.
456
1. Open the luggage floor cover and find the plastic hex bolt cover on the floor.
456
1. Open the luggage floor cover and find the plastic hex bolt cover on the floor.
456
<GRAPHIC>
456
<GRAPHIC>
456
<GRAPHIC>
456
2. Remove the cover.
456
2. Remove the cover.
456
3. Use the tool to loosen the bolt enough to lower the spare tire.
456
3. Use the tool to loosen the bolt enough to lower the spare tire.
456
Turn the tool counterclockwise until the spare tire reaches the ground.
456
Turn the tool counterclockwise until the spare tire reaches the ground.
456
<GRAPHIC>
457
<GRAPHIC>
457
4. After the spare tire reaches the ground, continue to turn the tool counterclockwise, and draw the spare tire outside. Never rotate the tool excessively, otherwise the spare tire carrier may be damaged.
457
4. After the spare tire reaches the ground, continue to turn the tool counterclockwise, and draw the spare tire outside. Never rotate the tool excessively, otherwise the spare tire carrier may be damaged.
457
<GRAPHIC>
457
<GRAPHIC>
457
<GRAPHIC>
457
5. Remove the retainer from the center of the spare tire.
457
5. Remove the retainer from the center of the spare tire.
457
Storing the spare tire
457
Storing the spare tire
457
<GRAPHIC>
457
<GRAPHIC>
457
<GRAPHIC>
457
<GRAPHIC>
457
1. Place the wheel under the vehicle and install the retainer through the wheel center.
457
1. Place the wheel under the vehicle and install the retainer through the wheel center.
457
1. Place the wheel under the vehicle and install the retainer through the wheel center.
457
2. Turn the tool clockwise until it clicks.
457
2. Turn the tool clockwise until it clicks.
457
Ensure the spare tire retainer is properly aligned with the center of the spare tire to prevent the spare tire from \rattling\.
457
Ensure the spare tire retainer is properly aligned with the center of the spare tire to prevent the spare tire from \rattling\.
457
Otherwise, it may cause the spare tire to fall off the carrier and lead to an accident.
457
Changing tires
457
Changing tires
457
A vehicle can slip or roll off of a jack causing serious injury or death to you or those nearby. Take the following safety precautions:
457
A vehicle can slip or roll off of a jack causing serious injury or death to you or those nearby. Take the following safety precautions:
457
A vehicle can slip or roll off of a jack causing serious injury or death to you or those nearby. Take the following safety precautions:
457
A vehicle can slip or roll off of a jack causing serious injury or death to you or those nearby. Take the following safety precautions:
457
• Never place any portion of your body under a vehicle that is supported by a jack.
457
• Never place any portion of your body under a vehicle that is supported by a jack.
457
• Never place any portion of your body under a vehicle that is supported by a jack.
457
• NEVER attempt to change a tire in the lane of traffic. ALWAYS move the vehicle completely off the road on level, firm ground away from traffic before trying to change a tire. If you cannot find a level, firm place off the road, call a towing serv...
457
• NEVER attempt to change a tire in the lane of traffic. ALWAYS move the vehicle completely off the road on level, firm ground away from traffic before trying to change a tire. If you cannot find a level, firm place off the road, call a towing serv...
457
• Be sure to use the jack provided with the vehicle.
458
• Be sure to use the jack provided with the vehicle.
458
• ALWAYS place the jack on the designated jacking positions on the vehicle and NEVER on the bumpers or any other part of the vehicle for jacking support.
458
• ALWAYS place the jack on the designated jacking positions on the vehicle and NEVER on the bumpers or any other part of the vehicle for jacking support.
458
• Do not start or run the engine while the vehicle is on the jack.
458
• Do not start or run the engine while the vehicle is on the jack.
458
• Do not allow anyone to remain in the vehicle while it is on the jack.
458
• Do not allow anyone to remain in the vehicle while it is on the jack.
458
• Keep children away from the road and the vehicle.
458
• Keep children away from the road and the vehicle.
458
1. Park on a level surface and apply the parking brake firmly.
458
1. Park on a level surface and apply the parking brake firmly.
458
1. Park on a level surface and apply the parking brake firmly.
458
2. Place the transmission shift lever in P (Park).
458
2. Place the transmission shift lever in P (Park).
458
3. Activate the hazard warning flashers.
458
3. Activate the hazard warning flashers.
458
<GRAPHIC>
458
<GRAPHIC>
458
<GRAPHIC>
458
4. Remove the wheel lug nut wrench, jack and spare tire from the vehicle.
458
4. Remove the wheel lug nut wrench, jack and spare tire from the vehicle.
458
<GRAPHIC>
458
<GRAPHIC>
458
<GRAPHIC>
458
5. Block both the front and rear of the wheel that is diagonally opposite from the jack position.
458
5. Block both the front and rear of the wheel that is diagonally opposite from the jack position.
458
Jack location
458
Jack location
458
Jack location
458
To reduce the possibility of injury, be sure to use only the jack provided with the vehicle in the correct jack position; never use any other part of the vehicle for jack support.
458
Changing a tire
458
Changing a tire
458
• To prevent vehicle movement while changing a tire, always set the parking brake fully, and always block the wheel diagonally opposite the wheel being changed.
458
• To prevent vehicle movement while changing a tire, always set the parking brake fully, and always block the wheel diagonally opposite the wheel being changed.
458
• To prevent vehicle movement while changing a tire, always set the parking brake fully, and always block the wheel diagonally opposite the wheel being changed.
458
• We recommend that the wheels of the vehicle be blocked, and that no person remain in a vehicle that is being jacked.
458
• We recommend that the wheels of the vehicle be blocked, and that no person remain in a vehicle that is being jacked.
458
6. Loosen the wheel lug nuts counterclockwise one turn each, but do not remove any nut until the tire has been raised off the ground.
459
6. Loosen the wheel lug nuts counterclockwise one turn each, but do not remove any nut until the tire has been raised off the ground.
459
<GRAPHIC>
459
<GRAPHIC>
459
<GRAPHIC>
459
7. Place the jack at the front (1) or rear (2) jacking position closest to the tire you are changing. Place the jack at the designated locations under the frame. The jacking positions are plates welded to the frame with two tabs and a raised dot to l...
459
7. Place the jack at the front (1) or rear (2) jacking position closest to the tire you are changing. Place the jack at the designated locations under the frame. The jacking positions are plates welded to the frame with two tabs and a raised dot to l...
459
<GRAPHIC>
459
<GRAPHIC>
459
<GRAPHIC>
459
<GRAPHIC>
459
<GRAPHIC>
459
8. Insert the wheel lug nut wrench into the jack and turn it clockwise, raising the vehicle until the tire just clears the ground. This measurement is approximately 1 in (30 mm).
459
8. Insert the wheel lug nut wrench into the jack and turn it clockwise, raising the vehicle until the tire just clears the ground. This measurement is approximately 1 in (30 mm).
459
<GRAPHIC>
459
<GRAPHIC>
459
<GRAPHIC>
459
Before removing the wheel lug nuts, make sure the vehicle is stable and that there is no chance for movement or slippage.
459
9. Loosen the wheel nuts and remove them with your fingers.
459
9. Loosen the wheel nuts and remove them with your fingers.
459
10. Slide the wheel off the studs and lay it flat so it cannot roll away.
459
10. Slide the wheel off the studs and lay it flat so it cannot roll away.
459
11. To put the wheel on the hub, pick up the spare tire, line up the holes with the studs and slide the wheel onto them. If this is difficult, tip the wheel slightly and get the top hole in the wheel lined up with the top stud.
459
11. To put the wheel on the hub, pick up the spare tire, line up the holes with the studs and slide the wheel onto them. If this is difficult, tip the wheel slightly and get the top hole in the wheel lined up with the top stud.
459
12. Jiggle the wheel back and forth until the wheel can slide over the other studs.
460
12. Jiggle the wheel back and forth until the wheel can slide over the other studs.
460
Wheels may have sharp edges. Handle them carefully to avoid possible severe injury. Before putting the wheel into place, be sure that there is nothing on the hub or wheel (such as mud, tar, gravel, etc.) that prevents the wheel from fitting solidly a...
460
Wheels may have sharp edges. Handle them carefully to avoid possible severe injury. Before putting the wheel into place, be sure that there is nothing on the hub or wheel (such as mud, tar, gravel, etc.) that prevents the wheel from fitting solidly a...
460
Installing a wheel
460
Installing a wheel
460
• When you install a wheel, always remove any corrosion, dirt or foreign materials present on the mounting surfaces of the wheel or the surface of the wheel hub, brake drum or brake disc that contacts the wheel. Make sure to secure any fasteners th...
460
• When you install a wheel, always remove any corrosion, dirt or foreign materials present on the mounting surfaces of the wheel or the surface of the wheel hub, brake drum or brake disc that contacts the wheel. Make sure to secure any fasteners th...
460
• When you install a wheel, always remove any corrosion, dirt or foreign materials present on the mounting surfaces of the wheel or the surface of the wheel hub, brake drum or brake disc that contacts the wheel. Make sure to secure any fasteners th...
460
• Make sure the wheel makes good contact with the hub when installed. If the contact of the mounting surface between the wheel and hub is not good, the wheel nuts could come loose and cause the loss of a wheel. Loss of a wheel may result in loss of...
460
• Make sure the wheel makes good contact with the hub when installed. If the contact of the mounting surface between the wheel and hub is not good, the wheel nuts could come loose and cause the loss of a wheel. Loss of a wheel may result in loss of...
460
Wheel covers will not fit on the vehicle's compact spare. If you try to put a wheel cover on the compact spare, the cover or the spare could be damaged.
460
Wheel covers will not fit on the vehicle's compact spare. If you try to put a wheel cover on the compact spare, the cover or the spare could be damaged.
460
13. To install the wheel, hold it on the studs, put the wheel nuts on the studs and tighten them finger tight.
460
13. To install the wheel, hold it on the studs, put the wheel nuts on the studs and tighten them finger tight.
460
14. Jiggle the tire to be sure it is completely seated, then tighten the nuts as much as possible with your fingers again.
460
14. Jiggle the tire to be sure it is completely seated, then tighten the nuts as much as possible with your fingers again.
460
15. Insert the wrench into the jack and lower the vehicle to the ground by turning the wheel nut wrench counterclockwise.
460
15. Insert the wrench into the jack and lower the vehicle to the ground by turning the wheel nut wrench counterclockwise.
460
16. Position the wrench as shown in the drawing and tighten the wheel nuts. Be sure the socket is seated completely over the nut. Do not stand on the wrench handle or use an extension pipe over the wrench handle.
460
16. Position the wrench as shown in the drawing and tighten the wheel nuts. Be sure the socket is seated completely over the nut. Do not stand on the wrench handle or use an extension pipe over the wrench handle.
460
17. Go around the wheel, tightening every nut following the numerical sequence shown in the image until they are all tight. Double- check each nut for tightness.
460
17. Go around the wheel, tightening every nut following the numerical sequence shown in the image until they are all tight. Double- check each nut for tightness.
460
<GRAPHIC>
461
<GRAPHIC>
461
<GRAPHIC>
461
18. After changing wheels, have an authorized Kia dealer tighten the wheel nuts to their proper torque as soon as possible.
461
18. After changing wheels, have an authorized Kia dealer tighten the wheel nuts to their proper torque as soon as possible.
461
19. To prevent the jack, wheel lug nut wrench and spare tire from rattling while the vehicle is in motion, store them properly.
461
19. To prevent the jack, wheel lug nut wrench and spare tire from rattling while the vehicle is in motion, store them properly.
461
20. Check the inflation pressures as soon as possible after installing the spare tire. Adjust it to the specified pressure, if necessary. Refer to
461
20. Check the inflation pressures as soon as possible after installing the spare tire. Adjust it to the specified pressure, if necessary. Refer to
461
\Tires and wheels\ on page 8-8
461
Wheel nut tightening torque:
461
Wheel nut tightening torque:
461
79~94 lbf·ft (11~13 kgf·m)
461
If you have a tire gauge, remove the valve cap and check the air pressure. If the pressure is lower than recommended, drive slowly to the nearest service station and inflate to the correct pressure. If it is too high, adjust it until it is correct. A...
461
After you have changed the wheels, always secure the flat tire in its place and return the jack and tools to their proper storage locations.
461
Reusing lug nuts
461
Reusing lug nuts
461
Make certain during wheel removal that the same nuts that were removed are reinstalled - or, if replaced, that nuts with metric threads and the same chamfer configuration are used. Your vehicle has metric threads on the wheel studs and nuts. Installa...
461
Note that most lug nuts do not have metric threads. Be sure to use extreme care in checking for thread style before installing aftermarket lug nuts or wheels. If in doubt, consult an authorized Kia dealer.
461
Wheel studs
461
Wheel studs
461
If the studs are damaged, they may lose their ability to retain the wheel. This could lead to the loss of the wheel and a collision resulting in serious injuries.
462
Never use oil or grease on bolts or nuts because the nuts might come loose. The vehicle's wheel could fall off, causing a crash.
462
Never use oil or grease on bolts or nuts because the nuts might come loose. The vehicle's wheel could fall off, causing a crash.
462
Important - use of compact spare tire
462
Important - use of compact spare tire
462
Your vehicle is equipped with a compact spare tire. This compact spare tire takes up less space than a regular-size tire. This tire is smaller than a conventional tire and is designed for temporary use only.
462
• You should drive carefully when the compact spare is in use. The compact spare should be replaced by the proper conventional tire and rim at the first opportunity.
462
• You should drive carefully when the compact spare is in use. The compact spare should be replaced by the proper conventional tire and rim at the first opportunity.
462
• You should drive carefully when the compact spare is in use. The compact spare should be replaced by the proper conventional tire and rim at the first opportunity.
462
• You should drive carefully when the compact spare is in use. The compact spare should be replaced by the proper conventional tire and rim at the first opportunity.
462
• The operation of this vehicle is not recommended with more than one compact spare tire in use at the same time.
462
• The operation of this vehicle is not recommended with more than one compact spare tire in use at the same time.
462
Spare tire
462
Spare tire
462
The compact spare tire is for emergency use only. Do not operate your vehicle on this compact spare at speeds over 50 mph (80 km/h). The original tire should be repaired or replaced as soon as possible to avoid failure of the spare possibly leading t...
462
The compact spare should be inflated to 60 psi (420 kPa).
462
Check the inflation pressure afterinstalling the spare tire. Adjust it tothe specified pressure, as necessary.
462
Check the inflation pressure afterinstalling the spare tire. Adjust it tothe specified pressure, as necessary.
462
When using a compact spare tire, observe the following precautions:
462
• Under no circumstances should you exceed 50 mph (80 km/h); a higher speed could damage the tire.
462
• Under no circumstances should you exceed 50 mph (80 km/h); a higher speed could damage the tire.
462
• Under no circumstances should you exceed 50 mph (80 km/h); a higher speed could damage the tire.
462
• Ensure that you drive slowly enough for the road conditions to avoid all hazards. Any road hazard, such as a pothole or debris, could seriously damage the compact spare.
462
• Ensure that you drive slowly enough for the road conditions to avoid all hazards. Any road hazard, such as a pothole or debris, could seriously damage the compact spare.
462
• Any continuous road use of this tire could result in tire failure, loss of vehicle control, and possible personal injury.
462
• Any continuous road use of this tire could result in tire failure, loss of vehicle control, and possible personal injury.
462
• Do not exceed the vehicle's maximum load rating or the load-carrying capacity shown on the sidewall of the compact spare tire.
462
• Do not exceed the vehicle's maximum load rating or the load-carrying capacity shown on the sidewall of the compact spare tire.
462
• Avoid driving over obstacles. The compact spare tire diameter is smaller than the diameter of a conventional tire and reduces the ground clearance approximately 1 inch (25 mm), which could result in damage to the vehicle.
463
• Avoid driving over obstacles. The compact spare tire diameter is smaller than the diameter of a conventional tire and reduces the ground clearance approximately 1 inch (25 mm), which could result in damage to the vehicle.
463
• Do not take this vehicle through an automatic vehicle wash while the compact spare tire is installed.
463
• Do not take this vehicle through an automatic vehicle wash while the compact spare tire is installed.
463
• Do not use tire chains on the compact spare tire. Because of the smaller size, a tire chain will not fit properly. This could damage the vehicle and result in loss of the chain.
463
• Do not use tire chains on the compact spare tire. Because of the smaller size, a tire chain will not fit properly. This could damage the vehicle and result in loss of the chain.
463
• Do not use the compact spare tire on any other vehicle because this tire has been designed especially for your vehicle.
463
• Do not use the compact spare tire on any other vehicle because this tire has been designed especially for your vehicle.
463
• The compact spare tire's tread life is shorter than a regular tire. Inspect your compact spare tire regularly and replace worn compact spare tires with the same size and design, mounted on the same wheel.
463
• The compact spare tire's tread life is shorter than a regular tire. Inspect your compact spare tire regularly and replace worn compact spare tires with the same size and design, mounted on the same wheel.
463
• The compact spare tire should not be used on any other wheels, nor should standard tires, snow tires, wheel covers or trim rings be used with the compact spare wheel. If such use is attempted, damage to these items or other vehicle components may...
463
• The compact spare tire should not be used on any other wheels, nor should standard tires, snow tires, wheel covers or trim rings be used with the compact spare wheel. If such use is attempted, damage to these items or other vehicle components may...
463
• Do not use more than one compact spare tire at a time.
463
• Do not use more than one compact spare tire at a time.
463
• Do not tow a trailer while the compact spare tire is installed.
463
• Do not tow a trailer while the compact spare tire is installed.
463
Jack label
463
Jack label
463
Type A
463
Type A
463
Type A
463
<GRAPHIC>
463
Type B
463
Type B
463
<GRAPHIC>
463
Type C
464
Type C
464
<GRAPHIC>
464
The actual jack label in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. For more detailed specifications, refer to the label attached to the jack.
464
1. Model Name
464
1. Model Name
464
1. Model Name
464
2. Maximum allowable load
464
2. Maximum allowable load
464
3. When using the jack, set your parking brake.
464
3. When using the jack, set your parking brake.
464
4. When using the jack, stop the engine.
464
4. When using the jack, stop the engine.
464
5. Do not get under a vehicle that is supported by a jack.
464
5. Do not get under a vehicle that is supported by a jack.
464
6. The designated locations under the frame
464
6. The designated locations under the frame
464
7. When supporting the vehicle, the base plate of jack must be vertical under the lifting point.
464
7. When supporting the vehicle, the base plate of jack must be vertical under the lifting point.
464
8. Move the shift lever to the P position on vehicles with intelligent variable transmission.
464
8. Move the shift lever to the P position on vehicles with intelligent variable transmission.
464
9. The jack should be used on firm level ground.
464
9. The jack should be used on firm level ground.
464
10. Jack manufacturer
464
10. Jack manufacturer
464
11. Production date
464
11. Production date
464
12. Representative company and address
464
12. Representative company and address
464
Towing
464
Towing
464
If emergency towing is necessary, we recommend having it done by an authorized Kia dealer or a commercial tow-truck service.
464
Towing service
464
Towing service
464
Towing service
464
<GRAPHIC>
464
<GRAPHIC>
464
towing:towing serviceProper lifting and towing procedures are necessary to prevent damage to the vehicle. The use of wheel dollies (1) or flatbed is recommended.
464
towing:towing service
464
On Front Wheel Drive (FWD) vehicles, it is acceptable to tow the vehicle with the rear wheel on the ground (without dollies) and the front wheels off the ground. If any of the loaded wheels or suspension components are damaged or the vehicle is being...
465
On All Wheel Drive (AWD) vehicles, your vehicle must be towed with a wheel lift and dollies or flatbed equipment with all the wheels off the ground.
465
Side and curtain Air bag
465
Side and curtain Air bag
465
If your vehicle is equipped with side and curtain air bag, set the ENGINE START/STOP button to ACC position when the vehicle is being towed.
465
The side and curtain air bag may deploy when the ENGINE START/ STOP button to ON position and the rollover sensor detects the situation as a rollover.
465
If the EPB does not release normal- ly, take your vehicle to an author- ized Kia dealer by loading the vehi- cle on a flatbed tow truck and have the system checked.
465
If the EPB does not release normal- ly, take your vehicle to an author- ized Kia dealer by loading the vehi- cle on a flatbed tow truck and have the system checked.
465
Towing
465
Towing
465
<GRAPHIC>
465
<GRAPHIC>
465
<GRAPHIC>
465
<GRAPHIC>
465
• Do not tow the vehicle backwards with the front wheels on the ground as this may cause damage to the transmission.
465
• Do not tow the vehicle backwards with the front wheels on the ground as this may cause damage to the transmission.
465
• Do not tow the vehicle backwards with the front wheels on the ground as this may cause damage to the transmission.
465
• Do not tow with sling-type equipment. Use wheel lift or flatbed equipment.
465
• Do not tow with sling-type equipment. Use wheel lift or flatbed equipment.
465
• If you tow the vehicle while the front wheels are touching the ground, the vehicle motor may generate electricity and the motor components may be damaged or a fire may occur.
465
• If you tow the vehicle while the front wheels are touching the ground, the vehicle motor may generate electricity and the motor components may be damaged or a fire may occur.
465
• If you tow the vehicle while the front wheels are touching the ground, the vehicle motor may generate electricity and the motor components may be damaged or a fire may occur.
465
• If you tow the vehicle while the front wheels are touching the ground, the vehicle motor may generate electricity and the motor components may be damaged or a fire may occur.
465
• When a vehicle fire occurs due to the battery, there is a risk of a second fire. Contact the fire department when towing the vehicle.
465
• When a vehicle fire occurs due to the battery, there is a risk of a second fire. Contact the fire department when towing the vehicle.
465
Towing without wheel dollies when using a towing service
466
Towing without wheel dollies when using a towing service
466
When towing your vehicle in an emergency without wheel dollies:
466
When towing your vehicle in an emergency without wheel dollies:
466
When towing your vehicle in an emergency without wheel dollies:
466
1. Set the ENGINE START/STOP button to ACC position.
466
1. Set the ENGINE START/STOP button to ACC position.
466
1. Set the ENGINE START/STOP button to ACC position.
466
2. Place the transmission shift lever in N (Neutral).
466
2. Place the transmission shift lever in N (Neutral).
466
3. Release the parking brake.
466
3. Release the parking brake.
466
Towing gear position
466
Towing gear position
466
Towing gear position
466
Failure to shift to N (Neutral) may cause internal damage to the vehicle.
466
Maintenance
467
Maintenance
467
Engine compartment 7-4
467
Maintenance
470
Maintenance
470
Maintenance
470
Engine compartment
470
Engine compartment
470
Open the hood to see the engine compartment.
470
Gasoline Engine (Lambda Ⅱ 3.8L - GDI)
470
Gasoline Engine (Lambda Ⅱ 3.8L - GDI)
470
Gasoline Engine (Lambda Ⅱ 3.8L - GDI)
470
<GRAPHIC>
470
The actual engine cover in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
470
1. Engine coolant reservoir
470
1. Engine coolant reservoir
470
1. Engine coolant reservoir
470
2. Engine oil filler cap
470
2. Engine oil filler cap
470
3. Brake fluid reservoir
470
3. Brake fluid reservoir
470
4. Air cleaner
470
4. Air cleaner
470
5. Fuse box
470
5. Fuse box
470
6. Negative battery terminal
470
6. Negative battery terminal
470
7. Positive battery terminal
470
7. Positive battery terminal
470
8. Engine oil dipstick
470
8. Engine oil dipstick
470
9. Radiator cap
470
9. Radiator cap
470
10. Windshield washer fluid reservoir
470
10. Windshield washer fluid reservoir
470
Maintenance services
471
Maintenance services
471
You should exercise the utmost care to prevent damage to your vehicle and injury to yourself whenever performing any maintenance or inspection procedures.
471
Should you have any doubts concerning the inspection or servicing of your vehicle, we strongly recommend that you have an authorized Kia dealer perform this work.
471
Should you have any doubts concerning the inspection or servicing of your vehicle, we strongly recommend that you have an authorized Kia dealer perform this work.
471
An authorized Kia dealer has factory-trained technicians and genuine Kia parts to service your vehicle properly. For expert advice and quality service, see an authorized Kia dealer.
471
Inadequate, incomplete or insufficient servicing may result in operational problems with your vehicle that could lead to vehicle damage, an accident, or personal injury.
471
Owner's responsibility
471
Owner's responsibility
471
maintenance services:owner’s responsibilityMaintenance Service and Record Retention are the owner's responsibility.
471
maintenance services:owner’s responsibilityMaintenance Service and Record Retention are the owner's responsibility.
471
maintenance services:owner’s responsibility
471
You should retain documents that show proper maintenance has been performed on your vehicle in accordance with the scheduled maintenance service charts shown on the following pages. You need this information to establish your compliance with the serv...
471
Detailed warranty information is provided in your Warranty & Consumer Information manual.
471
Repairs and adjustments required as a result of improper maintenance or a lack of required maintenance are not covered.
471
We recommend you have your vehicle maintained and repaired by an authorized Kia dealer. Authorized Kia dealers meet Kia's high service quality standards and receive technical support from Kia in order to provide you with a high level of service satis...
471
NHTSA Safety Corrosion Alert
471
NHTSA Safety Corrosion Alert
471
The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) has issued a general warning to all vehicle owners of all brands regarding the risks associated with vehicle underbody corrosion. From your initial purchase, take the following steps to preve...
471
• Wash the undercarriage of your vehicle regularly during the winter and whenever your vehicle has been exposed to such salts or chemicals.
471
• Wash the undercarriage of your vehicle regularly during the winter and whenever your vehicle has been exposed to such salts or chemicals.
471
• Wash the undercarriage of your vehicle regularly during the winter and whenever your vehicle has been exposed to such salts or chemicals.
471
• Do a thorough washing of the undercarriage at the end of the winter.
472
• Do a thorough washing of the undercarriage at the end of the winter.
472
• Use professional service technicians or governmental inspection stations to annually inspect for corrosion.
472
• Use professional service technicians or governmental inspection stations to annually inspect for corrosion.
472
• Immediately seek an inspection of your vehicle if you become visually aware of corrosion flaking or scaling or if you become aware of a change in vehicle performance, such as soft or spongy brakes, fluids leaking, impairment of directional contro...
472
• Immediately seek an inspection of your vehicle if you become visually aware of corrosion flaking or scaling or if you become aware of a change in vehicle performance, such as soft or spongy brakes, fluids leaking, impairment of directional contro...
472
• NHTSA further advises that after a vehicle is 7 years old, it is essential that you take these indicated maintenance steps to ensure that you protect yourself from unsafe corrosion conditions.
472
• NHTSA further advises that after a vehicle is 7 years old, it is essential that you take these indicated maintenance steps to ensure that you protect yourself from unsafe corrosion conditions.
472
Owner maintenance precautions
472
Owner maintenance precautions
472
maintenance services:owner maintenance precautionsImproper or incomplete service may result in problems. This section gives instructions only for the maintenance items that are easy to perform.
472
maintenance services:owner maintenance precautions
472
As explained earlier in this section, several procedures can be done only by an authorized Kia dealer with special tools.
472
Improper owner maintenance during the warranty period may affect warranty coverage. For details, read the separate Warranty & Consumer Information manual provided with the vehicle. If you're unsure about any servicing or maintenance procedure, have i...
472
Improper owner maintenance during the warranty period may affect warranty coverage. For details, read the separate Warranty & Consumer Information manual provided with the vehicle. If you're unsure about any servicing or maintenance procedure, have i...
472
Maintenance work
472
Maintenance work
472
Do not wear jewelry or loose clothing while working under the hood of your vehicle with the engine running. These items can become entangled in moving parts, if you must run the vehicle in the engine while working under the hood, make certain that yo...
472
Touching metal parts
472
Touching metal parts
472
Do not touch metal parts (including strut bars) while the vehicle is operating or hot. Doing so could result in serious bodily injury. Turn the vehicle off and wait until the metal parts cool down to perform maintenance work on the vehicle.
472
Owner maintenance
473
Owner maintenance
473
The following lists detail the vehicle checks and inspections that should be performed by the owner or an authorized Kia dealer. They should be performed at the indicated frequencies to help ensure the safe and dependable operation of your vehicle.
473
The following lists detail the vehicle checks and inspections that should be performed by the owner or an authorized Kia dealer. They should be performed at the indicated frequencies to help ensure the safe and dependable operation of your vehicle.
473
Any adverse conditions should be brought to the attention of your dealer as soon as possible.
473
These owner maintenance checks are generally not covered by warranties and you may be charged for labor, parts and lubricants used.
473
When you stop for fuel:
473
When you stop for fuel:
473
• Check the engine oil level.
473
• Check the engine oil level.
473
• Check the engine oil level.
473
• Check the coolant level in coolant reservoir.
473
• Check the coolant level in coolant reservoir.
473
• Check the windshield washer fluid level.
473
• Check the windshield washer fluid level.
473
• Look for low or under-inflated tires. Check if the front of the radiator and condenser are clean and not blocked with leaves, dirt or insects etc. If any of the above parts are extremely dirty or you are not sure of their condition, take your veh...
473
• Look for low or under-inflated tires. Check if the front of the radiator and condenser are clean and not blocked with leaves, dirt or insects etc. If any of the above parts are extremely dirty or you are not sure of their condition, take your veh...
473
Hot coolant
473
Hot coolant
473
Be careful when checking your engine coolant level when the engine is hot. Scalding hot coolant and steam may blow out under pressure.
474
While operating your vehicle:
474
While operating your vehicle:
474
• Check for vibrations in the steering wheel. Notice any increased steering effort or looseness in the steering wheel, or change in its straight-ahead position.
474
• Check for vibrations in the steering wheel. Notice any increased steering effort or looseness in the steering wheel, or change in its straight-ahead position.
474
• Check for vibrations in the steering wheel. Notice any increased steering effort or looseness in the steering wheel, or change in its straight-ahead position.
474
• Notice if your vehicle constantly turns slightly or \pulls\ to one side when traveling on smooth, level road.
474
• Notice if your vehicle constantly turns slightly or \pulls\ to one side when traveling on smooth, level road.
474
• When stopping, listen and check for unusual sounds, pulling to one side, increased brake pedal travel or \hard-to-push\ brake pedal.
474
• When stopping, listen and check for unusual sounds, pulling to one side, increased brake pedal travel or \hard-to-push\ brake pedal.
474
• If any slipping or changes in the operation of your transmission occurs, check the transmission fluid level.
474
• If any slipping or changes in the operation of your transmission occurs, check the transmission fluid level.
474
• Check the automatic transmission P (Park) function.
474
• Check the automatic transmission P (Park) function.
474
• Check the parking brake.
474
• Check the parking brake.
474
• Check for fluid leaks under your vehicle (water dripping from the air conditioning system during or after use is normal).
474
• Check for fluid leaks under your vehicle (water dripping from the air conditioning system during or after use is normal).
474
At least monthly:
474
At least monthly:
474
• Check the coolant level in the coolant reservoir.
474
• Check the coolant level in the coolant reservoir.
474
• Check the coolant level in the coolant reservoir.
474
• Check the operation of all exterior lights, including the stoplights, turn signals and hazard warning flashers.
474
• Check the operation of all exterior lights, including the stoplights, turn signals and hazard warning flashers.
474
• Check the inflation pressures of all tires including the spare for tires that are worn, show uneven wear, or are damaged.
474
• Check the inflation pressures of all tires including the spare for tires that are worn, show uneven wear, or are damaged.
474
• Check for loose wheel lug nuts.
474
• Check for loose wheel lug nuts.
474
At least twice a year (i.e., every Spring and Fall):
474
At least twice a year (i.e., every Spring and Fall):
474
• Check the radiator, heater and air conditioning hoses for leaks or damage.
474
• Check the radiator, heater and air conditioning hoses for leaks or damage.
474
• Check the radiator, heater and air conditioning hoses for leaks or damage.
474
• Check the windshield washer spray and wiper operation. Clean the wiper blades with clean cloth dampened with washer fluid.
474
• Check the windshield washer spray and wiper operation. Clean the wiper blades with clean cloth dampened with washer fluid.
474
• Check the headlight alignment.
474
• Check the headlight alignment.
474
• Check the lap/shoulder belts for wear and function.
474
• Check the lap/shoulder belts for wear and function.
474
At least once a year:
474
At least once a year:
474
• Clean the body and door drain holes.
474
• Clean the body and door drain holes.
474
• Clean the body and door drain holes.
474
• Lubricate the door hinges and check the hood hinges.
474
• Lubricate the door hinges and check the hood hinges.
474
• Lubricate the door and hood locks and latches.
474
• Lubricate the door and hood locks and latches.
474
• Lubricate the door rubber weatherstrips.
474
• Lubricate the door rubber weatherstrips.
474
• Check the air conditioning system.
474
• Check the air conditioning system.
474
• Inspect and lubricate automatic transmission linkage and controls.
474
• Inspect and lubricate automatic transmission linkage and controls.
474
• Clean the battery and terminals.
474
• Clean the battery and terminals.
474
• Check the brake fluid level.
474
• Check the brake fluid level.
474
• Visually inspect steering, suspension, and chassis components for damaged, loose, or missing parts or signs of wear.
474
• Visually inspect steering, suspension, and chassis components for damaged, loose, or missing parts or signs of wear.
474
Scheduled maintenance service
475
Scheduled maintenance service
475
Follow the Normal Maintenance Schedule if the vehicle is usually operated where none of the following conditions apply.
475
Follow the Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions if any of the following conditions apply.
475
Follow the Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions if any of the following conditions apply.
475
• Repeated driving short distance of less than 5 miles (8 km) in normal temperature or less than 10 miles (16 km) in freezing temperature.
475
• Repeated driving short distance of less than 5 miles (8 km) in normal temperature or less than 10 miles (16 km) in freezing temperature.
475
• Repeated driving short distance of less than 5 miles (8 km) in normal temperature or less than 10 miles (16 km) in freezing temperature.
475
• Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long distances.
475
• Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long distances.
475
• Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt-spread roads.
475
• Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt-spread roads.
475
• Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold weather.
475
• Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold weather.
475
• Driving in heavy dust condition.
475
• Driving in heavy dust condition.
475
• Driving in heavy traffic area.
475
• Driving in heavy traffic area.
475
• Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain road repeatedly.
475
• Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain road repeatedly.
475
• Towing a trailer , a camper, or storing cargo on roof rack.
475
• Towing a trailer , a camper, or storing cargo on roof rack.
475
• Vehicle towing, driving for patrol car, taxi, or other commercial use.
475
• Vehicle towing, driving for patrol car, taxi, or other commercial use.
475
• Driving over 106 mph (170 km/h).
475
• Driving over 106 mph (170 km/h).
475
• Frequently driving in stop-and-go condition.
475
• Frequently driving in stop-and-go condition.
475
If your vehicle is operated in any of the prior listed conditions, you should inspect, replace or refill more frequently, using the severe usage maintenance schedule instead of the normal usage maintenance schedule.
475
Normal maintenance schedule - Non Turbo Models
476
Normal maintenance schedule - Non Turbo Models
476
scheduled maintenance service:normal maintenance scheduleThe following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good emission control and performance. Keep receipts for all vehicle emission services to protect your warranty. Where both mileage a
476
scheduled maintenance service:normal maintenance schedule
476
I: Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
476
I: Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
476
I: Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
476
I: Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
476
R: Replace or change
476
<TABLE>
476
<TABLE HEADING>
476
<TABLE ROW>
476
Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
476
Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
476
<TABLE ROW>
476
Months
476
Months
476
12
476
12
476
24
476
24
476
36
476
36
476
48
476
48
476
60
476
60
476
72
476
72
476
84
476
84
476
96
476
96
476
108
476
108
476
120
476
120
476
132
476
132
476
144
476
144
476
156
476
156
476
168
476
168
476
180
476
180
476
<TABLE ROW>
476
Miles×1,000
476
Miles×1,000
476
7.5
476
7.5
476
15
476
15
476
22.5
476
22.5
476
30
476
30
476
37.5
476
37.5
476
45
476
45
476
52.5
476
52.5
476
60
476
60
476
67.5
476
67.5
476
75
476
75
476
82.5
476
82.5
476
90
476
90
476
97.5
476
97.5
476
105
476
105
476
112.5
476
112.5
476
<TABLE ROW>
476
Km×1,000
476
Km×1,000
476
12
476
12
476
24
476
24
476
36
476
36
476
48
476
48
476
60
476
60
476
72
476
72
476
84
476
84
476
96
476
96
476
108
476
108
476
120
476
120
476
132
476
132
476
144
476
144
476
156
476
156
476
168
476
168
476
180
476
180
476
<TABLE BODY>
476
<TABLE ROW>
476
Drive belts
476
Drive belts
476
The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced.
477
The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced.
477
At first, inspect at 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 72 months, after that, inspect every 15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 24 months
476
At first, inspect at 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 72 months, after that, inspect every 15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 24 months
476
<TABLE ROW>
476
Engine oil and engine oil filter
476
Engine oil and engine oil filter
476
R
476
R
476
R
476
R
476
R
476
R
476
R
476
R
476
R
476
R
476
R
476
R
476
R
476
R
476
R
476
R
476
R
476
R
476
R
476
R
476
R
476
R
476
R
476
R
476
R
476
R
476
R
476
R
476
R
476
R
476
<TABLE ROW>
476
Fuel additives
476
Fuel additives
476
If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is recommended. Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.
477
If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is recommended. Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.
477
Add every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months
476
Add every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months
476
<TABLE ROW>
476
Air cleaner filter
476
Air cleaner filter
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
R
476
R
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
R
476
R
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
R
476
R
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
<TABLE ROW>
476
Spark plugs
476
Spark plugs
476
Replace every 97,500 miles (156,000 km)
476
Replace every 97,500 miles (156,000 km)
476
<TABLE ROW>
476
Climate control air filter
476
Climate control air filter
476
Replace every 15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 24 month
476
Replace every 15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 24 month
476
<TABLE ROW>
476
Valve clearance
476
Valve clearance
476
Inspect for excessive valve noise and/or engine vibration and adjust if necessary. Have an authorized Kia dealer perform the operation.
477
Inspect for excessive valve noise and/or engine vibration and adjust if necessary. Have an authorized Kia dealer perform the operation.
477
Inspect every 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 72 months
476
Inspect every 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 72 months
476
<TABLE ROW>
476
Vacuum hose
476
Vacuum hose
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
<TABLE ROW>
476
Coolant (Engine)
476
Coolant (Engine)
476
At first, replace at 120,000 miles (192,000 km) or 10 years, after that, replace every 30,000 miles (48,000 km) or 24 months
476
At first, replace at 120,000 miles (192,000 km) or 10 years, after that, replace every 30,000 miles (48,000 km) or 24 months
476
<TABLE ROW>
476
Battery condition
476
Battery condition
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
<TABLE ROW>
476
Brake lines, hoses and connections
476
Brake lines, hoses and connections
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
<TABLE ROW>
476
Brake discs and pads
476
Brake discs and pads
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
<TABLE ROW>
476
Steering gear rack, linkage and boots
476
Steering gear rack, linkage and boots
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
<TABLE ROW>
476
Drive shaft and boots
476
Drive shaft and boots
476
-
476
-
476
I
476
I
476
-
476
-
476
I
476
I
476
-
476
-
476
I
476
I
476
-
476
-
476
I
476
I
476
-
476
-
476
I
476
I
476
-
476
-
476
I
476
I
476
-
476
-
476
I
476
I
476
-
476
-
476
<TABLE ROW>
476
Propeller shaft
476
Propeller shaft
476
-
476
-
476
I
476
I
476
-
476
-
476
I
476
I
476
-
476
-
476
I
476
I
476
-
476
-
476
I
476
I
476
-
476
-
476
I
476
I
476
-
476
-
476
I
476
I
476
-
476
-
476
I
476
I
476
-
476
-
476
<TABLE ROW>
476
Suspension ball joints and mountingbolts
476
Suspension ball joints and mountingbolts
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
<TABLE ROW>
476
Air conditioner compressor/ refrigerant
476
Air conditioner compressor/ refrigerant
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
I
476
<TABLE ROW>
477
Exhaust system
477
Exhaust system
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
<TABLE ROW>
477
Cooling system
477
Cooling system
477
-
477
-
477
-
477
-
477
-
477
-
477
I
477
I
477
-
477
-
477
I
477
I
477
-
477
-
477
I
477
I
477
-
477
-
477
I
477
I
477
-
477
-
477
I
477
I
477
-
477
-
477
I
477
I
477
-
477
-
477
<TABLE ROW>
477
Automatic Transmission fluid
477
Automatic Transmission fluid
477
No check, No service required
477
No check, No service required
477
<TABLE ROW>
477
Rear axle oil (AWD)
477
Rear axle oil (AWD)
477
Transfer case oil and rear axle oil should be changed anytime they have been submerged in water.
477
Transfer case oil and rear axle oil should be changed anytime they have been submerged in water.
477
Inspect every 37,500 miles (60,000 km) or 48 months
477
Inspect every 37,500 miles (60,000 km) or 48 months
477
<TABLE ROW>
477
Transfer case oil (AWD)*4
477
Transfer case oil (AWD)
477
*4
477
<TABLE ROW>
477
Vapor hose and fuel filler cap
477
Vapor hose and fuel filler cap
477
-
477
-
477
I
477
I
477
-
477
-
477
I
477
I
477
-
477
-
477
I
477
I
477
-
477
-
477
I
477
I
477
-
477
-
477
I
477
I
477
-
477
-
477
I
477
I
477
-
477
-
477
I
477
I
477
-
477
-
477
<TABLE ROW>
477
Fuel tank air filter
477
Fuel tank air filter
477
Fuel tank air filter is considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended as the level of maintenance will be dependent upon the quality fuel used in the vehicle.
477
Fuel tank air filter is considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended as the level of maintenance will be dependent upon the quality fuel used in the vehicle.
477
-
477
-
477
I
477
I
477
-
477
-
477
I
477
I
477
-
477
-
477
I
477
I
477
-
477
-
477
I
477
I
477
-
477
-
477
I
477
I
477
-
477
-
477
I
477
I
477
-
477
-
477
I
477
I
477
-
477
-
477
<TABLE ROW>
477
Fuel lines, hoses and connections
477
Fuel lines, hoses and connections
477
-
477
-
477
I
477
I
477
-
477
-
477
I
477
I
477
-
477
-
477
I
477
I
477
-
477
-
477
I
477
I
477
-
477
-
477
I
477
I
477
-
477
-
477
I
477
I
477
-
477
-
477
I
477
I
477
-
477
-
477
<TABLE ROW>
477
Bolt and nuts on chassis and body
477
Bolt and nuts on chassis and body
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
<TABLE ROW>
477
Parking brake
477
Parking brake
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
<TABLE ROW>
477
Brake fluid
477
Brake fluid
477
Inspect every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months, Replace every 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 48 months
477
Inspect every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months, Replace every 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 48 months
477
<TABLE ROW>
477
Rotate tire
477
Rotate tire
477
Rotate every 7,500 miles (12,000 km)
477
Rotate every 7,500 miles (12,000 km)
477
<TABLE ROW>
477
Tire (pressure & tread wear)
477
Tire (pressure & tread wear)
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
I
477
Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions - Non Turbo Models
478
Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions - Non Turbo Models
478
scheduled maintenance service:maintenance under severe usage conditionsThe following items must be serviced more frequently on cars mainly used under severe driving conditions. Refer to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals.
478
scheduled maintenance service:maintenance under severe usage conditions
478
R: Replace
478
R: Replace
478
R: Replace
478
I: Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace
478
<TABLE>
478
<TABLE HEADING>
478
<TABLE ROW>
478
Maintenance item
478
Maintenance item
478
Maintenance operation
478
Maintenance operation
478
Maintenance intervals
478
Maintenance intervals
478
Driving condition
478
Driving condition
478
<TABLE BODY>
478
<TABLE ROW>
478
Engine oil and engine oil filter
478
Engine oil and engine oil filter
478
R
478
R
478
Every 3,750 miles (6,000 km) or 6 months
478
Every 3,750 miles (6,000 km) or 6 months
478
A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J, K
478
A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J, K
478
<TABLE ROW>
478
Air cleaner filter
478
Air cleaner filter
478
R
478
R
478
More frequently
478
More frequently
478
C, E
478
C, E
478
<TABLE ROW>
478
Spark plugs
478
Spark plugs
478
R
478
R
478
More frequently
478
More frequently
478
A, B, F, G, H, I, K
478
A, B, F, G, H, I, K
478
<TABLE ROW>
478
Automatic transmission fluid
478
Automatic transmission fluid
478
R
478
R
478
Every 60,000 miles (100,000 km)
478
Every 60,000 miles (100,000 km)
478
A, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J
478
A, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J
478
<TABLE ROW>
478
Rear axle oil (AWD)
478
Rear axle oil (AWD)
478
R
478
R
478
Every 75,000 miles (120,000 km)
478
Every 75,000 miles (120,000 km)
478
C, E, G, H, I, J
478
C, E, G, H, I, J
478
<TABLE ROW>
478
Transfer case oil (AWD)
478
Transfer case oil (AWD)
478
R
478
R
478
Every 75,000 miles (120,000 km)
478
Every 75,000 miles (120,000 km)
478
C, E, G, H, I, J
478
C, E, G, H, I, J
478
<TABLE ROW>
478
Manual transmission fluid
478
Manual transmission fluid
478
R
478
R
478
Every 75,000 miles (120,000 km)
478
Every 75,000 miles (120,000 km)
478
C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J
478
C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J
478
<TABLE ROW>
478
Brake discs and pads, calipers and rotors
478
Brake discs and pads, calipers and rotors
478
I
478
I
478
More frequently
478
More frequently
478
C, D, E, G, H
478
C, D, E, G, H
478
<TABLE ROW>
478
Parking brake
478
Parking brake
478
I
478
I
478
More frequently
478
More frequently
478
C, D, G, H
478
C, D, G, H
478
<TABLE ROW>
478
Steering gear rack, linkage and boots
478
Steering gear rack, linkage and boots
478
I
478
I
478
More frequently
478
More frequently
478
C, D, E, F, G
478
C, D, E, F, G
478
<TABLE ROW>
478
Suspension ball joints and mounting bolts
478
Suspension ball joints and mounting bolts
478
I
478
I
478
More frequently
478
More frequently
478
C, D, E, F, G
478
C, D, E, F, G
478
<TABLE ROW>
478
Drive shafts and boots
478
Drive shafts and boots
478
I
478
I
478
More frequently
478
More frequently
478
C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J
478
C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J
478
<TABLE ROW>
478
Propeller shaft
478
Propeller shaft
478
I
478
I
478
More frequently
478
More frequently
478
C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J
478
C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J
478
<TABLE ROW>
478
Climate control air filter
478
Climate control air filter
478
I
478
I
478
More frequently
478
More frequently
478
C, E, G
478
C, E, G
478
Severe Driving Conditions
479
Severe Driving Conditions
479
A: Repeatedly driving short distance of less than 5 miles (8 km) in normal temperature or less than 10 miles (16 km) in freezing temperature.
479
B: Extensive low speed driving for long distances.
479
C: Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt-spread roads.
479
D: Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold weather.
479
E: Driving in heavy dust condition.
479
F: Driving in heavy traffic area.
479
G: Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain roads.
479
H: Towing a trailer , a camper, or storing cargo on roof rack.
479
I: Vehicle towing, driving for patrol car, taxi, or other commercial use.
479
J: Driving over 106 mph (170 km/h)
479
K: Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions
479
Explanation of scheduled maintenance items
479
Explanation of scheduled maintenance items
479
The following parts require scheduled maintenance.
479
Engine oil and filter
479
Engine oil and filter
479
Engine oil and filter
479
scheduled maintenance items:engine oil and filterThe engine oil and filter should be changed at the intervals specified in the maintenance schedule. If the vehicle is being driven in severe conditions, more frequent oil and filter changes are required.
479
scheduled maintenance items:engine oil and filter
479
Drive belts
479
Drive belts
479
scheduled maintenance items:drive beltsInspect all drive belts for evidence of cuts, cracks, excessive wear or oil saturation and replace if necessary. Drive belts should be checked periodically for proper tension and adjusted as necessary.
479
scheduled maintenance items:drive belts
479
Fuel filter
479
Fuel filter
479
scheduled maintenance items:fuel filterKia gasoline vehicle is equipped with a lifetime fuel filter that is integrated with the fuel tank. Regular maintenance or replacement is generally not needed. This may vary depending on fuel quality. If you experi
479
scheduled maintenance items:fuel filter
479
Fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections
480
Fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections
480
scheduled maintenance items:fuel lines, fuel hoses and connectionsCheck the fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections for leakage and damage. Have an authorized Kia dealer replace any damaged or leaking parts immediately.
480
scheduled maintenance items:fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections
480
Vapor hose and fuel filler cap
480
Vapor hose and fuel filler cap
480
scheduled maintenance items:vapor hose and fuel filler capThe vapor hose and fuel filler cap should be inspected at those intervals specified in the maintenance schedule. Make sure that a new vapor hose or fuel filler cap is correctly replaced.
480
scheduled maintenance items:vapor hose and fuel filler cap
480
Vacuum crankcase ventilation hoses
480
Vacuum crankcase ventilation hoses
480
scheduled maintenance items:vacuum crankcase ventilation hosesInspect the surface of hoses for evidence of heat and/or mechanical damage. Hard and brittle rubber, cracking, tears, cuts, abrasions, and excessive swelling indicate deterioration. Particula
480
scheduled maintenance items:vacuum crankcase ventilation hoses
480
Air cleaner filter
480
Air cleaner filter
480
scheduled maintenance items:air cleaner filterA Genuine Kia air cleaner filter is recommended when the filter is replaced.
480
scheduled maintenance items:air cleaner filter
480
Spark plugs
480
Spark plugs
480
scheduled maintenance items:spark plugsMake sure to install new spark plugs of the correct heat range.
480
scheduled maintenance items:spark plugs
480
Valve clearance
480
Valve clearance
480
scheduled maintenance items:valve clearanceInspect for excessive valve noise and/or engine vibration and adjust if necessary. An authorized Kia dealer should perform the operation.
480
scheduled maintenance items:valve clearance
480
Cooling system
480
Cooling system
480
scheduled maintenance items:cooling systemCheck the cooling system components, such as the radiator, coolant reservoir, hoses and connections for leakage and damage. Replace any damaged parts.
480
scheduled maintenance items:cooling system
480
Coolant
480
Coolant
480
scheduled maintenance items:coolantThe coolant should be changed at the intervals specified in the maintenance schedule.
480
scheduled maintenance items:coolant
480
Automatic transmission fluid
480
Automatic transmission fluid
480
scheduled maintenance items:automatic transmission fluidAutomatic transmission fluid should not be checked under normal usage conditions. But in severe conditions, the fluid should be changed at an authorized Kia dealer in accordance to the scheduled ma
480
scheduled maintenance items:automatic transmission fluid
480
Automatic transmission fluid color is usually red. As the vehicle is driven, the automatic transmission fluid will begin to look darker.
481
Automatic transmission fluid color is usually red. As the vehicle is driven, the automatic transmission fluid will begin to look darker.
481
It is the normal condition and you should not judge the need to replace the fluid based upon the changed color.
481
Transmission fluids
481
Transmission fluids
481
The use of a non-specified fluid could result in transmission malfunction and failure. Use only specified automatic transmission fluid. (Refer to
481
\Recommended lubricants and capacities\ on page 8-9
481
Brake hoses and lines
481
Brake hoses and lines
481
scheduled maintenance items:brake hoses and linesVisually check for proper installation, chafing, cracks, deterioration and any leakage. Replace any deteriorated or damaged parts immediately.
481
scheduled maintenance items:brake hoses and lines
481
NHTSA Safety Corrosion Alert
481
NHTSA Safety Corrosion Alert
481
NHTSA has warned all vehicle owners of all brands that they must maintain their vehicles in a manner which will prevent brake hose and brake line failures due to corrosion when such vehicles are exposed to winter road salt and related chemicals. Whil...
481
1. Wash the undercarriage of your vehicle regularly throughout the winter and do a thorough washing in the spring to remove road salt and other de-icing chemicals.
481
1. Wash the undercarriage of your vehicle regularly throughout the winter and do a thorough washing in the spring to remove road salt and other de-icing chemicals.
481
1. Wash the undercarriage of your vehicle regularly throughout the winter and do a thorough washing in the spring to remove road salt and other de-icing chemicals.
481
2. Monitor the brake system for signs of corrosion by having regular professional inspections and watching for signs of problems, including loss of brake fluid, unusual leaks and soft or spongy feel in the brake pedal.
481
2. Monitor the brake system for signs of corrosion by having regular professional inspections and watching for signs of problems, including loss of brake fluid, unusual leaks and soft or spongy feel in the brake pedal.
481
3. Replace the entire brake pipe assembly if you find severe corrosion that causes scaling or flaking of brake components.
481
3. Replace the entire brake pipe assembly if you find severe corrosion that causes scaling or flaking of brake components.
481
Brake fluid
482
Brake fluid
482
scheduled maintenance items:brake fluidCheck the brake fluid level in the brake fluid reservoir. The level should be between \MIN\ and \MAX\ marks on the side of the reservoir. Use only hydraulic brake fluid conforming to DOT 3 or DOT 4 specification.
482
scheduled maintenance items:brake fluid
482
Parking brake
482
Parking brake
482
scheduled maintenance items:parking brakeInspect the parking brake system including the parking brake lever (or pedal) and cables.
482
scheduled maintenance items:parking brake
482
Exhaust pipe and muffler
482
Exhaust pipe and muffler
482
scheduled maintenance items:exhaust pipe and mufflerVisually inspect the exhaust pipes, muffler and hangers for cracks, deterioration, or damage. Start the engine and listen carefully for any exhaust gas leakage. Tighten connections or replace parts as
482
scheduled maintenance items:exhaust pipe and muffler
482
Brake discs, pads, calipers and rotors
482
Brake discs, pads, calipers and rotors
482
scheduled maintenance items:brake discs, pads, calipers and rotorsCheck the pads for excessive wear, discs for run out and wear, and calipers for fluid leakage.
482
scheduled maintenance items:brake discs, pads, calipers and rotors
482
Suspension mounting bolts
482
Suspension mounting bolts
482
scheduled maintenance items:suspension mounting boltsCheck the suspension connections for looseness or damage. Retighten to the specified torque.
482
scheduled maintenance items:suspension mounting bolts
482
Steering gear box, linkage & boots/ lower arm ball joint
482
Steering gear box, linkage & boots/ lower arm ball joint
482
scheduled maintenance items:steering gear box, linkage and boots/lower arm ball jointWith the vehicle stopped and off, check for excessive free-play in the steering wheel.
482
scheduled maintenance items:steering gear box, linkage and boots/lower arm ball joint
482
Check the linkage for bends or damage. Check the dust boots and ball joints for deterioration, cracks, or damage. Replace any damaged parts.
482
Drive shafts and boots
482
Drive shafts and boots
482
scheduled maintenance items:drive shafts and bootsCheck the drive shafts, boots and clamps for cracks, deterioration, or damage. Replace any damaged parts and, if necessary, repack the grease.
482
scheduled maintenance items:drive shafts and boots
482
Propeller shaft
482
Propeller shaft
482
scheduled maintenance items:propeller shaftCheck the propeller shaft, boots, clamps, rubber coupling and center bearing rubber for cracks, deterioration, or damage. Replace any damaged parts and if necessary, repack the grease.
482
scheduled maintenance items:propeller shaft
482
Air conditioning refrigerant
482
Air conditioning refrigerant
482
scheduled maintenance items:air conditioning refrigerantCheck the air conditioning lines and connections for leakage and damage.
482
scheduled maintenance items:air conditioning refrigerant
482
Checking fluid levels
482
Checking fluid levels
482
scheduled maintenance items:checking fluid levelsWhen checking engine oil, engine coolant, brake fluid, and washer fluid, always be sure to clean the area around any filler plug, drain plug, or dipstick before checking or draining any lubricant or fluid
482
scheduled maintenance items:checking fluid levels
482
Engine oil and filter
483
Engine oil and filter
483
The engine oil and filter should be changed at the intervals specified in the maintenance schedule. If the vehicle is being driven in severe conditions, more frequent oil and filter changes are required.
483
Checking the engine oil level
483
Checking the engine oil level
483
1. Be sure the vehicle is on level ground.
483
1. Be sure the vehicle is on level ground.
483
1. Be sure the vehicle is on level ground.
483
1. Be sure the vehicle is on level ground.
483
2. Start the engine and allow it to reach normal operating temperature.
483
2. Start the engine and allow it to reach normal operating temperature.
483
Radiator hose
483
Radiator hose
483
Radiator hose
483
Be very careful not to touch the radiator hose when checking or adding the engine oil as it may be hot enough to burn you.
483
3. Turn the engine off and wait for a few minutes (about 5 minutes) for the oil to return to the oil pan.
483
3. Turn the engine off and wait for a few minutes (about 5 minutes) for the oil to return to the oil pan.
483
4. Pull the dipstick out, wipe it clean, and re-insert it fully.
483
4. Pull the dipstick out, wipe it clean, and re-insert it fully.
483
• Do not overfill the engine oil. It may damage the engine.
483
• Do not overfill the engine oil. It may damage the engine.
483
• Do not overfill the engine oil. It may damage the engine.
483
• Do not overfill the engine oil. It may damage the engine.
483
• Do not overfill the engine oil. It may damage the engine.
483
• Do not spill engine oil, when adding or changing engine oil. If you drop the engine oil on the engine room, wipe it off immediately.
483
• Do not spill engine oil, when adding or changing engine oil. If you drop the engine oil on the engine room, wipe it off immediately.
483
• When you wipe the oil level gauge, you should wipe it with a clean cloth. When mixed with debris, it can cause engine damage.
483
• When you wipe the oil level gauge, you should wipe it with a clean cloth. When mixed with debris, it can cause engine damage.
483
• The brake fluid constantly absorbs moisture from the air. This lowers the boiling point of the brake fluid. If the boiling point is too low, vapor pockets may form in the brake system when the brakes are applied hard.
484
• The brake fluid constantly absorbs moisture from the air. This lowers the boiling point of the brake fluid. If the boiling point is too low, vapor pockets may form in the brake system when the brakes are applied hard.
484
5. Pull the dipstick out again and check the level. The level should be between F and L.
484
5. Pull the dipstick out again and check the level. The level should be between F and L.
484
Lambda Ⅱ 3.8L - GDI
484
Lambda Ⅱ 3.8L - GDI
484
Lambda Ⅱ 3.8L - GDI
484
<GRAPHIC>
484
Lambda Ⅱ 3.8L - GDI
484
Lambda Ⅱ 3.8L - GDI
484
<GRAPHIC>
484
Do not overfill. Use a funnel to help prevent oil from being spilled on engine components. Use only the specified engine oil. (Refer to
484
Do not overfill. Use a funnel to help prevent oil from being spilled on engine components. Use only the specified engine oil. (Refer to
484
Do not overfill. Use a funnel to help prevent oil from being spilled on engine components. Use only the specified engine oil.
484
\Recommended lubricants and capacities\ on page 8-9
484
Changing the engine oil and filter
484
Changing the engine oil and filter
484
Have engine oil and filter changed by an authorized Kia dealer according to the Maintenance Schedule at the beginning of this chapter.
484
Have engine oil and filter changed by an authorized Kia dealer according to the Maintenance Schedule at the beginning of this chapter.
484
Used engine oil may cause irritation or cancer of the skin if left in contact with the skin for prolonged periods of time. Used engine oil contains chemicals that have caused cancer in laboratory animals. Always protect your skin by washing your hand...
484
Used engine oil may cause irritation or cancer of the skin if left in contact with the skin for prolonged periods of time. Used engine oil contains chemicals that have caused cancer in laboratory animals. Always protect your skin by washing your hand...
484
Do not leave used engine oil within the reach of children.
484
Engine coolant
485
Engine coolant
485
The high-pressure cooling system has a reservoir filled with year round antifreeze coolant. The reservoir is filled at the factory.
485
The high-pressure cooling system has a reservoir filled with year round antifreeze coolant. The reservoir is filled at the factory.
485
Check the antifreeze protection and coolant level at least once a year, at the beginning of the winter season, and before traveling to a colder climate.
485
Radiator/Inverter cap
485
Radiator/Inverter cap
485
Never attempt to remove the radiator or inverter cap while the engine is operating or hot. Doing so might lead to cooling system and engine damage and could result in serious bodily injury from escaping hot coolant or steam.
485
Recommended coolant
485
Recommended coolant
485
engine coolant:recommended coolantWhen adding coolant, use only deionized water or soft water for your vehicle and never mix hard water in the coolant filled at the factory. An improper coolant mixture can result in serious malfunction or damage.
485
engine coolant:recommended coolant
485
• Do not use alcohol or methanol coolant or mix them with the specified coolant.
485
• Do not use alcohol or methanol coolant or mix them with the specified coolant.
485
• Do not use alcohol or methanol coolant or mix them with the specified coolant.
485
• Do not use a solution that contains more than 60% antifreeze or less than 35% antifreeze, which would reduce the effectiveness of the solution.
485
• Do not use a solution that contains more than 60% antifreeze or less than 35% antifreeze, which would reduce the effectiveness of the solution.
485
• The cooling circuit of a vehicle equipped with a heat pump system may freeze in extremely low temperature when the concentration of the antifreezing liquid is below 45%.
485
• The cooling circuit of a vehicle equipped with a heat pump system may freeze in extremely low temperature when the concentration of the antifreezing liquid is below 45%.
485
For mixture percentage, refer to the following table.
485
<TABLE>
485
<TABLE>
485
<TABLE HEADING>
485
<TABLE ROW>
485
Ambient Temperature
485
Ambient Temperature
485
Mixture Percentage (volume)
485
Mixture Percentage (volume)
485
<TABLE ROW>
485
Antifreeze
485
Antifreeze
485
Water
485
Water
485
<TABLE BODY>
485
<TABLE ROW>
485
5 °F (-15 °C)
485
5 °F (-15 °C)
485
35
485
35
485
65
485
65
485
<TABLE ROW>
485
-13 °F (-25 °C)
485
-13 °F (-25 °C)
485
40
485
40
485
60
485
60
485
<TABLE ROW>
485
-31 °F (-35 °C)
485
-31 °F (-35 °C)
485
50
485
50
485
50
485
50
485
<TABLE ROW>
485
-49 °F (-45 °C)
485
-49 °F (-45 °C)
485
60
485
60
485
40
485
40
485
<GRAPHIC>Radiator cap
485
<GRAPHIC>Radiator cap
485
<GRAPHIC>
485
<GRAPHIC>
485
<GRAPHIC>
485
Do not remove the radiator cap when the engine and radiator are hot. Scalding hot coolant and steam may blow out under pressure which may result in serious injury.
485
Engine room rear view
486
Engine room rear view
486
<GRAPHIC>
486
Checking the coolant level
486
Checking the coolant level
486
<GRAPHIC>Removing radiator cap
486
<GRAPHIC>Removing radiator cap
486
<GRAPHIC>Removing radiator cap
486
<GRAPHIC>Removing radiator cap
486
<GRAPHIC>
486
Never attempt to remove the radiator cap while the engine is operating or hot. Doing so might lead to cooling system damage and could result in serious personal injury from escaping hot coolant or steam.
486
1. Turn the vehicle off and wait until it cools down.
486
1. Turn the vehicle off and wait until it cools down.
486
1. Turn the vehicle off and wait until it cools down.
486
2. Use extreme care when removing the radiator cap. Wrap a thick towel around it, and turn it counterclockwise slowly to the first stop.
486
2. Use extreme care when removing the radiator cap. Wrap a thick towel around it, and turn it counterclockwise slowly to the first stop.
486
3. Step back while the pressure is released from the cooling system.
486
3. Step back while the pressure is released from the cooling system.
486
4. When you are sure all the pressure has been released, press down on the cap, using a thick towel, and continue turning counterclockwise to remove it.
486
4. When you are sure all the pressure has been released, press down on the cap, using a thick towel, and continue turning counterclockwise to remove it.
486
<GRAPHIC>Cooling fan
486
<GRAPHIC>Cooling fan
486
<GRAPHIC>Cooling fan
486
<GRAPHIC>
486
Use caution when working near the blade of the cooling fan. The electric motor (cooling fan) is controlled by coolant temperature, refrigerant pressure and vehicle speed. it may sometimes operate even when the vehicle is not running.
486
5. Check the condition and connections of all cooling system hoses and heater hoses.
486
5. Check the condition and connections of all cooling system hoses and heater hoses.
486
6. Replace any swollen or deteriorated hoses.
486
6. Replace any swollen or deteriorated hoses.
486
7. Check the coolant level. The coolant level should be filled between F and L marks on the side of the coolant reservoir when the engine room is cool.
486
7. Check the coolant level. The coolant level should be filled between F and L marks on the side of the coolant reservoir when the engine room is cool.
486
8. If the coolant level is low, add enough specified coolant to provide protection against freezing and corrosion. Bring the level to F, but do not overfill.
486
8. If the coolant level is low, add enough specified coolant to provide protection against freezing and corrosion. Bring the level to F, but do not overfill.
486
If frequent additions are required, see an authorized Kia dealer for a cooling system inspection.
486
If frequent additions are required, see an authorized Kia dealer for a cooling system inspection.
486
Changing the coolant
487
Changing the coolant
487
Have the coolant changed by an authorized Kia dealer according to the Maintenance Schedule at the beginning of this chapter.
487
Have the coolant changed by an authorized Kia dealer according to the Maintenance Schedule at the beginning of this chapter.
487
Put a thick cloth or fabric around the radiator cap before refilling the coolant in order to prevent the coolant from overflowing into engine parts such as the alternator.
487
Put a thick cloth or fabric around the radiator cap before refilling the coolant in order to prevent the coolant from overflowing into engine parts such as the alternator.
487
Brake fluid
487
Brake fluid
487
The brake fluid acts to transmit force to the brake when the driver depresses the brake pedal. Brake fluid must be maintained periodically to ensure that the brakes operate smoothly.
487
Checking the brake fluid level
487
Checking the brake fluid level
487
Check the fluid level in the reservoir periodically. The fluid level should be between MAX and MIN marks on the side of the reservoir.
487
<GRAPHIC>
487
<GRAPHIC>
487
<GRAPHIC>
487
<GRAPHIC>
487
1. Before removing the reservoir cap and adding brake fluid, clean the area around the reservoir cap thoroughly to prevent brake fluid contamination.
487
1. Before removing the reservoir cap and adding brake fluid, clean the area around the reservoir cap thoroughly to prevent brake fluid contamination.
487
1. Before removing the reservoir cap and adding brake fluid, clean the area around the reservoir cap thoroughly to prevent brake fluid contamination.
487
Proper fluid
487
Proper fluid
487
Proper fluid
487
Only use brake fluid in the brake system. Small amounts of improper fluids can cause damage to the brake system.
487
2. Periodically check that the fluid level in the brake fluid reservoir is between MIN and MAX. The level will fall with accumulated mileage. This is a normal condition associated with the wear of the brake linings. If the fluid level is excessively ...
488
2. Periodically check that the fluid level in the brake fluid reservoir is between MIN and MAX. The level will fall with accumulated mileage. This is a normal condition associated with the wear of the brake linings. If the fluid level is excessively ...
488
Use only the specified brake fluid. (Refer to
488
Use only the specified brake fluid. (Refer to
488
\Recommended lubricants and capacities\ on page 8-9
488
Never mix different types of fluid.
488
In the event the brake system requires frequent additions of fluid, the vehicle should be inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
488
When changing and adding brake fluid, handle it carefully. Do not let it come in contact with your eyes. If brake fluid should come in contact with your eyes, immediately flush them with a large quantity of fresh tap water. Have your eyes examined by...
488
Brake fluid
488
Brake fluid
488
Do not allow brake fluid to contact the vehicle's body paint, as paint damage will result.
488
Brake fluid, which has been exposed to open air for an extended time should never be used as its quality cannot be guaranteed. It should be disposed of properly.
488
Washer fluid
489
Washer fluid
489
Washer fluid is used when wiping the windshield of the vehicle with a windshield wiper. You should check and refill washer fluid periodically to make sure that it doesn't run out.
489
Checking the washer fluid level
489
Checking the washer fluid level
489
<GRAPHIC>
489
<GRAPHIC>
489
<GRAPHIC>
489
<GRAPHIC>
489
The reservoir is translucent so that you can check the level with a quick visual inspection.
489
• Check the fluid level in the washer fluid reservoir and add fluid if necessary. Plain water may be used if washer fluid is not available. However, use washer solvent with antifreeze characteristics in cold climates to prevent freezing.
489
• Check the fluid level in the washer fluid reservoir and add fluid if necessary. Plain water may be used if washer fluid is not available. However, use washer solvent with antifreeze characteristics in cold climates to prevent freezing.
489
• Check the fluid level in the washer fluid reservoir and add fluid if necessary. Plain water may be used if washer fluid is not available. However, use washer solvent with antifreeze characteristics in cold climates to prevent freezing.
489
Flammable Fluid
489
Flammable Fluid
489
Flammable Fluid
489
Do not allow the washer fluid to come in contact with open flames or sparks. The windshield washer fluid reservoir is flammable under certain circumstances. This can result in a fire.
489
Coolant
489
Coolant
489
• Do not use radiator coolant or antifreeze in the washer fluid reservoir.
489
• Do not use radiator coolant or antifreeze in the washer fluid reservoir.
489
• Do not use radiator coolant or antifreeze in the washer fluid reservoir.
489
• Radiator coolant can severely obscure visibility when sprayed on the windshield and may cause loss of vehicle control.
489
• Radiator coolant can severely obscure visibility when sprayed on the windshield and may cause loss of vehicle control.
489
Windshield fluid
489
Windshield fluid
489
Do not drink the windshield washer fluid. The windshield washer fluid is poisonous to humans and animals.
489
Parking brake
490
Parking brake
490
Inspect the parking brake system including the parking brake lever (or pedal) and cables.
490
1. Check whether the stroke is within specification when the parking brake pedal is depressed with 66 lbs., 294 N (30 kg) of force.
490
1. Check whether the stroke is within specification when the parking brake pedal is depressed with 66 lbs., 294 N (30 kg) of force.
490
1. Check whether the stroke is within specification when the parking brake pedal is depressed with 66 lbs., 294 N (30 kg) of force.
490
1. Check whether the stroke is within specification when the parking brake pedal is depressed with 66 lbs., 294 N (30 kg) of force.
490
<GRAPHIC>
490
<GRAPHIC>
490
<GRAPHIC>
490
Also, the parking brake alone should securely hold the vehicle on a fairly steep grade.
490
2. If the stroke is more or less than specified, have the parking brake adjusted by an authorized Kia dealer.
490
2. If the stroke is more or less than specified, have the parking brake adjusted by an authorized Kia dealer.
490
Stroke: 7~8 notch
490
Stroke: 7~8 notch
490
Air cleaner filter
490
Air cleaner filter
490
A Genuine Kia air cleaner filter is recommended when the filter is replaced.
490
Replacing air cleaner filter
490
Replacing air cleaner filter
490
Air cleaner filter must be replaced when necessary, and should not be washed.
490
<GRAPHIC>
490
<GRAPHIC>
490
<GRAPHIC>
490
<GRAPHIC>
490
You can clean the filter when inspecting the air cleaner compartment. Clean the filter by using compressed air.
490
1. Pull out the air cleaner cover.
490
1. Pull out the air cleaner cover.
490
1. Pull out the air cleaner cover.
490
<GRAPHIC>
490
<GRAPHIC>
490
<GRAPHIC>
490
2. Unlock by turning the locking lever downward.
490
2. Unlock by turning the locking lever downward.
490
<GRAPHIC>
491
<GRAPHIC>
491
<GRAPHIC>
491
3. Pull the air cleaner filter to replace.
491
3. Pull the air cleaner filter to replace.
491
<GRAPHIC>
491
<GRAPHIC>
491
<GRAPHIC>
491
4. Lock the cover with the reverse order.
491
4. Lock the cover with the reverse order.
491
Replace the filter according to the Maintenance Schedule.
491
Replace the filter according to the Maintenance Schedule.
491
If the vehicle is operated in extremely dusty or sandy areas, replace the element more often than the usual recommended intervals. (Refer to
491
\Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions - Non Turbo Models\ on page 7-12
491
Air filter maintenance
491
Air filter maintenance
491
• Do not drive with the air cleaner removed; this will result in excessive engine wear.
491
• Do not drive with the air cleaner removed; this will result in excessive engine wear.
491
• Do not drive with the air cleaner removed; this will result in excessive engine wear.
491
• When removing the air cleaner filter, be careful that dust or dirt does not enter the air intake, or damage may result.
491
• When removing the air cleaner filter, be careful that dust or dirt does not enter the air intake, or damage may result.
491
• Use a Kia genuine part. Use of a non-genuine part could damage the air flow sensor.
491
• Use a Kia genuine part. Use of a non-genuine part could damage the air flow sensor.
491
Climate control air filter
492
Climate control air filter
492
The climate control air filter should be replaced according to the maintenance schedule. If the vehicle is operated in severely air-polluted cities or on dusty rough roads for a long period, it should be inspected more frequently and replaced earlier.
492
Inspecting and replacing climate control air filter
492
Inspecting and replacing climate control air filter
492
When you replace the climate con trol air filter, replace it performing the following procedure. Be careful to avoid damaging other components.
492
When you replace the climate con trol air filter, replace it performing the following procedure. Be careful to avoid damaging other components.
492
When you replace the climate con trol air filter, replace it performing the following procedure. Be careful to avoid damaging other components.
492
1. Open the glove box and remove the stoppers on both sides.
492
1. Open the glove box and remove the stoppers on both sides.
492
1. Open the glove box and remove the stoppers on both sides.
492
<GRAPHIC>
492
<GRAPHIC>
492
<GRAPHIC>
492
2. With the glove box open, pull the pin and the support strap (1).
492
2. With the glove box open, pull the pin and the support strap (1).
492
<GRAPHIC>
492
<GRAPHIC>
492
<GRAPHIC>
492
3. Remove the climate control air filter cover while pressing the lock on the upper side of the cover.
492
3. Remove the climate control air filter cover while pressing the lock on the upper side of the cover.
492
<GRAPHIC>
492
<GRAPHIC>
492
<GRAPHIC>
492
4. Replace the climate control air filter.
492
4. Replace the climate control air filter.
492
<GRAPHIC>
492
<GRAPHIC>
492
<GRAPHIC>
492
5. Reassemble in the reverse order of disassembly.
493
5. Reassemble in the reverse order of disassembly.
493
When replacing the climate control air filter install it properly. Otherwise, the system may produce noise and the effectiveness of the filter may be reduced.
493
When replacing the climate control air filter install it properly. Otherwise, the system may produce noise and the effectiveness of the filter may be reduced.
493
Wiper blades
493
Wiper blades
493
When the wipers no longer clean adequately, the blades may be worn or cracked, and require replacement.
493
To prevent damage to the wiper arms or other components, do not attempt to move the wipers manually.
493
To prevent damage to the wiper arms or other components, do not attempt to move the wipers manually.
493
The use of a non-specified wiper blade could result in wiper malfunction and failure.
493
Blade inspection
493
Blade inspection
493
<GRAPHIC>
493
<GRAPHIC>
493
wiper blades:blade inspectionCommercial hot waxes applied by automatic vehicle washes have been known to make the windshield difficult to clean.
493
wiper blades:blade inspection
493
Contamination of either the windshield or the wiper blades with foreign matter can reduce the effectiveness of the windshield wipers. Common sources of contamination are insects, tree sap, and hot wax treatments used by some commercial vehicle washes...
493
Front windshield wiper blade
494
Front windshield wiper blade
494
<GRAPHIC>
494
<GRAPHIC>
494
<GRAPHIC>
494
<GRAPHIC>
494
To inspect or replace the windshield wiper blades and to prevent damaging the hood, move the windshield wiper blades to the service position as follows;
494
• After turning off the engine, move the wiper switch to the single wiping (MIST) position within 20 seconds and hold the switch more than 2 seconds until the wiper blade is in the fully up position
494
• After turning off the engine, move the wiper switch to the single wiping (MIST) position within 20 seconds and hold the switch more than 2 seconds until the wiper blade is in the fully up position
494
• After turning off the engine, move the wiper switch to the single wiping (MIST) position within 20 seconds and hold the switch more than 2 seconds until the wiper blade is in the fully up position
494
Replacing front windshield wiper blade
494
Replacing front windshield wiper blade
494
Type A
494
Type A
494
Type A
494
Type A
494
1. Raise the wiper arm and turn the wiper blade assembly to expose the plastic locking clip.
494
1. Raise the wiper arm and turn the wiper blade assembly to expose the plastic locking clip.
494
<GRAPHIC>
494
<GRAPHIC>
494
<GRAPHIC>
494
Wiper arms
494
Wiper arms
494
• Do not allow the wiper arm to fall against the windshield, since it may chip or crack the windshield.
494
• Do not allow the wiper arm to fall against the windshield, since it may chip or crack the windshield.
494
• Do not allow the wiper arm to fall against the windshield, since it may chip or crack the windshield.
494
• Do not pull wiper arm forward, since arm could chip hood paint.
494
• Do not pull wiper arm forward, since arm could chip hood paint.
494
2. Compress the clip and slide the blade assembly downward.
494
2. Compress the clip and slide the blade assembly downward.
494
<GRAPHIC>
494
<GRAPHIC>
494
<GRAPHIC>
494
3. Lift it off the arm.
494
3. Lift it off the arm.
494
<GRAPHIC>
495
<GRAPHIC>
495
<GRAPHIC>
495
4. Install the blade assembly in the reverse order of removal.
495
4. Install the blade assembly in the reverse order of removal.
495
Type B
495
Type B
495
1. Raise the wiper arm.
495
1. Raise the wiper arm.
495
2. Lift up the wiper blade clip. Then pull down the blade assembly and remove it.
495
2. Lift up the wiper blade clip. Then pull down the blade assembly and remove it.
495
<GRAPHIC>
495
<GRAPHIC>
495
<GRAPHIC>
495
3. Install the new blade assembly.
495
3. Install the new blade assembly.
495
<GRAPHIC>
495
<GRAPHIC>
495
<GRAPHIC>
495
4. Return the wiper arm on the windshield.
495
4. Return the wiper arm on the windshield.
495
5. Turn ignition to the ON position and wiper arms will return to the normal operating position.
495
5. Turn ignition to the ON position and wiper arms will return to the normal operating position.
495
Replacing rear window wiper blade
495
Replacing rear window wiper blade
495
1. Raise the wiper arm and pull out the wiper blade assembly.
495
1. Raise the wiper arm and pull out the wiper blade assembly.
495
1. Raise the wiper arm and pull out the wiper blade assembly.
495
1. Raise the wiper arm and pull out the wiper blade assembly.
495
<GRAPHIC>
495
<GRAPHIC>
495
<GRAPHIC>
495
2. Install the new blade assembly by inserting the center part into the slot in the wiper arm until it clicks into place.
495
2. Install the new blade assembly by inserting the center part into the slot in the wiper arm until it clicks into place.
495
<GRAPHIC>
496
<GRAPHIC>
496
<GRAPHIC>
496
3. Make sure the blade assembly is installed firmly by trying to pull it slightly.
496
3. Make sure the blade assembly is installed firmly by trying to pull it slightly.
496
To prevent damage to the wiper arms or other components, have an authorized Kia dealer replace the wiper blade.
496
To prevent damage to the wiper arms or other components, have an authorized Kia dealer replace the wiper blade.
496
Battery
496
Battery
496
The battery powers the engine in order to move the vehicle as well as supplying power to the various devices installed in the vehicle.
496
For best battery service
496
For best battery service
496
For best battery service
496
<GRAPHIC>
496
<GRAPHIC>
496
battery:for best battery service• Keep the battery securely mounted.
496
battery:for best battery service• Keep the battery securely mounted.
496
battery:for best battery service• Keep the battery securely mounted.
496
battery:for best battery service
496
• Keep the battery top clean and dry.
496
• Keep the battery top clean and dry.
496
• Keep the terminals and connections clean, tight, and coated with petroleum jelly or terminal grease.
496
• Keep the terminals and connections clean, tight, and coated with petroleum jelly or terminal grease.
496
• Rinse any spilled electrolyte from the battery immediately with a solution of water and baking soda.
496
• Rinse any spilled electrolyte from the battery immediately with a solution of water and baking soda.
496
• If the vehicle is not going to be used for an extended time, disconnect the battery cables.
496
• If the vehicle is not going to be used for an extended time, disconnect the battery cables.
496
Risk of explosion
497
Risk of explosion
497
<GRAPHIC>Keep lit cigarettes and all other flames or sparks away from the battery.
497
<GRAPHIC>
497
<GRAPHIC>The battery contains hydrogen -- a highly combustible gas which will explode if it comes in contact with a flame or spark.
497
<GRAPHIC>
497
<GRAPHIC>Keep batteries out of the reach of children because batteries contain highly corrosive SULFURIC ACID and electrolytes. Do not allow battery acid to contact your skin, eyes, clothing or paint finish.
497
<GRAPHIC>
497
<GRAPHIC>Wear eye protection when charging or working near a battery. Always provide ventilation when working in an enclosed space.
497
<GRAPHIC>
497
<GRAPHIC>Always read the following instructions carefully when handling a battery.
497
<GRAPHIC>
497
<GRAPHIC>If any electrolyte gets into your eyes, flush your eyes with clean water for at least 15 minutes and get immediate medical attention. If electrolyte gets on your skin, thoroughly wash the contacted area. If you feel pain or burning sensation, g
497
<GRAPHIC>
497
<GRAPHIC>An inappropriately disposed battery can be harmful to the environment and human health. Dispose the battery according to your local law(s) or regulation.
497
<GRAPHIC>
497
<GRAPHIC>The battery contains lead. Do not dispose of it after use. Please return the battery to an authorized Kia dealer to be recycled.
497
<GRAPHIC>
497
Never attempt to recharge the battery when the battery cables are connected.
497
Risk of electrocution
497
Risk of electrocution
497
Never touch the electrical ignition system while the vehicle is running. This system works with high voltage which can \zap\ you.
497
If you connect unauthorized electronic devices to the battery, the battery may be discharged. Never use unauthorized devices.
497
If you connect unauthorized electronic devices to the battery, the battery may be discharged. Never use unauthorized devices.
497
Recharging battery
497
Recharging battery
497
Never attempt to recharge the battery when the battery cables are connected.
497
Battery lead compound
498
Battery lead compound
498
Battery posts, terminals, and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds. Wash hands after handling.
498
Battery recharging
498
Battery recharging
498
battery:recharging the batteryYour vehicle has a maintenance- free, calcium-based battery
498
battery:recharging the battery
498
• If the battery becomes discharged in a short time (because, for example, the headlights or interior lights were left on while the vehicle was not in use), recharge it by slow charging (trickle) for 10 hours.
498
• If the battery becomes discharged in a short time (because, for example, the headlights or interior lights were left on while the vehicle was not in use), recharge it by slow charging (trickle) for 10 hours.
498
• If the battery becomes discharged in a short time (because, for example, the headlights or interior lights were left on while the vehicle was not in use), recharge it by slow charging (trickle) for 10 hours.
498
• If the battery gradually discharges because of high electric load while the vehicle is being used, recharge it at 20~30 A for two hours.
498
• If the battery gradually discharges because of high electric load while the vehicle is being used, recharge it at 20~30 A for two hours.
498
When recharging the battery, observe the following precautions:
498
• The battery must be removed from the vehicle and placed in an area with good ventilation.
498
• The battery must be removed from the vehicle and placed in an area with good ventilation.
498
• The battery must be removed from the vehicle and placed in an area with good ventilation.
498
• Do not allow cigarettes, sparks, or flame near the battery.
498
• Do not allow cigarettes, sparks, or flame near the battery.
498
• Watch the battery during charging, and stop or reduce the charging rate in following cases:
498
• Watch the battery during charging, and stop or reduce the charging rate in following cases:
498
1. the battery cells begin gassing (boiling) violently
498
1. the battery cells begin gassing (boiling) violently
498
1. the battery cells begin gassing (boiling) violently
498
2. the electrolyte temperature of any cell exceeds 120 °F (49 °C).
498
2. the electrolyte temperature of any cell exceeds 120 °F (49 °C).
498
• Wear eye protection when checking the battery during charging.
498
• Wear eye protection when checking the battery during charging.
498
• Disconnect the battery charger in the following order.
498
• Disconnect the battery charger in the following order.
498
1. Turn off the battery charger main switch.
498
1. Turn off the battery charger main switch.
498
1. Turn off the battery charger main switch.
498
2. Unhook the negative clamp from the negative battery terminal.
498
2. Unhook the negative clamp from the negative battery terminal.
498
3. Unhook the positive clamp from the positive battery terminal.
498
3. Unhook the positive clamp from the positive battery terminal.
498
• Before performing maintenance or recharging the battery, turn off all accessories and stop the vehicle.
498
• Before performing maintenance or recharging the battery, turn off all accessories and stop the vehicle.
498
• The negative battery cable must be removed first and installed last when the battery is disconnected.
498
• The negative battery cable must be removed first and installed last when the battery is disconnected.
498
AGM battery (if equipped)
498
AGM battery (if equipped)
498
• Absorbent Glass Mat (AGM) batteries are maintenance free and have the AGM battery serviced by a professional workshop. Kia recommends to visit an authorized Kia dealer.
498
• Absorbent Glass Mat (AGM) batteries are maintenance free and have the AGM battery serviced by a professional workshop. Kia recommends to visit an authorized Kia dealer.
498
• Absorbent Glass Mat (AGM) batteries are maintenance free and have the AGM battery serviced by a professional workshop. Kia recommends to visit an authorized Kia dealer.
498
For charging your AGM battery, use only fully automatic battery chargers that are specially developed for AGM batteries.
498
• When replacing the AGM battery, use parts for replacement from a professional workshop.Kia recommends to visit an authorized Kia dealer.
498
• When replacing the AGM battery, use parts for replacement from a professional workshop.Kia recommends to visit an authorized Kia dealer.
498
• Do not open or remove the cap on top of the battery. This may cause leaks of internal electrolyte that could result in severe injury.
499
• Do not open or remove the cap on top of the battery. This may cause leaks of internal electrolyte that could result in severe injury.
499
Reset items
499
Reset items
499
battery:reset itemsThe following items should be reset after the battery has been discharged or the battery has been disconnected.
499
battery:reset items
499
• Auto up/down window (Refer to
499
• Auto up/down window (Refer to
499
• Auto up/down window (Refer to
499
\Window opening and closing\ on page 4-37
499
• Trip computer (Refer to
499
• Trip computer (Refer to
499
\Trip information (trip computer)\ on page 4-78
499
• Climate control system (Refer to
499
• Climate control system (Refer to
499
\Automatic climate control system (if equipped)\ on page 4-139
499
Tires and wheels
499
Tires and wheels
499
For proper maintenance, safety, and maximum fuel economy, you must always maintain the recommended tire inflation pressures and stay within the load limits and weight distribution recommended for your vehicle.
499
Recommended cold tire inflation pressures
499
Recommended cold tire inflation pressures
499
Recommended cold tire inflation pressures
499
tires and wheels:recommended cold tire inflation pressuresAll tire pressures should be checked when the tires are cold. \Cold Tires\ means the vehicle has not been driven for at least three hours or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km).
499
tires and wheels:recommended cold tire inflation pressures
499
Recommended pressures must be maintained for the best ride, vehicle handling, and minimum tire wear.
499
For recommended inflation pressure, refer to
499
\Tires and wheels\ on page 8-8
499
All specifications (sizes and pressures) can be found on a label attached to the driver's side center pillar.
499
<GRAPHIC>
500
<GRAPHIC>
500
Tire underinflation
500
Tire underinflation
500
Inflate your tires consistent with the instructions provided in this manual. Regularly check the tire inflation pressure, and correct it as needed: at least twice a month and before any long trips on the road. If you fail to observe this precaution, ...
500
Failure to maintain specified pressure may result in excessive wear, poor handling, reduced fuel economy, deformation of tire and/or wheel, harsh ride conditions, possibility for additional damage from road hazards, or result in tire failure.
500
Tire pressure
500
Tire pressure
500
tires and wheels:tire pressureAlways observe the following:
500
tires and wheels:tire pressure
500
• Check tire pressure when the tires are cold. (After vehicle has been parked for at least three hours or hasn't been driven more than 1 mile (1.6 km) since startup.)
500
• Check tire pressure when the tires are cold. (After vehicle has been parked for at least three hours or hasn't been driven more than 1 mile (1.6 km) since startup.)
500
• Check tire pressure when the tires are cold. (After vehicle has been parked for at least three hours or hasn't been driven more than 1 mile (1.6 km) since startup.)
500
• Check the pressure of your spare tire each time you check the pressure of other tires.
500
• Check the pressure of your spare tire each time you check the pressure of other tires.
500
• Never overload your vehicle. Be careful not to overload a vehicle luggage rack if your vehicle is equipped with one.
500
• Never overload your vehicle. Be careful not to overload a vehicle luggage rack if your vehicle is equipped with one.
500
• Warm tires normally exceed recommended cold tire pressures by 4~6 psi (28~41 kPa). Do not release air from warm tires to adjust the pressure or the tires will be underinflated.
500
• Warm tires normally exceed recommended cold tire pressures by 4~6 psi (28~41 kPa). Do not release air from warm tires to adjust the pressure or the tires will be underinflated.
500
Tire Inflation
500
Tire Inflation
500
Overinflation or underinflation can reduce tire life, adversely affect vehicle handling, and lead to sudden tire failure. This could result in loss of vehicle control and potential injury.
500
Checking tire inflation pressure
500
Checking tire inflation pressure
500
Check your tires once a month or more.
500
Use a good quality gauge to check tire pressure. You cannot tell if your tires are properly inflated simply by looking at them. Radial tires may look properly inflated even when they're underinflated.
500
Use a good quality gauge to check tire pressure. You cannot tell if your tires are properly inflated simply by looking at them. Radial tires may look properly inflated even when they're underinflated.
500
Use a good quality gauge to check tire pressure. You cannot tell if your tires are properly inflated simply by looking at them. Radial tires may look properly inflated even when they're underinflated.
500
Check the tire's inflation pressure when the tires are cold. \Cold\ means your vehicle has been sitting or at least three hours or driven no more than 1 mile (1.6 km).
501
1. Remove the valve cap from the tire valve stem.
501
1. Remove the valve cap from the tire valve stem.
501
1. Remove the valve cap from the tire valve stem.
501
2. Press the tire gauge firmly onto the valve to get a pressure measurement. If the cold tire inflation pressure matches the recommended pressure on the tire and loading information label, no further adjustment is necessary.
501
2. Press the tire gauge firmly onto the valve to get a pressure measurement. If the cold tire inflation pressure matches the recommended pressure on the tire and loading information label, no further adjustment is necessary.
501
3. If the pressure is low, add air until you reach the recommended amount.
501
3. If the pressure is low, add air until you reach the recommended amount.
501
4. If you overfill the tire, release air by pushing on the metal stem in the center of the tire valve.
501
4. If you overfill the tire, release air by pushing on the metal stem in the center of the tire valve.
501
5. Recheck the tire pressure with the tire gauge.
501
5. Recheck the tire pressure with the tire gauge.
501
6. Be sure to put the valve caps back on the valve stems. They help prevent leaks by keeping out dirt and moisture.
501
6. Be sure to put the valve caps back on the valve stems. They help prevent leaks by keeping out dirt and moisture.
501
Inspect your tires frequently for proper inflation as well as wear and damage. Always use a tire pressure gauge.
501
Inspect your tires frequently for proper inflation as well as wear and damage. Always use a tire pressure gauge.
501
Tires with too much or too little pressure wear unevenly. This could result in poor handling, loss of vehicle control, and sudden tire failure leading to accidents, injuries, and even death. The recommended cold tire pressure for your vehicle can be ...
501
Tire rotation
501
Tire rotation
501
To equalize tread wear, it is recommended that the tires be rotated every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or sooner if irregular wear develops.
501
During rotation, check the tires for correct balance.
501
During rotation, check the tires for correct balance.
501
When rotating tires, check for uneven wear and damage. Abnormal wear is usually caused by incorrect tire pressure, improper wheel alignment, out of-balance wheels, severe braking or severe cornering. Look for bumps or bulges in the tread or side of t...
501
Refer to
501
\Tires and wheels\ on page 8-8
501
Disc brake pads should be inspected for wear whenever tires are rotated.
501
<GRAPHIC>
502
<GRAPHIC>
502
Rotate radial tires that have an asymmetric tread pattern only from front to rear and not from right to left.
502
Mixing tires
502
Mixing tires
502
Do not mix bias ply and radial ply tires under any circumstances. This may cause unusual handling characteristics.
502
Wheel alignment and tire balance
502
Wheel alignment and tire balance
502
The wheels on your vehicle were aligned and balanced carefully at the factory to give you the longest tire life and best overall performance.
502
In most cases, you will not need to have your wheels aligned again. However, if you notice unusual tire wear or your vehicle pulling one way or the other, the alignment may need to be reset.
502
In most cases, you will not need to have your wheels aligned again. However, if you notice unusual tire wear or your vehicle pulling one way or the other, the alignment may need to be reset.
502
If you notice your vehicle vibrating when driving on a smooth road, your wheels may need to be rebalanced.
502
Wheel weight
502
Wheel weight
502
Improper wheel weights can damage your vehicle's aluminum wheels. Use only approved wheel weights.
502
Tire replacement
502
Tire replacement
502
If the tire is worn evenly, a tread wear indicator will appear as a solid band across the tread.
502
<GRAPHIC>
502
<GRAPHIC>
502
<GRAPHIC>
502
This shows there is less than 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) of tread left on the tire. Replace the tire when this happens.
502
Do not wait for the band to appear across the entire tread before replacing the tire.
502
The Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) works by comparing the speed of the wheels. The tire size affects wheel speed. When replacing tires, all 4 tires must use the same size originally supplied with the vehicle. Using tires of a different size can cause t...
502
It is best to replace all four tires at the same time. If that is not possible, or necessary, then replace the two front or two rear tires as a pair. Replacing just one tire can seriously affect your vehicle's handling.
503
We recommend that when replacing tires, use the same originally supplied with the vehicles. If not, that affects driving performance.
503
We recommend that when replacing tires, use the same originally supplied with the vehicles. If not, that affects driving performance.
503
Wheel replacement
503
Wheel replacement
503
When replacing the metal wheels for any reason, make sure the new wheels are equivalent to the original factory units in diameter, rim width and offset.
503
A wheel with an incorrect size may adversely affect many things: wheel and bearing life, braking and stopping abilities, handling characteristics, ground clearance, body-to-tire clearance, snow chain clearance, speedometer and odometer calibration, h...
503
A wheel with an incorrect size may adversely affect many things: wheel and bearing life, braking and stopping abilities, handling characteristics, ground clearance, body-to-tire clearance, snow chain clearance, speedometer and odometer calibration, h...
503
Wheels
504
Wheels
504
Wheels that do not meet Kia specifications may fit poorly and result in damage to the vehicle or unusual handling and poor vehicle control.
504
Tire traction
504
Tire traction
504
Tire traction can be reduced if you drive on worn tires, tires that are improperly inflated or on slippery road surfaces.
504
Tires should be replaced when tread wear indicators appear. Slow down whenever there is rain, snow or ice on the road to reduce the possibility of losing control of the vehicle.
504
Tires should be replaced when tread wear indicators appear. Slow down whenever there is rain, snow or ice on the road to reduce the possibility of losing control of the vehicle.
504
Tire maintenance
504
Tire maintenance
504
In addition to proper inflation, correct wheel alignment helps to decrease tire wear.
504
If you find a tire is worn unevenly, have your dealer check the wheel alignment.
504
If you find a tire is worn unevenly, have your dealer check the wheel alignment.
504
When you have new tires installed, make sure they are balanced. This will increase vehicle ride comfort and tire life. Additionally, a tire should always be rebalanced if it is removed from the wheel.
504
Tire sidewall labeling
504
Tire sidewall labeling
504
This information identifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also provides the Tire Identification Number (TIN) for safety standard certification.
504
<GRAPHIC>
504
<GRAPHIC>
504
<GRAPHIC>
504
The TIN can be used to identify the tire in case of a recall.
504
1. Manufacturer or brand name
504
1. Manufacturer or brand name
504
Manufacturer or Brand name is shown.
504
2. Tire size designation
504
2. Tire size designation
504
A tire's sidewall is marked with a tire size designation. You will need this information when selecting replacement tires for your vehicle. The following explains what the letters and numbers in the tire size designation mean.
504
Example tire size designation:
504
(These numbers are provided as an example only; your tire size designator could vary depending on your vehicle.)
504
P235/65R17 108T
505
P235/65R17 108T
505
• P: Applicable vehicle type (tires marked with the prefix \P\ are intended for use on passenger vehicles or light trucks; however, not all tires have this marking).
505
• P: Applicable vehicle type (tires marked with the prefix \P\ are intended for use on passenger vehicles or light trucks; however, not all tires have this marking).
505
• P: Applicable vehicle type (tires marked with the prefix \P\ are intended for use on passenger vehicles or light trucks; however, not all tires have this marking).
505
• 235: Tire width in millimeters.
505
• 235: Tire width in millimeters.
505
• 65: Aspect ratio. The tire's section height as a percentage of its width.
505
• 65: Aspect ratio. The tire's section height as a percentage of its width.
505
• R: Tire construction code (Radial).
505
• R: Tire construction code (Radial).
505
• 17: Rim diameter in inches.
505
• 17: Rim diameter in inches.
505
• 108: Load Index, a numerical code associated with the maximum load the tire can carry.
505
• 108: Load Index, a numerical code associated with the maximum load the tire can carry.
505
• T: Speed Rating Symbol. See the speed rating chart in this section for additional information.
505
• T: Speed Rating Symbol. See the speed rating chart in this section for additional information.
505
Wheel size designation
505
Wheel size designation
505
Wheels are also marked with important information that you need if you ever have to replace one. The following explains what the letters and numbers in the wheel size designation mean.
505
Example wheel size designation:
505
7.0JX17
505
7.0JX17
505
• 7.0: Rim width in inches.
505
• 7.0: Rim width in inches.
505
• 7.0: Rim width in inches.
505
• J: Rim contour designation.
505
• J: Rim contour designation.
505
• 17: Rim diameter in inches.
505
• 17: Rim diameter in inches.
505
Tire speed ratings
505
Tire speed ratings
505
The chart below lists many of the different speed ratings currently being used for passenger vehicle tires. The speed rating is part of the tire size designation on the sidewall of the tire. This symbol corresponds to that tire's designed maximum saf...
505
<TABLE>
505
<TABLE>
505
<TABLE HEADING>
505
<TABLE ROW>
505
Speed Rating Symbol
505
Speed Rating Symbol
505
Maximum Speed
505
Maximum Speed
505
<TABLE BODY>
505
<TABLE ROW>
505
S
505
S
505
112 mph (180 km/h)
505
112 mph (180 km/h)
505
<TABLE ROW>
505
T
505
T
505
118 mph (190 km/h)
505
118 mph (190 km/h)
505
<TABLE ROW>
505
H
505
H
505
130 mph (210 km/h)
505
130 mph (210 km/h)
505
<TABLE ROW>
505
V
505
V
505
149 mph (240 km/h)
505
149 mph (240 km/h)
505
<TABLE ROW>
505
W
505
W
505
168 mph (270 km/h)
505
168 mph (270 km/h)
505
<TABLE ROW>
505
Y
505
Y
505
186 mph (300 km/h)
505
186 mph (300 km/h)
505
3. Checking tire life
505
3. Checking tire life
505
Any tires that are over 6 years old, based on the manufacturing date, should be replaced by new ones. You can find the manufacturing date on the tire sidewall (possibly on the inside of the wheel), displaying the DOT code. The DOT code is a series of...
505
DOT: XXXX XXXX OOOO
505
DOT: XXXX XXXX OOOO
505
The front part of the DOT means a plant code number, tire size and tread pattern and the last four numbers indicate week and year manufactured.
505
For example:
505
DOT XXXX XXXX 1620 represents that the tire was produced in the 16th week of 2020.
506
Tire age
506
Tire age
506
Replace tires within the recommended time frame. Failure to replace tires as recommended can result in sudden tire failure, which could lead to a loss of control and an accident.
506
4. Tire ply composition and material
506
4. Tire ply composition and material
506
The number of layers or plies of rubber- coated fabric in the tire. Tire manufacturers also must indicate the materials in the tire, which include steel, nylon, polyester, and others. The letter \R\ means radial ply construction; the letter \D\ means...
506
5. Maximum permissible inflation pressure
506
5. Maximum permissible inflation pressure
506
This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should be put in the tire. Do not exceed the maximum permissible inflation pressure. Refer to
506
\Tire and loading information label\ on page 5-158
506
6. Maximum load rating
506
6. Maximum load rating
506
This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the tire. When replacing the tires on the vehicle, always use a tire that has the same load rating as the factory installed tire.
506
7. Uniform tire quality grading
506
7. Uniform tire quality grading
506
Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width.
506
For example:
506
• TREADWEAR 200
506
• TREADWEAR 200
506
• TREADWEAR 200
506
• TRACTION AA
506
• TRACTION AA
506
• TEMPERATURE A
506
• TEMPERATURE A
506
Tires degrade over time, even when they are not being used. Regardless of the remaining tread, we recommend that tires be replaced after approximately six (6) years of normal service. Heat caused by hot climate or frequent high loading conditions can...
506
Tread wear
506
Tread wear
506
The tread wear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course. For example, a tire graded 150 would wear one-and-a-half times (1½) as well on the governm...
506
The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use. Performance may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits, service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate.
507
These grades are molded on the side-walls of passenger vehicle tires. The tires available as standard or optional equipment on your vehicle may vary with respect to grade.
507
Traction - AA, A, B & C
507
Traction - AA, A, B & C
507
The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B and C. Those grades represent the tire's ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C ...
507
The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight-ahead braking traction tests, and does not include acceleration, cornering, hydroplaning, or peak traction characteristics.
507
Temperature -A, B & C
507
Temperature -A, B & C
507
The temperature grades are A (the highest), B and C representing the tire's resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel.
507
Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure. The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger vehicle tires must meet...
507
Tire terminology and definitions
507
Tire terminology and definitions
507
Refer to the following for detailed definitions of the terms that are found in the tire description.
507
Air Pressure The amount of air inside the tire pressing outward on the tire. Air pressure is expressed in pounds per square inch (psi) or kilopascal (kPa).
507
Air Pressure The amount of air inside the tire pressing outward on the tire. Air pressure is expressed in pounds per square inch (psi) or kilopascal (kPa).
507
Air Pressure
507
Accessory Weight The combined weight of optional accessories. Some examples of optional accessories are automatic transmission, power seats, and air conditioning.
507
Accessory Weight
507
Aspect Ratio The relationship of a tire's height to its width.
507
Aspect Ratio
507
Belt A rubber coated layer of cords that is located between the plies and the tread. Cords may be made from steel or other reinforcing materials.
507
Belt
507
Bead The tire bead contains steel wires wrapped by steel cords that hold the tire onto the rim.
508
Bead
508
Bias Ply Tire A pneumatic tire in which the plies are laid at alternate angles less than 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread.
508
Bias Ply Tire
508
Cold Tire Pressure The amount of air pressure in a tire, measured in pounds per square inch (psi) or kilopascals (kPa) before a tire has built up heat from driving.
508
Cold Tire Pressure
508
Curb Weight The weight of a motor vehicle with standard and optional equipment (including the maximum capacity of fuel, oil and coolant), but without passengers and cargo.
508
Curb Weight
508
DOT Markings A code molded into the sidewall of a tire signifying that the tire is in compliance with the U.S. Department of Transportation motor vehicle safety standards. The DOT code includes the Tire Identification Number (TIN), an alphanumeric desig
508
DOT Markings
508
GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
508
GVWR
508
GAWR FRT Gross Axle Weight Rating for the Front axle.
508
GAWR FRT
508
GAWR RR Gross Axle Weight Rating for the Rear axle.
508
GAWR RR
508
Intended Outboard Sidewall The side of an asymmetrical tire that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle.
508
Intended Outboard Sidewall
508
Kilopascal (kPa) The metric unit for air pressure.
508
Kilopascal (kPa)
508
Light truck (LT) tire A tire designated by its manufacturer as primarily intended for use on lightweight trucks or multipurpose passenger vehicles.
508
Light truck (LT) tire
508
Load ratings The maximum load that a tire is rated to carry for a given inflation pressure.
508
Load ratings
508
Load Index An assigned number ranging from 1 to 279 that corresponds to the load carrying capacity of a tire.
508
Load Index
508
Maximum Inflation Pressure The maximum air pressure to which a cold tire may be inflated. The maximum air pressure is molded onto the sidewall.
508
Maximum Inflation Pressure
508
Maximum Load Rating The load rating for a tire at the maximum permissible inflation pressure for that tire.
508
Maximum Load Rating
508
Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight The sum of curb weight; accessory weight; vehicle capacity weight; and production options weight.
508
Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight
508
Normal Occupant Weight The number of occupants a vehicle is designed to seat multiplied by 150 lbs. (68 kg).
508
Normal Occupant Weight
508
Occupant Distribution Designated seating positions.
509
Occupant Distribution
509
Outward Facing Sidewall The side of a asymmetrical tire that has a particular side that faces outward when mounted on a vehicle. The outward facing sidewall bears white lettering or bears manufacturer, brand, and/or model name molding that is higher or
509
Outward Facing Sidewall
509
Passenger (P-Metric) Tire A tire used on passenger cars and some light duty trucks and multipurpose vehicles.
509
Passenger (P-Metric) Tire
509
Ply A layer of rubber-coated parallel cords.
509
Ply
509
Pneumatic tire A mechanical device made of rubber, chemicals, fabric and steel or other materials, that, when mounted on an automotive wheel, provides the traction and contains the gas or fluid that sustains the load.
509
Pneumatic tire
509
Production options weight The combined weight of installed regular production options weighing over 5 lb. (2.3 kg) in excess of the standard items which they replace, not previously considered in curb weight or accessory weight. Examples include heavy d
509
Production options weight
509
Recommended Inflation Pressure Vehicle manufacturer's recommended tire inflation pressure and shown on the tire placard.
509
Recommended Inflation Pressure
509
Radial Ply Tire A pneumatic tire in which the ply cords that extend to the beads are laid at 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread.
509
Radial Ply Tire
509
Rim A metal support for a tire and upon which the tire beads are seated.
509
Rim
509
Sidewall The portion of a tire between the tread and the bead.
509
Sidewall
509
Speed Rating An alphanumeric code assigned to a tire indicating the maximum speed at which a tire can operate.
509
Speed Rating
509
Traction The friction between the tire and the road surface. The amount of grip provided.
509
Traction
509
Tread The portion of a tire that comes into contact with the road.
509
Tread
509
Treadwear Indicators Narrow bands, sometimes called \wear bars,\ that show across the tread of a tire when only 2/32 inch (1.6 mm) of tread remains.
509
Treadwear Indicators
509
UTQGS Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards, a tire information system that provides consumers with ratings for a tire's traction, temperature and treadwear. Ratings are determined by tire manufacturers using government testing procedures. The ratings
509
UTQGS
509
Vehicle Capacity Weight The weight of designated seating positions multiplied by 150 lbs. (68 kg) plus the rated cargo and luggage load.
510
Vehicle Capacity Weight
510
Vehicle Maximum Load on the Tire Load on an individual tire due to curb and accessory weight plus maximum occupant and cargo weight.
510
Vehicle Maximum Load on the Tire
510
Vehicle Normal Load on the Tire Load on an individual tire that is determined by distributing to each axle its share of the curb weight, accessory weight, and normal occupant weight and driving by 2.
510
Vehicle Normal Load on the Tire
510
Vehicle Placard A label permanently attached to a vehicle showing the original equipment tire size and recommended inflation pressure.
510
Vehicle Placard
510
All season tires
510
All season tires
510
Kia specifies all season tires on some models to provide good performance for use all year round, including snowy and icy road conditions.
510
S (Mud and Snow) on the tire sidewall. Snow tires have better snow traction than all season tires and may be more appropriate in some areas.
510
S (Mud and Snow) on the tire sidewall. Snow tires have better snow traction than all season tires and may be more appropriate in some areas.
510
Summer tires
510
Summer tires
510
Kia specifies summer tires on some models to provide superior performance on dry roads.
510
S (Mud and Snow) on the tire side wall. if you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy or icy conditions, Kia recommends the use of sn...
510
S (Mud and Snow) on the tire side wall. if you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy or icy conditions, Kia recommends the use of sn...
510
Snow tires
510
Snow tires
510
If you equip your vehicle with snow tires, they should be the same size and have the same load capacity as the original tires.
510
Snow tires should be installed on all four wheels; otherwise, poor handling may result.
510
Snow tires should be installed on all four wheels; otherwise, poor handling may result.
510
Snow tires should carry 4 psi (28 kPa) more air pressure than the pressure recommended for the standard tires on the tire label on the driver's side of the center pillar, or up to the maximum pressure shown on the tire sidewall, whichever is less.
510
Do not drive faster than 75 mph (120 km/h) when your vehicle is equipped with snow tires.
510
Do not use summer tires at temperatures below 45 °F (7 °C) or when driving on snow or ice. At temperatures below 45 °F (7 °C), summer tires can lose elasticity, and therefore traction and braking power as well. Change the tires on your vehicle to...
511
Do not use summer tires at temperatures below 45 °F (7 °C) or when driving on snow or ice. At temperatures below 45 °F (7 °C), summer tires can lose elasticity, and therefore traction and braking power as well. Change the tires on your vehicle to...
511
Tire chains
511
Tire chains
511
Tire chains, if necessary, should be installed on the front wheels.
511
Be sure that the chains are installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.
511
Be sure that the chains are installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.
511
To minimize tire and chain wear, do not continue to use tire chains when they are no longer needed.
511
• When driving on roads covered with snow or ice, drive at less than 20 mph (30 km/h).
511
• When driving on roads covered with snow or ice, drive at less than 20 mph (30 km/h).
511
• When driving on roads covered with snow or ice, drive at less than 20 mph (30 km/h).
511
• Use the SAE \S\ class or wire chains.
511
• Use the SAE \S\ class or wire chains.
511
• If you hear noise caused by chains contacting the body, retighten the chain to avoid contact with the vehicle body.
511
• If you hear noise caused by chains contacting the body, retighten the chain to avoid contact with the vehicle body.
511
• To prevent body damage, retighten the chains after driving 0.3~0.6 miles (0.5~1.0 km).
511
• To prevent body damage, retighten the chains after driving 0.3~0.6 miles (0.5~1.0 km).
511
• Do not use tire chains on vehicles equipped with aluminum wheels. In unavoidable circumstance, use a wire type chain.
511
• Do not use tire chains on vehicles equipped with aluminum wheels. In unavoidable circumstance, use a wire type chain.
511
• Use wire chains less than 0.47 inches (12 mm) to prevent damage to the chain's connection.
511
• Use wire chains less than 0.47 inches (12 mm) to prevent damage to the chain's connection.
511
Radial-ply tires
511
Radial-ply tires
511
Radial-ply tires provide improved tread life, road hazard resistance and smoother high speed ride.
511
The radial-ply tires used on this vehicle are of belted construction, and are selected to complement the ride and handling characteristics of your vehicle. Radial-ply tires have the same load carrying capacity, as bias-ply or bias belted tires of the...
511
The radial-ply tires used on this vehicle are of belted construction, and are selected to complement the ride and handling characteristics of your vehicle. Radial-ply tires have the same load carrying capacity, as bias-ply or bias belted tires of the...
511
Mixing of radial-ply tires with bias- ply or bias belted tires is not recommended. Any combinations of radial-ply and bias-ply or bias belted tires when used on the same vehicle will seriously deteriorate vehicle handling. The best rule to follow is:...
511
Longer wearing tires can be more susceptible to irregular tread wear. It is very important to follow the tire rotation interval shown in this section to achieve the tread life potential of these tires. Cuts and punctures in radial-ply tires are repai...
512
Low aspect ratio tire
512
Low aspect ratio tire
512
Low aspect ratio tires, whose aspect ratio is lower than 50, are provided for sporty looks.
512
Because the low aspect ratio tires are optimized for handling and braking, it may be more uncomfortable to ride in and there is more noise compare with normal tires.
512
Because the low aspect ratio tires are optimized for handling and braking, it may be more uncomfortable to ride in and there is more noise compare with normal tires.
512
Because the sidewall of the low aspect ratio tire is shorter than the normal, the wheel and tire of the low aspect ratio tire is easier to be damaged. So, follow the instructions below.
512
Because the sidewall of the low aspect ratio tire is shorter than the normal, the wheel and tire of the low aspect ratio tire is easier to be damaged. So, follow the instructions below.
512
• When driving on a rough road or off road, drive cautiously because tires and wheels may be damaged. And after driving, inspect tires and wheels.
512
• When driving on a rough road or off road, drive cautiously because tires and wheels may be damaged. And after driving, inspect tires and wheels.
512
• When driving on a rough road or off road, drive cautiously because tires and wheels may be damaged. And after driving, inspect tires and wheels.
512
• When passing over a pothole, speed bump, manhole, or curb stone, drive slowly so that the tires and wheels are not damaged.
512
• When passing over a pothole, speed bump, manhole, or curb stone, drive slowly so that the tires and wheels are not damaged.
512
• If the tire is impacted, we recommend that you inspect the tire condition or contact an authorized Kia dealer.
512
• If the tire is impacted, we recommend that you inspect the tire condition or contact an authorized Kia dealer.
512
• To prevent damage to the tire, inspect the tire condition and pressure every 1,900 miles (3,000 km).
512
• To prevent damage to the tire, inspect the tire condition and pressure every 1,900 miles (3,000 km).
512
• It is not easy to recognize the tire damage with your own eyes. But if there is the slightest hint of tire damage, even though you cannot see the tire damage with your own eyes, have the tire checked or replaced because the tire damage may cause ...
512
• It is not easy to recognize the tire damage with your own eyes. But if there is the slightest hint of tire damage, even though you cannot see the tire damage with your own eyes, have the tire checked or replaced because the tire damage may cause ...
512
• It is not easy to recognize the tire damage with your own eyes. But if there is the slightest hint of tire damage, even though you cannot see the tire damage with your own eyes, have the tire checked or replaced because the tire damage may cause ...
512
• If the tire is damaged by driving on a rough road, off road, pothole, manhole, or curb stone, it will not be covered by the warranty.
512
• If the tire is damaged by driving on a rough road, off road, pothole, manhole, or curb stone, it will not be covered by the warranty.
512
• You can find out the tire information on the tire sidewall.
512
• You can find out the tire information on the tire sidewall.
512
Fuses
513
Fuses
513
A vehicle's electrical system is protected from electrical overload damage by fuses.
513
Blade type
513
Blade type
513
Blade type
513
<GRAPHIC>
513
Cartridge type
513
Cartridge type
513
<GRAPHIC>
513
Multi fuse
513
Multi fuse
513
<GRAPHIC>
513
BFT
513
BFT
513
<GRAPHIC>
513
Left side: Normal, Right side: Blown
513
This vehicle has 2 (or 3) fuse panels, one located in the driver's side panel bolster, the other in the engine compartment near the battery.
513
If any of your vehicle's lights, accessories, or controls do not work, check the appropriate circuit fuse. If a fuse has blown, the element inside the fuse will melt.
513
If the electrical system does not work, first check the driver's side fuse panel.
513
If the replacement fuse blows, this indicates an electrical problem. Avoid using the system involved and immediately consult an authorized Kia dealer.
513
Three kinds of fuses are used: blade type for lower amperage rating, cartridge type, and multi fuse for higher amperage ratings.
513
Fuse replacement
513
Fuse replacement
513
• Never replace a fuse with anything but another fuse of the same rating.
513
• Never replace a fuse with anything but another fuse of the same rating.
513
• Never replace a fuse with anything but another fuse of the same rating.
513
• A higher capacity fuse could cause damage and possibly a fire.
513
• A higher capacity fuse could cause damage and possibly a fire.
513
• Never install a wire or aluminum foil instead of the proper fuse - even as a temporary repair. It may cause extensive wiring damage and a possible fire.
513
• Never install a wire or aluminum foil instead of the proper fuse - even as a temporary repair. It may cause extensive wiring damage and a possible fire.
513
• Do not arbitrarily modify or add- on electric wiring to the vehicle.
514
• Do not arbitrarily modify or add- on electric wiring to the vehicle.
514
• When replacing a fuse, Turn ENGINE START/STOP button to the OFF position and turn off switches of all electrical devices then remove battery (-) terminal.
514
• When replacing a fuse, Turn ENGINE START/STOP button to the OFF position and turn off switches of all electrical devices then remove battery (-) terminal.
514
• When replacing a fuse, Turn ENGINE START/STOP button to the OFF position and turn off switches of all electrical devices then remove battery (-) terminal.
514
• When replacing a fuse, Turn ENGINE START/STOP button to the OFF position and turn off switches of all electrical devices then remove battery (-) terminal.
514
• The actual fuse/relay panel label may differ from equipped items.
514
• The actual fuse/relay panel label may differ from equipped items.
514
Electrical Fire
514
Electrical Fire
514
Always ensure replacements fuses and relays are securely fastened when installed. Failure to do so can result in a vehicle fire.
514
Do not remove fuses, relays and terminals fastened with bolts or nuts. The fuses, relays and terminals may be fastened incompletely, and it may cause a possible fire. If fuses, relays and terminals fastened with bolts or nuts are blown, we recommend ...
514
When replacing a blown fuse or relay, make sure the new fuse or relay fits tightly into the clips. Failure to tightly install the fuse or relay may cause damage to the wiring and electric systems.
514
When replacing a blown fuse or relay, make sure the new fuse or relay fits tightly into the clips. Failure to tightly install the fuse or relay may cause damage to the wiring and electric systems.
514
• Do not input any other objects except fuses or relays into fuse/ relay terminals such as a screwdriver or wiring. It may cause contact failure and system malfunction.
514
• Do not input any other objects except fuses or relays into fuse/ relay terminals such as a screwdriver or wiring. It may cause contact failure and system malfunction.
514
• Do not input any other objects except fuses or relays into fuse/ relay terminals such as a screwdriver or wiring. It may cause contact failure and system malfunction.
514
• Do not input any other objects except fuses or relays into fuse/ relay terminals such as a screwdriver or wiring. It may cause contact failure and system malfunction.
514
• Do not plug in screwdrivers or aftermarket wiring into the terminal originally designed for fuse and relays only. The electrical system and wiring of the vehicle interior may be damaged or burned due to contact failure.
514
• Do not plug in screwdrivers or aftermarket wiring into the terminal originally designed for fuse and relays only. The electrical system and wiring of the vehicle interior may be damaged or burned due to contact failure.
514
• If you directly connect the wire on the taillight or replace the bulb which is over the regulated capacity to install trailers etc., the inner junction block can get burned.
514
• If you directly connect the wire on the taillight or replace the bulb which is over the regulated capacity to install trailers etc., the inner junction block can get burned.
514
Electrical wiring repairs
515
Electrical wiring repairs
515
All electrical repairs should be performed by authorized Kia dealerships using approved Kia parts. Using other wiring components, especially when retrofitting multimedia or theft alarm system, car phone or radio may cause vehicle damage and increase ...
515
Remodeling Prohibited
515
Remodeling Prohibited
515
Do not rewire your vehicle in any way as doing so may affect the performance of several safety features in your vehicle. Rewiring your vehicle may also void your warranty and cause you to be responsible for any subsequent vehicle damage which may result
515
Replacing inner panel fuse
515
Replacing inner panel fuse
515
1. Turn the ENGINE START/STOP button to the OFF positio and all other switches off.
515
1. Turn the ENGINE START/STOP button to the OFF positio and all other switches off.
515
1. Turn the ENGINE START/STOP button to the OFF positio and all other switches off.
515
1. Turn the ENGINE START/STOP button to the OFF positio and all other switches off.
515
2. Open the fuse panel cover.
515
2. Open the fuse panel cover.
515
<GRAPHIC>
515
<GRAPHIC>
515
<GRAPHIC>
515
3. Pull the suspected fuse straight out. Use the removal tool provided on the engine fuse panel cover.
515
3. Pull the suspected fuse straight out. Use the removal tool provided on the engine fuse panel cover.
515
<GRAPHIC>
515
<GRAPHIC>
515
<GRAPHIC>
515
4. Check the removed fuse; replace it if it is blown.
515
4. Check the removed fuse; replace it if it is blown.
515
Spare fuses are provided in the engine compartment fuse panel.
515
Spare fuses are provided in the engine compartment fuse panel.
515
5. Push in a new fuse of the same rating, and make sure it fits tightly in the clips.
515
5. Push in a new fuse of the same rating, and make sure it fits tightly in the clips.
515
If it fits loosely, consult an authorized Kia dealer.
515
If it fits loosely, consult an authorized Kia dealer.
515
If you do not have a spare, use a fuse of the same rating from a circuit you may not need for operating the vehicle, such as the power outlet fuse.
515
If the head lamp, turn signal lamp, stop signal lamp, fog lamp, DRL, tail lamp, High Mounted Stop Lamp (HMSL) do not work and the fuses are OK, check the fuse panel in the engine compartment. If a fuse is blown, it must be replaced.
516
If the headlamp, fog lamp, turn signal lamp, or tail lamp malfunction even without any problem to the lamps, have the vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer for assistance.
516
If the headlamp, fog lamp, turn signal lamp, or tail lamp malfunction even without any problem to the lamps, have the vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer for assistance.
516
Replacing engine compartment fuse
516
Replacing engine compartment fuse
516
1. Turn the ENGINE START/STOP button to the OFF positio and all other switches off.
516
1. Turn the ENGINE START/STOP button to the OFF positio and all other switches off.
516
1. Turn the ENGINE START/STOP button to the OFF positio and all other switches off.
516
1. Turn the ENGINE START/STOP button to the OFF positio and all other switches off.
516
2. Remove the fuse panel cover by pressing the tab and pulling the cover up.
516
2. Remove the fuse panel cover by pressing the tab and pulling the cover up.
516
<GRAPHIC>
516
<GRAPHIC>
516
<GRAPHIC>
516
3. Check the removed fuse; replace it if it is blown. To remove or insert the fuse, use the fuse puller in the engine compartment fuse panel.
516
3. Check the removed fuse; replace it if it is blown. To remove or insert the fuse, use the fuse puller in the engine compartment fuse panel.
516
4. Push in a new fuse of the same rating, and make sure it fits tightly in the clips. If it fits loosely, consult an authorized Kia dealer.
516
4. Push in a new fuse of the same rating, and make sure it fits tightly in the clips. If it fits loosely, consult an authorized Kia dealer.
516
Always securely install the fuse panel cover in the engine compartment to protect against electrical failure which may occur from water contact. Listen for the audible clicking sound to ensure fuse panel cover is securely fastened.
516
Always securely install the fuse panel cover in the engine compartment to protect against electrical failure which may occur from water contact. Listen for the audible clicking sound to ensure fuse panel cover is securely fastened.
516
Always securely install the fuse panel cover in the engine compartment to protect against electrical failure which may occur from water contact. Listen for the audible clicking sound to ensure fuse panel cover is securely fastened.
516
Multi fuse
516
<GRAPHIC>
516
<GRAPHIC>
516
<GRAPHIC>
516
<GRAPHIC>
516
If the multi fuse is blown, it must be removed as follows:
516
1. Turn the ENGINE START/STOP button to the OFF positio and all other switches off.
516
1. Turn the ENGINE START/STOP button to the OFF positio and all other switches off.
516
1. Turn the ENGINE START/STOP button to the OFF positio and all other switches off.
516
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
516
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
516
3. Remove the nuts shown in the picture above.
517
3. Remove the nuts shown in the picture above.
517
4. Replace the fuse with a new one of the same rating.
517
4. Replace the fuse with a new one of the same rating.
517
5. Reverse these steps to reinstall the multi fuse.
517
5. Reverse these steps to reinstall the multi fuse.
517
Do not disassemble nor assemble the multi fuse when it is secured with nuts and bolts. Incorrect or partial assembly torque may cause a fire. Have the vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
517
Do not disassemble nor assemble the multi fuse when it is secured with nuts and bolts. Incorrect or partial assembly torque may cause a fire. Have the vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
517
Do not disassemble nor assemble the multi fuse when it is secured with nuts and bolts. Incorrect or partial assembly torque may cause a fire. Have the vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
517
Main fuse
517
<GRAPHIC>
517
<GRAPHIC>
517
<GRAPHIC>
517
<GRAPHIC>
517
If the main fuse is blown, it must be removed as follows:
517
1. Turn the ENGINE START/STOP button to the OFF positio and all other switches off.
517
1. Turn the ENGINE START/STOP button to the OFF positio and all other switches off.
517
1. Turn the ENGINE START/STOP button to the OFF positio and all other switches off.
517
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
517
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
517
3. Remove the nuts shown in the picture above.
517
3. Remove the nuts shown in the picture above.
517
4. Replace the fuse with a new one of the same rating.
517
4. Replace the fuse with a new one of the same rating.
517
5. Reverse these steps to reinstall the multi fuse.
517
5. Reverse these steps to reinstall the multi fuse.
517
The electronic system may not function correctly even when the engine compartment and internal fuse box's individual fuses are not disconnected. In such case the cause of the problem may be disconnection of the main fuse (BFT type), which is located ...
517
The electronic system may not function correctly even when the engine compartment and internal fuse box's individual fuses are not disconnected. In such case the cause of the problem may be disconnection of the main fuse (BFT type), which is located ...
517
The electronic system may not function correctly even when the engine compartment and internal fuse box's individual fuses are not disconnected. In such case the cause of the problem may be disconnection of the main fuse (BFT type), which is located ...
517
Since the main fuse is designed more intricately than other parts, have the vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
517
Do not disassemble nor assemble the multi fuse when it is secured with nuts and bolts. Incorrect or partial assembly torque may cause a fire. Have the vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
517
Do not disassemble nor assemble the multi fuse when it is secured with nuts and bolts. Incorrect or partial assembly torque may cause a fire. Have the vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
517
Battery fuse
517
If the battery fuse is blown, it must be removed as follows:
517
If the battery fuse is blown, it must be removed as follows:
517
If the battery fuse is blown, it must be removed as follows:
517
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
517
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
517
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
517
2. Remove the nuts shown in the picture below.
517
2. Remove the nuts shown in the picture below.
517
<GRAPHIC>
518
<GRAPHIC>
518
<GRAPHIC>
518
3. Replace the fuse with a new one of the same rating.
518
3. Replace the fuse with a new one of the same rating.
518
4. Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.
518
4. Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.
518
If the battery fuse is blown, have the vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
518
If the battery fuse is blown, have the vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
518
If the battery fuse is blown, have the vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
518
Visually inspect the battery cap to ensure it is securely closed. If the battery cap is not securely closed, moisture may enter the system and damage the electrical components.
518
Visually inspect the battery cap to ensure it is securely closed. If the battery cap is not securely closed, moisture may enter the system and damage the electrical components.
518
Fuse/relay panel description
518
Fuse/relay panel description
518
Inside the fuse/relay panel covers, you can find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/relay name and capacity.
518
Driver's side fuse panel
519
Driver's side fuse panel
519
Driver's side fuse panel
519
<GRAPHIC>
519
<GRAPHIC>
519
Not all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehicle. It is accurate at the time of printing. When you inspect the fuse panel in your vehicle, refer to the fuse panel label on the inside of the fuse cover. This diagram wil...
519
Not all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehicle. It is accurate at the time of printing. When you inspect the fuse panel in your vehicle, refer to the fuse panel label on the inside of the fuse cover. This diagram wil...
519
<GRAPHIC>
519
<GRAPHIC>
519
Refer to the following table for a description of the fuse.
520
Refer to the following table for a description of the fuse.
520
<TABLE>
520
<TABLE>
520
<TABLE HEADING>
520
<TABLE ROW>
520
Description
520
Description
520
Fuse rating
520
Fuse rating
520
Protected component
520
Protected component
520
<TABLE BODY>
520
<TABLE ROW>
520
MODULE 4
520
MODULE 4
520
7.5 A
520
7.5 A
520
ATM (Auto Transmission) Shift Lever Switch, Stop Lamp Switch, Driver Door Module
520
ATM (Auto Transmission) Shift Lever Switch, Stop Lamp Switch, Driver Door Module
520
<TABLE ROW>
520
AIR BAG 1
520
AIR BAG 1
520
15 A
520
15 A
520
SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) Control Module, Passenger Occupant Detection Sensor
520
SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) Control Module, Passenger Occupant Detection Sensor
520
<TABLE ROW>
520
BRAKE SWITCH
520
BRAKE SWITCH
520
7.5 A
520
7.5 A
520
IBU (Integrated Body Control Unit), Stop Lamp Switch
520
IBU (Integrated Body Control Unit), Stop Lamp Switch
520
<TABLE ROW>
520
MODULE 9
520
MODULE 9
520
15 A
520
15 A
520
Front A/C Control Module, Low DC-DC Converter (Audio), Power Tail Gate Module, Driver IMS Control Module, Driver Door Module, Driver/Passenger Power Outside Mirror, Rear A/C Control Module
520
Front A/C Control Module, Low DC-DC Converter (Audio), Power Tail Gate Module, Driver IMS Control Module, Driver Door Module, Driver/Passenger Power Outside Mirror, Rear A/C Control Module
520
<TABLE ROW>
520
MODULE 12
520
MODULE 12
520
7.5 A
520
7.5 A
520
Head-Up Display
520
Head-Up Display
520
<TABLE ROW>
520
MODULE 10
520
MODULE 10
520
10 A
520
10 A
520
Blind-Spot Collision Warning Unit LH/RH, Electro Chromic Mirror, Console Switch
520
Blind-Spot Collision Warning Unit LH/RH, Electro Chromic Mirror, Console Switch
520
<TABLE ROW>
520
AIR BAG IND
520
AIR BAG IND
520
10 A
520
10 A
520
Front A/C Control Module, Instrument Cluster
520
Front A/C Control Module, Instrument Cluster
520
<TABLE ROW>
520
IBU 1
520
IBU 1
520
7.5 A
520
7.5 A
520
IBU (Integrated Body Control Unit)
520
IBU (Integrated Body Control Unit)
520
<TABLE ROW>
520
MODULE 2
520
MODULE 2
520
7.5 A
520
7.5 A
520
Surround View Monitor Unit, AC Inverter Outlet, AC Inverter Unit, Front Air Ventilation Seat Control Module, Front Seat Warmer Control Module,2ND Air Ventilation Seat Control Module LH/RH,2ND Seat Warmer Control Module LH/RH
520
Surround View Monitor Unit, AC Inverter Outlet, AC Inverter Unit, Front Air Ventilation Seat Control Module, Front Seat Warmer Control Module,2ND Air Ventilation Seat Control Module LH/RH,2ND Seat Warmer Control Module LH/RH
520
<TABLE ROW>
520
MODULE 8
520
MODULE 8
520
7.5 A
520
7.5 A
520
Hazard Switch, Rain Sensor, Driver/Passenger Smart Key Outside Handle, Mood Lamp Control Unit, Driver/Passenger Mood Lamp, Driver/Passenger Door Mood Lamp, Rear Dooe Mood Lamp LH/RH
520
Hazard Switch, Rain Sensor, Driver/Passenger Smart Key Outside Handle, Mood Lamp Control Unit, Driver/Passenger Mood Lamp, Driver/Passenger Door Mood Lamp, Rear Dooe Mood Lamp LH/RH
520
<TABLE ROW>
520
S/HEATER (FRT)
520
S/HEATER (FRT)
520
20 A
520
20 A
520
Front Air Ventilation Control Module, Front Seat Warmer Control Module, Data Link Connector
520
Front Air Ventilation Control Module, Front Seat Warmer Control Module, Data Link Connector
520
<TABLE ROW>
520
AIR BAG 2
520
AIR BAG 2
520
15 A
520
15 A
520
SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) Control Module
520
SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) Control Module
520
<TABLE ROW>
520
MODULE 5
520
MODULE 5
520
7.5 A
520
7.5 A
520
Multifunction Camera Unit, Crash Pad Switch, IBU (Integrated Body Control Unit), Smart Cruise Control Radar, ATM (Auto Transmission) Shift Lever Indicator, 4WD ECM (Engine Control Module), Console Switch, Electric Parking Brake Switch
520
Multifunction Camera Unit, Crash Pad Switch, IBU (Integrated Body Control Unit), Smart Cruise Control Radar, ATM (Auto Transmission) Shift Lever Indicator, 4WD ECM (Engine Control Module), Console Switch, Electric Parking Brake Switch
520
<TABLE ROW>
520
IBU 2
520
IBU 2
520
15 A
520
15 A
520
IBU (Integrated Body Control Unit)
520
IBU (Integrated Body Control Unit)
520
<TABLE ROW>
520
SUNROOF 2
520
SUNROOF 2
520
20 A
520
20 A
520
Rear Sunroof Controller
520
Rear Sunroof Controller
520
<TABLE ROW>
520
MODULE 1
520
MODULE 1
520
7.5 A
520
7.5 A
520
IBU (Integrated Body Control Unit)
520
IBU (Integrated Body Control Unit)
520
<TABLE ROW>
520
P/WINDOW RH
520
P/WINDOW RH
520
25 A
520
25 A
520
Passenger Safety Power Window Module, Rear Safety Power Window Module RH
520
Passenger Safety Power Window Module, Rear Safety Power Window Module RH
520
<TABLE ROW>
520
RR SEAT (LH)
520
RR SEAT (LH)
520
25 A
520
25 A
520
2ND Air Ventilation Seat Control Module LH, 2ND Seat Warmer Control, Module LH, 2ND Seat LH Reclining Folding Actuator
520
2ND Air Ventilation Seat Control Module LH, 2ND Seat Warmer Control, Module LH, 2ND Seat LH Reclining Folding Actuator
520
<TABLE ROW>
520
CLUSTER
520
CLUSTER
520
7.5 A
520
7.5 A
520
Instrument Cluster, Head-Up Display
520
Instrument Cluster, Head-Up Display
520
<TABLE ROW>
521
MDPS
521
MDPS
521
10 A
521
10 A
521
MDPS (Motor Driven Power Steering) Unit
521
MDPS (Motor Driven Power Steering) Unit
521
<TABLE ROW>
521
A/C
521
A/C
521
7.5 A
521
7.5 A
521
E/R Junction Block (Blower FRT Relay, Blower RR Relay, PTC Heater 1/2 Relay), Front A/C Control Module, Rear A/C Control Module
521
E/R Junction Block (Blower FRT Relay, Blower RR Relay, PTC Heater 1/2 Relay), Front A/C Control Module, Rear A/C Control Module
521
<TABLE ROW>
521
CHILD LOCK
521
CHILD LOCK
521
15 A
521
15 A
521
ICM (Integrated Circuit Module) Relay Box (Child Lock/Unlock Relay)
521
ICM (Integrated Circuit Module) Relay Box (Child Lock/Unlock Relay)
521
<TABLE ROW>
521
DOOR LOCK
521
DOOR LOCK
521
20 A
521
20 A
521
Door Lock Relay, Door Unlock Relay, Tail Gate Relay, T/Turn Unlock Relay
521
Door Lock Relay, Door Unlock Relay, Tail Gate Relay, T/Turn Unlock Relay
521
<TABLE ROW>
521
SUNROOF 1
521
SUNROOF 1
521
20 A
521
20 A
521
Front Sunroof Controller
521
Front Sunroof Controller
521
<TABLE ROW>
521
MODULE 11
521
MODULE 11
521
10 A
521
10 A
521
Rear Occupant Detection Sensor
521
Rear Occupant Detection Sensor
521
<TABLE ROW>
521
P/WINDOW LH
521
P/WINDOW LH
521
25 A
521
25 A
521
Driver Safety Power Window Module, Rear Safety Power Window Module LH
521
Driver Safety Power Window Module, Rear Safety Power Window Module LH
521
<TABLE ROW>
521
MODULE 3
521
MODULE 3
521
7.5 A
521
7.5 A
521
IBU (Integrated Body Control Unit)
521
IBU (Integrated Body Control Unit)
521
<TABLE ROW>
521
MODULE 6
521
MODULE 6
521
7.5 A
521
7.5 A
521
Audio, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, Low DC-DC Converter (Audio/AMP), Front A/C Control Module, Electro Chromic Mirror, Center fascia Keyboard, Driver/Passenger Seat Warmer Switch, Driver/Passenger Seat Warmer LIN Switch, Driver IMS Control Module, Fro...
521
Audio, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, Low DC-DC Converter (Audio/AMP), Front A/C Control Module, Electro Chromic Mirror, Center fascia Keyboard, Driver/Passenger Seat Warmer Switch, Driver/Passenger Seat Warmer LIN Switch, Driver IMS Control Module, Fro...
521
<TABLE ROW>
521
WASHER
521
WASHER
521
15 A
521
15 A
521
Multifunction Switch, Front Washer Motor, Rear Washer Motor, Washer Level Sensor
521
Multifunction Switch, Front Washer Motor, Rear Washer Motor, Washer Level Sensor
521
<TABLE ROW>
521
RR SEAT (RH)
521
RR SEAT (RH)
521
25 A
521
25 A
521
2ND Air Ventilation Seat Control Module RH, 2ND Seat Warmer Control, Module RH, 2ND Seat RH Reclining Folding Actuator
521
2ND Air Ventilation Seat Control Module RH, 2ND Seat Warmer Control, Module RH, 2ND Seat RH Reclining Folding Actuator
521
<TABLE ROW>
521
WIPER RR
521
WIPER RR
521
15 A
521
15 A
521
Rear Wiper Relay, Rear Wiper Motor
521
Rear Wiper Relay, Rear Wiper Motor
521
<TABLE ROW>
521
AMP
521
AMP
521
25 A
521
25 A
521
Low DC-DC Converter (AMP)
521
Low DC-DC Converter (AMP)
521
<TABLE ROW>
521
ACC
521
ACC
521
7.5 A
521
7.5 A
521
IBU (Integrated Body Control Unit), Low DC-DC Converter (Audio/AMP)
521
IBU (Integrated Body Control Unit), Low DC-DC Converter (Audio/AMP)
521
<TABLE ROW>
521
P/SEAT (PASS)
521
P/SEAT (PASS)
521
30 A
521
30 A
521
Passenger Seat Manual Switch
521
Passenger Seat Manual Switch
521
<TABLE ROW>
521
P/SEAT (DRV)
521
P/SEAT (DRV)
521
30 A
521
30 A
521
Driver IMS Control Module, Driver Seat Manual Switch
521
Driver IMS Control Module, Driver Seat Manual Switch
521
Engine compartment fuse panel
522
Engine compartment fuse panel
522
<GRAPHIC>
522
<GRAPHIC>
522
<GRAPHIC>
522
<GRAPHIC>
522
Refer to the following table for a description of the fuse.
523
Refer to the following table for a description of the fuse.
523
<TABLE>
523
<TABLE>
523
<TABLE HEADING>
523
<TABLE ROW>
523
Fuse Name
523
Fuse Name
523
Fuse rating
523
Fuse rating
523
Circuit Protected
523
Circuit Protected
523
<TABLE BODY>
523
<TABLE ROW>
523
MDPS
523
MDPS
523
80 A
523
80 A
523
MDPS (Motor Driven Power Steering) Unit
523
MDPS (Motor Driven Power Steering) Unit
523
<TABLE ROW>
523
COOLING FAN
523
COOLING FAN
523
80 A
523
80 A
523
Cooling Fan Controller
523
Cooling Fan Controller
523
<TABLE ROW>
523
EPB
523
EPB
523
60 A
523
60 A
523
ESC (Electronic Stability Control) Module
523
ESC (Electronic Stability Control) Module
523
<TABLE ROW>
523
2
523
2
523
50 A
523
50 A
523
ICU Junction Block (IPS 8/IPS 10/IPS 11/IPS 12/IPS 13/IPS 14/IPS 15)
523
ICU Junction Block (IPS 8/IPS 10/IPS 11/IPS 12/IPS 13/IPS 14/IPS 15)
523
<TABLE ROW>
523
3
523
3
523
50 A
523
50 A
523
ICU Junction Block (Fuse - P/WINDOW LH, RR SEAT (LH), P/ SEAT (DRV), P/SEAT (PASS), MODULE 11)
523
ICU Junction Block (Fuse - P/WINDOW LH, RR SEAT (LH), P/ SEAT (DRV), P/SEAT (PASS), MODULE 11)
523
<TABLE ROW>
523
4
523
4
523
50 A
523
50 A
523
ICU Junction Block (Fuse - MODULE 8, S/HEATER (FRT), P/ WINDOW RH, AMP, SUNROOF 1)
523
ICU Junction Block (Fuse - MODULE 8, S/HEATER (FRT), P/ WINDOW RH, AMP, SUNROOF 1)
523
<TABLE ROW>
523
ESC 1
523
ESC 1
523
40 A
523
40 A
523
ESC (Electronic Stability Control) Module
523
ESC (Electronic Stability Control) Module
523
<TABLE ROW>
523
ESC 2
523
ESC 2
523
40 A
523
40 A
523
ESC (Electronic Stability Control) Module
523
ESC (Electronic Stability Control) Module
523
<TABLE ROW>
523
PTC HEATER 1
523
PTC HEATER 1
523
50 A
523
50 A
523
PTC Heater 1 Relay
523
PTC Heater 1 Relay
523
<TABLE ROW>
523
PTC HEATER 2
523
PTC HEATER 2
523
50 A
523
50 A
523
PTC Heater 2 Relay
523
PTC Heater 2 Relay
523
<TABLE ROW>
523
ECU 6
523
ECU 6
523
15 A
523
15 A
523
ECM (Engine Control Module)
523
ECM (Engine Control Module)
523
<TABLE ROW>
523
TCU 1
523
TCU 1
523
15 A
523
15 A
523
TCM (Transmission Control Module)
523
TCM (Transmission Control Module)
523
<TABLE ROW>
523
TCU 3
523
TCU 3
523
15 A
523
15 A
523
TCM (Transmission Control Module)
523
TCM (Transmission Control Module)
523
<TABLE ROW>
523
5
523
5
523
50 A
523
50 A
523
ICU Junction Block (Fuse - DOOR LOCK, IBU (Integrated Body Control Unit) 1, IBU (Integrated Body Control Unit) 2, BRAKE SWITCH, CHILD LOCK, RR SEAT (RH), SUNROOF 2)
523
ICU Junction Block (Fuse - DOOR LOCK, IBU (Integrated Body Control Unit) 1, IBU (Integrated Body Control Unit) 2, BRAKE SWITCH, CHILD LOCK, RR SEAT (RH), SUNROOF 2)
523
<TABLE ROW>
523
TRAILER 3
523
TRAILER 3
523
30A
523
30A
523
Trailer Connector
523
Trailer Connector
523
<TABLE ROW>
523
BLOWER FRT 1
523
BLOWER FRT 1
523
40 A
523
40 A
523
Blower FRT Relay
523
Blower FRT Relay
523
<TABLE ROW>
523
OIL PUMP
523
OIL PUMP
523
40 A
523
40 A
523
Electric Oil Pump Inverter
523
Electric Oil Pump Inverter
523
<TABLE ROW>
523
REAR HEATED
523
REAR HEATED
523
40 A
523
40 A
523
Rear Heated Relay
523
Rear Heated Relay
523
<TABLE ROW>
523
1
523
1
523
50 A
523
50 A
523
ICU Junction Block (IPS 1/IPS 2/IPS 3/IPS 5/IPS 6/IPS 7, Long/ Short Term Load Latch Relay)
523
ICU Junction Block (IPS 1/IPS 2/IPS 3/IPS 5/IPS 6/IPS 7, Long/ Short Term Load Latch Relay)
523
<TABLE ROW>
523
BLOWER RR 1
523
BLOWER RR 1
523
40 A
523
40 A
523
Blower RR Relay
523
Blower RR Relay
523
<TABLE ROW>
523
4WD
523
4WD
523
20 A
523
20 A
523
4WD ECM (Engine Control Module)
523
4WD ECM (Engine Control Module)
523
<TABLE ROW>
523
AMS
523
AMS
523
10 A
523
10 A
523
Battery Sensor
523
Battery Sensor
523
<TABLE ROW>
523
H/LAMP HI
523
H/LAMP HI
523
15 A
523
15 A
523
H/Lamp HI Relay
523
H/Lamp HI Relay
523
<TABLE ROW>
523
IG2
523
IG2
523
40 A
523
40 A
523
Start Relay, PCB Block (IG2 Relay)
523
Start Relay, PCB Block (IG2 Relay)
523
<TABLE ROW>
523
TRAILER 2
523
TRAILER 2
523
30A
523
30A
523
Trailer Connector
523
Trailer Connector
523
<TABLE ROW>
523
INVERTER
523
INVERTER
523
30 A
523
30 A
523
AC Inverter Unit
523
AC Inverter Unit
523
<TABLE ROW>
523
POWER TAIL GATE
523
POWER TAIL GATE
523
30 A
523
30 A
523
Power Tail Gate Module
523
Power Tail Gate Module
523
<TABLE ROW>
523
TRAILER 1
523
TRAILER 1
523
30 A
523
30 A
523
Trailer Connector
523
Trailer Connector
523
<TABLE ROW>
523
HEATED MIRROR
523
HEATED MIRROR
523
10 A
523
10 A
523
Driver/Passenger Power Outside Mirror, Front A/C Control Module
523
Driver/Passenger Power Outside Mirror, Front A/C Control Module
523
<TABLE ROW>
524
BLOWER RR 2
524
BLOWER RR 2
524
10 A
524
10 A
524
Rear A/C Control Module
524
Rear A/C Control Module
524
<TABLE ROW>
524
WIPER FRT 2
524
WIPER FRT 2
524
10 A
524
10 A
524
IBU (Integrated Body Control Unit)
524
IBU (Integrated Body Control Unit)
524
<TABLE ROW>
524
BLOWER FRT 2
524
BLOWER FRT 2
524
10 A
524
10 A
524
Front A/C Control Module
524
Front A/C Control Module
524
<TABLE ROW>
524
WIPER FRT 1
524
WIPER FRT 1
524
30 A
524
30 A
524
Wiper FRT Relay
524
Wiper FRT Relay
524
<TABLE ROW>
524
B/ALARM HORN
524
B/ALARM HORN
524
15 A
524
15 A
524
B/Alarm Horn Relay
524
B/Alarm Horn Relay
524
<TABLE ROW>
524
FUEL PUMP
524
FUEL PUMP
524
20 A
524
20 A
524
Fuel Pump Relay
524
Fuel Pump Relay
524
<TABLE ROW>
524
ACC 1
524
ACC 1
524
40 A
524
40 A
524
ACC 1 Relay
524
ACC 1 Relay
524
<TABLE ROW>
524
ACC 2
524
ACC 2
524
40 A
524
40 A
524
ACC 2 Relay
524
ACC 2 Relay
524
<TABLE ROW>
524
ECU 5
524
ECU 5
524
30 A
524
30 A
524
Engine Control Relay
524
Engine Control Relay
524
<TABLE ROW>
524
IG1
524
IG1
524
40 A
524
40 A
524
IG1 Relay
524
IG1 Relay
524
<TABLE ROW>
524
A/C
524
A/C
524
10 A
524
10 A
524
A/C Relay
524
A/C Relay
524
<TABLE ROW>
524
HORN
524
HORN
524
15 A
524
15 A
524
Horn Relay
524
Horn Relay
524
<TABLE ROW>
524
POWER OUTLET 2
524
POWER OUTLET 2
524
20 A
524
20 A
524
Front Power Outlet
524
Front Power Outlet
524
<TABLE ROW>
524
ACC 3
524
ACC 3
524
15 A
524
15 A
524
Rear USB Charger, Luggage USB Charger, Driver/Passenger Seat Cushion USB Charger
524
Rear USB Charger, Luggage USB Charger, Driver/Passenger Seat Cushion USB Charger
524
<TABLE ROW>
524
ACC 4
524
ACC 4
524
10 A
524
10 A
524
Front USB Charger, Rear USB Charger RH
524
Front USB Charger, Rear USB Charger RH
524
<TABLE ROW>
524
ICU
524
ICU
524
10 A
524
10 A
524
ICU Junction Block (Fuse - ACC)
524
ICU Junction Block (Fuse - ACC)
524
<TABLE ROW>
524
SENSOR 1
524
SENSOR 1
524
10 A
524
10 A
524
Fuel Pump Relay
524
Fuel Pump Relay
524
<TABLE ROW>
524
SENSOR 4
524
SENSOR 4
524
15 A
524
15 A
524
<TABLE ROW>
524
ESC 3
524
ESC 3
524
10 A
524
10 A
524
Data Link Connector, ESC (Electronic Stability Control) Module
524
Data Link Connector, ESC (Electronic Stability Control) Module
524
<TABLE ROW>
524
TCU 2
524
TCU 2
524
10 A
524
10 A
524
TCM (Transmission Control Module), Transaxle Range Switch
524
TCM (Transmission Control Module), Transaxle Range Switch
524
<TABLE ROW>
524
SENSOR 6
524
SENSOR 6
524
10 A
524
10 A
524
Electric Oil Pump Inverter
524
Electric Oil Pump Inverter
524
<TABLE ROW>
524
ECU 4
524
ECU 4
524
10 A
524
10 A
524
ECM (Engine Control Module)
524
ECM (Engine Control Module)
524
<TABLE ROW>
524
POWER OUTLET 1
524
POWER OUTLET 1
524
20 A
524
20 A
524
Luggage Power Outlet
524
Luggage Power Outlet
524
<TABLE ROW>
524
POWER OUTLET 3
524
POWER OUTLET 3
524
20 A
524
20 A
524
Rear Power Outlet
524
Rear Power Outlet
524
<TABLE ROW>
524
SENSOR 5
524
SENSOR 5
524
10 A
524
10 A
524
Oil Pump Solenoid
524
Oil Pump Solenoid
524
<TABLE ROW>
524
SENSOR 2
524
SENSOR 2
524
10 A
524
10 A
524
<TABLE ROW>
524
SENSOR 3
524
SENSOR 3
524
20 A
524
20 A
524
Cooling Fan Controller
524
Cooling Fan Controller
524
<TABLE ROW>
524
ECU 1
524
ECU 1
524
20 A
524
20 A
524
ECM (Engine Control Module)
524
ECM (Engine Control Module)
524
<TABLE ROW>
524
ECU 2
524
ECU 2
524
20 A
524
20 A
524
ECM (Engine Control Module)
524
ECM (Engine Control Module)
524
<TABLE ROW>
524
ECU 3
524
ECU 3
524
20 A
524
20 A
524
ECM (Engine Control Module)
524
ECM (Engine Control Module)
524
<TABLE ROW>
524
IGN COIL
524
IGN COIL
524
20 A
524
20 A
524
Refer to the following table for the relay type.
525
Refer to the following table for the relay type.
525
<TABLE>
525
<TABLE>
525
<TABLE HEADING>
525
<TABLE ROW>
525
Relay Name
525
Relay Name
525
Type
525
Type
525
<TABLE BODY>
525
<TABLE ROW>
525
Blower FRT Relay
525
Blower FRT Relay
525
MINI
525
MINI
525
<TABLE ROW>
525
Rear Heated Relay
525
Rear Heated Relay
525
MINI
525
MINI
525
<TABLE ROW>
525
Start Relay
525
Start Relay
525
MICRO
525
MICRO
525
<TABLE ROW>
525
PTC Heater 1 Relay
525
PTC Heater 1 Relay
525
MICRO
525
MICRO
525
<TABLE ROW>
525
PTC Heater 2 Relay
525
PTC Heater 2 Relay
525
MICRO
525
MICRO
525
<TABLE ROW>
525
H/LAMP HI Relay
525
H/LAMP HI Relay
525
MICRO
525
MICRO
525
<TABLE ROW>
525
Blower RR Relay
525
Blower RR Relay
525
MICRO
525
MICRO
525
<TABLE ROW>
525
Wiper Lo Relay
525
Wiper Lo Relay
525
MICRO
525
MICRO
525
<TABLE ROW>
525
Wiper Hi Relay
525
Wiper Hi Relay
525
MICRO
525
MICRO
525
<TABLE ROW>
525
Wiper FRT Relay
525
Wiper FRT Relay
525
MICRO
525
MICRO
525
<TABLE ROW>
525
FUEL PUMP Relay
525
FUEL PUMP Relay
525
MICRO
525
MICRO
525
Battery terminal cover
526
Battery terminal cover
526
<GRAPHIC>
526
<GRAPHIC>
526
Not all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehicle. It is accurate at the time of printing. When you inspect the fuse panel in your vehicle, refer to the fuse panel label.
526
Not all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehicle. It is accurate at the time of printing. When you inspect the fuse panel in your vehicle, refer to the fuse panel label.
526
Light bulbs
527
Light bulbs
527
Light bulbs are installed in various parts of the vehicle to provide lighting inside and outside the vehicle as well as to alert other vehicles.
527
Bulb replacement precaution
527
Bulb replacement precaution
527
Bulb replacement precaution
527
bulb replacement precaution
527
bulb replacement precaution
527
light bulbs:bulb replacement precaution
527
Refer to
527
\Bulb wattage\ on page 8- 7
527
When changing lamps, first turn off the vehicle at a safe place, firmly apply the parking brake and detach the battery's negative (-) terminal.
527
Working on the lights
527
Working on the lights
527
Prior to working on the light, firmly apply the parking brake, ensure that the vehicle start/stop button is in OFF position and turn off the lights to avoid sudden movement of the vehicle and burning your fingers or receiving an electric shock.
527
Use only bulbs of the specified wattage.
527
Light replacement
527
Light replacement
527
Be sure to replace the burned-out bulb with one of the same wattage rating. Otherwise, it may cause damage to the fuse or electric wiring system.
527
Fully install light bulbs and any parts used to secure them. Failure to do so may result in heat damage, fire, or water entering the headlight unit. This may damage the headlights or cause condensation to build up on the lens. To prevent damage or fi...
527
Headlamp Lens
527
Headlamp Lens
527
To prevent damage, do not clean the headlamp lens with chemical solvents or strong detergents.
527
• If the light bulb or lamp connector is removed while the lamp is still on, the fuse box's electronic system may log it as a malfunction. Therefore, a lamp malfunction incident may be recorded as a Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) in the fuse box.
527
• If the light bulb or lamp connector is removed while the lamp is still on, the fuse box's electronic system may log it as a malfunction. Therefore, a lamp malfunction incident may be recorded as a Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) in the fuse box.
527
• If the light bulb or lamp connector is removed while the lamp is still on, the fuse box's electronic system may log it as a malfunction. Therefore, a lamp malfunction incident may be recorded as a Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) in the fuse box.
527
• If the light bulb or lamp connector is removed while the lamp is still on, the fuse box's electronic system may log it as a malfunction. Therefore, a lamp malfunction incident may be recorded as a Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) in the fuse box.
527
• It is normal for an operating lamp to flicker momentarily. This is due to a stabilization function of the vehicle's electronic control device. If the lamp lights up normally after momentarily blinking, then it is functioning as normal.
527
• It is normal for an operating lamp to flicker momentarily. This is due to a stabilization function of the vehicle's electronic control device. If the lamp lights up normally after momentarily blinking, then it is functioning as normal.
527
However, if the lamp continues to flicker several times or turns off completely, there may be an error in the vehicle's electronic control device. Please have the vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer immediately.
528
We recommend that the headlight aiming be adjusted by an authorized Kia dealer after an accident or after the headlight assembly is reinstalled.
528
We recommend that the headlight aiming be adjusted by an authorized Kia dealer after an accident or after the headlight assembly is reinstalled.
528
You can find moisture inside the lens of lamps after a car wash or driving in the rain. It is a natural event caused by the temperature difference between the inside and the outside of the lamp and does not mean a problem with its functions. The mois...
528
You can find moisture inside the lens of lamps after a car wash or driving in the rain. It is a natural event caused by the temperature difference between the inside and the outside of the lamp and does not mean a problem with its functions. The mois...
528
If you don't have the necessary tools, the correct bulbs and the expertise, consult an authorized Kia dealer. In many cases, it is difficult to replace vehicle light bulbs because other parts of the vehicle must be removed before you can get to the b...
528
Removing/installing the headlamp assembly can result in damage to the vehicle. If non-genuine parts or substandard bulbs are used, it may lead to blowing a fuse or other wiring damages.
528
Do not install extra lamps or LEDs to the vehicle. If additional lights are installed, it may lead to lamp malfunctions and flickering. Additionally, the fuse box and other writing may be damaged.
528
Light bulb position (Front)
528
Light bulb position (Front)
528
Headlamp Type A
528
Headlamp Type A
528
<GRAPHIC>
528
Headlamp Type B
529
Headlamp Type B
529
<GRAPHIC>
529
Fog lamp
529
Fog lamp
529
<GRAPHIC>
529
1. Headlamp (Bulb Type) (Low/High)
529
1. Headlamp (Bulb Type) (Low/High)
529
1. Headlamp (Bulb Type) (Low/High)
529
2. Position lamp / Daytime running lamp (LED Type)
529
2. Position lamp / Daytime running lamp (LED Type)
529
3. Front turn signal lamp (Bulb Type)
529
3. Front turn signal lamp (Bulb Type)
529
4. Side marker (Bulb Type)
529
4. Side marker (Bulb Type)
529
5. Headlamp (LED Type) (Low)
529
5. Headlamp (LED Type) (Low)
529
6. Headlamp (LED Type) (Sub Low)
529
6. Headlamp (LED Type) (Sub Low)
529
7. Headlamp (LED Type) (High)
529
7. Headlamp (LED Type) (High)
529
8. Position lamp / Daytime running lamp / Turn signal lamp (LED Type)
529
8. Position lamp / Daytime running lamp / Turn signal lamp (LED Type)
529
9. Side marker (LED Type)
529
9. Side marker (LED Type)
529
10. Front fog lamp (LED Type)
529
10. Front fog lamp (LED Type)
529
Light bulb position (Rear)
529
Light bulb position (Rear)
529
Rear combination lamp - Type A
529
Rear combination lamp - Type A
529
<GRAPHIC>
529
Rear combination lamp - Type B
529
Rear combination lamp - Type B
529
<GRAPHIC>
529
Rear turn signal lamp
529
Rear turn signal lamp
529
<GRAPHIC>
529
High Mounted Stop Lamp (HMSL)
530
High Mounted Stop Lamp (HMSL)
530
<GRAPHIC>
530
License plate lamp
530
License plate lamp
530
<GRAPHIC>
530
1. Tail lamp (Bulb Type)
530
1. Tail lamp (Bulb Type)
530
1. Tail lamp (Bulb Type)
530
2. Stop lamp (Bulb Type)
530
2. Stop lamp (Bulb Type)
530
3. Back up lamp (Bulb Type)
530
3. Back up lamp (Bulb Type)
530
4. Side marker (Bulb Type)
530
4. Side marker (Bulb Type)
530
5. Rear turn signal lamp (Bulb Type)
530
5. Rear turn signal lamp (Bulb Type)
530
6. Tail lamp / Stop lamp (LED Type)
530
6. Tail lamp / Stop lamp (LED Type)
530
7. Side marker (LED Type)
530
7. Side marker (LED Type)
530
8. High Mounted Stop Lamp (LED Type)
530
8. High Mounted Stop Lamp (LED Type)
530
9. License plate lamp (Bulb Type)
530
9. License plate lamp (Bulb Type)
530
Light bulb position (Side)
530
Light bulb position (Side)
530
<GRAPHIC>
530
<GRAPHIC>
530
1. Side repeater lamp (LED type)
530
1. Side repeater lamp (LED type)
530
1. Side repeater lamp (LED type)
530
Headlamp bulb
530
Headlamp bulb
530
<GRAPHIC>
530
<GRAPHIC>
530
<GRAPHIC>
530
Halogen bulbs
530
Halogen bulbs
530
Handle halogen bulbs with care.
530
• Halogen bulbs contain pressurized gas that will produce flying pieces of glass if broken.
530
• Halogen bulbs contain pressurized gas that will produce flying pieces of glass if broken.
530
• Halogen bulbs contain pressurized gas that will produce flying pieces of glass if broken.
530
• Always handle them carefully, and avoid scratches and abrasions. If the bulbs are lit, avoid contact with liquids. Never touch the glass with bare hands. Residual oil may cause the bulb to overheat and burst when lit. A bulb should be operated on...
530
• Always handle them carefully, and avoid scratches and abrasions. If the bulbs are lit, avoid contact with liquids. Never touch the glass with bare hands. Residual oil may cause the bulb to overheat and burst when lit. A bulb should be operated on...
530
• If a bulb becomes damaged or cracked, replace it immediately and carefully dispose of it.
531
• If a bulb becomes damaged or cracked, replace it immediately and carefully dispose of it.
531
• Wear eye protection when changing a bulb. Allow the bulb to cool down before handling it.
531
• Wear eye protection when changing a bulb. Allow the bulb to cool down before handling it.
531
Replacing Headlamp (Low/High) / Position lamp / Daytime running lamp / Turn signal lamp (LED Type) bulb (Headlamp Type B)
531
Replacing Headlamp (Low/High) / Position lamp / Daytime running lamp / Turn signal lamp (LED Type) bulb (Headlamp Type B)
531
If the Headlamp (Low/High)/ Position lamp/Daytime running lamp/ Turn signal lamp (1) does not operate, have the vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
531
<GRAPHIC>
531
<GRAPHIC>
531
<GRAPHIC>
531
Replacing Headlamp (Low/High) / Front turn signal lamp bulb (Headlamp Type A)
531
Replacing Headlamp (Low/High) / Front turn signal lamp bulb (Headlamp Type A)
531
<GRAPHIC>
531
<GRAPHIC>
531
<GRAPHIC>
531
<GRAPHIC>
531
1. Open the hood.
531
1. Open the hood.
531
1. Open the hood.
531
2. Remove the bulb socket-connector by turning it counterclockwise.
531
2. Remove the bulb socket-connector by turning it counterclockwise.
531
3. Remove the bulb from the lamp assembly.
531
3. Remove the bulb from the lamp assembly.
531
4. Install a new bulb.
531
4. Install a new bulb.
531
5. Connect the bulb socket-connector.
531
5. Connect the bulb socket-connector.
531
DRL (LED type) bulb (Headlamp Type A)
531
DRL (LED type) bulb (Headlamp Type A)
531
DRL (LED) (1) does not operate, have the vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
531
<GRAPHIC>
531
<GRAPHIC>
531
<GRAPHIC>
531
DRL (LED), for it may damage related parts of th...
532
Replacing front fog lamp bulb
532
Replacing front fog lamp bulb
532
If the front fog lamp (1) does not operate, have the vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
532
<GRAPHIC>
532
<GRAPHIC>
532
<GRAPHIC>
532
Replacing side repeater lamp (LED Type) bulb
532
Replacing side repeater lamp (LED Type) bulb
532
If the side repeater lamp (LED), does not operate, have the vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
532
<GRAPHIC>
532
<GRAPHIC>
532
<GRAPHIC>
532
The LED lamps cannot be replaced as a single component because it is an integrated unit. The LED lamps have to be replaced with the unit.
532
A skilled technician should check or repair the side repeater lamp (LED), for it may damage related parts of the vehicle.
532
Replacing turn signal lamp (bulb Type) bulb
532
Replacing turn signal lamp (bulb Type) bulb
532
<GRAPHIC>
532
<GRAPHIC>
532
<GRAPHIC>
532
If the rear turn signal lamp (Bulb Type) does not operate, have the vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
532
Replacing Stop and tail lamp bulb (Rear combination lamp Type A)
533
Replacing Stop and tail lamp bulb (Rear combination lamp Type A)
533
<GRAPHIC>
533
<GRAPHIC>
533
<GRAPHIC>
533
<GRAPHIC>
533
1. Open the liftgate.
533
1. Open the liftgate.
533
1. Open the liftgate.
533
2. Loosen the lamp assembly retaining screws with a screwdriver.
533
2. Loosen the lamp assembly retaining screws with a screwdriver.
533
3. Remove the rear combination lamp assembly from the body of the vehicle.
533
3. Remove the rear combination lamp assembly from the body of the vehicle.
533
4. Remove the socket from the assembly by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the assembly.
533
4. Remove the socket from the assembly by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the assembly.
533
5. Remove the bulb from the socket by pressing it in and rotating it counterclockwise until the tabs on the bulb align with the slots in the socket.
533
5. Remove the bulb from the socket by pressing it in and rotating it counterclockwise until the tabs on the bulb align with the slots in the socket.
533
6. Insert a new bulb by inserting it into the socket and rotating it until it locks into place.
533
6. Insert a new bulb by inserting it into the socket and rotating it until it locks into place.
533
7. Install the socket in the assembly by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the assembly and turning the socket clockwise.
533
7. Install the socket in the assembly by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the assembly and turning the socket clockwise.
533
8. Reinstall the lamp assembly to the body of the vehicle.
533
8. Reinstall the lamp assembly to the body of the vehicle.
533
Replacing Stop and tail lamp bulb (Rear combination lamp Type B)
533
Replacing Stop and tail lamp bulb (Rear combination lamp Type B)
533
<GRAPHIC>
533
<GRAPHIC>
533
<GRAPHIC>
533
If the Stop and tail lamp (LED Type) does not operate, have your vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
533
Replacing Back lamp bulb (Rear combination lamp Type A/B)
533
Replacing Back lamp bulb (Rear combination lamp Type A/B)
533
<GRAPHIC>
533
<GRAPHIC>
533
<GRAPHIC>
533
If the Back lamp bulb (Bulb Type) (1) does not operate, have your vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
533
Replacing High Mounted Stop Lamp (LED type) bulb
533
Replacing High Mounted Stop Lamp (LED type) bulb
533
If the High Mounted Stop Lamp (LED) (1), does not operate, have the vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
533
<GRAPHIC>
534
<GRAPHIC>
534
<GRAPHIC>
534
The LED lamps cannot be replaced as a single component because it is an integrated unit. The LED lamps have to be replaced with the unit.
534
A skilled technician should check or repair the High Mounted Stop Lamp (LED), for it may damage related parts of the vehicle.
534
Replacing license plate lamp bulb
534
Replacing license plate lamp bulb
534
<GRAPHIC>
534
<GRAPHIC>
534
<GRAPHIC>
534
<GRAPHIC>
534
1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, gently pry the lamp assembly from interior.
534
1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, gently pry the lamp assembly from interior.
534
1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, gently pry the lamp assembly from interior.
534
2. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out.
534
2. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out.
534
3. Install a new bulb in the socket.
534
3. Install a new bulb in the socket.
534
4. Install the lamp assembly to interior.
534
4. Install the lamp assembly to interior.
534
Replacing map lamp (bulb type) bulb
534
Replacing map lamp (bulb type) bulb
534
<GRAPHIC>
534
<GRAPHIC>
534
<GRAPHIC>
534
<GRAPHIC>
534
1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, gently pry the lens cover from lamp housing.
534
1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, gently pry the lens cover from lamp housing.
534
1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, gently pry the lens cover from lamp housing.
534
2. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out.
534
2. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out.
534
3. Install a new bulb in the socket.
534
3. Install a new bulb in the socket.
534
4. Align the lens cover tabs with the lamp housing notches and snap the lens into place.
534
4. Align the lens cover tabs with the lamp housing notches and snap the lens into place.
534
Be careful not to damage the lens, lens tab, and plastic housings or get them dirty.
534
Be careful not to damage the lens, lens tab, and plastic housings or get them dirty.
534
Be careful not to damage the lens, lens tab, and plastic housings or get them dirty.
534
Replacing map lamp (LED type) bulb
535
Replacing map lamp (LED type) bulb
535
If the map lamp (LED) does not operate, have the vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
535
<GRAPHIC>
535
<GRAPHIC>
535
<GRAPHIC>
535
The LED lamps cannot be replaced as a single component because they are part of an integrated unit. The LED lamps have to be replaced with the unit.
535
A skilled technician should check or repair the map lamp (LED), for it may damage related parts of the vehicle.
535
Replacing vanity mirror lamp bulb
535
Replacing vanity mirror lamp bulb
535
<GRAPHIC>
535
<GRAPHIC>
535
<GRAPHIC>
535
Interior lamps
535
Interior lamps
535
Prior to working on the Interior lamps, ensure that the \OFF\ button is depressed to avoid burning your fingers or receiving an electric shock.
535
If the map lamp (LED type) does not operate, have your vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
535
The LED lamps cannot be replaced as a single unit because it is an integrated unit. The LED lamps has to be replaced with the unit.
535
A skilled technician should check or repair the map lamp (LED), for it may damage related parts of the vehicle.
535
Be careful not to damage the lens, lens tab, and plastic housings or get them dirty.
535
Be careful not to damage the lens, lens tab, and plastic housings or get them dirty.
535
Replacing room lamp (bulb type) bulb
536
Replacing room lamp (bulb type) bulb
536
<GRAPHIC>
536
<GRAPHIC>
536
<GRAPHIC>
536
<GRAPHIC>
536
1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, gently pry the lens cover from lamp housing.
536
1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, gently pry the lens cover from lamp housing.
536
1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, gently pry the lens cover from lamp housing.
536
2. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out.
536
2. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out.
536
3. Install a new bulb in the socket.
536
3. Install a new bulb in the socket.
536
4. Align the lens cover tabs with the lamp housing notches and snap the lens into place.
536
4. Align the lens cover tabs with the lamp housing notches and snap the lens into place.
536
Be careful not to damage the lens, lens tab, and plastic housings or get them dirty.
536
Be careful not to damage the lens, lens tab, and plastic housings or get them dirty.
536
Be careful not to damage the lens, lens tab, and plastic housings or get them dirty.
536
Replacing room lamp (LED type) bulb
536
Replacing room lamp (LED type) bulb
536
If the Room lamp (LED) does not operate, have the vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
536
<GRAPHIC>
536
<GRAPHIC>
536
<GRAPHIC>
536
The LED lamps cannot be replaced as a single component because they are part of an integrated unit. The LED lamps have to be replaced with the unit.
536
A skilled technician should check or repair the Room lamp (LED), for it may damage related parts of the vehicle.
536
Replacing personal lamp (LED Type) bulb
536
Replacing personal lamp (LED Type) bulb
536
<GRAPHIC>
536
<GRAPHIC>
536
<GRAPHIC>
536
If the personal lamp (LED) does not operate, have the vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
536
The LED lamps cannot be replaced as a single unit because it is an integrated unit. The LED lamps has to be replaced with the unit.
537
A skilled technician should check or repair the personal lamp (LED), for it may damage related parts of the vehicle.
537
Replacing glove box lamp
537
Replacing glove box lamp
537
<GRAPHIC>
537
<GRAPHIC>
537
<GRAPHIC>
537
<GRAPHIC>
537
1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, gently pry the lamp assembly from interior.
537
1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, gently pry the lamp assembly from interior.
537
1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, gently pry the lamp assembly from interior.
537
2. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out.
537
2. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out.
537
3. Install a new bulb in the socket.
537
3. Install a new bulb in the socket.
537
4. Install the lamp assembly to interior.
537
4. Install the lamp assembly to interior.
537
Be careful not to damage the lens, lens tab, and plastic housings or get them dirty.
537
Be careful not to damage the lens, lens tab, and plastic housings or get them dirty.
537
Be careful not to damage the lens, lens tab, and plastic housings or get them dirty.
537
Replacing luggage lamp bulb
537
Replacing luggage lamp bulb
537
<GRAPHIC>
537
<GRAPHIC>
537
<GRAPHIC>
537
<GRAPHIC>
537
1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, gently pry the lens cover from lamp housing.
537
1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, gently pry the lens cover from lamp housing.
537
1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, gently pry the lens cover from lamp housing.
537
2. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out.
537
2. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out.
537
3. Install a new bulb in the socket.
537
3. Install a new bulb in the socket.
537
4. Align the lens cover tabs with the lamp housing notches and snap the lens into place.
537
4. Align the lens cover tabs with the lamp housing notches and snap the lens into place.
537
Replacing luggage lamp (LED Type) bulb
537
Replacing luggage lamp (LED Type) bulb
537
<GRAPHIC>
537
<GRAPHIC>
537
<GRAPHIC>
537
If the luggage lamp (LED) (1) does not operate, have the vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
537
The LED lamps cannot be replaced as a single component because they are part of an integrated unit. The LED lamps have to be replaced with the unit.
538
A skilled technician should check or repair the Liftgate room lamp (LED), for it may damage related parts of the vehicle.
538
Be careful not to damage the lens, lens tab, and plastic housings or get them dirty.
538
Be careful not to damage the lens, lens tab, and plastic housings or get them dirty.
538
Appearance care
538
Appearance care
538
Use the information in the following sections to keep the exterior and interior of your vehicle clean.
538
Exterior care
538
Exterior care
538
Use the information in the following sections to maintain the exterior of your vehicle. Keeping the exterior clean is not only aesthetically pleasing, but it also helps to prolong the life of the vehicle.
538
Exterior general caution
538
Exterior general caution
538
Exterior general caution
538
It is very important to follow the label directions when using any chemical cleaner or polish. Read all warning and caution statements that appear on the label.
538
Finish maintenance
538
Finish maintenance
538
Washing
538
Washing
538
To help protect your vehicle's finish from rust and deterioration, wash it thoroughly and frequently at least once a month with lukewarm or cold water.
538
If you use your vehicle for off-road driving, you should wash it after each off-road trip. Pay special attention to the removal of any accumulation of salt, dirt, mud, and other foreign materials. Make sure the drain holes in the lower edges of the d...
538
Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings, industrial pollution and similar deposits can damage your vehicle's finish if not removed immediately.
539
Even prompt washing with plain water may not completely remove all these deposits. A mild soap, safe for use on painted surfaces, may be used.
539
After washing, rinse the vehicle thoroughly with lukewarm or cold water. Do not allow soap to dry on the finish.
539
After washing the vehicle, test the brakes while driving slowly to see if they have been affected by water. If braking performance is impaired, dry the brakes by applying them lightly while maintaining a slow forward speed.
539
• Do not use strong soap, chemical detergents or hot water, and do not wash the vehicle in direct sunlight or when the body of the vehicle is warm.
539
• Do not use strong soap, chemical detergents or hot water, and do not wash the vehicle in direct sunlight or when the body of the vehicle is warm.
539
• Do not use strong soap, chemical detergents or hot water, and do not wash the vehicle in direct sunlight or when the body of the vehicle is warm.
539
• Do not use strong soap, chemical detergents or hot water, and do not wash the vehicle in direct sunlight or when the body of the vehicle is warm.
539
• Be careful when washing the side windows of your vehicle, especially with high-pressure water. Water may leak through the windows and wet the interior.
539
• Be careful when washing the side windows of your vehicle, especially with high-pressure water. Water may leak through the windows and wet the interior.
539
• To prevent damage to the plastic parts and lamps, do not clean with chemical solvents or strong detergents.
539
• To prevent damage to the plastic parts and lamps, do not clean with chemical solvents or strong detergents.
539
High-pressure washing
539
High-pressure washing
539
When using high-pressure washers, make sure to maintain sufficient distance from the vehicle.
539
Insufficient clearance or excessive pressure can lead to component damage or water penetration.
539
Do not spray the camera, sensors or its surrounding area directly with a high pressure washer. Shock applied from high pressure water may cause the device to not operate normally.
539
Do not bring the nozzle tip close to boots (rubber or plastic covers) or connectors as they may be damaged if they come into contact with high pressure water.
539
After washing the vehicle, test the brakes while driving slowly to see if they have been affected by water. If braking performance is impaired, dry the brakes by applying them lightly while maintaining a slow forward speed.
539
After washing the vehicle, test the brakes while driving slowly to see if they have been affected by water. If braking performance is impaired, dry the brakes by applying them lightly while maintaining a slow forward speed.
539
Wetting engine compartment
539
Wetting engine compartment
539
<GRAPHIC>
540
<GRAPHIC>
540
• Water washing in the engine compartment including high pressure water washing may cause the failure of electrical circuits located in the engine compartment.
540
• Water washing in the engine compartment including high pressure water washing may cause the failure of electrical circuits located in the engine compartment.
540
• Water washing in the engine compartment including high pressure water washing may cause the failure of electrical circuits located in the engine compartment.
540
• Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electrical/ electronic components inside the vehicle as this may damage them.
540
• Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electrical/ electronic components inside the vehicle as this may damage them.
540
• After the vehicle has been washed, brake carefully while paying attention to the traffic conditions until the braking effect has been fully restored.
540
• After the vehicle has been washed, brake carefully while paying attention to the traffic conditions until the braking effect has been fully restored.
540
Waxing
540
Waxing
540
Wax the vehicle when water will no longer bead on the paint.
540
Always wash and dry the vehicle before waxing. Use a good quality liquid or paste wax, and follow the manufacturer's instructions. Wax all metal trim to protect it and to maintain its luster.
540
Removing oil, tar, and similar materials with a spot remover will usually strip the wax from the finish. Be sure to re-wax these areas even if the rest of the vehicle does not yet need waxing.
540
Be careful not to touch the lens when waxing the lamps.
540
Drying vehicle
540
Drying vehicle
540
• Wiping dust or dirt off the body with a dry cloth will scratch the finish.
540
• Wiping dust or dirt off the body with a dry cloth will scratch the finish.
540
• Wiping dust or dirt off the body with a dry cloth will scratch the finish.
540
• Do not use steel wool, abrasive cleaners, acid detergents or strong detergents containing high alkaline or caustic agents on chrome-plated or anodized aluminum parts. This may result in damage to the protective coating and cause discoloration or ...
540
• Do not use steel wool, abrasive cleaners, acid detergents or strong detergents containing high alkaline or caustic agents on chrome-plated or anodized aluminum parts. This may result in damage to the protective coating and cause discoloration or ...
540
Finish damage repair
540
Finish damage repair
540
Deep scratches or stone chips in the painted surface must be repaired promptly. Exposed metal will quickly rust and may develop into a major repair expense.
540
If your vehicle is damaged and requires any metal repair or replacement, be sure the body shop applies anti-corrosion materials to the parts repaired or replaced.
540
If your vehicle is damaged and requires any metal repair or replacement, be sure the body shop applies anti-corrosion materials to the parts repaired or replaced.
540
Bright-metal maintenance
541
Bright-metal maintenance
541
To remove road tar and insects, use a tar remover, not a scraper or other sharp object.
541
To protect the surfaces of bright metal parts from corrosion, apply a coating of wax or chrome preservative and rub to a high luster.
541
During winter weather or in coastal areas, cover the bright metal parts with a heavier coating of wax or preservative. If necessary, coat the parts with non-corrosive petroleum jelly or other protective compound.
541
Underbody maintenance
541
Underbody maintenance
541
Road salt and other corrosive chemicals are used in cold weather states to melt snow and prevent ice accumulation. If these chemicals are not regularly removed, they will corrode the vehicle underbody and, over time, damage many parts: the fuel lines...
541
The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration has warned all vehicle owners of all brands of the need to take the following steps:
541
• Wash the undercarriage of your vehicle regularly during the winter and whenever your vehicle has been exposed to such salts or chemicals.
541
• Wash the undercarriage of your vehicle regularly during the winter and whenever your vehicle has been exposed to such salts or chemicals.
541
• Wash the undercarriage of your vehicle regularly during the winter and whenever your vehicle has been exposed to such salts or chemicals.
541
• Do a thorough washing of the undercarriage at the end of the winter.
541
• Do a thorough washing of the undercarriage at the end of the winter.
541
• Use professional service technicians or governmental inspection stations to annually inspect for corrosion.
541
• Use professional service technicians or governmental inspection stations to annually inspect for corrosion.
541
• Immediately seek an inspection of your vehicle if you become visually aware of corrosion flaking or scaling or if you become aware of a change in vehicle performance, such as soft or spongy brakes, fluids leaking, impairment of directional contro...
541
• Immediately seek an inspection of your vehicle if you become visually aware of corrosion flaking or scaling or if you become aware of a change in vehicle performance, such as soft or spongy brakes, fluids leaking, impairment of directional contro...
541
Aluminum wheel maintenance
541
Aluminum wheel maintenance
541
The aluminum wheels are coated with a clear protective finish.
541
• Do not use any abrasive cleaner, polishing compound, solvent, or wire brushes on aluminum wheels. They may scratch or damage the finish.
541
• Do not use any abrasive cleaner, polishing compound, solvent, or wire brushes on aluminum wheels. They may scratch or damage the finish.
541
• Do not use any abrasive cleaner, polishing compound, solvent, or wire brushes on aluminum wheels. They may scratch or damage the finish.
541
• Clean the wheel when it has cooled.
541
• Clean the wheel when it has cooled.
541
• Use only a mild soap or neutral detergent, and rinse thoroughly with water. Also, be sure to clean the wheels after driving on salted roads. This helps prevent corrosion.
541
• Use only a mild soap or neutral detergent, and rinse thoroughly with water. Also, be sure to clean the wheels after driving on salted roads. This helps prevent corrosion.
541
• Avoid washing the wheels with high speed vehicle wash brushes.
541
• Avoid washing the wheels with high speed vehicle wash brushes.
541
• Do not use any alkaline or acid detergents It may damage and corrode the aluminum wheels coated with a clear protective finish.
542
• Do not use any alkaline or acid detergents It may damage and corrode the aluminum wheels coated with a clear protective finish.
542
Corrosion protection
542
Corrosion protection
542
Protecting your vehicle from corrosion
542
Protecting your vehicle from corrosion
542
By using the most advanced design and construction practices to combat corrosion, we produce vehicles of the highest quality. However, this is only part of the job. To achieve the long-term corrosion resistance your vehicle can deliver, the owner's c...
542
Common causes of corrosion
542
Common causes of corrosion
542
The most common causes of corrosion on your vehicle are:
542
• Road salt, dirt and moisture that is allowed to accumulate underneath the vehicle.
542
• Road salt, dirt and moisture that is allowed to accumulate underneath the vehicle.
542
• Road salt, dirt and moisture that is allowed to accumulate underneath the vehicle.
542
• Removal of paint or protective coatings by stones, gravel, abrasion or minor scrapes and dents which leave unprotected metal exposed to corrosion.
542
• Removal of paint or protective coatings by stones, gravel, abrasion or minor scrapes and dents which leave unprotected metal exposed to corrosion.
542
Exposure to corrosive environments
542
Exposure to corrosive environments
542
If you live in an area where your vehicle is regularly exposed to corrosive materials, corrosion protection is particularly important. Some of the common causes of accelerated corrosion are road salts, dust control chemicals, ocean air and industrial...
542
Moisture breeds corrosion
542
Moisture breeds corrosion
542
Moisture creates the conditions in which corrosion is most likely to occur. For example, corrosion is accelerated by high humidity, particularly when temperatures are just above freezing. In such conditions, the corrosive material is kept in contact ...
542
Mud is particularly corrosive because it dries slowly and holds moisture in contact with the vehicle. Although the mud appears to be dry, it can still retain the moisture and promote corrosion.
542
High temperatures can also accelerate corrosion of parts that are not properly ventilated so the moisture can be dispersed. For all these reasons, it is particularly important to keep your vehicle clean and free of mud or accumulations of other mater...
542
To help prevent corrosion
542
To help prevent corrosion
542
You can help prevent corrosion from beginning by observing the following:
542
Keep your vehicle clean
542
Keep your vehicle clean
542
The best way to prevent corrosion is to keep your vehicle clean and free of corrosive materials. Attention to the underside of the vehicle is particularly important.
542
If you live in a corrosion-prone area — where road salts are used, near the ocean, areas with industrial pollution, acid rain, etc.—, you should take extra care to prevent corrosion. In winter, hose off the underside of your vehicle at least once...
543
When cleaning underneath the vehicle, give particular attention to the components under the fenders and other areas that are hidden from view. Do a thorough job; just dampening the accumulated mud rather than washing it away will accelerate corrosion...
543
When cleaning lower door panels, rocker panels and frame members, be sure that drain holes are kept open so that moisture can escape and not be trapped inside to accelerate corrosion.
543
Keep your garage dry
543
Keep your garage dry
543
Don't park your vehicle in a damp, poorly ventilated garage. This creates a favorable environment for corrosion. This is particularly true if you wash your vehicle in the garage or drive it into the garage when it is still wet or covered with snow, i...
543
Keep paint and trim in good condition
543
Keep paint and trim in good condition
543
Scratches or chips in the finish should be covered with \touch-up\ paint as soon as possible to reduce the possibility of corrosion. If bare metal is showing through, the attention of a qualified body and paint shop is recommended.
543
Bird droppings: Bird droppings are highly corrosive and may damage painted surfaces in just a few hours. Always remove bird droppings as soon as possible.
543
Don't neglect the interior
543
Don't neglect the interior
543
Moisture can collect under the floor mats and carpeting and cause corrosion. Check under the mats periodically to be sure the carpeting is dry. Use particular care if you carry fertilizers, cleaning materials or chemicals in the vehicle.
543
These should be carried only in proper containers and any spills or leaks should be cleaned up, flushed with clean water and thoroughly dried.
543
Interior care
544
Interior care
544
Use the information in the following sections to maintain the interior of your vehicle.
544
Interior general precautions
544
Interior general precautions
544
Interior general precautions
544
Prevent chemicals such as perfume, cosmetic oil, sun cream, hand cleaner, and air freshener from contacting the interior parts because they may cause damage or discoloration. If they do contact the interior parts, wipe them off immediately. If necess...
544
Electrical components
544
Electrical components
544
Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electrical/electronic components inside the vehicle as this may damage them.
544
Leather
544
Leather
544
When cleaning leather products (steering wheel, seats etc.), use neutral detergents or low alcohol content solutions. If you use high alcohol content solutions or acid/ alkaline detergents, the color of the leather may fade or the surface may get str...
544
Taking care of leather seats
544
Taking care of leather seats
544
• Vacuum the seat periodically to remove dust and sand on the seat. It will prevent abrasion or damage of the leather and maintain its quality.
544
• Vacuum the seat periodically to remove dust and sand on the seat. It will prevent abrasion or damage of the leather and maintain its quality.
544
• Vacuum the seat periodically to remove dust and sand on the seat. It will prevent abrasion or damage of the leather and maintain its quality.
544
• Wipe the natural leather seat cover often with dry or soft cloth.
544
• Wipe the natural leather seat cover often with dry or soft cloth.
544
• Sufficient use of a leather protective may prevent abrasion of the cover and helps maintain the color. Be sure to read the instructions and consult a specialist when using leather coating or protective agents.
544
• Sufficient use of a leather protective may prevent abrasion of the cover and helps maintain the color. Be sure to read the instructions and consult a specialist when using leather coating or protective agents.
544
• Leather with bright colors (beige, cream beige) is easily contaminated and clear in appearance. Clean the seats frequently.
544
• Leather with bright colors (beige, cream beige) is easily contaminated and clear in appearance. Clean the seats frequently.
544
• Avoid wiping with wet cloth. It may cause the surface to crack.
544
• Avoid wiping with wet cloth. It may cause the surface to crack.
544
Cleaning the leather seats
544
Cleaning the leather seats
544
Remove all contaminations instantly. Refer to instructions below for removal of each contaminant.
544
• Cosmetic products (sunscreen, foundation, etc.)
544
• Cosmetic products (sunscreen, foundation, etc.)
544
• Cosmetic products (sunscreen, foundation, etc.)
544
- Apply cleansing cream on a cloth and wipe the contaminated point. Wipe off the cream with a wet cloth and remove water with a dry cloth.
544
- Apply cleansing cream on a cloth and wipe the contaminated point. Wipe off the cream with a wet cloth and remove water with a dry cloth.
544
- Apply cleansing cream on a cloth and wipe the contaminated point. Wipe off the cream with a wet cloth and remove water with a dry cloth.
544
• Beverages (coffee, soft drink, etc.)
544
• Beverages (coffee, soft drink, etc.)
544
- Apply a small amount of neutral detergent and wipe until contaminations do not smear.
545
- Apply a small amount of neutral detergent and wipe until contaminations do not smear.
545
- Apply a small amount of neutral detergent and wipe until contaminations do not smear.
545
• Oil
545
• Oil
545
- Remove oil instantly with absorbable cloth and wipe with stain remover for natural leather only.
545
- Remove oil instantly with absorbable cloth and wipe with stain remover for natural leather only.
545
- Remove oil instantly with absorbable cloth and wipe with stain remover for natural leather only.
545
• Chewing gum
545
• Chewing gum
545
- Harden the gum with ice and remove gradually.
545
- Harden the gum with ice and remove gradually.
545
- Harden the gum with ice and remove gradually.
545
Fabric seat cover
545
Fabric seat cover
545
Please clean the fabric seats regularly with a vacuum cleaner in consideration of fabric material characteristics. If they are heavily soiled with beverage stains, etc., use a suitable interior cleaner. To prevent damage to seat covers, wipe off the ...
545
Velcro closures on clothing or sharp objects may cause snagging or scratches on the surface of the seats.
545
Make sure not to rub such objects against the surface.
545
Cleaning the upholstery and interior trim
545
Cleaning the upholstery and interior trim
545
Vinyl
545
Vinyl
545
Remove dust and loose dirt from vinyl with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner. Clean vinyl surfaces with a vinyl cleaner.
545
Fabric
545
Fabric
545
Remove dust and loose dirt from fabric with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner. Clean with a mild soap solution recommended for upholstery or carpets. Remove fresh spots immediately with a fabric spot cleaner. If fresh spots do not receive immediate att...
545
Using anything but recommended cleaners and procedures may affect the fabric's appearance and fire- resistant properties.
545
Cleaning the lap/shoulder belt webbing
545
Cleaning the lap/shoulder belt webbing
545
Clean the belt webbing with any mild soap solution recommended for cleaning upholstery or carpet. Follow the instructions provided with the soap. Do not bleach or re-dye the webbing because this may weaken it.
545
Cleaning the interior window glass
546
Cleaning the interior window glass
546
If the interior glass surfaces of the vehicle become fogged (that is, covered with an oily, greasy or waxy film), they should be cleaned with a glass cleaner. Follow the directions on the glass cleaner container.
546
Rear window
546
Rear window
546
Do not scrape or scratch the inside of the rear window. This may result in damage of the rear window defroster grid.
546
Emission control system
546
Emission control system
546
The emission control system of your vehicle is covered by a written limited warranty. Please see the warranty information contained in the Warranty & Consumer Information manual in your vehicle.
546
Your vehicle is equipped with an emission control system to meet all applicable emission regulations. There are three emission control systems, as follows.
546
Your vehicle is equipped with an emission control system to meet all applicable emission regulations. There are three emission control systems, as follows.
546
1. Crankcase emission control system
546
1. Crankcase emission control system
546
1. Crankcase emission control system
546
2. Evaporative emission control system
546
2. Evaporative emission control system
546
3. Exhaust emission control system
546
3. Exhaust emission control system
546
In order to assure the proper function of the emission control systems, it is recommended that you have your vehicle inspected and maintained by an authorized Kia dealer in accordance with the maintenance schedule in this manual.
546
Caution for the Inspection and Maintenance Test (With Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system)
546
Caution for the Inspection and Maintenance Test (With Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system)
546
• To prevent the vehicle from misfiring during dynamometer testing, turn the ESC off by pressing the ESC switch.
546
• To prevent the vehicle from misfiring during dynamometer testing, turn the ESC off by pressing the ESC switch.
546
• To prevent the vehicle from misfiring during dynamometer testing, turn the ESC off by pressing the ESC switch.
546
• To prevent the vehicle from misfiring during dynamometer testing, turn the ESC off by pressing the ESC switch.
546
• After dynamometer testing is completed, turn the ESC back on by pressing the ESC switch again.
546
• After dynamometer testing is completed, turn the ESC back on by pressing the ESC switch again.
546
• After dynamometer testing is completed, turn the ESC back on by pressing the ESC switch again.
546
1. Crankcase emission control system
547
1. Crankcase emission control system
547
The Positive Crankcase Ventilation system is employed to prevent air pollution caused by blow-by gases being emitted from the crankcase. This system supplies fresh filtered air to the crankcase through the air intake hose. Inside the crankcase, the f...
547
2. Evaporative emission control (including Onboard Refueling Vapor Recovery (ORVR)) system
547
2. Evaporative emission control (including Onboard Refueling Vapor Recovery (ORVR)) system
547
The evaporative emission control system is designed to prevent fuel vapors from escaping into the atmosphere. (The ORVR system is designed to allow the vapors from the fuel tank to be loaded into a canister while refueling at the gas station, prevent...
547
Canister
547
Canister
547
Fuel vapors generated inside the fuel tank are absorbed and stored in the onboard canister. When the engine is running, the fuel vapors absorbed in the canister are drawn into the surge tank through the Purge Control Solenoid Valve.
547
Purge Control Solenoid Valve (PCSV)
547
Purge Control Solenoid Valve (PCSV)
547
The Purge Control Solenoid Valve (PCSV) is controlled by the Engine Control Module (ECM); when the engine coolant temperature is low during idling, the PCSV closes so that evaporated fuel is not taken into the engine. After the engine warms up during...
547
3. Exhaust emission control system
547
3. Exhaust emission control system
547
The exhaust emission control system is a highly effective system which controls exhaust emissions while maintaining good vehicle performance.
547
Engine exhaust gas precautions (carbon monoxide)
547
Engine exhaust gas precautions (carbon monoxide)
547
• Carbon monoxide can be present with other exhaust fumes. Therefore, if you smell exhaust fumes of any kind inside your vehicle, have it inspected and repaired immediately. If you ever suspect exhaust fumes are coming into your vehicle, drive it o...
547
• Carbon monoxide can be present with other exhaust fumes. Therefore, if you smell exhaust fumes of any kind inside your vehicle, have it inspected and repaired immediately. If you ever suspect exhaust fumes are coming into your vehicle, drive it o...
547
• Carbon monoxide can be present with other exhaust fumes. Therefore, if you smell exhaust fumes of any kind inside your vehicle, have it inspected and repaired immediately. If you ever suspect exhaust fumes are coming into your vehicle, drive it o...
547
Exhaust
547
Exhaust
547
Engine exhaust gases contain carbon monoxide (CO). It is a colorless, odorless and dangerous gas which is dangerous and could be lethal if inhaled. Follow the instructions on this page to avoid CO poisoning.
547
• Do not operate the engine in confined or closed areas (such as garages) any more than what is necessary to move the vehicle in or out of the area.
548
• Do not operate the engine in confined or closed areas (such as garages) any more than what is necessary to move the vehicle in or out of the area.
548
• When the vehicle is stopped in an open area for more than a short time with the engine running, adjust the ventilation system (as needed) to draw outside air into the vehicle.
548
• When the vehicle is stopped in an open area for more than a short time with the engine running, adjust the ventilation system (as needed) to draw outside air into the vehicle.
548
• Never sit in a parked or stopped vehicle for any extended time with the engine running.
548
• Never sit in a parked or stopped vehicle for any extended time with the engine running.
548
• When the engine stalls or fails to start, excessive attempts to restart the engine may cause damage to the emission control system.
548
• When the engine stalls or fails to start, excessive attempts to restart the engine may cause damage to the emission control system.
548
Operating precautions for catalytic converters
548
Operating precautions for catalytic converters
548
Catalytic converter
548
Catalytic converter
548
Keep away from the catalytic converter and exhaust system while the vehicle is running or immediately thereafter. The exhaust and catalytic systems are very hot and may burn you.
548
Fire
548
Fire
548
• Do not park, idle or drive the vehicle over or near flammable objects, such as grass, vegetation, paper, leaves, etc. A hot exhaust system can ignite flammable items under your vehicle.
548
• Do not park, idle or drive the vehicle over or near flammable objects, such as grass, vegetation, paper, leaves, etc. A hot exhaust system can ignite flammable items under your vehicle.
548
• Do not park, idle or drive the vehicle over or near flammable objects, such as grass, vegetation, paper, leaves, etc. A hot exhaust system can ignite flammable items under your vehicle.
548
• Also, do not remove the heat sink around the exhaust system, do not seal the bottom of the vehicle or do not coat the vehicle for corrosion control. It may present a fire risk under certain conditions.
548
• Also, do not remove the heat sink around the exhaust system, do not seal the bottom of the vehicle or do not coat the vehicle for corrosion control. It may present a fire risk under certain conditions.
548
Your vehicle is equipped with a catalytic converter emission control device.
548
Therefore, the following precautions must be observed:
548
• Use only UNLEADED FUEL for gasoline engines.
548
• Use only UNLEADED FUEL for gasoline engines.
548
• Use only UNLEADED FUEL for gasoline engines.
548
• Do not operate the vehicle when there are signs of engine malfunction, such as misfire or a noticeable loss of performance.
548
• Do not operate the vehicle when there are signs of engine malfunction, such as misfire or a noticeable loss of performance.
548
• Do not misuse or abuse the engine. Examples of misuse are coasting with the ignition off and descending steep grades in gear with the ignition off.
548
• Do not misuse or abuse the engine. Examples of misuse are coasting with the ignition off and descending steep grades in gear with the ignition off.
548
• Do not operate the engine at high idle speed for extended periods (5 minutes or more).
548
• Do not operate the engine at high idle speed for extended periods (5 minutes or more).
548
• Do not modify or tamper with any part of the engine or emission control system. All inspections and adjustments must be made by an authorized Kia dealer.
548
• Do not modify or tamper with any part of the engine or emission control system. All inspections and adjustments must be made by an authorized Kia dealer.
548
• Avoid driving with an extremely low fuel level. Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire, damaging the catalytic converter.
549
• Avoid driving with an extremely low fuel level. Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire, damaging the catalytic converter.
549
Failure to observe these precautions could result in damage to the catalytic converter and to your vehicle. Additionally, such actions could void your warranties.
549
California perchlorate notice
549
California perchlorate notice
549
Perchlorate Material-special handling may apply, See
549
Perchlorate Material-special handling may apply, See
549
www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/ perchlorate
549
Notice to California Vehicle Dismantlers: Perchlorate containing materials, such as air bag inflators, seatbelt pre-tensioners and keyless remote entry batteries, must be disposed of according to Title 22 California Code of Regulations Section 67384....
549
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
550
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
550
Dimensions 8-2
550
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
551
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
551
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
551
Dimensions
551
Dimensions
551
<TABLE>
551
<TABLE>
551
<TABLE>
551
<TABLE HEADING>
551
<TABLE ROW>
551
Item
551
Item
551
7 Seater
551
7 Seater
551
8 Seater
551
8 Seater
551
<TABLE BODY>
551
<TABLE ROW>
551
Overall length
551
Overall length
551
196. 8 in (5,000 mm)
551
196. 8 in (5,000 mm)
551
←
551
←
551
<TABLE ROW>
551
Overall width
551
Overall width
551
78.3 in (1,990 mm)
551
78.3 in (1,990 mm)
551
←
551
←
551
<TABLE ROW>
551
Overall height
551
Overall height
551
Without Roof rack
551
Without Roof rack
551
68.9 in (1,750 mm)
551
68.9 in (1,750 mm)
551
←
551
←
551
<TABLE ROW>
551
With Roof rack
551
With Roof rack
551
70.9 in (1,800 mm)
551
70.9 in (1,800 mm)
551
←
551
←
551
<TABLE ROW>
551
Tread
551
Tread
551
Front
551
Front
551
245/60 R18
551
245/60 R18
551
67.2 in (1,708 mm)
551
67.2 in (1,708 mm)
551
←
551
←
551
<TABLE ROW>
551
245/50 R20
551
245/50 R20
551
67.2 in (1,708 mm)
551
67.2 in (1,708 mm)
551
←
551
←
551
<TABLE ROW>
551
Rear
551
Rear
551
245/60 R18
551
245/60 R18
551
67.6 in (1,716 mm)
551
67.6 in (1,716 mm)
551
←
551
←
551
<TABLE ROW>
551
245/50 R20
551
245/50 R20
551
67.6 in (1,716 mm)
551
67.6 in (1,716 mm)
551
←
551
←
551
<TABLE ROW>
551
Wheelbase
551
Wheelbase
551
114.1 in (2,900 mm)
551
114.1 in (2,900 mm)
551
←
551
←
551
Engine
552
Engine
552
<TABLE>
552
<TABLE>
552
<TABLE>
552
<TABLE HEADING>
552
<TABLE ROW>
552
Item
552
Item
552
Lambda II 3.8 GDI ATK
552
Lambda II 3.8 GDI ATK
552
<TABLE BODY>
552
<TABLE ROW>
552
Displacement: cu in (cc)
552
Displacement: cu in (cc)
552
230.55 (3,778)
552
230.55 (3,778)
552
<TABLE ROW>
552
Bore x Stroke: in (mm)
552
Bore x Stroke: in (mm)
552
3.78 X 3.43 (96 X 87)
552
3.78 X 3.43 (96 X 87)
552
<TABLE ROW>
552
Firing order
552
Firing order
552
1-2-3-4-5-6
552
1-2-3-4-5-6
552
<TABLE ROW>
552
No. of cylinders
552
No. of cylinders
552
6, V-type
552
6, V-type
552
Gross Vehicle Weight
553
Gross Vehicle Weight
553
lbs. (kg)
553
lbs. (kg)
553
lbs. (kg)
553
lbs. (kg)
553
<TABLE>
553
<TABLE HEADING>
553
<TABLE ROW>
553
ITEM
553
ITEM
553
FWD
553
FWD
553
AWD
553
AWD
553
<TABLE ROW>
553
7 Seater
553
7 Seater
553
8 Seater
553
8 Seater
553
7 Seater
553
7 Seater
553
8 Seater
553
8 Seater
553
<TABLE BODY>
553
<TABLE ROW>
553
Lambda II 3.8 GDI ATK
553
Lambda II 3.8 GDI ATK
553
5,776 (2,620)
553
5,776 (2,620)
553
5,776 (2,620)
553
5,776 (2,620)
553
5,917 (2,684)
553
5,917 (2,684)
553
5,917 (2,684)
553
5,917 (2,684)
553
Luggage volume
554
Luggage volume
554
cu ft (l)
554
cu ft (l)
554
cu ft (l)
554
cu ft (l)
554
<TABLE>
554
<TABLE HEADING>
554
<TABLE ROW>
554
ITEM
554
ITEM
554
7 Seater
554
7 Seater
554
8 Seater
554
8 Seater
554
<TABLE BODY>
554
<TABLE ROW>
554
SAE
554
SAE
554
MIN.
554
MIN.
554
21.2 (601)
554
21.2 (601)
554
21.2 (601)
554
21.2 (601)
554
<TABLE ROW>
554
MAX.
554
MAX.
554
86.8 (2,457)
554
86.8 (2,457)
554
86.8 (2,457)
554
86.8 (2,457)
554
• Min: Behind 3rd row.
554
• Min: Behind 3rd row.
554
• Min: Behind 3rd row.
554
• Max: Behind front seat to roof.
554
• Max: Behind front seat to roof.
554
Air conditioning system
555
Air conditioning system
555
oz (g)
555
oz (g)
555
oz (g)
555
oz (g)
555
<TABLE>
555
<TABLE HEADING>
555
<TABLE ROW>
555
ITEM
555
ITEM
555
Weight of volume
555
Weight of volume
555
Classification
555
Classification
555
<TABLE BODY>
555
<TABLE ROW>
555
Refrigerant
555
Refrigerant
555
33.5±0.9 (950±25)
555
33.5±0.9 (950±25)
555
R-1234yf
555
R-1234yf
555
<TABLE ROW>
555
Compressor lubricant
555
Compressor lubricant
555
7.4±0.35 (210±10)
555
7.4±0.35 (210±10)
555
FD46XG (IDEMITUS)
555
FD46XG (IDEMITUS)
555
Contact an authorized Kia dealer for more details.
555
Bulb wattage
556
Bulb wattage
556
<TABLE>
556
<TABLE>
556
<TABLE>
556
<TABLE>
556
<TABLE HEADING>
556
<TABLE ROW>
556
Light Bulb
556
Light Bulb
556
Bulb Type
556
Bulb Type
556
Wattage (W)
556
Wattage (W)
556
<TABLE BODY>
556
<TABLE ROW>
556
Front
556
Front
556
Headlamp
556
Headlamp
556
Bulb type
556
Bulb type
556
Low
556
Low
556
HB3
556
HB3
556
60
556
60
556
<TABLE ROW>
556
High
556
High
556
HB3
556
HB3
556
60
556
60
556
<TABLE ROW>
556
LED type
556
LED type
556
Low
556
Low
556
LED
556
LED
556
LED
556
LED
556
<TABLE ROW>
556
High
556
High
556
LED
556
LED
556
LED
556
LED
556
<TABLE ROW>
556
Turn signal lamp
556
Turn signal lamp
556
Bulb type
556
Bulb type
556
27/8W 1157NA
556
27/8W 1157NA
556
27
556
27
556
<TABLE ROW>
556
LED type
556
LED type
556
LED
556
LED
556
LED
556
LED
556
<TABLE ROW>
556
Day time running lamp/Position lamp
556
Day time running lamp/Position lamp
556
LED
556
LED
556
LED
556
LED
556
<TABLE ROW>
556
Side marker
556
Side marker
556
Bulb type
556
Bulb type
556
W5W
556
W5W
556
5
556
5
556
<TABLE ROW>
556
LED type
556
LED type
556
LED
556
LED
556
LED
556
LED
556
<TABLE ROW>
556
Fog lamp*
556
Fog lamp*
556
LED
556
LED
556
LED
556
LED
556
<TABLE ROW>
556
Side repeater lamp (outside mirror)
556
Side repeater lamp (outside mirror)
556
LED
556
LED
556
LED
556
LED
556
<TABLE ROW>
556
Rear
556
Rear
556
Rear combination lamp
556
Rear combination lamp
556
Bulb type
556
Bulb type
556
Stop lamp
556
Stop lamp
556
P21/5W
556
P21/5W
556
21/5
556
21/5
556
<TABLE ROW>
556
Tail lamp
556
Tail lamp
556
P21/5W
556
P21/5W
556
21/5
556
21/5
556
<TABLE ROW>
556
Side marker
556
Side marker
556
W5W
556
W5W
556
5
556
5
556
<TABLE ROW>
556
LED type
556
LED type
556
Stop lamp
556
Stop lamp
556
LED
556
LED
556
LED
556
LED
556
<TABLE ROW>
556
Tail lamp
556
Tail lamp
556
LED
556
LED
556
LED
556
LED
556
<TABLE ROW>
556
Side marker
556
Side marker
556
LED
556
LED
556
LED
556
LED
556
<TABLE ROW>
556
Turn signal lamp
556
Turn signal lamp
556
LED
556
LED
556
LED
556
LED
556
<TABLE ROW>
556
Back up lamp
556
Back up lamp
556
W16W
556
W16W
556
16
556
16
556
<TABLE ROW>
556
Turn signal lamp (Bulb type only)
556
Turn signal lamp (Bulb type only)
556
28/8W LL
556
28/8W LL
556
28
556
28
556
<TABLE ROW>
556
High Mounted Stop Lamp
556
High Mounted Stop Lamp
556
LED
556
LED
556
LED
556
LED
556
<TABLE ROW>
556
License plate lamp
556
License plate lamp
556
W5W
556
W5W
556
5
556
5
556
<TABLE ROW>
556
Interior
556
Interior
556
Map lamp
556
Map lamp
556
Bulb type
556
Bulb type
556
FESTOON
556
FESTOON
556
10
556
10
556
<TABLE ROW>
556
LED type
556
LED type
556
LED
556
LED
556
LED
556
LED
556
<TABLE ROW>
556
Room lamp
556
Room lamp
556
Bulb type
556
Bulb type
556
FESTOON
556
FESTOON
556
10
556
10
556
<TABLE ROW>
556
LED type
556
LED type
556
LED
556
LED
556
LED
556
LED
556
<TABLE ROW>
556
Vanity mirror lamp
556
Vanity mirror lamp
556
Bulb type
556
Bulb type
556
FESTOON
556
FESTOON
556
5
556
5
556
<TABLE ROW>
556
LED type
556
LED type
556
LED
556
LED
556
LED
556
LED
556
<TABLE ROW>
556
Personal lamp*
556
Personal lamp*
556
LED
556
LED
556
LED
556
LED
556
<TABLE ROW>
556
Glove box lamp*
556
Glove box lamp*
556
FESTOON
556
FESTOON
556
5
556
5
556
<TABLE ROW>
556
Cargo lamp
556
Cargo lamp
556
Bulb type
556
Bulb type
556
FESTOON
556
FESTOON
556
10
556
10
556
<TABLE ROW>
556
LED type
556
LED type
556
LED
556
LED
556
LED
556
LED
556
*: if equipped
556
Tires and wheels
557
Tires and wheels
557
<TABLE>
557
<TABLE>
557
<TABLE>
557
<TABLE HEADING>
557
<TABLE ROW>
557
Item
557
Item
557
Tire size
557
Tire size
557
Whe el size
557
Whe el size
557
Supplier
557
Supplier
557
Load Capacity
557
Load Capacity
557
Speed capacity
557
Speed capacity
557
Inflation pressure [psi (kPa)]
557
Inflation pressure [psi (kPa)]
557
Wheel lug nut torque
557
Wheel lug nut torque
557
lbf·ft (kgf·m, N·m)
557
<TABLE ROW>
557
Normal load
557
Normal load
557
Normal load - Up to 3 persons
557
Normal load - Up to 3 persons
557
Maximum load
557
Maximum load
557
<TABLE ROW>
557
LI
557
LI
557
Load Index
557
Load Index
557
kg
557
kg
557
SS
557
SS
557
Speed Symbol
557
Speed Symbol
557
km/h
557
km/h
557
Front
557
Front
557
Rear
557
Rear
557
Front
557
Front
557
Rear
557
Rear
557
<TABLE BODY>
557
<TABLE ROW>
557
Full size tire
557
Full size tire
557
245/60 R18
557
245/60 R18
557
7.5JX 18
557
7.5JX 18
557
Michelin
557
Michelin
557
105
557
105
557
925
557
925
557
H
557
H
557
210
557
210
557
35 (240)
557
35 (240)
557
35 (240)
557
35 (240)
557
35 (240)
557
35 (240)
557
35 (240)
557
35 (240)
557
79 ~ 94 (11~13, 107 ~ 127)
557
79 ~ 94 (11~13, 107 ~ 127)
557
<TABLE ROW>
557
Pirelli
557
Pirelli
557
<TABLE ROW>
557
245/50 R20
557
245/50 R20
557
7.5JX 20
557
7.5JX 20
557
Michelin
557
Michelin
557
102
557
102
557
850
557
850
557
V
557
V
557
240
557
240
557
35 (240)
557
35 (240)
557
35 (240)
557
35 (240)
557
35 (240)
557
35 (240)
557
35 (240)
557
35 (240)
557
<TABLE ROW>
557
Pirelli
557
Pirelli
557
<TABLE ROW>
557
Compact Spare tire
557
Compact Spare tire
557
T155/ 90 R18
557
T155/ 90 R18
557
4.0T X18
557
4.0T X18
557
Kumho
557
Kumho
557
113
557
113
557
1,15 0
557
1,15 0
557
M
557
M
557
130
557
130
557
60 (420)
557
60 (420)
557
60 (420)
557
60 (420)
557
60 (420)
557
60 (420)
557
60 (420)
557
60 (420)
557
• We recommend that when replacing tires, use the same tires as the originally supplied ones.
557
• We recommend that when replacing tires, use the same tires as the originally supplied ones.
557
• We recommend that when replacing tires, use the same tires as the originally supplied ones.
557
• We recommend that when replacing tires, use the same tires as the originally supplied ones.
557
If not, that affects driving performance.
557
• When driving in high altitude grades, it is natural for the atmospheric pressure to decrease.
557
• When driving in high altitude grades, it is natural for the atmospheric pressure to decrease.
557
Therefore, please check the tire pressure and add more air when necessary.
557
Additionally required tire air pressure per km above sea level: 1.5 psi(10.5 kPa)/km
557
When replacing tires, use the same size originally supplied with the vehicle.
557
When replacing tires, use the same size originally supplied with the vehicle.
557
Using tires of a different size can damage the related parts or make it work irregularly.
557
Recommended lubricants and capacities
558
Recommended lubricants and capacities
558
To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability, use only lubricants of the proper quality.
558
Using the right lubricants help reduce engine friction and improve fuel efficiency.
558
Using the right lubricants help reduce engine friction and improve fuel efficiency.
558
These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle.
558
<TABLE>
558
<TABLE>
558
<TABLE HEADING>
558
<TABLE ROW>
558
Lubricant
558
Lubricant
558
Volume
558
Volume
558
Classification
558
Classification
558
<TABLE BODY>
558
<TABLE ROW>
558
Engine oil (drain and refill)
558
Engine oil
558
Refer to \Recommended SAE viscosity number\ on page 8-10.
558
Refer to
558
\Recommended SAE viscosity number\ on page 8-10
558
Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available. Along with other additional benefits, they contribute to fuel economy by reducing the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction. Often, these improvements are difficult to measur...
558
Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available. Along with other additional benefits, they contribute to fuel economy by reducing the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction. Often, these improvements are difficult to measur...
558
Recommends
558
<GRAPHIC>
558
<GRAPHIC>
558
Gasoline Engine
558
Gasoline Engine
558
Lambda II 3.8 GDI ATK
558
Lambda II 3.8 GDI ATK
558
6.87 US qt. (6.5 l)
558
6.87 US qt. (6.5 l)
558
ACEA A5 or above
558
ACEA A5 or above
558
If the ACEA A5 engine oil is not available in your country, you are able to use API SM & ILSAC GF-4 (or above) or ACEA A3.
558
If the ACEA A5 engine oil is not available in your country, you are able to use API SM & ILSAC GF-4 (or above) or ACEA A3.
558
<TABLE ROW>
558
Automatic transaxle fluid
558
Automatic transaxle fluid
558
Gasoline Engine
558
Gasoline Engine
558
Lambda II 3.8 GDI ATK
558
Lambda II 3.8 GDI ATK
558
7.4 US qt. (7.0 l)
558
7.4 US qt. (7.0 l)
558
ATF SP-IV
558
ATF SP-IV
558
(Recommended SK, MICHANG)
558
<TABLE ROW>
558
Coolant
558
Coolant
558
Gasoline Engine
558
Gasoline Engine
558
Lambda II 3.8 GDI ATK
558
Lambda II 3.8 GDI ATK
558
Approx. 12.9 US. qt.
558
Approx. 12.9 US. qt.
558
(12.2 l)
558
Mixture of antifreeze and distilled water
558
Mixture of antifreeze and distilled water
558
(Ethylene glycol base coolant for aluminum radiator)
558
<TABLE ROW>
558
Brake fluid
558
Brake fluid
558
Gasoline Engine
558
Gasoline Engine
558
0.49±0.02 US. qt.
558
0.49±0.02 US. qt.
558
(0.46±0.02 l)
558
FMVSS135 DOT-3 or DOT-4
558
FMVSS135 DOT-3 or DOT-4
558
<TABLE ROW>
558
Rear differential oil (AWD)
558
Rear differential oil (AWD)
558
0.74 US qt. (0.7 l)
558
0.74 US qt. (0.7 l)
558
HYPOID GEAR OIL API GL-5, SAE 75W/85
558
HYPOID GEAR OIL API GL-5, SAE 75W/85
558
(SK HCT-5 GEAR OIL 75W/85 or equivalent)
558
<TABLE ROW>
558
Transfer case oil (AWD)
558
Transfer case oil (AWD)
558
Gasoline Engine
558
Gasoline Engine
558
Lambda II 3.8 GDI ATK
558
Lambda II 3.8 GDI ATK
558
0.74 US qt. (0.7 l)
558
0.74 US qt. (0.7 l)
558
HYPOID GEAR OIL API GL-5,
558
HYPOID GEAR OIL API GL-5,
558
SAE 75W/85
558
(Recommended: SK HCT- 5GEAR OIL 75W85 or equivalent)
558
<TABLE ROW>
558
Fuel
558
Fuel
558
75 US qt. (71 l)
558
75 US qt. (71 l)
558
Refer to \Fuel requirements\ on page 1-2
558
Refer to
558
\Fuel requirements\ on page 1-2
558
Recommended SAE viscosity number
559
Recommended SAE viscosity number
559
Always be sure to clean the area around any filler plug, drain plug, or dipstick before checking or draining any lubricant. This is especially important in dusty or sandy areas and when the vehicle is used on unpaved roads. Cleaning the plug and dips...
559
Always be sure to clean the area around any filler plug, drain plug, or dipstick before checking or draining any lubricant. This is especially important in dusty or sandy areas and when the vehicle is used on unpaved roads. Cleaning the plug and dips...
559
Always be sure to clean the area around any filler plug, drain plug, or dipstick before checking or draining any lubricant. This is especially important in dusty or sandy areas and when the vehicle is used on unpaved roads. Cleaning the plug and dips...
559
Engine oil viscosity (thickness) has an effect on fuel economy and cold weather operating (engine start and engine oil flowability). Lower viscosity engine oils can provide better fuel economy and cold weather performance, however, higher viscosity e...
559
<TABLE>
559
<TABLE>
559
<TABLE HEADING>
559
<TABLE ROW>
559
Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers
559
Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers
559
<TABLE BODY>
559
<TABLE ROW>
559
Temperature
559
Temperature
559
°C
559
°C
559
-30
559
-30
559
-20
559
-20
559
-10
559
-10
559
0
559
0
559
10
559
10
559
20
559
20
559
30
559
30
559
40
559
40
559
50
559
50
559
<TABLE ROW>
559
(°F)
559
(°F)
559
-10
559
-10
559
0
559
0
559
20
559
20
559
40
559
40
559
60
559
60
559
80
559
80
559
100
559
100
559
120
559
120
559
<TABLE ROW>
559
Lambda II 3.8 GDI ATK
559
Lambda II 3.8 GDI ATK
559
For better fuel economy, it is recommended to use the engine oil of a viscosity grade SAE 5W- 30 (ACEA A5). However, if the engine oil is not available in your country, select the proper engine oil using the engine oil viscosity chart.
559
For better fuel economy, it is recommended to use the engine oil of a viscosity grade SAE 5W- 30 (ACEA A5). However, if the engine oil is not available in your country, select the proper engine oil using the engine oil viscosity chart.
559
10W-30
559
10W-30
559
<TABLE ROW>
559
5W-30
559
5W-30
559
<GRAPHIC>An engine oil displaying this API Certification Mark conforms to the international Lubricant Specification Advisory Committee (ILSAC). It is recommended to only use engine oils that uphold this API Certification Mark.
559
<GRAPHIC>
559
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
560
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
560
The Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) is the number used in registering your vehicle and in all legal matters pertaining to its ownership, etc.
560
Frame number
560
Frame number
560
Frame number
560
<GRAPHIC>
560
The number is punched on the floor under the passenger seat. To check the number, open the cover.
560
VIN label (if equipped)
560
VIN label (if equipped)
560
<GRAPHIC>
560
The VIN is also on a plate attached to the top of the dashboard. The number on the plate can easily be seen through the windshield from outside.
560
Vehicle certification
561
Vehicle certification
561
The vehicle certification label attached on the driver's (or front passenger's) side center pillar gives the Vehicle Identification Number (VIN).
561
<GRAPHIC>
561
<GRAPHIC>
561
<GRAPHIC>
561
Tire specification and pressure label
561
Tire specification and pressure label
561
The tires supplied on your new vehicle are chosen to provide the best performance for normal driving.
561
<GRAPHIC>
561
<GRAPHIC>
561
<GRAPHIC>
561
The tire label located on the driver's side center pillar gives the tire pressures recommended for your vehicle.
561
Engine Number
562
Engine Number
562
The engine number is stamped on the engine block as shown in the drawing.
562
Gasoline engine (Lambda II 3.8 GDI ATK)
562
Gasoline engine (Lambda II 3.8 GDI ATK)
562
Gasoline engine (Lambda II 3.8 GDI ATK)
562
<GRAPHIC>
562
Refrigerant label
562
Refrigerant label
562
The refrigerant label is located on the underside of the hood.
562
<GRAPHIC>
562
<GRAPHIC>
562
<GRAPHIC>
562
Consumer Assistance (U.S. only)
563
Consumer Assistance (U.S. only)
563
Roadside Assistance is provided on all new current model year Kia Vehicles from the date the vehicle is delivered to the first retail buyer or otherwise put into use (inservice date), whichever is earlier, for a period of 60 months or 60,000 miles, w...
563
Kia Motors America (KMA) reserves the right to limit or deny services or other benefits to any owner or driver when, in KMA's judgment, the claims and/or service requests are excessive in frequency or type of occurrence.
563
Kia Motors America (KMA) reserves the right to limit or deny services or other benefits to any owner or driver when, in KMA's judgment, the claims and/or service requests are excessive in frequency or type of occurrence.
563
Toll free consumer assistance
563
Toll free consumer assistance
563
from 5:00 AM to 6:00 PM PST, Monday through Friday and is accessible by dialing 1-800-333-4Kia (4542).
563
For more information regarding assistance available, please refer to your Kia Warranty & Consumer Information Manual.
563
Emergency roadside assistance
563
Emergency roadside assistance
563
hours a day, 365 days a year and is accessible by dialing 1-800-333- 4Kia (4542).
563
Please note that you must provide your Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) to verify coverage at the time of your call. The VIN can be found on the dash of your vehicle on the driver's side, on the door jamb of the driver's door, your vehicle's regis...
563
Kia utilizes a network of over 30,000 roadside assistance providers. Should you accidentally run out of fuel, require a battery jump, or need help changing a tire, a Kia Roadside Assistance Representative will dispatch someone to deliver a small quan...
563
In the event that mechanical difficulty renders your vehicle undriveable due to a warranty-related concern, Kia's Roadside Assistance Representative will arrange to transport your vehicle to the nearest Kia dealer or to an authorized Kia alternative ...
563
Your vehicle must be accessible to our dispatch transport vehicle, as determined by our driver, to receive this service.
563
Roadside Assistance benefits are not available for any Kia vehicle that has ever been or should be issued a \salvage\ title or similar \branded\ title under any state's law or has been declared a \total loss\ or equivalent by a financial institution ...
564
Roadside Assistance benefits are not available for any Kia vehicle that has ever been or should be issued a \salvage\ title or similar \branded\ title under any state's law or has been declared a \total loss\ or equivalent by a financial institution ...
564
Trip interruption
564
Trip interruption
564
Trip interruption expense benefits are provided in the event that a warranty-related disablement occurs more than 150 miles from your home, and the repairs require more than 24 hours to complete. Reasonable reimbursement is included for meals, lodgin...
564
Fleet vehicles are excluded from reimbursement under Kia's Trip Interruption Policy.
564
Registering your vehicle in a foreign country
564
Registering your vehicle in a foreign country
564
If you plan to register your vehicle in a foreign country, you should confirm that it conforms to the regulations in that country. Even if you successfully register the vehicle in a foreign country, you may experience the following problems and shoul...
564
1. The fuel specified for your vehicle may be unavailable. If other than the specified fuel is used, it could cause damage to the engine, the fuel injection system, and other fuel-related parts which may not be covered under your New Vehicle Emission...
564
1. The fuel specified for your vehicle may be unavailable. If other than the specified fuel is used, it could cause damage to the engine, the fuel injection system, and other fuel-related parts which may not be covered under your New Vehicle Emission...
564
1. The fuel specified for your vehicle may be unavailable. If other than the specified fuel is used, it could cause damage to the engine, the fuel injection system, and other fuel-related parts which may not be covered under your New Vehicle Emission...
564
2. We must, therefore, clearly state that when you leave the country in which you purchased your Kia new and register it in another country, problems arising from the use of fuel other than the specified fuel are not subject to manufacturer's warrant...
564
2. We must, therefore, clearly state that when you leave the country in which you purchased your Kia new and register it in another country, problems arising from the use of fuel other than the specified fuel are not subject to manufacturer's warrant...
564
Even if vehicles like yours are sold there, mechanical specifications required by the government may vary enough from the country of purchase to cause additional problems.
565
3. There may not be an Authorized Kia Dealer in the area in which you plan to register your vehicle. You may additionally experience difficulty in obtaining services in a foreign country for any number of reasons.
565
3. There may not be an Authorized Kia Dealer in the area in which you plan to register your vehicle. You may additionally experience difficulty in obtaining services in a foreign country for any number of reasons.
565
Further, we cannot assume any responsibility for problems that result from unsatisfactory service or lack of service outside of the United States.
565
Electrical Equipment (U.S. only)
565
Electrical Equipment (U.S. only)
565
The electrical system of your vehicle is designed to perform under all reasonably expected operating conditions.
565
However, before any additional electrical equipment is installed in your vehicle, consult an Authorized Kia Dealer, in order to ensure that you do not void your warranty.
565
However, before any additional electrical equipment is installed in your vehicle, consult an Authorized Kia Dealer, in order to ensure that you do not void your warranty.
565
Certain electrical equipment, or the way in which it is installed, may adversely affect the operation of your vehicle, including such systems as the engine control system, the audio system and the electrical charging system and thus potentially void ...
565
We assume no responsibility for any expense you may incur or for any malfunction of your vehicle or any of its components or systems that may result from the installation of additional electrical equipment that is not supplied, or recommended for ins...
565
Installation of a mobile two-way radio system
565
Installation of a mobile two-way radio system
565
If a mobile two-way radio system is installed improperly, or if an excessively powerful type of system is used, other electronic systems may be adversely affected. To avoid damage to your vehicle, consult an Authorized Kia Dealer concerning the prope...
565
Kia motor vehicles are designed and manufactured to meet or exceed all applicable safety standards.
566
For your safety, however, we strongly urge you to read and follow all directions in this Owner's Manual, particularly the information under the headings \NOTICE\, \CAUTION\ and \WARNING\.
566
If, after reading this manual, you have any questions regarding the operation of your vehicle, safety issues and defects please contact your Kia's toll-free Consumer Assistance hot line as below:
566
National Consumer Affairs Manager
566
National Consumer Affairs Manager
566
Kia Motors America, Inc.
566
P.O. Box 52410
566
Irvine, CA 92619-2410
566
1-800-333-4Kia (4542)
566
Reporting Safety Defects (U.S. only)
566
Reporting Safety Defects (U.S. only)
566
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying Kia Motors America, Inc.
566
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between yo...
566
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between yo...
566
To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1- 888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424- 9153); go to
566
http://www.safercar.gov
566
You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from
566
http://www.safercar.gov
566
Online factory authorized manuals (U.S. only)
567
Online factory authorized manuals (U.S. only)
567
The following publications are available on
567
The following publications are available on
567
www.KiaTechinfo.com
567
Service manual
567
Service manual
567
This manual covers maintenance and recommended procedures for repair to engine and chassis components. It is written for the Journeyman mechanic, but is simple enough for most mechanically inclined owners to understand.
567
Electrical troubleshooting manual
567
Electrical troubleshooting manual
567
This manual complements the Service Manual by providing indepth troubleshooting information for each electrical circuit in your vehicle.
567
Owner's manual
567
Owner's manual
567
This manual describes the overall features and operating procedures for the vehicle.
567
Abbreviation
568
Abbreviation
568
Abbreviation A-2
568
Abbreviation
569
Abbreviation
569
Abbreviation
569
Abbreviation
569
Abbreviation
569
A/C
569
A/C
569
A/C
569
A/C
569
Air conditioning
569
Air conditioning
569
ABS
569
ABS
569
Anti-lock Brake System
569
Anti-lock Brake System
569
ADS
569
ADS
569
Auto Defogging System
569
Auto Defogging System
569
AGM
569
AGM
569
Absorbent Glass Mat
569
Absorbent Glass Mat
569
AWD
569
AWD
569
All Wheel Drive
569
All Wheel Drive
569
BCA
569
BCA
569
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
569
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
569
BCW
569
BCW
569
Blind-Spot Collision Warning
569
Blind-Spot Collision Warning
569
BVM
569
BVM
569
Bind-spot View Monitor
569
Bind-spot View Monitor
569
CRS
569
CRS
569
Child Restraint System
569
Child Restraint System
569
DAW
569
DAW
569
Driver Attention Warning
569
Driver Attention Warning
569
DRL
569
DRL
569
Daytime Running Light
569
Daytime Running Light
569
EBD
569
EBD
569
Electronic Brake force Distribution
569
Electronic Brake force Distribution
569
ECM
569
ECM
569
Electric Chromic Mirror
569
Electric Chromic Mirror
569
EDR
569
EDR
569
Event Data Recorder
569
Event Data Recorder
569
EPB
569
EPB
569
Electronic Parking Brake
569
Electronic Parking Brake
569
EPS
569
EPS
569
Electric Power Steering
569
Electric Power Steering
569
ESC
569
ESC
569
Electronic Stability Control
569
Electronic Stability Control
569
FCA
569
FCA
569
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
569
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
569
FCC
569
FCC
569
Federal Communications Commission
569
Federal Communications Commission
569
FMVSS
569
FMVSS
569
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards
569
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards
569
FWD
569
FWD
569
Front Wheel Drive
569
Front Wheel Drive
569
GAW
569
GAW
569
Gross Axle Weight
569
Gross Axle Weight
569
GAWR
569
GAWR
569
Gross Axle Weight Rating
569
Gross Axle Weight Rating
569
GVW
569
GVW
569
Gross Vehicle Weight
569
Gross Vehicle Weight
569
GVWR
569
GVWR
569
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
569
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
569
HAC
569
HAC
569
Hill-start Assist Control
569
Hill-start Assist Control
569
HBA
569
HBA
569
High Beam Assist
569
High Beam Assist
569
HDA
570
HDA
570
Highway Driving Assist
570
Highway Driving Assist
570
HUD
570
HUD
570
Head-Up Display
570
Head-Up Display
570
ISG
570
ISG
570
Idle Stop and Go
570
Idle Stop and Go
570
LATCH
570
LATCH
570
Lower Anchors and Tether for CHildren
570
Lower Anchors and Tether for CHildren
570
LDW
570
LDW
570
Lane Departure Warning
570
Lane Departure Warning
570
LFA
570
LFA
570
Lane Following Assist
570
Lane Following Assist
570
LKA
570
LKA
570
Lane Keeping Assist
570
Lane Keeping Assist
570
MIL
570
MIL
570
Malfunction Indicator Lamp
570
Malfunction Indicator Lamp
570
NHTSA
570
NHTSA
570
National Highway Traffic Safety Administration
570
National Highway Traffic Safety Administration
570
ODS
570
ODS
570
Occupant Detection System
570
Occupant Detection System
570
ORVR
570
ORVR
570
Onboard Refueling Vapor Recovery
570
Onboard Refueling Vapor Recovery
570
PCSV
570
PCSV
570
Purge Control Solenoid Valve
570
Purge Control Solenoid Valve
570
RCCA
570
RCCA
570
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision- Avoidance Assist
570
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision- Avoidance Assist
570
RCCW
570
RCCW
570
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning
570
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning
570
ROA
570
ROA
570
Rear Occupant Alert
570
Rear Occupant Alert
570
SCC
570
SCC
570
Smart Cruise Control
570
Smart Cruise Control
570
SEA
570
SEA
570
Safe Exit Assist
570
Safe Exit Assist
570
SRS
570
SRS
570
Supplemental Restraint System
570
Supplemental Restraint System
570
SRSCM
570
SRSCM
570
SRS Control Module
570
SRS Control Module
570
SUV
570
SUV
570
Sports Utility Vehicle
570
Sports Utility Vehicle
570
SVM
570
SVM
570
Surround View Monitoring
570
Surround View Monitoring
570
TIN
570
TIN
570
Tire Identification Number
570
Tire Identification Number
570
TPMS
570
TPMS
570
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
570
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
570
VIN
570
VIN
570
Vehicle Identification Number
570
Vehicle Identification Number
570
VSM
570
VSM
570
Vehicle Stability Management
570
Vehicle Stability Management
570
Index
572
Index
572
Index
573
Index
573
Index
573
Index
573
A
573
2021 Kia Telluride Overview
Introduction
The 2021 Kia Telluride is a mid-size SUV that has quickly garnered attention for its impressive design, spacious interior, and a wealth of features that cater to families and adventurers alike. This SUV exudes a bold and sophisticated presence on the road, with its pronounced grille and striking LED headlights. Available in several trims, the Telluride seamlessly blends style and functionality, making it a top choice in its class.
Powertrains
Powering the 2021 Kia Telluride is a robust 3.8-liter V6 engine that produces an admirable 291 horsepower and 262 lb-ft of torque. This engine is paired with an 8-speed automatic transmission that offers a smooth and responsive driving experience. Depending on the trim, the Telluride is available in both front-wheel drive and all-wheel drive configurations, enhancing its versatility on various terrains and weather conditions.
Trims
The Telluride comes in several well-equipped trims: LX, S, EX, and SX. Each trim level builds upon the last, with the base LX trim offering a generous list of standard features, including a touchscreen infotainment system, Apple CarPlay, and Android Auto. The mid-level S adds more luxurious touches, while the EX enhances comfort with upgraded materials and additional technology features. The top-tier SX trim brings in premium elements like Nappa leather seating, a premium sound system, and advanced driver-assistance features.
Features
Inside, the 2021 Telluride is designed for comfort and convenience, providing ample passenger space and cargo capacity. Standard features include multiple USB ports, tri-zone automatic climate control, and available heated and ventilated front seats. Safety is paramount, with advanced systems such as forward collision warning, blind-spot monitoring, and adaptive cruise control included in many trims.
Owner’s Manual
The owner’s manual for the 2021 Kia Telluride serves as a comprehensive guide, detailing maintenance schedules, operational features, vehicle warranty information, and troubleshooting tips. It offers vital insights into maximizing the SUV's capabilities and ensuring optimal performance, helping owners cultivate a rewarding ownership experience.
User manual download
The Kia Telluride owner manual for the 2021 model year is to be found in PDF downloadable format on this page. The owner manual for the model year 2021 is free and in English, but the repair manuals are usually not easy to get and may cost more.
Posted by, John Mana
Manual Questions
Do you have questions about the 2021 Kia Telluride owners manual?
Fill the form below and someone will help you!
Fill the form below and someone will help you!
